Oxidation in foods and beverages and antioxidant applications, Volume 2

Woodhead Publishing Series in Food Science,Technology and Nutrition: Number 200 Oxidation in foods and beverages and an...

Author: Eric A. Decker | Ryan J. Elias and D. Julian McClements

134 downloads 1687 Views 3MB Size Report

This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!
Report copyright / DMCA form

DOWNLOAD PDF

Woodhead Publishing Series in Food Science,Technology and Nutrition: Number 200

Oxidation in foods and beverages and antioxidant applications Volume 2: Management in different industry sectors

Edited by Eric A. Decker, Ryan J. Elias and D. Julian McClements WPKN121010

Published by Woodhead Publishing Limited, Abington Hall, Granta Park, Great Abington, Cambridge CB21 6AH, UK www.woodheadpublishing.com Woodhead Publishing, 525 South 4th Street #241, Philadelphia, PA 19147, USA Woodhead Publishing India Private Limited, G-2, Vardaan House, 7/28 Ansari Road, Daryaganj, New Delhi ± 110002, India www.woodheadpublishingindia.com First published 2010, Woodhead Publishing Limited ß Woodhead Publishing Limited, 2010 The authors have asserted their moral rights. This book contains information obtained from authentic and highly regarded sources. Reprinted material is quoted with permission, and sources are indicated. Reasonable efforts have been made to publish reliable data and information, but the authors and the publisher cannot assume responsibility for the validity of all materials. Neither the authors nor the publisher, nor anyone else associated with this publication, shall be liable for any loss, damage or liability directly or indirectly caused or alleged to be caused by this book. Neither this book nor any part may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, microfilming and recording, or by any information storage or retrieval system, without permission in writing from Woodhead Publishing Limited. The consent of Woodhead Publishing Limited does not extend to copying for general distribution, for promotion, for creating new works, or for resale. Specific permission must be obtained in writing from Woodhead Publishing Limited for such copying. Trademark notice: Product or corporate names may be trademarks or registered trademarks, and are used only for identification and explanation, without intent to infringe. British Library Cataloguing in Publication Data A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library. ISBN 978-1-84569-983-3 (print) ISBN 978-0-85709-033-1 (online) ISSN 2042-8049 Woodhead Publishing Series in Food Science, Technology and Nutrition (print) ISSN 2042-8057 Woodhead Publishing Series in Food Science, Technology and Nutrition (online) The publisher's policy is to use permanent paper from mills that operate a sustainable forestry policy, and which has been manufactured from pulp which is processed using acidfree and elemental chlorine-free practices. Furthermore, the publisher ensures that the text paper and cover board used have met acceptable environmental accreditation standards. Typeset by Godiva Publishing Services Limited, Coventry, West Midlands, UK Printed by TJI Digital, Padstow, Cornwall, UK

Contents

Contributor contact details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

xi

Woodhead Publishing Series in Food Science, Technology and Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

xv

Part I 1

2

Oxidation in animal products

Oxidation and protection of red meat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C. Faustman, S. Yin and N. Tatiyaborworntham, University of Connecticut, USA and B. M. Naveena, National Research Centre on Meat, India 1.1 Introduction and compositional considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2 Lipid oxidation in red meat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3 Meat protein oxidation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4 Antioxidant mediation of red meat oxidation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 Future trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6 Sources of further information and advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oxidation and protection of poultry and eggs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N. Botsoglou, Aristotle University, Greece and E. Botsoglou, University of Thessaly, Greece 2.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2 Oxidation of poultry meat and eggs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3 Effect of oxidation on the sensory quality of poultry meat and eggs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3

3 5 14 22 30 31 31 50 50 52 56

vi

Contents 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9

3

4

5

Effect of oxidation on the nutritional quality of poultry meat and eggs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Effect of oxidation on the shelf life of poultry meat and eggs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Strategies to protect poultry meat and eggs against oxidation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Future trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sources of further information and advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Oxidation and protection of fish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I. Medina and M. Pazos, Instituto de Investigaciones Marinas del CSIC, Spain 3.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 Oxidation of fish and fish products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 Effects of oxidation on sensory and nutritional quality and shelf-life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4 Protecting fish and fish products against oxidation . . . . . . . . . 3.5 Future trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6 Sources of further information and advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oxidation and protection of milk and dairy products . . . . . . . . . . . S. E. Duncan and J. B. Webster, Virginia Polytechinic Institute and State University 4.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 Oxidation of milk components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3 Processing and storage conditions contributing to oxidation of milk and dairy products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4 Photooxidation of milk and dairy products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 Oxidation of dairy products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 Packaging of milk and dairy products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7 Future trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8 Sources of further information and advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9 References and further reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oxidation of fish oils and foods enriched with omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C. Jacobsen, Technical University of Denmark, Denmark 5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2 Oxidative flavour deterioration of omega-3 enriched foods . 5.3 Prevention of oxidation in fish oil and omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acid (PUFA) enriched foods . . . . . . . . . 5.4 Conclusions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5 Future trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

64 65 68 78 79 79 91 91 92 101 106 111 112 112 121 121 122 128 128 133 142 142 145 145 156 156 158 159 175 175

Contents 5.6 5.7

Sources of further information and advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

vii 176 176

Part II Oxidation in plant-based foods and beverages 6

7

8

Oxidation of edible oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B. MatthaÈus, Max-Rubner-Institute, Federal Research Institute for Nutrition and Food, Germany 6.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 Lipid oxidation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3 Importance of oxidative processes on the quality of edible oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4 Evaluation of the oxidative state of edible oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5 Effects of oxidation on sensory and nutritional quality of edible oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6 Effect of processing on the oxidative stability of edible oils 6.7 Protection of edible oils against oxidation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.9 Sources of further information and advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.10 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preventing oxidation during frying of foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G. MaÂrquez-Ruiz, Instituto del FrõÂo (CSIC), Spain and M. V. Ruiz-MeÂndez, J. Velasco and C. Dobarganes, Instituto de la Grasa (CSIC), Spain 7.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2 Oxidation during the frying process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3 Assessing frying oil quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4 Effects of frying on sensory and nutritional quality . . . . . . . . 7.5 Preventing oxidation during frying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.6 Sources of further information and advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 Future trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8 Acknowledgements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oxidation and protection of nuts and nut oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F. Shahidi and J. A. John, Memorial University of Newfoundland, Canada 8.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2 Oxidation of nuts and nut oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.3 Effect of oxidation on sensory, nutritional quality and shelf-life of nuts and nut oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4 Protecting nuts and nut oils against oxidation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5 Future trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

183 183 184 191 195 208 212 220 230 230 231 239

239 240 243 245 249 262 263 264 264 274 274 277 287 289 296 297

viii 9

Contents Lipid oxidation in emulsified food products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T. Waraho, V. Cardenia, E. A. Decker and D. J. McClements, University of Massachussetts, USA 9.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.2 Emulsions: preparation, properties and characterization . . . . 9.3 Lipid oxidation mechanisms in emulsions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4 Characteristics of emulsion droplets that impact lipid oxidation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5 Influence of antioxidants on lipid oxidation in emulsions . . 9.6 Influence of other emulsion components on lipid oxidation 9.7 Controlling lipid oxidation using structured emulsions . . . . . 9.8 Conclusions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.9 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10 Oxidation of confectionery products and biscuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G. Talbot, The Fat Consultant, UK 10.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2 Oxidation and hydrolysis of confectionery products and biscuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3 Effects of rancidity on sensory quality and shelf-life . . . . . . . 10.4 Protecting confectionery products and biscuits against oxidation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5 Future trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6 Sources of further information and advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.7 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Oxidation of cereals and snack products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C. Hall, North Dakota State University, USA 11.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2 Oxidation of cereals and snack products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3 Effects on sensory and nutritional quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4 Protecting cereals and snack products against oxidation . . . . 11.5 Future trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6 Sources of further information and advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.7 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Oxidative stability of antioxidants in fruit and vegetables . . . . . . O. MartõÂn-Belloso, I. Odriozola-Serrano, M. A. Rojas-GrauÈ and R. Soliva-Fortuny, University of Lleida, Spain 12.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.2 Antioxidant properties of fruits and vegetables . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.3 Oxidation processes affecting quality and shelf-life of fruit and vegetable products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.4 Protecting fresh and processed fruits and vegetables against oxidation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.5 Future trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

306 306 307 310 311 317 321 327 333 333 344 344 346 359 361 365 365 366 369 369 370 374 379 382 383 383 391 391 392 402 407 412

Contents 12.6 12.7

ix

Sources of further information and advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

413 413

13 Flavour changes in beer: oxidation and other pathways . . . . . . . . C. W. Bamforth, University of California, USA 13.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2 The nature of flavour changes in beer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3 The chemistry of flavour change in beer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.4 The assessment of flavour instability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.5 Factors impacting flavour in beer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.6 The impact of the malting and brewing processes on flavour change in final package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.7 The practicality of achieving flavour stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.8 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

424

14 Wine oxidation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V. F. Laurie, Universidad de Talca, Chile and A. C. Clark, Charles Sturt University, Australia 14.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.2 Oxygen dissolution and consumption in musts and wines . . 14.3 The oxidation of wine constituents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4 The impact of oxidation on wine sensory features, nutritional and therapeutic value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5 Managing oxidation in wine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.6 Future trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.7 Sources of further information and advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.8 Acknowledgements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.9 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

424 425 426 431 432 434 436 436 445 445 446 450 454 459 466 466 467 467

Part III Antioxidant delivery in foods and beverages 15 Use of encapsulation to inhibit oxidation of lipid ingredients in foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M. A. Augustin and L. Sanguansri, CSIRO, Australia 15.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.2 Principles of lipid encapsulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3 Design of encapsulation systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.4 Processing of dried encapsulated oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.5 Lipid oxidation in encapsulated systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6 Applications of lipid encapsulated systems in food . . . . . . . . . 15.7 Future trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.8 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

479 479 480 480 481 484 489 491 491

x

Contents

16 Antioxidant active food packaging and antioxidant edible films C. NerõÂn, CPS-University of Zaragoza, Spain 16.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.2 Eliminating molecular oxygen from packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.3 Antioxidant active packaging materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.4 The production of active packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.5 Measuring the antioxidant capacity of active packaging . . . . 16.6 Advantages and disadvantages of the different technologies of antioxidant active packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.7 Applications of antioxidant active packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.8 Future trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.9 References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

496

508 509 511 511

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

516

496 498 500 502 505

Part I Oxidation in animal products

1 Oxidation and protection of red meat C. Faustman, S. Yin and N. Tatiyaborworntham, University of Connecticut, USA and B. M. Naveena, National Research Centre on Meat, India

Abstract: This chapter discusses the basis for lipid and protein oxidation in fresh and processed red meat products. These processes lead to quality degradation, and a variety of antioxidant strategies have been developed to minimize and/or prevent this quality loss. The chapter provides an overview of the field's status to date. Key words: red meat, lipid oxidation, myoglobin oxidation, protein oxidation, antioxidants.

1.1

Introduction and compositional considerations

1.1.1 Red meat defined Red meat includes the postmortem muscle of mammalian species. The degree of redness is proportional to the haem protein content of meat and is dependent on the specific muscles involved, the species, and age of the animal from which the meat was derived. Meat is composed of myofibres which contain the contractile apparati critical to proper functioning in vivo. For simplicity sake, myofibres can be classified physiologically as slow, fast and intermediate, or biochemically as oxidative, glycoclytic or oxidative/glycolytic. Slow, oxidative myofibres are characterized by a higher fat content, a slower contraction speed, oxidative metabolism, and greater myoglobin and mitochondrial concentrations. Fast, glycolytic myofibres contain less fat and more glycogen, contract more rapidly, rely on anaerobic metabolism and contain less myoglobin and mitochondria. Intermediate fibres contain elements that are intermediate between fast and slow

4

Oxidation in foods and beverages and antioxidant applications

myofibres. Muscles that contain a greater proportion of red myofibres than white ones will contain more myoglobin and be more red in appearance. Traditionally, the primary species that yield red meat are cattle, pigs, sheep, goats and deer. However, within these species there can be significant differences in the degree of redness of different muscles and this is most readily observed in pork. For example, within a pig carcass, the longissimus muscle contains more white fibres and is considered more white than the psoas muscle. For the purposes of this chapter we will focus on oxidation and protection of meat from the common mammalian livestock species (i.e., cattle, sheep, pigs). The substrates in meat that influence susceptibility to oxidation are derived from the animal's diet. It is important to note that the extent to which nutrition can influence the concentration of nutrients capable of accelerating or delaying oxidation depends, in part, on the animal's nutritional physiology. Specifically, pigs are monogastric animals, while cattle, sheep and goats are ruminants. The fat of monogastric animals is more readily altered by dietary fat composition. Considerable understanding of oxidation in meat can be obtained by consulting related studies of tissue oxidation in the medical literature. Some caution needs to be observed when doing this. The conversion of muscle to meat during the antemortem to postmortem transition is characterized by many biochemical changes (Greaser, 1986). Cellular integrity is lost with time and a number of physico-chemical changes occur that affect oxidation in meat. For example, mitochondrial morphology is lost with time postmortem (Cheah and Cheah, 1971, 1974; Tang et al., 2005) and this is accompanied by changes in oxygen consumption capacity. The accessibility of oxygen to fatty acids in membranes and production of radical intermediates would both be affected by these changes. Oxidation of meat lipids, specifically unsaturated fatty acids in triacylglycerols and phospholipids, and of cholesterol, is a critical concern. The generation of peroxides, radical species and secondary oxidation products has implications for flavour, colour and loss of myofibrillar protein functionality. Protein oxidation generally leads to decreased functionality relevant to processed meat texture and water-holding capacity. All oxidative reactions generally result in compromised sensory quality and an undesirable sensory experience for the consumer. Antioxidant mediation of oxidative events has been adopted strategically to lessen the undesirable effects of oxidation reactions in red meat. Delivery of antioxidants has been accomplished by dietary intervention and ingredient addition, and resulted in shelf-life extension. In addition, packaging technologies that alter the atmosphere in which meat resides has also been employed to minimize the undesirable consequences of oxidation. The goal of this chapter is to provide a summary review of relevant studies published in the literature. Our emphasis will be on the more applied aspects of red meat oxidation because the fundamental aspects are covered in earlier sections of this book. The reader should recognize that results from studies of oxidation very much depend on the experimental conditions employed by specific investigators. Space limitations preclude us from recounting specific

Oxidation and protection of red meat

5

details of conditions for all of the work cited and we encourage the reader to carefully consult the original investigations for these critical components when considering related work.

1.2

Lipid oxidation in red meat

1.2.1 Substrates for lipid oxidation Triacylglycerols, phospholipids and cholesterol are the three major substrates for lipid oxidation in red meat. The fatty acids esterified to meat triacylglycerols and phospholipids can be saturated or unsaturated. In general, oxidative susceptibility is directly proportional to the degree of unsaturation in the constituent fatty acids. Selected nutrient profiles including fatty acids are presented in Table 1.1. Phospholipids are the major components of cell membranes and sub-cellular organelles in meat. They contain two fatty acids and the fatty acid at the sn-2 position is commonly unsaturated. The oxidation of fatty acids in phospholipids, more so than in triacylglycerols, has been attributed as the cause of sensory quality deterioration in foods (Pearson et al., 1977). As noted previously, the fatty acid profile of fresh meat from monogastric animals is more easily manipulated than that from ruminants. The production of comminuted red meat products can utilize raw meat materials differing in fatty acid unsaturation to achieve products with a specific level of unsaturated fat. The process of lipid oxidation in red meat leads to the production of a complex mixture of primary and secondary oxidation products that reflect the degree and location of unsaturations in the fatty acid substrates (Belitz et al., 2004). Aldehydes and ketones are produced in measurable quantities and are responsible for many of the odours and flavours associated with rancidity in red meat (Pearson et al., 1977). The most well-known secondary product of lipid oxidation in red meat is malondialdehyde (MDA). Some products of lipid oxidation are sufficiently reactive that they bind with other macromolecules. Previous research has suggested that MDA is predominantly complexed with protein in foods (Piche et al., 1988; Giron-Calle et al., 2002). , -Unsaturated aldehydes are reactive products of lipid oxidation (Witz, 1989) and in particular, 4-hydroxy-2-nonenal (HNE) is very reactive. HNE is produced from oxidation of linoleic acid in membranes (Pryor and Porter, 1990) and has been identified in beef and pork (Munasinghe et al., 2003; Sakai et al., 1995, 1998, 2004, 2006). The fundamental bases of lipid oxidation have been addressed in the literature and are not discussed in this chapter. However, a critical consideration when assessing oxidation as a function of fatty acid unsaturation is that of methodology. Methods may be qualitative or quantitative, and can focus on consumption of oxygen or the production of primary or secondary products from the fatty acid substrate. The commonly used thiobarbituric acid (TBARS) assay (Fernandez et al., 1997) is more sensitive to the generation of 3-carbon secondary oxidation products, specifically MDA, than to other oxidation products. Also, the profile of oxidation products can yield different chromophores in

Table 1.1

Selected nutrient profile of red meats (value per 100 g; USDA, 2008) Beefa

Porkb

Lambc

Goatd

Venisone

Vealf

Buffalog

69.38 173.000 19.05 10.19 0.98 0.00 0.0 ±

71.98 152.000 21.80 6.48 0.98 0.00 0.0 0.00

71.17 160.000 20.12 8.20 0.90 0.00 ± ±

75.84 109.000 20.60 2.31 1.11 0.00 0.0 ±

73.57 120.000 22.96 2.42 1.16 0.00 0.0 0.00

75.18 120.000 19.97 3.89 1.02 0.00 0.0 ±

76.30 99.00 20.39 1.37 1.05 0.00 0.0 ±

Minerals Iron, Fe (mg) Copper, Cu (mg)

2.16 0.069

0.77 0.058

1.59 0.147

2.83 0.256

3.40 0.253

0.88 0.108

1.61 0.151

Vitamins Vitamin C, total ascorbic acid (mg)

0.0

0.3

±

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

4.330 4.380 0.380 59.00 0.00

2.240 2.930 0.700 55.00 ±

3.533 3.242 0.320 66.00 ±

0.710 1.030 0.170 57.00 ±

0.950 0.670 0.470 85.00 ±

1.170 1.250 0.400 83.00 ±

0.460 0.420 0.270 46.00 ±

Nutrient

ß Woodhead Publishing Limited, 2010

Proximate Water (g) Energy (kcal) Protein (g) Total lipid (g) Ash (g) Carbohydrate, by difference (g) Fibre, total dietary (g) Sugars, total (g)

Lipids Fatty acids, total saturated (g) Fatty acids, total monounsaturated (g) Fatty acids, total polyunsaturated (g) Cholesterol (g) Phytosterols (g) a

Beef, rib, shortribs, separable lean only, choice, raw, trimmed to 000 fat; bPork, fresh, loin, centre rib (chops or roasts), boneless, separable lean only, raw; cLamb, Australian, imported, fresh, rib, separable lean only, trimmed to 1/800 fat, raw; dGoat, raw; eGame meat, deer, raw; fVeal, rib, separable lean only, raw; gGame meat, buffalo, water, raw.


7

the TBARS test. Sun et al. (2001) reported on the generation of yellow chromophores (Amax @ 450 nm) from the reaction of TBA with specific aldehydes known to be generated by lipid oxidation. Thus, the TBARS assay is not a good method to compare oxidation in meats with significantly different fatty acid profiles. Investigations concerned with the effects of lipid oxidation in meat products, rather than in vitro systems, benefit from inclusion of sensory panels to complement objective laboratory analyses of lipid oxidation. In fact, the TBARS assay cannot be used reliably to predict rancidity unless it is correlated with sensory analyses. A third class of lipids found in red meats, in addition to triacylglycerol and phospholipid, is the steroid alcohol, cholesterol. It is found only in animalbased food products and is capable of being oxidized. In general, cholesterol oxidation products (COPs) are absent from fresh meat but have been identified in processed meats. For example, Paniangvait et al. (1995) reported that seven species of COPs were identified in processed meats while fresh meat contained only trace amounts or lacked them completely. The presence of COPs was reported in freeze-dried pork at concentrations of approximately 460 ppm (Park and Addis, 1987) and 177 ppm (Csallany et al., 1989). In a study on the development of COPs, Engeseth and Gray (1994) reported initial low concentrations of COPs in raw and cooked beef round steak of 1.4 ppm and 3.1 ppm, respectively. Following storage at 4 ëC for 4 d, COPs levels increased, particularly in cooked beef, from 3.1 to 17.3 ppm. In raw meat, COPs increased from 1.4 to 5.9 ppm. The effects of cooking and storage on the production of COPs were also reported in buffalo meat (Rao et al., 1996) and mutton (Kowale et al., 1996). The process of pre-cooking meat for subsequent preparation by consumers or the food service industry (e.g., frying) prior to consumption can lead to formation of COPs (Larkeson et al., 2000). Not surprisingly, inclusion of antioxidants in marinated pork (Lee et al., 2008), and the exclusion of oxygen from packaging atmospheres via vacuum packaging was reported to prevent cholesterol oxidation in cooked turkey, pork, and beef patties (Du et al., 2001). Cholesterol oxidation in processed foods is influenced by the presence of unsaturated fatty acids in triacylglycerols and phospholipids (Liu et al., 1994; Osada et al., 2000). Cholesterol was unstable in the presence of unsaturated fats; however, it was relatively stable at 100 ëC (Osada et al., 1993). Lipid radicals formed during the processing and storage of foods can accelerate the oxidation of cholesterol and produce cholesterol oxidation products (COPs) (Paniangvait et al., 1995). 1.2.2 The role of oxygen Oxygen is necessary for lipid oxidation to occur in meat. Both triplet and singlet forms of oxygen have been implicated. The diffusion of oxygen into intact cuts of red meat is relatively slow while incorporation of oxygen into comminuted meat products occurs readily during meat processing. Oxygen can be limited in,

8


or eliminated from, meat-containing packaging environments in order to minimize lipid oxidation (McMillin, 2008; Brandon et al., 2009). It is important to note that a stable red colour of fresh meat is dependent on the presence of a saturating quantity of oxygen (i.e., sufficient to saturate ferrous myoglobin present). Complete elimination of oxygen from fresh meat packages minimizes lipid oxidation and growth of aerobic psychrotrophs but it also leads to a low proportion of myoglobin in the oxygenated form (i.e., oxymyoglobin, OxyMb) and a purplish colour that is not desirable. Incomplete removal of oxygen from packaging can also be problematic by favouring brownish metmyoglobin (MetMb) formation (Faustman and Cassens, 1990). 1.2.3 Pro-oxidants in red meat Transition metals, particularly iron, can serve as strong pro-oxidants. Red meat is a rich source of dietary iron and is generally not limiting when other conditions for lipid oxidation are favourable. Both haem iron and nonhaem iron enhance lipid oxidation in meat (Ahn and Kim, 1998). Red veal semimembranosus muscle that contained 10.9 g Fe/g meat demonstrated greater lipid oxidation than white veal with a significantly lower concentration of iron (i.e., 8.7 g Fe/g) (Faustman et al., 1992). Iron may be complexed in low molecular weight compounds, or associated with haem (e.g., myoglobin) or nonhaem proteins (e.g., transferrin) (Decker and Xu, 1998). A low molecular weight fraction obtained from the cytosol of pork and beef was associated with greater lipid oxidation than a high molecular weight fraction (Yin and Faustman, 1994). In addition to endogenous sources, transition metals may enter into meat during processing via contact with ferrous metal equipment surfaces or ingredients. The redox state of transition metals is as important to catalytic potential as is the concentration of transition metal present. The reduced state of metal ions is more catalytically active and the presence of reducing agents (e.g., ascorbic acid) can serve to maintain the catalytic potential/pool and thus exacerbate metal-catalyzed oxidation of both proteins and lipids (Decker et al., 1993; Min et al., 2008). Gorelick and Kanner (2001) reported that the effect of ascorbic acid on iron-induced oxidation is concentration-dependent. Haemoglobin and myoglobin can be potent accelerators of lipid oxidation in muscle foods (Baron and Andersen, 2002; Richards and Dettmann, 2003) and their effect is concentration-dependent (Ramanathan et al., 2009). Haemcontaining proteins actively enhance lipid oxidation with iron in the ferric state, whereas non-haem iron appears to be more active in the ferrous state (Greene and Price, 1975). Both MetMb and OxyMb catalyzed lipid oxidation in a myoglobin-liposome model system with OxyMb more effective than MetMb at equimolar concentration (Chan et al., 1997). The authors of this study suggested that hydrogen peroxide, presumably generated during OxyMb oxidation, played an important role in mediating OxyMb and lipid oxidation. Bou et al. (2008) recently reported that the extent to which OxyMb enhanced lipid oxidation was dependent on the extent of its heat-induced denaturation. The oxidation of


9

OxyMb to MetMb was considered responsible for increased lipid oxidation, but denaturation (> 75 ëC) led to decreased catalytic potential. The authors attributed the latter observation to loss of solubility and greater ability of exposed amino acid side chains to quench free radicals. Classically known as `warmed-over flavour' (WOF), WOF is a lipid oxidationbased off-flavour that develops following the cooking of meat (Pearson and Gray, 1983). The heat treatment used in preparation of meat disrupts membranes, denatures iron-containing proteins releasing iron, and accelerates diffusion of reactants such that subsequent oxidation in stored meat leads to off-flavour development (Pearson and Gray, 1983; Gray and Pearson, 1987). Investigators have sought to differentiate between the sources of iron and their relative impact on lipid oxidation (Rhee and Ziprin, 1987; Han et al., 1995) and WOF development in meat (Igene et al., 1979). Yancey et al. (2006) recently described livery flavour development in cooked beef and reported a positive correlation between total iron concentration and this flavour defect. 1.2.4 Influence of antemortem feeding The fatty acid composition of muscle and adipose tissue of meat influences nutritional value and quality parameters, including shelf life and flavour (Wood and Enser, 1997; Wood et al., 2003). Specifically, it determines the firmness/ oiliness of adipose tissue, and the oxidative stability of muscle, which in turn affects flavour and colour. In general, meat with greater concentrations of unsaturated fatty acids is more susceptible to lipid oxidation than meat with lesser concentrations (Hogberg et al., 2002; Lund et al., 2008). Dietary manipulation of the fatty acid composition of muscle and adipose tissue in live animals is more readily achieved in monogastric than ruminant livestock species (Wood and Enser, 1997; Kouba et al., 2003). Pigs fed diets high in fishmeal/fish oil (Monahan et al., 1992; Apple et al., 2009) will yield meat with fat that contains relatively high concentrations of long chain n-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFAs) typically associated with marine fish species. This can lead to pork flavour that is `fishy'. Ruminant fats are not altered by diet as rapidly or to the same extent as that of monogastrics. Biohydrogenation of unsaturated fatty acids readily occurs in the rumen and this complicates the use of dietary manipulation for altering the fatty acid profile of beef and lamb meat (Schaefer, 2000). Several research groups have compared the effects of concentrate and grass silage diets on fatty acid composition of red meat species (Enser et al., 2000; Scollan et al., 2001; Teye et al., 2006; Warren et al., 2008a,b). These feeds can markedly change the fatty acid composition of both neutral lipids and phospholipids (Warren et al., 2008a). In general, meat from ruminants fed grain-based diets contain greater amounts of linoleic acid and lower amounts of n-3 fatty acids compared to animals fed grass-based diets (Wood et al., 2003; Dannenberger et al., 2007; Leheska et al., 2008). Diets enriched in fish oil led to increased tissue concentrations of long chain PUFAs (Elmore et al., 2000), while

10


linseed oil (Elmore et al., 2000; Wachira et al., 2002) resulted in increased linoleic acid in intramuscular fat. Meat fat obtained from lambs fed palm oilcontaining diets demonstrated high levels of palmitic and oleic acids (Castro et al., 2005). Several studies have examined the effect of feeding linseed/flaxseed oils on 18:3 n-3 concentrations in pork, beef and lamb in an effort to reduce the ratio of n-6:n-3 fatty acids below 4.0 (Enser et al., 2000; Nute et al., 2007). A linseed oil-enriched diet fed to pigs increased the deposition of 18:3 n-3 in adipose and muscle tissues, particularly within muscle phospholipids (Enser et al., 2000). Kouba et al. (2003) reported that feeding pigs a 6% crushed linseed diet increased the content of n-3 PUFA in plasma, muscle and adipose tissues which resulted in a greater PUFA:SFA ratio. They reported greater TBARS values for pork from pigs fed the linseed diet than in pork from control pigs. No effect of the linseed diet on vitamin E concentration in the muscle of pigs fed for 20 or 100 days was noted, but lower muscle vitamin E content in pigs fed the linseed diet for 60 days was observed. Additional reports of lowered levels of vitamin E in porcine tissues containing high PUFA levels have been published (Wang et al., 1996; Leskanich et al., 1997). Despite the process of biohydrogenation that occurs in the rumen, studies have shown that dietary n-6 and n-3 PUFA can be increased in adipose and muscle tissues of cattle and sheep and that the n-6:n-3 ratio may be manipulated (Noci et al., 2005; Nute et al., 2007; Warren et al., 2008a,b). Larick and Turner (1989, 1990) reported changes in the fatty acid profile in neutral and phospholipid fractions of beef as a function of forage grazing versus feedlotadministered concentrates. Warren et al. (2008a) reported that cattle preferentially incorporated 18:2n-6 fatty acids from a grain-based concentrate diet, and 18:3n-3 fatty acids from a grass silage diet. Increased 18:3n-3 in muscle phospholipids of lambs fed linseed oil or fish oil/marine algae was also reported (Nute et al., 2007). Dietary linseed oil (n-3 PUFA rich) in combination with either n-9 monounsaturated fatty acids (MUFA; olive oil), or n-6 PUFA (sunflower oil), decreased the n-6:n-3 fatty acid ratio of pig muscle. However, partial replacement of n-9 MUFA by n-3 PUFA in pig diets resulted in greater lipid oxidation in pork (Rey et al., 2001). Pork from the pigs fed sunflower and linseed oils had significantly higher TBARS values throughout 9 days of refrigerated storage compared to that from animals fed olive and linseed oils. Diets (e.g., grazing) that increase PUFA may also provide more antioxidants (e.g., -tocopherol) that will accumulate in the muscle and protect meat fatty acids from lipid and/or protein oxidation (Petron et al., 2007; SanteÂ-Lhoutellier et al., 2008a,b). Warren et al. (2008b) observed lower plasma and muscle levels of -tocopherol, increased lipid oxidation and lesser colour stability in loin steaks from steers fed concentrate diets than those fed grass silage. Greater lipid oxidation in meat from the concentrate-fed steers was linked to high PUFA concentrations and relatively low levels of -tocopherol. Descalzo et al. (2005) reported a three-fold increase in TBARS in beef from grain-fed steers when compared with beef from pasture-fed steers; the authors concluded that natural antioxidants in pasture compensated for the high level of PUFAs and protected


11

meat lipids against oxidation. Lower TBARS values were observed in meat from lambs fed concentrate diets than pasture-fed lambs during initial storage (0 day) followed by a six-fold increase in TBARS on the seventh day of refrigerated storage under gas permeable film (Sante-Lhoutellier et al., 2008b). They reported significantly greater concentrations of -tocopherol in pasture-fed lambs (6.42 mg/g) compared to concentrate-fed lambs (1.61 mg/g). Lipid oxidation increased during storage to a greater extent in cooked and raw minced meat from lambs fed concentrate-based diets than those provided with an herbage diet (Luciano et al., 2009). Many researchers have attributed the effect of concentrate feeding (relative to pasture feeding) on increased lipid oxidation to lower concentrations of tocopherols in animal tissues (Larrain et al., 2008; Warren et al., 2008b; SanteLhoutellier et al., 2008b). However, not all studies support this contention. Ponnampalam et al. (2001) demonstrated that lipid oxidation was not affected by supplementation with PUFAs and Petron et al. (2007) reported that lamb colour stability and lipid oxidation were not significantly influenced by the botanical composition of the pasture on which lambs were fed. When linseed oil, fish oil or a combination of the two were fed to beef animals with supranutritional concentrations of vitamin E, the fish oil diet produced meat with a reduced vitamin E concentration and higher TBARS than the other diets (Vatansever et al., 2000). Fish oils are rich in long chain PUFA and any accumulation of these would increase the relative oxidative susceptibility of muscle tissues. Lambs fed fish oil, marine algae and a combination of the two produced meat that was oxidatively less stable, presumably due to a lower vitamin E content of the muscle (Nute et al., 2007). While pasture diets have generally led to improved lipid stability of meat from ruminants, a positive effect of pasture diets on maintaining colour stability of red meat has been reported more often in beef (Vestergaard et al., 2000; Insani et al., 2008; Warren et al., 2008b) than in lamb (Sante-Lhoutellier et al., 2008b; Petron et al., 2007). Recently, Luciano et al. (2009) reported lower a* (redness) values and greater MetMb levels in minced meat from lambs fed concentrate-based diets than that from animals fed an herbage diet. 1.2.5 Influence of postmortem processing Particle size reduction and restructuring The mechanical processes employed in meat processing such as chopping, mixing, grinding, massaging and tumbling can be detrimental to meat lipid and colour stability. Tissue disruption and reduction of meat particle size provides a greater surface-to-volume ratio for reaction with oxygen. Destruction of endogenous reducing systems by the grinding process in meat has been reported (Kropf et al., 1985; Madhavi and Carpenter, 1993). Mincing also provides a significant deteriorative stress for meat by disrupting cellular compartmentalization and releasing pro-oxidants (Gray et al., 1996). The tumbling process employed for whole muscle cuts can cause cellular damage that is magnified

12


with increased tumbling time (Lawlis et al., 1992), and was reported to promote lipid oxidation in pre-cooked roast beef in the absence of any antioxidant (Cheng and Ockerman, 2003). Salt Salt (NaCl) is used in processed meat products to inhibit the growth of microorganisms, add flavour and extract salt-soluble proteins (Cheng et al., 2007). Unfortunately, the addition of NaCl to meat products has been reported to enhance lipid oxidation (Rhee and Ziprin, 2001). NaCl enhances rancidity development in cured pork (Ellis et al., 1968) and in raw and cooked beef, both during cooking and subsequent storage (Chen et al., 1984). Several investigators have reported that the addition of NaCl to ground beef enhanced myoglobin oxidation (Trout, 1990; Torres et al., 1988; Sùrheim et al., 2009). The basis for the well documented pro-oxidant effect of NaCl in meat products is not well defined but may involve the presence of trace metal impurities present in salt that catalyze lipid oxidation. Some investigators have suggested that NaCl can lead to iron release from proteins (Kanner et al., 1991) and/or that chloride ions can combine with iron and enhance its catalytic activity (Osinchak et al., 1992). The postmortem injection of carcasses with calcium solutions has been used to improve tenderness of beef and lamb. Lawrence et al. (2003) reported a prooxidant effect of calcium chloride and calcium lactate in beef longissimus muscles. In addition, calcium chloride injection has induced muscle darkening (Wheeler et al., 1993) and caused faster discolouration in beef loins than untreated controls (Kerth et al., 1995). n-3 Fatty acid addition There has been considerable interest in fortifying food products with n-3 PUFA because of the health benefits associated with these nutrients (Connor, 2000). The highly unsaturated nature of these fatty acids predisposes them to oxidation (Moghadasian, 2008). Direct addition of fish oil to dry fermented sausages at relatively high levels (i.e., 10.7 g/kg) resulted in increased TBARS values compared to controls (Muguerza et al. 2004). However, no statistical difference in cholesterol oxidation products (7-ketocholesterol) was observed. Lee et al. (2005) reported on an effective antioxidant mixture for minimizing oxidation in ground beef fortified with an n-3 fatty acid emulsion (Djordjevic et al., 2004). Using this approach, investigators were able to produce oxidatively stable fresh pork sausages and restructured ham products (Lee et al., 2006). Cooking and storage The development of lipid oxidation is more rapid in cooked meat than in raw products. Heating denatures iron-containing proteins (Schricker and Miller, 1979) and disrupts membranes. It also deactivates enzyme-based antioxidant defence systems in muscle (Igene et al., 1979). Lipid oxidation occurs during both cooking and subsequent storage of meat products. Keller and Kinsella (1973) observed increased TBARS values on


13

cooking up to 70 ëC; further increases were observed when cooked samples were stored for 36 days at ÿ18 ëC. Oxidation in refrigerated cooked pork was greater with longer cooking times, slower cooking rates and higher cooking temperatures (Kingston et al., 1998). Wills et al. (2006) reported that the type of cooking process (e.g., ohmic- vs. impingement-cooked) influenced lipid oxidation in ground beef patties. Interestingly, the heating of meat to temperatures up to 80 ëC increased lipid oxidation, while retorting meat (> 100 ëC) reduced lipid oxidation (Chen et al., 1984). Curing Nitrates and nitrites are critical ingredients in the production of cured red meat products worldwide. Their primary purpose is to prevent botulism but they have also been demonstrated to yield the characteristic colour of cured meats and to inhibit lipid oxidation (Gray et al., 1981; Honikel, 2004). The reduction of nitrate to nitrite and subsequent formation of nitric oxide (NO) from nitrite are necessary prerequisites for most meat curing reactions (Moller and Skibsted, 2002); NO can react directly with haem iron to form mono- and dinitrosylhaemochrome. This step along with the formation of nitroso-compounds that have antioxidant activity is believed to be the basis for observed antioxidant activity (Kanner et al., 1984; Pegg and Shahidi, 2000). During dry-curing of hams and fermented sausages, lipids are progressively altered through both lipolysis and oxidation (Gandemer, 2002). Peroxide values reach their highest levels 2 to 4 months after initiation of the drying process, while TBARS values and volatile components show a continuous increase during several months of dry-cured ham processing. At the end of the drying and ripening process, the general oxidation level in muscle and adipose tissues tends to decrease (Hinrischen and Pedersen, 1995; Ruiz et al., 1999). The concentrations of TBARS were significantly greater ( p < 0:05) in dry fermented sausages with added nitrite as compared to those with added nitrate during the entire ripening process from day 14, indicating that lipid oxidation was retarded by the presence of nitrate (Marco et al., 2006). In contrast, Navarro et al. (2001) reported that the peroxide index and TBARS levels were greater in dry sausages with added nitrate than in samples with nitrite. Irradiation The process of irradiation utilizes high energy to inactivate microorganisms. Unfortunately, lipid oxidation can be enhanced via free radical reactions induced by the irradiation process (Ahn et al., 2000; Jo and Ahn, 2000; Du et al., 2002). Several studies reported that free radicals can also react with myoglobin or haemoglobin resulting in discolouration of irradiated meat samples (Jo et al., 1999; Kamarei et al., 1979). The extent of impact is dependent on irradiation dose, presence of oxygen, fat content and fatty acid profile, and presence of antioxidants (Hampson et al., 1996; Ahn et al., 1998; Jo et al., 1999; Jo and Ahn, 2000). For example, pork patties from L. dorsi muscle (> 6.5% fat) had greater TBARS and contained more propanal and pentanal after irradiation than

14


did patties from psoas (1.8% fat) and rectus femoris (2.4% fat) muscles (Ahn et al., 1998). However, Houben et al. (2000) found no difference in TBARS of irradiated lean (< 1% fat) versus fat (> 20% fat) minced beef. Volatile compounds may be produced as a result of irradiation of meat and these are responsible for characteristic off-odours that may occur (Brewer, 2009). An increase in lipid peroxidation products (especially hexanal and trans4,5-epoxy-(E)-2-decenal) in combination with a loss of desirable meaty odorants (4-hydroxy-2,5-dimethyl-3(2H)-furanone and 3-hydroxy-4,5-dimethyl-2(5H)furanone) resulted in development of warmed over flavour of cooked, refrigerated beef (Kerler and Grosch, 1996). High pressure processing The exposure of meat products to high pressures has been employed to inactivate microorganisms and ensure food safety (Rastogi et al., 2007). A primary means by which it exerts its effect is through the destruction of biomembranes. This physical disruption also leads to greater susceptibility of meat lipids to oxidation (Cheah and Ledward, 1995) and release of iron from molecular complexes (Cheah and Ledward, 1997). Cheah and Ledward (1996) reported that lipid oxidation was catalyzed in pork at pressures of approximately 300 MPa and greater at room temperature. Application of the pressure in both oxygenand nitrogen- containing environments was effective in enhancing lipid oxidation in ground pork as lipid oxidation was greater than in controls when meat was subsequently stored aerobically.

1.3

Meat protein oxidation

The proteins of postmortem muscle are generally divided into three categories. Myofibrillar proteins provide the cytoskeletal structure of myofibres and comprise the contractile apparatus that characterizes muscle tissue. They are saltsoluble and play an important role in determining the tenderness of fresh meat and texture of processed meats. The most abundant myofibrillar proteins in meat are myosin, actin, tropomyosin, troponin, titin, and -actinin. Sarcoplasmic proteins are those located in the myofibre cytoplasm. They are considered watersoluble and are largely involved in energy metabolism. Myoglobin is a haemcontaining sarcoplasmic protein that binds and stores oxygen and imparts red colouration to livestock meats. Collagen is the most abundant protein in mammals and comprises most of the connective tissue protein in these animals. Oxidation is generally associated with undesirable consequences in food, but beneficial effects can also occur. Protein oxidation may be associated with offflavour development (Zakrys et al., 2008), discolouration (Estevez and Cava, 2004), undesirable textural changes (Estevez et al., 2005), loss of essential amino acids (Berlett and Stadtman, 1997), decreased water-holding capacity (Huff-Lonergan and Lonergan, 2005), decreased emulsification capacity (Parkington et al., 2000) and decreased tenderness (Rowe et al., 2004b; Zakrys


15

et al., 2008). Conversely, protein oxidation may lead to enhanced susceptibility to digestive proteolysis (Xiong, 2000), increased cross-linking reactions that improve the formation of protein gels (Liu and Xiong, 1996; Parkington et al., 2000) and decreased susceptibility to proteolytic activity (Morzel et al., 2006). An excellent review of the effects of protein oxidation on muscle food quality has been published by Xiong (2000). Iron and copper catalyze protein oxidation and exposure of myofibrillar proteins to these metal ions generates increased carbonyl concentrations, a marker consistent with protein oxidation (Decker et al., 1993). Haem iron may also participate in protein oxidation reactions. A ferric-ferryl redox cycle can occur as a result of exposure of Mb to peroxide and this has led to the formation of Mb radicals that can cross-link with other proteins (Reeder et al., 2002). Reactive oxygen species are generated through several different mechanisms, including lipid oxidation, and these readily react with proteins producing protein radicals. These can then react with adjacent molecules, often other proteins, to propagate the radical chain reaction or to form cross-linked species. Sulfurcontaining amino acids (i.e., cysteine, methionine) are especially susceptible but many amino acids are affected (Table 1.2). Carbonyls are a common product and are measured to track the progression of protein oxidation. Significant increases in carbonyl content were reported in lamb meat during refrigerated storage for 7 days (Sante-Lhoutellier et al., 2008a). Martinaud et al. (1997) reported that during aging of meat for 10 days, carbonyl content of myofibrillar proteins increased, while concentrations of sulfhydryl groups decreased. Myosin appeared to be the most susceptible protein. Buttkus (1967) demonstrated that MDA was capable of reacting with myosin and binding to constituent histidine, arginine, tyrosine and methionine residues. Protein oxidation precipitated by free radical reactions can lead to scission of the protein or aggregation through any of several mechanisms. Interestingly and Table 1.2

Oxidation of amino acid side chains (adapted from Poon et al., 2004)

Amino acid

Oxidation product(s)

Arginine Cysteine Glutamic acid Histidine Leucine Lysine Methionine Phenylalanine Proline

glutamic semialdehyde Cys-S-S-Cys and Cys-S-S-R disulfides 4-hydroxyglutamic acid; pyruvate -ketoglutaric acid aspartic acid; asparagine; oxo-histidine 3- and 4-hydroxyleucine 2-aminoadipic semialdehyde methionine sulfoxide; methionine sulfone 2-,3-,4-hydroxyphenylalanine glutamic semialdehyde; pyroglutamic acid; 2-pyroglutamic acid; 2-pyrrolidone; 4-hydroxyproline 2-amino-3-ketobutyric acid N-formylkynurenine; kynurenine; 2-,4-,5- and 6-hydroxyvaline 3,4-dihydroxyphenylalanine; di-tyrosine crosslinks 3-hydroxyvaline

Threonine Tryptophan Tyrosine Valine

16


as noted previously, the outcome of this can be undesirable (e.g., loss of protein solubility and functionality) or desirable (improved gel network formation). The factors affecting the balance between two outcomes are complex (Xiong, 2000). 1.3.1 Factors that affect protein oxidation in red meat In postmortem muscle, proteins are more vulnerable to oxidation than proteins in antemortem muscle. This is due to tissue degradation that results in greater susceptibility of membrane lipids to attack, release of iron and depletion of endogenous antioxidants (Xiong, 2000). A variety of factors affect protein oxidation in meat. For example, Srinivasan et al. (1996) reported that more acidic pH values (i.e., pH 5.5. vs. 7.0) in beef heart surimi favored protein oxidation and carbonyl formation. They attributed this to the fact that haemcatalyzed oxidation was favoured by greater hydrogen ion concentration at lower pH values. Protein oxidation susceptibility in pork is affected by the concentration of the oxidizing species (Park et al., 2007) and pig genetics (RamõÂrez and Cava, 2007). The process of freeze-drying has been associated with oxidation-mediated cross-linking of myoglobin (Nakhost and Karel, 1984). In general, higher cooking temperatures favour protein oxidation. A study of cooking effects on meat protein oxidation reported that cooked meat had significantly greater concentrations of protein carbonyl groups than raw meat (SanteÂLhoutellier et al., 2008a). Astruc et al. (2007) recently reported that protein oxidation that resulted from cooking was localized to cell peripheries and suggested that membrane proteins were primarily involved. Heating also favours the gelation process induced by protein oxidation (Parkington et al., 2000). Irradiation is an effective process for ensuring food safety; however, the radiolysis of protein can accelerate protein oxidation. Researchers reported that irradiated beef steaks have greater carbonyl concentrations and lower protein solubilities (Rowe et al., 2004a). Oxidation of sarcoplasmic proteins in irradiated beef occurred to a lesser extent when beef was obtained from vitamin E-supplemented cattle. Rowe et al. (2004b) demonstrated that oxidation induced by irradiation treatment partially inactivated -calpain leading to decreased myofibrillar protein breakdown (30-kDa degradation product of troponin T) and beef tenderness. Oxygen is a critical component of protein oxidation reactions and an important consideration in packaging of red meats. High oxygen concentrations accelerated protein oxidation in beef steaks (Zakrys et al., 2008) and ground beef (Lund et al., 2007a). Pork stored in modified atmosphere packaging demonstrated greater loss of protein thiols and myosin heavy chain disulfide crosslinks with higher concentrations of oxygen (Lund et al., 2007b). However, carbonyl content was no different between treatments. Myofibril fragmentation, an indication of proteolytic activity, occurred to a lesser extent in the high oxygen atmosphere. The relative effects of the oxidizing conditions presented by elevated oxygen on proteolytic enzymes versus the protein substrate could not be determined from the study design.


17

Antioxidant addition to muscle foods through dietary or ingredient approaches has been used to improve the quality of red meat. The addition of exogenous antioxidants to liver pateÂs enhanced the oxidative stability of proteins (EsteÂvez et al., 2006). Inclusion of antioxidants has also improved the functionality of myofibrillar proteins relative to the texture of surimi prepared from bovine hearts. Cardiac muscle contains very high concentrations of cytochromes and myoglobin and is thus iron-rich which provides a significant oxidative challenge. Xiong, Decker and co-workers published several papers that demonstrated significant improvement in the functionality of myofibrillar proteins from cardiac muscle when antioxidants were included in the washing and isolation processes (Wan et al., 1993; Xiong et al., 1993; Srinivasan et al., 1996). Subsequent work by Parkington et al. (2000) suggested that antioxidants in the washing process could be adjusted to allow some limited oxidation to improve gel-forming ability of beef heart surimi. Antioxidants may also be `delivered' to muscle food products via dietary supplementation of meat-producing livestock. Haak et al. (2006) reported no significant effect of dietary vitamin E in combination with linseed or soybean oils on protein oxidation in pork. However, several reports have demonstrated lowered levels of protein oxidation in beef from cattle supplemented with dietary vitamin E. Vitamin E supplementation was hypothesized to contribute to calcium-activated protease (i.e., calpains) mediated tenderness by protecting the latter from oxidation in calcium-treated beef (Harris et al., 2001). Calpains (both m- and -) are cysteine proteases and require reducing conditions to protect the critical active site cysteine residue. Rowe et al. (2004b) reported that nonirradiated longissimus beef steaks from cattle supplemented with vitamin E contained more markers of postmortem proteolysis than dietary controls and suggested that this resulted from antioxidant protection of the endogenous calpain proteases. 1.3.2 Oxidation in haem proteins Myoglobin is the major haem protein in meat. It contains 153 amino acids and haem which is comprised of an iron molecule centrally chelated within a protoporphyrin ring. The iron molecule may be present in a ferrous (+2), ferric (+3) or ferryl (+4) state. Four of its six coordination sites keep it bound within the protoporphyrin ring while the fifth site anchors it to a histidine residue of the myoglobin apoprotein and the sixth residue binds any one of several possible ligands. Ferrous myoglobin is the àctive' physiological redox form of the protein in vivo. It also is present in the cut surfaces of meat where exposure to the atmosphere allows the deoxygenated ferrous Mb (DeoxyMb) to bind oxygen and form OxyMb. OxyMb provides a desirable cherry-red appearance to meat. While myoglobin is subject to the same oxidation reactions as described previously for all proteins, the discussion of its oxidation in this chapter refers to the conversion of ferrous (+2) to ferric (+3) haem iron and results in the haem protein's inability to bind oxygen at the normal pH of meat (ca. 5.6). Ferric myoglobin contains

18


water at the sixth ligand position and is referred to as MetMb; it imparts an undesirable brownish red colour to meat. Ferryl (+4) myoglobin can be produced under significant oxidation pressures; it is very reactive, generally short-lived and is more of a concern from its potential to catalyze or enhance lipid oxidation than to negatively impact meat colour (Baron and Andersen, 2002). Redox cycling between ferric and ferryl states can decompose preformed lipid peroxides and accelerate lipid oxidation (Moore et al. 1998). The oxidation of ferrous myoglobins to ferric myoglobin is thermodynamically favourable (Livingston and Brown, 1981) and results in fresh meat discolouration. However, the rate and extent of haem iron oxidation in myoglobin are affected by a number of intrinsic and extrinsic factors; several extensive reviews of these factors have been previously published (Faustman and Cassens, 1990; Renerre, 1990). Interestingly, discolouration rates are muscle-specific (O'Keeffe and Hood, 1982; McKenna et al., 2005; Jeong et al., 2009). The ultimate pH (pHU) of postmortem, post-rigor muscle is generally accepted to be approximately 5.6. However, muscle-specific differences do exist and have been reported to range between 5.54 and 6.2 (Tarrant and Sherington, 1980), and 5.69 and 5.93 (McKenna et al., 2005). Ferrous myoglobin oxidation is much faster at lower pH than higher pH values (Gotoh and Shikama, 1974; Ledward et al., 1986). Alteration of pHU can result from antemortem stress (Juncher et al., 2001), or postmortem, post-rigor processing (Stetzer et al., 2007) and this has implications for OxyMb oxidation and meat colour stability. As with all chemical reactions, ferrous myoglobin oxidation is accelerated with eleveated temperature. While a rule of thumb for chemical reactions generally states a Q10 of approximately 2, it has been reported that the Q10 for OxyMb oxidation is 5 (Brown and Mebine, 1969). Lower storage/display temperatures appear to favor redox stability of ferrous myoglobin as indicated by maintenance of red colour in beef (Jeremiah and Gibson, 2001; Pietrasik et al., 2006) and pork (Hansen et al., 2004). The predominant redox form of myoglobin in meat (or solution) is highly dependent on partial oxygen pressure (pO2). This phenomenon was first described by Neill and Hastings (1925) and shows that low non-zero pO2 values (approximately 4 mmHg) favour the formation of MetMb over either of the ferrous forms. This has led to packaging strategies that completely exclude oxygen (e.g., vacuum-packaging) or provide saturating conditions (e.g., high oxygen MAP) in an attempt to minimize MetMb formation (Faustman and Cassens, 1990). Oxygen consuming reactions in meat can reduce tissue pO2 and lead to redox instability of ferrous myoglobins. These include mitochondrial and sub-mitochondrial activity, aerobic bacterial growth and lipid oxidation. Chan et al. (1998) demonstrated that spoilage levels of aerobic bacteria consumed sufficient oxygen to facilitate OxyMb oxidation in vitro. Monahan et al. (2005) recently suggested that oxygen consumption resulting from lipid oxidation could contribute to low-pO2 induced OxyMb oxidation. Cheah and Cheah (1971, 1974) were among the first investigators to report that mitochondria and sub-mitochondrial particles have the ability to consume


19

oxygen in postmortem muscle. The rate/extent of oxygen consumption declines with breakdown of mitochondrial morphology and time postmortem (Tang et al., 2005). Cornforth and Egbert (1985) utilized the mitochondrial inhibitor, rotenone, to demonstrate the significant effect that mitochondrial activity has on pre-rigor meat colour. O'Keeffe and Hood (1982) provided convincing evidence that oxygen consumption in meat was a primary determinant of myoglobin redox instability and meat discolouration. 1.3.3 Effect of lipid oxidation on myoglobin oxidation The process of lipid oxidation and its consequences for protein function in general (Haurowitz et al., 1941), and for haem protein redox stability in particular (Koizumac et al., 1973; Szebeni et al., 1984; Yin and Faustman, 1993; Chan et al., 1997; O'Grady et al., 2001) has been previously investigated in model systems. These studies have demonstrated that oxidation of haem proteins from a ferrous to ferric form is correlated with lipid oxidation and that manipulation of experimental conditions intended to selectively affect one of these processes leads to a similar response in the other. For example, inclusion of the lipid soluble antioxidant, -tocopherol, within a myoglobin : liposome system slowed both lipid oxidation and OxyMb oxidation (Yin et al., 1993). Microsomal preparations from skeletal muscle have also been used to study oxidation related phenomena in muscle-based foods (Chan et al., 1996). The advantage of using microsomes is that they are membrane fractions from the tissue of interest and thus their fatty acid profile may be more relevant to the in vivo condition. OxyMb oxidation was greater in the presence of microsomes isolated from tuna than from pork and beef (Yin and Faustman, 1994). Lipid oxidation followed the same trend which was attributed to the greater degree of lipid unsaturation present in tuna compared to bovine and porcine muscle. Lipid oxidation and discolouration were noted to be linked in meat, and Greene (1969) was one of the first investigators to document this. Several subsequent reports have added support to this observation (Greene et al., 1971; Lin and Hultin, 1977; Faustman et al., 1989; Balentine et al., 2006). The mechanistic basis for enhanced haem protein oxidation by oxidizing lipids is not known but primary and secondary products of lipid oxidation could be responsible. Chan et al. (1997) studied the effects of oxidizing lipids on OxyMb oxidation. Incubation of OxyMb in dialysis sacs (mw cutoff 500 Da) placed in solutions of fresh and oxidized liposomes revealed that TBARS were measurable within the dialysis sacs during incubation. The concentration of TBARS and MetMb formation increased with the extent of oxidation of the lipid solution in which the sacs were incubated. Inclusion of -tocopherol within liposomes delayed MetMb formation and the appearance of TBARS in the dialysis sacs. Secondary products of lipid oxidation (e.g., aldehydes, ketones; Esterbauer et al., 1991) are less reactive than primary products but readily react with specific functional groups on proteins and alter the normal functionality/redox stability

Table 1.3

Summary of studies that have reported on the effects of secondary lipid oxidation products on specific proteins


Protein

Lipid oxidation products

Result

Reference

Bovine serum albumin Glucose-6-phosphatase Glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase Glutathione peroxidase Haemoglobin NADP-dependent dehydrogenase Oxymyoglobin

2-Octenal , unsaturated oxo-compounds HNE

Formation of octenal : histidine adducts Inhibition of enzyme activity 70% less in enzyme activity

Alaiz and Giron (1994) Jùrgensen et al. (1992) Szweda et al. (1993)

Methylglyoxal MDA HNE, MDA, lipid hydroperoxides , unsaturated aldehydes; HNE

Enzyme inhibition Formation of Hb : MDA adducts Potential dysregulation of NADPH levels

Park et al. (2003) Kautiainen et al. (1989) Yang et al. (2004)

Enhanced OxyMb oxidation in the presence of aldehydes

HNE

Enzyme inhibition

Chan et al. (1997), Faustman et al. (1999a), Suman et al. (2006) Fang and Holmgren (2006)

Thioredoxin and thioredoxin reductase


21

of these proteins (Grimsrud et al., 2008) (Table 1.3). Unsaturated aldehydes (i.e., , -unsaturated aldehydes) appear to be more reactive than their saturated counterparts and effectively decrease the redox stability of OxyMb (Faustman et al., 1999a). To date, 4-hydroxynonenal (HNE), an , -unsaturated aldehyde that is a product of linoleic acid oxidation, has been demonstrated to consistently decrease bovine and porcine myoglobn redox stability in vitro through covalent binding to histidine residues in the protein (Alderton et al., 2003; Suman et al., 2007). It appears that the effect of HNE may be species-specific depending on the number and location of nucleophilic histidine residues (Suman et al., 2006). The covalent attachment of reactive aldehydes to myoglobin may alter the haem protein's conformation sufficiently to alter the haem environment and predisposing to greater redox instability (Livingston and Brown, 1981). 1.3.4 Role of myoglobin oxidation in lipid oxidation As noted previously, haem proteins can serve as pro-oxidants. Interestingly, the process of OxyMb oxidation to MetMb may enhance lipid oxidation via the generation of superoxide anion with subsequent dismutation to hydrogen peroxide and/or the production of ferryl myoglobin, a potent accelerator of lipid oxidation (Chan et al., 1997; Baron and Andersen, 2002). Baron et al. (1997) studied the initiation of lipid oxidation in linoleic acid emulsions by several different myoglobin species and reported that the presence of lipid peroxides was more crucial than the redox state of haem proteins in the initiation process. Investigators have reported that the combination of hydrogen peroxide and MetMb forms an àctivated' MetMb complex which is extremely pro-oxidative towards lipid (Harel and Kanner, 1985). Alteration of myoglobin can enhance its ability to catalyze lipid oxidation. Kristensen and Andersen (1997) used heated linoleic acid emulsions containing myoglobin to study thermal-induced denaturation of myoglobin concurrent with lipid oxidation. They demonstrated that immediately below the TD, myoglobin structural changes were induced that paralleled pro-oxidative activity toward linoleic acid. Lynch and Faustman (2000) reported that MetMb previously reacted with oxidation products of unsaturated fatty acids, specifically , unsaturated aldehydes, was more pro-oxidant towards lipids than control MetMb. Considerable interest has been recently expressed in the potential for haem release from haemoglobin and myoglobin to subsequently enhance lipid oxidation. It appears that the met- form of haem proteins releases haem approximately 60 more readily than ferrous forms (Hargrove and Olsen, 1996). Grunwald and Richards (2006a,b) utilized specific Mb mutants to demonstrate the relationship between MetMb formation and haem release, and extended the observations to lipid oxidation. A Mb mutant with high haem affinity (V68T) was a poor promoter of lipid oxidation while a second mutant with low haem affinity (H97A) readily promoted lipid oxidation; WT Mb which has a haem release rate intermediate between these mutants was also intermediate in its pro-oxidant effect. The majority of work published to date has

22


focused on haem proteins and lipids from fish and so the relevance to red meats remains undetermined.

1.4

Antioxidant mediation of red meat oxidation

Lipid and/or protein oxidation may be minimized by increasing the antioxidant concentration of red meat, utilizing modified atmosphere packaging or by production of antioxidant compounds (e.g., Maillard reaction products) during processing. 1.4.1 Endogenous antioxidants There are a variety of endogenous antioxidant enzymes and compounds found in muscle and that serve to protect against oxidation in vivo (Decker and Mei, 1996). For example, enzymes include glutathione peroxidase, catalase, and superoxide dismutase (Decker and Xu, 1998). Antioxidant compounds include glutathione (Tang et al., 2003), carnosine (Chan and Decker, 1994) and tocopherol (Schaefer et al., 1995). The two groups of dietary antioxidants that have received the most research attention to date are the carotenoids and vitamin E. Representative compounds in each of these are provided naturally in forages or can be supplemented in feed concentrates. The carotenoids (e.g., -carotene) are fat-soluble compounds that can accumulate in fat and produce coloured fat in the carcasses of red meat species (Prache and Theriez, 1999; Dunne et al., 2009). In the United States, yellow fat is considered undesirable relative to white fat and is discriminated against. Additionally, carotenoids have not been demonstrated to provide consistently significant protection against lipid oxidation in red meat. The dietary supplementation of vitamin E (i.e., -tocopheryl acetate) to meatproducing animals has been consistently shown to increase -tocopherol concentrations in muscle and fat subsequently obtained from these animals (Faustman, 2004). This has led to decreased lipid oxidation in beef (Faustman et al., 1989), veal (Igene et al., 1976), pork (Buckley and Connolly, 1980, Guo et al., 2006), and lamb (Wulf et al., 1995; Strohecker et al., 1997). Faustman et al. (1999b) identified products of -tocopherol in meat consistent with the peroxyradical scavenging activity of this fat-soluble antioxidant. Interestingly, -tocopherol appears capable of increasing the redox stability of myoglobin in selected red meats (Faustman et al., 1989). OxyMb stability is improved by -tocopherol in vitro (Yin et al., 1993) and in beef (Arnold et al., 1992) in a concentration-dependent manner. The redox stabilizing effects of elevated tissue concentrations of -tocopherol on bovine (Schaefer et al., 1995; Buckley et al., 1995; Faustman et al., 1998) and ovine myoglobins (Wulf et al., 1995; Guidera et al., 1995; Strohecker et al., 1997; Lauzurica et al. 2005) are well documented in the literature. However, unlike beef, a colour-stabilizing effect of -tocopherol has not generally been observed in


23

pork (Asghar et al., 1991; Hoving-Bolink et al., 1998; Cannon et al., 1996; Phillips et al., 2001a). One hypothesis for the basis of the protective effect of -tocopherol towards OxyMb states that -tocopherol delays oxidation of lipid and subsequent release of secondary oxidation products which are pro-oxidative towards OxyMb (Faustman et al., 1998). This would represent an indirect effect of -tocopherol in maintaining acceptable beef colour and is consistent with the known function of -tocopherol as a lipid-soluble antioxidant. The fatty acid profile of pork is more unsaturated than that of beef or lamb, and thus it would be expected to generate secondary products of lipid oxidation that could affect the redox stability of myoglobin. Recent reports suggest that species-specific differences in myoglobin primary structure (Suman et al., 2007) and sarcoplasm composition (Ramanathan et al., 2009) could explain the lack of an effect in pork. Arnold et al. (1993) established an effective concentration of 3.3 g tocopherol/g beef muscle for minimizing lipid and myoglobin oxidation (Fig. 1.1). 1.4.2 Exogenous antioxidants and processing Muscle-based foods contain a variety of antioxidant enzymes and metabolites that have the potential to mediate the oxidation process (Decker and Mei, 1996). Most attempts to reduce lipid and pigment oxidation in meats have focused on exogenous (i.e., ingredient) addition of pure synthetic and/or natural antioxidant molecules/mixtures, animal-derived proteins (Elias et al., 2008; Wang et al., 2008) and antioxidant-containing plant materials. The active antioxidant components may function as free radical scavengers, reducing agents and/or chelators of catalytic metal ions. Free radical quenchers Free radical scavengers delay or inhibit lipid oxidation by reacting with free radicals generated during the initiation or propagation steps. Synthetic phenolic antioxidants include butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), propyl gallate (PG) and tert-butyl hydroquinone (TBHQ). It is understood that the inclusion of BHA and BHT in ground beef patties led to significantly reduced lipid oxidation when compared to controls. BHA and BHT treatments had at least a two-fold lower lipid oxidation value when compared to untreated controls or other natural antioxidants (i.e., Fenugreek extracts) (Hettiarachchy et al., 1996). In contrast, the addition of BHA and BHT (100 ppm each) to a coating batter subsequently applied to ground pork patties that were deep fried did not result in antioxidant protection when compared to control patties during 35 days of storage at 4 ëC (Biswas et al., 2004). Combining antioxidant strategies can be especially effective. Many investigators have reported complementary effects (additive or synergistic) of antioxidants with different functional attributes (McBride et al., 2007). Ansorena and Astiasaran (2004) demonstrated that combining BHA and BHT with

24


Fig. 1.1 Relationships between longissimus -tocopherol content and surface metmyoglobin accumulation (a) or lipid oxidation (b) on day 12 of display (from Arnold et al., 1993 with permission).

vacuum packaging of dry fermented pork sausages minimized lipid oxidation during storage at 4 ëC for 5 months. Irradiated ground beef produced with BHA plus BHT with either ascorbate, erythorbate and trisodium phosphate individually or in combination exhibited significantly lower TBARS and greater redness values than control samples during nine days of simulated retail display (Duong et al., 2008). The role of natural (cloves, cinnamon, ascorbic acid and


25

maillard reaction products (MRPs)) and synthetic (BHA, TBHQ and PG) antioxidants in controlling WOF and non-haem iron release in cooked and refrigerated stored meats from lamb, beef and pork was tested by Jayathilakan et al. (2007a). They observed susceptibility to lipid oxidation in the order pork > beef > sheep, and the order of antioxidant activity for the natural antioxidants was MRPs > cloves > ascorbic acid > cinnamon; for synthetics it was TBHQ > BHA > PG. -Tocopherol is a natural radical-scavenging phenolic antioxidant that may be delivered through dietary approaches or ingredient addition. Ingredient addition provides the potential for a more cost-effective approach for incorporating -tocopherol into meat products. The use of -tocopherol as a processing ingredient to delay lipid oxidation and stabilize meat colour has demonstrated inconsistent results. Aksu and Kaya (2005) used BHA and -tocopherol each at 50 and 100 mg/kg diced beef in the preparation of cooked and sliced kavurma. Improved colour stability and decreased TBARS values in the products occurred in the following order, 100 mg BHA > 100 mg -tocopherol > 50 mg BHA 50 mg -tocopherol > control, during storage under vacuum at 4 ëC for 300 days. Crackel et al. (1988) reported that mixed tocopherols combined with ascorbyl palmitate and citric acid were as effective as TBHQ in retarding lipid oxidation in restructured beef steaks over 12 months frozen storage. Miles et al. (1986) found that -tocopherol effectively controlled oxidation of restructured pork during refrigerated storage at 4 ëC for 16 days. Contrary to these studies, tocopherols at concentrations up to 1000 mg/kg meat had little effect on lipid oxidation in processed pork products stored at ÿ18 ëC for 37 weeks (Channon and Trout, 2002). A similar lack of antioxidant effect of -tocopherol was reported by Vara-Ubol and Bowers (2001) in which inclusion of the antioxidant (0.03% wt/wt) to ground, cooked pork failed to inhibit the formation of hexanal during six days storage at 4 ëC. The same authors reported that sodium tripolyphosphate (STP; 0.2±0.3%) was more effective than -tocopherol; a combination of -tocopherol with 0.2% STP did yield enhanced antioxidant activity relative to controls (no antioxidant) and tocopherol or STP alone. Directing the added antioxidant to or near the origin of oxidation sites is critical to efficacy and likely explains the basis for inconsistent results when tocopherols are added as ingredients (Wills et al., 2007). This was demonstrated convincingly by Mitsumoto et al. (1993) when they compared the antioxidant activity of -tocopherol delivered through dietary means and when added exogenously. These investigators achieved relatively high levels of -tocopherol in the longissimus muscle of cattle through dietary supplementation and then compared the progression of lipid oxidation in ground beef of control cattle in which exogenous -tocopherol was added in an oil carrier to achieve an equivalent antioxidant concentration. The results clearly demonstrated that the dietary approach was superior in antioxidant effectiveness (Fig. 1.2). The authors attributed this to the proper positioning of -tocopherol within the muscle tissues biomembranes by the living animal, a goal that could not be

26


Fig. 1.2 Relationship of dietary vitamin E supplementation postmortem vitamin E treatment day on 2-thiobarbituric acid reactive substances (TBARS) values. MDA = malonaldehyde. CNTRL-NO = no addition to unsupplemented beef; CNTRL-OIL = treatment with oil of unsupplemented beef; CNTRL-OIL + E = treatment with oil and vitamin E of unsupplemented beef; SUPPL-NO = no addition to vitamin E-supplemented beef; SUPPL-OIL = treatment with oil of vitamin E-supplemented beef; SUPPL-OIL + E = treatment with oil and vitamin E of vitamin E-supplemented beef (from Mitsumoto et al., 1993 with permission).

assured by the exogenous addition of -tocopherol as an ingredient. Raghavan and Hultin (2004) used a non-red meat (i.e., fish muscle) model to demonstrate the partitioning of added -tocopherol between neutral and polar lipid fractions as a function of carrier used. Ethanol was more effective than canola oil in obtaining a greater relative concentration of antioxidant in the polar lipid fraction. Wills et al. (2007) subsequently hypothesized that vitamin E applied to muscle foods in an oil carrier would associate with the neutral lipid fraction (triacylglycerols) instead of the biomembrane's polar lipid fraction and be less effective. They demonstrated that delivery of -tocopherol using a polar carrier (i.e., ethanol) significantly reduced the TBARS values in cooked ground beef. Reducing agents The addition of reducing agents (e.g., ascorbic acid, erythorbic acid and their salts), improves colour stability and product storage life. Ascorbic acid at low levels (up to 250 ppm) catalyses the development of lipid oxidation, whereas at higher levels (500 ppm) is considered to inhibit the reaction, possibly by altering the relative concentration of ferrous and ferric iron, or by acting as oxygen scavenger (Sato and Hegarty, 1971; Igene et al., 1985). The ability of ascorbic acid to delay lipid oxidation is attributed to its ability to scavenge oxygen, to regenerate the activity of primary antioxidants and to inactivate prooxidants (Bauernfeind and Pinkert, 1970; Bruno and Traber, 2006). The ingredient addition of ascorbic acid or ascorbate has led to reduced lipid oxidation (Shivas et al., 1984; Mitsumoto et al., 1991; Realini et al., 2004) and improved colour stability (Greene et al., 1971; Mitsumoto et al., 1991; Realini


27

et al., 2004) in beef. Hood (1975) demonstrated that injection of sodium ascorbate (500 mL 50% w/v, pH 7.2) into cattle immediately prior to slaughter led to improved colour stability of beef subsequently obtained from the treated animals. The reducing activity of ascorbic acid appears to improve muscle colour stability via metmyoglobin reduction (Lee et al., 1999). Unlike vitamin E, the dietary supplementation of vitamin C has not demonstrated any antioxidant advantage in red meat subsequently obtained from treated animals (Gebert et al., 2006). Phillips et al. (2001b) reported that the addition of erythorbic acid to ground beef patties at 0.04% and 0.06% (w/w) concentrations resulted in prolonged red colour in patties cooked to internal end point temperatures of 60, 66, 71 or 77 ëC from the raw state; an undesirable consequence leading to premature browning (Killinger et al., 2000). The addition of sodium erythorbate, erythorbic acid, sodium ascorbate, ascorbic acid and ascorbyl palmitate to ground beef at a concentration of 2.3 mM to fresh ground beef significantly decreased lipid oxidation and increased the total reducing activity relative to controls during refrigerated and frozen storage (Sepe et al., 2005). Mancini et al. (2004) found that treating beef lumbar vertebrae with 1.5% or 2.5% ascorbic acid minimized lumbar vertebrae discolouration, with the 2.5% ascorbic acid treatment most effective through five days of display. Grobbel et al. (2006) reported that 1.25% ascorbic acid was as effective as 2.5% ascorbic acid in preventing bone marrow discolouration in beef lumbar vertebrae. More recently, Mancini et al. (2007) reported that combining citric acid and ascorbic acid had no synergistic effect on retention of desirable colour of beef lumbar vertebrae. Ascorbic acid and its salts and isomers have been combined with other functional antioxidants. An antioxidant combination containing radical quencher (0.2% w/w, rosemary extract), sequestrant (0.5% w/w, sodium citrate) and reductant (1000 ppm sodium erythorbate) incorporated into n-3 PUFA fortified fresh pork sausages significantly reduced TBARS and lipid hydroperoxides, and stabilized meat colour during refrigerated (4 ëC) and frozen (ÿ18 ëC) storage (Lee et al., 2006). The addition of vitamin C with lactic acid and clove oil as a dipping marinade for buffalo meat steaks did not result in any additional inhibition of lipid oxidation compared to lactic acid and clove oil alone (Naveena et al., 2006). However, vitamin C inclusion helped stabilize buffalo meat colour during storage. A mixture of rosemary, ascorbic acid, sodium lactate and red beet root extract significantly reduced lipid and pigment oxidation of fresh pork sausages during storage at 2 ëC for 20 days (Martinez et al., 2006). Metal chelators Phosphate is commonly added to injected whole muscle processed red meats for its ability to improve water-holding capacity and cooked product yields. It also can act as a chelator to greatly decrease the catalytic activity of metal ions and potentially minimize lipid oxidation (Love and Pearson, 1971; Trout and Dale, 1990). Reports of no effect of phosphates on red meat oxidation have also been published (Akamittath et al., 1990; Stika et al., 2007).

28


The addition of 2% EDTA was hypothesized to chelate non-haem iron released on cooking which led to significant reductions in meat lipid oxidation (Igene et al., 1979). Experiments with ground pork demonstrated that the sequestering agents catechol, EDTA, diethylenetriamine pentaacetic acid, sodium pyrophosphate, and to a lesser extent sodium tripolyphosphate, lowered fat oxidation and improved sensory quality of stored cooked meat products (Shahidi et al., 1986). Darmadji and Izumimoto (1994) observed that the addition of chitosan (1%) led to a 70% decrease in TBARS values of meat after three days at 4 ëC. The mechanism of inhibition was suggested to be related to chelation of free iron released from meat haemoproteins during heat processing or storage. The rate of lipid oxidation in fresh pork sausages was significantly decreased by addition of 0.5 to 1.0% chitosan, while samples containing both chitosan and nitrites (150 ppm) showed the lowest MDA values during 28 days storage at 4 ëC (Soultos et al., 2008). Natural source antioxidants The use of natural ingredients, especially of plant origin, in red meat products has increased in recent years. Current research suggests that most fruits, vegetables, nuts, cereals and spices contain bioactive phytochemicals that contain natural antioxidants with the potential for minimizing oxidation in fresh and processed red meat products (Shahidi et al., 1992). The polyphenols are a class of phytonutrients with noted health benefits. Significant polyphenols include tannins, flavonoids and anthocyanins (Balasundram et al., 2006). It is important to note that it is difficult to compare the efficacy of different preparations of antioxidant-containing plant materials. Each plant (and its extracts) can contain a large variety of bioactive compounds with antioxidant activity. In order to compare the relative effectiveness of different plant materials, the relevant constituent antioxidants must be standardized in some manner. Differences in cultivars, geography and climate, soil conditions and many other factors make such comparisons very challenging. Dietary fibres with significant antioxidant activity from citrus fruits (Fernandez-Lopez et al., 2004), wheat bran (Vitaglione et al., 2008), oat bran (Persson et al., 2004), and rice bran (Choi et al., 2009) have been incorporated in the formulations of meat products including ground meat and sausages. Buffalo meat loaves, breakfast sausages, fermented sausages, restructured beef steaks and beef patties have been prepared with natural antioxidants from plant-derived ingredients such as carrots (Devatkal et al., 2004), onion and leek (Fista et al., 2004), tomato peel and seeds (Calvo et al., 2008) and cabbage (Chu et al., 2002). Antioxidant activity has been reported for walnut components (Serrano et al., 2006), grape seed and bearberry extract in raw and cooked pork (O'Grady et al., 2008); plum concentrates and powder in precooked roast beef (Nunez de Gonzalez et al., 2008); cherry and apple fruits in ground beef patties (Britt et al., 1998), and green tea extract in fresh pork sausages (Valencia et al., 2008). In a comprehensive report, McCarthy et al. (2001) reported the antioxidant activities


29

of aloe vera, fenugreek, mustard, tea catechins and ginseng in cooked pork patties. Tea catechins are potent natural antioxidants and have exhibited greater antioxidant efficacy compared to vitamin C in cooked or raw beef (Mitsumoto et al. 2005). Han and Rhee (2005) investigated antioxidant properties of white peony, red peony, sappanwood, Mountain peony, rehmania, and angelica in ground, raw and cooked chevon and beef during refrigerated storage. Significant reductions in lipid oxidation and discolouration were recorded in ground chevon and beef patties, respectively. In a recent study, Hernandez-Hernandez et al. (2009) evaluated the antioxidant effects of rosemary and oregano extracts on TBARS and colour of model raw pork batters. They observed greater antioxidant activity for rosemary extracts compared to oregano extracts and attributed the higher antioxidant effect of rosemary to the presence of high concentrations of carnosic acid and carnosol, and unidentified active compounds. They further reported that oregano extracts containing high concentrations of phenols, mainly rosmarinic acid, efficiently prevented colour deterioration. Lemon and orange extracts were reported to exert antioxidant effects in beef meat balls (Fernandez-Lopez et al., 2004), and pine bark extracts were found to be suitable antioxidants in food systems (Vuorela et al., 2005). The antioxidant effect of rosemary, marjoram, caraway, sage, basil, thyme, ginger and clove were reported in fresh pork sausages, raw and cooked minced meat patties and raw buffalo meat steaks (Abd El-Alim et al., 1999; Naveena et al., 2006; Georgantelis et al., 2007). Antioxidant activity of 10 spices (allspice, black pepper, cardamom, cinnamon, clove, coriander, cumin, ginger, nutmeg and rose petals) commonly used in the formulation of fermented meat sausages were evaluated for their antioxidative properties. Clove followed by rose petals and allspice were found to exhibit the greatest antioxidant index when used in a dry form (Al-Jalay et al., 1987). There have been many reports of the antioxidant effectiveness of rosemary (Rosmarinus officinalis L.) extracts in red meat products. The antioxidant activity of rosemary extracts has been associated with the presence of carnosic acid, carnosol, rosmanol, rosmariquinone and rosmaridiphenol, which act primarily as radical scavengers (Basaga et al., 1997; Zheng and Wang, 2001). Effective concentration ranges of 500±1000 mg rosemary/kg in beef steaks (Stoick et al., 1991), 200±1000 mg/kg in various foods (Shahidi et al., 1992), 1000 mg/kg in precooked-frozen sausage (Sebranek et al., 2005) have been reported. Rosemary powder alone (1000 ppm) and rosemary with ascorbic acid (500 ppm) incorporated within ground beef patties showed decreased metmyoglobin formation and lipid oxidation relative to ascorbic acid (500 ppm), taurine (50 mM), carnosine (50 mM), or their combinations (Sanchez-Escalante et al., 2001). Djenane et al. (2002) showed that when used in combination with vitamin C (500 ppm), rosemary (1000 ppm) was more effective in delaying myoglobin oxidation and lipid oxidation when sprayed on beef steak surfaces than combinations of taurine (50 mM) and vitamin E

30


(100 ppm). Balentine et al. (2006) evaluated the timing of application of rosemary extract and concluded that optimal redness values, oxymyoglobin content and low TBARS values were achieved when rosemary was added as a pre-grinding treatment to beef. Maillard reaction products resulting from the reaction between reducing sugars and amines have been reported to exert antioxidant activity (Manzocco et al., 2001; Benjakul et al., 2005). These can be formed in vitro and subsequently applied to meats (Jayathilakan et al., 1997) and are effective antioxidants (Jayathilakan et al., 2007a,b). Packaging Packaging strategies, specifically use of modified atmospheres, have been used to minimize lipid oxidation and meat discolouration (Jakobsen and Bertelsen, 2000; McMillin, 2008), often in combination with various ingredient technologies (Lund et al., 2007a; Mohamed et al., 2008). Packaging impregnated with antioxidant ingredients has proved efficacious (Tovar et al. 2005; Nerin et al., 2006; Camo et al., 2008) Vacuum packaging effectively removes oxygen from the meat environment and thus minimizes the opportunity for lipid oxidation to occur. The production of purge can be undesirable in some packaged meat products and the exclusion of oxygen also leads to purplish red deoxymyoglobin predominating on cut meat surfaces. Consumers have noted that this colour differs from the normal red (i.e., OxyMb) and questioned its relevance to quality. Modified atmosphere packages containing relatively high concentrations of oxygen (e.g., 80%) help saturate myoglobin and prolong colour shelflife. Unfortunately, the abundant oxygen also favors aerobic microbial growth and lipid oxidation, especially in ground meat products (McMillin, 2008). The recent use of carbon monoxide (CO) to provide a stable red colour to packaged fresh meats has received considerable research attention. Carbon monoxide binds to haem iron in myoglobin very tightly and provides a colour almost identical to that of OxyMb. COMb in modified atmospheres was reported to be without effect (Wilkinson et al., 2006) or to improve oxidative stability of treated meat (Laury and Sebranek, 2007).

1.5

Future trends

Red meat is a nutrient dense food that is susceptible to lipid and protein oxidation. Significant deterioration in meat quality can occur as a result of these processes and a variety of strategies have been developed to minimize their impact. As nutritional considerations continue to evolve in foods, especially those that emphasize functionality with the potential to improve human health (e.g. alteration of fatty acids profile to one that is more unsaturated), antioxidant strategies will need to keep pace. There is a need to better identify the bioactive molecules in plant materials and quantify their effective concentrations so that accurate comparisons of relative efficacy can be achieved. Processing and


31

packaging innovations will continue to be necessary for maximizing oxidative stability as distances between food production and consumption continue to increase.

1.6

Sources of further information and advice

and ANDERSEN, H.J. (2002), Myoglobin-induced lipid oxidation. A review. J. Agric. Food Chem. 50, 3887±3897. DECKER, E.A., FAUSTMAN, C. and LOPEZ-BOTE, C.J. (eds), (2000), Antioxidants in Muscle Foods. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York. MANCINI, R. and HUNT, M. (2005), Current research in meat color. Meat Sci. 71, 100±121. BARON, C.P.

1.7

References

and DWORSCHAK, E. (1999), Culinary herbs inhibit lipid oxidation in raw and cooked minced meat patties during storage. J. Sci. Food Agric. 79, 279±285. AHN, D.U. and KIM, S.M. (1998), Prooxidant effects of ferrous iron, hemoglobin, and ferritin in oil emulsion and cooked-meat homogenates are different from those in raw-meat homogenates. Poult. Sci. 77, 348±355. AHN, D. U., JO, C. and OLSON, D. G. (2000), Analysis of volatile components and the sensory characteristics of irradiated raw pork. Meat Sci. 54, 209±215. AHN, D. U., OLSON, D. G., JO, C., CHEN, X., WU, C. and LEE, J. I. (1998), Effect of muscle type, packaging, and irradiation on lipid oxidation, volatile production and color in raw pork patties. Meat Sci. 49, 37±39. AKAMITTATH, J. G., BREKKE, C. J. and SCHANUS, E. G. (1990), Lipid oxidation and color stability in restructured meat systems during frozen storage. J. Food Sci. 55, 1513± 1517. AKSU, M.I. and KAYA, M. (2005), The effect of -tocopherol and butylated hydroxyanisole on the colour properties and lipid oxidation of kavurma, a cooked meat product. Meat Sci. 71, 277±283. ALAIZ, M. and GIRON, J. (1994), Modification of histidine residues in bovine serum albumin by reaction with (E)-2-octenal. J. Agric. Food Chem. 42, 2094±2098. ALDERTON, A.L., FAUSTMAN, C., LIEBLER, D.C AND HILL, D. (2003), Induction of myoglobin redox instability by adduction with 4-hydroxynonenal. Biochemistry 42, 4398± 4405. AL-JALAY, B., BLANK, G., MCCONNEL, B. and AL-KHAYAT, M. (1987), Antioxidant activity of selected spices used in fermented meat sausage. J. Food Protect. 50, 25±27. ANSORENA, D. and ASTIASARAN, I. (2004), Effect of storage and packaging on fatty acid composition and oxidation in dry fermented sausages made with added olive oil and antioxidants. Meat Sci. 67, 237±244. APPLE, J.K., MAXWELL, C.V., GALLOWAY, D.L., HAMILTON, C.R. and YANCEY, J.W.S. (2009), Interactive effects of dietary fat source and slaughter weight in growing-finishing swine: II. Fatty acid composition of subcutaneous fat. J. Anim. Sci. 87, 1423±1440. ARNOLD, R.N., SCHELLER, K.K., ARP, S.C., WILLIAMS, S.N., BUEGE, D.R. and SCHAEFER, D.M. (1992), Effect of long- or short-term feeding of -tocopheryl acetate to Holstein ABD EL-ALIM, S.S.L., LUGASI, A., HOVARI, J.

32


and crossbred beef steers upon performance, carcass characteristics and beef color display life. J. Anim. Sci. 70, 3055±3065. ARNOLD, R.N., ARP, S.C., SCHELLER, K.K., WILLIAMS, S.N. and SCHAEFER, D.M. (1993), Effects of supplementing cattle with vitamin E upon -tocopherol equilibration in tissues and incorporation into longissimus fractions and upon lipid and myoglobin oxidation in displayed beef. J. Anim. Sci. 71, 105±118. ASGHAR, A., GRAY, J.I., BOOREN, A.M., GOMAA, E.A., ABOUZIED, M.M. and MILLER, E.R. (1991), Effects of supranutritional dietary vitamin E levels on subcellular deposition of tocopherol in the muscle and on pork quality. J. Sci. Food Agric. 57, 31±41. ASTRUC, T., GATELLIER, P., SANTE-LHOUTELLIER, V., MARINOVA, P. and LABAS, R. (2007), Detection and localization of oxidized proteins in muscle cells by fluorescence microscopy. J. Agric. Food Chem. 14, 9554±9558. BALASUNDRAM, N., SUNDRAM, K. and SAMMAN, S. (2006), Phenolic compounds in plants and agri-industrial by-products, antioxidant activity, occurrence, and potential use. Food Chem. 99, 191±203. BALENTINE, C.W., CRANDALL, P.G., O'BRYAN, C.A., DUONG, D.Q. and POHLMAN, F.W. (2006), The pre- and post-grinding application of rosemary and its effects on lipid oxidation and color during storage of ground beef. Meat Sci. 73, 413±421. BARON, C.P. and ANDERSEN, H.J. (2002), Myoglobin-induced lipid oxidation. A review. J. Agric. Food Chem. 50, 3887±3897. BARON, C., SKIBSTED, L. and ANDERSEN, H. (1997), Prooxidative activity of myoglobin species in linoleic acid emulsions. J. Agric. Food Chem. 45, 1704±1710. BASAGA, H., TEKKAYA, C. and ACITEL, F. (1997), Antioxidative and free radical scavenging properties of rosemary extract. Lebensmittel ± Wissenschaft und Technologie 30(1), 105±108. BAUERNFIEND, J.C. and PINKERT, D.M. (1970), Food processing with added ascorbic acid. Adv. Food Res. 18, 219±315. BELITZ, H.-D., GROSCH, W. and SCHIEBERLE, P. (2004), Lipids. In Food Chemistry, 3rd edn, Springer, Berlin, pp. 157±244. BENJAKUL, S., LERTITTIKUL, W. and BAUER, F. (2005), Antioxidant activity of Maillard reaction products from a porcine plasma protein-sugar model system. Food Chem. 93, 189±196. BERLETT, B.S. and STADTMAN, E.R. (1997), Protein oxidation in aging, disease, and oxidative stress. J. Biol. Chem. 272, 20313±20316. BISWAS, A.K., KESHRI, C. and BISHT, G.S. (2004), Effect of enrobing and antioxidants on quality characteristics of precooked pork patties under chilled and frozen storage conditions. Meat Sci. 66, 733±741. BOU, R., GUARDIOLA, F., CODONY, R., FAUSTMAN, C., ELIAS R.J. and DECKER, E. (2008), Effect of heating oxymyoglobin and metmyoglobin on the oxidation of muscle microsomes. J. Agric. Food Chem. 56, 9612±9620. BRANDON, K., BUTLER, F., ALLEN, P. and BEGGAN, M. (2009), The performance of several oxygen scavengers in varying oxygen environments at refrigerated temperatures: implications for low-oxygen modified atmosphere packaging of meat. Int. J. Food Sci. Technol. 44, 188±196. BREWER, M.S. (2009), Irradiation effects on meat flavor: a review. Meat Sci. 81, 1±14. BRITT, C., GOMMA, E.A., GRAY, J.I. and BOOREN, A.M. (1998), Influence of cherry tissue on lipid oxidation and heterocyclic aromatic amine formation in ground beef patties. J. Agric. Food Chem. 46, 4891±4897. BROWN, W.D. and MEBINE, L.B. (1969), Autoxidation of oxymyoglobins. J. Biol. Chem. 244,


33

6696±6701. and TRABER, M.G. (2006), Vitamin E biokinetics, oxidative stress and cigarette smoking. Pathophysiol. 13, 143±149. BUCKLEY, D.J., MORRISSEY, P.A. and GRAY, J.I. (1995), Influence of dietary vitamin E on the oxidative stability and quality of pig meat. J. Anim. Sci. 73, 3122±3130. BUCKLEY, J. and CONNOLLY, J.F. (1980), Influence of alpha-tocopherol (vitamin E) on storage stability of raw pork and bacon. J. Food Protect. 43, 265±267. BUTTKUS, H. (1967), The reaction of myosin with malonaldehyde. J. Food Sci. 32, 432± 434. CALVO, M.M., GARCIA, M.L., SELGAS, M.D. (2008), Dry fermented sausages enriched with lycopene from tomato peel. Meat Sci. 80, 167±172. CAMO, J., BELTRAN, J.A. and RONCALES, P. (2008), Extension of the display life of lamb with an antioxidant active packaging. Meat Sci. 80, 1086±1091. BRUNO, R.S.

CANNON, J.E., MORGAN, J.B., SCHMIDT, G.R., TATUM, J.D., SOFOS, J.N., SMITH, G.C., DELMORE, R.J.

and WILLIAMS, S.N. (1996), Growth and fresh meat quality characteristics of pigs supplemented with vitamin E. J. Anim. Sci. 74, 98±105. CASTRO, T., MANSO, T., MANTECON, A., GUIRAO, J. and JIMENO, V. (2005), Fatty acid composition and carcass characteristics of growing lambs fed diets containing palm oil supplements. Meat Sci. 69, 757±764. CHAN, K. and DECKER, E. (1994), Endogenous skeletal muscle antioxidants. Crit. Rev. Food Sci. Nutr. 34, 403±426. CHAN, W.K.M., FAUSTMAN, C. and RENERRE, M. (1996), Model systems for studying pigment and lipid oxidation relevant to muscle-based foods. In F. Shahidi (ed.), Natural Antioxidants: Chemistry, Health Effects and Applications. Am. Oil Chem. Soc. Press, Champaign, IL, pp. 319±330. CHAN, W.K.M., FAUSTMAN, C., YIN, M. and DECKER, E.A. (1997), Lipid oxidation induced by oxymyoglobin and metmyoglobin with involvement of H2O2 and superoxide anion. Meat Sci. 2, 181±190. CHAN, W.K.M., JOO, S.T., FAUSTMAN, C., SUN, Q. and VIETH, R. (1998), Effect of Pseudomonas fluorescens on beef discoloration and oxymyoglobin oxidation in vitro. J. Food Protect. 61, 1341±1346. CHANNON, H.A. and TROUT, G.R. (2002), Effect of tocopherol concentration on rancidity development during frozen storage of a cured and uncured processed pork product. Meat Sci. 62, 9±17. CHEAH, K.S. and CHEAH, A.M. (1971), Post-mortem changes in structure and function of ox muscle mitochondria. 1. Electron microscopic and polarographic investigations. J. Bioenerg. 2, 85±92. CHEAH, K.S. and CHEAH, A.M. (1974), Properties of mitochondria from ox neck muscle after storage in situ. Int. J. Biochem. 5, 753±760. CHEAH, P. and LEDWARD, D. (1995), High-pressure effects on lipid oxidation. J. Am. Oil Chem. Soc. 72, 1059±1063. CHEAH, P. and LEDWARD, D. (1996), High-pressure effects on lipid oxidation in minced pork. Meat Sci. 43, 123±134. CHEAH, P. and LEDWARD, D. (1997), Catalytic mechanism of lipid oxidation following high pressure treatment in pork fat and meat. J. Food Sci. 62, 1135±1138. CHEN, C.C., PEARSON, A.M., GRAY, J.I., FOOLADI, M.H. and KU, P.K. (1984), Some factors influencing the non-heme iron content of meat and its implications in oxidation. J. Food Sci. 49, 581±584. CHENG, J. and OCKERMAN, H.W. (2003), Effect of phosphate with tumbling on lipid

34


oxidation of precooked roast beef. Meat Sci. 65, 1353±1359. and OCKERMAN, H.W. (2007), Lipid oxidation and color change of salted pork patties. Meat Sci. 75, 71±77. CHOI, Y-S., CHOI, J-H., HAN, D-J., KIM, H-Y., LEE, M-A., KIM, H-W., JEONG, J-Y. and KIM, C-J. (2009), Characteristics of low-fat meat emulsion systems with pork fat replaced by vegetable oils and rice bran fibre. Meat Sci. 82, 266±271. CHU, Y.F., SUN, J., WU, X. and LIU, R.H. (2002), Antioxidant and antiproliferative activities of common vegetables. J. Agric. Food Chem. 50, 6910±6916. CONNOR, W.E. (2000), Importance of n-3 fatty acids in health and disease. Am. J. Clin. Nutr. 71(suppl), 171S±175S. CORNFORTH, D.P. and EGBERT, W.R. (1985), Effect of rotenone and pH on the color of prerigor muscle. J. Food Sci. 50, 34±35, 44. CRACKEL, R.L., GRAY, J.I., BOOREN, A.M., PEARSON, A.M. and BUCKLEY, D.J. (1988), Effect of antioxidant on lipid stability in restructured beef steaks. J. Food Sci. 53, 656±657. CSALLANY, A.S., KINDOM, S.E., ADDIS, P.B. and LEE, J.H. (1989), HPLC method for quantitation of cholesterol and four of its major oxidation products in muscle and liver tissues. Lipids 24, 645±651. DANNENBERGER, D., NUERNBERG, G., SCOLLAN, N., ENDER, K. and NUERNBERG, K. (2007), Diet alters the fatty acid composition of individual phospholipid classes in beef muscle. J. Agric. Food Chem. 55, 452±460. DARMADJI, P. and IZUMIMOTO, M. (1994), Effect of chitosan in meat preservation. Meat Sci. 38(2), 243±254. DECKER, E.A. and MEI, L. (1996), Antioxidant mechanisms and applications in muscle foods. Recip. Meat Conf. Proceed. 49, 64±72. DECKER, E.A. and XU, Z. (1998), Minimizing rancidity in muscle foods. Food Technol. 52(10), 54±59. DECKER, E.A., XIONG, Y.L., CALVERT, J.T., CRUM, A.D. and BLANCHARD, S.P. (1993), Chemical, physical, and functional properties of oxidized turkey white muscle myofibrillar proteins. J. Agric. Food Chem. 41, 186±189. DESCALZO, A.M., INSANI, E.M., BIOLATTO, A., SANCHO, A.M., GARCIA, P.T., PENSEL, N.A. and JOSIFOVICH, J.A. (2005), Influence of pasture or grain-based diets supplemented with vitamin E on antioxidant/oxidative balance of Argentine beef. Meat Sci. 70, 35±44. DEVATKAL, S., MENDIRATTA, S.K. and KONDAIAH, N. (2004), Quality characteristics of loaves from buffalo meat, liver and vegetables. Meat Sci. 67, 377±383. DJENANE, D., SANCHEZ-ESCALANTE, A., BELTRAN, J.A. and RONCALES, P. (2002), Ability of tocopherol, taurine, and rosemary, in combination with vitamin C, to increase the oxidative stability of beef steaks packaged in modified atmosphere. Food Chem. 76, 407±415. DJORDEJEVIC, D., MCCLEMENTS, D.J. and DECKER, E.A. (2004), Oxidative stability of whey protein-stabilized oil-in-water emulsions at pH 3: potential !-3 fatty acid delivery systems (part B). J. Food Sci. 69, 356±362. DU, M., NAM, K.C. and AHN, D.U. (2001), Cholesterol and lipid oxidation products in cooked meat as affected by raw-meat packaging and irradiation and by cooked-meat packaging and storage time. J. Food Sci. 66, 1396±1401. DU, M., HUR, S.J. and AHN, D.U. (2002), Raw-meat packaging and storage affect the color and odor of irradiated broiler breast fillets after cooking. Meat Sci. 61, 49±54. DUNNE, P., MOLONEY, A., O'MARA, F. and MONAHAN, F. (2009), Colour of bovine subcutaneous adipose tissue: a review of contributory factors, associations with CHENG, J.H., WANG, S.T.


35

carcass and meat quality and its potential utility in authentication of dietary history. Meat Sci. 81, 28±45. DUONG, D.Q., CRANDALL, P.G., POHLMAN, F.W., O'BRYAN, C.A., BALENTINE, C.W. and CASTILLO, A. (2008), Improving ground beef safety and stabilizing color during irradiation using antioxidants, reductants or TSP. Meat Sci. 78, 359±368. ELIAS, R.J., KELLERBY, S.S. and DECKER, E.A. (2008), Antioxidant activity of proteins and peptides. Crit. Rev. Food Sci. Nutr. 48, 430±441. ELLIS, R., CURRIE, G.T., THORNTON, F.E., BOLLINGER, N.C. and GADDIS, A.M. (1968), Carbonyls in oxidizing fats II. The effect of prooxidant activity of sodium chloride on pork tissue. J. Food Sci. 33, 555±561. ELMORE, J.S., MOTTRAM, D.S., ENSER, M. and WOOD, J.D. (2000), The effects of diet and breed on the volatile compounds of cooked lamb. Meat Sci. 55, 149±159. ENGESETH, N.J. and GRAY, J.I. (1994), Cholesterol oxidation in muscle tissue. Meat Sci. 36, 309±320. ENSER, M., RICHARDSON, R.I., WOOD, J.D., GILL, B.P. and SHEARD, P.R. (2000), Feeding linseed to increase the n-3 PUFA of pork: fatty acid composition of muscle, adipose tissue, liver and sausages. Meat Sci. 55, 201±212. ESTERBAUER, H., SCHAUR, R.J. and ZOLLNER, H. (1991), Chemistry and biochemistry of 4hydroxynonenal, malonaldehyde and related aldehydes. Free Rad. Biol. Med. 11, 81±128. ESTEÂVEZ M. and CAVA, R. (2004), Lipid and protein oxidation, release of iron from heme molecule and colour deterioration during refrigerated storage of liver paÃteÂ. Meat Sci. 68, 551±558. ESTEÂVEZ, M., VENTANAS, S. and CAVA, R. (2005), Protein oxidation in frankfurters with increasing levels of added rosemary essential oil: effect on color and texture deterioration. J. Food Sci. 70, c427±c432. ESTEÂVEZ M., VENTANAS S. and CAVA, R. (2006), Effect of natural and synthetic antioxidants on protein oxidation and colour and texture changes in refrigerated stored procine liver paÃteÂ. Meat Sci. 74, 396±403. FANG, J. and HOLMGREN, A. (2006), Inhibition of thioredoxin and thioredoxin reductase by 4-hydroxy-2-nonenal in vitro and in vivo. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 128, 1879±1885. FAUSTMAN, C. (2004), Food from supplement-fed animals. In J. Smith (ed.), Technology of Reduced Additive Foods, 2nd edn, Blackwell Publishing, Ames, IA, pp. 162±190. FAUSTMAN, C. and CASSENS, R.G. (1990), The biochemical basis for discoloration in fresh meat: a review. J. Muscle Foods 1, 217±243. FAUSTMAN, C., CASSENS, R.G., SCHAEFER, D.M., BUEGE, D.R., WILLIAMS, S.N. and SHELLER, K.K. (1989), Improvement of pigment and lipid stability in Holstein steer beef by dietary supplementation of vitamin E. J. Food Sci. 54, 858±862. FAUSTMAN, C., YIN, M. and NADEAU, D. (1992), Color stability, lipid stability, and nutrient composition of red and white veal. J. Food Sci. 57, 302±304, 311. FAUSTMAN, C., CHAN, W.K.M., SCHAEFER, D.M. and HAVENS, A. (1998), Beef quality update: the role for vitamin E. J. Anim. Sci. 76, 1019±1026. FAUSTMAN, C., LIEBLER, D.C., MCCLURE, T.D. and SUN, Q. (1999a), , -Unsaturated aldehydes accelerate oxymyoglobin oxidation. J. Agric. Food Chem. 47, 3140± 3144. FAUSTMAN, C., LIEBLER, D.C. and BURR, J.A. (1999b), -Tocopherol oxidation in beef and in bovine muscle microsomes. J. Agric. Food Chem. 47, 1396±1399. FERNANDEZ, J., PEREZ-ALVAREZ, J. and FERNANDEZ-LOPEZ, J. (1997), Thiobarbituric acid test for monitoring lipid oxidation in meat. Food Chem. 59, 345±353.

36


FERNANDEZ-LOPEZ, J., FERNANDEZ-GINES, J.M., ALESON-CARBONELL, L., SENDRA, E., SAYAS-

and PEREZ-ALVAREZ, J.A. (2004), Application of functional citrus by products to meat products. Trends Food Sci. Technol. 15, 176±185. FISTA, G.A., BLOUKAS, J.G. and SIOMOS, A.S. (2004), Effect of leek and onion on processing and quality characteristics of Greek traditional sausages. Meat Sci. 68, 163±172. GANDEMER, G. (2002), Lipids in muscles and adipose tissues, changes during processing and sensory properties of meat products. Meat Sci. 62, 309±321. GEBERT, S., EICHENBERGER, B., PFIRTER, H. and WENK, C. (2006), Influence of different dietary vitamin C levels on vitamin E and C content and oxidative stability in various tissues and stored longissimus dorsi of growing pigs. Meat Sci. 73, 362± 367. GEORGANTELIS, D., AMBROSIADIS, I., KATIKOU, P., BLEKAS, G. and GEORGAKIS, S.A. (2007), Effect of rosemary extract, chitosan and -tocopherol on microbiological parameters and lipid oxidation of fresh pork sausages stored at 4 ëC. Meat Sci. 76, 172±181. GIRON-CALLE, J. ALAIZ, M., MILLAN, F., RUIZ-GUTIERREZ, V. and VIOQUE, E. (2002), Bound malondialdehyde in foods: bioavailability of the N-2-propenals of lysine. J. Agric. Food Chem. 50, 6194±6198. GORELIK, S. and KANNER, J. (2001), Oxymyoglobin oxidation and membranal lipid peroxidation initiated by iron redox cycle. J. Agric. Food Chem. 49, 5939±5944. GOTOH, T. and SHIKAMA, K. (1974), Autoxidation of oxymyoglobin from bovine heart muscle. Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 163, 476±481. GRAY, J.I. and PEARSON, A.M. (1987), Rancidity and warmed-over flavor. Adv. Meat Res. 3, 221±269. GRAY, J.I., MACDONALD, B., PEARSON, A.M. and MORTON, I. (1981), Role of nitrite in cured meat flavor, a review. J. Food Protect. 44, 302±312, 319. GRAY, J.I., GOMAA, E.A. and BUCKLEY, D.J. (1996), Oxidative quality and shelf life of meats. Meat Sci. 43, S111±S123. GREASER, M.L. (1986), Conversion of muscle to meat. In P.J. Bechtel (ed.), Muscle as Food, New York, Academic Press, pp. 37±102. GREENE, B.E. (1969), Lipid oxidation and pigment changes in raw beef. J. Food Sci. 34, 110±113. GREENE, B.E. and PRICE L.G. (1975), Oxidation-induced color and flavor changes in meat. J. Agric. Food Chem. 23, 164±167. GREENE, B.E., HSIN, I. and ZIPSER, M.W. (1971), Retardation of oxidative color change in raw ground beef. J. Food Sci. 36, 940±944. GRIMSRUD, P., BERNLOHR, D., GRIFFIN, T. and XIE, H. (2008), Oxidative stress and covalent modification of protein with bioactive aldehydes. J. Biol. Chem. 283, 21837± 21841. GROBBEL, J.P., DIKEMAN, M.E., YANCEY, E.J., SMITH, J.S., KROPF, D.H., MILIKEN, G.A. (2006), Effects of ascorbic acid, rosemary, and Origanox in preventing bone marrow discoloration in beef lumbar vertebrae in aerobic and anaerobic packaging systems. Meat Sci. 72, 47±56. GRUNWALD, E.W. and RICHARDS, M.P. (2006a), Studies with myoglobin variants indicate that released heme is the primary promoter of lipid oxidation in washed fish muscle. J. Agric. Food Chem. 54, 4452±4460. GRUNWALD, E.W. and RICHARDS, M.P. (2006b), Mechanisms of heme protein-mediated lipid oxidation using hemoglobin and myoglobin variants in raw and heated washed muscle. J. Agric. Food Chem. 54, 8271±8280. BARBERA, E.


37

and MORRISSEY, P.A. (1995), Effect of dietary vitamin E supplementation on the quality of lamb meat. Proceed. 41st Int. Cong. Meat Sci. Technol. II, pp. 374±375. GUO, Q., B., RICHERT, T., BURGESS, J.R., WEBEL, D.M., ORR, D.E., BLAIR, M., GRANT, A.L. and GERRARD, D.E. (2006), Effect of dietary vitamin E supplementation and feeding period on pork quality. J. Anim. Sci. 84, 3071±3078. HAAK, L., RAES, K., SMET, K., CLAEYS, E., PAELINCK, H. and DE SMET, S. (2006), Effect of dietary antioxidant and fatty acid supply on the oxidative stability of fresh and cooked pork. Meat Sci. 74, 476±486. HAMPSON, J.W., FOX, J.B., LAKRITZ, L. and THAYER, D.W. (1996), Effect of low dose gamma radiation on lipids in five different meats. Meat Sci. 42, 271±276. HAN, D., MCMILLIN, K.W., GODBER, J.S., BIDNER, T.D., YOUNATHAN, M.T. and HART, L.T. (1995), Lipid stability of beef model systems with heating and iron fractions. J. Food Sci. 60, 599±603. HAN, J. and RHEE, K.S. (2005), Antioxidant properties of selected oriental no-culinary nutraceutical herb extracts as evaluated in raw and cooked meat. Meat Sci. 70, 25±33. HANSEN, E., LAURIDSEN, L., SKIBSTED, L., MOAWAD, R. and ANDERSEN, M. (2004), Oxidative stability of frozen pork patties: effect of fluctuating temperature on lipid oxidation. Meat Sci. 68, 185±191. HAREL, S. and KANNER, J. (1985), Muscle membranal lipid peroxidation initiated by H2O2activated metmyoglobin. J. Agric. Food Chem. 33, 1188±1192. HARGROVE, M.S. and OLSON, J.S. (1996), The stability of holomyoglobin is determined by heme affinity. Biochemistry 35, 11310±11318. HARRIS, S.E., HUFF-LONERGAN, E., LONERGAN, S.M., JONES, W.R. and RANKINS, D. (2001), Antioxidant status affects color stability and tenderness of calcium chlorideinjected beef. J. Anim. Sci. 79, 666±677. HAUROWITZ, F., SCHWERIN, P. and YENSON, M.M. (1941), Destruction of heme and hemoglobin by the action of unsaturated fatty acids and oxygen. J. Biol. Chem. 140, 353±359. HERNANDEZ-HERNANDEZ, E., PONCE-ALQUICIRA, E., JARAMILLO-FLORES, M.E. and GUERRERO LEGARRETA, (2009), Antioxidant effect of rosemary (Rosmarinus officinalis L.) and oregano (Origanum vulgare L.) extracts on TBARS and colour of model raw pork batters. Meat Sci. 81, 410±417. HETTIARACHCHY, N.S., GLENN, K.C., GNANASAMBANDAM, R., JOHNSON, M.G. (1996), Natural antioxidants extract from fenugreek for ground beef patties. J. Food Sci. 61, 516± 519. HINRISCHEN, L. and PEDERSEN, S. B. (1995), Relationship among flavor, volatile compounds, chemical changes, and microflora in Italiantype dry-cured ham during processiong. J. Agric. Food Chem. 43, 2932±2940. HOGBERG, A., PICKOVA, J., BABOL, J., ANDERSON, K. and DUTTA, P.C. (2002), Muscle lipid vitamin E and A and lipids oxidation as affected by diet and RN genotype in female and castrated male Hampshire crossbreed pigs. Meat Sci. 60(4), 411±420. HONIKEL, K.O. (2004), Curing agents. In W.K. Jensen, C. Devine and M. Dikeman (eds), Encyclopedia of Meat Science, Elsevier, Oxford, pp. 195±201. HOOD, E.D. (1975), Pre-slaughter injection of sodium ascorbate as a method of inhibiting metmyoglobin formation in fresh beef. J. Sci. Food Agric. 26, 85±90. HOUBEN, J.H., VAN DIJK, A., EIKELENBOOM, G. and HOVING-BOLINK, A.H. (2000), Effect of vitamin E supplementation, fat level and packaging on color stability and lipid oxidation in minced beef. Meat Sci. 55, 331±336. GUIDERA, J., LYNCH, P.B., BUCKLEY, D.J.

38


and HOUBEN, (1998), Effect of dietary vitamin E supplementation on pork quality. Meat Sci. 49, 205±212. HUFF-LONERGAN, E. and LONERGAN, S.M. (2005), Mechanisms of water-holding capacity of meat: The role of postmortem biochemical and structural changes. Meat Sci. 71, 194±204. IGENE, J.O., SHORLAND, F.B., PEARSON, A.M., THOMAS, J.W. and MCGUFFEY, K. (1976), Effects of dietary fat and vitamin E upon the stability of meat in frozen storage. Proc. 22nd Eur. Meet. Meat Res. Work, 12, 3±6. IGENE, J.O, KING, J., PEARSON, A. and GRAY, J. (1979), Influence of heme pigments, nitrite, and non-heme iron on development of warmed-over flavor (WOF) in cooked meat. J. Agric. Food Chem. 27, 838±842. IGENE, J.O., YAMAUCHI, K., PEARSON, A.M. and GRAY, J.I. (1985), Mechanism by which nitrite inhibits the development of warmed-over flavour in cured meat. Food Chem. 18, 1±18. INSANI, E., PENSEL, N., DESCALZO, A., SANCHO, A., EYHERABIDE, A. and GRIGIONI, G. (2008), Oxidative stability and its relationship with natural antioxidants during refrigerated retail display of beef produced in Argentina. Meat Sci. 79, 444±452. JAKOBSEN, M. and BERTELSEN, G. (2000), Colour stability and lipid oxidation of fresh beef. Development of a response surface model for predicting the effects of temperature, storage time, and modified atmosphere composition. Meat Sci. 54, 49±57. JAYATHILAKAN, K., SHARMA, G.K., RADHAKRISHNA, K., BAWA, A.S. (2007a), Antioxidant potential of synthetic and natural antioxidants and its effect on warmed-over-flavor in different species of meat. Food Chem. 105, 908±916. JAYATHILAKAN, K., SHARMA, G.K., RADHAKRISHNA, K., BAWA, A.S. (2007b), Effect of natural antioxidants on the lipid stability of fluidised bed-dried mutton. Food Chem. 100, 662±668. JAYATHILAKAN, K., VASUNDHARA, T.S. and KUMUDAVALLY, K.V. (1997), Effect of spices and maillard reaction products on rancidity development in precooked refrigerated meat. J. Food Sci. Technol. 34, 128±131. JEONG, J.Y., HWANG, Y.H., PARK, G.B., JOO, S.T., HUR, S.J., YANG, H.S. and MOON, S.H. (2009), Discoloration characteristics of 3 major muscles from cattle during cold storage. J. Food Sci. 74, c1±c5. JEREMIAH, L. and GIBSON, L. (2001), The influence of storage temperature and storage time on color stability, retail properties and case-life of retail-ready beef. Food Res. Intl. 34, 815±826. JO, C. and AHN, D.U. (2000), Volatiles and oxidative changes in irradiated pork sausage with different fatty acid composition and tocopherol content. J. Food Sci. 65, 270± 275. JO, C., LEE, J.I. and AHN, D.U. (1999), Lipid oxidation, color changes and volatiles production in irradiated pork sausage with different fat content and packaging during storage. Meat Sci. 51, 355±361. JéRGENSEN B.M., AGERBO, P, JENSEN, B., BéRRESEN, T. and HéLMER G. (1992), Inhibition of microsomal glucose 6-phosphatase by unsaturated aliphatic aldehydes and ketones. Chem.-Biol. Interact. 81, 209±218. JUNCHER, D., RONN, B., MORTENSEN, E.T., HENCKEL, P., KARLSSON, A., SKIBSTED, L.H. and BERTELSEN, G. (2001), Effect of pre-slaughter physiological conditions on the oxidative stability of colour and lipid during chill storage of pork. Meat Sci. 58, 347±357. HOVING-BOLINK, A.H., EIKELENBOOM, G., VAN DIEPEN, J.TH.M., JONGBLOED, A.W. J.H.


39

and WEIRBICKI, E. (1979), Spectral studies on the role of ionising radiation in colour changes in radappertised beef. J. Food Sci. 44, 25±32. KANNER, J., HAREL, S., SHAGALOVICH, J. and BERMAN, S. (1984), Antioxidative effect of nitrite in cured meat products, Nitric oxide iron complexes of low molecular weight. J. Agric. Food Chem. 32, 512±515. KANNER, J., HAREL, H. and JAFFE, R. (1991), Lipid peroxidation of muscle foods as affected by NaCl. J. Agric. Food Chem. 39, 1017±1021. KAUTIAINEN, A., TORNQVIST, M., SVENSSON, K. and OSTERMAN-GOLKAR, S. (1989), Adducts of malonaldehyde and a few other aldehydes to hemoglobin. Carcinogenesis 10, 2123±2130. KELLER, J.D. and KINSELLA, J.F. (1973), Phospholipid changes and lipid oxidation during cooking and frozen storage of raw ground beef. J. Food Sci. 38, 1200±1204. KERLER, J. and GROSCH, W. (1996), Odorants contributing to warmed-over flavor (WOF) of refrigerated cooked beef. J. Food Sci. 61, 1271±1274, 1284. KERTH, C.R., MILLER, M.F. and RAMSEY, C.B. (1995), Improvement of beef tenderness and quality traits with calcium chloride injection in beef loins 48 hours postmortem. J. Anim. Sci. 73, 750±756. KILLINGER, K., HUNT, M., CAMPBELL, R. and KROPF, D. (2000), Factors affecting premature browning during cooking of store-purchased ground beef. J. Food Sci. 65, 585± 587. KINGSTON, E., MONAHAN, F., BUCKLEY, D. and LYNCH, P. (1998), Lipid oxidation in cooked pork as affected by vitamin E, cooking and storage conditions. J. Food Sci. 63, 386±389. KOIZUMAC, C., NONAKA, J. and BROWN, W.D. (1973), Oxidative changes in oxymyoglobin during interaction with arginine linoleate. J. Food Sci. 38, 813±816. KOUBA, M., ENSER, M., WHITTINGTON, F.M., NUTE, G.R. and WOOD, J.D. (2003), Effect of high linoleic acid diet on lipogenic enzyme activities, fatty acid composition and meat quality in the growing pig. J. Anim. Sci. 81, 1967±1979. KOWALE, B.N., RAO, V.K., BABU, N.P., SHARMA, N. and BISHT, G.S. (1996), Lipid oxidation and cholesterol oxidation in mutton during cooking and storage. Meat Sci. 43, 195± 202. KRISTENSEN, L. and ANDERSEN, H.J. (1997), Effect of heat denaturation on the pro-oxidative activity of metmyoglobin in linoleic acid emulsions. J. Agric. Food Chem. 45, 7± 13. KROPF, D.H., HUNT, M.C. and PISKE, D. (1985), Color formation and retention in fresh meat. Meat Ind. Res. Conf. Proc., Am. Meat Inst., Washington, DC, pp. 62±72. LARICK, D.K. and TURNER, B.E. (1989), Influence of finishing diet on the phospholipid composition and fatty acid profile of individual phospholipids in lean muscle of beef cattle. J. Anim. Sci. 67, 2282±2293. LARICK, D.K. and TURNER, B.E. (1990), Flavor characteristics of forage- and grain-fed beef as influenced by phospholipid and fatty acid compositional differences. J. Food Sci. 55, 312±317, 368. LARKESON, B., DUTTA, P.C. and HANSSON, I. (2000), Effects of frying and storage on cholesterol oxidation in minced meat products. J. Am. Oil Chem. Soc. 77, 675±680. LARRAIN, R.E., SCHAEFER, D.M., RICHARDS, M.P. and REED, J.D. (2008), Finishing steers with diets based on corn, high tannin sorghum or a mix of both: color and lipid oxidation in beef. Meat Sci. 79, 656±665. LAURY, A. and SEBRANEK, J. (2007), Use of carbon monoxide combined with carbon dioxide for modified atmosphere packaging of pre- and postrigor fresh pork KAMAREI, A. R., KAREL, M.

40


sausage to improve shelf life. J. Food Protect. 70, 937±942. and DE LA DIAZ, M.T. (2005), Effect of dietary supplementation of vitamin E on characteristics of lamb meat packed under modified atmosphere. Meat Sci. 70, 639±646. LAWLIS, T.L., PLIMPTON, R.F., OCKERMAN, H.W. and PARRETT, N.A. (1992), Electrical stimulation and tumbling affect pre-rigor cured, sectioned and formed ham roasts. J. Food Sci. 57, 564±568, 616. LAWRENCE, T.E., DIKEMAN, M.E., HUNT, M.C., KASTNER, C.L. and JOHNSON, D.E. (2003), Effects of calcium salts on beef longissimus quality. Meat Sci. 64, 299±309. LEDWARD, D.A., DICKINSON, R.F., POWELL, V.H. and SHORTHOSE, W.R. (1986), The colour and colour stability of beef longissimus dorsi and semimembranosus muscles after effective electrical stimulation. Meat Sci. 16, 245±265. LEE, B.J., HENDRICKS. D.G. and CORNFORTH, D.P. (1999), A comparison of carnosine and ascorbic acid on color and lipid stability in a ground beef patty model system. Meat Sci. 51, 245±253. LEE, H.W., CHEN, B.H. and CHIEN, J.T. (2008), Inhibition of cholesterol oxidation in marinated foods as affected by antioxidants during heating. Food Chem. 108, 234± 244. LEE, S., DECKER, E.A., FAUSTMAN, C. and MANCINI, R. (2005), The effects of antioxidant combinations on color and lipid oxidation in n-3 oil fortified ground beef patties. Meat Sci. 70, 683±689. LEE, S., FAUSTMAN, C., DJORDJEVIC, D., FARAJI, H. and DECKER, E.A. (2006), Effect of antioxidants on stabilization of meat products with n-3 fatty acids. Meat Sci. 72, 18±24. LAUZURICA, S., PEREZ, C., CANEQUE, V., ALVAREZ, I., FUENTE, J.

LEHESKA, J.M., SHRIVER, B., BROOKS, J.C., MILLER, M.F., HOOVER, L., HOWE, J.C., THOMPSON, L.D.,

and HENTGES, E. (2008), Effects of conventional and grass-feeding systems on the nutrient composition of beef. J. Anim. Sci. 86, 3575±3585. LESKANICH, C., MATTHEWS, K., WARKUP, C., NOBLE, R. and HASSLEDINE, M. (1997), The effect of dietary oil containing (n-3) fatty acids on the fatty acid, physicochemical, and organoleptic characteristics of pig meat and fat. J. Anim. Sci. 75, 673±683. LIN, T-S. and HULTIN, H.O. (1977), Oxidation of myoglobin in vitro mediated by lipid oxidation in microsomal fractions of muscle. J. Food Sci. 35, 396±401. LIU, G. and XIONG, Y.L. (1996), Contribution of lipid and protein oxidation to rheological differences between chicken white and red muscle myofibrillar proteins. J. Agric. Food Chem. 44, 779±784. LIU, N., OHSHIMA, T., SHOZEN, K., USHIO, H. and KOIZUMI, C. (1994), Effects of the degree of unsaturation of coexisting triglycerols on cholesterol oxidation. J. Am. Oil Chem. Soc. 71, 623±627. LIVINGSTON, D.J. and BROWN, W.D. (1981), The chemistry of myoglobin and its reactions. Food Technol. 35, 244±252. LOVE, J.D. and PEARSON, A.M. (1971), Lipid oxidation in meat and meat products: a review. J. Am. Oil Chem. Soc. 48, 547±549. LUCIANO, G., BELLA, M., PRIOLO, A., PENNISI, P., MONAHAN, F. and VASTA, V. (2009), Lipid and colour stability of meat from lambs fed fresh herbage or concentrate. Meat Sci. 82, 193±199. LUND, M., HVIID, M. and SKIBSTED, L. (2007a), The combined effect of antioxidants and modified atmosphere packaging on protein and lipid oxidation in beef patties during chill storage. Meat Sci. 76, 226±233. LUND, M.N., LAMETSCH, R., HVIID, M.S., JENSEN, O.N. and SKIBSTED, L.H. (2007b), High-oxygen BOYCE, J.


41

packaging atmosphere influences protein oxidation and tenderness of porcine longissimus dorsi during chill storage. Meat Sci. 77, 295±303. LUND, M., SKIBSTED, L., CLAUDI-MAGNUSSEN, C. and HVIID, M. (2008), Effects of dietary soybean oil on lipid and protein oxidation in pork patties during chill storage. Meat Sci. 79, 727±733. LYNCH, M.P. and FAUSTMAN, C. (2000), Effect of aldehyde lipid oxidation products on myoglobin. J. Agric. Food Chem. 48, 600±604. MADHAVI, D. and CARPENTER, C. (1993), Aging and processing affect color, metmyoglobin reductase and oxygen consumption of beef muscles. J. Food Sci. 58, 939±942, 947. MANCINI, R.A., HUNT, M.C., HACHMEISTER, K.A., KROPF, D.H. and JOHNSON, D.E. (2004), Ascorbic acid minimizes lumbar vertebrae discoloration. Meat Sci. 68, 339±345. MANCINI, R.A., HUNT, M.C., SEYFERT, M., KROPF, D.H., HACHMEISTER, K.A., HERALD, T.J. and JOHNSON, D.E. (2007), Effects of ascorbic and citric acid on beef lumbar vertebrae marrow colour. Meat Sci. 76, 568±573. MANZOCCO, L., CALLIGARIS, S., MASTROCOLA, D., NICOLI, M.C. and LERICI, C.R. (2001), Review of non-enzymatic browning and antioxidant capacity in processed foods. Trends Food Sci. Technol. 11, 340±346. MARCO, A., NAVARRO, J.L. and FLORES, M. (2006), The influence of nitrite and nitrate on microbial, chemical and sensory parameters of slow dry fermented sausage. Meat Sci. 73, 660±673. MARTINAUD, A., MERCIER, Y., MARINOVA, P., TASSY, C., GATELLIER, P. and RENERRE, M. (1997), Comparison of oxidative processes on myofibrillar proteins from beef during maturation and by different model oxidation systems. J. Agric. Food Chem. 45, 2481±2487. MARTINEZ, L., CILLA, I., BELTRAN, J.A. and RONCALES, P. (2006), Combined effect of modified atmospheric packaging and addition of rosemary (Rosmarinus officinalis), ascorbic acid, red beetroot (Beta vulgaris), and sodium lactate and their mixtures on the stability of fresh pork sausages. J. Agric. Food Chem. 54, 4674±4680. MCBRIDE, N.T.M., HOGAN, S.A. and KERRY, J.P. (2007), Comparative addition of rosemary extract and additives on sensory and antioxidant properties of retail packaged beef. Int. J. Food Sci. Technol. 42, 1201±1207. MCCARTHY, T.L., KERRY, J.P., KERRY, J.F. and BUCKLEY, D.J. (2001), Evaluation of antioxidant potential of natural food/plant extracts as compared with synthetic antioxidants and vitamin E in raw and cooked pork patties. Meat Sci. 58, 45±52. MCKENNA, D., MIES, P., BAIRD, B., PFEIFFER, K., ELLEBRACHT, J. and SAVELL, J. (2005), Biochemical and physical factors affecting discoloration characteristics of 19 bovine muscles. Meat Sci. 70, 665±682. MCMILLIN, K.W. (2008), Where is MAP Going? A review and future potential of modified atmosphere packaging for meat. Meat Sci. 80, 43±65. MILES, R.S., MCKEITH, F.K., BECHTEL, P.J. and NOVAKOFSKI, J. (1986), Effect of processing, packaging and various antioxidants on lipid oxidation of restructured pork. J. Food Protect. 49, 222±225. MIN, B., AHN, D.U., CORDRAY, J. and NAM, K.C. (2008), Endogenous factor affecting oxidative stability of beef loin, pork loin, and chicken breast and thigh meats. J. Food Sci. 73, c439±c446. MITSUMOTO, M., FAUSTMAN, C., CASSENS, R.G., ARNOLD, R.N., SCHAEFER, D.M. and SCHELLER, K.K. (1991), Vitamins E and C improve pigment and lipid stability in ground beef. J. Food Sci. 56, 194±197.

42


and CASSENS, R.G. (1993), Dietary versus postmortem supplementation of vitamin E on pigment and lipid stability in ground beef. J. Anim. Sci. 71, 1812±1816. MITSUMOTO, M., O'GRADY, M. N., KERRY, J. P. and BUCKLEY, D. J. (2005), Addition of tea catechins and vitamin C on sensory evaluation, colour and lipid stability during chilled storage in cooked or raw beef and chicken patties. Meat Sci. 69, 773±779. MOGHADASIAN, M.H. (2008), Advances in dietary enrichment with n-3 fatty acids. Crit. Rev. Food Sci. Nutr. 48, 402±410. MOHAMED, A., JAMILAH, B., ABBAS, K.A. and ABDUL RAHMAN, R. (2008), A review on lipid oxidation of meat in active and modified atmosphere packaging and usage of some stabilizers. J. Food Agric. Environ. 6, 76±81. MOLLER, J.K.S. and SKIBSTED, L.H. (2002), Nitric oxide and myoglobins. Chem. Rev. 102, 1167±1178. MONAHAN, F.J., BUCKLEY, D.J., MORRISSEY, P.A., LYNCH, P.B. and GRAY, J.I. (1992), Influence of dietary fat and -tocopherol supplementation on lipid oxidation in pork. Meat Sci. 31, 229±241. MONAHAN, F.J., SKIBSTED, L.H. and ANDERSEN, M.L. (2005), Mechanism of oxymyoglobin oxidation in the presence of oxidizing lipids in bovine muscle. J. Agric. Food Chem. 53, 5734±5738. MITSUMOTO, M., ARNOLD, R.N., SCHAEFER, D.M.

MOORE, K.P., HOLT, S.G., PATEL, R.P., SVISTUNENKO, D.A., ZACKERT, W., GOODIER, D., REEDER, B.J., CLOZEL, M., ANAND, R., COOPER, C.E., MORROW, J.D., WILSON, M.T., DARLEY-USMAR, V. and ROBERTS II, L.J. (1998), A causative role for redox cycling of myoglobin and its inhibition by alkalinization in the pathogenesis and treatment of rhabdomyolysis-induced renal failure. J. Biol. Chem. 273, 31731±31737. MORZEL, M., GATELLIER, P., SAYD, T., RENERRE, M. and LAVILLE, E. (2006), Chemical oxidation decreases proteolytic susceptibility of skeletal muscle myofibrillar proteins. Meat Sci. 73, 536±543. MUGUERZA, E., ANSORENA, D. and ASTIASARAN, I. (2004), Functional dry fermented sausages manufactured with high levels of n-3 fatty acids: nutritional benefits and evaluation of oxidation. J. Sci. Food Agric. 84, 1061±1068. MUNASINGHE, D.M.S., ICHIMARU, K., MATSUI, T., SUGAMOTO, K. and SAKAI, T. (2003), Lipid peroxidation-derived cytotoxic aldehyde, 4-hydroxy-2-nonenal in smoked pork. Meat Sci. 63, 377±380. NAKHOST, Z. and KAREL, M. (1984), Measurement of oxidation-related changes in proteins in freeze-dried meats. J. Food Sci. 49, 1171±1173. NAVARRO, J.L., NADAL, M.I., NIETO, P. and FLORES, J. (2001), Effect of nitrate and nitrite curing salts on the generation and oxidation of fatty acids in non-fermented sausages. Eur. Food Res. Technol. 212, 421±425. NAVEENA, B.M., MUTHUKUMAR, M., SEN, A.R., BABJI, Y. and MURTHY, T.R.K. (2006), Improvement of shelf-life of buffalo meat using lactic acid, clove oil and vitamin C during retail display. Meat Sci. 74, 409±415. NEILL, J.M. and HASTINGS, A.B. (1925), The influence of the tension of molecular oxygen upon certain oxidations of hemoglobin. J. Biol. Chem. 63, 479±492. NERIN, C., TOVAR, L., DJENANE, D., CAMO, J., SALAFRANCA, J., BELTRAN, J.A. and RONCALES, P. (2006), Stabilization of beef meat by a new active packaging containing natural antioxidants. J. Agric. Food Chem. 54, 7840±7846. NOCI, F., O'KIELY, P., MONAHAN, F.J., STANTON, C. and MOLONEY, A.P. (2005), Conjugated linoleic acid concentration in M. Longissimus dorsi from heifers offered sunflower oil-based concentrates and conserved forages. Meat Sci. 69, 509±518.


43

and (2008), Antioxidant properties of plum concentrates and powder in precooked roast beef to reduce lipid oxidation. Meat Sci. 80, 997±1004. NUTE, G.R., RICHORDSON, R.I., WOOD, J.D., HUGHES, S.I., WILKINSON, R.G., COOPER, S.L. and SINCLAIR, L.A. (2007), Effect of dietary oil source on the flavour and the colour and lipid stability of lamb meat. Meat Sci. 77, 547±555. O'GRADY, M.N., MONAHAN, F.J. and BRUNTON, N.P. (2001), Oxymyoglobin oxidation and lipid oxidation in bovine muscle ± mechanistic studies. J. Food Sci. 66, 386±392. O'GRADY, M.N., CARPENTER, R., LYNCH, P.B., O'BRIEN, N.M., KERRY, J.P. (2008), Addition of grape seed extract and bearberry to porcine diets, Influence on quality attributes of raw and cooked pork. Meat Sci. 78, 438±446. O'KEEFFE, M. and HOOD, D.E. (1982), Biochemical factors influencing metmyoglobin formation in beef from muscles of differing colour stability. Meat Sci. 7, 209±228. OSADA, K., KODAMA, T., CUI, L., YAMADA, K. and SUGANO, M. (1993), Levels and formation of oxidized cholesterols in processed marine foods. J. Agric. Food Chem. 41, 1893± 1898. OSADA, K., HOSHINA, S., NAKAMURA, S. and SUGANO, M. (2000), Cholesterol oxidation in meat products and its regulation by supplementation of sodium nitrite and apple polyphenol before processing. J. Agric. Food Chem. 48, 3823±3829. OSINCHAK, J.E., HULTIN, H.O., ZAJICEK, O.T., KELLEHER, S.D. and HUANG, C. (1992), Effect of NaCl on catalysis of lipid oxidation by the soluble fraction of fish muscle. Free Rad. Biol. Med. 12, 35±41. PANIANGVAIT, P., KING, A.J., JONES, A.D. and GERMAN, B.G. (1995), Cholesterol oxides in foods of animal origin. J. Food Sci. 60, 1159±1174. PARK, D., XIONG, Y. and ALDERTON, A. (2007), Concentration effects of hydroxyl radical oxidizing systems on biochemical properties of porcine muscle myofibrillar protein. Food Chem. 101, 1239±1246. PARK, S.W. and ADDIS, P.B. (1987), Cholesterol oxidation products in some muscle foods. J. Food Sci. 52, 1500±1503. NUNEZ DE GONZALEZ, M.T., HAFLEY, B.S., BOLEMAN, R.M., MILLER, R.K., RHEE, H.S. KEETON, J.T.

PARK Y.S., KOH, Y.H., TAKAHASHI, M., MIYAMOTO, Y., SUZUKI, K., DOHMAE, N., TAKIO, K.,

HONKE, K. and TANIGUCHI, N. (2003), Identification of the binding site of methylglyoxal on glutathione peroxidase: methylglyoxal inhibits glutathione peroxidase activity via binding to glutathione binding sites Arg 184 and 185. Free Radic. Res. 37, 205±211. PARKINGTON, J.K., XIONG, Y.L., BLANCHARD, S.P., XIONG, S., WANG, B., SRINIVASAN, S. and FRONING, G.W. (2000), Chemical and functional properties of oxidatively modified beef heart surimi stored at 2 ëC. J. Food Sci. 65, 428±433. PEARSON, A.M. and GRAY, J.I. (1983), Mechanism responsible for warmed-over flavor in cooked meat. ACS Symposium Series ± Am. Chem. Soc., no. 215, 287±300. PEARSON, A.M., LOVE, J.D. and SHORLAND, F.B. (1977), Warmed-over flavor in meat, poultry and fish. Adv. Food Res. 23, 1±74. PEGG, R.B. and SHAHIDI, F. (2000), Nitrite Curing of Meat. The n-nitrosamine Problem and Nitrite Alternatives. Trumbull, CT, Food and Nutrition Press. PERSSON, E., SJOHOLM, I., NYMAN, M. and SKOG, K. (2004), Addition of various carbohydrates to beef burgers affects the formation of heterocyclic amines during frying. J. Agric. Food Chem. 52, 7561±7566. PETRON, M.J., RAES, K., CLAEYS, E., LOURENCO, M., FREMAUT, D. and DESMET, S. (2007), Effect of grazing pastures of different botanical composition on antioxidant enzyme activities and oxidative stability of lamb meat. Meat Sci. 75, 737±745.

44


and ZINN, S.A. (2001a), Effect of dietary -tocopherol supplementation on color and lipid stability in pork. Meat Sci. 58, 389±393. PHILLIPS, A.L., MANCINI, R., SUN, Q., LYNCH, M.P. and FAUSTMAN, C. (2001b), Effect of erythorbic acid on cooked colour in ground beef. Meat Sci. 57, 31±34. PICHE, L.A., COLE, P.D., HADLEY, M., VAN DEN BERGH, R. and DRAPER, H.H. (1988), Identification of N-epsilon-(2-propenal)lysine as the main form of malondialdehyde in food digesta. Carcinogenesis 9, 473±477. PIETRASIK, Z., DHANDA, J., SHAND, P. and PEGG, R. (2006), Influence of injection, packaging, and storage conditions on the quality of beef and bison steaks. J. Food Sci. 71, s110±s118. PONNAMPALAM, E.N., TROUT, G.R., SINCLAIR, A.J., EGAN, A.R. and LEURY, B.J. (2001), Comparison of the colour stability and lipid oxidative stability of fresh and vacuum packaged lamb muscle containing elevated omega-3 and omega-6 fatty acid levels from dietary manipulation. Meat Sci. 58, 151±161. POON, H.F., CALABRESE, V., SCAPAGNINI, G. and BUTTERFIELD, D.A. (2004), Free radicals and brain aging. Clin. Geriatr. Med. 20, 329±359. PRACHE, S. and THERIEZ, M. (1999), Traceability of lamb production systems: carotenoids in plasma and adipose tissue. Anim. Sci. 69, 29±36. PRYOR, W.A. and PORTER, N.A. (1990), Suggested mechanisms for the production of 4hydroxy-2-nonenal from the autoxidation of polyunsaturated fatty acids. Free Rad. Biol. Med. 8, 541±543. RAGHAVAN, S. and HULTIN, H. (2004), Distribution of exogenous delta-tocopherol between the membrane lipids and triacylglycerols of a cod muscle-triacylglycerol model system. J. Agric. Food Chem. 52, 6294±6299. RAMANATHAN, R., KONDA, M.K.R., MANCINI, R. and FAUSTMAN, C. (2009), Species-specific effects of sarcoplamic extracts on lipid oxidation in vitro. J. Food Sci. 74, c73±c77. RAMIÂREZ, R. and CAVA, R. (2007), The crossbreeding of different Duroc lines with the Iberian pig affects colour and oxidative stability of meat during storage. Meat Sci. 77, 339±347. RAO, V.K., KOWALE, B.N., BABU, N.P. and BISHT, G.S. (1996), Effect of cooking and storage on lipid oxidation and development of cholesterol oxidation products in water buffalo meat. Meat Sci. 43, 179±185. RASTOGI, N., RAGHAVARAO, K., BALASUBRAMANIAM, V., NIRANJAN, K. and KNORR, D. (2007), Opportunities and challenges in high pressure processing of foods. Crit. Rev. Food Sci. Nutr. 47, 69±112. REALINI, C., DUCKETT, S. and WINDHAM, W. (2004), Effect of vitamin C addition to ground beef from grass-fed or grain-fed sources on color and lipid stability, and prediction of fatty acid composition by near-infrared reflectance analysis. Meat Sci. 68, 35± 43. REEDER, B.J., SVISTUNENKO, D.A., SHARPE, M.A. and WILSON, M.T. (2002), Characteristics and mechanism of formation of peroxide-induced heme to protein cross-linking in myoglobin. Biochem. 41, 367±375. RENERRE, M. (1990), Review: factors involved in the discoloration of beef meat. Int. J. Food Sci. Technol. 25, 613±630. REY, A., KERRY, J., LYNCH, P., LOPEZ-BOTE, C., BUCKLEY, D. and MORRISSEY, P. (2001), Effect of dietary oils and alpha-tocopheryl acetate supplementation on lipids (TBARS) and cholesterol oxidation in cooked pork. J. Anim. Sci. 79, 1201±1208. RHEE, K.S. and ZIPRIN, Y.A. (1987), Lipid oxidation in retail beef, pork and chicken muscles PHILLIPS, A.L., FAUSTMAN, C., LYNCH, M.P., GOVONI, K.E., HOAGLAND, T.A.


45

as affected by concentrations of heme pigments and nonheme iron and microsomal enzymic lipid peroxidation. J. Food Biochem. 11, 1±15. RHEE, K. and ZIPRIN, Y. (2001), Pro-oxidative effects of NaCl in microbial growthcontrolled and uncontrolled beef and chicken. Meat Sci. 57, 105±112. RICHARDS, M.P. and DETTMANN, M.A. (2003), Comparative analysis of different hemoglobins: autoxidation, reaction with peroxide, and lipid oxidation. J. Agric. Food Chem. 51, 3886±3891. ROWE, L.J., MADDOCK, K.R., LONERGAN, S.M. and HUFF-LONERGAN, E. (2004a), Influence of early postmortem protein oxidation on beef quality. J. Anim. Sci. 82, 785±793. ROWE, L.J., MADDOCK, K.R., LONERGAN, S.M. and HUFF-LONERGAN, E. (2004b), Oxidative environments decrease tenderization of beef steaks through inactivation of calpain. J. Anim. Sci. 82, 3254±3266. RUIZ, J., VENTANAS, J., CAVA, R., ANDRES, A. and GARCIA, C. (1999), Volatile compounds of dry-cured Iberian ham as affected by the length of the curing process. Meat Sci. 52, 19±27. SAKAI, T., KUWAZURU, S., YAMAUCHI, K. and UCHIDA, K. (1995), A lipid peroxidationderived aldehyde, 4-hydroxy-2-nonenal and !6 fatty acids contents in meat. Biosci. Biotech. Biochem. 59, 1379±1380. SAKAI, T., YAMAUCHI, K., KUWAZURU, S. and GOTOH, N. (1998), Relationships between 4hydroxy-2-nonenal, 2-thiobarbituric acid reactive substances and n-6 polyunsaturated fatty acids in refrigerated and frozen pork. Biosci. Biotech. Biochem. 62, 2028±2029. SAKAI, T., MUNASINGHE, D.M.S., KASHIMURA, M., SUGAMOTO, K. and KAWAHARA, S. (2004), Effect of NaCl on lipid peroxidation-derived aldehyde, 4-hydroxy-2-nonenal formation in minced pork and beef. Meat Sci. 66, 789±792. SAKAI, T., SHIMIZU, Y. and KAWAHARA, S. (2006), Effect of NaCl on the lipid peroxidationderived aldehyde, 4-hydroxy-2-nonenal, formation in boiled pork. Biosci. Biotechnol. Biochem. 70, 815±820. SANCHEZ-ESCALANTE, A., DJENANE, D., TORRESCANO, G., BELTRAN, J.A. and RONCALES, P. (2001), The effects of ascorbic acid, taurine, carnosine, and rosemary powder on colour and lipid stability of beef patties packaged in modified atmosphere. Meat Sci. 58, 421±429. SANTE-LHOUTELLIER, V., ENGEL, E., AUBRY, L. and GATELLIER, P. (2008a), Effect of animal (lamb) diet and meat storage on myofibrillar protein oxidation and in vitro digestability. Meat Sci. 79, 777±783. SANTE-LHOUTELLIER, V., ENGEL, E. and GATELLIER, PH. (2008b), Assessment of the influence of diet on lamb meat oxidation. Food Chem. 109, 573±579. SATO, K. and HEGARTY, G.R. (1971), Warmed over flavour in cooked meats. J. Food Sci. 36, 1098±1102. SCHAEFER, D.M. (2000), Potential for altering quality of muscle and milk from ruminants. In E.A. Decker, C. Faustman and C. Lopez-Bote (eds), Antioxidants in Muscle Foods, John Wiley and Sons, New York, pp. 155±197. SCHAEFER, D.M., LIU, Q, FAUSTMAN, C. and YIN, M.C. (1995), Supranutritional administration of vitamins E and C improves antioxidant status of beef. J. Nutr. 125, 1792±1798. SCHRICKER, R.B. and MILLER, D.D. (1979), Effect of cooking and chemical treatment on heme and non-heme iron in meat. J. Food Sci. 48, 838±841. SCOLLAN, N., CHOI, N., KURT, E., FISHER, A., ENSER, M. and WOOD, J. (2001), Manipulating the fatty acid composition of muscle and adipose tissue in beef cattle. Br. J. Nutr. 85, 115±124.

46


and HOUSER, T.A. (2005), Comparison of a natural rosemary extract and BHA/BHT for relative antioxidant effectiveness in pork sausage. Meat Sci. 69, 289±296. SEPE, H.A., FAUSTMAN, C., LEE, S., TANG, J., SUMAN, S.P. and VENKITANARAYANAN, K.S. (2005), Effect of reducing agents on premature browning in ground beef. Food Chem. 93, 571±576. SERRANO, A., COFRADES, S., JIMEÂNEZ-COLMENERO, F. (2006), Characteristics of restructured beef steak with different proportions of walnut during frozen storage. Meat Sci. 72, 108±115. SHAHIDI, F., RUBIN, L.T., DIOSADY, L.L., KASSAM, N., LI SUI FONG, J.C. and WOOD, D.F. (1986), Effect of sequestering agents on lipid oxidation in cooked meats. Food Chem. 21, 145±152. SHAHIDI, F., JANITHA, P. and WANASUNDARA, P. (1992), Phenolic antioxidants. Crit. Rev. Food Sci. Nutr. 32, 67±103. SHIVAS, S.D., KROPF, D.H., HUNT, M.C., KASTNER, C.L., KENDALL, J.L.A. and DAYTON, A.D. (1984), Effects of ascorbic acid on display life of ground beef. J. Food Protect. 47, 11±15. SéRHEIM, O., WESTAD, F., LARSEN, H. and ALVSEIKE, O. (2009), Colour of ground beef as influenced by raw materials, addition of sodium chloride and low oxygen packaging. Meat Sci. 81, 467±473. SOULTOS, N., GEORGANTELIS, D., AMBROSIADIS, I., TZIKAS, Z. and ABRAHIM, A. (2008), Chitosan effects on quality properties of Greek style fresh pork sausages. Meat Sci. 80, 1150±1156. SRINIVASAN, S., XIONG, Y.L. and DECKER, E.A. (1996), Inhibition of protein and lipid oxidation in beef heart surimi-like material by antioxidants and combinations of pH, NaCl and buffer type in the washing media. J. Agric. Food Chem. 44, 119± 125. STETZER, A.J., TUCKER, E., MCKEITH, F.K. and BREWER, M.S. (2007), Quality changes in beef gluteus medius, infraspinatus, psoas major, rectus femoris, and teres major enhanced prior to aging. J. Food Sci. 72, S242±S246. STIKA, J.F., XIONG, Y.L., SUMAN, S.P., BLANCHARD, S.P. and MOODY, W.G. (2007), Frozen storage stability of antioxidant-treated raw restructured beef steaks made from mature cows. Meat Sci. 77, 562±569. STOICK, S.M., GRAY, J.L., BOOREN, A.M. and BUCKLEY, D.J. (1991), Oxidative stability of restructured beef steaks processed with oleoresin rosemary, tertiary butylhydroquinone and sodium tripolyphosphate. J. Food Sci. 56(3), 597±600. STROHECKER, M., FAUSTMAN, C., FURR, H. and HOAGLAND, T.A. (1997), The effects of vitamin E supplementation on color and lipid stability of whole and minced lamb. J. Mus. Foods 8, 413±426. SUMAN, S.P., FAUSTMAN, C., STAMER, S.L. and LIEBLER, D.C. (2006), Redox instability induced by 4-hydroxy-2-nonenal in porcine and bovine myoglobins, at pH 5.6, 4 ëC. J. Agric. Food Chem. 54, 3402±3408. SUMAN, S.P., FAUSTMAN, C., STAMER, S.L. and LIEBLER, D.C. (2007), Proteomics of lipidoxidation induced oxidation of porcine and bovine oxymyoglobins. Proteomics 7, 628±640. SUN, Q., FAUSTMAN, C., SENECAL, A., WILKINSON, A.L. and FURR, H. (2001), Aldehyde reactivity with 2-thiobarbituric acid, and TBARS in freeze-dried beef during accelerated storage. Meat Sci. 57, 55±60. SZEBENI, J., WINTERBOURN, C.C. and CARELL, R.W. (1984), Oxidative interactions between SEBRANEK, J.G., SEWALT, V.J.H., ROBBINS, K.L.


47

haemoglobin and membrane lipid. Biochem. J. 220, 685±692. and STADTMAN, E.R. (1993), Inactivation of glucose-6phosphate dehydrogenase by 4-hydroxy-2-nonenal. J. Biol. Chem. 268, 3342± 3347. TANG, J., FAUSTMAN, C., LEE, S. and HOAGLAND, T.A. (2003), The effect of glutathione on oxymyoglobin oxidation. J. Agric. Food Chem. 51, 1691±1695. TANG, J. FAUSTMAN, C., HOAGLAND, T.A., MANCINI, R.A., SEYFERT, M. and HUNT, M.C. (2005), Postmortem oxygen consumption by mitochondria and its effects on myoglobin form and stability. J. Agric. Food Chem. 53, 1223±1230. TARRANT, P.V. and SHERINGTON, J. (1980), An investigation of ultimate pH in the muscles of commercial beef carcasses. Meat Sci. 4, 287±297. TEYE, G.A., SHEARD, P.R., WHITTINGTON, F.M., NUTE, G.R., STEWART, A. and WOOD, J.D. (2006), Influence of dietary oils and protein level on pork quality. 1. Effects on muscle fatty acid composition, carcass, meat and eating quality. Meat Sci. 73, 157±165. TORRES, E., PEARSON, A.M., GRAY, J.I., BOOREN, A.M. and SHIMOKOMAKI, M. (1988), Effect of salt on oxidative changes in pre- and post-rigor ground beef. Meat Sci. 23, 151± 163. TOVAR, L., SALAFRANCA, J., SANCHEZ, C. and NERIN, C. (2005), Migration studies to assess the safety in use of a new antioxidant active packaging. J. Agric. Food Chem. 53, 5270±5275. TROUT, G.R. (1990), The rate of metmyoglobin formation in beef, pork and turkey meat as influenced by pH, sodium chloride, and sodium tripolyphosphate. Meat Sci. 28, 203±210. TROUT, G.R. and DALE, S. (1990), Prevention of warmed over flavour in cooked beef, Effect of phosphate type, phosphate concentration, a lemon juice/phosphate blend and beef extract. J. Agric. Food Chem. 38, 665±669. USDA (2008), Agricultural Research Service. 2008. USDA National Nutrient Database for Standard Reference, Release 21. Nutrient Data Laboratory Home Page, http:// www.ars.usda.gov/ba/bhnrc/ndl (accessed 14 July 2009). VALENCIA, I., O'GRADY, M.N., ANSORENA, D., ASTIASARAÂN, I. and KERRY, J.P. (2008), Enhancement of the nutritional status and quality of fresh pork sausages following the addition of linseed oil, fish oil and natural antioxidants. Meat Sci. 80, 1046± 1054. VARA-UBOL, S. and BOWERS, J.A. (2001), Effect of -tocopherol, -carotene and sodium tripolyphosphate on lipid oxidation of refrigerated, cooked ground turkey and ground pork. J. Food Sci. 66, 662±667. VATANSEVER, L., KURT, E., ENSER, M.B., NUTE, G.R., SCOLLAN, N.D. and WOOD, J.D. (2000), Shelf-life and eating quality of beef from cattle of different breeds given diets differing in n-3 polyunsaturated fatty acid composition. Anim. Sci. 71, 471±482. VESTERGAARD, M., OKSBJERG, M. and HENCKEL, P. (2000), Influence of feeding intensity, grazing and finishing feeding on muscle fibre characteristics and meat colour of Semitendinosus, Longissimus dorsi, and Supraspinatus muscles in young bulls. Meat Sci. 54, 177±185. VITAGLIONE, P., NAPOLITANO, A., FOGLIANO, V. (2008), Cereal dietary fibre, a natural functional ingredient to deliver phenolic compounds into the gut. Trends Food Sci. Technol. 19, 451±463. VUORELA, S., SALMINEN, H., MAKELA, M., KIVIKARI, R., KARONEN, M. and HEINONEN, M. (2005), Effect of plant phenolics on protein and lipid oxidation in cooked pork meat patties. J. Agric. Food Chem. 53, 8492±8497. SZWEDA, L.I., UCHIDA, K., TSAI, L.

48


and FISHER, A.V. (2002), Effects of dietary fat source and breed on the carcass composition, n-3 polyunsaturated fatty acid and conjugated linoleic acid content of sheep meat and adipose tissue. Br. J. Nutr. 88, 697±709. WAN, L., XIONG, Y.L. and DECKER, E.A. (1993), Inhibition of oxidation during washing improves the functionality of bovine cardiac myofibrillar protein. J. Agric. Food Chem. 41, 2267±2271. WANG, J.Z., MAO, X.Y., REN, F.Z., YAO, W.T., ZHANG, H. and ZHANG, M. (2008), Antioxidant activity of hydrolysates and peptide fractions of porcine plasma albumin and globulin. J. Food Biochem. 32, 693±707. WANG, Y., LEIBHOLZ, J., BRYDEN, W. and FRASER, D. (1996), Lipid peroxidation status as an index to evaluate the influence of dietary fats on vitamin E requirements of young pigs. Br. J. Nutr. 75, 81±95. WARREN, H.E., SCOLLAN, N.D., ENSER, M., HUGHES, S.I., RICHARDSON, R.I. and WOOD, J.D. (2008a), Effect of breed and a concentrate or grass silage diet on beef quality in cattle of 3 ages, I: Animal performance, carcass quality and muscle fatty acid composition. Meat Sci. 78, 256±269. WARREN, H.E., SCOLLAN, N.D., NUTE, G.R., HUGHES, S.I., WOOD, J.D. and RICHARDSON, R.I. (2008b), Effect of breed and a concentrate or grass silage diet on beef quality in cattle of 3 ages, II: Meat stability and flavour. Meat Sci. 78, 270±278. WHEELER, T.L., KOOHMARAIE, M., LANSDELL, J.L., SIRAGUSA, G.R. and MILLER, M.F. (1993), Effects of postmortem injection time, injection level, and concentration of calcium chloride on beef quality traits. J. Anim. Sci. 71, 2965±2974. WILKINSON, B., JANZ, J., MOREL, P., PURCHAS, R. and HENDRIKS, W. (2006), The effect of modified atmosphere packaging with carbon monoxide on the storage quality of master-packaged fresh pork. Meat Sci. 73, 605±610. WILLS, T., DEWITT, C.A.M., SIGFUSSON, H. and BELLMER, D. (2006), Effect of cooking method and ethanolic tocopherol on oxidative stability and quality of beef patties during refrigerated storage (oxidative stability of cooked patties). J. Food Sci. 71, c109± c114. WILLS, T.M., MIRELES DEWITT, C.A. and SIGFUSSON, H. (2007), Improved antioxidant activity of vitamin E through solubilization in ethanol: a model study with ground beef. Meat Sci. 76, 308±315. WITZ, G. (1989), Biological interactions of , -unsaturated aldehydes. Free Rad. Biol. Med. 7, 333±349. WOOD, J.D. and ENSER, M. (1997), Factors influencing fatty acids in meat and the role of antioxidants in improving meat quality. Br. J. Nutr. 78, s49±s60. WOOD, J.D., RICHARDSON, R.I., NUTE, G.R., FISHER, A.V., CAMPO, M.M., KASAPIDOU, E. and ENSER, M. (2003), Effects of fatty acids on meat quality: a review. Meat Sci. 66, 21± 32. WULF, D.M., MORGAN, J.B., SANDERS, S.K., TATUM, J.D., SMITH, G.C. and WILLIAMS, S.N. (1995), Effects of dietary supplementation of vitamin E on storage and caselife properties of lamb retail cuts. J. Anim. Sci. 73, 399±405. XIONG, Y.L. (2000), Protein oxidation and implications for muscle food quality. In E. Decker, C. Faustman and C.J. Lopez-Bote (eds), Antioxidants in Muscle Foods, John Wiley and Sons, New York, pp. 85±111. XIONG, Y.L., DECKER, E.A., ROBE, G.H. and MOODY, W.G. (1993), Gelation of crude myofibrillar protein isolated from beef heart under antioxidative conditions. J. Food Sci. 58, 1241±1244. WACHIRA, A.M., SINCLAIR, L.A., WILKINSON, R.G., ENSER, M., WOOD, J.D.


49

YANCEY, E., GROBBEL, J., DIKEMAN, M., SMITH, J., HACHMEISTER, K., CHAMBERS, E.C., GADGIL, P., MILLIKEN, G.A. and DRESSLER, E.A. (2006), Effects of total iron, myoglobin, hemoglobin, and lipid oxidation of uncooked muscles on livery flavor development and volatiles of cooked beef steaks. Meat Sci. 73, 680±686. YANG J.H., YANG E.S. and PARK J.W. (2004), Inactivation of NADP+-dependent isocitrate dehydrogenase by lipid peroxidation products. Free Radic. Res. 38, 241±249. YIN, M.C. and FAUSTMAN, C. (1993), The influence of temperature, pH and phospholipid composition upon the stability of myoglobin and phospholipid: a liposome model. J. Agric. Food Chem. 41, 853±857. YIN, M.C. and FAUSTMAN, C. (1994), The influence of microsomal and cytosolic components on the oxidation of myoglobin and lipid in vitro. Food Chem. 51, 159±164. YIN, M.C., FAUSTMAN, C., RIESEN, J.W. and WILLIAMS, S.N. (1993), The effects of -tocopherol and ascorbate upon oxymyoglobin and phospholipid oxidation. J. Food Sci. 58, 1273±1276, 1281. ZAKRYS, P.I., HOGAN, S.A., O'SULLIVAN, M.G., ALLEN, P. and KERRY, J.P. (2008), Effects of oxygen concentration on the sensory evaluation and quality indicators of beef muscle packed under modified atmosphere. Meat Sci. 79, 648±655. ZHENG, W. and WANG, S.Y. (2001), Antioxidant activity and phenolic compounds in selected herbs. J. Agric. Food Chem. 49, 5165±5170.

2 Oxidation and protection of poultry and eggs N. Botsoglou, Aristotle University, Greece and E. Botsoglou, University of Thessaly, Greece

Abstract: This chapter presents an overview of the subject of lipid and protein oxidation of poultry and eggs. It also examines the effect of oxidation on sensory quality including flavor, color and texture attributes, on the nutritional quality and on the shelf-life of raw and cooked poultry and poultry products. The most important strategies to protect poultry meat and eggs against oxidation, such as meat choice, addition of primary and secondary antioxidants, use of dietary antioxidants, addition of nitrites and nitrates, smoking and packaging, are also considered. Key words: lipid oxidation, protein oxidation, protection of poultry and eggs, sensory quality of poultry products, nutritional quality of poultry products.

2.1

Introduction

The consumption of poultry meat has increased in both developed and developing countries in recent years. In the US, the per capita poultry meat consumption has increased from 40.8 pounds in 1980 to 56.3 pounds in 1990, and to just over 100 pounds in 2002 (National Chicken Council, 2002). Overall, per capita consumption of red meat and poultry has not changed significantly, but when beef, pork and poultry are examined separately, beef appears to be losing market share to poultry (USDA, 2000). Chicken and turkey were by far the most widely consumed poultry species amounting to approximately 80.5 and 17.7 pounds, respectively (National Turkey Federation, 2002). Consumer

Oxidation and protection of poultry and eggs

51

concerns focused mainly on taste as the decisive criterion, but indifferent consumers were strongly price-oriented (Resurreccion, 2003). Differentiation by taste, healthiness, cholesterol, calorie content, synthetic ingredients, convenience, animal welfare, and process characteristics such as organic production have been also reported by other authors (Grunert et al., 2004). Owing to this increased consumption, world production of poultry increased from just 15 000 tonnes in 1970 to 74 000 tonnes in 2002 (FAO, 2003). With 63 000 tonnes produced in 2002, chickens remained the predominant species, among other turkey, ducks and geese that presented production figures of 5200, 3000 and 2000 tonnes, respectively. While in 2002 the amount of turkey, ducks and geese represented the same proportion of the total poultry production as in 1970, turkey proportion appeared to decrease slightly and palmiped production slightly increased, possibly because turkey production occurs mainly in Europe and North America while production of palmipeds is generally more common in Asia and South America. It is predicted that poultry will become the overall meat of choice by 2020 (Bilgili, 2002). The continued growth and competitive nature of the poultry industry has been attributed to a variety of factors, some of which relate to the improvements in intensive production and processing, while others include the more recent development of a wide range of value-added, further processed products that meet both direct consumer demand and the rapid expansion of fast food outlets. Poultry products are universally popular, because they are not often subject to cultural or religious constraints and the meat itself is perceived as wholesome, healthy and nutritious, being relatively low in fat and with a more desirable unsaturated fatty-acid content than other meats. Most importantly, high quality poultry products are available to many people at affordable prices, although production costs vary widely around the world. In the USA, less than 10% of all chicken are sold as whole carcasses (Thornton and O'Keefe, 2002), while the majority of carcasses are cut up, deboned or further processed and the meat is either portioned, sliced, ground, flavored, marinated, coated or cooked. Sales of turkey parts including whole breasts, breast cutlets and tenderloins, and legs, as well as ground turkey have also increased in recent years as consumers look for fast and healthy food choices. Turkey is reportedly consumed at least biweekly by about one half of USA consumers, with lunchmeat, ground turkey and sandwiches being some of the most popular turkey items (National Turkey Federation, 2002). As the consumption of poultry meat rises worldwide, the industry will remain responsive to the demands of consumers, both in the range and nature of the products that are developed, whereas quality will continue to be the watchword. Consumers define quality according to their own perceptions, goals and personal preferences, but, in practice, what the consumers actually want to know in relation to product quality include the scientifically measurable characteristics of color, flavor and texture. Skin color appears to be critical for the marketing of fresh whole birds or cut portions, while meat flavor and texture can only be appreciated when the product is consumed. One of the main factors limiting the

52


quality and acceptability of meat and meat products is lipid oxidation, a process that leads to deterioration of many quality characteristics such as color, flavor, texture, nutritive value, and safety of foods. Poultry meat is particularly susceptible to lipid oxidation due to its high content in polyunsaturated fatty acids. It is generally agreed that lipid oxidation in muscle foods begins immediately after slaughter in the highly unsaturated phospholipids fraction in subcellular membranes. In most cases, fresh meat has acceptable stability against oxidative processes, but processing operations such as freezing and subsequent thawing, mechanical deboning, mincing, restructuring, addition of salt, and refrigeration may lead to increased oxidation due to destruction of cellular structure and functions. Exposure to light or irradiation will further accelerate oxidation, the degree of which, however, depends on the inherent antioxidative capacity of the meat. Cooked or pressure-treated meat and meat products are even more susceptible to oxidation, since endogenous antioxidant enzymes may denaturate and lose their activity, while iron-containing proteins may become a source of catalytic iron. In such meat products, dietary antioxidants, post slaughter antioxidant additives, or food packaging techniques must be utilized to control oxidation, thereby enhancing meat quality parameters such as color, flavor and texture. This chapter presents an overview of the subject of lipid and protein oxidation of poultry and eggs. It also examines the effect of oxidation on sensory quality including flavor, color and texture attributes, on the nutritional quality and on the shelf-life of raw and cooked poultry and poultry products. The most important strategies to protect poultry meat and eggs against oxidation, such as meat choice, addition of primary and secondary antioxidants, use of dietary antioxidants, addition of nitrites and nitrates, smoking and packaging, are also considered.

2.2

Oxidation of poultry meat and eggs

Oxidation is a leading cause for quality deterioration during processing and storage of muscle foods. Poultry and poultry products are particularly prone to oxidative processes in lipids and proteins due to the relatively high concentrations of unsaturated lipids, pigments, metal catalysts, and various other oxidizing agents. 2.2.1 Lipid oxidation Lipid oxidation is a complex process whereby various reactive oxygen species including free radicals and other non-radical promoters of oxidation react with the unsaturated fatty acids. In the case of free radicals, the attack begins by the removal of a hydrogen atom generally adjacent to a double bond of a polyunsaturated fatty acid (PUFA), leading to a lipid radical (L·), which, in the presence of oxygen, generates a lipoperoxyl radical (LOO·). However, the


53

peroxidative action of the non-radical singlet oxygen (1O2) is initiated by its direct addition to a fatty acid double bond, leading to LOO· production. The latter is able to abstract a new hydrogen atom from an adjacent fatty acid. As a result, LOO· is reduced to a lipid hydroperoxide (LOOH) and generating a new radical L·. This process, known as lipoperoxidation in live systems and as oxidative rancidity in food, represents an oxidative chain reaction, which in the absence of antioxidants becomes autopropagative leading to the production of LOOH (Fellenberg and Speisky, 2005). These LOOH are easily decomposed into various small molecular weight aldehydes, ketones, alcohols and lactones, some of them being potentially cytotoxic to living organisms. Accumulation of these compounds in poultry meat can affect its sensory attributes (Higgins et al., 1999; Ruiz et al., 2001). Poultry meat and eggs, by virtue of the fact that they contain unsaturated lipids and prooxidant components, are particularly susceptible to lipid oxidation. Among the various lipid fractions, the polar phospholipids present in the cell membranes of meat and eggs contain the highest proportion of unsaturated fatty acids and, for this reason, as opposed to neutral lipid fractions, are primarily responsible for lipid oxidation. This implies that even low-fat poultry meat samples are susceptible to lipid oxidation since fat reduction essentially reflects a reduction in triacylglycerides while the phospholipids fraction is much less affected (Monahan, 2000). Another consequence is that species differences in susceptibility to lipid oxidation are largely determined by the level of PUFA present in meat. Thus, the extent of lipid oxidation in cooked meat is directly related to the level of unsaturated lipids, with susceptibility to oxidation decreasing in the order chicken > pork > beef > lamb (Rhee et al., 1996). Lipid oxidation in raw meat can also be related to its heme iron content, with beef showing a greater tendency to oxidize than poultry and pork. The iron contained in the heme group of some proteins has been proposed as the major initiator of the oxidative decomposition of PUFA. This is of importance since chicken leg and breast contain 0.67 and 0.24 mg hemoglobin/g, respectively (Kranen et al., 1999) and, in consequence, when the birds are slaughtered, the biochemical processes that turn the muscle into meat allow hemoproteins to control the lipoperoxidative processes that significantly accelerate the deterioration of meat (Andersen and Skibsted, 1991; Alayash et al., 2001). In addition, lipid oxidation increases with decreasing pH in meat postmortem (Tichivangana and Morrissey, 1985). Therefore, variations in muscle pH within and between species cannot be also ignored (Rhee et al., 1996). The iron released from heme following cooking may also be responsible for the rapid oxidation of cooked meat during storage (Kristensen and Andersen, 1997). However, recent findings have cast some doubt on the iron release theory (Monahan et al., 1993). A negligible increase in free iron at the expense of heme iron has been found in myoglobin solutions heated up to 90 ëC. In the same study, the prooxidant activity of myoglobin was found to increase at around its thermal denaturation temperature of 60±70 ëC, but to decrease at higher temperatures. This decrease can lead to the conclusion that the prooxidant

54


activity of heme iron in cooked meat exceeds that of free iron. Other studies have also shown that ferritin, when heated, might promote lipid oxidation (Decker and Welch, 1990). However, hemeosiderin, another major ironcontaining protein fraction which accounts for as much as 60% of total iron in chicken (Hazell, 1982) did not appear to play a significant role in lipid oxidation (Apte and Morrissey, 1987). Since the oxidation process begins immediately after slaughter, the biochemical changes that accompany the conversion of muscle to meat give rise to conditions where the process of lipid oxidation is no longer tightly controlled and the balance between prooxidative and antioxidative factors favors oxidation. The endogenous antioxidant defense mechanisms available to the cell in the live animal still function during the early postmortem phase but their effectiveness diminishes with increasing postmortem time (Sies, 1986; Lee et al., 1996). In the postslaughter phase, it is highly unlikely that these defense mechanisms still function. Therefore, the rate and extent of oxidation in poultry meat is mainly influenced by postslaughter events such as the rate of early postmortem pH, carcass temperature, and the processing procedures where any disruption of muscle membrane integrity by mechanical deboning, mincing, restructuring, or cooking alters cellular compartmentalization. In such meat products, added antioxidants, dietary antioxidants, or food packaging techniques must be utilized to control oxidation, thereby enhancing meat quality parameters such as color, flavor and texture. Muscle also contains several non-enzymic components capable of controlling lipid oxidation. These include the lipid soluble -tocopherol and -carotene, and water soluble compounds such as ascorbic acid, sulphydryl-containing proteins and histidine-containing dipeptides (Chan and Decker, 1994). Tocopherols and -carotene terminate the lipid oxidation reaction by acting as free radical quenchers, whereas ascorbic acid and other reducing components in meat serve to regenerate lipid-soluble antioxidants (Packer et al., 1979). The histidinecontaining dipeptides carnosine and anserine are considered to act as either metal chelators or free radical scavengers (Chan and Decker, 1994). 2.2.2 Protein oxidation Until recently, the fate of proteins in postmortem muscle exposed to oxidative stress was mostly unknown. Recent studies in the biomedical sciences have led to the discovery that many intracellular and membrane proteins in muscle can be readily modified by reactive oxygen species (Butterfield and Stadtman, 1997). Modification changes in oxidized proteins included amino acid destruction, decrease in protein solubility due to protein polymerization, loss of enzyme activity, formation of amino acid derivatives including carbonyls, and increases in protein digestibility (Uchida et al., 1992; Agarwal and Sohal, 1994). As in the living tissues, reactive oxygen species can cause meat proteins to polymerize, degrade and interact with other muscle constituents to produce complexes. Recent studies have shown that these physicochemical modifications are leading


55

causes for the alterations in gelation, emulsification, viscosity, solubility, and hydration in muscle foods (Decker et al., 1993; Srinivasan and Xiong, 1997; Wang et al., 1997). Protein oxidation is a slower and less extended process than lipid oxidation affecting amino acid residues. Mechanical actions, which disrupt the cellular walls, bring various endogenous prooxidants in direct contact with proteins in the presence of molecular oxygen, thereby making proteins vulnerable to attack by reactive oxygen species. The sites of free radical attack on proteins include both the amino acid side chains and the peptide backbone. In general, all amino acids with reactive side chains such as sulphydryl and amine groups, imidazole and indole ring, and thioether, are particularly susceptible to oxidation initiated by oxidizing lipids and their products. Thus, cysteine, methionine, lysine, arginine, histidine, tryptophan, valine, serine and proline residues are common targets of reactive oxygen species generated via lipid oxidation (Gardner, 1979). However, all amino acids are not equally susceptible to this attack. Cysteine is possibly the most susceptible amino acid residue as it is usually one of the first to be oxidized. During refrigerated or frozen storage of a myofibrillar protein concentrate, as much as 33% of the total sulphydryl content was lost (Srinivasan and Xiong, 1997; Wang et al., 1997), whereas during meat aging, the sulphydryl content gradually decreased while the protein carbonyl content increased (Martinaud et al., 1997). Other workers found decreased oxidation of protein sulphydryls and reduced formation of protein carbonyls in muscle from turkeys fed vitamin E (Mercier et al., 1998). Methionine, the other sulfur-containing amino acid, is also readily oxidized to form methionine sulfoxide derivatives (Vogt, 1995). Destruction of amino acid residues in muscle proteins can also take place independently of lipids. Site-specific metal-catalyzed protein oxidation occurs widely and has been proposed to take place via hydroxyl radicals (·OH), which are produced from H2O2 at specific iron-binding sites on proteins (Stadman and Oliver, 1991). Carbonyl derivatives are the most important oxidation by-products of the free radical attack on proteins. As the levels of carbonyls are highly indicative of protein oxidation, they are widely used for the assessment of the extent of protein oxidation. Some workers found that the concentrations of carbonyls in Fe/ascorbate-oxidized turkey muscle increased when compared with the nonoxidized control, coinciding with a 24% reduction in the -amino content of the oxidized samples (Xiong and Decker, 1995). Protein carbonyls were also rapidly produced during storage of water-washed chicken muscle mince when compared with samples washed with propyl gallate and tripolyphosphate (Liu and Xiong, 1996). Protein carbonyls can be generated by direct oxidation of amino acid side chains, fragmentation of the peptide backbone, reaction of proteins with reducing sugars and binding of proteins to non-protein carbonyl compounds (Xiong, 2000). Thus, oxidation of the side chains of arginine, lysine, proline and threonine can yield carbonyl derivatives, whereas deamination reactions, in

56


particular, may be a major route for the production of protein carbonyls. In addition to the direct attack on protein side chains or peptide bonds, carbonyls can also be produced by reaction of products of lipid oxidation such as 4hydroxy-2-nonenal, with either the -amino group of lysine, the imidazole moiety of histidine or the sulphydryl group of cysteine. Proteins can also react with reducing sugars to produce Schiff base derivatives that can be rearranged to form ketoamine derivatives (Stadman and Berlett, 1997). Whether they are derived from proteins or originate from non-protein substances, protein carbonyls are highly reactive groups. Cross-linking between protein molecules through carbonyl-amino Schiff base contributes to polymerization, aggregation, and in some cases, insolubilization of oxidized muscle proteins, especially in concentrated meat products (Xiong and Decker, 1995). Protein-protein cross-linked derivatives in meat can also occur by oxidation of cysteine sulphydryl groups to form disulfide linkages, by complexation of two oxidized tyrosine residues, by interaction of an aldehyde group in one protein with the -amino group of a lysine residue in another protein, by cross-linking of two -amino lysine in two proteins through a dialdehyde, and by condensation of protein free radicals (Decker et al., 1993; Srinivasan and Xiong, 1997).

2.3 Effect of oxidation on the sensory quality of poultry meat and eggs Sensory evaluation has proven to be invaluable to the muscle foods industry. Sensory evaluation is a tool that if used properly can solve problems before they arise. Major sensory attributes can be considered tom be the flavor, the color and the texture of the muscle food. 2.3.1 Flavor Poultry meat flavors result from interactions among proteins, nucleic acids, lipids, reducing sugars and other components found in meat. Raw poultry meat has very little flavor, but once cooked, characteristic cooked, roasted and meaty flavors are developed through interactions of the thermally induced lipid oxidation reactions, the Maillard reaction, and other heat dependent reactions. The main components of meat that promote the onset of lipid oxidation are heme, non-heme iron, unsaturated fatty acids and phospholipids. In cooked meat, oxidative reactions quickly initiate, first within the phospholipids fraction, and within hours result in development of detectable off-flavors. The phospholipids appear to play a major role in the generation of cooked meat flavor since the characteristic flavor of cooked meat disappears in case phospholipids have been previously removed from the meat (Mottram and Edwards, 1983). The phospholipids significantly contribute to the flavor of cooked meat through thermally induced lipid oxidation and interaction of lipid with Maillard reaction


57

products (Mottram and Whitfield, 1995). However, development of warmedover flavors is not solely a result of lipid oxidation since protein degradation reactions have also contributed toward this development (Saint Angelo and Bailey, 1987). `Warmed-over flavors' (WOF) is a common term that originally referred to the rapid development of lipid-derived oxidized flavor in refrigerated cooked meat products. In meat, this distinctive off-flavor can appear within a few hours of thermal processing, but it is most noticeable when refrigerated cooked meat and meat products are reheated. When meat is ground, chopped or cooked, membranes are disrupted releasing cell content, and membrane phospholipids, which are most prone to oxidation due to their high content in polyunsaturated fatty acids, are exposed to oxidation. Research has shown that subcutaneous fat from meat produced about 50 volatile compounds during WOF development, whereas intramuscular lipids generated more than 200 (Pegg and Shahidi, 2007). Consequently, the process of WOF development begins within several hours of cooking the meat product compared to regular lipid oxidation, which can take several days to develop. Although WOF was initially recognized as a result of a cascade of oxidation events in cooked meat, the original definition has been expanded to also include fresh meat that has been stored in a freezer. Even though the flavor related to stored fresh meat is somewhat different from the characteristic WOF of reheated meats, the flavor compounds involved are qualitatively the same but present at different concentrations. Now, it is generally accepted that any process involving disruption of the integrity of muscle tissue, such as grinding, deboning, restructuring, freezing or cooking, will enhance the development of WOF. Thus, in an effort to better describe the overall increase in off-flavor notes in meat, the term `meat flavor deterioration' has also been proposed instead. The major reaction in the formation of off-flavors is a free radical chain reaction referred to as autoxidation. Even though hydroperoxides, the primary products of lipid oxidation, are odorless and tasteless, their degradation leads to formation of a complex mixture of low molecular weight compounds with distinctive flavor (Shahidi et al., 1986). A variety of hydrocarbons, aldehydes, enals, ketones, and sulfur compounds is included among the secondary products of lipid oxidation that contribute to poultry flavor. The carbonyl compounds are important flavor constituents yielding a rancidity flavor to poultry, whereas the sulfur compounds formed during cooking from the sulfur amino acids cysteine, cystine and methione, are major flavor constituents yielding a chicken flavor. Gasser and Grosch (1990) identified 16 principal compounds in chicken broth, including 2-methyl-3-furnathiol, methional and 2-trans-nonenal. The compounds 2-trans-4-trans-decadienal (fatty), and -dodecalactone (tallowy) predominated in the broth. Hexanal, produced during oxidation of unsaturated fatty acids, was the most common volatile detected in both breast and thigh broiler meat throughout a 15-day storage period at 4 ëC (Ajuyah et al., 1993). However, not all flavors derived from oxidation give rise to unpleasant offflavors. Short chain aldehydes with unsaturation at the 2-position have been

58


described as sweet and pungent, while longer chain analogues have been described as sweet, fatty, and green. In the case of cooked meat, low molecular weight aldehydes such as pentanal, hexanal and trans,trans,-2,4-decadienal as well as oxocompounds, like the very potent trans-4,5-epoxy-2-decenal, are believed to be partially responsible for WOF development during storage (Konopka and Grosch, 1991). Pippen and Nonaka (1963) reported that when chicken and turkey meat were cooked in a nitrogen atmosphere, fewer carbonyls and smaller amounts of those produced were detected compared to turkey meat cooked in an air atmosphere. Furthermore, rancid chicken meat contained the same volatiles but in larger quantities than fresh chicken meat. By 1984, more than 300 compounds had been identified as components of cooked chicken flavor (Maarse, 1984). Further work by Noleau and Toulemonde (1986) listed 197 components from roasted chicken flavor. The list included 27 hydrocarbons, 17 alcohols, 47 aldehydes, 33 ketones, 14 acids, 6 esters, 22 bases, 10 sulfur compounds, 3 halogens, 2 acetals, 1 nitrile, 5 phenols and 10 furans. Taylor and Larick (1995) identified 318 volatiles in cooked chicken fat but a trained flavor profile sensory panel detected no meaty flavor and little cooked flavor in samples. Panel detection of chicken fat flavor was correlated to compounds such as pentanal, hexanal, heptanal, and 2-octene, and chicken fat flavor was correlated to compounds such as 1,1,1trichloroethane, 4-methylactane, and 2-heptanone. Saint Angelo et al. (1988) identified volatile compounds responsible for WOF as hexanal (grassy), propanal (alcoholic), pentanal (pungent), nonanal (soapy), 2,2-octadione and 2-pentylfuran. Johnson and Civille (1986) and later Byrne et al. (2002) found a decrease in the meaty and sweet notes on cooked refrigerated chicken meat, and an increase in WOF notes such as cardboard, linseed oil, rancid, and sulfur/rubber. Byrne et al. (2002) identified a variety of other compounds including 3-methyl-butanal (malty), 2-methylbutanal (roasted corn), 3-methylthiopropanal, dimethyl sulfide (garlic), dimethyl tetrasulfide (cabbage), 1-octen-3-ol (mushroom), 2-heptenal (almond). Further, Ruenger et al. (1978) found in reheated samples two compounds that identified as heptaldehyde (harsh) and n-nona-3,6-dienal (fishy). Ruenger et al. (1978) also reported that WOF in cooked turkey was detected equally by sensory panelists in thigh and breast meat, contradictory to Wilson et al. (1976) who reported that thigh meat developed WOF to a greater extent than breast meat. Various factors including poultry species, muscle type, thermal processing, chilling method, irradiation and storage, can affect the flavor of poultry. Chicken has fewer tendencies to develop oxidized flavors than turkey, because the higher level of vitamin E in chicken fat retards oxidation. Oxidation proceeds faster in chicken thigh meat than in breast meat, as the darker meat contains more lipid and heme iron. Fresh meat used in product formulation shows less of a tendency to develop WOF than older meats. Mechanically deboned chicken meat is particularly susceptible to rancidity due to mixing of the meat with bone marrow and cellular constituents during deboning, in particular the heme pigments (Froning and


59

Johnson, 1973). Mixing of meat tissue with air at this point will also contribute to accelerated oxidation (Dawson et al., 1990). Oxidation of mechanically deboned chicken meat results in off-flavors that will carry through to the final product making oxidized meat less valuable. Thermal processing may also have a significant effect on flavors in chicken and turkey. No difference in flavor was detected by sensory panelists for turkey cooked to 77 ëC in conventional, convection or microwave ovens (McNeil and Penfield, 1983). An end-point temperature of 77 ëC, however, resulted in insufficient flavor development in turkey rolls according to sensory panelist evaluations (Cremer 1986). Chicken breast sous vide processed at 94 ëC had fewer sulfur containing volatiles and higher quantities of alcohols and hydrocarbons compared to those processed at 77 ëC (Turner and Larick, 1996). Meaty cooked turkey flavor scores were highest for turkey cooked at 135 ëC compared to samples cooked at either 105 or 163 ëC according to Cremer (1986). However, Brown and Chyuan (1987) reported higher off-flavor characteristics in turkey cooked at 135 ëC. Chicken flavor intensity of breast was greater for chicken sous vide processed at 80 ëC than for samples prepared at the same temperature using a cook-chill system (Church and Parsons, 2000). Chicken flavor was maintained in sous vide processed product during storage at less that 5 ëC, while increased offflavor development was noted in stored cook-chill processed breasts. Cooking methods, such as boiling, roasting, frying, and pressure-cooking, vary in the heating conditions and thus, variably affect overall meat flavor. It has been estimated (Spanier et al., 1990) that when meat is heated at above 70 ëC, the Maillard reaction predominates with Maillard reaction products contributing to reduction of lipid oxidation and off-flavor formation due to their antioxidative properties (Specht and Baltes, 1994). At elevated temperatures, however, lipid oxidation also increases due to enhanced myoglobin degradation and release of free iron (Spanier et al., 1990, 1992). Sensory evaluation has shown increasing intensity of bloody, metallic and sour flavor as the final internal temperature of the meat increases (Heymann et al., 1990). Refrigeration processes can also influence the cooked flavor of poultry and poultry products, but the main effects are from storage rather than chilling or freezing. In relation to chilling, conflicting results have been obtained. Commercially processed, dry-chilled broilers were found to have a subtle but detectable flavor advantage over conventional immersion-chilled broilers (Hale et al., 1973). Other workers found no effect of chilling on meat flavor (Zenoble et al., 1977), whereas Ristic (1982) reported that water chilling of broilers produced a more favorable flavor than air chilling for both leg and breast meat. Cryogenic chilling systems might have an effect on flavor as Lillard (1982) stated that chilling systems using liquid nitrogen or carbon dioxide resulted in improved flavor. Using three different chilling and thawing methods on turkeys, Brodine and Carlin (1968) reported that none of these methods had any effect on either flavor or juiciness of cooked breast or thigh meat. Freezing itself appears to have no effect on flavor of poultry meat. However, Brunton et al. (2002) stated that cooked turkey breast was particularly susceptible

60


to lipid oxidation-mediated off-flavor development during refrigerated storage. Compared to liquid nitrogen-cooled turkey breast, the levels of a number of unsaturated carbonyl compounds were much higher in freshly cooked air-cooled samples and showed large increases in the chilled meat during storage. Exposure of meat to medium or high levels of irradiation has frequently been associated with off-flavor development. This is mainly the result of lipid oxidation that can be accelerated by irradiation (Kim et al., 2002a; Nam et al., 2002). Dimethyl disulfide and dimethyl trisulfide, described by sensory panelists as sulfurous and foul, have been identified as two of the compounds contributing to off-flavor (Du et al., 2001). Other volatile compounds identified in irradiated poultry include 3-methyl butanal, 2-methyl butanal, cis-3-nonenal, and trans-6nonenal. Although irradiation has often been associated with off odors, higher levels of fresh chickeny, bloody, and sweet aromas in raw chicken and chicken flavor in cooked chicken were detected by 14 trained panelists in irradiated samples compared to non-irradiated chicken (Hashim et al., 1995). Similar to heat processing, small radiation doses can result in pasteurization whereas a high dose will result in the so-called `commercial sterilization' or `radappertization', similar to the situation in heat-treated canned food. Therefore, it is generally recommended that meat irradiated at medium to high levels be vacuum packed, whereas a sub-freezing temperature is also recommended to minimize off-flavor formation. High-level radappertization allows the product to be stored at room temperature without spoilage. For radappertization, a mild heat treatment at about 70±77 ëC is usually applied in order to inactivate proteolytic and lipolytic enzymes, which can cause flavor and texture deterioration during storage (Josephson, 1983). 2.3.2 Color Poultry is supplied in the market either before or after skinning, complete or in pieces such as breast, thigh and legs. In all cases, lacking the appropriate color results in failure in merchandizing. Acceptance of poultry meat, meat products and eggs by the consumer is mainly associated with color, since this appearance is related to freshness, eating quality and flavor. The relationship between poultry color and functional characteristics is frequently of considerable interest to poultry processors because lighter broiler breast meat is typically associated with a low pH, reduced water-holding capacity and decreased emulsification capability (Fletcher et al., 2000; Qiao et al., 2001). In addition, darker breast meat has been reported to have a shorter shelf-life (Allen et al., 1997). Poultry skin color generally ranges from cream-colored to yellow, while raw meat typically has a pink to reddish color. When cooked, however, leg and thigh muscles appear dark due to the high quantity of myoglobin, while breast is referred to as white meat. The color depends largely on the composition of the feed used, as the level of dietary carotenoids (e.g., xanthophylls) which are deposited in the fat is highly associated with skin pigmentation (Perez-Vendrell et al., 2001).


61

The effects of color changes during storage are less critical but still important for possible effects on product uniformity and consumer acceptance (Petracci and Fletcher, 2002). During the first four hours postmortem, skin and meat color changes are more pronounced, whereas the color continues to change but at a slower rate, for up to 12 to 24 hours postmortem. During the first eight days of storage, color changes vary depending on processing or storage conditions. Meat color can be expressed in terms of color differences using the international Commission of Illumination system (CIE-Lab), which is based on the lightness (L*), the redness (a*) and the yellowness (b*) coordinate. Chicken breast meat color can be divided into three classes, the dark (L* < 47), the normal (L* = 47±51), and the light (L* > 50) (Woelfel et al., 2002; Holownia et al., 2003). Since the main factor determining poultry color change is the ultimate pH, color parameters for normal meat at pH = 5.99 have been considered as a* = 1.4, L* = 49.2 and b* = 10.3, whereas for dark meat at pH = 6.04 as a* = 5.6, L* = 39.9 and b* = 9.08. The establishment of a cut-off value of 2.72 for parameter a* provides a reliable instrumental method to differentiate between dark- and normal-colored poultry meat (Boulianne and King, 1998). Processing procedures such as cooking and chilling/freezing affect poultry color. In chickens, color lightness of thigh meat heated to 70, 80 and 90 ëC increased with the temperature while redness decreased (Heath and Owens, 1992). Also, chilled storage of cooked chicken at 4.4 ëC caused a shift in the a* value from red to green while frozen storage caused the chicken to darken and become more red and yellow over time (Heath and Owens, 1992). In turkeys, breast meat roasted at 105 ëC was rated less brown compared to meat reheated to 163 ëC (Cremer and Richman, 1987). L* values for refrigerated poultry fillets decrease as storage proceeds for 2 to 4 days postmortem, suggesting considerable drip losses; further decreases in L* values are related to meat shrinkage (Galobart and Moran, 2004). Color of poultry meat is also highly dependent on temperature during processing. Higher temperatures during deboning and storage or delays in postmortem chilling of chickens and turkeys are associated with lighter meat colors (Molette et al., 2002; Alvarado and Sams, 2002). Also, delays in turkey carcass chilling produced lighter, redder and yellowier meat than carcass immediately refrigerated (Rathgeber et al., 1999). The pale poultry meat, which is frequently defined as having an `L' value of > 53, is often due to a defect known as pale, soft and exudative (PSE). It is generally accepted that PSE meat is closely associated with rapid glycolysis resulting in accelerated rigor mortis development and low pH (Woelfel et al., 2002). This combination may promote muscle protein and consequent loss of protein functionality, denaturation leading to paler meat color, decreased waterholding capacity and softer texture. McKee and Sams (1998) reported that carcass temperatures higher than 20 ëC in turkey resulted in lighter meat with higher drip loss and cook loss. Oxidative conditions accelerate postmortem glycolysis in turkeys, producing PSE meat (Strasburg and Chiang, 2003). Irradiation can also exert a significant effect on poultry meat color. Increases

62


in visual pinkness and/or in objective redness monitored by a* values have been noted in both raw and cooked chicken and turkey meat (Bagorogoza et al., 2001; Du et al., 2001, 2002a,b; Nam et al., 2002). The increased redness was generally stable during refrigerated or frozen storage under both anaerobic and aerobic conditions, but it was less intense in aerobic conditions (Du et al., 2002c). The red color of turkey breast meat has been attributed to a decrease in oxidation/ reduction potential and binding of carbon monoxide to the sixth ligand of myoglobin (Nam and Ahn, 2002). Although it was considered unusual by sensory panelists, the red/pink color of irradiated chicken was rated appealing and acceptable (Abu-Tarboush et al., 1997). 2.3.3 Texture Texture is a complex set of characteristics. One of the most important textural characteristics in meat is tenderness, which is defined as the ease with which a piece of meat can be cut and chewed. Juiciness, a characteristic related to the fat and moisture content of meat, and the water-holding capacity, are other important textural characteristics in meats. The impact of protein oxidation on textural quality of processed meat, especially for products that are subjected to comminuting and restructuring, is of particular concern. A major consequence of protein oxidation is the formation of protein aggregates through both noncovalent and covalent intreractions. An increased exposure of nonpolar residues resulting from oxidatively induced unfolding of protein molecules can lead to hydrophobic association of proteins. Hydrogen bonds also contribute to the formation of protein aggregates as well as proteinlipid complexes in oxidized systems. On the other hand, protein aggregates formed through free radical chain reactions can be covalently bound; an amino acid residue side chain that is susceptible to free amino attack can be crosslinked with an accessible reactive amino acid residue from another protein. These oxidative modifications of muscle proteins will inevitably cause variations in protein functionality. In meat and meat products, the most important functional properties of proteins include those that contribute to the textural characteristics and structural properties of cooked products. One of such important functional properties is gelation and meat particle binding, which result from protein±protein interactions and protein matrix±water interactions. Another functional property is emulsification, which is affected by protein±lipid interactions. A third important functional property is hydration or water binding, which is regulated by protein± water interactions. Factors that affect these functional properties, including oxidation, are therefore responsible for either improvement or deterioration in the quality of attributes of cooked meat. Smith (1987) reported that frozen storage of hand- and mechanically deboned turkey meat increased lipid oxidation, and decreased protein solubility, myosin ATPase activity, and myofibril gel strength. Gels prepared from frozen stored protein consisted of a globular matrix, compared with gels made from fresh


63

muscle protein, which possessed a continuous filamentous microstructure and were capable of entrapping more water. In addition, hydroxyl radical-induced deterioration in functional properties of myofibrillar proteins has been reported. Oxidative reactions catalyzed by both iron and copper in the presence of ascorbate severely impaired the gel-forming ability of turkey myofibrils as manifested by weakening of the gel matrix structure. Because of their porosity, gels made from the oxidized protein were able to hold only 33±75% as much water as gels prepared from non-oxidized protein (Decker et al., 1993). The losses in the functionality correlated with decreases in protein solubility and structure stability as well as with increased carbonyl groups, and may have resulted from excessive cross-linking of proteins through carbonyl-amine reactions. Cross-linking among proteins undergoing free radical attack may be the major cause of the decreased protein solubility. Myosin, the most abundant protein in the myofibril assembly, has been found to be very susceptible to oxidizing agents generated during meat processing and storage. In chicken muscle, myosin is readily oxidized by lipid free radicals and forms large insoluble aggregates (Schilder, 1993). Turkey myofibrillar proteins incubated in ferric or copper ion/ascorbate oxidizing systems showed also a 32±36% decreased solubility within 6 hours. Similar to myofibrillar proteins, sarcoplasmic proteins are also highly susceptible to oxidation (Decker et al., 1993). Myoglobin, in particular, is readily denatured by lipid free radicals resulting in decreased solubility. On the other hand, the main problem reported in relation to the process of freezing and thawing is the formation of large protein aggregates within the meat structure, resulting in water displacement, proteins moving closer together, cross-linking, and incomplete rehydration, when the protein-water affinity is the same or less than the protein-protein affinity (Matsumoto, 1980). Yoon (2002) reported no significant texture toughening in frozen chicken breast after 10 months of storage at ÿ20 ëC, suggesting that toughening is not a determinant factor in the quality loss of frozen chicken breast when the samples are treated with 10% trisodium phosphate or sodium tripolyphosphate solution before frozen storage. Improvement of the water-binding ability of chicken meat without ice crystal formation during frozen storage, is most important for preserving the eating quality of frozen chicken breast. In general, oxidized myofibrillar proteins exhibit functional behavior distinctly different from their antioxidant-treated controls. The exact functionality changes, which can be beneficial or detrimental, depend on the oxidative processes and conditions. However, a total inhibition of lipid and protein oxidation does not always lead to better protein functionality. Yet, antioxidants that facilitate protein-protein interaction usually improve functionality. The conflicting results indicating that muscle proteins exposed to oxidizing environments can exhibit both improved and reduced functionalities are a manifestation of the complexity of oxidative processes in relation to the functional characteristics of meat (Xiong, 2000).

64


2.4 Effect of oxidation on the nutritional quality of poultry meat and eggs The fate of the nutritional quality of poultry meat and eggs under oxidative conditions is of major interest to both the consumer and the producer. Meat and meat products exposed to strong oxidative conditions would conceivably have a decreased quality due to loss of several vitamins including A, C and E, and some essential amino acid residues, particularly lysine and methionine, that are particularly susceptible to attack by reactive oxygen species. It is not known, however, to what degree the amino acid destruction would constitute a considerable nutritional impact. In addition, the free radical-initiated protein oxidation usually results in enhanced proteolytic susceptibility due to protein unfolding and the increased accessibility of peptide bonds to proteases (Agarwal and Sohal, 1994). Recent digestibility studies with various enzymes including pepsin, trypsin and chymotrypsin, have shown that the digestibility of oxidatively modified myosin, a major fraction of muscle protein, can be increased or decreased, depending on the extent of oxidation and whether a reducing compound is present during the digestion process (Kamin-Belsky et al., 1996). Under relatively mild oxidative conditions, myosin exhibits improved enzyme digestibility, provided that the digestion takes place in presence of a reducing agent. Under strong oxidative conditions that cause myosin molecules to cross-link via non-disulfide linkages, the oxidized protein is usually highly resistant to proteolysis by digestive enzymes. Therefore, the influence of oxidation on the digestibility of muscle proteins is determined by the specific conditions under which proteins are modified, as well as the conditions with which proteins are digested. Although the impact of lipid and protein oxidation on the sensory characteristics of meat and meat products has been considered to be most important to both the consumer and the producer, great attention was given recently to health risks that lipid oxidation might impose. Lipid hydroperoxides and their decomposition products may cause damage to proteins, membranes and biological components of the consumer, thus affecting vital cell function. Products of lipid oxidation have been suggested to be toxic and are believed to lead to deteriorative processes in humans (Ladicos and Lougovois, 1990). Malondialdehyde is one of these products of lipid oxidation that has been suggested to be mutagenic and has also been implicated in the formation of N-nitrosamines (Sanders, 1987). It is not known, however, to what degree the consumption of oxidized food affects human health. The significance of such compounds for human health remains to be established. Cholesterol is another product that may affect human health as its oxidation can lead to formation of a group of compounds inducing atherogenicity (Addis and Park, 1989). Pure cholesterol is not atherogenic, even in a sensitive animal such as the rabbit (Taylor et al., 1979). Cholesterol undergoes oxidation by peroxyl or oxyradicals of neighboring polyunsaturated fatty acids in phospholipid membranes. The close relationship between fatty acid oxidation and


65

cholesterol oxidation products (COPs) in many experiments supports this hypothesis. COPs are normally not found in fresh meat, but have been detected in a large variety of precooked and processed meats, especially during subsequent storage (Park and Addis, 1987; Pie et al., 1991). Production of COPs in chicken meat varies with the cooking method and the type of cut. Breast and thigh muscle samples boiled for 4 h contained 20-hydroxycholesterol, cholesterol -epoxide, and cholestane triol, while deep frying and microwave cooking produced 20hydroxycholesterol. Roasting did not result in the production of COPs, except in the skin (Chen et al., 1993). Irradiation increased COPs in chicken meat and accelerated their formation during storage (Galvin et al., 1998b). Formation of COPs is mainly a problem in products exposed to increased oxidation such as heating, comminuting, exposure to light, and prolonged storage, which for meats are similar to those promoting warmed-over flavor. COPs are also detected at relatively high levels in other processed foods like spray-dried egg powder (Morgan and Armstrong, 1987; Nourooz-Zadeh and Appelqvist, 1987). However, the specific health risks associated with dietary intake of cholesterol oxidation products at the levels present in meat and meat products remain to be assessed.

2.5 Effect of oxidation on the shelf-life of poultry meat and eggs The establishment of an appropriate cold chain from production to the point of sale ensures that the meat has a shelf-life that is sufficiently long to satisfy consumer needs. Shelf-life can be defined as the period within which the food is safe to consume and/or has an acceptable quality to consumers (Fu and Labuza, 1993). The shelf-life of poultry depends on several factors, including product characteristics, pre-freezing treatments, freezing processes, packaging film and processes, and storage conditions. One of the principal factors affecting the shelf-life of raw meat is storage temperature. To ensure an adequate shelf-life for fresh, chilled poultry, carcasses must be cooled to 0±2 ëC following grading, weighing and packaging. These handling stages should be completed without delay to safeguard the keeping quality of the product. For chilled poultry meat, there is, within the European Union, a temperature limit that cannot exceed 4 ëC (Barnes et al., 1978). This limit relates more to product safety, however, since significantly lower temperatures are actually needed to safeguard shelf-life during cold storage and distribution. The importance of keeping processed carcasses as cold as possible is demonstrated by a study in which eviscerated turkey carcasses wrapped in an oxygen-permeable film were stored at temperatures between 5 and ÿ2 ëC (Barnes et al., 1978). Keeping the carcass at 0 ëC rather than 2 ëC extended shelf-life by more than 7 days. At ÿ2 ëC off-flavors were not detected until

66


about 38 days. Barnes and Impey (1975) compared the shelf-life of eviscerated and uneviscerated chicken stored at 4 ëC both wrapped and unwrapped. The unwrapped, eviscerated carcasses had a mean shelf-life of 7.9 days before offflavors became evident, whereas holding them in polyethylene bags reduced the mean shelf-life to 5.6 days, due to enhanced moisture retention. By contrast, unwrapped eviscerated carcasses showed no sign of spoilage until day 28. Effects of storage on meat texture and flavor in uneviscerated turkey were investigated by Griffiths et al. (1984). Although hanging at 4 ëC had little or no effect on meat texture, the flavor of the cooked meat increased in intensity from day 8 onwards, according to a trained taste panel. By day 24, however, some members of the panel showed an adverse reaction to the flavor. For frozen poultry and poultry products, the main problem seems to be rancidity, and there are many studies about antioxidant incorporation; color and protein denaturation are also problems that can be avoided if the frozen procedure is correctly performed (Fu and Labuza, 1993). The most obvious means to prevent oxidative deterioration is to remove air. Wrapping raw meat in oxygen-impermeable film prevents metmyoglobin formation and lipid oxidation during storage, if sufficient reducing activity is present in the meat (Pearson et al., 1977). Packaging materials used for meat products are usually plastic films, in which polymers with good oxygen-barrier properties are incorporated into polymers with good humidity-barrier and sealing properties such as polyethylene and polypropylene. Since lipid oxidation is the major problem with aerobically packaged irradiated turkey breast, Nam and Ahn (2003a,b) studied the effects of aerobic, anaerobic and double packaging on color, lipid oxidation, and volatiles of irradiated raw turkey breast during refrigerated storage and after cooking. They reported that double packaging combined with antioxidants was more effective in reducing sulfur volatiles and lipid oxidation than aerobic packaging. Pettersen et al. (2004) investigated the effects of natural and synthetic antioxidants in packaging material under different packaging atmospheres on the oxidative stability of mechanically deboned turkey meat. They reported that when -tocopherol was used to manufacture the polyethylene layers in the package material, lipid oxidation was inhibited when meat was stored in such packages under vacuum or modified atmosphere. In addition, packaging material produced by impregnating butylated hydroxyl anisole (BHA) into co-extruded polyethylene film was found to be partially effective in inhibiting lipid oxidation in turkey patties, a finding that may add a new dimension to future packaging and quality control procedures (Dawson and Gartner, 1983). Extending product shelf-life with vacuum packaging has shown different effects. When meat is vacuum-packed in an oxygen-impermeable film, any remaining oxygen is soon consumed by residual tissue respiration. Depending on film permeability, oxygen is largely prevented from entering the pack, while the internal CO2 concentration steadily increases. Shrimpton and Barnes (1960) showed that storing chicken carcasses at 1 ëC in vacuum packs, using an oxygenimpermeable film, increased shelf-life by about 4 days. While the oxygen


67

concentration fell rapidly below 7%, CO2 within the packs increased to more than 9%. Vacuum packaging of duck carcasses in a heat-shrunk, oxygenimpermeable film extended shelf-life at 2 ëC and ÿ1 ëC by more than 50% in each case (Barnes et al., 1979). On the other hand, vacuum packaging of turkey breast and legs in a barrier film delayed off-flavor development from 16 to 25 days for breast and from 14 to 20 days in the case of drumsticks. Ranken (1987) reported that vacuum packaging or controlled atmosphere (CO2 and N2) packaging of meat and meat products are both satisfactory means to prevent color and rancidity problems. Vacuum packaging of mechanically deboned turkey was found comparable to packaging in N2 atmosphere but superior to packaging in CO2 atmosphere (Dawson and Gartner, 1983). Vacuum packaging also improved the sensory scores of precooked and pre-fried chicken when compared to paper-wrapped or heat-sealed products (Arafa and Chen, 1976). A more useful approach for retail display purposes is the use of modified atmosphere packaging (MAP), in which the composition of the gaseous environment can be tailored to particular needs. Its application to poultry has been expanded in recent years, with the development of more cost-effective packaging materials. When mixed with air or oxygen, the optimum concentration of CO2 was 20±30%, which avoided any discoloration (Stanbridge and Davies, 1998). Timmons (1976) described a system in which a quantity of about 30 kg of poultry meat was packaged, evacuated and then back-flushed with CO2 prior to heat-sealing. The method was supported to give an 18±21 day shelf-life at ÿ2 to 1 ëC. Transferring the meat stored in 100% CO2 to normal atmosphere under chill conditions, resulted in extended shelf-life, which was intermediate between that in air alone and the shelf-life in CO2. The residual preservative effect may be due to slow release of CO2 from the tissues, thereby inhibiting oxidation. With red meat, an advantage in using MAP is that the attractive red color of the meat is enhanced and maintained by including 80% oxygen in the pack to sustain the oxymyoglobin content. The same approach can be used for poultry meat, although the color of the product is less critical, especially when the skin is present. However, Mead et al. (1983) reported that inclusion of 10% or 20% oxygen in gas packs containing 20±30% CO2 led to the appearance of unpleasant flavors in turkey breast fillets stored at 1 ëC. In contrast, Hotchkiss et al. (1985) found that chicken breast and legs stored at 2 ëC in atmospheres containing up to 80% CO2 in air presented higher sensory-panel ratings with little effect on eating quality up to 35 days of storage. Gas mixtures containing CO2 and air were also found to be suitable for duck meat stored at 1% (Mead et al., 1986). However, when the air was replaced by nitrogen, the skin developed a waxen or milky appearance. In a study with chicken meat, Patterson et al. (1984) compared the effects of vacuum-packaging and MAP, using 10 or 20% CO2 in nitrogen. Both methods gave useful extensions of shelf-life, which were more pronounced at 1 ëC than at 4±5 ëC and for breast than leg or thigh portions. Comparing the shelf-life of products stored in vacuum and in modified atmospheres, Pexara et al. (2002)

68


concluded that the use of modified atmospheres could not extend nor reduce the shelf-life of vacuum packaging. Storing meat after slaughter represents a challenge to meat processors, retailers and consumers. If proper storage conditions such as refrigeration, or other preservation methods such as irradiation, are not used, the meat will spoil within a matter of hours or days. Poultry irradiation was first approved in 1990 by the FDA to control salmonella and other food-borne bacteria. Irradiation seems to be the best procedure to ensure the microbiological safety of raw meat, but a few meat quality defects have been reported. Irradiated poultry meat and eggs are readily susceptible to lipid oxidation (Katusin-Razem et al., 1992). Color changes in irradiated meat occur because of alterations of the myoglobin molecules to the energy input. The potential for iron ionization to exist in various states makes the environment particularly vulnerable to the presence of electron-donating compounds and high-energy irradiation. Generation of stable red or brown pigments that become red over time appears to be due to irradiation-generated reactive oxygen species that become ligands bound by iron under altered reducing conditions (Brewer 2004). Gomes et al. (2003) reported that irradiated mechanically deboned chicken meat showed higher a* values (redness) compared to non-irradiated samples from day 4 of refrigeration. In contrast, Nam et al. (2003) reported that the redness of meat decreased during 7 days storage, but irradiated meat was more red than the non-irradiated. Liu et al. (2003) reported that oxymyoglobin in chicken breast increased as a result of irradiation. Zhu et al. (2003) found that irradiation exerted a significant influence on the flavor of vacuum-packaged turkey ham. Today, commercially dried poultry meat is used in dry soup mixes. The most economical way of drying is by using hot air. For this purpose small or thin slices of meat are placed on trays and exposed to circulating dry air. Attention should be given to fat oxidation, which is accelerated during hot-air drying, because of the large surface area exposed to oxygen.

2.6 Strategies to protect poultry meat and eggs against oxidation A survey of commercially cooked poultry deli meats showed that the `less processed' meats had higher levels of lipid oxidation than their more processed counterparts (Monahan, 2000). Yet, the former would be perceived by consumers as being more natural and healthier, since they contain lower levels of additives, which include antioxidants. With consumer demands for reduced food additives and more natural foods, it is clear that control of lipid oxidation in cooked meats requires the implementation of a number of strategies for maintaining oxidative quality. The most important strategies to protect poultry meat and eggs against oxidation, such as meat choice, addition of primary and secondary antioxidants, use of dietary antioxidants, addition of nitrites and nitrates, smoking and packaging, are briefly considered below.


69

2.6.1 Meat choice The choice of meat is an important factor with regard to the problem of oxidation. Poultry muscle tissues containing high levels of polyunsaturated fatty acids exhibit more susceptibility toward lipid and protein oxidation. Chicken is less apt to develop oxidation products than turkey, because the higher level of vitamin E in chicken fat retards oxidation. This susceptibility is higher for chicken thigh than breast meat, as thigh contains more lipid and heme iron. Ensuring that high quality meat is used in product formulation is critical. Fresh meat used in products formulation shows less of a susceptibility toward oxidation than older meat. In fresh meat, little enzymatic oxidation has taken place and, thus, only a few compounds that propagate oxidation have been generated even after enzymes have been inactivated by thermal processing. Antioxidant enzymes, including catalase, glutathione peroxidase, and superoxide dismutase, continue to function postmortem to curb lipid oxidation in uncooked meat; however, their efficacy diminishes with increasing age of the meat. Incorporating antioxidants into the product and reducing the time from cooking to plate are other means by which food service operators can minimize oxidation. The sensory quality of meat is also closely related to bird age at slaughter. Increasing the age of slaughter, meat flavor in broiler chicken and duck enhances, especially for dark meat, as sexual maturation is accompanied by more intense flavor (Baeza et al., 2000). Concurrent changes in the lipid fraction, such as variations in phospholipids or fatty acid composition, would also account for these observations. Increasing age is also associated with darker breast meat in broilers. With increasing age, breast meat of ducks becomes significantly redder and darker, possibly due to increase in heme iron of muscle (Baeza et al., 2002). In general, the pH of postmortem poultry muscle is ca. 5.8, whereas thigh meat is slightly higher than breast. The pH of turkey breast and thigh is lower compared to the respective muscles in duck and chicken. Low pH enhances the ability of transition metals, hemoglobin and myoglobin to promote lipid oxidation, but microbial growth is favored at elevated pH, so there are limits to the extent that pH can be elevated in turkey muscle to decrease the onset of lipid oxidation during storage (Richards and Hultin, 2000). The actual cooking method employed for precooked products can also influence the extent of oxidation. One might assume that grilling of meat would exacerbate the potential for oxidation due to the high temperatures to which lipid and protein constituents are subjected, but this is not so. In fact, thermal processes that employ very high temperatures like grilling seem to inhibit oxidation through the formation of Maillard intermediates (Van Ruth et al., 1998). Similarly, conditions that favor browning such as addition of glucose or smoke by-products may help to retard or inhibit oxidation. 2.6.2 Addition of primary antioxidants Processing of meat through mechanical deboning, grinding, restructuring, or cooking disrupts tissue membranes and allows the catalysts of lipid oxidation to

70


react with the unsaturated fatty acids initiating oxidation reactions. To reduce the problem of oxidation in meat and meat products, food-grade antioxidants, when permitted, or ingredients that impart antioxidant properties, are commonly added. Various compounds can be used as antioxidants. Those that act as free radical terminators by donating hydrogen atoms to free radicals to interupt chain propagation are called primary antioxidants, and are discussed extensively elsewhere in this book. Many of these antioxidants are phenolic in nature and can be distinguished as synthetic or natural. Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), propyl gallate (PG), and tert-butyl hydroquinone (TBHQ) are commonly-used synthetic antioxidants that are effective in inhibiting lipid oxidation in oxidatively labile muscle at very low concentrations and at low expense. Yun et al. (1987) presented evidence that TBHQ and BHA were the most effective antioxidants among various compounds tested as alternatives to nitrite. Their usage is strictly regulated in meat products such as sausages, and BHA and BHT are typically used at a legal limit of 0.02% on fat basis (Gray and Weiss, 1988). However, in the past few years, concern about potential health risks associated with these synthetic antioxidants has led to increased interest in natural alternatives (Saint Angelo, 1996). The most common natural alternative to the use of the synthetic antioxidants is vitamin E, a lipid-soluble free radical scavenger. Vitamin E is the generic name used to describe at least eight naturally occurring compounds that exhibit the biological activity of -tocopherol. The group comprises -, -, -, and tocopherols and -, -, -, and -tocotrienols. Other major alternatives are various carotenoids such as -carotene and lycopene that are also able to act as radical scavenging antioxidants. It has been demonstrated that -carotene scavenges peroxyl radicals by forming an adduct between -carotene and the peroxyl radical, yielding a resonance-stabilized carotenoid radical, and not by donating a hydrogen atom as phenolic antioxidants do (Burton and Ingold, 1984). Depending on their concentrations, carotenoids work as prooxidants under some conditions, and as antioxidants under other conditions. The balance between prooxidant and antioxidant behavior is very delicate, and the antioxidant behavior is most pronounced at low oxygen partial pressure (Jorgensen and Skibsted, 1993). Consumer interest in increasing the use of natural additives in foods has led to extensive research in the identification of new antioxidants of plant origin. The antioxidant activity of numerous herb extracts including rosemary, sage, oregano, tea catechins, and rice hull extracts, have been studied in meat products (McCarthy et al., 2001; Kim et al., 2003). The antioxidant activity of most of these plant extracts was mainly attributed to the ability of the polyphenolic compounds present in these extracts to quench free radicals. A major limitation of phenolic antioxidants is that they can become ineffective during prolonged heating at elevated temperatures, which occur during the deep fat frying of foods (Gordon and KourimskaÂ, 1995). Al-Jalay et al. (1987) reported the antioxidant activities of 10 dried spices (allspice, black pepper, cardamom, cinnamon, clove, coriander, cumin, ginger,


71

nutmeg, and rose petals) in the preparation of a fermented meat sausage. Clove, rose petals, and allspice exhibited the highest antioxidative potential. On the basis of sensory evaluation, Chouliara et al. (2007) reported a shelf-life extension of breast chicken meat by ca. 3±4 days for samples containing 0.1% oregano essential oil, 2±3 days for samples under modified-atmosphere packaging, and 5±6 days for samples under modified-atmosphere packaging but containing 0.1% oregano essential oil. Lee et al. (2006) reported that cranberry juice powder was effective in inhibiting lipid oxidation in mechanically separated turkey; flavonol aglycons were identified as the class of phenolics that best inhibited lipid oxidation, whereas quercetin was identified as the primary antioxidant present (Kathirvel et al., 2009). A variety of other naturally occurring substances with antioxidant activities including protein hydrolysates, and edible products from vegetables, fruits, oilseeds and grains (Rhee, 1987) have also been studied in meat products and some have been commercialized (Bruun-Jensen et al.,1996). In addition, carnosine, a naturally occurring skeletal muscle dipeptide, has been shown to function as a hydrogen donor in the aqueous phase of the muscle tissue to inhibit lipid oxidation (Decker and Crum, 1991, 1993). Honey has been found also to be an effective antioxidant in processed meat. The antioxidant potential of honey was attributed to the presence of reducing sugars participating in Maillard reaction, phenolic constituents and other compounds with antioxidant activity (McKibben and Engeseth, 2002). 2.6.3 Addition of secondary antioxidants Apart from the primary antioxidants, secondary antioxidants are also used to reduce oxidation in meat and meat products. Secondary antioxidants can include free radical preventors, such as chelators or metal complexing agents, which act by inhibiting the production of radical species (Ladikos and Lougovois, 1990). Chelators are compounds which complex metal ions in foods to form stable complexes, thereby disabling the catalytic action of transition metal ions in lipid oxidation. Typically, chelators added to processed meat products are various alkaline phosphates. Phosphates are widely used in meat products to increase water-binding but they also function as secondary antioxidants through metal chelation. The mechanism by which phosphates prevent lipid oxidation appears to be related to their ability to sequester free iron ions that are released from the heme moiety of myoglobin during thermal processing. Among the available phosphates, tripoly-, pyro-, and hexametaphosphates are important for preventing rancidity in cured meat products, whereas orthophosphates are not (Sato and Hegarty, 1971). The stability toward oxidation of fresh broiler carcass marinated in sodium pyrophosphate solutions and subsequently subjected to freezing, cooking and refreezing, was found to increase most by 6% SPP followed by 3% SPP plus 3% sodium chloride (Ang and Young, 1987). Besides phosphates, ethylenediaminetetraacetic (EDTA) and citric acids are common food-grade additives, which help to stabilize metal ions by reducing

72


their activity and ability to act as antioxidants. Citric acid can effectively inactivate metal ions by chelation although high concentrations are often required. In cooked meat, the addition of 2% EDTA has been shown to effectively chelate the non-heme iron released during cooking, and thus effectively reducing lipid oxidation (Igene et al., 1979). Similar findings have been reported for cooked ground beef by Sato and Hegarty (1971), who have also demonstrated a surprising antioxidant activity by cupric salts. Addition of reducing agents such as ascorbic acid, isoascorbic acid and their salts, also improves color stability and product storage life. This activity is enhanced by the addition of citric acid and its salts, which inhibit metalcatalyzed oxidation reactions. Ascorbate can scavenge free radicals to form a low-energy ascorbate radical (Buettner, 1993). The reduction potential of this radical is lower than that of polyunsaturated fatty acids, thus making them unable to directly promote lipid oxidation. The reduced forms of the transition metals are able to rapidly decompose hydrogen peroxide and lipid peroxides into radicals that can promote lipid oxidation (Decker and Hultin, 1992). Ascorbate also promotes the release of iron bound to proteins such as ferritin and promotes oxidative reactions. Conversely, ascorbate can inhibit the activity of prooxidative forms of myoglobin, such as the ferryl species (Kanner, 1992). Therefore, ascorbate can act as both an antioxidant and a prooxidant, which is largely dependent on their level of addition. Ascorbic acid at low levels (up to 250 ppm) can catalyze lipid oxidation reactions, whereas at higher levels (up to 500 ppm), it is considered to inhibit these reactions, possibly by upsetting the balance between ferrous and ferric iron, or by acting as an oxygen scavenger (Igene et al., 1985). Ascorbic acid, its sodium salt, and its isomer erythorbate, also function synergistically with other antioxidants and added polyphosphates to give protection to meats against oxidative degradation. Injection of ducks with tocopherol or combinations of citric acid, polyphosphates, propyl gallate and BHA, prior to cooking, retards oxidation during cooking, storage and reheating (Klinger and Stadelman, 1975). 2.6.4 Use of dietary antioxidants The lipid composition of poultry meat is greatly influenced by the lipids present in poultry diets. As the diet becomes richer in polyunsaturated fatty acids, the susceptibility of the meat to oxidative deterioration increases. In this case, dietary -tocopheryl acetate supplementation is an efficient means to protect fatty acids from oxidation in eggs and in raw and cooked poultry meat. Cortinas et al. (2005) reported that dietary polyunsaturated fatty acids and tocopherol supplementation affected lipid oxidation more markedly in cooked chicken meat and cooked refrigerated meat than in raw and raw refrigerated meat of chickens; lipid oxidation increased linearly as the concentration of the polyunsaturated fatty acids in raw meat increased, but this increase was lower with greater dietary -tocopherol supplementation. On the other hand, Galvin et


73

al. (1998a) reported that cooked breast and thigh chicken patties from birds fed 800 mg -tocopheryl acetate/kg diet for 42 days presented higher -tocopherol levels and decreased lipid and protein oxidation. In agreement to these, Galobart et al. (2001) found that dietary supplementation of 200 mg -tocopheryl acetate/ kg diet to hens for forty days, increased -tocopherol content and decreased lipid oxidation in fresh and spray-dried eggs. For chicken, the literature evidence suggests that the optimal dietary levels of vitamin E to prevent lipid oxidation are in the region 200 mg -tocopheryl acetate/kg 35 d (Galobart et al., 2001). Dietary vitamin E has also been shown to decrease the formation of COPs during the storage of precooked chicken patties. Supplementation with 400 mg vitamin E/kg feed may be necessary to control cholesterol oxidation in cooked meats and cooked irradiated meats. Galvin et al. (1998a) observed significantly lower 20-hydroxycholesterol concentrations after refrigerated storage for up to 12 days of cooked ground breast and thigh meat from broilers fed 200 or 800 mg -tocopheryl acetate/kg feed than from broilers fed a normal diet containing 20 mg -tocopheryl acetate/kg. Total COPs ranged from 0.10±1.43 and 0.23± 4.20 g/g in breast and thigh meat, respectively. In breast, total COPs formed after 12 days were on average 41 and 69% lower for the 200 and 800 mg/kg groups, respectively, than for the normal group. In thigh, the decreases of the total COPs were 50 and 72%, respectively, at these supplementation levels. Turkey diets should probably be supplemented with higher levels of tocopheryl acetate, at least 300 mg/kg feed 90 d, because of the slower uptake and deposition of -tocopherol in turkeys (Wen et al., 1996). Instead, Sheldon et al. (1997) proposed feeding 200 to 300 mg -tocopheryl acetate for 21 d immediately prior to slaughter. Similarly, Botsoglou et al. (2003a) also reported that raw and cooked breast and thigh turkey meat from birds fed 200 mg tocopheryl acetate/kg diet for four weeks presented higher -tocopherol levels and decreased lipid oxidation. Various carotenoids including carotenes and xanthophylls can be also added to poultry diets to increase the oxidative stability of meat and eggs. In poultry, there is a preferential uptake of xanthophylls over carotenes The efficiency of carotenoids towards phenoxyl radicals, tocopheroxyl radicals and radicals formed by irradiation of carotenoids in chloroform follows the order lycopene > -carotene > zeaxanthine > lutein > echinenone > canthaxanthine > astaxanthine, with lycopene being the most efficient radical scavenger (Mortensen and Skibsted, 1977). While in some studies dietary carotenoids had no effect on the oxidative stability of heated and unheated chicken meat (Jensen et al., 1998), other studies showed that lipid oxidation was promoted (King et al., 1995). In thigh meat that was chill-stored under fluorescent light, -carotene acted as a prooxidant when the tissue level of vitamin E was low, whereas it acted as an antioxidant at higher concentrations of vitamin E. Ruiz et al. (1999) reported that raw and cooked thigh chicken meat from birds fed 15 mg -carotene/kg showed antioxidant activity whereas at 50 mg -carotene/kg showed prooxidant activity after 7 days of storage at 4 ëC.

74


Dietary supplementation with other carotenoids, such as lycopene to hens, led to eggs with lower oxidation values (Sahin et al., 2008). Similarly, astaxanthine showed antioxidant activity in poultry skin. Conversely, lutein extracted from marigold, showed some prooxidant activity in chicken breast (Koreleski and Swiatkiewicz, 2007). However, zeaxanthine, which is very similar to lutein, and canthaxanthine, did not inhibit fatty acid oxidation in chicken meat or cholesterol oxidation in egg products (Jensen et al., 1998). Herb and plant extracts can also be used as efficient dietary supplements to increase the oxidative stability of meat and eggs. Raw breast meat from chickens fed 0.56 g/kg sage, thyme or coneflower extracts for 20 days showed oxidative stability comparable to the control (Koreleski and Swiatkiewicz, 2007). However, raw breast and thigh meat from chickens fed 0.5 g/kg rosemary extracts for 21 days showed oxidative stability that was higher than the control and similar to meat from birds dietary supplemented with 40 mg -tocopheryl acetate/kg diet. Higher oxidative stability was also shown in raw breast and thigh meat from chickens fed 0.04 and 0.08 g/kg Marian thistle extract (Schiavone et al., 2007). The presence of active compounds in the essential oils of herbs and plants can explain their effectiveness as dietary antioxidants. Raw and cooked breast and thigh meat from chickens fed an essential oil mix (Botsoglou et al., 2004a), or oregano essential oil (Botsoglou et al., 2002a,b, 2003c) for 42 or 38 days, respectively, showed better oxidative stability than the control, but lower than those birds fed 200 mg/kg -tocopheryl acetate supplement. Similarly, raw and cooked turkey breast and thigh meat stored under different conditions from birds fed oregano essential oil showed better oxidative stability than the control, but lower than those birds fed 200 mg/kg -tocopheryl acetate supplement (Botsoglou et al., 2003a,b; Papageorgiou et al., 2003; Govaris et al., 2004). Ground herbs, plants or plant by-products have been also examined as dietary supplements for increasing the oxidative stability of poultry meat. Hen eggs from birds fed ground thyme, oregano, rosemary or saffron showed better oxidative stability than the control but lower than eggs from birds fed 200 mg/kg -tocopheryl acetate supplement (Botsoglou et al., 1997, 2005). Similarly, raw and cooked turkey breast and thigh meat from birds fed ground rosemary showed delayed lipid oxidation (Govaris et al., 2007; Botsoglou et al., 2007). In addition, raw and cooked breast meat from Japanese quail fed 50 g/kg dried tomato pulp showed better oxidative stability than the control whereas birds fed 100 g/kg showed a prooxidative effect (Botsoglou et al., 2004b). 2.6.5 Addition of nitrites and nitrates Nitrites and nitrates are unique additives to meat products since they can effectively retard lipid oxidation and WOF formation. Curing of meat with sodium nitrite was originally developed as a means of preservation. Addition of nitrite to meat at 50±500 mg/kg contributed to increases in ham aroma and decreases in off-flavors as detected by a sensory evaluation panel (MacDonald et


75

al., 1980). Nitrates are mainly used in the preparation of fermented meat products, where slow release of nitrite is required. If nitrates are used, they will be first reduced to nitrites by the microorganisms present in meat. The mechanism by which nitrites prevent or retard the oxidation of meat lipids is still a matter of discussion (Freybler et al., 1993). The nitric oxide generated by nitrites in cured meat forms complexes with heme pigments, which prevents the release of iron from the porphyrin molecules (Kanner et al., 1984). Nitrites can also stabilize unsaturated lipids within tissue membranes against oxidation. In addition, nitrites can act as metal ion chelators of any liberated non-heme iron, thereby increasing the shelf-life of meat products. Moreover, nitrites can react with meat to form nitroso and nitrosyl derivatives, which possess antioxidative properties by acting as radical scavengers. S-nitrosocysteine exhibited antioxidative properties in an aqueous linoleate/myoglobin system similar to those of other antioxidants such as butylated hydroxyl anisole; S-nitrosocysteine was also shown to act not only as inhibitor of linoleic acid oxidation but as a hydroperoxide decomposer as well (Kanner, 1979). The high inhibitory effect of added S-nitrosocysteine on lipid oxidation was demonstrated in ground cooked turkey meat as well as in cooked cured turkey meat stored under anaerobic conditions. In the latter case, similar effects were obtained using nitrite (25 ppm) or the corresponding molecular concentration of S-nitrosocysteine, in color development and inhibition of lipid oxidation (Kanner and Juven, 1980). Morrissey and Tichivangana (1985) reported that the antioxidative effects of nitrite were apparent even at 20 ppm, and that nitrite and nitrosylmyoglobin behaved synergistically toward the inhibition of lipid oxidation. While the curing process contributes to a significant decrease in the concentration of hexanal and other carbonyl compounds, it does not result in the formation of new flavor compounds that would contribute to the cured meat flavor. Nitrite stabilizes the microsomal lipids and heme pigments to reduce lipid oxidation reactions and the resulting off-flavor formation (Ramarathnam et al., 1991). Shahidi (1989) reported that nitrite-cured meat reflects the natural flavor of the meat without the flavor compounds contributed by the lipid oxidation reactions. Nitrite has been shown to eliminate WOF at a level of 220 ppm and to inhibit development of WOF at 50 ppm (Sato and Hegarty, 1971). The addition of nitrite to chicken thigh and breast meat was found to be more effective as a means of controlling oxidized flavor in cooked meat than removal of heme pigments (Igene et al., 1979). Nitrite levels used in processed meat products are very low and usually range from 100 to 150 ppm (Cassens, 1997). Permitted usage levels are controlled by government agencies due to the potential for nitrosamine production, some of which are considered to be human carcinogens. Over the past few decades, several suggestions have been made for eliminating or reducing nitrite levels in meat products; however, none have gained wide acceptance. Certain consumers react negatively to an ingredient label stating sodium nitrite; they forget, however, that some common natural foods (e.g., celery) are rich sources of sodium nitrite. It is now also widely known that

76


during cooking of sausages and other meat products, the levels of nitrite can be substantially reduced due to conversion of nitrite to nitric acid. During storage, there may be further reduction in the amount of detectable nitrite and, by the time the product is consumed, nitrite levels may be as low as 10±30 ppm. Besides, in meat products that will be processed shortly after addition of nitrite, such as frankfurters, reducing agents such as ascorbate and erythorbate are used at a level of about 500 ppm to quickly convert the nitrite into nitric oxide and reduce the chance of nitrosamine formation. In certain products that will be exposed to high-temperature cooking, such as turkey bacon, which is usually fried, lower levels of nitrite are also usually prescribed (Barbut, 2000). 2.6.6 Smoking Smoking during thermal processing provides unique flavors and also has the potential to decrease the onset of oxidative rancidity during storage. The traditional method of direct smoking with hardwood in a smokehouse is still used today in the production of various meats. However, in the past few decades, commercial natural wood smoke flavorings or liquid smokes have become more popular throughout the world as a convenient way to add smoke flavor and color without having to use a smokehouse. Wood smoke can be generated by the controlled pyrolysis of the major components of wood, namely cellulose, hemicellulose and lignin (Fisher and Scott, 1997). The active components of smoke include volatile acids that can affect flavor and pH as well as stability of the product; carbonyl compounds that can react with proteins and other nitrogen compounds to develop color; and phenols that are considered to be the main flavor compounds and are also primarily responsible for both antimicrobial and antioxidant activities (Cadwallader, 2007). Many other compounds, including aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons, as well as alcohols, and various oxygen- and nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds, also contribute to smoke flavor. Before 1988, over 400 compounds had been isolated from wood smoke (Maga, 1988). Moreover, incomplete pyrolysis during smoke generation can result in formation of additional nitrogen oxides that can act as nitrites do in the curing process. Commercial smokers often use chemical smoke to add flavor, or burn sawdust or wood chips to supply a controlled amount of smoke in a high humidity temperature-controlled smoke house. Smoking is a common practice for frankfurters, deli products, whole birds, roasted products, and dried meats such as jerky. Research has shown that certain smoke constituents can reduce the occurrence of WOF and extend shelf-life when added to fresh, precooked and processed meat. In some cases, the incorporation of smoke ingredients has reduced lipid oxidation by 20 to 39%. Smoke ingredients with strong flavors can help mask WOF, whereas flavorless smoke fractions can be employed at low levels in marination systems to reduce the extent of WOF. Today, smoked poultry products receive only a light application to enhance the exterior color and provide some special flavor notes.


77

This means that the smoke is deposited on the surface of the product and may penetrate to a depth of 1±3 mm (Barbut, 2000). 2.6.7 Packaging Packaging is a physical means to inhibit oxidation in meat and meat products by eliminating their exposure to oxygen and light. Since the packaging environment can significantly impact partial oxygen pressure, a profound effect on the lipid stability of packaged fresh meat can be observed. In the majority of packaging situations, rigid or expanded plastic trays are used which are over-wrapped with clear plastic films. These thin films are composed of polyvinyl chloride, and have high-oxygen and low-moisture permeability. This type of packaging is the simplest and least expensive means of meat display, and it is microbiologically stable for up to one week in many countries, or until formation of metmyoglobin at the surface becomes important (Renerre and Labadie, 1993). Packaging can also prevent deleterious color changes. Kim et al. (2002b) reported no alteration in L* values of non-irradiated turkey samples under aerobic or vacuum packaging stored for 7 days, whereas a* values increased in aerobic-packaged samples and b* values decreased in vacuum-packaged samples. A 3 kilogray dose resulted in no changes in L* and b* values but higher a* values in both packaging systems. Vacuum packaging is an excellent alternative for controlled storage because it prevents oxygen interactions at meat surfaces which slows oxidation. During vacuum packing, a transient formation of brown metmyoglobin will occur, after which the purple/red color dominates. One drawback of this retail package is that the purple color may be unacceptable by the consumer. Consequently, there is the possibility of using vacuum-skin packaging with a peelable oxygen-barrier layer and an oxygen-permeable skin-layer that remains after storing. With this problem of unacceptable purple color, vacuum packaging at present is mainly used for bulk packaging. This technique, coupled with nitrogen flushing, can give substantial shelf-life to finished products. Modified-atmosphere packaging systems were developed using selective, gas-permeable materials and the pack would be flushed with specific gases or gas mixtures. For chilled products, various combinations of gases could greatly extend shelf-life and stabilize product appearance. Other packaging technologies such as oxygen scavengers, can be added to the packaging either as stand-alone or be incorporated into the packaging film. The use of specialized films with specific gas and water permeability is also critical to product appearance, surface drying, shelf-life and quality. In the last several years, interest in edible films was also examined because of environmental concerns and issues with plastic degradation (Quattara et al., 2000). Edible films composed of modified starch, soy protein or wheat gluten, and containing natural antioxidants were examined as a means to control oxidation in cooked meat products, but some problems related to solubility have

78


been reported. The direct addition of antioxidants into meat formulations might be a more effective strategy, but in some cases, such as for whole muscle and some restructured meat products, this procedure is not feasible. Edible films require modifications to improve their physical and mechanical properties and avoid chemical changes. This can be achieved through the incorporation of plasticizers that reduce the polymer intermolecular forces increasing the flexibility and extensibility of the film. On the other hand, the addition of plasticizers increases the gas, water vapor, and solutes permeability, but decreases film elasticity and cohesion. Edible plasticizers such as mono-, di-, and oligosaccharides, lipids and their derivatives, and polyols have been evaluated (Choi and Han, 2001). An example of edible film is one containing 5± 15% of isolate protein in distilled water with added glycerol as plasticizer; a functional additive such as a suitable antioxidant could also be added, adjusting properly the pH.

2.7

Future trends

As the consumption of poultry meat rises worldwide, the industry must remain responsive to the demands of consumers, both in the range and nature of the products developed. Quality will continue to be the main target, and the uniformity of poultry quality is likely to improve further. In addition, there will be technical innovations in processing that will lead to safer products. The biochemistry of the oxidative and reducing systems present in fresh meat, which affect protein and lipid stability, is now well-described. However, their respective importance in the regulation of the sensory attributes of meat is not completely established. Also, the health implications of consumption of oxidized lipids and cholesterol are receiving increasing attention. To better understand the relationships between protein and lipid oxidation, where free radicals are implicated, more research is needed to gain a fundamental understanding of these oxidative processes. Cured meat is the type of precooked meat where further knowledge of antioxidant interaction could result in significant improvements of product quality. For non-cured, precooked meats, the effect of packaging on product quality also deserves further attention in relation to the increasing importance of precooked meats. The development of affordable, effective, materials and systems for gas-packing of poultry has opened up considerable opportunities for the marketing of products with an extended shelf-life in the chilled state. There is now little doubt that altering the concentrations of PUFAs and antioxidants in the live animal is the best way of maximizing oxidative stability. The vast variety of secondary plant metabolites with antioxidative properties has opened up a promising new field of research. Future studies will hopefully identify phytochemicals that may be nutritionally administered to increase the oxidative stability of meat without having adverse effects on other product characteristics or performance and well-being of animals. However, little


79

information concerning absorption, metabolism, and antioxidative activity in tissues is readily available for these substances. A better understanding of the metabolic processes in which these substances are involved could make their future application more efficient on a productive and commercial level. Furthermore, most of the dietary strategies demonstrated to be effective for improving fresh meat quality are not in general use due to extra feeding costs, which are difficult to recover in the commercial setting. However, the relative higher added value of processed meats compared to fresh meat could provide an economic advantage to the use of dietary strategies for reducing deterioration during storage, or to improve quality characteristics.

2.8


An in-depth discussion of basic scientific factors responsible for the quality of muscle foods, with emphasis on sensory attributes, can be found in the book entitled Handbook of Meat, Poultry and Seafood Quality, LML Nollet, Ed., Blackwell Publishing Professional, Ames, IA, 2007. For an up-to-date reference work for both practitioners and students on meat quality and its control during the production and processing of poultry, the book entitled Poultry Meat Processing and Quality, GC Mead, Ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 2004, should be considered. A complete guide to the use of dietary antioxidants to improve meat quality while avoiding exogenous food additives or packaging procedures is given in the book entitled Antioxidants in Muscle Foods, E Decker, C Faustman, CJ LopezBote, Eds, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2000.

2.9

References

and EL-MOJADDIDI (1997), `Sensory and microbial quality of chicken as affected by irradiation and post-irradiation storage at 4.0 ëC', J Food Prot, 60, 761±770. ADDIS PB and PARK SW (1989), `Role of lipid oxidation products in atherosclerosis', in Taylor SL and Scanlan RA, Food Toxicology: A perspective on the relative risks, New York, Marcel Dekker, 297±330. AGARWAL A and SOHAL RS (1994), Àging and proteolysis of oxidized proteins', Arch Biochem Biophys, 309, 24±28. AJUYAH AO, FENTON TW, HARDIN RT and SIM JS (1993), `Measuring lipid oxidation volatiles in meat', J Food Sci, 58, 270±277. ALAYASH AI, PATEL RP and CASHON RE (2001), `Redox reactions of hemoglobin and myoglobin: biological and toxicological implications', Antiox Red Signall, 3, 313±327. AL-JALAY B, BLANK G, MCCONNELL B and AL-KHAYAT M (1987), Àntioxidant activity of selected spices used in fermented meat sausage', J Food Prot, 50, 25±27. ALLEN CD, RUSSELL SM and FLETCHER DL (1997), `The relationship of broiler breast meat color and pH to shelf life and odor development', Poult Sci, 76, 1042±1046. ABU-TARBOUSH HM, AL-KAHTANI HA, ATIA M, ABOU-ARAB AA, BAJABER AS MA

80


and SAMS AR (2002), `The role of carcass chilling rate in the development of pale, exudative turkey pectoralis', Poult Sci, 81, 1365±1370. ANDERSEN HJ and SKIBSTED LH (1991), Òxidative stability of frozen pork patties. Effect of light and added salt', J Food Sci, 56, 1182±1184. ANG CYW and YOUNG LL (1987), Èffect of marination with sodium pyrophosphate solution on oxidative stability of frozen cooked broiler leg meat', Poult Sci, 66, 676±678. APTE S and MORRISSEY PA (1987), Èffect of water-soluble haem and non-haem iron complexes on lipid oxidation of heated muscle systems', Food Chem, 26, 213±222. ARAFA AS and CHEN TC (1976), `Quality characteristics of convenience chicken products as related to packaging and storage', J Food Sci, 41, 18±22. BAEZA E, SALICHON MR, MARCHE G, WACRENIER N, DOMINGUEZ B and CULIOLI J (2000), Èffects of age and sex on the structural, chemical and technological characteristics of mule duck meat', Br Poult Sci, 41, 300±307. BAEZA E, DESSAY C, WACRENIER N, MARCHE G and LISTRA A (2002), Èffect of selection for improved body weight and composition on muscle and meat characteristics in Muscovy duck', Br Poult Sci, 43, 560±568. BAGOROGOZA K, BOWERS J and OKOT-KOTBER M (2001), `The effect of irradiation and modified atmosphere packaging on the quality of intact chill-stored turkey breast', J Food Sci, 66, 367±372. BARBUT S (2000), Òther poultry preservation techniques', in Mead GC, Poultry meat processing and quality, Cambridge, Woodhead Publishing. BARNES EM and IMPEY CS (1975), `The shelf life of uneviscerasted and eviscerated chicken carcasses stored at 10 ëC and 4 ëC', Br Poult Sci, 16, 319±326. BARNES EM, IMPEY CS, GEESON JD and BUHAGIAR RWM (1978), `The effect of storage temperature on the shelf-life of eviscerated air-chilled turkey', Br Poult Sci, 19, 77±84. BARNES EM, IMPEY CS and GRIFFITHS NM (1979), `The spoilage flora and shelf-life of duck carcasses stored at 2 ëC or ÿ1 ëC in oxygen-permeable or oxygen-impermeable film', Br Poult Sci, 20, 491±500. BILGILI SF (2002), `Poultry meat processing and marketing ± what does the future hold?', Poult Internat, September, 12±22. BOTSOGLOU NA, YANNAKOPOULOS AL, FLETOURIS DJ, TSERVENI-GOUSSI AS and FORTOMARIS PD (1997), Èffect of dietary thyme on the oxidative stability of egg yolk', J Agric Food Chem, 45, 3711±3716. BOTSOGLOU NA, FLOROU-PANERI P, CHRISTAKI E, FLETOURIS DJ and SPAIS AB (2002a), Èffect of dietary oregano essential oil on performance of chickens and iron-induced lipid oxidation of breast, thigh and abdominal fat tissues', Br Poult Sci, 42, 223±230. BOTSOGLOU NA, CHRISTAKI E, FLETOURIS DJ, FLOROU-PANERI P and SPAIS AB (2002b), `The effect of dietary oregano essential oil on lipid oxidation in raw and cooked chicken meat during refrigerated storage', Meat Sci, 62, 259±265. BOTSOGLOU NA, GRIGOROPOULOU SH, BOTSOGLOU E, GOVARIS A and PAPAGEORGIOU G (2003a), `The effects of dietary oregano essential oil and -tocopheryl acetate on lipid oxidation in raw and cooked turkey during refrigerated storage', Meat Sci, 65, 1193±1200. BOTSOGLOU NA, GOVARIS A, BOTSOGLOU EN, GRIGOROPOULOU SH and PAPAGEORGIOU G (2003b), Àntioxidant activity of dietary oregano essential oil and -tocopheryl acetate supplementation in long-term frozen stored turkey meat', J Agric Food Chem, 51, 2930±2936. ALVARADO CZ


81

and SPAIS AB (2003c), Ìnhibition of lipid oxidation in long-term frozen stored chicken meat by dietary oregano essential oil and -tocopheryl acetate supplementation', Food Res Int, 36, 207±213. BOTSOGLOU NA, CHRISTAKI E, FLOROU-PANERI P, GIANNENAS I, PAPAGEORGIOU G and SPAIS AB (2004a), `The effect of a mixture of herbal essential oils or -tocopheryl acetate on performance parameters and oxidation of body lipid in broilers', S Afr J Anim Sci, 34, 52±61. BOTSOGLOU NA, FLETOURIS DJ, FLOROU-PANERI P, CHRISTAKI E

BOTSOGLOU NA, PAPAGEORGIOU G, NIKOLAKAKIS I, FLOROU-PANERI P, GIANNENAS I, DOTAS V

and SINAPIS E (2004b), Èffect of dietary dried tomato pulp on oxidative stability of Japanese quail meat', J Agric Food Chem, 52, 2982±2988. BOTSOGLOU N, FLOROU-PANERI P, BOTSOGLOU E, DOTAS V, GIANNENAS I, KOIDIS A and MITRAKOS P (2005), `The effect of feeding rosemary, oregano, saffron and tocopheryl acetate on hen performance and oxidative stability of eggs', S Afr J Anim Sci, 35, 143±151. BOTSOGLOU N, GOVARIS A, GIANNENAS I, BOTSOGLOU E and PAPAGEORGIOU G (2007), `The incorporation of dehydrated rosemary leaves in the rations of turkeys and their impact on the oxidative stability of the produced raw and cooked meat', Int J Food Sci Nutr, 58, 312±320. BOULIANNE M and KING AJ (1998), `Meat color and biochemical characterization of unacceptable dark-colored broiler chicken carcass', J Food Sci, 63, 759±762. BREWER S (2004), Ìrradiation effects on meat color ± a review', Meat Sci, 68, 1±17. BRODINE MV and CARLIN AF (1968), `Chilling and thawing methods and their effect on quality of cooked whole turkeys', Food Technol, 22, 73±76. BROWN NE and CHYUAN JYA (1987), `Convective heat processing of turkey roll: effects on sensory quality and energy usage', J Am Diet Assoc, 87, 1521±1525. BRUNTON NP, CRONIN DA and MONAHAN FJ (2002), `Volatile components associated with freshly cooked and oxidized off-flavours in turkey breast meat', Flav Fragr J, 17, 327±334. BRUUN-JENSEN L, SKOVGAARD IM, MADSEN EA, SKIBSTED LH and BERTLESEN G (1996), `The combined effect of tocopherols, L-ascorbyl palmitate, and L-ascorbic acid on the development of warmed-over flavor in cooked, minced turkey', Food Chem, 55, 41±47. BUETTNER GR (1993), `The pecking order of free radicals and antioxidants: lipid peroxidation, tocopherol, and ascorbate', Arch Biochem Biophys, 2, 535±543. BURTON GW and INGOLD KU (1984), ` -Carotene: an unusual type of lipid antioxidant', Science, 224, 569±573. BUTTERFIELD DA and STADTMAN ER (1997) `Protein oxidation processes in aging brain', Adv Cell Aging Gerontol, 2, 161±191. BYRNE DV, BREDIE WLP, MOTTRAM DS and MARTENS M (2002), `Development of a sensory vocabulary for warmed-over flavour. Part II. In chicken meat', J Sens Sci, 14, 67± 78. CADWALLADER KR (2007), `Wood smoke flavor', in Nollet LML (ed.), Handbook of Meat, Poultry and Seafood Quality, Ames, IA, Blackwell Publishing. CASSENS RG (1997), `Residual nitrite in cured meat', Food Technol, 51, 53±55. CHAN KM and DECKER EA (1994), Èndogenous skeletal muscle antioxidants', Crit Rev Food Sci Nutr, 34, 403±426. CHEN KH, YANG SC and SU JD (1993), `The cholesterol oxidation products contents of chicken meat as affected by different heating methods', in Colin P, Culioli J and

82


Ricard FH (eds), Proceedings of the 11th European Symposium on the Quality of Poultry Meat, World's Poultry Science Association, Tours, France, 412±422. CHOI W-S and HAN JH (2001), `Physical and chemical properties of pea-protein-baes edible films', J Food Sci, 66, 319±322. CHOULIARA E, KARATAPANIS A, SAVVAIDIS IN and KONTOMINAS MG (2007), `Combined effect of oregano essential oil and modified atmosphere packaging on shelf life extension of fresh chicken breast meat, stored at 4 ëC', Food Microbiol, 24, 607±617. CHURCH IJ and PARSONS AL (2000), `The sensory quality of chicken and potato products prepared using cook-chill and sous vide methods', Int J Food Sci Technol, 35, 155±162. CORTINAS L, BARROETA A, VILLAVERDE C, GALOBART J, GUARDIOLA F and BAUCELS MD (2005), Ìnfluence of the dietary polyunsaturated level on chicken meat quality: lipid oxidation', Poult Sci, 84, 48±55. CREMER ML (1986), `Sensory quality of turkey rolls roasted and held in an institutional convection oven with and without chilled storage', J Food Sci, 51, 868±872. CREMER ML and RICHMAN DK (1987), `Sensory quality of turkey breasts and energy consumption for roasting in a convection oven and reheating in infrared, microwave and convection ovens', J Food Sci, 53, 846±850. DAWSON LE and GARTNER R (1983), `Lipid oxidation in mechanically deboned poultry', Food Technol, 37, 112±116. DAWSON PL, SHELDON BW, BALL HR and LARICK DK (1990), `Changes in the neutral lipid and phospholipids fractions of mechanically deboned chicken meat due to washing, cooking and storage', Poult Sci, 69, 166±175. DECKER EA and CRUM AD (1991), Ìnhibition of oxidative rancidity in salted ground pork by carnosine', J Food Sci, 56, 1179±1181. DECKER EA and CRUM AD (1993), Àntioxidant activity of carnosine in cooked ground pork', Meat Sci, 34, 245±253. DECKER EA and HULTIN HO (1992), `Lipid oxidation in muscle foods via redox iron', in Saint Angelo AJ, Lipid oxidation in foods, American Chemical Society Symposium Series vol 500, Washington DC, American Chemical Society books, 33±54. DECKER EA and WELCH B (1990), `Role of ferritin as a lipid oxidation catalyst in muscle food', J Agric Food Chem, 38, 674±677. DECKER EA, XIONG YL, CLAVERT JT, CRUM AD and BLANCHARD SP (1993), `Chemical, physical and functional properties of oxidized turkey white muscle myofibrillar proteins', J Agric Food Chem, 41, 186±189. DU M, HUR SJ, NAM KC, ISMAIL H and AHN DU (2001), `Volatiles, color, and lipid oxidation of broiler breast fillets irradiated before and after cooking', Poult Sci, 80, 1748±1753. DU M, AHN DU, MENDONCA AF and WESLEY IV (2002a), `Quality characteristics of irradiated ready-to-eat breast rolls from turkeys fed conjugated linoleic acid', Poult Sci, 81, 1378±1384. DU M, NAM KC, HUR SJ, ISMAIL H and AHN DU (2002b), Èffect of dietary conjugated linoleic acid, irradiation and packaging conditions on the quality characteristics of raw broiler breast fillets', Meat Sci, 60, 9±15. DU M, HUR SJ and AHN DU (2002c), `Raw-meat packaging and storage affect the color and odor of irradiated broiler breast fillets after cooking', Meat Sci, 61, 49±54. FAO (2003), Available from: http://apps.fao.org. FELLENBERG MA and SPEISKY H (2005), Àntioxidants: their effects on broiler oxidative stress and its meat oxidative stability', World's Poult Sci J, 62, 53±70.


83

and SCOTT TR (1997), Food Flavors: Biology and Chemistry, Cambridge, The Royal Society of Chemistry, 51. FLETCHER DL, QIAO M and SMITH DP (2000), `The relationship of raw broiler breast meat color and pH to cooked meat color and pH', Poult Sci, 79, 784±788. FREYBLER LA, GRAY JI, ASGHAR A, BOOREN AM, PEARSON AM and BUCKLEY DJ (1993), `Nitrite stabilization of lipids in cured pork', Meat Sci, 33, 85±96. FRONING GW and JOHNSON F (1973), Ìmproving the quality of mechanically deboned fowl meat by centrifugation', J Food Sci, 38, 279±281. FU B and LABUZA TP (1993), `Shelf life prediction: theory and application', Food Cont, 4, 125±133. GALOBART J and MORAN ET (2004), `Refrigeration and freeze-thaw effects on broiler fillets having extreme L* values', Poult Sci, 83, 1433±1439. GALOBART J, BARROETA AC, BAUCELLS MD and GUARDIOLA F (2001), `Lipid oxidation in fresh and spray-dried eggs enriched with omega3 and omega6 polyunsaturated fatty acids during storage as affected by dietary vitamin E and canthaxanthin supplementation', Poult Sci, 80, 327±337. GALVIN K, MORRISSEY PA and BUCKLEY DJ (1998a), `Cholesterol oxides in processed chicken muscle as influenced by dietary -tocopherol supplementation', Meat Sci, 48, 1±9. GALVIN K, MORRISSEY PA and BUCKLEY DJ (1998b), Èffects of dietary -tocopherol supplementation and gamma-iradiation on -tocopherol retention and lipid oxidation in cooked minced chicken', Food Chem, 62, 185±190. GARDNER HW (1979), `Lipid hydroperoxide reactivity with proteins and amino acids: a review', J Agric Food Chem, 27, 220±229. GASSER U and GROSCH W (1990), `Primary odourants of chicken broth', Z Lebensm Unters Forsch, 190, 3±8. GOMES HA, DA SILVA EN, CARDELLO HMAB and CIPOLLI KMVA (2003), Èffect of gamma radiation on refrigerated mechanically deboned chicken meat quality', Meat Sci, 65, 919±926. Â L (1995) Èffect of antioxidants on losses of tocopherols GORDON MH and KOURIMSKA during deep-fat frying', Food Chem, 52, 175±177. GOVARIS A, BOTSOGLOU N, PAPAGEORGIOU G, BOTSOGLOU E and AMVROSSIADIS I (2004), `Dietary versus post-mortem use of oregano oil and/or alpha-tocopherol in turkeys to inhibit development of lipid oxidation in meat during refrigerated storage', Int J Food Sci Nutr, 55, 115±123. GOVARIS A, FLOROU-PANERI P, BOTSOGLOU E, GIANNENAS I, AMVROSSIADIS I and BOTSOGLOU N (2007), `The inhibitory potential of feed supplementation with rosemary and/or -tocopheryl acetate on microbial growth and lipid oxidation of turkey breast during refrigerated storage', LWT-Food Sci Technol, 40, 331±337. GRAY JI and WEISS GM (1988), Warmed-over Flavor in Meat, Chicago, National Live Stock and Meat Board. GRIFFITHS NM, MEAD GC, JONES JM and GREY TC (1984), Èffect of storage on meat quality in uneviscerated turkeys held at 4 ëC', Br Poult Sci, 25, 259±266. GRUNERT KG, BREDAHL L and BRUNSO K (2004), `Consumer perception of meat quality and implications for product development in the meat sector ± a review', Meat Sci, 66, 259±272. HALE KK, STADELMAN WJ and BRAMBLETT VD (1973), Èffect of dry-chilling on the flavour of fried chicken', Poult Sci, 52, 244±252. HASHIM IB, RESURRECCION AVA and MCWATTERS KH (1995), `Descriptive sensory analysis FISHER C

84


of irradiated frozen or refrigerated chicken', J Food Sci, 60, 664±666. (1982), Ìron and zinc compounds in the muscle meats of beef, lamb, pork and chicken', J Sci Food Agric, 33, 1049±1056. HEATH JL and OWENS SL (1992), Èffect of heating variables and storage on color of chicken cooked and stored in polyester pouches', Poult Sci, 71, 1773±1780. HEYMANN H, HEDRICK HB, KARRASCH MA, EGGEMAN MK and ELLERSIECK MR (1990), `Sensory and chemical characteristics of fresh pork roasts cooked to different endpoint temperatures', J Food Sci, 55, 613±617. HIGGINS FM, KERRY JP, BUCKLEY DJ and MORRISSEY PA (1999), Èffects of -tocopheryl acetate supplementation and salt addition on the oxidative stability (TBARS) and warmed-over flavour (WOF) of cooked turkey meat', Br Poult Sci, 40, 59±64. HOLOWNIA K, CHINNAN MS and REYNOLDS AE (2003), `Pink color defect in poultry white meat as affected by endogenous conditions', J Food Sci, 68, 742±747. HOTCHKISS JH, BAKER RC and QURESHI RA (1985), Èlevated carbon dioxide atmospheres for packaging poultry. Effects of chicken quarters and bulk packages', Poult Sci, 64, 333±340. IGENE JO, KING JA, PEARSON AM and GRAY JI (1979), Ìnfluence of heme pigments, nitrite and non-heme iron on development of warmed-over flavor in cooked meat', J Agric Food Chem, 27, 838±842. IGENE JO, YAMAUCHI K, PEARSON AM and GRAY JI (1985), `Mechanisms by which nitrite inhibits the development of warmed-over flavor in cured meat', Food Chem, 18, 1± 18. HAZELL T

JENSEN SK, JENSEN C, JAKOBSEN K, ENGBERG RM, ANDERSEN JO, LAURIDSEN C, SORENSEN P,

and BERTELSEN G (1998), `Supplementation of broiler diets with retinol acetate, -carotene or canthaxanthine: effect on vitamin status and oxidative status of broilers in vivo and on meat stability', Acta Agric Scand Anim Sci, 48, 28±37. JOHNSON PB and CIVILLE GV (1986), À standardized lexicon of meat WOF descriptors', J Sens Sci, 1, 99±104. JORGENSEN K and SKIBSTED LH (1993), `Carotenoid scavenging of radicals. Effect of carotenoid structure and oxygen partial pressure on antioxidative activity', Z Lebensm Unters Forsch, 196, 423±429. JOSEPHSON ES (1983), `Radappertization of meat, poultry, fin fish and special diets' in Josephson ES and Peterson MS, Preservation of Food by Ionizing Radiation. Vol III, Boca Raton, FL, CRC Press. KAMIN-BELSKY N, BRILLON AA, ARAV R and SHAKLAI N (1996), `Degradation of myosin by enzymes of the digestive system: comparison between native and oxidatively cross-linked protein', J Agric Food Chem, 44, 1641±1646. KANNER J (1979), `S-Nitrosocysteine, an effective antioxidant in cured meat', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 56, 74±76. KANNER J (1992), `Mechanism of nonenzymic lipid peroxidation in muscle foods', in Saint Angelo AJ, Lipid Oxidation in Foods, American Chemical Society Symposium Series vol 500, Washington, DC, American Chemical Society Books, 55±73. KANNER J and JUVEN BJ (1980), `S-Nitrosocysteine as an antioxidant, color developing and anticlostridial agent in comminuted turkey meat', J Food Sci, 45, 1105±1108. KANNER J, HAREL S, SHAGALOVICH J and BERMAN S (1984), Àntioxidative effect of nitrite in cured meat products: Nitric oxide-iron complexes of low molecular weight', J Agric Food Chem, 32, 512±515. SKIBSTED LH


85

and RICHARDS MP (2009), Ìdentification of the compound in a potent cranberry juice extract that inhibits lipid oxidation in comminuted muscle', Food Chem, 115, 924±932. KATUSIN-RAZEM B, MIHALJEVIC KW and RAZEM D (1992), `Time-dependent post irradiation oxidative chemical changes in dehydrated egg products', J Agric Food Chem, 40, 1948±1952. KIM J-S, SUH M-H, YANG C-B and LEE HG (2003), Èffect of -oryzanol on the flavor and oxidative stability of refrigerated cooked beef', J Food Sci, 68, 2423±2429. KIM YH, NAM KC and AHN DU (2002a), `Color, oxidation-reduction potential, and gas production of irradiated meats from different animal species', J Food Sci, 67, 1692±1695. KIM YH, NAM KC and AHN DU (2002b), `Volatile profiles, lipid oxidation and sensory characteristics of irradiated meat from different animal species', Meat Sci, 61, 257±265. KING AJ, UIJTTENBOOGAART TG and DE VRIES AW (1995), `-Tocopherol, -carotene, and ascorbic acid as antioxidants in stored poultry muscle', J Food Sci, 60, 1009±1012. KLINGER SD and STADELMAN WJ (1975), `Flavor of reheated roast duck', Poult Sci, 54, 1278±1282. KONOPKA UC and GROSCH W (1991), `Potent odorants causing the warmed-over flavour in boiled beef', Z Lebensm Unters Forsch, 193, 123±125. KORELESKI J and SWIATKIEWICZ S (2007), `Dietary supplementation with plant extracts, xanthophylls and synthetic antioxidants: Effect on fatty acid profile and oxidative stability of frozen stored chicken breast meat`, J. Anim Feed Sci, 16, 463±471. KRANEN RW, VAN KUPPEVELT TH, GOEDHART HA, VEERKAMP CH, LAMBOOY E and VEERKAMP H (1999), `Hemoglobin and myoglobin content in muscles of broiler chickens', Poult Sci, 78, 467±476. KRISTENSEN L and ANDERSEN HJ (1997), Èffect of heat denaturation on the pro-oxidative activity of metmyoglobin in linoleic acid emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 45, 7± 13. LADIKOS D and LOUGOVOIS V (1990), `Lipid oxidation in muscle foods: a review', Food Chem, 35, 295±314. LEE C-H, REED JD and RICHARDS MP (2006), Àbility of various polyphenolic classes from cranberry to inhibit lipid oxidation in mechanically separated turkey and cooked ground pork', J Muscle Foods, 17, 248±266. LEE SK, MEI L and DECKER EA (1996), `Lipid oxidation in cooked turkey as affected by added antioxidant enzymes', J Food Sci, 61, 726±728. LILLARD HS (1982), Ìmproving chilling systems for poultry', Food Technol, February, 58±67. LIU G and XIONG YL (1996), `Storage stability of antioxidant-washed myofibrils from chicken white and red muscle', J Food Sci, 61, 890±894. LIU Y, FAN X, CHEN Y-R and THAYER DW (2003), `Changes in structure and colour characteristics of irradiated chicken breast as a function of dosage and storage time', Meat Sci, 63, 301±307. MAARSE H (1984), Volatile components in food ± Qualitative data, TNO, Supplement 1. Chicken (heated), 1, 57.1±57.5. MACDONALD B, GRAY JI, STANLEY DW and USBORNE WR (1980), `Role of nitrite in cured meat flavour: sensory analysis', J Food Sci, 45, 885±888. MAGA JA (1988), Smoke in Food Processing, Boca Raton, FL, CRC Press. MARTINAUD A, MERCIER Y, MARINOVA P, TASSY C, GATELLIER P and RENERRE K (1997), KATHIRVEL P, GONG Y

86


Comparison of oxidative processes on myofibrillar proteins from beef during maturation and by different model oxidation systems', J Agric Food Chem, 45, 2481±2487. MATSUMOTO JJ (1980), `Chemical deterioration of muscle proteins during frozen storage', in Witaker JR and Fujimaki M, Chemical Deterioration of Proteins, New York, American Chemical Society Symposium series 123, 111±117. MCCARTHY TL, KERRY JP, KERRY JF, LYNCH PB and BUCKLEY DJ (2001), Àssessment of the antioxidant potential of natural food and plant extracts in fresh and previously frozen pork patties', Meat Sci, 57, 177±184. MCKEE SR and SAMS AR (1998), `Rigor mortis development at elevated temperatures induced pale, exudative turkey meat characteristics', Poult Sci, 77, 169±174. MCKIBBEN J and ENGESETH NJ (2002), `Honey as a protective agent against lipid oxidation in ground turkey', J Agric Food Chem, 50, 592±595. MCNEIL M and PENFIELD MP (1983), `Turkey quality as affected by ovens of varying energy costs', J Food Sci, 48, 853±855. MEAD GC, GRIFFITHS NM, JONES JM, GREY TC and ADAMS BW (1983), Èffect of gaspackaging on the keeping quality of turkey breast fillets stored at 1 ëC', Lebens Wissen Technol, 16, 142±146. MEAD GC, GRIFFITHS NM, GREY TC and ADAMS BW (1986), `The keeping quality of chilled duck portions in modified atmosphere pack', Lebens Wissen Technol, 19, 117±121. MERCIER Y, GATELLIER P, VIAU M, REMINGTON H and RENERRE M (1998), Èffect of dietary fat and vitamin E on color stability and on lipid and protein oxidation in turkey meat during storage', Meat Sci, 48, 301±518. MOLETTE C, REMIGNON H and BABILE R (2002), `Maintaing muscles at high post-mortem temperature induces PSE-like meat in turkey', Meat Sci, 63, 525±532. MONAHAN FJ (2000), Òxidation of lipids in muscle foods: fundamental and applied concerns', in Decker EA, Faustman C and Lopez-Bote CJ (eds), Antioxidants in Muscle Foods, New York, Wiley-Interscience, 3±23. MONAHAN FJ, CRACKEL RL, GRAY JI, BUCKLEY DJ and MORRISSEY PA (1993), `Catalysis of lipid oxidation in muscle model systems by haem and inorganic iron', Meat Sci, 34, 95±106. MORGAN JN and ARMSTRONG DJ (1987), `Formation of cholesterol-5,6-epoxides during spray drying of egg yolk', J Food Sci, 52, 1224±1227. MORRISSEY PA and TICHIVANGANA JZ (1985), `The antioxidant activities of nitrite and nitrosylmyoglobin in cooked meats', Meat Sci, 14, 175±190. MORTENSEN A and SKIBSTED LH (1977), `Relative stability of carotenoid radical cations and homologue tocopheroxyl radicals: a real-time kinetic study of antioxidant hierarchy', FEBS Lett, 417, 261±266. MOTTRAM DS and EDWARDS RA (1983), `The role of trglycerides and phospholipids in the aroma of cooked beef', J Sci Food Agric, 34, 517±522. MOTTRAM DS and WHITFIELD FB (1995), `Maillard-lipid interactions in nonaqueous systems: volatiles from the reaction of cysteine and ribose with phosphatidylcholine', J Agric Food Chem, 43, 1302±1306. NAM KC and AHN DU (2002), `Carbon monoxide-heme pigment is responsible for the pink color in irradiated raw turkey breast meat', Meat Sci, 60, 25±33. NAM KC and AHN DU (2003a), `Combination of aerobic and vacuum packaging to control lipid oxidation and off-odor volatiles of irradiated raw turkey breast', Meat Sci, 63, 389±395. NAM KC and AHN DU (2003b), Ùse of double packaging and antioxidant combinations to


87

improve color, lipid oxidation and volatiles of irradiated raw and cooked turkey breast patties', Poult Sci, 82, 850±857. NAM KC, KIM YH, DU M and AHN DU (2002), Òff-odor volatiles and pink color development in precooked irradiated turkey breast during frozen storage', Poult Sci, 81, 269±275. NAM KC, MIN BR, YAN H, LEE EJ, MENDONCA A, WESLEY I and AHN DU (2003), Èffect of dietary vitamin E and irradiation on lipid oxidation, color, and volatiles of fresh and previously frozen turkey breast patties', Meat Sci, 65, 513±521. NATIONAL CHICKEN COUNCIL (2002), `Statistics and research' National Chicken Council. Available from: www.nationalchickencouncil.com/statistics/stat_detail.cfm?id=8 NATIONAL TURKEY FEDERATION (2002), `Turkey consumption statistics', National Turkey Federation. Available from: www.eatturkey.com/consumer/stats/stats.html. NOLEAU I and TOULEMONDE B (1986), `Quantitative study of roasted chicken flavor', Lebensm-Wiss Technol, 19, 122±125. NOUROOZ-ZADEH J and APPELQVIST L-A (1987), `Cholesterol oxides in Swedish foods and food ingredients: Fresh eggs and dehydrated egg products', J Food Sci, 52, 57±67. PACKER JE, SLATER TF and WILLSON RL (1979), `Direct observation of a free radical interaction between vitamin E and vitamin C', Nature, 278, 737±738. PAPAGEORGIOU G, BOTSOGLOU N, GOVARIS A, GIANNENAS I, ILIADIS S and BOTSOGLOU E (2003), Èffect of dietary oregano oil and -tocopheryl acetate supplementation on iron-induced lipid oxidation of turkey breast, thigh, liver and heart tissues`, J Anim Physiol Anim Nutr, 87, 324±335. PARK SW and ADDIS PB (1987), `Cholesterol oxidation products in some muscle foods', J Food Sci, 52, 1500±1503. PATTERSON JT, GILLESPIE CW and HOUGH B (1984), Àspects of the microbiology of vacuum and gas-packaged chicken, including pre-treatments with lactic acid and potassiun sorbate', Br Poult Sci, 25, 457±465. PEARSON AM, LOVE JD and SHORLAND FB (1977), `Warmed-over flavor in meat, poultry and fish', Adv Food Res, 23, 1±74. PEGG RB and SHAHIDI F (2007), Òff flavors and rancidity in foods', in Nollet LML (ed.), Handbook of Food, Poultry and Seafood Quality, Ames, IA, Blackwell Publishing. PEREZ-VENDRELL AM, HERNANDEZ JM, LAURADO L, SCHIERLE and BRUFAU J (2001), Ìnfluence of source and ratio of xanthophylls pigments on broiler chicken pigmentation and performance', Poult Sci, 80, 320±326. PETRACCI M and FLETCHER DL (2002), `Broiler skin and meat color changes during storage', Poult Sci, 81, 1589±1597. PETTERSEN MK, MIELNIK MB, EIE T, SKREDE G and NILSSON A (2004), `Lipid oxidation in frozen, mechanically deboned turkey meat as affected by packaging parameters and storage conditions', Poult Sci, 83, 1240±1248. PEXARA ES, METAXOPOULOS J and DROSINOS EH (2002), Èvaluation of shelf life of cured, cooked, sliced turkey fillets and cooked pork sausages ± piroski ± stored under vacuum and modified atmospheres at 4 and 10 ëC', Meat Sci, 62, 33±43. PIE JE, SPASIS K and SEILLAN C (1991), `Cholesterol oxidation in meat products during cooking and frozen storage', J Agric Food Chem, 39, 250±254. PIPPEN EL and NONAKA M (1963), `Gas chromatography of chicken turkey volatiles: the effect of temperature, oxygen, and type of tissue on the composition of the volatile fraction', J Food Sci, 28, 334±341. QIAO M, FLETCHER DL, SMITH DP and NORTHCUTT JK (2001), `The effect of broiler breast meat color on pH, moisture, water-holding capacity and emulsification capacity', Poult Sci, 80, 676±680.

88


and HOLLEY RA (2000), `Diffusion of acetic and propionic acids from chitosan-based antimicrobial packaging films', J Food Sci, 65, 768±773. RAMARATHNAM N, RUBIN LJ and DIOSADY LL (1991), `Studies on meat flavor. 1. Qualitative and quantitative differences in uncured and cured pork', J Agric Food Chem, 41, 939±945. RANKEN MD (1987), `The use of antioxidants in meat and meat products', Food Sci Technol Today, 1, 166±168. RATHGEBER BM, BOLES JA and SHAND DJ (1999), `Rapid postmortem pH decline and delayed chilling reduce quality of turkey breast meat', Poult Sci, 78, 477±484. RENERRE M and LABADIE J (1993), Fresh meat packaging and meat quality, Proc. 39th ICoMST, Review paper, Calgary, 361±387 RESURRECCION AVA (2003), `Sensory aspects of consumer choices for meat and meat products', Meat Sci, 66, 11±20. RHEE KS (1987), `Natural antioxidants for meat products', in Saint Angelo AJ and Bailey ME, Warmed-over Flavor of Meat, Orlando, FL, Academic Press, 267±289. RHEE KS, ANDERSON LM and SAMS AR (1996), `Lipid oxidation potential of beef, chicken and pork', J Food Sci, 61, 8±12. RICHARDS MP and HULTIN HO (2000), Èffect of pH on lipid oxidation using trout hemolysate as a catalyst: a possible role for deoxyhemoglobin', J Agric Food Chem, 48, 3141±3147. RISTIC M (1982), Ìnfluence of the water cooling of fresh broilers on the shelf life of poultry parts at ÿ15 ëC and ÿ21 ëC', Lebensm Wissen Technol, 15, 113±116. RUENGER EL, REINECCIUS GA and THOMPSON DR (1978), `Flavor compounds related to the warmed-over flavor of turkey', J Food Sci, 43, 1198±1200. RUIZ JA, PEREZ-VENDRELL AM and ESTEVE-GARCIA E (1999), Èffect of -carotene and vitamin E on oxidative stability in leg meat of broilers fed different supplemental fats', J Agric Food Chem, 47, 448±454. RUIZ JA, GUERRERO L, ARNAU J, GUARDIA MD and ESTEVE-GARCIA E (2001), `Descriptive sensory analysis of meat from broilers fed diets containing vitamin E or betacarotene as antioxidants and different supplemental fats', Poult Sci, 80, 976±982. SAHIN N, AKDEMIR F, ORHAN C, KUCUK O, HAYIRLI A and SAHIN K (2008), `Lycopeneenriched quail egg as functional food for humans', Food Res Int, 41, 295±300. SAINT ANGELO AJ (1996), `Lipid oxidation in foods', Crit Rev Food Sci Nutr, 36, 175± 224. SAINT ANGELO AJ and BAILEY ME (1987), Warmed-over Flavor of Meat, Orlando, FL, Academic Press. SAINT ANGELO AJ, VERCELLOTTI JR, DUPUY HP and SPANIER AM (1988), Àssessment of beef flavor quality: a multidisciplinary approach', Food Technol, 42, 133±138. SANDERS T (1987), `Toxicological considerations in oxidative rancidity of animal fats', Food Sci Technol Today, 1, 162±164. SATO K and HEGARTY GR (1971), `Warmed-over flavor in cooked meats', J Food Sci, 36, 1098±1102. SCHIAVONE A, RIGHI F, QUARANTELLI A, BRUNI R, SERVENTI P and FUSARI A (2007), Ùse of Silybum marianum fruit extract in broiler chicken nutrition: influence on performance and meat quality', J Anim Physiol Anim Nutr, 91, 256±262. SCHILDER KJ (1993), Alterations in protein functionality due to oxidative reactions, MS Thesis, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY SHAHIDI F (1989), `Flavor of cooked meats' in Teranishi R, Buttery RG and Shahidi F, QUATTARA B, SIMARD RE, PIETTE G, BEGIN A


89

Flavor Chemistry: trends and developments, Washington, DC, American Chemical Society, 188±201. SHAHIDI F, RUBIN LJ and D'SOUZA LA (1986), À review of the composition, techniques, analyses and sensory evaluation', Crit Rev Food Sci Nutr, 24, 141±243. SHELDON BW, CURTIS PA, DAWSON PL and FERKET PR (1997), Èffect of dietary vitamin E on the oxidative stability, flavor, color, and volatile profiles of refrigerated and frozen turkey breast meat', Poult Sci, 76, 634±641. SHRIMPTON DH and BARNES EM (1960), À comparison of oxygen-permeable and impermeable wrapping materials for the storage of chilled, eviscerated poultry', Chem Industry, 1492±1493. SIES H (1986), Òxidative stress: introductory remarks', in Sies H, Oxidative Stress, Orlando, FL, Academic Press, 1±8. SMITH DM (1987), `Functional and biochemical changes in deboned turkey due to frozen storage and lipid oxidation', J Food Sci, 52, 22±27. SPANIER AM, MCWILLIN KW and MILLER JA (1990), Ènzyme activity levels in beef: Effect of post-mortem aging and end-point cooking', J Food Sci, 55, 318±326. SPANIER AM, SAINT ANGELO AJ and SHAFER GP (1992), `Response of beef flavour to oxygen depletion and an antioxidant/chelator mixture', J Agric Food Chem, 40, 1656± 1662. SPECHT K and BALTES W (1994), Ìdentification of volatile flavor compounds with high aroma values from shallow-fried beef', J Agric Food Chem, 42, 2246±2253. SRINIVASAN S and XIONG YL (1997), `Sulphydryls in antioxidant-washed beef heart surimi', J Muscle Foods, 8, 251±263. STADMAN ER and BERLETT BS (1997), `Reactive oxygen-mediated protein oxidation in aging and disease', Chem Res Toxicol, 10, 484±494. STADMAN ER and OLIVER CN (1991), `Metal-catalyzed oxidation of proteins', J Biol Chem, 266, 2005±2008. STANBRIDGE LH and DAVIES AR (1998), `The microbiology of chill-stored meat', in Davies A and Board R, The Microbiology of Meat and Poultry, London, Blackie Academic & Professional, 174±219. STRASBURG GM and CHIANG W (2003), `Genetic basis for pale, soft and exudative turkey meat', Proceedings of the 6th American Meat Science Association Reciprocal Meat Conference, 17±22. TAYLOR CB, PENG S, WETHESSEN NT, THAM P and LEE KT (1979), `Spontaneous occurring angiotoxic derivatives of cholesterol', Am J Clin Nutr, 32, 40±48. TAYLOR DL and LARICK DK (1995), `Volatile content and sensory attributes of supercritical carbon dioxide extracts of cooked chicken fat', J Food Sci, 60, 1197±1204. THORNTON G and O'KEEFE T (2002) `Value addition ± the US poultry meat industry's second transformation', Poult Int, October, 10±14. TICHIVANGANA JZ and MORRISSEY PA (1985), `The influence of pH on lipid oxidation in cooked meats from several species', Ir J Food Sci Technol, 9, 99±106. TIMMONS D (1976), Dryer fryers ± Is CVP the ultimate bulk pack?, Broiler Business, December, 10±17. TURNER BE and LARICK DK (1996), `Palatability of sous vide processed chicken breast', Poult Sci, 75, 1056±1063. UCHIDA K, KATO Y and KAWAKISHI S (1992) `Metal-catalyzed oxidative degradation of collagen', J Agric Food Chem, 40, 9±12. USDA (2000), Livestock, Dairy and Poultry Situation and Outlook, Economic Research Services, USDA.

90


and ROOZEN JP (1998), `Lipid-derived off-flavors in meat byproducts: effect of antioxidants and Maillard reactants', in Shahidi F, Flavor of Meat, Meat Products and Seafoods, 2nd edn, London, Blackie Academic & Professional, 257±266. VOGT W (1995), Òxidation of methionine residues in proteins: tools, targets, and reversal', Free Rad Biol Med, 18, 93±105. WANG BW, XIONG YL and SRINIVASAN S (1997), `Chemical stability of antioxidant-washed beef heart surimi during frozen storage', J Food Sci, 62, 939±945. WEN J, MORRISSEY PA, BUCKLEY DJ and SHEEHY PJA (1996), Òxidative stability and tocopherol retention in turkey burgers during refrigerated and frozen storage as influenced by dietary -tocopheryl acetate', Br Poult Sci, 37, 787±795. WILSON BR, PEARSON AM and SHORLAND FB (1976), Èffect of total lipids and phospholipids on warmed over flavor in red and white muscle from several species as measured by thiobarbituric analysis', J Agric Food Chem, 24, 7±11. WOELFEL RL, OWENS CM, HIRSCHLER EM, MARTINEZ-DAWSON R and SAMS AR (2002), `The characterization and incidence of pale, soft and exudative broiler meat in a commercial processing plant', Poult Sci, 81, 579±584. XIONG YL (2000), `Protein oxidation and implications for muscle food quality', in Decker EA, Faustman C and Lopez-Bote CJ (eds), Antioxidants in Muscle Foods, New York, John Wiley & Sons. XIONG YL and DECKER EA (1995), Àlterations of muscle protein functionality by oxidative and antioxidative processes', J Muscle Foods, 6, 139±160. YOON KS (2002), `Texture and microstructure properties of frozen chicken breast pretreated with salt and phosphates solutions', Poult Sci, 81, 1910±1915. YUN J, SHAHIDI F, RUBIN LJ and DIOSADY LL (1987), Òxidative stability and flavor acceptability of nitrite-free meat-curing systems', Can Inst Food Sci Technol J, 20, 246± 251. ZENOBLE OC, ROBERTS JA and CUNNINGHAM FE (1977), Èating quality of spent hens processed with and without immersion chilling', Poult Sci, 56, 843±845. ZHU MJ, LEE EJ, MENDONCA A and AHN DU (2003), Èffect of irradiation on the quality of turkey ham', Meat Sci, 66, 63±68. VAN RUTH SM, CHERAGHI T

3 Oxidation and protection of fish I. Medina and M. Pazos, Instituto de Investigaciones Marinas del CSIC, Spain

Abstract: This chapter discusses the main aspects of fish lipid oxidation and its relevance to the seafood industry. The intrinsic mechanisms involved in fish oxidation will be reviewed, firstly stressing the importance of fish tissue pro-oxidants and reductors upon the process, followed by the influence of external factors, such as processing and storage. Throughout the chapter, the optimal designs for the use of antioxidants in the fish industry are given significant attention. Finally, this chapter will present the effects of lipid oxidation on the loss of nutritional and sensory quality in fish products, and the technologies being developed to inhibit such oxidation. Future trends and sources of additional information are also included at the end of this chapter. Key words: fish oxidation, rancidity, quality loss, pro-oxidants, antioxidants.

3.1

Introduction

Fish muscle is a particularly perishable material. The factors responsible for the fish muscle's high susceptibility to change are to be found in its high water content, high autolitic enzymatic activity, and the existence of autochthon bacteria flora able to live at low temperatures. Lipid oxidation is one of the most important changes that can affect the fish muscle, which is mainly associated with the high proportion of unsaturated lipids in the tissues, and the presence of large amounts of heme pigments and metallic traces (Richards and Hultin, 2002). During the post-mortem period, fish endogenous antioxidants are rapidly consumed and pro-oxidants activated, conducting the first lipid oxidation products (Hultin, 1994). Additionally, the conditions of storage or processing can significantly affect the apparition, rate and extension of lipid oxidation.

92


Oxidation of fish lipid leads to the formation of volatile compounds associated with rancidity, which significantly reduces the shelf-life of fish products, most especially during storage (Frankel, 1998). Furthermore, the reaction between lipid oxidation products and proteins, amino acids or vitamins, can alter the texture of the fish, and reduce its nutritional value through the subsequent loss of essential amino acids. Delaying the oxidative process is important to the entire production and commercialization of these foodstuffs. By slowing the oxidation process down, it is possible to extend the window of opportunity for sales in the marketplace, and reduce the losses caused by rancid or browned fish muscle. Recently, the addition of natural antioxidant substances has become one of the most promising strategies used to prevent or retard such deterioration in frozen and processed fish products.

3.2

Oxidation of fish and fish products

3.2.1 General aspects involved in fish oxidation As mentioned above, the high proportion of long chain n-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA) found in fish is a crucial factor in the muscle's high vulnerability to oxidation. Fish contain significantly higher levels of polyunsaturated fatty acids, particularly eicosapentaenoic (20:5 n-3) and docosahexaenoic (22:6 n-3), than terrestrial animals (Ackman, 1994). It is widely recognized that the lowest bond dissociation energies for the C±H bond of bisallylic methylene positions, together with the resonance stabilization of the radical intermediate formed, facilitates the hydrogen abstraction from PUFA (Gardner, 1989; Koppenol, 1990). Therefore, the positions between adjacent double bonds of PUFA are thermodynamically favored for attack by free radical species in comparison to ordinary methylene positions of saturated fatty acids. PUFA can be contained in phospholipids, which are more or less constant in fish muscle (0.5±1.0%), or in triglyacylglycerols. Lipid content, i.e. triglyacylglycerols, varies between species, and depends on the sexual maturity of the fish, and its environmental conditions. The lipid level ranges between 0.5 and 2.0% in lean fish, and may even reach to more than 10% in fatty fish. The high susceptibility of muscle from fatty fish to oxidation has been traditionally explained using the total lipid content (Richards and Hultin, 2001). However, several pieces of evidence indicate that phospholipids, which give structure and fluidity to membranes, are the primary lipid substrate for lipid oxidation in muscle food, whereas triglyacylglycerols play a minor role (Gandemer, 1999). The important role of phospholipids as lipid substrate is related to their higher unsaturation compared with neutral lipids, and their close contact with the aqueous phase surrounding the membranes (Hultin, 1994). The cytosol contains an important amount of active substances that promote oxidation, such as active transition metals or enzymes (Buege and Aust, 1978). Research performed in washed cod muscle, a model system essentially composed of phospholipids as lipid source (Undeland et al., 2002; Pazos et al., 2005c), has also highlighted the

Oxidation and protection of fish

93

important contribution of phospholipids to fish oxidation. Undeland et al. (2002) have observed that the addition of 15% of fish triacylglycerols does not enhance lipid oxidation in washed cod muscle activated by hemoglobin, despite the high amount of hydroperoxides in samples with added oil (1135 mol/kg muscle). Richards and Hultin (2001) have demonstrated the strong development of lipid oxidation in a fat-reduced washed cod muscle ( 0.1%), suggesting that a reduced amount of membrane lipids is enough for the initiation and propagation of lipid oxidation. In the last decade, variations in the oxidative stability between species have been associated with factors other than the compositional differences in total lipid content, such as type and content of pro-oxidant substances, or the weakening of the antioxidant barriers in post mortem conditions. The rate and extent of oxidation also depends on the technological processes and storage conditions to which fish are subjected. The following sections will indicate how these intrinsic and extrinsic factors modulate oxidation in fish. 3.2.2 Principal pro-oxidants in fish muscle Heme proteins, transition metals and lipoxygenases are the primary endogenous components that have the ability to promote radical oxidative chain reactions in fish. Heme proteins Hemoglobin (Hb) and myoglobin (Mb) are heme proteins implicated in the onset and propagation of oxidation in muscle-based foods (Kanner, 1994). Hb is constituted by four polypeptide chains, with each chain containing one heme group; Mb is a monomer formed by a single polypeptide with a heme group attached. These heme proteins are much more abundant in the fatty fish species, such as tuna, mackerel and herring, than in lean fish (Venugopal and Shahidi, 1996). Indeed, the high content of heme proteins gives a characteristically reddish hue to the muscle of fatty fish, in contrast to the white muscle of lean fish. The proportion of Hb and Mb is roughly equal in dark muscle, whereas Hb is much more abundant in light fish muscle (Richards and Hultin, 2002). The high content of Hb in light fish muscle, which comprises roughly 75±90% of the total muscle (Burt and Hardy, 1992), has contributed to the increasing number of investigations focused on the pro-oxidant mechanisms of fish Hb, and the search for efficient methodologies to avoid its negative effects on the quality and nutritional value of fish products. The concentration of Hb in light muscle from fatty fish species fluctuates typically from 3 to 12 mol Hb/ kg muscle (Richards and Hultin, 2002; Larsson et al., 2007). Different studies have demonstrated that these levels of fish Hb can actively increase lipid oxidation in washed fish muscle; a fish model system practically free of hemeproteins. The pro-oxidant activity of Hb is concentration-dependent in the range found in fish muscle (0.06±5.8 mol Hb/kg muscle), with a noticeable change in the rate and extent of lipid oxidation with the

94


increase of Hb concentration in washed cod muscle (Richards and Hultin, 2002). In spite of the fact that the strongest net oxidation is suffered in the presence of higher Hb levels, there is a reduction in the relative pro-oxidant capacity per mol at higher Hb concentrations. Similar concentration-dependence has been observed in a model system based on fish membranes (Pazos et al., 2005c); therefore, Hb seems to be acting as a reagent rather than as catalyst, although the relative efficiency seems to be higher at low concentrations. Accordingly, the reduction of the Hb content by bleeding can improve to some extent the oxidative stability of the muscle of certain fatty fish (Sakai et al., 2006; Richards and Hultin, 2002). Other investigations have shown that bleeding is not sufficient to prevent lipid oxidation (Sohn et al., 2007). Three principal mechanisms contribute to the high capacity of Hb to activate oxidative processes in muscle-based foods: 1. generation of free radical species (peroxyl, alkoxyl, etc.) via fragmentation of lipid hydroperoxides (Pazos et al., 2008); 2. abstraction of hydrogen atoms from PUFA by hypervalent ferrylHb species (·HbFe(IV)=O), which can be formed by the reaction of ferric metHb with hydrogen peroxide (H2O2) or lipid hydroperoxides (Kanner, 1994); 3. release from Hb of inorganic iron ions and hemin (oxidized form of heme group) (Grunwald and Richards, 2006b). Hb cleavages hydroperoxides significantly more rapidly than free ferrous and ferric iron accomplish (O'Brien, 1969). Recent studies have demonstrated differences in the capacity of several fish Hbs to generate hydroperoxide-derived free radicals, and their relative differences in efficiency have been found to be similar to their capacity to promote lipid oxidation in liposomes (Pazos et al., 2009). This result suggests the significant participation of free radicals formed through hydroperoxide-decomposition on the hemoglobin-mediated lipid oxidation. The radical-generating activity in the presence of hydroperoxides does not appear to be significantly influenced by the redox state of Hb, and consequently ferric metHb and ferrous Hb created similar amounts of radicals (Pazos et al., 2008). However, several investigations have indicated that metHb is more highly active in promoting lipid oxidation than ferrous Hb in washed fish muscle and liposomes (Grunwald and Richards, 2006a; Pazos et al., 2009; Maestre et al., 2009b). This finding may be explained by the more efficient generation of oxidizing ferrylHb radicals in the presence of metHb than in the case of ferrous Hb. The reaction of metMb with the lipid hydroperoxides renders principally ferryl species, whereas other Hb species (ferrous, ferric and ferryl Hb) are implicated in the reaction with oxyMb (Reeder and Wilson, 1998). Conversely, the release of free iron should play a minor role in the pro-oxidant activity of Hb, as the addition of chelating agents has a poor efficiency in preventing lipid oxidation triggered by hemoglobin (Maestre et al., 2009a; Grunwald and Richards, 2006a). It is certain that fish Hb exhibits a much higher ability to activate oxidation compared to Hb from beef, turkey and chicken (Richards et al., 2002a). The


95

lower pro-oxidant activity of Hb from terrestrial animals is attributed to the greater proportion of anodic isoforms in fish Hb, which exhibits poor stability at the pH values typically found in fish muscle (5.5±7.0) (Aranda IV et al., 2009). It is now known that anodic isoforms are significantly more pro-oxidant than catodic Hb isoforms (Richards et al., 2002b). Certain investigations have also revealed differences in the activity of fish Hb from species to species, finding a direct correlation between the pro-oxidant activity and redox instability of the corresponding Hb (Richards and Dettman, 2003; Aranda IV et al., 2009; Undeland et al., 2004; Maestre et al., 2009b). In particular, the pro-oxidative behavior of fish Hb has a positive correlation with its susceptibility to metHb formation and hemin loss either in the presence or absence of lipid oxidation byproduct, such as hydroperoxides and aldehydes (Maestre et al., 2009b). These results may suggest that metHb and hemin play a decisive role in the prooxidant activity of fish Hb. Hemin possesses a strong facility to produce hydroperoxide-derived free radicals in the presence of relatively low amounts of hydroperoxides (Pazos et al., 2008). The ability of free radicals to destroy the heme ring may explain the poor efficiency of hemin to generate free radicals under high hydroperoxide/hemin molar rations or successive exposures to low amounts of hydroperoxides. Hemin interacts more clearly with lipid hydroperoxides than hemeproteins, due to lower steric impediments and its higher solubility in lipid phases. Consequently, hemin release can significantly contribute to the early stages of oxidation. Differences in the redox stability of fish Hbs have been also associated with variations in the anodic character of Hb (Maestre et al., 2009b). Transition metal ions Iron is the primary transition metal implicated in the lipid oxidation of musclebased foods, although some authors have suggested that copper can also contribute to the process (Hultin, 1994). The inorganic iron is mainly found as ferric ions, although it can be reduced to a ferrous state in the presence of reducers. The term low molecular weight (LMW)-iron has been used instead of free iron because iron seems to be associated with small metabolites, as ATP, ADP, and amino acids, due to the particularly low solubility of ferric iron at physiological pH in the tissue. The contamination of iron during processing, and the release of iron from iron-containing proteins, may increase inorganic iron during processing and storage (Decker et al., 1988; Decker and Xu, 1998). Two main oxidative mechanisms are ascribed to LMW-Fe: 1. the reaction of ferrous iron with hydrogen peroxide to generate the highly oxidizing hydroxyl radical, also known as Fenton reaction (Kanner, 1994), and 2. the generation of free radicals through lipid hydroperoxide-decomposition. Both ferric and ferrous ions can participate in the generation of hydroperoxidederived free radicals, but ferrous is significantly more efficient than ferric in generating free radicals (O'Brien, 1969). Accordingly, the oxidant activity of

96


inorganic iron is frequently enhanced by reducing systems that convert the ferric ions into the most active ferrous ions (Soyer and Hultin, 2000; Pazos et al., 2006b). Fish muscle contains enzymatic and non-enzymatic systems with the ability to activate ferric ions. The enzymatic iron-reducing systems of fish muscle are NAD(P)H-dependent, and are mainly found in the endoplasmic and sarcoplamic reticula (Mcdonald and Hultin, 1987; Decker et al., 1988; Soyer and Hultin, 2000). Ascorbate is the most studied non-enzymatic iron-reducing system in fish muscle because ascorbate has a powerful reducing capacity as a consequence of its low reduction potential. Additionally, it is localized in the cytosol and is therefore in contact with most of the LMW-Fe. Lipoxygenases Lipoxygenases are iron containing enzymes localized in the cytosol or microsomal fraction (Harris and Tall, 1994). The enzyme catalyses the stereoselective incorporation of molecular oxygen in 1,4-cis-pentadiene structures of PUFA. Lipoxygenases have been localized in skin, gills and muscle of various fish species (German et al., 1986; Medina et al., 1999a; Banerjee et al., 2002). Lipoxygenase-derived volatiles may be important for fresh aroma in fish, but their contribution to off-flavor generation during storage remains doubtful. German et al. (1992) noted that lipoxygenases have low stability, as they are deactivated by up to 50% after 3 h at 0 ëC, and completely deactivated with a single freeze-thaw cycle. 3.2.3 Endogenous antioxidants The antioxidant defense system of fish muscle is able to control oxidation under normal in vivo conditions in such a complicated matrix rich in PUFA, which is a substrate prone to develop oxidative degradations, and loaded with pro-oxidant substances. However, the endogenous barrier against oxidation is continuously weakened post mortem as oxidative stress progresses (Jia et al., 1996; Undeland et al., 1999). The multifunctional antioxidant system of fish muscle includes two types of compounds: small radical-scavenging substances and enzymes such as peroxidases, catalase and superoxide dismutase, which remove lipid peroxides, and the reactive oxygen species hydrogen peroxide, and superoxide, respectively (Decker et al., 2000). Among the most important endogenous free-radical scavengers of fish muscle, there are lipophilic compounds, such as -tocopherol and ubiquinol, and water-soluble substances such as ascorbate and glutathione (Fig. 3.1). Free-radical scavengers or chain-breaking antioxidants can neutralize radicals implicated in lipid oxidation (i.e., lipid alkyl (R·), alkoxyl (RO·) and peroxyl (ROO·) radicals) through the donation of electrons and hydrogen atoms (Frankel, 1998). Therefore, the effectiveness of free radical-scavengers should be dependent on chemical properties such as hydrogen bond dissociation enthalpies (BDE) and reduction potentials since those parameters quantify the thermodynamic facility to transfer hydrogen atoms and electrons, respectively.


Fig. 3.1

97

Chemical structures of lipid-soluble and water-soluble antioxidants more relevant in fish muscle.

Compounds with low hydrogen-BDE can more easily transfer hydrogen atoms to free radicals, and substances endowed with minor reduction potentials will be more thermodynamically favored to donate electrons. Similarly, the electron transfer from the endogenous free radical scavengers (-tocopherol, ubiquinol and ascorbate) to lipid peroxidation radicals is thermodynamically favorable, since the endogenous compound is provided by lower one-electron reduction potentials than lipid peroxides (alkyl, alkoxyl and peroxyl) and the powerful oxidizing hydroxyl radical (Buettner, 1993). For example, the alkyl radical formed in a PUFA by hydrogen atom abstraction has a standard one-electron reduction potential of 0.6 V, proving significantly better than those of tocopherol (Eë0 0.5 V), ascorbate (Eë0 0.28 V) and ubiquinol (Eë0 0.20 V) (Table 3.1). Compared to the reduction of alkyl radicals, the electron transfer to peroxyl, alkoxyl and hydroxyl radicals is even more thermodynamically Table 3.1 Standard one-electron reduction potentials for the most relevant free radicals implicated on lipid oxidation and endogenous antioxidants Free radical or antioxidant HO·, H/H2O RO·, H/ROH ROO·, H/ROOH PUFA·, H/PUFA-H -Tocopheroxyl·, H/-tocopherol Ascorbate·, H/ascorbate Semiubiquinone·, H/ubiquinol Source: Adapted from Buettner (1993)

Eë0 (V) 2.31 1.60 1.00 0.60 0.50 0.28 0.20

98


Fig. 3.2 Kinetics of consumption of the endogenous antioxidants in mackerel dark muscle during chilling storage. Results are expressed as the ratio between the antioxidants found in the chilled sample and in non oxidized control samples: l ascorbate, n total glutathione, s -tocopherol, t ubiquinone-10, u ubiquinol-10. Source: Petillo et al. (1998).

favored, since the standard reduction potential is 1.0 V for peroxyl radicals and higher for alkoxyl and hydroxyl radicals, Eë0 1.6 V and Eë0 2.31 V, respectively. As a consequence of this radical-scavenging activity, the endogenous antioxidants are continuously oxidized and finally consumed in post mortem conditions. It is in this state that the natural supply of antioxidants is suppressed. Petillo et al. (1998) report different relative rates of consumption for the endogenous antioxidants of mackerel muscle during chilling storage: ubiquinol ascorbate total glutathione > -tocopherol (Fig. 3.2). Similar tendencies are described under frozen storage, and so, total glutathione exhibits faster depletion than endogenous -tocopherol in minced mackerel (Erickson, 1993a, 1993b). Ascorbate is also consumed more rapidly than -tocopherol in chilled horse mackerel muscle (Iglesias et al., 2009). The kinetics of antioxidant loss in fish muscle are in concordance with the antioxidant pecking order predicted by the one-electron standard reduction potentials (Buettner, 1993); -tocopherol (Eë0 0.5 V) possesses much higher reduction potential than ascorbate (Eë0 0.28 V) and ubiquinol (Eë0 0.20 V), which show similar values (Table 3.1). This antioxidant hierarchy shows that ascorbate and ubiquinol deactivate free radicals in the early steps of oxidation, while -tocopherol is a later barrier of defense against oxidation. In agreement with the antioxidant pecking order, it is welldocumented that the -tocopheroxyl radical formed during antioxidant actions of -tocopherol, can be regenerated by ascorbic acid (Packer et al., 1979) and ubiquinol (Mukai et al., 1992). Such cooperative activity between antioxidants seems to explain the antioxidant synergism observed when -tocopherol and ascorbic acid are used together (Frankel, 1998). This natural redox cycle between endogenous antioxidants can be modified by the addition of exogenous


99

Fig. 3.3 Redox cycles between endogenous -tocopherol (TOH) and ascorbate (AscHÿ) of fish muscle in the absence (a) and the presence (b) of exogenous caffeic acid (CafOH).

antioxidant compounds (Fig. 3.3). As an example, the supplementation of caffeic acid, a phenolic compound with a high antioxidant capacity to prevent fish oxidation, appears to directly regenerate endogenous -tocopherol through the reduction of the -tocopheroxyl radicals and, at the same time, caffeic acid is repaired by endogenous ascorbate (Iglesias et al., 2009) (Fig. 3.3). The accumulation of tocopherolquinone, a major oxidation byproduct of tocopherol, has been successfully correlated with the formation of lipid peroxides in fish muscle during chilling and frozen storage (Pazos et al., 2005d). Figure 3.4 shows how the depletion below critical levels of endogenous tocopherol produces an exponential generation of lipid peroxides both in frozen fish mince and fillets. This finding highlights the importance of maintaining tocopherol levels to protect fish against oxidation. 3.2.4 Extrinsic factors The oxidation pattern of fish products can be drastically influenced by processing treatments and storage conditions (Decker and Xu, 1998). Therefore, identifying the response of fish muscle to processing and storage treatments is essential in order to optimize shelf-life and quality. The typical effect of common technological treatments will be covered in the following section. Degree of tissue integrity: whole, fillet, skinning and minced The rate of oxidation is greater with any loss of muscle integrity. Accordingly, whole fish exhibit greater oxidative stability than in filleted fish (Aubourg et al., 2004, 2005), which in turn is found to be more stable than in minced fish.

100


Fig. 3.4

Consumption of -tocopherol (TOH) and formation of lipid peroxides (ROOH) in horse mackerel fillets and mince during frozen storage.

Mechanical actions such as mincing, and to a lesser extent filleting, disrupt the cellular antioxidative compartmentalization defense mechanism that limits the contact between membrane lipids and pro-oxidants, and also increases exposure of the tissue to oxygen (Undeland et al., 1998a). It has been suggested that these two consequences are responsible for the prominent oxidative instability of mince, and to a lesser extent of fillets. Skin has a protective effect against oxidation on underlying areas, as it limits oxygen accessibility to the tissues; therefore, skinning may accelerate oxidation during storage (Undeland et al., 1998b). The high proportion of dark muscle, elevated lipid content and low level of -tocopherol in the tissue situated under the skin layer may also contribute to the pro-oxidative effect of skinning. Washing Washing is designed to remove constituents of the tissue. It is most extensively employed in the process of making surimi, to enrich the final product with myofibril proteins. The washing process not only removes soluble proteins, but may also remove fat, pro-oxidants, and antioxidants (Eymard et al., 2005). Therefore, the oxidative stability of muscle ultimately depends upon the antioxidant/pro-oxidant balance that remains after the muscle is washed. Eymard et al. (2009) have demonstrated that horse mackerel mince is partially oxidized during a washing step with cold distilled water; the resulting washed mince is significantly less stable than unwashed mince during chilled storage. Undeland et al. (1998a) have also observed a reduction in the oxidative stability of minced herring during frozen storage, despite the fact that an important


101

proportion of redox active metals, such as iron and copper, were removed during the washing treatment. It is thought that washing may promote oxidation in mince because it effectively removes antioxidants from the fish, and since the neutral lipids are more easily removed than polar lipids, phospholipids and free fatty acids are concentrated in the end product. In order to maintain the antioxidant/pro-oxidant balance, investigators have recommended washing with antioxidant solutions (Kelleher et al., 1994). Washing appears to more effectively improve the preservation of fish fillets. Richards et al. (1998) showed that the stability of mackerel fillets obtained in rigor is improved by washing with water. The improvement of oxidative stability by washing has been attributed to the removal of hemoglobin from the fillet surface, whilst the level of endogenous antioxidants remains stable due to the high tissue integrity of fillets. Freezing Both enzymatic and nonenzymatic reactions associated with oxidation are significantly decreased at temperatures below ÿ10 ëC (Erickson, 2002). The oxidative stability is particularly extended by frozen storage in the case of lean fish species. It is possible, for instance, to preserve the quality of species such as hake for approximately 12 months at ÿ20 ëC, a typical freezing temperature for the fish industry (Herrero and Careche, 2006). However, frozen storage is not very efficient for preserving fatty fish species from oxidation. For example, horse mackerel fillets stored at ÿ20 ëC maintain satisfactory commercial quality for only 1 month, and the whole fish cannot be preserved for more than 5 months (Aubourg et al., 2004). To achieve a significant increase in shelf-life for fatty fish species, storage temperatures as low as ÿ30 to ÿ40 ëC are necessary. Since the presence of oxygen is vital for oxidation to occur, glazing has often been used to retard oxidation in frozen fish, by placing an ice layer or glaze on the surface of the product to prevent air contact (Erickson, 2002).

3.3 Effects of oxidation on sensory and nutritional quality and shelf-life Lipid oxidation involves the generation of carbon-centered radicals at bisallylic positions of PUFA, which will react rapidly with molecular oxygen to generate peroxyl radicals (Fig. 3.5). Peroxyl radicals can abstract a hydrogen atom from another PUFA to originate lipid hydroperoxides and new alkyl radicals of unsaturated lipids. The alkyl radicals formed are converted to additional peroxyl radicals in the presence of molecular oxygen, which will repeat the chain radical reactions implicated in the lipid oxidation process. By themselves, lipid hydroperoxides are not considered to be damaging to food quality, but they are very unstable and will break down to volatile compounds responsible for off-flavors and free radial species (alkyl and alkoxyl radicals) that autocatalyzed free radical chain reactions (Frankel, 1998). Furthermore, primary and secondary

102


Fig. 3.5 Negative outcomes on sensory, nutritional value and toxicity of fish derived from the production of lipid oxidation byproducts and their interaction with the components of fish muscle.

lipid oxidation byproducts may also react with components of fish muscle, such as proteins, amino acids, vitamins and cholesterol. Such interactions with lipid oxidation byproducts produce degradations, or undesirable modifications of the fish components, and they are notably implicated in the loss of quality linked to oxidation. The loss of quality in oxidized muscle-based products is generally characterized by flavor and odor deterioration, discoloration, destruction of nutrients and possible formation of toxic compounds (Kanner, 1994). Therefore, an optimum control of oxidation is critical in order to maintain sensory attributes and consumer acceptability, as well as preserve nutritional value and safety in fish products. Figure 3.5 shows the most negative outcomes on sensory, nutritional value and toxicity of fish derived from the production of lipid oxidation byproducts and their interaction with the components of fish muscle. The accumulation of volatiles, or secondary oxidation byproducts, is directly related to the development of flavors and odors associated with rancidity. Aldehydes, hydroperoxides and epoxides are oxidation byproducts with a potentially harmful impact on safety, since different studies suggest the potential toxicity of those substances (Varlet et al., 2007; Kolakowska et al., 2000). Furthermore, under extensive oxidation, the content in PUFA can significantly diminish in fish muscle, consequently reducing its nutritional value (Pazos et al., 2005a). In summary, the interaction of oxidation byproducts with the protein components


103

of fish muscle has a negative impact on sensory aspects such as texture and color (Estevez et al., 2006; Suman et al., 2006) and on the functional properties of these proteins (Kolakowska et al., 2000). Oxidation byproducts may also degrade vitamins and carotenoids, reducing the nutritional value of the final fish product. Cholesterol oxidation products are generated under conditions of oxidative stress, and such cholesterol derivatives may be detrimental to the human body (Guardiola et al., 1996). 3.3.1 Oxidative degradation of fish proteins by lipid oxidation by-products Myofibrillar proteins are the most abundant proteins in fish muscle, constituting 65±75% of the total muscle proteins. Among myofibrillar proteins are included contractile proteins, such as myosin and actin, regulatory proteins, such as tropomyosin and troponin, and other minor proteins. The oxidative modification of myofibril proteins is related to the undesirable modification of textural quality and protein functionality in muscle tissues, such as water-holding capacity reduction and formation of protein aggregates (Xiong, 2000; Torres-Arreola et al., 2007). Sarcoplasmic proteins, or water-soluble proteins, constitute between 20 and 30% of total proteins, and they mostly consist of enzymes involved in the biochemical processes of muscle tissues. The sarcoplasmic proteins hemoglobin/ myoglobin are responsible for the reddish muscle of fatty fish species, and their oxidation is the principal cause of muscle discoloration in those fish species (Chaijan et al., 2005). Fish also contains connective tissue proteins, such as collagen, although its content is relatively low in most commercial fish species. The oxidative damage of proteins may cause backbone cleavage, oxidation of side-chain groups, cross-linking, unfolding, and the formation of further reactive species such as hydroperoxides, carbonyls and 3,4-dihydroxyphenylalanine (DOPA) (Xiong, 2000; Davies, 2005; Hawkins and Davies, 2001). In fish muscle, several investigations have shown similar patterns for lipid and protein oxidation during chilled and frozen storage, suggesting that both oxidative degradations are developed simultaneously (Eymard et al., 2009; Baron et al., 2007; Saeed and Howell, 2002; Tokur and Korkmaz, 2007). However, Andersen et al. (2007) have reported a different tendency in salted herring during ripening, since an extensive protein oxidation was detected during ripening storage, but no lipid oxidation. Authors suggested that blood brine and most especially the prooxidant activity of Hb are both implicated in the progress of protein oxidation in salted herring. There is evidence that myosin can be directly oxidized by hypervalent heme proteins (Lund et al., 2008), which are formed through the reaction of heme proteins with either hydrogen peroxide or lipid hydroperoxides. Mb-mediated oxidation of myosin generated thiyl and tyrosyl radicals in the myosin structure, and the consumption of cysteine and tyrosine residues. Frederiksen et al. (2008) later demonstrated that thiols are important for radical formation and cross-linking of myosin during oxidation with hypervalent Mb. It has been demonstrated that either radical or nonradical lipid oxidation byproducts are precursors of oxidative damage on proteins (Davies and Dean,

104


1997; Esterbauer et al., 1991). Aldehyde compounds generated from the decomposition of lipid hydroperoxides are particularly reactive with proteins and peptides. The decomposition of lipid hydroperoxides produces volatile compounds, such as aldehydes, ketones, alcohols and hydrocarbons in the presence of metallic traces or heme proteins, and under conditions of elevated temperatures. The main mechanism for the formation of aldehydes from lipid hydroperoxides occurs through the homolytic -scission of one of C±C bonds adjacent to the hydroperoxyl group (Frankel, 1998). The reaction proceeds via the lipid alkoxyl radical, with two surplus electrons of neighboring atoms forming a carbonyl double bond; whereas the second fragment derived from the lipid hydroperoxide remains with an unpaired electron on a carbon atom. Unsaturated aldehydes may suffer further oxidations to produce aldehydes of shorter carbon chain than the parent aldehydes. Many volatiles with varied reactivity are produced in the course of lipid oxidation. The qualitative and quantitative profile of aldehydes produced during lipid oxidation is highly dependent of the fatty acid carbon length and number of double bonds (Frankel, 1998). Iglesias and Medina (2008) have reported approximately eighty different volatiles compounds in oxidized fish muscle. Within these compounds, 1-penten-3-ol, 2,3-pentanedione and 1-octen-3-ol have exhibited the greatest correlation with the lipid oxidation progress, and are thought to be appropriate markers for lipid oxidation in fish muscle. Volatile aldehydes such as alkanals, 2-alkenal and 2,4-alkadienals have also been identified as lipid oxidation byproducts in fish (Varlet et al., 2007). Saturated and unsaturated aldehydes appear to interact differently with proteins. Saturated aldehydes tend to form Schiff base adducts with the protein, while , -unsaturated aldehydes form mixtures of Schiff bases and Michael addition products (Kautiainen, 1992). Additionally, , -unsaturated aldehydes have shown a higher ability to promote the oxidation of oxymyoglobin than their saturated counterparts of equivalent carbon chain length (Faustman et al., 1999). Chaijan et al. (2007) have also reported that 2-hexenal causes greater oxidation of fish myoglobin than hexanal. The interaction between fish myosin and aldehydes indicates a similar tendency; the reactivity of aldehydes is directly proportional to the number of carbons and double bonds (Chopin et al., 2007). The reaction of myosin with aldehydes induces a loss in myosin solubility, a decrease in the sulfhydryl groups and the formation of dityrosine. All these modifications increase with the carbon chain length and unsaturation number of the aldehydes. Thanonkaew et al. (2006) have also indicated a loss in the solubility and sulfhydryl groups in squid myofibrillar proteins in the presence of aldehydes. Free radicals derived from lipid oxidation may also cause oxidative modifications of proteins and peptides through free radical chain reactions similar to those for lipid oxidation, which involve initiation, propagation and termination steps (Xiong, 2000). The sites of free radical attack on proteins include both the amino acid side chains and the peptide backbone, and the attack often results in protein polymerization or fragmentation. Proteomic tools have


105

been used recently to identify other targets of protein oxidation in fish muscle (Kjaersgard and Jessen, 2004; Kjaersgard et al., 2006; Baron et al., 2007; Kinoshita et al., 2007; Pazos et al., 2010). Proteomics has also been applied to provide markers for post-mortem deterioration in fish muscle (Kjaersgard and Jessen, 2003; Martinez and Friis, 2004). 3.3.2 Interaction of lipid oxidation byproducts with vitamins, carotenoids and cholesterol Vitamins Fish is an important source of vitamins the concentration of which depends on species, age and the anatomical part considered. Most vitamins may be damaged under conditions of high lipid oxidation stress. As previously indicated, the progress of lipid oxidation produces a total exhaustion of ascorbate (vitamin C) and -tocopherol (vitamin E) levels, as a consequence of their free radical scavenging activity. The unsaturated structure of vitamins A and D makes them also susceptible to attacks by free radicals; it is therefore common to see a loss of vitamins A and D in oxidized fish muscle, with a subsequent loss in nutritional value. Carotenoids Carotenoids are a very diverse group (> 600 different compounds) of yellow-tored-color polyenes. Astaxanthin is the most abundant carotenoid pigment in marine animals (Torrissen, 2000). In aquaculture, astaxanthin or canthaxanthin pigmentation is a crucial quality criterion on the flesh of salmonids. Furthermore, carotenoids can function as vitamin A precursors in vitamin A-depleted fish (Schiedt et al., 1985). Carotenoids may react with peroxyl radicals and other free radical species to form carotenoid radicals and other decomposition products (Liebler, 1992). Cholesterol Cholesterol is an important member of the neutral lipids class present in the human body, and it is the most prominent sterol found in animal foodstuffs. As an unsaturated alcohol, it may undergo oxidation in conditions of elevated oxidative stress to form a wide range of cholesterol oxidation products (Smith, 1987; Ohshima et al., 1993). 7-Hydroxycholesterol, 7-ketocholesterol, 25hydroxycholesterol and epimeric epoxide-derivatives are some of the cholesterol oxidation products found in fish products (Ohshima et al., 1993). Lebovics et al. (2009) have revealed that the prevention of lipid oxidation in frozen horse mackerel, through the application of a plant extract, effectively inhibits the generation of cholesterol oxides. These cholesterol oxidation products exert detrimental biological activities in the human body, such as carcinogenesis, mutagenicity, atherosclerosis and cytotoxicity (Guardiola et al., 1996).

106


3.4

Protecting fish and fish products against oxidation

Considering the problems caused by lipid and protein oxidation, it is clear that the inhibition of lipid oxidation is critical for maintaining an excellent sensorial and nutritional quality of fish and seafood products. Efforts are being made to increase the shelf-life of fish species during storage and processing, and especially in the manufacturing of new taylor-made fish products. In vivo, oxidative stability in tissues is controlled by the balance between the endogenous prooxidant and antioxidant components (Decker et al., 2000). However, postmortem, numerous reactions will change the oxidant/reducing balance of fish muscle (Hultin, 1994). The dynamic nature of fish tissues makes it difficult to reduce or minimize lipid oxidation, since the concentration and activity of prooxidants and reducing agents can change significantly during storage or processing. Additionally, processing factors such as temperature, light conditions, ingredients or coadjutants can significantly affect the apparition, rate and extension of lipid oxidation. Innovative approaches are required to preserve quality due to the high vulnerability of the n-3 fatty acids of fish lipids to the effects of oxidation. Procedures aimed at extending the lag phase as long as possible, inhibiting the onset of rancid off-flavors and retarding lipid oxidations have been proposed in recent years. The problem is especially important during fish frozen storage and the manufacture and storage of minced muscle based products. One of the most important factors for avoiding fish lipid oxidation is the careful control of temperatures. Frozen temperatures retard lipid oxidation but do not completely stop the reaction. Treatments such as ice glasses using salts, phosphates, antioxidants or alginates have been used to prevent surface drying and lipid oxidation during the transportation of fish (Matsumoto, 1979). In some on-board operations, fish are individually placed in plastic bags and vacuum sealed, then frozen in brine freezers (Karmas, 1982). Salt, added to water, creates an excellent medium for freezing large or irregularly shaped seafood, since typical saltwater (23% salt) remains liquid to ÿ6 ëF. The process offers good heat transference, and so the product freezes quickly. In a brine freezer, whole fish are immersed in the mechanically chilled brine. Tuna, swordfish and some shellfish (such as king crab sections) are often brine-frozen. However, studies on small size fatty species such as mackerel, or horse mackerel, immersed in brine solution before freezing have shown a high level of peroxide formation during frozen storage (Aubourg and Ugliano, 2002). Employment of an appropriate antioxidant addition is recommended if salting pre-treatment is needed, in order to avoid a large lipid oxidation development, and ensure an extended shelf-life time. Other on-board approaches consider the application of new temperature regimes, such as super chilling or chilling with ice slurries. Aubourg et al. (2006) have considered the use of a combined ozonized-ice slurry system for the on-board storage of some fish species. Ice slurry systems showed higher quality retention than traditional icing. However, no differences in lipid oxidation could be found between ice slurry and ozonized-ice slurry conditions.


107

Chilled storage in ice slurry slows down lipid oxidation in several fish species when compared to traditional flake ice conditions (Losada et al., 2004, 2005). When the quality of fish stored using a combined system consisting of ozone and ice slurry was checked and compared to that of fish stored under ice slurry conditions alone, no effect on oxidation development as a consequence of the presence of ozone was detected (Campos et al., 2005). In addition, the application of vacuum packaging, controlled packaging atmosphere with nitrogen or carbon dioxide, and oxygen absorbers are processes now used widely by the fish product industry to control lipid oxidation (Vermeiren et al., 1999; Sivertsvik et al., 2002). Recent works also suggest that a combination of oxygen absorbers and essential oils could be used for inhibiting lipid oxidation of fish fillets (Mexisa et al., 2009). Washing with water is also a common practice in fish industry in order to eliminate pro-oxidants (Richards and Hultin, 2002). As has been previously discussed, a washing step will remove some pro-oxidants, such as hemoglobin, but also tissue factors that protect against lipid oxidation. The use of a washing solution with antioxidants can avoid this effect (Richards et al., 1998, Kelleher et al., 1994). Compounds such as ascorbate, used to keep hemoglobin in a reduced state, or chelators such as tripolyphosphates for iron ions have both been successfully added to washing water during the manufacture of mackerel surimi, and chilled and frozen mackerel fillets. An effective inhibition of fish lipid oxidation resulted from these treatments. Although antioxidant application may inhibit oxidation processes, their direct application to fresh-cut foods is prohibited in many countries. Nevertheless, consumer interest in safe dietary antioxidants is promoting new research into natural products that are known to have antioxidant properties. Bioactive properties, such as the ability to promote healthy conditions and inhibit the development of lipid oxidation in foodstuffs, have resulted in the common application of antioxidant compounds to different foods (Shahidi and Naczk, 1995). In this area, several natural compounds have been effective in delaying lipid oxidation on fish muscle. Pure compounds or natural extracts have been used for supplementing food products made of minced fish muscle or surimi. Vegetable extracts such as those from tea (Ishihara et al., 2000; Tang et al., 2001), rosemary (Vareltzis et al., 1997), olive oil (Medina et al., 1999b), ginger (Fagbenro and Jauncey, 1994) or grape seeds (Pazos et al., 2005a) composed of flavonoids, polyphenols, terpenoids, etc., have successfully inhibited the rancidity of seafood products such as fish patties, fermented fish, canned fish, and emulsified fish. Other natural extracts such as those obtained from materials such as light fish muscle have been also utilized in fish systems (Sannaveerappa et al., 2007). Catechins and their gallate esters (He and Shahidi, 1997), procyanidins (Pazos et al., 2006a), hydroxytyrosol (Pazos et al., 2006a), flavonoids (Ramanathan and Das, 1992), carnosic acid and derivatives (Medina et al., 2003) have also been successfully tested in fish muscle. Some of these components have recently been shown to inhibit the enzymatic activity of lipoxygenase in fish muscle (Banerjee et al., 2002). The group of hydroxycinnamic acids has proven particularly attractive

108


as natural antioxidants in seafood, as they are widely distributed in plants and vegetables, and can be obtained at low cost. They have displayed a high ability to inhibit rancidity in chilled and frozen fish dependent of their molecular structure (Medina et al., 2009). The antioxidant efficiency of frozen horse mackerel stored at ÿ10 ëC and ÿ18 ëC was the same as that observed in chilled horse mackerel, confirming the capacity of chilled tests to predict antioxidant effectiveness at lower temperatures. Some of the most abundant antioxidants in vegetable by-products are polyphenols like proanthocyanidins, flavanol oligomers, with a high number of galloylated and phenolic residues. In recent years, compounds originating from sources such as grape, pine, strawberries, and hazel have been successfully employed to inhibit lipid oxidation in fish products (Pazos et al., 2005a, 2006a). A strong dependence of antioxidant effectiveness on fish muscle has been obtained depending on the presence of one or more catechin units (polymerization degree) and the number of galloylated groups (galloylation degree) set in the polyphenol molecule. A structure±activity relationship study showed that an increase in the degree of polymerization in the polyphenol structure increased the inhibitory potential towards lipid peroxidation. The results of these studies prove the existence of an optimal polymerization degree in the procyanidins framework (Fig. 3.6). The decrease in efficiency observed in the highly polymerized procyanidins is explained by the spatial conformation of these molecules, which does not facilitate the accessibility of hydroxyl groups for scavenging the different radical species (Saint-Cricq De Gaulejac et al., 1999). Equally, electrostatic repulsion among hydroxilic groups can decrease effective metal chelatation. Additionally, the antioxidant inhibition of procyanidins increased with an increased percentage of galloylation. Different studies have demonstrated that the pyrogallol moiety provides more hydrogen atoms or electrons than the catechol group (Bors et al., 2000). An increase in the number of hydroxyl groups in the galloylated procyanidins enhances their interaction with the polar heads of lipids and the location in the lipid±water interface increases the antioxidant efficiency. The lower polarity of the galloylated procyanidins seems to facilitate this location in lipid membrane systems, such as fish muscle, since the increase in the hydroxyl group facilitates the interaction with the membrane. This fact has been related to their capacity to decrease membrane fluidity (Arora et al., 2000; Sanz and Coll, 1992). Such reduction decreases the mobility of the lipid radicals and delays the lipid deterioration, improving the antioxidant efficiency of galloylated procyanidins in comparison to those homologous procyanidins which are not galloylated. The addition of antioxidants to the oxidative sensitive sites of fish microsomes and muscle is an important determinant in the effectiveness of their preservation. The selective incorporation of several phenolics into membrane lipids is important because membranes are highly unsaturated phospholipids which contain iron-reducing enzymes and endogenous -tocopherol: the major membrane antioxidant (Pazos et al., 2006b). Use of a suitable antioxidant carrier or some previous treatment can improve antioxidant incorporation into


109

Fig. 3.6 Comparative efficacy of purified fractions from pine bark (IVP, not galloyled), grape pomace (IVG, low galloyzation) and witch hazel bark (IVH, high galloyzation) in chilled fish muscle on the formation of peroxides.

membranes. The incorporation or effective distribution of procyanidins on the fish muscle is improved by the use of a previous washing process on fish fillets prior to antioxidant supplementation (Pazos et al., 2006a), resulting in a significant increase in the antioxidant effectiveness of procyanidins. The supplementation of effective antioxidant additives into fish muscle has also shown a positive result in the fish endogenous antioxidant system. Pazos et al. (2005b) achieved a significant retardation of endogenous -tocopherol consumption during fish muscle storage through the addition of polyphenols extracted from grape pomace; whereas ubiquinone-10 and total glutathione were significantly less protected. The addition of hydroxycinnamic acids to minced horse mackerel retarded the loss of glutathione and -tocopherol during chilling and frozen storage as well. Such inhibition has been attributed to the preventative action of the antioxidant, but may also be due to a synergistic or protective effect that leads to a regeneration of oxidized antioxidants (Iglesias et al., 2009). Phenolic acids like caffeic acid regenerated endogenous -tocopherol from tocopheroxyl radicals, resulting in an antioxidant synergy consistent with the reduction of lipid oxidation observed in the fish muscle supplemented with these antioxidants. As has been mentioned previously, the activation of hemoglobin to lead methemoglobin and cause liberation of free hemin is considered to be a major catalyzer of lipid oxidation in the fish muscle of fat and semifat fish species, but can be controlled by the addition of reducing agents (Richards et al., 1998). The retardation of hemoglobin autooxidation during post-mortem storage resulted in the delay of lipid oxidation in washed fish muscle models and chilled fish (Undeland et al., 2003). Different antioxidants have been able to inhibit oxidation promoted by hemoglobin and enzymatic NADH-iron and nonenzymic ascorbate-iron in fish membranes (Pazos et al., 2006b). Furthermore, a

110


relationship has been identified between the chelating capacity of the exogenous phenolic and the inhibition of oxidation promoted by hemoglobins in fish microsomes. Recent results show a possible loss of iron from the porphyrinic structure, which found the chelating ability to be the major factor involved in the inhibition of oxidation promoted by hemoglobin in cod liposomes (Undeland et al., 2005). The problem of obtaining an effective distribution of antioxidants into the food can be solved by microencapsulation. Microencapsulation of compounds in carrier matrices can provide protection against degradation, and enhance the stability and flavor of core materials (Kanakdande et al., 2007). In recent years, several studies have been focused on the development of anti-oxidative packaging films coated with microencapsulated vegetables extracts. These novel films are a promising tool to prolong the shelf-life of fish products. In a recent study, Jung and coworkers (2009) have examined the effect of microcapsulecoated film containing volatile horseradish extract for inhibiting rancidity development during fish storage. Covering fish fillets with the horseradishcoated film containing natural antioxidants delayed oxidative discoloration and the formation of oxidative products (Fig. 3.7). Furthermore, the release of

Fig. 3.7 Changes in POV of pork and fish covered with ordinary plastic film and microcapsule-coated film. Results are means of three replicates. Bars indicate standard deviation. u Pork fillet covered with ordinary plastic film, n pork fillet covered with microcapsule-covered film, s fish fillet covered with ordinary plastic film, l fish fillet covered with microcapsule-covered film. Source: Jung et al. (2009).


111

volatile antioxidants from the microcapsules to the package's atmosphere could be controlled by adjusting the amount of components added for microcapsule formation.

3.5

Future trends

Unlike other muscle foods, fish species are usually harvested in remote locations. The delay between the catch and the landing can be much longer than the time between landing and the shop. In addition to good on-board practices such as suitable levels of hygiene or rapid handling, the control of temperatures in all these processes is critical. The use of ice slurry, antioxidant washing solutions or the addition of reductants and chelatants such as ascorbate and citrate into the slurry solution is now suggested in order to delay lipid oxidation in on-board fish. In the aquaculture sector, the dietary supplementation of antioxidants is becoming a common practice to extend the shelf-life of postmortem fish. Fish feed often contains a high level of fat. Increasing the tissue level of -tocopherol (vitamin E), ascorbic acid (vitamin C) or selenium, alone or in combinations, has been shown to successfully extend the shelf life of fish (Baker, 1997; Hemre et al., 1997). This is the case for fish species that are valued for their bright colour, such as farmed Southern Bluefin Tuna (SBT) (Thunnus maccoyii). The bright red colour of these species is due to the myoglobin content of its meat, but during storage the myoglobin is oxidized to met-myoglobin and gradually changes from red to brown. The use of feeds fortified with the natural antioxidants dl--tocopherol acetate, l-ascorbic acid phosphate and selenium resulted in a significant inhibition of post-mortem discoloration due to oxidation (Thomas and Buchanan, 2006). New functional seafood products are currently being formulated using these myriad opportunities to enrich fish muscle based products with bioactive antioxidants: antioxidants that can maintain oxidative stability while also contributing to bioactive health promoting properties. Restructured fish products are made from minced and/or chopped muscle plus additional ingredients, to which a new appearance and texture are given. In such products lipid oxidation is a significant problem, since chopped or minced fish muscle suffers rapid lipid oxidation. Effective fish antioxidants such as procyanidins, which can exert a direct preventive effect on the colon epithelial cells by acting as an antioxidant and a selective pro-apoptotic agent, have been proposed as functional ingredients for fish based products. Such food products are believed to be interesting and stable functional foods, offering the combined action of !-3 fatty acids and natural polyphenols (Medina et al., 2006). Recently, antioxidant dietary fibers such as natural additives that combine the beneficial effects of dietary fiber with natural antioxidants have also been studied in order to formulate new functional foods (SaÂnchez-Alonso et al., 2007). Simultaneously, ways to incorporate antioxidant compounds from vegetable origin to the farmed

112


fish through dietary intervention are now being explored; as in, for instance, pioneer studies into the incorporation of Selenium in farmed fish (Luten et al., 2008).

3.6


The main researcher groups working on lipid oxidation are: · Dr Edwin N. Frankel, Department of Food Science and Technology, University of California Davis, CA 95616-8598, USA · Dr Bruce German, Department of Food Science and Technology, University of California Davis, CA 95616-8598, USA · Dr Charlotte Jacobbsen, Danish Institute for Fisheries Research, Technical University of Denmark, Denmark · Dr Ingrid Undeland, Chalmers University of Technology, Sweden · Ivar Storrù, SINTEF, Applied Chemistry, 7034 Trondheim, Norway · Dr Turid Rustad, Department of Biotechnology, Faculty of Chemistry and Biology, NTNU, 7491 Trondheim, Norway · Dr Mark Richards, Meat and Muscle Biology Laboratory, 1805 Linden Drive West, Madison, WI 53706, USA · Dr Joseph Kanner, Department of Food Science, Agricultural Research Organization, The Volcani Center, PO Box 6, 50250 Bet Dagan, Israel · Dr RoÂsa JoÂnsdoÂttir, MatõÂs ohf., Food Research, Innovation and Safety, Biotechnology and New Products, Skulagata 4, 101 Reykjavik, Iceland

3.7

References

(1994) Seafood lipids. In Shahidi, F. and Botta, J. R. (eds), Seafoods: Chemistry, Processing Technology and Quality. London, Chapman & Hall. ANDERSEN, E., ANDERSEN, M. L. and BARON, C. P. (2007) Characterization of oxidative changes in salted herring (Clupea harengus) during ripening. J. Agric. Food Chem., 55, 9545±9553. ARANDA IV, R., CAI, H., WORLEY, C. E., LEVIN, E. J., LI, R., OLSON, J. S., PHILLIPS, G. N. and RICHARDS, M. P. (2009) Structural analysis of fish versus mammalian hemoglobins: effect of the heme pocket environment on autooxidation and hemin loss. Proteins: Structure, Function, and Bioinformatics, 75, 217±230. ARORA, A., BYREM, T. M., NAIR, M. G. and STRASBURG, G. M. (2000) Modulation of liposomal membrane fluidity by flavonoids and isoflavonoids. Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 373, 102±109. AUBOURG, S. P. and UGLIANO, M. (2002) Effect of brine pre-treatment on lipid stability of frozen horse mackerel (Trachurus trachurus). Eur. Food Res. Technol., 215, 91± 95. Ä EIRO, C. and GONZALEZ, M. J. (2004) Quality loss related to rancidity AUBOURG, S. P., PIN development during frozen storage of horse mackerel (Trachurus trachurus). J. Am. Oil Chem. Soc., 81, 671±678. AUBOURG, S. P., RODRIÂGUEZ, A. and GALLARDO, J. M. (2005) Rancidity development during ACKMAN, R. G.


113

frozen storage of mackerel (Scomber scombrus): effect of catching season and commercial presentation. Eur. J. Lipid Sci. Tech., 107, 316±323. Â ZQUEZ, J. (2006) AUBOURG, S. P., LOSADA, V., GALLARDO, J., MIRANDA, M. and BARROS-VELA On-board quality preservation of megrim (Lepidorhombus whiffiagonis) by a novel ozonised-slurry ice system. Eur. Food Res. Technol., 223, 232±237. BAKER, R. T. M. (1997) The effects of dietary -tocopherol and oxidised lipid on post-thaw drip from catfish muscle. Anim. Feed Sci. Tech., 65, 35±43. BANERJEE, S., KHOKHAR, S. and APENTEN, R. K. O. (2002) Characterization of lipoxygenase from mackerel (Scomber scombrus) muscle. J. Food Biochem., 26, 1±19. BARON, C. P., KJAERSGARD, I. V. H., JESSEN, F. and JACOBSEN, C. (2007) Protein and lipid oxidation during frozen storage of rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss). J. Agric. Food Chem., 55, 8118±8125. BORS, W., MICHEL, C. and STETTMAIER, K. (2000) Electron paramagnetic resonance studies of radical species of proanthocyanidins and gallate esters. Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 374, 347±355. BUEGE, J. A. and AUST, S. D. (1978) Microsomal lipid peroxidation. In Fleischer, S. and Packer, L. (eds), Methods in Enzymology: Biomembranes. Specialized Techniques. New York, Academic Press. BUETTNER, G. R. (1993) The pecking order of free radicals and antioxidants: lipid peroxidation, -tocopherol and ascorbate. Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 300, 535±543. BURT, J. R. and HARDY, R. (1992) Composition and deterioration of pelagic fish. In Burt, J. R., Hardy, R. and Whittle, K. J. (eds), Pelagic Fish. The Resource and its Exploitation. Oxford, Blackwell Scientific Publications. Â ., LOSADA, V., AUBOURG, S. and BARROS-VELA Â ZQUEZ, J. (2005) CAMPOS, C., RODRIÂGUEZ, O Effects of storage in ozonised slurry ice on the sensory and microbial quality of sardine (Sardina pilchardus). Int. J. Food Microbiol., 103, 121±130. CHAIJAN, M., BENJAKUL, S., VISESSANGUAN, W. and FAUSTMAN, C. (2005) Changes of pigments and color in sardine (Sardinella gibbosa) and mackerel (Rastrelliger kanagurta) muscle during iced storage. Food Chem., 93, 607±617. CHAIJAN, M., BENJAKUL, S., VISESSANGUAN, W., LEE, S. and FAUSTMAN, C. (2007) The effect of freezing and aldehydes on the interaction between fish myoglobin and myofibrillar proteins. J. Agric. Food Chem., 55, 4562±4568. CHOPIN, C., KONE, M. and SEROT, T. (2007) Study of the interaction of fish myosin with the products of lipid oxidation: the case of aldehydes. Food Chem., 105, 126±132. DAVIES, M. J. (2005) The oxidative environment and protein damage. Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1703, 93±109. DAVIES, M. J. and DEAN, R. T. (1997) Radical-mediated Protein Oxidation: From Chemistry to Medicine. Oxford, Oxford Science Publications. DECKER, E. A. and XU, Z. (1998) Minimizing rancidity in muscle foods. Food TechnolChicago, 52, 54±59. DECKER, E. A., HUANG, C.-H., OSINCHAK, J. E. and HULTIN, H. O. (1988) Iron and copper: role in enzymic lipid oxidation of fish sarcoplasmic reticulum at in situ concentrations. J. Food Biochem., 13, 179±186. DECKER, E. A., LIVISAY, S. A. and ZOY, S. (2000) Mechanisms of endogenous skeletal muscle antioxidants: chemical and physical aspects. In Decker, E. A., Faustman, C. and Lopez-Bote, C. J. (eds), Antioxidants in Muscle Foods. New York, John Wiley & Sons. ERICKSON, M. C. (1993a) Ability of chemical measurements to differentiate oxidative stabilities of frozen minced muscle tissue from farm-raised striped bass and hybrid

114


striped bass. Food Chem., 48, 381±385. (1993b) Compositional parameters and their relationship to oxidative stability of channel catfish. J. Agric. Food Chem., 41, 1213±1218. ERICKSON, M. C. (2002) Lipid oxidation of muscle foods. In Akoh, C. C. and Min, D. B. (eds), Food Lipids. Chemistry, Nutrition, and Biotechnology. New York, Marcel Dekker. ESTERBAUER, H., SCHAUR, R. J. and ZOLLNER, H. (1991) Chemistry and biochemistry of 4hydroxynonenal, malonaldehyde and related aldehydes. Free Radic. Biol. Med., 11, 81±128. ESTEVEZ, M., VENTANAS, S. and CAVA, R. (2006) Effect of natural and synthetic antioxidants on protein oxidation and colour and texture changes in refrigerated stored porcine liver pate. Meat Sci., 74, 396±403. EYMARD, S., CARCOUEÈT, E., ROCHET, M. J., DUMAY, J., CHOPIN, C. and GENOT, C. (2005) Development of lipid oxidation during manufacturing of horse mackerel surimi. J. Sci. Food Agric., 85, 1750±1756. EYMARD, S., BARON, C. P. and JACOBSEN, C. (2009) Oxidation of lipid and protein in horse mackerel (Trachurus trachurus) mince and washed minces during processing and storage. Food Chem., 114, 57±65. FAGBENRO, O. and JAUNCEY, K. (1994) Chemical and nutritional quality of fermented fish silage containing potato extracts, formalin or ginger extracts. Food Chem., 50, 383±388. FAUSTMAN, C., LIEBLER, D. C., MCCLURE, T. D. and SUN, Q. (1999) , -Unsaturated aldehydes accelerate oxymyoglobin oxidation. J. Agric. Food Chem., 47, 3140±3144. FRANKEL, E. N. (1998) Lipid Oxidation. Dundee, Scotland, The Oily Press. FREDERIKSEN, A. M., LUND, M. N., ANDERSEN, M. L. and SKIBSTED, L. H. (2008) Oxidation of porcine myosin by hypervalent myoglobin: the role of thiol groups. J. Agric. Food Chem., 56, 3297±3304. GANDEMER, G. (1999) Lipids and meat quality: lipolysis, oxidation, Maillard reaction and flavour. Sci. Aliment., 19, 439±458. GARDNER, H. W. (1989) Oxygen radical chemistry of polyunsaturated fatty acids. Free Radic. Biol. Med., 7, 65±86. GERMAN, J. B., BRUCKNER, G. G. and KINSELLA, J. E. (1986) Lipoxygenase in trout gill tissue acting on arachidonic, eicosapentaenoid and docosahexaenoic acids. Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 875, 12±20. GERMAN, J. B., ZHANG, H. and BERGER, R. (1992) Role of lipoxygenases in lipid oxidation in foods. In Angelo, A. J. S. (ed.), Lipid Oxidation in Food. Washington, DC, American Chemical Society. GRUNWALD, E. W. and RICHARDS, M. P. (2006a) Mechanisms of heme protein-mediated lipid oxidation using hemoglobin and myoglobin variants in raw and heated washed muscle. J. Agric. Food Chem., 54, 8271±8280. GRUNWALD, E. W. and RICHARDS, M. P. (2006b) Studies with myoglobin variants indicate that released hemin is the primary promoter of lipid oxidation in washed fish muscle. J. Agric. Food Chem., 54, 4452±4460. GUARDIOLA, F., CODONY, R., ADDIS, P. B., RAFECAS, M. and BOATELLA, J. (1996) Biological effects of oxysterols: current status. Food Chem. Toxicol., 34, 193±211. HARRIS, P. and TALL, J. (1994) Substrate specificity of mackerel flesh lipopolygenase. J. Food Sci., 59, 504±506. HAWKINS, C. L. and DAVIES, M. J. (2001) Generation and propagation of radical reactions on proteins. Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1504, 196±219. ERICKSON, M. C.


115

and SHAHIDI, F. (1997) Antioxidant activity of green tea and its catechins in a fish meat model system. J. Agric. Food Chem., 45, 4262±4266. HEMRE, G., JUELL, J. E., HAMRE, K., OYVIND, L., STRAND, B., ARNESEN, P. and HOLM, J. C. (1997) Cage feeding of Atlantic mackerel (Scomber scombus): effect of lipid content, fatty acid composition, oxidation status and vitamin E concentration. Aquatic Living Resource, 10, 365±370. HERRERO, A. M. and CARECHE, M. (2006) Prediction of frozen storage time of Cape hake (Merluccius capensis and Merluccius paradoxus) by instrumental methods. J. Sci. Food Agric., 86, 2128±2133. HULTIN, H. O. (1994) Oxidation of lipids in seafoods. In Shahidi, F. and Botta, J. R. (eds.), Seafoods. Chemistry, Processing, Technology and Quality, 1st edn. London, Blackie Academic and Professional. IGLESIAS, J. and MEDINA, I. (2008) Solid-phase microextraction method for the determination of volatile compounds associated to oxidation of fish muscle. J. Chromatogr. A, 1192, 9±16. IGLESIAS, J., PAZOS, M., ANDERSEN, M. L., SKIBSTED, L. H. and MEDINA, I. (2009) Caffeic acid as antioxidant in fish muscle: mechanism of synergism with endogenous ascorbic acid and alpha-tocopherol. J. Agric. Food Chem., 57, 675±681. ISHIHARA, N., ARAKI, T., INOUE, M., NISHIMURA, A., CHU, D., JUNEJA, L. and MORISHITA, T. (2000) Suppressive effect of green tea polyphenols on oxidation in yellowtail (Seriola quinqueradiata) meat during round iced storage. J. Jpn Soc. Food Sci. Tech., 47, 767±772. JIA, T.-D., KELLEHER, S. D., HULTIN, H. O., PETILLO, D., MANEY, R. and KRZYNOWEK, J. (1996) Comparison of quality loss and changes in the glutathione antioxidant system in stored mackerel and bluefish muscle. J. Agric. Food Chem., 44, 1195±1201. HE, Y.

JUNG, D.-C., LEE, S.-Y., YOON, J.-H., HONG, K.-P., KANG, Y.-S., PARK, S.-R., PARK, S.-K., HA, S.-D.,

KIM, G.-H. and BAE, D.-H. (2009) Inhibition of pork and fish oxidation by a novel plastic film coated with horseradish extract. LWT ± Food Sci. Technol., 42, 856± 861. KANAKDANDE, D., BHOSALE, R. and SINGHAL, S. R. (2007) Stability of cumin oleoresin microencapsulated in different combination of gum Arabic, maltodextrin and modified starch. Carbohydrate Polymers, 67, 536±541. KANNER, J. (1994) Oxidative processes in meat and meat products quality implications. Meat Sci., 36, 169±189. KARMAS, E. (1982) Meat, Poultry and Seafood Technology ± Recent Developments. Park Ridge, NJ, Noyes Data Corp. KAUTIAINEN, A. (1992) Determination of hemoglobin adducts from aldehydes formed during lipid peroxidation in vitro. Chemico-Biological Interactions, 83, 55±63. KELLEHER, S. D., HULTIN, H. O. and WILHELM, K. A. (1994) Stability of mackerel surimi prepared under lipid-stabilizing processing conditions. J. Food Sci., 59, 269±271. KINOSHITA, Y., SATO, T., NAITOU, H., OHASHI, N. and KUMAZAWA, S. (2007) Proteomic studies on protein oxidation in bonito (Katsuwonus pelamis) muscle. Food Sci. Technol. Res., 13, 133±138. KJAERSGARD, I. V. H. and JESSEN, F. (2003) Proteome analysis elucidating post-mortem changes in cod (Gadus morhua) muscle proteins. J. Agric. Food Chem., 51, 3985± 3991. KJAERSGARD, I. V. H. and JESSEN, F. (2004) Two-dimensional gel electrophoresis detection of protein oxidation in fresh and tainted rainbow trout muscle. J. Agric. Food Chem., 52, 7101±7107.

116


and JESSEN, F. (2006) Identification of carbonylated protein in frozen rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) fillets and development of protein oxidation during frozen storage. J. Agric. Food Chem., 54, 9437±9446. KOLAKOWSKA, A., OLLEY, J. and DUNSTAN, G. A. (2000) Fish lipids. In Sikorski, Z. E. and Kolakowska, A. (eds), Chemical and Functional Properties of Food Lipids. Boca Raton, FL, CRC Press. KOPPENOL, W. H. (1990) Oxyradical reactions: from bond-dissociation energies to reduction potentials. FEBS Lett., 264, 165±167. LARSSON, K., ALMGREN, A. and UNDELAND, I. (2007) Hemoglobin-mediated lipid oxidation and compositional characteristics of washed fish mince model systems made from cod (Gadus morhua), herring (Clupea harengus), and salmon (Salmo salar) muscle. J. Agric. Food Chem., 55, 9027±9035. Â VARI, J. and AUBOURG, S. P. (2009) Partial inhibition of LEBOVICS, V., LUGASI, A., HO cholesterol oxides formation in frozen fish pre-treated with a plant extract. Int. J. Food Sci. Tech., 44, 342±348. LIEBLER, D. C. (1992) Antioxidant reaction of carotenoids. Ann. NY Acad. Sci., 691, 20±31. LOSADA, V., BARROS-VELAÂZQUEZ, J., GALLARDO, J. and AUBOURG, S. (2004) Effect of advanced chilling methods on lipid damage during sardine (Sardina pilchardus) storage. Eur. J. Lipid Sci. Tech., 106, 844±850. Â ZQUEZ, J. and AUBOURG, S. (2005) Inhibition of Ä EIRO, C., BARROS-VELA LOSADA, V., PIN chemical changes related to freshness loss during storage of horse mackerel (Trachurus trachurus) in slurry ice. Food Chem., 93, 619±625. LUND, M. N., LUXFORD, C., SKIBSTED, L. H. and DAVIES, M. J. (2008) Oxidation of myosin by haem proteins generates myosin radicals and protein cross-links. Biochem. J., 410, 565±574. LUTEN, J., SCHRAM, E. and ELVEVOLL, E. O. (2008) Tailor made functional seafood for consumers: dietary modulation of selenium and taurine in farmed fish. In Lie, é. (ed.), Improving Farmed Fish Quality and Safety. Cambridge, Woodhead Publishing Ltd. MAESTRE, R., PAZOS, M., IGLESIAS, J. and MEDINA, I. (2009a) Capacity of reductants and chelators to prevent lipid oxidation catalyzed by fish hemoglobin. J. Agric. Food Chem., 57, 9190±9196. MAESTRE, R., PAZOS, M. and MEDINA, I. (2009b) Involvement of methemoglobin (MetHb) formation and hemin loss in the pro-oxidant activity of fish hemoglobins. J. Agric. Food Chem., 57, 7013±7021. MARTINEZ, I. and FRIIS, T. J. (2004) Application of proteome analysis to seafood authentication. Proteomics, 4, 347±354. MATSUMOTO, J. J. (1979) Denaturation of fish muscle proteins during frozen storage. In Fennema, O. (ed.), Proteins at Low Temperatures. Washington, DC, ACS. MCDONALD, R. E. and HULTIN, H. O. (1987) Some characteristics of the enzymic lipid peroxidation system in the microsomal fraction of flounder skeletal muscle. J. Food Sci., 52, 15±21. MEDINA, I., SAEED, S. and HOWELL, N. (1999a) Enzymatic oxidative activity in sardine (Sardina pilchardus) and herring (Clupea harengus) during chilling and correlation with quality. Eur. Food Res. Technol., 210, 34±38. MEDINA, I., SATUE-GRACIA, M. T., GERMAN, J. B. and FRANKEL, E. N. (1999b) Comparison of natural polyphenol antioxidants from extra virgin olive oil with synthetic antioxidants in tuna lipids during thermal oxidation. J. Agric. Food Chem., 47, KJAERSGARD, I. V. H., NORRELYKKE, M. R., BARON, C. P.

Oxidation and protection of fish 4873±4879.

117

and GALLARDO, J. M. (2003) Activity of plant extracts for preserving functional food containing n-3PUFA. Eur. Food Res. Technol., 217, 301±307. MEDINA, I., LOIS, S., LIZARRAGA, D., PAZOS, M., TOURINO, S., CASCANTE, M. and TORRES, J. L. (2006) Functional fatty fish supplemented with grape procyanidins. Antioxidant and proapoptotic properties on colon cell lines. J. Agric. Food Chem., 54, 3598± 3603. Â LEZ, M. J., IGLESIAS, J. and HEDGES, N. D. (2009) Effect of hydroxycinnamic MEDINA, I., GONZA acids on lipid oxidation and protein changes as well as water holding capacity in frozen minced horse mackerel white muscle. Food Chem., 114, 881±888. MEXISA, S. F., CHOULIARAA, E. and KONTOMINAS, M. G. (2009) Combined effect of an oxygen absorber and oregano essential oil on shelf life extension of rainbow trout fillets stored at 4 ëC. Food Microbiol., 26, 598±605. MUKAI, K., ITOH, S. and MORIMOTO, H. (1992) Stopped-flow kinetic-study of vitamin-E regeneration reaction with biological hydroquinones (reduced forms of ubiquinone, vitamin-K, and tocopherolquinone) in solution. J. Biol. Chem., 267, 22277±22281. O'BRIEN, P. J. (1969) Intracellular mechanisms for the decomposition of a lipid peroxide. I. Decomposition of a lipid peroxide by metal ions, heme compounds and nucleophiles. Can. J. Biochem., 47, 485±492. OHSHIMA, T., LI, N. and KOIZUMI, C. (1993) Oxidative decomposition of cholesterol in fish products. J. Am. Oil Chem. Soc., 70, 595±600. PACKER, J. E., SLATER, T. F. and WILLSON, R. L. (1979) Direct observation of a free-radical interaction between vitamin-E and vitamin-C. Nature, 278, 737±738. PAZOS, M., GALLARDO, J. M., TORRES, J. L. and MEDINA, I. (2005a) Activity of grape polyphenols as inhibitors of the oxidation of fish lipids and frozen fish muscle. Food Chem., 92, 547±557. Â LEZ, M. J., GALLARDO, J. M., TORRES, J. L. and MEDINA, I. (2005b) PAZOS, M., GONZA Preservation of the endogenous antioxidant system of fish muscle by grape polyphenols during frozen storage. Eur. Food Res. Technol., 220, 514±519. PAZOS, M., MEDINA, I. and HULTIN, H. O. (2005c) Effect of pH on hemoglobin-catalyzed lipid oxidation in cod muscle membranes in vitro and in situ. J. Agric. Food Chem., 53, 3605±3612. Â NCHEZ, L. and MEDINA, I. (2005d) Alpha-tocopherol oxidation in fish muscle PAZOS, M., SA during chilling and frozen storage. J. Agric. Food Chem., 53, 4000±4005. Â NDEZ-BOLANÄOS, J., TORRES, J. L. and MEDINA, I. (2006a) PAZOS, M., ALONSO, A., FERNA Physicochemical properties of natural phenolics from grapes and olive oil byproducts and their antioxidant activity in frozen horse mackerel fillets. J. Agric. Food Chem., 54, 366±373. PAZOS, M., LOIS, S., TORRES, J. L. and MEDINA, I. (2006b) Inhibition of hemoglobin- and ironpromoted oxidation in fish microsomes by natural phenolics. J. Agric. Food Chem., 54, 4417±4423. PAZOS, M., ANDERSEN, M. L. and SKIBSTED, L. H. (2008) Heme-mediated production of free radicals via preformed lipid hydroperoxide fragmentation. J. Agric. Food Chem., 56, 11478±11484. PAZOS, M., ANDERSEN, M. L. and SKIBSTED, L. H. (2009) Efficiency of hemoglobin from rainbow trout, cod and herring in promotion of hydroperoxide-derived free radicals. J. Agric. Food Chem., 57, 8661±8667. PAZOS, M., ROGOWSKA-WRZESINSKA, A. and JENSEN, O. N. (2010) Identification of Â LEZ, M. J., PAZOS, M., DELLA MEDAGLIA, D., SACCHI, R. MEDINA, I., GONZA

118


carbonylated proteins from cod (Gadus morhua) muscle based on fluorescentdetection on 2D-gel electrophoresis and MALDI-TOF-TOF. J. Agric. Food Chem., submitted. PETILLO, D., HULTIN, H. O., KRZYNOWEK, J. and AUTIO, W. R. (1998) Kinetics of antioxidant loss in mackerel light and dark muscle. J. Agric. Food Chem., 46, 4128±4137. RAMANATHAN, L. and DAS, N. P. (1992) Studies on the control of lipid oxidation in ground fish by some polyphenolic natural products. J. Agric. Food Chem., 40, 17±21. REEDER, B. J. and WILSON, M. T. (1998) Mechanism of reaction of myoglobin with the lipid hydroperoxide hydroperoxyoctadecadienoic acid. Biochem. J., 330, 1317±1323. RICHARDS, M. P. and DETTMAN, M. A. (2003) Comparative analysis of different hemoglobins: autoxidation, reaction with peroxide, and lipid oxidation. J. Agric. Food Chem., 51, 3886±3891. RICHARDS, M. P. and HULTIN, H. O. (2001) Rancidity development in a fish model system as affected by phospholipids. J. Food Lipids, 8, 215±230. RICHARDS, M. P. and HULTIN, H. O. (2002) Contribution of blood and blood components to lipid oxidation in fish muscle. J. Agric. Food Chem., 50, 555±564. RICHARDS, M. P., KELLEHER S. D. and HULTIN, H. O. (1998) Effect of washing with or without antioxidants on quality retention of mackerel fillets during refrigerated and frozen storage. J. Agric. Food Chem., 46, 4363±4371. RICHARDS, M. P., MODRA, A. M. and LI, R. (2002a) Role of deoxyhemoglobin in lipid oxidation of washed cod muscle mediated by trout, poultry and beef hemoglobins. Meat Sci., 62, 157±163. RICHARDS, M. P., OSTDAL, H. and ANDERSEN, H. J. (2002b) Deoxyhemoglobin-mediated lipid oxidation in washed fish muscle. J. Agric. Food Chem., 50, 1278±1283. SAEED, S. and HOWELL, N. K. (2002) Effect of lipid oxidation and frozen storage on muscle proteins of Atlantic mackerel (Scomber scombrus). J. Sci. Food Agric., 82, 579± 586. SAINT-CRICQ DE GAULEJAC, N., PROVOST, C. and VIVAS, N. (1999) Comparative study of polypephenol scavenging activities assessed by different methods. J. Agric. Food Chem., 47, 425±431. SAKAI, T., OHTSUBO, S., MINAMI, T. and TERAYAMA, M. (2006) Effect of bleeding on hemoglobin contents and lipid oxidation in the Skipjack muscle. Bioscience, Biotechnology and Biochemistry, 70, 1006±1008. Â NCHEZ-ALONSO, I., JIMEÂNEZ-ESCRIGA, A., SAURA-CALIXTO, F. and BORDERIÂAS, J. (2007) SA Effect of grape antioxidant dietary fibre on the prevention of lipid oxidation in minced fish: evaluation by different methodologies. Food Chem., 101, 372±378. SANNAVEERAPPA, T., CARLSSON, N. G., SANDBERG, A. S. and UNDELAND, I. (2007) Antioxidative properties of press juice from herring (Clupea harengus) against hemoglobin (Hb) mediated oxidation of washed cod mince. J. Agric. Food Chem., 55, 9581±9591. SANZ, F. A. and COLL, J. M. (1992) Detection of hemorrhagic septicemia virus of salmonid fishes by use of an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay containing high sodium chloride concentration and two noncompetitive monoclonal antibodies against early viral nucleoproteins. Am. J. Vet. Res., 53, 897±903. SCHIEDT, K., LEUENGERGER, F. J., VECCHI, M. and GLINZ, E. (1985) Absorption, retention and metabolic transformation of carotenoids in rainbow trout, salmon and chicken. Pure Appl. Chem., 57, 685±692. SHAHIDI, F. and NACZK, M. (1995) Food Phenolics. Sources, Chemistry, Effects, Applications. Lancaster, PA, Technomic.


119

and ROSNES, T. (2002) A review of modified atmosphere packaging of fish and fishery products ± significance of microbial growth, activities and safety. Int. J. Food Sci. Tech., 37, 107±127. SMITH, L. L. (1987) Cholesterol autoxidation 1981±1986. Chem. Phys. Lipids, 44, 87±125. SOHN, J. H., USHIO, H., ISHIDA, N., YAMASHITA, M., TERAYAMA, M. and OHSHIMA, T. (2007) Effect of bleeding treatment and perfusion of yellowtail on lipid oxidation in postmortem muscle. Food Chem., 104, 962±970. SOYER, A. and HULTIN, H. O. (2000) Kinetics of oxidation of the lipids and proteins of cod sarcoplasmic reticulum. J. Agric. Food Chem., 48, 2127±2134. SUMAN, S. P., FAUSTMAN, C., STAMER, S. L. and LIEBLER, D. C. (2006) Redox instability induced by 4-hydroxy-2-nonenal in porcine and bovine myoglobins at pH 5.6 and 4 ëC. J. Agric. Food Chem., 54, 3402±3408. TANG, S. Z., SHEEHAN, D., BUCKLEY, D. J., MORRISSEY, P. A. and KERRY, J. P. (2001) Antioxidant activity of added tea catechins on lipid oxidation of raw minced red meat, poultry and fish muscle. Int. J. Food Sci. Tech., 36, 685±692. THANONKAEW, A., BENJAKUL, S., VISESSANGUAN, W. and DECKER, E. A. (2006) Development of yellow pigmentation in squid (Loligo peali) as a result of lipid oxidation. J. Agric. Food Chem., 54, 956±962. THOMAS, P. M. and BUCHANAN, J. (2006) The use of dietary antioxidants to extend the colour shelf life in farmed juvenile Southern Bluefin Tuna (Thunnus maccoyii). In Lyons, T. P., Jacques, K. A. and Hower, J. M. (eds), Nutritional Biotechnology in the Feed and Food. Proceeds of Alltech's 22nd Annual Symposium. Nottingham, Nottingham University Press, pp. 453±460. TOKUR, B. and KORKMAZ, K. (2007) The effects of an iron-catalyzed oxidation system on lipids and proteins of dark muscle fish. Food Chem., 104, 754±760. Â RDENAS-LOÂPEZ, J. L. and EZQUERRATORRES-ARREOLA, W., SOTO-VALDEZ, H., PERALTA, E., CA BRAUER, J. M. (2007) Effect of a low-density polyethylene film containing butylated hydroxytoluene on lipid oxidation and protein quality of sierra fish (Scomberomorus sierra) muscle during frozen storage. J. Agric. Food Chem., 55, 6140±6146. TORRISSEN, O. J. (2000) Dietary delivery of carotenoids. In Decker, E. and Faustman, C. (eds), Antioxidants in Muscle Foods. New York, Wiley-Interscience. UNDELAND, I., EKSTRAND, B. and LINGNERT, H. (1998a) Lipid oxidation in minced herring (Clupea harengus) during frozen storage. Effect of washing and precooking. J. Agric. Food Chem., 46, 2319±2328. UNDELAND, I., STADING, M. and LINGNERT, H. (1998b) Influence of skinning on lipid oxidation in different horizontal layers of herring (Clupea harengus) during frozen storage. J. Sci. Food Agric., 78, 441±450. UNDELAND, I., HALL, G. and LINGNERT, H. (1999) Lipid oxidation in fillets of herring (Clupea harengus) during ice storage. J. Agric. Food Chem., 47, 524±532. UNDELAND, I., HULTIN, H. O. and RICHARDS, M. P. (2002) Added triacylglycerols do not hasten hemoglobin-mediated lipid oxidation in washed minced cod muscle. J. Agric. Food Chem., 50, 6847±6853. UNDELAND, I., HULTIN, H. O. and RICHARDS, M. P. (2003) Aqueous extracts from some muscles inhibit hemoglobin-mediated oxidation of cod muscle membrane lipids. J. Agric. Food Chem., 51, 3111±3119. UNDELAND, I., KRISTINSSON, H. G. and HULTIN, H. O. (2004) Hemoglobin-mediated oxidation of washed minced cod muscle phospholipids: effect of pH and hemoglobin source. J. Agric. Food Chem., 52, 4444±4451. SIVERTSVIK, M., JEKSRUD, W.

120


and BARSTAD, H. (2005) The use of a marine liposome based model system to study the mechanism of water soluble, fish-muscle-derived antioxidants. Abstracts of 35th Wefta Meeting. VARELTZIS, K., KOUFIDIS, D., GAVRIILIDOU, E., PAPAVERGOU, E. and VASILIADOU, S. (1997) Effectiveness of a natural rosemary (Rosmarinus officinalis) extract on the stability of filleted and minced fish during frozen storage. Food Res. Technol., 205, 93±96. VARLET, V., PROST, C. and SEROT, T. (2007) Volatile aldehydes in smoked fish: Analysis methods, occurence and mechanisms of formation. Food Chem., 105, 1536±1556. VENUGOPAL, V. and SHAHIDI, F. (1996) Structure and composition of fish muscle. Food Rev. Int., 12, 175±197. VERMEIREN, L., DEVLIEGHERE, F., VAN BEEST, M., DE KRUIJF, N. and DEBEVERE, J. (1999) Developments in the active packaging of foods. Trends Food Sci. Tech., 10, 77±86. XIONG, Y. L. (2000) Protein oxidation and implications for muscle food quality. In Decker, E. and Faustman, C. (eds), Antioxidants in Muscle Foods. New York, WileyInterscience. Â VAAS, E. UNDELAND, I., LO

4 Oxidation and protection of milk and dairy products S. E. Duncan and J. B. Webster, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University

Abstract: Milk and dairy products are susceptible to oxidation, especially because of photosensitizing molecules such as riboflavin. Although relatively low in antioxidants, milk structure and composition offer some protective mechanisms against oxidation but milkfat modifications, processing and storage conditions increase the risk. Oxidation alters protein structure and fatty acid composition, reduces nutrient value, and degrades sensory quality of milk and dairy products. Light-induced oxidation is the primary concern for most products although modification of milk lipids to increase omega-3 lipids increases the potential for autoxidation. Appropriate selection of packaging materials for dairy products can protect against light-induced oxidation. Key words: photooxidation, milk, dairy products, packaging, sensory.

4.1

Introduction

Oxidation reactions in milk and dairy products are common mechanisms for offflavor and off-odor development. These changes result in decreased product shelf-life and reduced nutritional quality as well as reduced functionality for use as dairy ingredients in formulated foods. Compositional factors that influence oxidation of milk and dairy products include fatty acid profile, antioxidant activity within the system, enzyme systems with pro- or antioxidative function, and presence of transition metal ions (Nielsen et al., 2002). Milk proteins and lipids are suceptible to oxidation reactions and altering the fatty acid profile to

122


increase unsaturated fats increases the potential for oxidation. Some molecules function as oxidation initiators or as antioxidants. Riboflavin and chlorophyll are examples of photosensitizers in milk, transferring light energy to other molecules and initiating oxidative reactions (Webster et al., 2009; Wold et al., 2005; 2006a; 2006b). Processing, packaging and storage conditions influence shelf-life of milk and dairy products by contributing to or controlling oxidation. Natural antioxidants assist in controlling oxidative reactions but formulation with added antioxidants, atmospheric (light, oxygen) controls, and appropriate packaging selection is needed to protect milk and dairy product quality throughout shelf-life (Duncan and Webster, 2009).

4.2

Oxidation of milk components

The natural milk system is chemically and physically structured to protect nutrients in milk from undergoing oxidation. Characteristically, fresh raw milk is not oxidized, although spontaneous oxidation has been reported (Barrefors et al., 1995). Pasteurized milk, processed from high quality raw milk, does not usually exhibit autoxidation reactions and exhibits low peroxide values (< 5 meq/kg fat) over several days of refrigerated (< 7 ëC) storage (Allen, 1994). Light-induced oxidation is the primary concern, which can lead to autoxidation reactions. Storage at low temperatures efficiently preserves saturated fats but is not sufficient to protect polyunsaturated fats against oxidation. Oxidative reactions in dairy products are a concern, especially with products such as extended shelf life (ESL) milk and dry milk products (Madhavi et al., 1996). Changes in composition or physical structure can increase susceptibility to both auto- and light-induced oxidation. Whole milk comprises approximately 87% water, 3.25% fat and 4% protein. The remaining 5.75% consists of lactose, minerals and other solids. Triacylglycerides make up the majority (97±98%) of fat in milk, while the remaining 2± 3% consists of small amounts of di- and mono-acylglycerides, free fatty acids, free cholesterol, esterified cholesterol, phospholipids, and glycolipids. Approximately 70% of fatty acids in milk are saturated. The remaining include monounsaturated (~27%, mostly palmitoleic and oleic acid), polyunsaturated (~4%, mostly linoleic acid) and minor components, such as phospholipids, glycolipids, sterols and fat soluble vitamins (A, D and E) (Fox, 1995). Since the early 1990s, preharvest bovine nutritional practices and postharvest technologies for increasing unsaturated fatty acids, such as conjugated linoleic acid (CLA) and omega-3 fatty acids, have been studied in order to increase the nutritional profile of milk and dairy products (Allred et al., 2006; Avramis et al., 2003; Baer et al., 2001; Bell et al., 2006; Focant et al., 1998; Gonzalez et al., 2003; Havemose et al., 2006; Jones et al., 2005; Khanal et al., 2005; Kitessa et al., 2004; Kristensen et al., 2004; Lacasse et al., 2002; Nelson and Martini, 2009; Noakes et al., 1996; Ramaswamy et al., 2001; Stegeman et al., 1992). The increased concentration of unsaturated fatty acids increases the

Oxidation and protection of milk and dairy products

123

risk of oxidation occurring in milk fat. Table 4.1 illustrates the composition of milkfat and the modification of unsaturated fats as a function of preharvest approaches. Increasing the concentration of unsaturated fats in dairy systems increases the challenges of protecting against oxidative degradation. The delicate balance between anti- and oxidative processes in milk is influenced by factors such as bovine nutrition, degree of fatty acid unsaturation, content of transition metal ions, and content of antioxidants such as tocopherols Table 4.1 Range in fatty acid composition of milkfat as modified by preharvest technologies Fatty acidb

C6:0 C8:0 C10:0 C12:0 C14:0 C14:1 C15:0 C16:0 C16:1 C17:1 C18:0 C18:1 t 11 (VAc) C18:1 c-9 C18:2 C18:3 c-6,9,12 C18:3 c-9,12,15 CLA3 c-9,t11 CLA t-10,c12 Total CLA C20:2 C20:3 c-8,11,14 C20:3 c-11,14,17 C20:4 C20:5 (EPAc) C22:4 C22:5 C22:6 (DHAc) Total n-3 fatty acids Total n-6 fatty acids n-3:n-6 Saturated fatty acids Unsaturated fatty acids a

Control

Preharvest modificationa g/100 g fatty acids reported

0.87±2.79 0.87±1.63 2.72±4.15 2.88±4.81 10.17±14.53 0.51 1.62 28.83±38.62 1.50±1.82 0.23 9.5±13.1 1.04±3.29 17.82±21.0 1.55±4.71 0.04±0.06 0.42±0.61 0.52±0.56 0.02±0.04 0.54±0.61 0.05 0.13±0.17 0.009±0.010 0.12±0.18 0.03 0.02±0.03 0.04 0.01±0.02 0.52±0.62 2.99±5.15 0.118±0.17 66.7 33.3

0.63±2.4 0.48±1.2 1.26±2.67 1.70±3.02 8.17±11.29 0.35±0.58 1.06±1.14 21.12±34.1 1.06±1.82 0.18±0.20 10.9±13.99 1.10±7.81 19.92±26.39 2.16±5.99 0.01±0.06 0.41±0.91 0.61±1.74 0.00±0.08 0.68±1.82 0.06 0.06±0.12 0.01±0.04 0.08±0.11 0.04±0.08 0.01±0.02 0.05±0.06 0.04±0.11 0.67±0.82 2.98±5.56 0.121±0.27 57.7±60.2 39.8±42.3

Focant et al. (1998); Gonzalez et al. (2003); Allred et al. (2006); Nelson and Martini (2009). Expressed as number of carbons: number of double bonds; c = cis and t = trans. VA = vaccenic acid; EPA = eicosapentaenoic acid; DHA = Docosahexaenoic acid; CLA = conjugated linoleic acid; sum of cis-9, trans-11 CLA and trans-10, cis-12 CLA isomers. b c

124


and carotenoids (Barrefors et al., 1995; Havemose et al., 2006; Kristensen et al., 2004; Lindmarck-MaÊnasson and Akesson, 2000). Protein type and function also contribute to this balance. Composition and the physical association of molecules in relation to each other influence this balance as well. 4.2.1 Milkfat globule membrane function in protecting milkfat against oxidation Milkfat globules in raw milk are encapsulated by the native milkfat globule membrane (MFGM). This membrane comprises neutral lipids, phospholipids, proteins, glycoproteins and other minor components. The membrane functions to increase globule stability in the hydrophilic water phase and provide protection of the core lipid (Keenan et al., 1983). The surface of milkfat globules in processed milk is altered by physical disruption (homogenization) and thermal effects (pasteurization) on milkfat and the native MFGM (Bolling et al., 2005; Elling and Duncan, 1996; Elling et al., 1996; Scott et al., 2003b). The natural protection provided by the native MFGM is altered, affecting the susceptibility of milk to oxidation. Phospholipids, trace minerals and proteins associated with the MFGM play a role in the natural protection or susceptibility of milk to oxidation. Trace minerals (copper, iron, zinc) exist in higher concentration within the MFGM than in the core lipid or the aqueous phase of fluid milk and function as potential catalysts of lipid oxidation in milk (Allen, 1994; Aulakh and Stine, 1971). Model systems containing MFGM materials oxidized rapidly in the presence of copper and ascorbic acid but concentration influenced response (Chen and Nawar, 1991b). Xanthine oxidase and lactoperoxidase are metalloenzymes that increase oxidation and may contribute to the susceptibility of the membrane to lipid oxidation (Allen, 1994; Aurand et al., 1977). The presence of small amounts of copper (Cu2+) can increase effectiveness of the enzyme (Allen, 1994). Some membrane proteins, at high temperatures (95 ëC), reportedly provide an inhibitory effect on oxidation of milkfat possibly due to formation of ±SH groups (Chen and Nawar, 1991b). However, disruption of the membrane by processing increases the proportion and associations of prooxidants in the aqueous phase and in contact with susceptible lipids. Chen and Nawar (1991b) observed that MFGM or isolated membrane components as solids (dry state) protected against oxidation of milkfat at 50 ëC in the absence of water. The absence of water also inhibited prooxidative effects of trace metals. The physical state of the system affects oxygen transfer and certain pro-oxidative enzymes are less effective in the absence of water. At 95 ëC, MFGM components, especially non-lipid membrane solids, provided protection against oxidation of milkfat in both aqueous and dry applications. The exact role of milk phospholipids and proteins is not clear, however, as evidence exists that they participate in both anti- and pro-oxidative activity. Approximately 40±60% of phospholipids at the MFGM surface are unsaturated,


125

with one-third being polyunsaturated (Deeth, 1997). There is some indication that milk phospholipids, possibly in conjunction with -tocopherol, may inhibit oxidative reactions (Chen and Nawar, 1991a). Milk phospholipids reportedly improved the oxidative stability of isolated milkfat trigylderides. At high temperatures (95 ëC), browning of phospholipid products may be important in protecting against oxidation (Chen and Nawar, 1991a). A free amino group in phosphatidylethanolamine (PE) has been identified as functioning as an antioxidant by reacting with carbonyl compounds to form Schiff base reaction products (Chen and Nawar, 1991a; Hussein et al., 1986). The interaction of phospholipids in the milkfat globule membrane with proteins increases antioxidant activity. Chen and Nawar (1991a) suggested that the pro-oxidative activity of dipalmitoylethanolamine (DPE) was probably associated with the formation of a more dispersed membrane structure with more oxygen accessibility. 4.2.2 Milk protein oxidation Some proteins in milk, especially casein and lactoferrin, are effective at binding metals (Cu2+, Fe3+) and preventing contact between metal ions and the lipid substrate (Allen, 1994). However, casein and whey proteins in the aqueous phase also are susceptible to oxidation reactions, leading to volatile secondary reaction products that contribute to off-aroma and flavor (BekboÈlet, 1990; Gilmore and Dimick, 1979), as well as altering enzymatic activity and potentially affecting dairy product fermentation and cheese ripening (Dalsgaard et al., 2007; 2008; Dalsgaard and Larsen, 2009). Protein oxidation can be initiated by heat, light, transition metals, certain food additives, enzymatic activity of the lactoperoxidase system, and the products of enzymatic and non-enzymatic browning (Dalsgaard et al., 2007; Dalsgaard and Larsen, 2009). Milk proteins, peptides and amino acids are susceptible to free radical oxidation and this oxidation occurs relatively quickly (Allen and Joseph, 1985; Aurand et al., 1966; Dalsgaard et al., 2007; Dalsgaard and Larsen, 2009; Davies and Dean, 1997; Dimick, 1982; éstdal et al., 2000). Protein susceptibility to oxidation is highly dependent on peptide or protein structure (Michaeli and Feitelson, 1995; Dalsgaard et al., 2008; Dalsgaard and Larsen, 2009). In model systems including riboflavin, dairy proteins exposed to light may degrade or exhibit structural modifications as quickly as 4 hr with more significant effects occurring over 44 hr or more (Dalsgaard et al., 2007; 2008; Dalsgaard and Larsen, 2009; Gilmore and Dimick, 1979). Conformational and structural changes including crosslinking, fragmentation of covalent bonds, and alterations of amino acids occur (Dalsgaard et al., 2007; Dalsgaard and Larsen, 2009; éstdal et al., 2000). Significant consequences of protein oxidation are polymerization and hydrolysis (BekboÈlet, 1990) due to cross linking and breakdown of the primary structure of the protein (Dean et al., 1997). Aldehydes, such as malondialdehyde, formed during moderate lipid oxidation are able to cross-link milk casein proteins (Wiking and Nielsen, 2004). -casein is modified by forming Schiff bases, increasing susceptibility of the protein to proteolysis by plasmin (Wiking and

126


Nielsen, 2004). Aggregation of proteins may occur in highly oxidized milk because of increased production of aldehydes and, as an indirect effect of high degree of lipid oxidation, may decrease the susceptibility of milk proteins to plasmin (Wiking and Nielsen, 2004). Light energy also affects the susceptibility of milk proteins to aggregation and oxidation. Dalsgaard et al. (2007) studied the effects of broad spectrum visible light exposure (400±600 nm, 2200±2600 lx, up to 48 hr) on six different milk proteins with either random coil (S1- and S2-mixture, -, and -casein) or globular (-lactalbumin, -lactoglobulin, and lactoferrin) structure. Changes in primary structure occurred for all proteins within 4 hr of light exposure as measured by increased carbonyl concentration and dityrosine formation. The casein proteins (random coil structure) were more sensitive to light exposure in the presence of riboflavin. Dityrosine formation, indicating cross-linking of protein structures, was more evident in - and -casein, with moderate levels observed in -casein and -lactoglobulin (Dalsgaard et al., 2007; Dalsgaard and Larsen, 2009). Losses of -helix in -lactalbumin and -sheets in -lactoglobulin were documented as changes in secondary structure for these two globular proteins whereas the casein proteins and lactoferrin did not demonstrate changes in secondary structure. Tertiary structural changes, as estimated by tryptophan emission, were seen for lactoferrin and -lactalbumin with marginal changes observed for -lactoglobulin; changes in tertiary structure could not be evaluated for the casein proteins. Changes in quarternary structures, observed as dimerization or polymerization, were observed for - and -caseins, lactalbumin, and lactoferrin but only slight changes were noted for -casein and -lactoglobulin (Dalsgaard et al., 2007). Globular proteins appeared to have greater oxidative stability than random coil proteins and lactoferrin was the most resistant to oxidation of the globular proteins; one hypothesis for this higher oxidative stability is that greater structural stability, which is reflected in the melting temperatures of globular proteins, may be important. The carbonyl compound N-formylkynurenine, an oxidation product and a photosensitizer, may contribute to a chain reaction of free radical formation. Lactoferrin undergoing photooxidation had relatively low concentration of this compound, indicating that structural stability at higher levels may be related to relatively slight changes in the primary structure of this protein. Singlet oxygen only interacts with specific amino acids, including tryptophan, histidine, tyrosine, methionine, and cysteine. Most tryptophan residues within globular proteins are buried with the core. Lactoferrin also became more compact (tertiary structure), shielding tryptophan in the core of the protein structure. This, too, is a different behavior than observed for the other globular proteins, which demonstrated 3±10% unfolding. 4.2.3 Riboflavin and other photosensitizers in milk Milk contains a variety of compounds that act as photosensitizers, most notably riboflavin (Borlet et al., 2001; Sattar and deMan, 1976; Dimick, 1982; BekboÈlet,


127

1990; Skibsted, 2000). In addition to riboflavin, other known photosensitizers include chlorophyll a and b, protoporphyrin, hematoporphyrin and at least two tetrapyrrol compounds that have been identified with potential photosensitizer function in butter (Wold et al., 2005; 2006a). Riboflavin, found in the aqueous phase of milk, has an average concentration of 1.75 mg/L (Dimick, 1982). Cream and milk have been shown to have measurable amounts of chlorophyll a and b, but only very small amounts of protoporphyrin (Wold et al., 2005). Photosensitizers absorb light of specific wavelengths and initiate free radical oxidation reactions. Fluorescence spectroscopy, a rapid and nondestructive method, has been used to measure photosensitizer breakdown in dairy products, providing an indirect measure of the initiation of the process and an indication of the onset of early lipid oxidation (Veberg et al., 2007). These oxidation reactions ultimately lead to the production of off-odor and flavor compounds. 4.2.4 Vitamin antioxidants in milk Milk has a much greater potential of undergoing oxidative deterioration than is actually observed (Allen, 1994). In addition to the antioxidative functions of proteins and phospholipids mentioned previously, ascorbic acid (< 20 ppm) and tocopherols (13±35 g/g milkfat) function as antioxidants in the milk system (Allen, 1994; Barrefors et al., 1995; van Aardt et al., 2004; 2005a; 2005b; 2007). Increasing antioxidants in milk to control oxidized flavor in milk has been attempted by injecting antioxidants in the muscles of dairy cows, adding antioxidants to the feed of dairy cows, or directly adding antioxidants to dairy products (Charmley and Nicholson, 1993; Focant et al., 1998; Jung et al., 1998; van Aardt et al., 2005a; 2005b; 2007). The biggest limitations to adding antioxidants to milk via injection into muscles or addition through diet are low yield and a short duration of elevated antioxidant levels in milk. A limitation to adding antioxidants directly to milk in one large dose is rapid depletion of the antioxidants (Charmley and Nicholson, 1993; Focant et al., 1998; Jung et al., 1998). By adding antioxidants to milk, whether by direct addition or by controlled release from the package, antioxidants will be considered an additive (van Aardt et al., 2005a). Therefore, their use must carry with it labeling requirements. Although milk contains natural antioxidants, processing and storage deplete these natural resources (Jensen and Nielsen, 1996; Rosenthal et al., 1993). Tocopherol content in milkfat can be increased by supplementation into the bovine diet (Focant et al., 1998) but is reduced by removing milkfat during separation. The concentration of ascorbic acid decreases rapidly during storage, falling to nearly zero within seven days of storage. About 33% of dissolved oxygen is consumed in the process (Allen, 1994). Ultrahigh temperature (UHT) milk is more susceptible to metal or light-induced oxidation because ascorbic acid is depleted early in the shelf-life of the product, especially at warmer (> 7 ëC) temperatures.

128


4.3 Processing and storage conditions contributing to oxidation of milk and dairy products Low temperature storage alone is not enough to protect milk from oxidation (Madhavi et al., 1996). Separation of cream and skim phases, churning, and homogenization disrupt native milk lipid globules and fragment the MFGM, increasing the opportunity for catalysts to intermix with lipids (Allen, 1994). In unheated skim milk, proteolysis is increased by mild oxidation but more extensive oxidation inhibits proteolysis (Igarashi, 1990). Homogenization creates smaller globules, reducing globule size and increasing the surface area by as much as 10 times, which increases the susceptibility of milk to oxidation (Allen, 1994; Bolling et al., 2005; Bradley, 1980; Elling and Duncan, 1996; Elling et al., 1996; Jensen, 2002). Churning increases the contact of copper and iron with milk lipids and susceptibility to oxidation. Drying processes and incorporating additives also can increase potential for oxidation (Allen, 1994). Water used for cleaning and sanitation can be sources of metal ions that initiate oxidation. Copper and other metal plumbing materials can increase the concentration of metal ions in water sources (Dietrich et al., 2003). The most common oxidation problem for milk and dairy products is a function of light exposure. Both natural and artificial sources of light can cause light oxidation (BekboÈlet, 1990; Borlet et al., 2001; Bosset et al., 1995; Koo and Kim, 1971). The practice of displaying milk and dairy products packaged in transparent and/or translucent packaging materials under high intensity fluorescent light exacerbates the problem of oxidation. Exposure to fluorescent lighting plays a major role in the production of oxidized flavor in milk because the majority of milk today is sold through supermarkets and retail establishments and can remain on retail shelves for ten to twenty-one days after processing (Hoskin and Dimick, 1979). Transparent and translucent packaging allows light to reach the food, making it susceptible to photooxidation (Duncan and Webster, 2009; Webster et al., 2009). Milk may be exposed to light between 750 to over 2000 lux for 24 hr a day during the distribution and marketing period. The average light intensity on retail shelves is 2000 lux and the average exposure time is 8 hr (Chapman, 2002). Cool white fluorescent lighting, typically used in refrigerated cases in retail food markets, is not the best type to use with photosensitive foods because it has a large emission band of blue-green light (444 nm), which is very close to the major absorption band of riboflavin (Bosset et al., 1995). Light intensity also plays a role in the rate of off-flavor development. Whited et al., (2002) found that exposure of whole and reduced fat milk to 1000 5% lux light had significantly less oxidized flavor (detected by a trained sensory panel) compared to milk exposed to 2000 5% lux light for the same amount of time and temperature (16 hr at 6 ëC).

4.4

Photooxidation of milk and dairy products

Exposure to light is a well-known cause of flavor and nutritional degradation in milk (BekboÈlet, 1990; Borlet et al., 2001; Bosset et al., 1995). A number of


129

factors, including light source, light intensity, light wavelength, exposure time, and storage temperature affect the rate of light-induced oxidation in foods. Packaging material also affects oxidation rate of foods by controlling the intensity and wavelength of light and oxygen (BekboÈlet, 1990; Duncan and Webster, 2009; Hoskin and Dimick, 1979). Controlling the exposure of photosensitizing molecules in milk is important in protecting milk and dairy products from oxidation. Riboflavin, one of the most studied photosensitizers, is found in high concentrations in the whey fraction of milk and increases the susceptibility of milk to photooxidation (BekboÈlet, 1990). Riboflavin can exist in three oxidation states ± fully oxidized, radical, and fully reduced. At each oxidation state, there are three conjugate acid-bases. Due to the pH of milk (~6.8), riboflavin has three stable forms that have absorption maxima within the visible range at 400 nm, 446 nm, and 570 nm (Kyte, 1995). Porphyrins and chlorins produce singlet oxygen upon exposure to light (BekboÈlet, 1990). Violet and blue light have been been considered the most harmful to dairy products because riboflavin is a photosensitizer. Riboflavin exposed to ultraviolet or visible light up to 500 nm initiates Type I and Type III photoreactions (Aurand et al., 1977). The implication of other photosensitizers in light-induced oxidation of dairy products indicates that other wavelengths also are of concern (Webster et al., 2009; Wold et al., 2005; 2006a). Protoporphyrin and chlorophyll-like molecules also absorb light in the visible regions. Most photosensitizers are photolabile (Wold et al., 2005; 2006a); for example, riboflavin in whole milk was reduced over 75% within 32 hr when exposed to 2690 lx of fluorescent light (Allen and Parks, 1979). When excess oxygen is present, singlet oxygen (Type II reactions) is generated. Under low oxygen atmosphere, light energy directly degrades sensitive molecules and free radicals (Type I photoreactions) occur. 4.4.1 Effect of photooxidation and oxygen on vitamins in milk Photooxidation of milk components, especially the vitamins, can be destructive to the nutritional quality of milk. Losses of riboflavin, vitamin A, D, and C, and thiamine because of light exposure of milk have been reported. When riboflavin becomes excited it undergoes one of several transformations: · the excited electron re-enters the original bonding orbital, giving off energy in the form of light or heat; · the molecule abstracts hydrogen from the substrate; or · it transfers its energy to another molecule through sensitization (Rosenthal, 1992). Theoretically, once these transformations occur, riboflavin goes back to its ground state and is available to be excited again. In reality, however, some riboflavin molecules are destroyed during these reactions and are no longer available for further free radical initiation. Degradation compounds of riboflavin

130


include lumiflavin and lumichrome (Huang et al., 2006). As reviewed by Bradley (1980), the rate of riboflavin destruction was found to be proportional to the amount of light coming through the container, the wavelength of light and the presence of riboflavin (Herreid et al., 1952; Sattar et al., 1977a; 1977b). Maniere and Dimick (1975) showed that this rate was greater when riboflavin was in its free form and unassociated with proteins or fat in milk. Riboflavin and vitamin A degradation by light are inversely related to fat content and loss occurs quickly under storage conditions characteristic of retail display cases. Lower fat content allows more light to penetrate into the milk (Senyk and Shipe, 1981). Plain milk, packaged in clear glass and polyethylene bottles, lost 75% of its riboflavin after 1 hr exposure to direct sunlight while chocolate milk only lost 35% and 45% after 1 and 2 hr exposure, respectively (Paik and Kim, 1976). Whole milk, 2% milk, 1% milk and nonfat milk had vitamin A losses of 18%, 26%, 28%, and 31%, respectively, after 2 hr exposure to 2000 lumens/in2 when packaged in non-returnable polyethylene containers and losses increased to as much as 57% (nonfat milk) within 4 hr (Senyk and Shipe, 1981). Packaging modifications such as oxygen barriers, ultraviolet absorbers or pigmentations to control oxygen limits and wavelength effects assist in protecting nutrients from oxidation and degradation. Vitamin A is degraded at wavelengths below 415 nm and limiting exposure to wavelengths below 465 nm greatly reduced vitamin A loss (Sattar et al., 1977a; 1977b). Addition of UV absorbers (Tinuvin 326 and Cyasorb 531) to high density polyethylene (HDPE) pouches significantly protected milk from vitamin A destruction when exposed to fluorescent lighting (190 10 lumens) for 72 hr at 1.5 ëC, holding the loss to only 10% loss. Tinuvin 622, however, did not protect against vitamin A destruction under the same conditions. Tinuvin 326 and Cyasorb 531 absorb light below ~ 400 nm (Fanelli et al., 1985). Mestdagh et al. (2005) found a lower amount of vitamin A degradation in milk packaged in PET with UV absorbers than in milk packaged in PET with an oxygen absorber after 22 days storage under 2500 lux fluorescent lighting at 18±25 ëC. However, there was no significant difference in vitamin A loss in these two types of packaging at two months storage. Oxidation of ascorbic acid to dehydroascorbic acid is accelerated by exposure to light. Vitamin C is stable to heat processing but degrades rapidly when exposed to light and oxygen (Haisman et al., 1992; Woessner et al., 1940). Packaging that provides an oxygen barrier and reduces product exposure to light can help protect vitamin C in milk (Eberhard and Gallmann, 1991; Gliguem and Birlouez-Aragon, 2005; Goussault et al., 1978; Marchet and Forti, 2001). Farrer (1983) found that vitamin C loss in paperboard containers stored in both the light and the dark was 43% after 72 hr. White plastic containers had a vitamin C loss of 100% after 72 hr when stored in the light, but only 25% after 72 hr when stored in the dark. Clear plastic containers showed similar results to white plastic containers. Even with oxygen barrier and photoprotective packaging, vitamin C content will decrease significantly in extended shelf-life products (Gliguem and Birlouez-Aragon, 2005).


131

4.4.2 Effect of photo- and autoxidation on volatile chemistry and sensory perception of milk Good quality milk has a bland, slightly sweet flavor that leaves a clean, pleasant aftertaste (Alvarez, 2009a). Because of the low flavor profile of milk, even small concentrations of volatile compounds can quickly impact the flavor of milk and affect consumer perception. Numerous volatile flavor compounds are produced by photooxidation and autoxidation reactions in milk. Light-induced flavor in milk is widespread and possibly responsible for declining milk sales (Barnard, 1973; Bray et al., 1977; Chapman, 2002; Heer et al., 1995). Barnard (1973) tracked the increase in consumer complaints for light oxidized flavor in milk from 1967, where it accounted for only 6.7% of consumer complaints, to 1970, where it accounted for 24% of complaints. The increase in oxidized flavor coincided with the introduction and increased use of blow-molded plastic milk containers. Over 86% of milk packaged in blow-molded plastic containers tested had light oxidized flavor (Barnard, 1973). By 1982, 53% of samples from plastic containers were found to have moderate to strong light oxidized flavor (White and Bulthaus, 1982). In 1977, a consumer sensory study found that greater than 73% (n 2000) of panelists were able to detect differences between good quality milk and light oxidized milk (Bray et al., 1977). However, only about 20% of the panelists preferred light oxidized milk to good milk. These panelists indicated that the oxidized milk was sweeter, creamier, more flavorful and/or more familiar in flavor than the unoxidized milk (Bray et al., 1977). By 1995, Heer et al. (1995) found that 15 out of 24 panelists (62.5%) could not detect light oxidized flavor. These authors hypothesized that consumers were becoming conditioned to light oxidized flavor because of its increased incidence. The transition of packaging and increased incidence of light-induced flavor in milk may be affecting milk consumption. Middle-school aged children had significantly lower (P < 0:0001) preference for light oxidized milk than both college aged and adult consumers (Heer et al., 1995). Another study found that 34.5% of teenagers could detect light oxidized flavor in milk exposed to 2000 lux fluorescent lighting within one-half hour of exposure. By three hours of exposure, 70.7% detected the off-flavor (Chapman, 2002; Chapman et al., 2002). Teens indicated that they did not like the flavor of light oxidized milk. The average exposure time of milk in retail cases is 8 hr (at an average of 2000 lux light intensity). It is likely, then, that much of the milk teens are served is light oxidized and they will be reluctant to drink it. Changes in volatile chemistry due to light oxidation occur quickly. Trained sensory panels observe changes in milk flavor within 15±30 minutes and a strong oxidized flavor is found within 16 hr (Chapman et al., 2002; Whited et al., 2002). Untrained consumers were able to detect differences between lightexposed and control milk between 54 minutes and 2 hr using a difference from control method (Chapman et al., 2002). Heer et al. (1995) found a threshold level for detection of light oxidized flavor to be 2 hr and 40 min for untrained panelists.

132


Off-odor and off-flavor from photooxidation falls into two main categories: light-activated flavor and oxidized flavor. Light-activated flavor arises through the oxidation of proteins and imparts a flavor described as burnt feathers, burnt protein, scorched, cabbage and mushroom flavor (Hansen et al., 1975, Bodyfelt et al., 1988, Alvarez, 2009a). Oxidized flavor arises from the oxidation of lipids and has been described as tasting like wet cardboard, or having a metallic, tallowy and oily flavor (Alvarez, 2009a; Hansen et al., 1975). Many researchers refer to flavor due to photooxidation, regardless of source, as light oxidized flavor. Proteins appear to be oxidized and produce off-flavor compounds faster than lipids. The first off-flavors that appear in milk, within the first few hours of light exposure, are due to oxidation of protein and are described as burnt feather or burnt protein flavor (Alvarez, 2009a). Allen and Parks (1975) found that methional was produced within 10±15 min when skim milk was exposed to direct sunlight. Methional production was correlated to an increase in broth or potato flavor which changed to a cabbagey, burnt feather flavor upon further exposure to sunlight (Allen and Parks, 1975). Dimick (1982) found that sunlight flavor could be detected even at concentrations of methional as low as 50 ppb. This flavor dissipates within a few days and is replaced by a tallowy or wet cardboard flavor produced by the oxidation of lipids (Aurand et al., 1966). The amino acids cysteine, methionine, tryptophan and histidine, found in casein and lactalbumin, have been implicated in off-flavor production in milk (Allen and Joseph, 1985; deMan, 1990; Sattar and deMan, 1976). Off-flavors normally connected to oxidation of lipids may originate from increased proteolysis in milk (Wiking and Nielsen, 2004). These amino acids, as well as lysine, undergo substantial oxidation when exposed to peroxidizing lipids forming imidazole, lactic acid, methionine sulfoxide, hydrogen sulfide, and diaminopentane (Jadhav et al., 1996; Macrae et al., 1993). Singleton et al. (1963) found that tryptophan and riboflavin formed a complex upon exposure to light which produced flavor typical to protein oxidation in milk; and methionine has been identified as a source of sunlight flavor in milk (Min and Boff, 2002; Patton, 1954). Methionine, in the presence of riboflavin and light, is converted to methional ( -methyl-mercaptopropionaldehyde) (Allen and Joseph, 1985; Harper and Brown, 1964). The reaction mechanism is similar to the photooxidation of lipids in the presence of riboflavin. Riboflavin transforms to its triplet state upon absorption of light. Triplet riboflavin then oxidizes methionine to methional, and riboflavin itself becomes reduced. Reduced riboflavin is subsequently reoxidized to a flavin radical in the presence of oxygen. The oxygen is reduced to a superoxide radical, which can further react with protein. Dimick and Kilara (1983) determined that methionine sulfoxide formed from methionine in the presence of light, riboflavin, protein and oxygen, produced sunlight flavor. Methional is not always found in light-oxidized milk perhaps because methional is broken down to other volatile compounds. A number of studies found the production of mercaptan and dimethyl sulfide increased in light oxidized milk (Balance, 1961; Harper and Brown, 1964).


133

These compounds were produced from the oxidation of cysteine (Harper and Brown, 1964). Balance (1961) determined that methional broke down into methyl mercaptan (cabbage odor) and dimethyl disulfide (onion, cabbage odor). Forss (1979) felt that sunlight flavor was due to the formation of methanethiol, dimethyl sulfide and dimethyl disulfide. Jung et al. (1998) found that cysteine produced a hydrogen sulfide odor when exposed to light, but methionine produced dimethyl disulfide, which has an onion or cabbage odor. The authors concluded that dimethyl disulfide formation was produced through singlet oxygen oxidation of methionine. Dimick (1982) found that methional flavor changed to methyl mercaptan flavor upon further light exposure. As protein oxidation declines, volatile products of lipid oxidation become more important and are implicated in sensory changes. Exposure of milk to light causes aldehydes and a variety of other minor products, such as ketones, to be produced from lipid oxidation. These compounds are the primary causative agents of off-odor and flavor in milk. Volatile compounds, including acetaldehyde, methyl sulfide, dimethyl disulfide, propanal, n-pentanal, and nhexanal, heptanal, nonanal, 3-methyl butanal, 2-methyl propanal, 2-butanone, 2pentanone, 2-hexanone, 2-heptanone, 2-nonanone, have been found in milk exposed to light (BekboÈlet, 1990; Mehta and Bassett, 1978; Mestdagh et al., 2005; Rysstad et al., 1998; van Aardt et al., 2001; 2005b; Webster et al., 2009). Day and Lillard (1960) concluded that oxidized flavor came about due to a combination of compounds and that combinations of carbonyl compounds below threshold levels were additive and were able to give rise to off flavor.

4.5

Oxidation of dairy products

Understanding free radical formation in dairy products as a function of light, time and temperature and the relationship to sensory changes from oxidative deterioration is confounded by differences in product composition and sensory methods. Table 4.2 summarizes the effect of product composition, packaging and light exposure on oxidation of different dairy products. 4.5.1 Butter The mild, sweet, clean and pleasant flavor and aroma of high quality butter is easily masked by the volatile by-products of oxidation (Bradley and Smulkowski, 2009). Metallic off-flavor, characterized as a slightly astringent and puckery sensation in the mouth, can be observed as soon as the butter is placed in the mouth and persists after expectoration and characterizes the early stages of metal-induced oxidation. Òxidized' sensory characteristics have a cardboardy flavor and a puckery mouthfeel. Òily', `tallowy', `painty', and `fishy' sensory terms are applied to more extreme sensations of oxidation and are relatively uncommon in products manufactured under modern processes. The USDA grading system indicates that butter is `below grade' or is classified

Table 4.2

Detection of oxidation of dairy products by different sensory methods


Product/treatment

Panel description

Method

Sensory observation

Reference

Milk/cream Preharvest dietary modifications with fish oil, soybean oil, palm oil

Trained panelists (n 7); by ADSA methods

9-point intensity interval scale; 1 none; 3 barely perceptible; 9 highly pronounced flavor

Oxidized flavor was low (mean score < 2.5) for first 14 days of shelf-life with no differences between control milk and milk with higher unsaturated fatty acid composition

Allred et al. (2006)

Preharvest dietary modifications with fish oil

Trained panelists (n 12); training for 5 hr as described by Meilgaard et al., 2007. Reference standards provided.

5-pt scale category scale; 1 no flavor; 5 extremely strong flavor

No differences in oxidized flavor between control and modified milk; oxidized flavor intensity was less than 2 (`slight').

Nelson and Martini (2009)

Post harvest modification by addition of fish oil (no antioxidants) or rapeseed+fish oil

Trained panelists (n 12) based on ISO Standards. Descriptors were fishy, rancid, milk and metallic

Continuous intensity scale ranging from 0 to 9;

Fishy odor and taste were noticable within 1 day for samples with peroxide values at 1.5 or above.

Let et al. (2005)

Post-harvest modification of cream by incorporation of low-melt and medium-melt fractionated butter oils into reformulated cream

Experienced panelists (n 12) based on past experience in dairy sensory activities. One training session provided for familiarizing with method and quality defects

In/Out Method of Specification; off-flavors at moderate level indicated product was òut' of specification. Considered acceptable quality if 65% of responses identified the products as ìn' specification

Reformulated cream made with skim phase and lowmelt butter oil were òut' of specification and characterized as oxidized

Scott et al. (2003a)


Milk (2% fat) exposed to light (2000 lx) for up to 8 hr

Trained panel (n 10); trained to detect lightoxidized flavor; consumer panel (n 94) from university community

Semi-ascending paired difference method for determining threshold

Threshold for trained panel was 15 minutes of light exposure; threshold for consumer panel was between 54 minutes and 2 hours

Chapman et al. (2002)

Milk (2% fat), UHT pasteurized, exposed to light (1521 lx) for up to 21 days. Overwrap films over glass packaging protected for different wavelengths associated with riboflavin activation

Experienced panel (n 14); trained for 1.5 hr in lightoxidation intensity and validated.

Multi-sample difference test using a ranking system

Overwraps protected against oxidation over time but not to the same degree as a complete light-blocking packaging

Webster et al. (2009)

Trained panelists (n 7); by ADSA methods

9-point intensity interval scale; 1 none; 3 barely perceptible; 9 highly pronounced flavor

Oxidized flavor was low (mean score < 2.3) for first 14 days of shelf-life; aging slightly increased oxidized flavor

Allred et al. (2006)

Trained panelists (n 9± 10); reference standards used for training

5-point category scale; 0 no flavor; 4 extremely strong flavor

Less than slight (score of 1) oxidized flavor was observed for control and cheeses with up to 71 mg DHA/EPA per serving throughout 6 month storage

Martini et al. (2009)

Cheese Cheddar cheese; preharvest dietary modifications with fish oil, soybean oil, palm oil Cheddar cheese (reducedfat); postharvest fortification of fish oil into ground cheese curd, which was pressed and vacuum packaged and stored up to 6 months

Table 4.2

Continued


Product/treatment

Panel description

Method

Sensory observation

Reference

Asadero cheese; packaged in LDPE film with BHT added and stored for up to 100 days at 5 ëC under fluorescent light

Semitrained panelists (n 5); evaluated for oxidized odor

13 cm unstructured line scale (0 nonoxidized; 13 highly oxidized); references for anchors were provided in each session

Cheese packaged in LDPE with 8 mg BHT/g had moderate (scores of 6±8) oxidized odor within 20 days and did not increase; oxidized odor for cheese packaged in control (0 BHT) had higher oxidized odor at 80±100 days (scores approximately 10)

Soto-CantuÂ et al. (2008)

Spreadable processed cheese

Trained sensory panelists (n 13); evaluated for overall sensory quality

9 cm unstructured line scale (0 excellent; 9 very poor)

Cheese quality deteriorated during light exposure (1000 lux) over 60 days (10 ëC) compared to control; oxygen and light barrier packaging protected sensory quality

Vercelino Alves et al. (2007)

Consumer panel (n 104) from university community

Hedonic rating scale with 7 like very much; 4 neither like nor dislike; 1 dislike very much

Fresh products made with low melt and anhydrous milk fat were below score of 4.2 and had peroxide values of 0.7 and 2.7 meq peroxide/ kg fat, respectively. Oxidized flavor of fat source affected sensory quality

Abd El-Rahman et al. (1997)

Ice cream Vanilla ice cream (10% fat). Fat sources from fresh cream, anhydrous milk fat, low or very high melting fractions of milk fat

Vanilla ice cream (10% fat). Fat sources from fresh cream or a reformulated cream made with cholesterol-stripped butteroil


Butter Butter from preharvest CLA-enhanced modified milk (fish oil, sunflower oil)

Trained panel (n 9). Trained for 8 characteristics with reference standards over 7 1-hr group training sessions and performance validated. `Cardboard flavor' characterized oxidation

15.2 cm unstructured line scale with anchors (none; extreme)

Ice cream made with reformulated cream was less fresh and had more cardboard flavor than the control and a commercial product

Elling et al. (1995)

Untrained panel (n 20) of consumers; experienced panel

Triangle test (consumer); 10point line scale for texture and flavor attributes with anchors

Difference (p < 0:001) between experimental and control butters; CLAenriched buter had a faster melt rate and lower flavor score

Jones et al. (2005)

138


as `grade un-assignable' when metallic, oxidized or more extreme flavor descriptors are appropriate for butter (Bradley and Smukowski, 2009). Low-melt fractions of butter oil, which have more unsaturated fatty acids than medium- or high-melt fractions, and cholesterol-stripped butteroil were responsible for the oxidized flavor of reformulated creams and ice cream (Bolling et al., 2005; Elling et al., 1995; Scott et al., 2003a). Sweet buttermilk components and butterderived aqueous phase, when used as emulsifying ingredients in reformulated creams, had rich, creamy flavor notes that helped mask the oxidized flavor of the low-melt butteroil whereas skim milk did not contribute those flavor notes (Bolling et al., 2005; Scott et al., 2003a). Direct quantification of oxidation in milkfat was studied using thermogravimetric analysis (van Aardt et al., 2004). This technique, commonly used to measure oxidative stability of polymers, measures a change in sample weight under controlled atmosphere while temperature increases and the resistance to weight gain is an indication of greater oxidative stability. Butter is highly susceptible to oxidation, being less resistant than most vegetable oils that have higher levels of natural antioxidants (Berger, 1994). Surprisingly, milk fat and olive oil both had low and similar weight increases (0.23%) in comparison to triolein (0.89%) or trilinolein (2.33%), but the temperature at which butter began oxidizing (taking on weight) was lower (100 ëC) than that of olive oil (149 ëC) (van Aardt et al., 2004). Olive oil, which is highly unsaturated (83.5% oleic and linoleic fatty acids) compared to butter (27.4% oleic and linoleic fatty acids), also has a high concentration of -tocopherol (119 mg/kg) compared to butter with less than 35 g/g fat. The International Dairy Federation standard for peroxide value for milkfat is 0.2 meq of oxygen per kilogram of fat (Kaylegian and Lindsay, 1995). Fats with a peroxide level of less than 1 meq/kg fat are generally considered fresh (Hoffman, 1962; Rossell, 1989). The peroxide value increases after refining and storage but peroxide levels less than 10 meq/kg is accepted before off-flavors develop (Rossell, 1989). Fresh butter produced from milk of cows fed a control or a fish oil (2% on dry matter) added diet had peroxide values of 0.34 and 0.45, respectively, within one week of processing (Baer et al., 2001). The peroxide value increased for both products over a 3-month storage time, to 0.65 and 0.98, respectively, indicating that the increase in unsaturated fatty acids associated with the fish oil diet affected the oxidative stability (Baer et al., 2001). This is in contrast to no increase in peroxide values observed in a 3-month storage study of modified butters processed from other preharvest dietary modifications of cows' milk, including sunflower or safflower seeds (Stegeman et al., 1992) or fish oil or extruded soybeans (Ramaswamy et al., 2001). Oxidized flavor, however, was relatively low in both products even after 3 months of storage based on evaluation by three trained panelists (Baer et al., 2001). Butter (2% unsaturated fatty acids) stored for 14 weeks at 20 ëC increased (from 0.1 meq/kg fat) in peroxide value to 1.4 meq/kg fat as compared to a dairy spread with rapeseed oil (9% of unsaturated fatty acids), which increased to 5.4 meq/kg (Christensen and Hùlmer, 1996). Lipid oxidation of phospholipids in butter and dairy spread


139

increased in a similar manner as the oxidation of total lipids. Butter stored at refrigeration temperature had increased concentrations of several lipid oxidation products including (E)-2-nonenal, (Z)-4-heptenal, and (E,Z)-2,6-nonadienal (Lozano et al., 2007). Butter stored under different light conditions (400±2000 lux) in different packaging materials for 4 days had peroxide values ranging from 0.3 to 5.3 (Emmons et al., 1986). The degree of unsaturation and extent of oxidation can affect color of milkfat (Gonzalez et al., 2003; Kaya, 2000; Noakes et al., 1996). A higher degree of unsaturation decreased the yellow color, affecting the color of butter, cheese and ice cream (Gonzalez et al., 2003; Noakes et al., 1996). The color of butteroil changed from yellow to light yellow, attributed to the oxidation of chromophors, at peroxide values higher than 10 meq/kg (Kaya, 2000). Off-flavors in butterfat can carry over to secondary products, affecting product sensory quality and oxidative stability (Abd El-Rahman et al., 1997; Bolling et al., 2005; Elling et al., 1995; Scott et al., 2003a). Butterfat is incorporated into products in a variety of forms including dehydrated butter or milk or cream followed by dehydration, as refined or non-refined butter or as butterfat fractions (Padley, 1994). The use of copper vessels in production of confections increases the risk of oxidation of butter in the formulation. Caramels made with butterfat exhibited a fishy odor (Padley, 1994). 4.5.2 Dried milk powder products Dried milk powder products are frequently incorporated as ingredients into formulated beverages and food products. Dry buttermilk powder, with a milkfat content of at least 4.5%, is a rich source of phospholipids and mono- and polyunsaturated fatty acids that are highly susceptible to oxidation. High quality milk powders have clean, sweet and pleasant odor and flavor but oxidized products have an odor characterized as wet cardboard or oxidized oils. Extremely oxidized powders smell like aged beef tallow and are descibed as `tallowy' or `painty' and are unpalatable (Rankin, 2009). Packaging materials that protect the product against ultraviolet and visible wavelengths, control headspace oxygen and provide an indirect source of volatile antioxidants can help protect dry milk product quality (Rankin, 2009; van Aardt et al., 2007). Storage and processing temperatures, product acidity, metallic salts, and water activity influence the development and rate of oxidation of milk powders. Sour whey powders demonstrated an antioxidative ability at low pH, better than all commonly used antioxidants, in a peanut oil emulsion containing lipid oxidation catalysts, identifying a potential ingredient application (Shon and Haque, 2007). 4.5.3 Cheese Incidence of autoxidation reactions resulting in metallic flavor notes is relatively rare within Cheddar cheese and occurs primarly within cheeses made from oxidized cheese milk (Partridge, 2009). Oxidized flavor at low to moderate

140


levels in Cheddar cheese is more tolerated than it is in other dairy products but at pronounced levels has a definite effect on quality (Partridge, 2009). However, light exposure can increase the incidence of oxidation in cheese. Measuring primary by-products of oxidation, such as peroxides, may not be effective in predicting oxidation-related sensory changes in cheese whereas measuring free radical production may be an effective method for monitoring rapid initial changes in oxidation as a function of storage conditions. Free radicals, as measured by electron spin resonance (ESR) spectroscopy, were observed in initial stages of light exposure and and a higher rate of transformation of radicals into non-radicals occurred in cheeses exposed to light (Kristensen et al., 2000). Differences in free radical formation between lightexposed and light-protected cheeses were no longer evident by the fourth day of storage. The production of free radicals may result from enzymatic action, catalysis of transition metals, or photooxidation (Skibsted, 2000). ESR documentation of free radical changes were more closely related to sensory changes in Havarti cheese than were peroxide value measures, documenting the change in free radicals within the first 4 d of light exposure when significant sensory changes occurred (Kristensen et al., 2000). Wold et al. (2005; 2006b) found that degradation of porphyrins and chlorins, which is related to wavelength of exposure, correlated better than did the degradation of riboflavin to sensory attributes (acidic flavor, sun flavor, and oxidized odor) in cheese. Kristensen et al. (2000) also found that riboflavin degradation did not correlate to the introduction of off-flavor in Havarti cheese. Discoloration of cheese from light-induced oxidation affects consumer acceptance of cheese (Kristensen et al., 2000; Petersen et al., 1999). Photosensitizers (carotenoids, riboflavin, chlorophyll) can initiate reactions that alter cheese color (Kristensen et al., 2000; Peterson et al., 1999). Light intensity may play a role in color change in cheese. Cheese color faded more significantly at light intensities greater than 1600 lx (Deger and Ashoor, 1987). Colorants may provide some protection from photooxidation or lipidoxidation of cheeses by absorbing light energy that would otherwise excite riboflavin or other photosensitizers in uncolored cheeses (Petersen et al., 1999). They also may function as free-radical scavengers and quenchers of singlet oxygen (Edge et al., 1997). However, annatto coloring, a water-based colorant used in Cheddar, Gouda and other cheeses, will degrade under intense lighting and may cause `pinking' defect (Govindarajan and Morris, 1973; LuÈck, 1973; Partridge, 2009; PelaÂez and Northolt, 1988; Petersen et al., 1999). Wavelength and system pH may both influence this reaction (Petersen et al., 1999). Annatto was at least five times more sensitive to photobleaching than carotene in a model solution (Petersen et al., 1999). Caseinate did not affect photodegradation process of the colorants but the presence of protein may affect the quantum yield because of partial absorption of the light by caseinate. pH effects on color changes were probably due to conformational changes of casein, altering pigment binding or facilitating deactivation of excited carotenoid species. High oxygen transmission rate of cheese packaging film


141

and low pH can exacerbate the problem (Hong et al., 1995a; 1995b; Mortensen et al., 2002). Producers of colored cheeses should be aware of the effect of light on photooxidation of cheese and cheese colorants and sensory quality in order to appropriately select packaging materials and display conditions (Duncan and Webster, 2009; Petersen et al., 1999; Vercolino Alves et al., 2007; Wold et al., 2006b). A high oxygen barrier film and ultraviolet absorbers provide protection against photooxidation of a variety of cheeses. Oxygen concentration may play a role in changes in objective color measurements of cheese, especially the yellowness (b*) component (Hong et al., 1995a). Yellow color of Cheddar cheese, with and without annatto colorant, decreased with prolonged exposure to fluorescent light, especially when a high oxygen transmission rate film was used for packaging (Hong et al., 1995a; 1995b). Only minor changes in color of sliced Harvarti cheese and packaged under modified atmosphere (25% CO2, 75% N2, initial O2 of 0.4%) in oxygen barrier transparent packaging occurred with exposure to light (1000 lx). 4.5.4 Ice cream Low storage temperatures of ice cream suggest that oxidation should not be a challenge in this product. The primary oxidation problems are associated with milk and ingredient quality or during mix storage and light-induced oxidation is unlikely to occur in ice cream (Alvarez, 2009b). In addition to fresh milk and cream, sources of milkfat and proteins include processed (concentrated, evaporated, or dried) milk, cream, butter, and protein (whey, casein, caseinates) or buttermilk (Alvarez, 2009b), which may be a source of oxidation flavors or initiators for subsequent oxidation reactions. The oxidized flavor defect in ice cream is described in similar terms as those related to milk, describing the transition from relatively low oxidation characteristics as metallic, astringent or puckery to descriptors for more moderate oxidation sensations such as òxidized', `papery' or `cardboardy'; òily', `tallowy', `painty' or `fishy' are descriptive of extreme oxidation in ice cream (Alvarez, 2009b). Oxidized flavor persists in the mouth after expectoration, suggesting that the product is old or stale, and adversely affecting the sensory experience. This characteristic diminishes repeat sales of the product (Alvarez, 2009b). Elling et al. (1995) produced a 10% fat vanilla ice cream by incorporating cholesterol-stripped milkfat in a reformulated cream. The sensory profile of ice cream made with the reformulated cream was characterized with a significantly ( p < 0:05) higher `cardboard' and `less fresh' flavor, which was attributed to the cholesterol-stripped butteroil ingredient. Ice cream processed using milk with a more unsaturated fatty acid profile by modifiying the bovine diet was relatively stable to oxidation (Gonzalez et al., 2003). Peroxide values of milkfat extracted from ice cream ranged from 2.91 to 4.12 meq/kg. The peroxide values of milkfat from ice cream made from milk from cows fed high-oleic or high-linoleic diets did not differ from products made from control milk.

142


4.6

Packaging of milk and dairy products

Packaging materials that provide product visibility, especially for milk, are common because of marketing policies, consumer preference, and sales (Young, 2002). Consumers prefer foods and beverages to be packaged in clear containers where they can see the product (Chapman, 2002; Cladman et al., 1998; Doyle, 2004; Rosenthal, 1992; Sattar and deMan, 1976). The primary plastic packaging materials used for refrigerated milk products are high density polyethylene (HDPE) and PET (Anonymous, 2002). A complete light block is best at preventing against vitamin degradation and protecting sensory quality (BekboÈlet, 1990; Senyk and Shipe, 1981; Singh et al., 1975; van Aardt et al., 2001; Webster et al., 2009) but does not permit product visibility. Pigmentation, overwraps or multilayers of packaging material can protect against light oxidation flavor and vitamin loss depending on the intensity of the pigmentation and the color (Table 4.3). Protection of products from ultraviolet and visible wavelengths is important because of the wide range of wavelengths that excite riboflavin and other photosensitizers (Duncan and Webster, 2009; van Aardt et al., 2001; Webster et al., 2009; Wold et al., 2006a; 2006b). Blocking UV wavelengths does not protect against riboflavin destruction (Fanelli et al., 1985) but a number of authors found that blocking wavelengths between ~400 and 500 nm did provide greater protection of riboflavin (Bradley, 1980; Fukumoto and Nakashima, 1975; Luquet et al., 1977; Sattar and deMan, 1973; Sattar et al., 1977b; Senyk and Shipe, 1981; Singh et al., 1975; van Aardt et al., 2001). The major absorption maximum for riboflavin is 446 nm, although it absorbs other wavelengths as well (Kyte, 1995). Milk packaged in HDPE with a carbon black layer (light barrier) and no oxygen barrier was shown to have better protection against light oxidation than HDPE with an EVOH oxygen barrier but no light barrier (Gorgern, 2003). Inhibition of oxygen permeation into a package does not solely protect against degradation. Simon and Hansen (2001) found that milk packaged in oxygen barrier board (EVOH and foil) deteriorated much more slowly than milk packaged in standard or juice boards. The foil-lined board had the added benefit of a light block.

4.7

Future trends

Increased incorporation of omega-3 lipids, functional ingredients that may function as photosensitizers, and minerals fortifications increase the challenges associated with oxidation of dairy products. Reducing oxidation and the sensory and vitamin degradation that occurs along with that oxidation will be especially important for the sale of milk. Consumption of single serve milk has been one section of the fluid milk industry that has been increasing in recent years. It outpaced all other product categories during a 3-year period from 2000 to 2003 ± increasing by 45% (Sloan, 2005). Many school districts have been replacing soda vending machines with healthy beverage vending machines, which carry single serve milk. Milk in vending machines may be expected to have a 60-day

Table 4.3

Effect of product composition, packaging material, light exposure on oxidation of dairy products


Product description

Experimental conditions

Oxidative measure

Other comments

Reference

Milk Milk (whole or 2% milk, HTST) packaged in green or clear PET bottles, clear PET with UVabsorbers, HDPE

Exposed to light similar to front of the top row of chill cabinets in supermarket, at 4 ëC

Conjugated diene values increased from absorbance (532 nm) of < 0.05 to 0.1± 0.15 from green, LDPE, clear PET and to about 0.25 for HDPE over 18 days

Labels over package reduced light exposure by 75% but did not protect against oxidation over the 18 d shelf-life compared to lightblocked controls.

Cladman et al. (1998)

2 g total fat/272 g yogurt mass; control used milkfat; treatment product fortified with 500 mg algae oil with milkfat; product stored for 22 days at 4 ëC

Lipid hydroperoxides were 0 moles/kg lipid for control and 2.1 moles/kg lipid for omega-3 fortified product

Exposed to light at 4296 lx (400 ft-c), 4 ëC up to 84 h

Peroxide values for coconut oil, butter, corn oil, and peanut oil carriers were approximately 2.5, 3.8, 4.1, and 8.2 meq/kg oil at 48 hr with relatively little increase thereafter.

Peroxide values did not parallel degradation of alltrans retinyl palmitate during light exposure.

Zahar et al. (1987)

Stored at 20 ëC for 14 wk

Peroxide values ranged from 0.1 to 1.4 meq/kg for control butter (milkfat) and 0.2±5.4 for dairy spread

Rapid increase in peroxides in dairy spread occurred about week 4

Christensen and Hùlmer (1996)

Yogurt Strawberry yogurt with added omega-3 oil

Milkfat/butter Milkfat (and other oils) as carriers for retinyl palmitate

Dairy spread (minimum 80% fat with 75% milk fat; 25% rapeseed)

Chee et al. (2005)

Table 4.3

Continued


Product description

Experimental conditions

Oxidative measure

Cholesterol-reduced butter with added evening primrose oil and phytosterols

Cholesterol was removed by treating with 10% crosslinked -cyclodextrin ( -CD)

Thiobarbituric acid (TBA) values were 1.2 for control butter, 2.0 for cholesterolreduced butter, and 3 for cholesterol-reduced butter with evening primrose and phytosterols

Cheese Spreadable processed cheese

Exposed to light at 1000 lux, 10 ëC, up to 60 days

TBA for control (stored in dark) were 0.02±0.04; 0.10 in polyethylene pkg after 17 days; 0.18 in polypropylene pkg after 60 days

Packaging materials were in different shapes and sizes; study also included coextruded packaging materials and glass

Vercelino Alves et al. (2007)

Exposed to light at 1300 lux, 5.6 ëC, up to 480 hr; modified atmosphere pkg (25% CO2, 75% N2); 6 materials with different light transmission, oxygen permeability, water vapor transmission rates

Volatile chemistry of secondary oxidation products affected by transparency of packaging materials and on oxygen transmission rates

Color changes were noticeable between 72±144 hours of light exposure for transparent materials. Odor changes were noted within 12 hr

Mortensen et al. (2002)

Semi-hard Harvarti cheese, sliced

Other comments

Reference Kim et al. (2006)


145

(or longer) shelf-life, yet still be packaged in translucent materials, such as PET, and stored under light. In order for school aged children to increase their consumption of milk and improve their health and well being, the milk must taste good. It is imperative that the quality of the milk sold in these vending machines remain high. Controlling oxidation through preharvest or post-harvest formulation of dairy-based products with antioxidants will increase in importance with extended shelf-life and the emphasis on incorporation of healthy lipids in the diet. Utilizing novel packaging materials that protect traditional and value-added products against light-induced oxidation and promote consumer interest will increase sales. Maintaining sensory quality throughout extended shelf-life of milk is essential. Composition and packaging of dairy ingredients also must be considered in order to protect other food products from oxidative deterioration and degradation of sensory quality.

4.8


The reader is referred to literature reviews by BekboÈlet (1990), Bosset et al. (1995) and Borlet et al. (2001) for additional information on photochemical effects on milk components. Additional packaging information also may be found in Bosset et al. (1995) and Duncan and Webster (2009).

4.9

References and further reading

and KILARARA A (1997), Èffect of milkfat fractions on the sensory evaluation of frozen desserts', J Dairy Sci, 80, 1936±1940. ALLEN C and PARKS O W (1975), Èvidence of methional in skim milk exposed to sunlight', J Dairy Sci, 58, 1609±1611. ALLEN C and PARKS O W (1979), `Photodegradation of riboflavin in milks exposed to fluorescent light', J Dairy Sci, 62, 1377±1379. ALLEN J C (1994), `Rancidity in dairy products'. In Allen JC and Hamilton RJ (eds), Rancidity in Foods, 3rd edn, Blackie Academic & Professional, New York, pp. 179±190. ALLEN J C and JOSEPH G (1985), `Deterioration of pasteurized milk on storage', J Dairy Res, 52, 469±487. ALLRED S L, DHIMAN T R, BRENNAND C P, KHANAL R C, MCMAHON D J and LUCHINI N D (2006), `Milk and cheese from cows fed calcium salts of palm and fish oil alone or in combination with soybean products', J Dairy Sci, 89, 234±238. ALVAREZ V B (2009a), `Fluid milk and cream products'. In Clark S, Costello M, Drake M, and Bodyfelt F (eds), The Sensory Evaluation of Dairy Products, 2nd edn, Springer Science and Business Media, New York, pp. 73±134. ALVAREZ VB (2009b), Ìce cream and related products'. In Clark S, Costello M, Drake M, and Bodyfelt F (eds), The Sensory Evaluation of Dairy Products, 2nd edn, Springer Science and Business Media, New York, pp. 271±331. ABD EL-RAHMAN A M, SHALABI S I, HOLLENDER R

146


(2002), `Packaging opportunities for fluid milk', Dairy Foods/Dairy Management Inc., Summer, Issue 5. AULAKH J C and STINE C M (1971), `Binding of copper by certain milk proteins as measured by equilibrium dialysis', J Dairy Sci, 54, 1605±1608. AURAND L W, SINGLETON J A and NOBLE B W (1966), `Photo-oxidation in milk', J Dairy Sci, 49, 138±143. AURAND L W, BOONE N H and GIDDINGS G G (1977), `Superoxide and singlet oxygen in milk lipid peroxidation', J Dairy Sci, 60, 363±367. AVRAMIS C, WANG H, MCBRIDE B, WRIGHT T and HILL A (2003), `Physical and processing properties of milk, butter, and cheddar cheese from cows fed supplemental fish meal', J Dairy Sci, 86, 2568±2576. BAER R J, RYALI J, SCHINGOETHE D J, KASPERSON K M, DONOVAN D C, HIPPEN A R and FRANKLIN S T (2001), `Composition and properties of milk and butter from cows fed fish oil', J Dairy Sci, 84, 345±353. BALANCE P E (1961), `Production of volatile compounds related to the flavour of foods from the strecker degradation of DL methionine', J Sci Food Agric, 12, 532±536. In Min D B and Boff J M (2002), `Chemistry and reaction of singlet oxygen in foods', Comp Rev Food Sci Safety, 1, 58±72. BALESTRIERI M, SPAGNUOLO M S, CIGLIANO L, STORTI G, FERRARA L, ABRESCIA P et al. (2002), Èvaluation of oxidative damage in mozzarella cheese produced from bovine or water buffalo milk', Food Chem, 77, 293±299. BARNARD S E (1973), Ìmportance of shelf life for consumers of milk', J Dairy Sci, 55, 134±136. È RCK L (1995), `Chemical characterizaBARREFORS P, GRANELLI K, APPELQVIST L-A and BJO tion of raw milk samples with and without oxidative off-flavor', J Dairy Sci, 78, 2691±2699. BEKBOÈLET M (1990), `Light effects on food', J Food Prot, 53, 430±440. BELL J A, GRILINARI J M and KENNELLY J J (2006), Èffect of safflower oil, flaxseed oil, monensin, and Vitamin E on concentration for conjugated linoleic acid in bovine milk fat', J Dairy Sci, 89, 733±748. BERGER K A (1994), `Practical measures to minimize rancidity in processing and storage'. In Allen J C and Hamilton R J (eds), Rancidity in Foods, 3rd edn, Blackie Academic & Professional, New York, pp. 68±83. BODYFELT F W, TOBIAS J and TROUT G M (1988), The Sensory Evaluation of Dairy Products, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York. BOLLING J C, DUNCAN S E, EIGEL W N and WATERMAN K M (2005), `Processing effects on physicochemical properties of creams formulated with modified milk fat', J Dairy Sci, 88, 1342±1351. BORLET F, SIEBER R and BOSSET J O (2001), `Photo oxidation and photo-protection of foods, with particular reference to dairy products. An update of a review article (1993± 2000)', Sci Aliments, 21, 571±590. BOSSET J O, SIEBER R and GALLMANN P U (1995), `Light transmittance: influence on the shelf-life of milk and milk products'. In International Dairy Federation (ed.), Technical Guide for the Packaging of Milk and Milk Products, 3rd edn. N300, International Dairy Federation, Brussels, pp. 19±39. BRADLEY R L JR (1980), Èffect of light on alteration of nutritional value and flavor of milk: a review', J Food Prot, 43(4), 314±320. BRADLEY RL and SMUKOWSKI M (2009), `Butter'. In Clark S, Costello M, Drake M, and Bodyfelt F (eds), The Sensory Evaluation of Dairy Products, 2nd edn, Springer ANONYMOUS


147

Science and Business Media, New York, pp. 135±166. and ROGERS R P (1977), `Consumers can detect light-induced flavor in milk', J Food Prot, 40, 586±587. CAMPBELL W, DRAKE M A and LARICK D K (2003), `The impact of fortification with conjugated linoleic acid (CLA) on the quality of fluid milk', J Dairy Sci, 86, 43± 51. CHAPMAN K (2002), `New study validates light blocking efforts: teens taste light-oxidation in milk and don't like it', Dairy Foods, 103, 40±42. CHAPMAN K W, ROSENBERRY L C, BANDLER D K and BOOR K J (1998), `Light-oxidized flavor development and vitamin A degradation in chocolate milk', J Food Sci, 63, 930± 934. CHAPMAN K W, WHITED L J and BOOR K J (2002), `Sensory threshold of light-oxidized flavor defects in milk', J Food Sci, 67, 2770±2773. CHARMLEY E and NICHOLSON J W G (1993), Ìnjectable -tocopherol for control of oxidized flavor in milk from dairy cows', Can J Anim Sci, 73, 381±392. BRAY S L, DUTHIE A H

CHEE C P, GALLAHER J J, DJORDJEVIC D, FARAJI H, MCCLEMENTS D J, DECKER E A, HOLLENDER

and COUPLAND J N (2005), `Chemical and sensory analysis of strawberry flavoured yogurt supplemented with an algae oil emulsion', J Dairy Res, 72, 311±316. CHEN Z Y and NAWAR W W (1991a), `Prooxidative and antioxidative effects of phospholipids on milk fat', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 68, 938±940. CHEN Z Y and NAWAR W W (1991b), `Role of milk fat globule membrane in autoxidation of milk fat', J Food Sci, 56, 398±401, 426. CHRISTENSEN T C and HéLMER (1996), `Lipid oxidation determination in butter and dairy spreads by HPLC', J Food Sci, 61, 486±489. CLADMAN W, SCHEFFER S, GOODRICH N and GRIFFITHS M W (1998), `Shelf-life of milk packaged in plastic containers with and without treatment to reduce light transmission', Int Dairy J, 8, 629±636. CURIONI P M G and BOSSET J O (2002), `Key odorants in various cheese types as determined by gas chromatography-olfactometry', Int Dairy J, 12, 959±984. DALSGAARD T K and LARSEN L B (2009), Èffects of photo-oxidation of major milk proteins on protein structure and hydrolysis by chymosin', Int Dairy J, 19, 362±371. DALSGAARD T K, OTZEN D, NIELSEN J H and LARSEN L B (2007), `Changes in structure of milk proteins upon photo-oxidation', J Agric Food Chem, 55, 10968±10976. DALSGAARD T K, HEEGARD C W and LARSEN L B (2008), `Plasmin digestion of photooxidized milk proteins', J Dairy Sci, 91, 2175±2183. DAVIES M and DEAN R T (1997), Radical-Mediated Protein Oxidation, Oxford University Press, Oxford. DAY E A and LILLARD D A (1960), Àutoxidation of milk lipids', J Dairy Sci, 43, 1360± 1365. DEAN R T, FU S, STOCKER R and DAVIES M J (1997), `Biochemistry and pathology of radicalmediated protein oxidation', Biochem J, 324, 1±18. DEETH H C (1997), `The role of phospholipids in the stability of milkfat globules', Austral J Dairy Technol, 52, 44±46. DEGER D and ASHOOR S H (1987), `Light-induced changes in taste, appearance, odour, and riboflavin content of cheese', J Dairy Sci, 70, 1371±1376. DEMAN J M (1990), Principles of Food Chemistry. Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York. R, PETERSON D G, ROBERTS R F

DIETRICH A M, GLINDEMANN D, PIZARRO F, GIDI V, OLIVARES M, ARAYA M, CAMPER A, DUNCAN S, DWYER S, WHELTON A J, YOUNOS T, SUBRAMANIAN S, BURLINGAME G A, KHIARI D

and

148


EDWARDS M (2003), `Health and aesthetic impacts of copper corrosion on drinking water', Water Sci Technol, 49 (Part 2), 55±62. DI MARZO S, DI MONACO R, CAVELLA S, ROMANO R, BORRIELLO I and MASI P (2006), `Correlation between sensory and instrumental properties of Canestrato Pugliese sliced packed in biodegradable films', Trends in Food Sci Technol, 17, 169±176. DIMICK P S (1973), Èffect of fluorescent light on the flavor and selected nutrients of homogenized milk held in conventional containers', J Milk Food Technol, 36, 383±387. DIMICK P S (1982), `Photochemical effects on flavor and nutrients of fluid milk', Can Inst Food Sci Technol J, 15, 247±256. DIMICK P S and KILARA A (1983), `Photooxidative changes in milk and amino acids', Kieler Milchwirtsschaftlich Forschungsberichte, 35, 289±299. DOYLE M (2004), `Consumers have long list of packaging wishes and pet peeves', Food & Drug Packaging, 68, 24±28. DUNCAN S E and WEBSTER J B (2009), `Sensory impacts of food-packaging interactions', Adv Food Nutr Res, 56, 17±64. EBERHARD P and GALLMANN P U (1991), Ìnsufficient light protection for milk in plastic tubes', Schweizerische Milchzeitung, 117, 3. EDGE R, MCGARVEY D J and TRUSCOTT T G (1997), `The carotenoids as antioxidants ± a review', J Photochem and Photobiol B, 41, 189±200. In Petersen M, Wiking L, and Stapelfeldt H (1999), `Light sensitivity of two colorants for Cheddar cheese. Quantum yields for photodegradation in an aqueous model system in relation to light stability of cheese in illuminated display', J Dairy Res, 66, 599±607. ELLING J L and DUNCAN S E (1996), `Physical properties of 20% milk fat reformulated creams manufactured from cholesterol-reduced butter oil', J Food Sci, 61, 375± 378. ELLING J L, HARRIS J and DUNCAN S E (1995), Ìncorporation of modified butteroil into high-fat dairy products: Ice cream manufactured with reduced-cholesterol reformulated cream', Dairy, Food Environ Sci, 15, 738±744. ELLING J L, DUNCAN S E, KEENAN T W, EIGEL W N and BOLING J (1996), `Composition of 20% reformulated creams manufactured from reduced cholesterol butter oil', J Food Sci, 61, 48±53. EMMONS D B, PAQUETTE G J, FROEHLICH D A, BECKETT D C, MODLER H W, BUTLER G, BRACKENRIDGE P and DANIELS G (1986), Òxidation of butter by low-intensities of fluorescent light in relation to retail stores', J Dairy Sci, 69, 2437±2450. FANELLI A J, BURLEW J V and GABRIEL M K (1985), `Protection of milk packaged in high density polyethylene against photodegradation by fluorescent light', J Food Prot, 48, 112±117. FARRER K T H (1983), Light Damage in Milk: a Comparison of the Protective Properties of Paperboard Cartons and Plastic Bottles, Farrer Consultants, Blackburn, Victoria. FOCANT M, MIGNOLET E, MARIQUE M, CLABOTS F, BREYNE T, DALEMANS D and LARONDELLE Y (1998), `The effect of vitamin E supplementation of cow diets containing rapeseed and linseed on the prevention of milk fat oxidation', J Dairy Sci, 81(4), 1095± 1101. FORSS D A (1979), `Mechanism of formation of aroma compounds in milk and milk products', J Dairy Res, 46, 691±694. FOX P F (1995), Advanced Dairy Chemistry: Lipids, 2nd edn, Chapman & Hall, London. FRANK D C, OWEN C M and PATTERSON J (2004), `Solid phase microextraction (SPME) combined with gas-chromatography and olfactometry-mass spectrometry for


149

characterization of cheese aroma compounds', Lebensmittel-Wissenschaft und Technologie, 37, 139±154. FRANKEL E N (1980), `Lipid oxidation', Prog Lipid Res, 19, 1±22. FUKUMOTO J and NAKASHIMA K (1975), `Protection of riboflavin in liquid milk from destruction by light using color filters', J Jpn Soc Food Nutr, 28, 257±261. GILMORE T M and DIMICK P S (1979), `Photochemical changes in major whey proteins of cow's milk', J Dairy Sci, 62, 189±194. GLIGUEM H and BIRLOUEZ-ARAGON I (2005), Èffects of sterilization, packaging, and storage on vitamin C degradation, protein denaturation, and glycation in fortified milks', J Dairy Sci, 88, 891±899. GOFF H D (1997), Ìnstability and partial coalescence in whippable dairy emulsions', J Dairy Sci, 80, 2620±2630. GONZALEZ S, DUNCAN S E, O'KEEFE S F, SUMNER S S and HERBEIN J H, (2003), Òxidation and textural characteristics of butter and ice cream with modified fatty acid profiles', J Dairy Sci, 86, 70±77. GORGERN M (2003), Ìnfluence of bottle wall structure on the preservation of the organoleptic properties of milk'. In Proceedings of the 13th International Conference on Polyester Containers for Food and Beverages, Schotland Business Research Inc., Skillman, NJ, p. 357. GOUSSAULT B, GAGNEPAIN M F and LUQUET F M (1978), `Study of some vitamins in pasteurized milk in relation to packaging and storage', Revue LaitieÁre FrancËaise, 361, 69±72. GOVINDARAJAN S and MORRIS H A (1973), `Pink discoloration in Cheddar cheese', J Food Sci, 38, 675±678. HAISMAN D R, GROENENDIJK C B M and O'SULLIVAN G J (1992), `The effect of light on the flavour and nutritional content of milk', Food Technol in New Zealand, 27, 16±20. HANSEN A P, TURNER L G and AURAND L W (1975), `Fluorescent light-activated flavor in milk', J Milk Food Technol, 38, 388±392. HANSEN E and SKIBSTED L H (2000), `Light-induced oxidative changes in a model dairy spread. Wavelength dependence of quantum', J Agric Food Chem, 48, 3090±3094. HARPER W J and BROWN D H (1964), `Light-induced degradation of cysteine', J Dairy Sci, 47, 548±552. HAVEMOSE M S, JUSTESEN P, BREDIE W L P and NIELSEN J H (2007), `Measurement of volatile oxidation products from milk using solvent-assisted flavour evaporation and solid phase microextraction', Int Dairy J, 17, 746±752. HAVEMOSE M S, WEISBJERG M R, BREDIE W L P, POULSEN H D and NIELSEN J H (2006), Òxidative stability of milk influenced by fatty acids, antioxidants, and copper derived from feed', J Dairy Sci, 89, 1970±1980. HEDEGAARD R V, KRISTENSEN D, NIELSEN J H, FROST M B, OSTDAL H, HERMANSEN J E et al. (2006), `Comparison of descriptive sensory analysis and chemical analysis for oxidative changes in milk', J Dairy Sci, 89, 495±504. HEER A K, DUNCAN S E and BROCHETTI D (1995), `Sensory detection of and consumer response to off-flavor in milk', Dairy, Food Environ Sanitation, 15, 488±493. HERREID E O, RUSKIN B, CLARK G L and PARKS T B (1952), Àscorbic acid and riboflavin destruction and flavor development in milk exposed to the sun in amber, clear paper and ruby bottles', J Dairy Sci, 35, 772±778. HOFFMAN G (1962), `Vegetable oils'. In Schultz H W (ed.), Symposium of Foods: Lipids and their Oxidation, AVI Publishing Co. Inc., Westport, CT, pp. 215±226. In Gonzalez S, Duncan S E, O'Keefe S F, Sumner S S, and Herbein J H (2003),

150


Òxidation and textural characteristics of butter and ice cream with modified fatty acid profiles', J Dairy Sci, 86, 70±77. HONG C M, WENDORFF W L and BRADLEY JR R L (1995a), Èffects of packaging and lighting on pink discoloration and lipid oxidation of annatto-colored cheeses', J Dairy Sci, 78, 1896±1902. HONG C M, WENDORFF W L and BRADLEY JR R L (1995b), `Factors affecting light-induced pink discoloration of annatto-colored cheese', J Food Sci, 60, 94±97. HOSKIN J C (1988), Èffect of fluorescent light on flavor and riboflavin content of milk held in modified half-gallon containers', J Food Prot, 51, 19±23. HOSKIN J C and DIMICK P S (1979), Èvaluation of fluorescent light on flavor and riboflavin content of milk held in gallon returnable containers', J Food Prot, 42, 105±109. HUANG R, KIM H J and MIN D B (2006), `Photosensitizing effect of riboflavin, lumiflavin and lumichrome on the generation of volatiles in soy milk', J Agric Food Chem, 54, 2359±2364. HUSSEIN S R, TERAO J and MATSUSHITA S (1986), Èffect of browning reaction products of phospholipids on autoxidation of methyl linoleate', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 63, 1457± 1460. In Chen Z Y and Nawar W W (1991), `Role of milk fat globule membrane in autoxidation of milk fat', J Food Sci, 56, 398±401, 426. IGARASHI Y (1990), Ènhancement of proteolysis in bovine skim milk by heat and chemical treatments', J Dairy Res, 57, 541±548. JADHAV S J, NIMBALKAR S S, KULKARNI A D and MADHAVI D L (1996), Lipid oxidation in biological and food systems. In Madhavi D L, Deshpande S S, and Salunkhe D K (eds), Food Antioxidants: Technological, Toxicological, and Health Perspectives, Marcel Dekker, New York. JENSEN R G (2002), Review: composition of bovine milk lipids. J Dairy Sci, 85(2), 296± 350. JENSEN S K and NIELSEN K N (1996), `Tocopherols, retinol, -carotene and fatty acids in fat globule core in cows' milk', J Dairy Res, 63(4), 565±574. JONES E L, SHINGFIELD K J, KOHEN C, JONES A K, LUPOLI B, GRANDISON A S, BEEVER D E,

WILLIAMS C M, CALDER P C and YAQOOB P (2005), `Chemical, physical and sensory properties of dairy products enriched with conjugated linoleic acid', J Dairy Sci, 88, 2923±2937. JUNG M Y, YOON S H, LEE H O and MIN D B (1998), `Singlet oxygen and ascorbic acid effects on dimethyl disulfide and off-flavor in skim milk exposed to light', J Food Sci, 63(3), 408±412. KARATAPANIS A E, BADEKA A V, RIGANAKOS K A, SAVVAIDIS I N and KONTOMINAS M G (2006), `Changes in flavour volatiles of whole pasteurized milk as affected by packaging material and storage time', Int Dairy J, 16, 750±761. KAYA A (2000), `Properties and stability of butter oil obtained from milk and yoghurt', Nahrung 44, 126±129. In Gonzalez S, Duncan S E, O'Keefe S F, Sumner S S, and Herbein J H (2003), Òxidation and textural characteristics of butter and ice cream with modified fatty acid profiles', J Dairy Sci, 86, 70±77. KAYLEGIAN K E and LINDSAY R C (1995), Handbook of Milkfat Fractionation Technology and Application, AOCS Press, Champaign, IL. In Gonzalez S, Duncan S E, O'Keefe S F, Sumner S S, and Herbein J H (2003), Òxidation and textural characteristics of butter and ice cream with modified fatty acid profiles', J Dairy Sci, 86, 70±77. KEENAN T W, DYLEWSKI D P, WOOLFORD T A and FORD R H (1983), Òrigin of the milk fat globule and the nature of the milk fat globule membrane'. In Fox P F (ed.),


151

Developments in Dairy Chemistry, Vol 2: Lipids, Applied Science Publishers, New York, pp. 83±118. KHANAL R C, DHIMAN T R, URE A L, BRENNAND C P, BOMAN R L and MCMAHON D J (2005), `Consumer acceptability of conjugated linoleic acid-enriched milk and Cheddar cheese from cows grazing on pasture', J Dairy Sci, 88, 1837±1847. KIM J J, JUNG T H, AHN J and KWAK H S (2006), `Properties of cholesterol-reduced butter made with -cylcodextrin and added primrose oil and phytosterols', J Dairy Sci, 89, 4503±4510. KIM Y D and MORR C V (1996), `Dynamic headspace analysis of light activated flavor in milk', Int Dairy J, 6, 185±193. KITESSA S, GULARI S, SIMOS G, ASHES J, SCOTT T, FLECK E and WYNN P (2004), `Supplementation of grazing dairy cows with rumen-protected tuna oil enriches milk fat with n-3 fatty acids without affecting milk product or sensory characteristics', Br J Nutr, 91, 271±277. KOO J H and KIM D H (1971), Èffect of sunlight and incandescent fluorescent and ultraviolet light on the oxidation of edible soybean oil', Korean J Food Sci Technol, 3, 178±184. KOT E, FURMANOV S and BEZKOROVAINY A (1996), `Hydrogen peroxide production and oxidation of ferrous iron by Lactobacillus delbrueckii ssp bulgaricus', J Dairy Sci, 79, 758±766. KRISTENSEN D, ORLIEN V, MORTENSEN G, BROCKHOFF P and SKIBSTED L H (2000), `Lightinduced oxidation in sliced Havarti cheese packaged in modified atmosphere', Int Dairy J, 10, 95±103. KRISTENSEN D, HEDEGAARD R V, NIELSEN J H and SKIBSTED L H (2004), Òxidative stability of buttermilk as influenced by the fatty acid composition of cows' milk manipulated by diet', J Dairy Res, 71, 46±50. KYTE J (1995), Mechanisms in Protein Chemistry, Garland Publishing, New York. LACASSE P, KENNELLY J J, DELBECCHI L and AHNADI C E (2002), Àddition of protected and unprotected fish oil to diets for dairy cows. I. Effects on the yield, composition and taste of milk', J Dairy Res, 69, 511±520. LEONG C M O, HARTE B R, PARTRIDGE J A, OTT D B and DOWNES T W (1992), Òff-flavor development in milk packaged in polyethylene-coated paperboard cartons', J Dairy Sci, 75, 2105±2111. LET M C, JACOBSEN C and MEYER A S (2005), `Sensory stability and oxidation of fish oil enriched milk is affected by milk storage temperature and oil quality', Int Dairy J, 15, 173±182. Ê NASSON H and A Ê KESSON B (2000), Àntioxidative factors in milk', Br J Nutr, LINDMARK-MA 84, S103±S110. LOZANO P R, MIRACLE E R, KRAUSE A J, DRAKE M and CADWALLADER K R (2007), Èffect of cold storage and packaging material on the major aroma components of sweet cream butter', J Agric Food Chem, 55, 7840±7846. È CK H (1973), `Problems encountered with the colouring of cheese by means of ``waterLU soluble'' -carotene preparations', S African J Dairy Technol, 5, 181±185. LUQUET F M, GOUSSAULT B, GOUEREC J and GAGNEPAIN M F (1977), Èffect of packaging on the quality of UHT milk', Revue LaitieÁre FrancËaise, 351, 141±148. MACRAE R, ROBINSON R K and SADLER M J, (1993), Encyclopedia of Food Science, Academic Press, New York. MADHAVI D L, DESHPANDE S S and SALUNKHE D K (1996), Food Antioxidants: Technological, Toxicological, and Health Perspectives, Marcel Dekker, New York.

152


and DIMICK P S (1975), Èffect of fluorescent light on the localization and distribution of riboflavin in homogenized pasteurized cow's milk', J Dairy Sci, 58, 789. MARCHET M and FORTI, L (2001), Èffects of type of packaging on the retention of vitamins and organoleptic traits in milk', Latte, 26, 72±75. MARSILI R T (1999), `Comparison of solid-phase microextraction and dynamic headspace methods for the gas chromatographic-mass spectrometric analysis of light induced lipid oxidation products in milk', J Chrom. Sci, 37, 17±23. MARTINI S, THURGOOD J E, BROTHERSEN C, WARD R and MCMAHON D J (2009), `Fortification of reduced-fat Cheddar cheese with n-3 fatty acids: effect on off-flavor generation', J Dairy Sci, 92, 1876±1884. MEHTA R S and BASSETT R (1978), Òrganoleptic, chemical and microbiological changes in ultra-high-temperature sterilized milk stored at room temperature', J Food Prot, 41, 806±810. MEILGAARD M, CIVILLE G V and CARR B T (2007), Sensory Evaluation Techniques, 4th edn, CRC Press, Washington, DC. MESTDAGH F, DE MEULENAER B, DE CLIPPELEER J, DEVLIEGHERE F and HUYGHEBAERT A (2005), `Protective influence of several packaging materials on light oxidation of milk', J Dairy Sci, 88, 499±510. MICHAELI A and FEITELSON J (1995), `Reactivity of singlet oxygen toward large peptides', Photochem Photobiol, 61, 255±260. In Dalsgaard T K, Otzen D, Nielsen J H and Larsen L B (2007), `Changes in structure of milk proteins upon photo-oxidation', J Agric Food Chem, 55, 10968±10976. MIN D B and BOFF J M (2002), `Chemistry and reaction of singlet oxygen in foods', Comp Rev Food Sci Safety, 1: 58±72. MORTENSEN G, SéRENSEN J and STAPELFELDT H (2002), Èffect of light and oxygen transmission characteristics of packaging materials on photo-oxidative quality changes in semi-hard Havarti cheeses', Packag Technol Sci, 15, 121±127. NELSON K A S and MARTINI S (2009), Ìncreasing omega fatty acid content in cow's milk through diet manipulation: effect on milk flavor', J Dairy Sci, 92, 1378±1386. NIELSEN J H, éSTDAL H and ANDERSEN H J (2002), `The influence of ascorbic acid and uric acid on the oxidative stability of raw and pasteurized milk. In Morello M J, Shahidi F and Ho C (eds), Free Radicals in Food, Chemistry, Nutrition and Health Effects, ACS, Washington, DC, pp. 126±133. NOAKES M, NESTEL P J and CLIFTON P M (1996), `Modifying the fatty acid profile of dairy products through feedlot technology lowers plasma cholesterol of humans consuming the products', Am J Clin Nutr, 63, 42±46. éSTDAL H, BJERRUN J L, PETERSON J A and ANDERSON H J (2000), `Lactoperoxidase-induced protein oxidation in milk', J Agric Food Chem, 48: 3939±3944. PADLEY F B (1994), `The control of rancidity in confectionery products'. In Allen J C and Hamilton R J (eds), Rancidity in Foods, 3rd edn, Blackie Academic & Professional, New York, pp. 230±255. PAIK J J and KIM H (1976), `Riboflavin in milk and milk proteins and the destructive effect of sunlight', Korean J Nutr, 9, 164±168. PARTRIDGE J (2009), `Cheddar and cheddar-type cheese'. In Clark S, Costello M, Drake M, and Bodyfelt F (eds), The Sensory Evaluation of Dairy Products, 2nd edn, Springer Science and Business Media, New York, pp. 225±270. PATTON S (1954), `The mechanism of sunlight flavor formation in milk with special reference to methionine and riboflavin', J Dairy Sci, 37, 446±452. MANIERE F Y


153

and NORTHOLT M D (1988), `Factors leading to pink discolouration of the surface of Gouda cheese', Netherlands Milk Dairy J, 42, 323±336. PETERSEN M, WIKING L and STAPELFELDT H (1999), `Light sensitivity of two colorants for Cheddar cheese. Quantum yields for photodegradation in an aqueous model system in relation to light stability of cheese in illuminated display', J Dairy Res, 66, 599± 607. RAMASWAMY N, BAER R J, SCHINGOETHE D J, HIPPEN A R, KASPERSON K M and WHITLOCK L A (2001), `Composition and flavor of milk and butter from cows fed fish oil, extruded soybeans, or their combination', J Dairy Sci, 84, 2144±2151. RANKIN S (2009), `Concentrated and dried milk products'. In Clark S, Costello M, Drake M, and Bodyfelt F (eds), The Sensory Evaluation of Dairy Products, 2nd edn, Springer Science and Business Media, New York, pp. 333±386. ROSENTHAL I (1992), Electromagnetic Radiations in Food Science, Springer Verlag, Berlin. ROSENTHAL I, ROSEN B and BERNSTEIN S (1993), Èffects of milk fortification with ascorbic acid and iron', Milchwissenschaft, 48(12), 676±679. ROSSELL J B (1989), `Measurement of rancidity'. In Allen J C and Hamilton R J (eds), Rancidity in Foods, 3rd edn, Blackie Academic & Professional, New York, pp. 22± 53. RYSSTAD G, EBBESEN A and EGGESTAD J (1998), `Sensory and chemical quality of UHTmilk stored in paperboard cartons with different oxygen and light barriers', Food Addit Contam, 15, 112±122. SATTAR A and DEMAN J M (1973), Èffect of packaging material on light-induced quality deterioration of milk', J Can Inst Sci Technol, 6, 170±174. SATTAR A and DEMAN J M (1976), `Photooxidation of milk and milk products. A review', CRC Crit Rev Food Sci Nutr, 7, 13±37. SATTAR A, DEMAN J M and ALEXANDER J C (1976), `Light-induced oxidation of edible oils and fats', Lebensmittel-Wissenschaft und -Technology, 9, 149±152. SATTAR A, DEMAN J M and ALEXANDER J C (1977a), `Wavelength effect on light-induced decomposition of vitamin A and beta-carotene in solutions and milk fat', J Can Inst Sci Technol Aliment, 10, 56±60. SATTAR A, DEMAN J M and ALEXANDER J C (1977b), `Wavelength effect on light-induced degradation of vitamins. I. Kinetic studies on riboflavin decomposition in solution', J Can Inst Food Sci Technol, 10, 61±64. SCOTT L L, DUNCAN S E, SUMNER S S and WATERMAN K M (2003a), `Physical properties of cream reformulated with fractionated milk fat and milk-derived components', J Dairy Sci, 86, 1±10. SCOTT L L, DUNCAN S E, SUMNER S S, WATERMAN K M and KAYLEGIAN K E (2003b), Ìnfluence of emulsifying component composition on creams formulated with fractionated milkfat', J Agric Food Chem, 51, 5933±5940. SENYK G F and SHIPE W F (1981), `Protecting your milk from nutrient losses', Dairy Field, 164, 81, 84±85. SHON J and HAQUE Z U (2007), Àntioxidative ability of native and thermized sour whey in oxidaiton-catalysed model systems', Int J Dairy Technol, 60, 143±148. SIMON M and HANSEN A P (2001), Èffect of various dairy packaging materials on the shelf life and flavor of ultrapasteurized milk', J Dairy Sci, 84, 784±791. SINGH R P, HELDMAN D R and KIRK J R, (1975), `Kinetic analysis of light-induced riboflavin loss in whole-milk', J Dairy Sci, 40, 164±167. SINGLETON J A, AURAND L W and LANCASTER F W (1963), `Sunlight flavor in milk. I. A Â EZ C PELA

154


study of components involved in the flavor development', J Dairy Sci, 46, 1050± 1053. SKIBSTED L H (2000), `Light-induced changes in dairy products', Bull Int Dairy Fed, 346, 4±9. SLOAN A E (2005), `Healthy vending and other emerging trends', Food Technol, 59, 26± 35. Â LEZÂ C D, GRACIANO-VERDUGO A Z, PERALTA E, ISLAS-RUBIO A R, GONZA SOTO-CANTU Â RDOVA A, GONZA Â LEZ-LEO Â N A and SOTO-VALDEZ H (2008), `Release of butylated CO

hydroxytoluene from an active film packaging to Asadero cheese and its effect on oxidation and odor stability', J Dairy Sci, 91, 11±19. STEGEMAN G A, BAER R J, SHINGOETHE D J and CASPER D P (1992), `Composition and flavor of milk and butter from cows fed unsaturated dietary fat receiving bovine somatotropin', J Dairy Sci, 75, 962±970. VAN AARDT M, DUNCAN S E, MARCY J E, LONG T E and HACKNEY C R (2001). Èffectiveness of poly(ethylene terephthalate) and high density polyethylene in protection of milk flavor', J Dairy Sci, 84, 1341±1347. VAN AARDT M, DUNCAN S E, LONG T E, O'KEEFE S F, MARCY J E and SIMS S R (2004), Èffects of antioxidants on oxidative stability of edible oils and fats: thermogravimetric analysis', J Agric Food Chem, 52, 587±591. VAN AARDT M, DUNCAN S E, MARCY J E, LONG T E, O'KEEFE S F and NIELSEN-SIMS S R (2005a), Èffect of antioxidant (-tocopherol and ascorbic acid) fortification on lightinduced flavor of milk', J Dairy Sci, 88, 872±880. VAN AARDT M, DUNCAN S E, MARCY J E, LONG T E, O'KEEFE S F and NIELSEN-SIMS S R (2005b), Àroma analysis of light-exposed milk stored with and without natural and synthetic antioxidants', J Dairy Sci, 88, 881±890. VAN AARDT M, DUNCAN, S E, MARCY J E, LONG T E, O'KEEFE S F and SIMS S R (2007), `Release of antioxidants from poly(lactide-co-glycolide) films into dry milk products and food simulating liquids', Int J Food Sci, 42, 1327±1337. VEBERG A, OLSEN E, NILSEN A N and WOLD J P (2007), `Front-face fluorescence measurement of photosensitizers and lipid oxidation products during the photooxidation of butter', J Dairy Sci, 90, 2189±2199. VERCELINO ALVES R M, VAN DENDER A G F, JAIME S B M, MORENA I and PAREIRA B C (2007), Èffect of light and packages on stability of spreadable processed cheese', Int Dairy J, 17, 354±373. WEBSTER J B, DUNCAN S E, MARCY J E and O'KEEFE S F (2009), `Controlling light oxidation in milk by blocking riboflavin excitation wavelengths by interference', J Food Sci, 74, 390±398. WHITE C H and BULTHAUS M (1982), `Light activated flavor in milk', J Dairy Sci, 65, 489± 494. WHITED L J, HAMMOND B H, CHAPMAN K W and BOOR K J (2002), `Vitamin A degradation and light-oxidized flavor defects in milk', J Dairy Sci, 85, 351±354. WIKING L and NIELSEN J H (2004), `The influence of oxidation on proteolysis in raw milk', J Dairy Res, 71, 196±200. WOESSNER W W, WECKEL K G and SCHUETTE H A (1940), `The effect of commercial practices on ascorbic acid and dehydroascorbic acid (Vitamin C) in milk', J Dairy Sci, 23, 1131±1141. WOLD J P, BRO R, VEBERG A, LUNDBY F, NILSEN A N and MOAN J (2006a), Àctive photosensitizers in butter detected by fluorescence spectroscopy and multivariate curve resolution', J Agric Food Chem, 54, 10197±10204.


155

and MOAN J (2006b), Ìnfluence of storage time and color of light on photooxidation in cheese: a study based on sensory analysis and fluorescence spectroscopy', Int Dairy J, 16, 1218±1226. WOLD J P, VEBERG A, NILSEN A, IANI V, JUZENAS P and MOAN J (2005), `The role of naturally occurring chlorophyll and porphyrins in light-induced oxidation of dairy products. A study based on fluorescence spectroscopy and sensory analysis', Int Dairy J, 15, 343±353. YOUNG S (2002), `Packaging design, consumer research, and business strategy: the march toward accountability', Design Management J, 13(4), 10±14. ZAHAR M, SMITH D E and WARTHESEN J J (1987), `Factors related to the light stability of Vitamin A in various carriers', J Dairy Sci, 70, 13±19. WOLD J P, VEBERG A, LUNDBY F, NILSEN A N

5 Oxidation of fish oils and foods enriched with omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids C. Jacobsen, Technical University of Denmark, Denmark

Abstract: During the last thirty years there has been an increasing interest in omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA) for nutritional applications. However, due to their polyunsaturated nature omega-3 PUFA are highly susceptible to lipid oxidation, which will lead to formation of undesirable fishy and rancid off-flavours. Such off-flavours can lead to consumer rejection of omega-3 enriched foods. Important issues to address in order to avoid lipid oxidation are: (1) processing conditions and product composition, (2) omega-3 PUFA source and delivery system, and (3) addition of antioxidants. This chapter will summarise our current knowledge about these issues in a range of different omega-3 enriched foods. Key words: omega-3 fatty acids, fish oil enrichment, antioxidants, mayonnaise, dressing, margarine, dairy products, fitness bar, fish, meat.

5.1

Introduction

During the last thirty years there has been an increasing interest in omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA) for nutritional applications. This is due to the increasing evidence that omega-3 PUFA have a wide range of nutritional benefits in the human body. The three most nutritionally important omega-3 PUFA are -linolenic acid (LNA, C18:3 n-3), eicosapentaenoic acid (EPA, C20:5 n-3) and docosahexaenoic acid (DHA, C22:6 n-3). The potential health effects of EPA and DHA include reduction of cardiovascular disease risk (Wang et al., 2006; Horrocks and Yeo, 1999; Yaqoob, 2004), antiinflammatory effects including reduction of symptoms of rheumatoid arthritis

Oxidation of fish oils and foods enriched with omega-3 PUFA

157

(Kremer, 2000) and Crohns disease (Belluzzi et al., 1996), and reduced risk of certain cancer forms (Wigmore et al., 1996). Moreover, DHA seems to be important for brain and nervous tissue development in the infant (Cheatham et al., 2006; Jensen et al., 2005; Lauritzen et al., 2005). The evidence for the preventive effect of EPA and DHA on cardiovascular disease is particularly strong (Wang et al., 2006). EPA and DHA occur in marine organisms, while LNA is mainly found in plant-based foods. The main focus in this chapter will be on the marine omega-3 PUFA and for this reason omega-3 PUFA only refers to EPA and DHA in the following. The current intake of omega-3 PUFA in the industrialised world is lower than recommended by nutritional organisations. One way to increase the intake of omega-3 PUFA could be to substitute part of the vegetable or animal fat by marine lipids in foods like mayonnaise, milk, bread, dressing, spreads, yoghurts, etc. (Jacobsen et al., 2008; Trautwein, 2001). However, due to their polyunsaturated nature omega-3 PUFA are highly susceptible to lipid oxidation, which will lead to formation of undesirable fishy and rancid off-flavours. Such off-flavours can lead to consumer rejection of omega-3 enriched foods. It is thus crucial that lipid oxidation is prevented if such products are to become successful in the market place. Important issues to address are: · processing conditions and product composition, · omega-3 PUFA source and delivery system, · addition of antioxidants. As for the product composition, the complexity of most of the foods to which omega-3 PUFA are added means that several ingredients in the product may affect the oxidative stability of the omega-3 PUFA enriched product and therefore knowledge about this is essential. Moreover, the processing conditions can also significantly affect the oxidative stability of the final product and this issue needs to be addressed during development of omega-3 enriched foods. With respect to the omega-3 PUFA source and delivery system, both algae and fish oils rich in omega-3 PUFA triglycerides are available on the market and they are supplied as neat oils, microencapsulated powder or emulsified oils. The different sources and delivery systems will behave differently depending on the food systems in which they are incorporated. Regarding antioxidant addition, a wide range of antioxidants are commercially available to prevent lipid oxidation and it can therefore be difficult to select the most efficient one. Lipid oxidation and means to prevent it thus poses a major challenge when developing omega-3 PUFA enriched foods. This chapter will summarise our current knowledge about the above issues in different fish oil enriched foods. Initially, the reactions that will lead to formation of the unpleasant fishy and rancid off-flavours will be summarised.

158


5.2 Oxidative flavour deterioration of omega-3 enriched foods EPA and DHA are highly susceptible to oxidation reactions due to the presence of five and six double bonds in their molecular structure, respectively. Due to the high number of double bonds, oxidation processes may lead to a complex mixture of hydroperoxides and a myriad of volatile, non-volatile and polymeric secondary oxidation products. The structures of some cleavage products are known (Fig. 5.1), but the exact mechanisms for the formation of many of the observed products are not yet completely understood. Omega-3 PUFA though follow the same cleavage mechanisms as those recognised for linolenic acid. Hence, some of the oxidation products that can be expected from autoxidation of omega-3 PUFA are propanal, 2-pentenal, 3-hexenal, 4-heptenal, 2,4-heptadienal, 2,6-nonadienal, 2,4,7-decatrienal, as well as 1-penten-3-one and 1,5-octadien-3-one. Volatile compounds have different sensory threshold values. Importantly, the human sensory apparatus has a particularly low threshold for volatile offflavours resulting from oxidation of omega-3 PUFA (Frankel 2005). Thus, 1penten-3-one as well as (Z)-4-heptenal, (E,Z)-2,6-nonadienal and 2,4,7decatrienals have been associated with sharp-burnt-fishy off-flavours in oxidized fish oil (Karahadian and Lindsay 1989). However, decatrienals are usually only observed in highly oxidised products and in several studies on fish oil enriched foods this compound was not observed (Venkateshwarlu et al., 2004; Hartvigsen et al., 2000). For further details on the sensory impact of volatile oxidation products from omega-3 PUFA refer to Chapter 6 in Volume 1.

Fig. 5.1 Autoxidation sites associated with major aldehydes expected to form from EPA. Source: KulaÊs, E. Oxidation of fish lipids and its inhibition with tocopherols. In Kamal-Eldin, A. (ed.) (2003) Lipid Oxidation Pathways, Champaign, IL, AOCS Press, 37±69.


159

Importantly, oxidation generally occurs faster in emulsions than in neat oils (Frankel et al., 2002) and it may also be expected to occur faster in most other omega-3 PUFA enriched foods than in neat oils. This is due to the mechanical processing that is required for emulsification or mixing, which in some cases necessitates the use of high temperature. It may also be due to other types of heating processes such as baking. Moreover, in many cases, the oil is exposed to air (oxygen) during processing. For emulsions, the increased oxidation rate may also be due to an increased interfacial area as lipid oxidation is thought to be initiated at the interfaces between air, oil and water. Even after refining and deodorisation most fish oils will contain trace levels of peroxides and several food ingredients contain trace levels of metal ions. Therefore, metal catalysed decomposition of peroxides is regarded as the most important driving force for lipid oxidation in many food products. Owing to the above mentioned reasons special precautions have to be taken to avoid oxidative flavour deterioration of omega-3 PUFA enriched foods. In the following the possible strategies to limit oxidation by choice of ingredients including oil quality and type of emulsifiers, by optimising processing conditions, packaging material and storage conditions, and by addition of antioxidants will be discussed. However, the first step to avoid oxidation in fish oil enriched foods is to ensure that the fish oil that is used for the food product is not oxidised. Means to avoid this are therefore also summarised.

5.3 Prevention of oxidation in fish oil and omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acid (PUFA) enriched foods 5.3.1 Fish oil and emulsified fish oil delivery systems The oxidative stability of fish oil decreases like for other oils in the presence of light, high temperature, metal ions and oxygen and therefore exposure to light, oxygen and metal ions should be minimised and the oils should be kept at a low temperature, preferably below 0 ëC. Furthermore, the initial quality of the fish oil will determine its shelf life. The quality of the fish oil depends on the quality of the fish used for the fish oil production as well as the processing conditions used for extraction, refining and deodorising the oil. It is beyond the scope of this chapter to discuss these issues in detail, but the reader may refer to Breivik (2007) for further details. In the industry, fish oil is often protected against oxidation by addition of antioxidants such as tocopherols, citric acid or its esters, ascorbyl palmitate or propyl gallate. Recently, there has also been an increasing interest in using natural antioxidants such as rosemary extracts. KulaÊs and Ackman (2001) studied the effect of -tocopherol (50±2000 mg/kg),

-tocopherol (100±2000 mg/kg), and -tocopherol (100±2000 mg/kg) on the formation and decomposition of hydroperoxides in purified fish oil. The tests were conducted at 30 ëC in the dark. Purified fish oil oxidised very rapidly with no apparent induction period. The relative ability of the tocopherols to retard the

160


formation of hydroperoxides decreased in the order -tocopherol > -tocopherol > -tocopherol at a low level of addition (100 mg/kg), but a reverse order of activity was found when the tocopherol concentration was 1000 mg/kg. Further, the inversion of activity, on the basis of hydroperoxide formation, was subsequently determined to occur for -tocopherol at 100 mg/kg and for tocopherol at 500 mg/kg, whereas the antioxidant activity of -tocopherol increased with level of addition up to 1500±2000 mg/kg. None of the tocopherols displayed any prooxidant activity. Later KulaÊs et al. (2002) studied the relative ability of -, - and -tocopherol (100 or 1000 mg/kg) to influence the distribution of volatile secondary oxidation products in fish oil with particular emphasis on oxidation products expected to be important for adverse flavour formation. The tocopherol type and concentration not only affected the overall formation of volatile secondary oxidation products, but also the composition of this group of oxidation products. Although an active inhibitor of overall volatile formation, -tocopherol at a high concentration appeared to direct the formation of the more flavour-potent aldehydes, such as heptadienal. Huber et al. (2009) compared the antioxidant properties of naturally occurring flavnols, namely quercetin and quercetin glycosides with common food antioxidants butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) in fish oil. Glycosylation enhanced the antioxidant activity of quercetin, and quercetin-3-O-glucoside exhibited a better antioxidant activity than BHT in bulk fish oil. The oxidative stability of fish oil for use in foods can also be improved by microencapsulation. This may not only improve the stability of fish oil before use, but may also improve the oxidative stability of the food in which the microencapsulated product is incorporated as will be illustrated later. Despite the increased oxidative stability obtained by microencapsulation, it may still be necessary to add antioxidants to the fish oil before microencapsulation to prevent lipid oxidation during the microencapsulation process. Serfert et al. (2009) thus showed that autoxidation already occurred in the first stages of the microencapsulation process itself, i.e. during emulsification and spray-drying. Moreover, it was possible to obtain an efficient stabilisation using a ternary combination of lipophilic antioxidants, synergistic compounds and a trace metal chelator, e.g. a combination of tocopherols, rich in the delta-derivative and low in the alpha-derivative, with ascorbyl palmitate and lecithin. Trace metal chelation by, e.g. Citrem or lecithin in combination with ascorbyl palmitate proved to be of particular importance in the emulsion, but not during the storage of the microencapsulated oil. In the microencapsulated oil, the addition of rosemary extract rich in carnosic acid to tertiary blends of tocopherols, ascorbyl palmitate and lecithin or Citrem significantly retarded autoxidation. Another way to increase the oxidative stability of fish oil is to pre-emulsify the oil. If properly designed the pre-emulsification strategy could not only increase the oxidation stability of the fish oil before addition to foods, but may also reduce the amount of stresses to the fish oil such as heat, oxygen and access of light during production of the particular food product. Additionally, the contact


161

between the omega-3 PUFA oil and the potential pro-oxidant compounds of the food product during processing is reduced by adding the oil in an already stabilised pre-emulsion as the final step of processing. However, for such a strategy to be successful the emulsion must be designed to have the optimum combination of emulsifier(s), antioxidants and in some cases also stabilisers. Moreover, it is also necessary to take into account the composition and physical properties of the final product to which the pre-emulsion is added. Complete avoidance of exposure of the omega-3 PUFA oil and thus contact with remaining product ingredients in the final product is dependent on the physical stability of the pre-emulsion over time. If the pre-emulsion interacts with other product components, or if diffusion occurs across the emulsion droplet interface, the omega-3 PUFA oil might in time get into contact with the remaining ingredients of the product. Therefore, it is likely that the pre-emulsification strategy may be more suitable for some products than for others as will be illustrated later. Djordjevic et al. (2004a) determined the optimum conditions for producing whey protein isolate (WPI)-stabilised oil-in-water emulsions with a high content of omega-3 PUFA and a low viscosity that could be used for incorporation of omega-3 PUFA in foods. Subsequently, they evaluated the oxidative stability of oil-in-water emulsions (25% oil) stabilised either by casein or WPI. They found that PV was significantly higher in the WPI-stabilised emulsions compared with the casein-stabilised emulsions, but that there was no significant difference in the formation of headspace propanal (Djordjevic et al., 2004b). Moreover, they observed that it was difficult to dissolve casein at low pH, which makes it impractical to use this protein from a technological standpoint. Another problem when using casein was that the viscosity increased steeply at high oil concentrations. Because of these findings they suggested that WPI-stabilised oil-inwater emulsions (pH 3) could be used to produce oxidatively and physically stable omega-3 PUFA delivery systems. 5.3.2 Mayonnaise Mayonnaise is an o/w emulsion with a high oil content (70±80%) and a low pH (~4) compared to other food systems. The oxidative stability of mayonnaise prepared with fish oil only (70%) and without antioxidants is very poor with a shelf life of only one day at room temperature (Jafar et al., 1994). The shelf life could be increased to 49 days by addition of citric acid or sodium citrate and propyl gallate in the oil phase and EDTA and ascorbic acid in the aqueous phase (Jafar et al., 1994). Hsieh and Regenstein (1991) showed that in mayonnaise made with fish oil only (70%) the use of nitrogen (exclusion of oxygen) retarded lipid oxidation more than addition of TBHQ (0.02%). Despite this improvement in oxidative stability, production of mayonnaise made with fish oil only does not seem to be a suitable strategy. A more realistic strategy is to substitute only part of the vegetable oil with fish oil. Several studies have been carried out in which 20% of the rapeseed oil was substituted with fish oil as will be summarised in the following. The total lipid content in this mayonnaise was 80%.

162


Jacobsen et al. (2001a) identified the low pH and iron in egg yolk, which is used as an emulsifier, to be the most important factors for lipid oxidation in this product. The following mechanism was suggested to explain this finding: the iron in egg yolk is bound to the protein phosvitin. At the natural pH of egg yolk (pH 6.0), the iron forms cation bridges between phosvitin and other components in egg yolk, namely low density lipoproteins (LDL) and lipovitellin. These components are located at the oil-water interface in mayonnaise. When pH is decreased to 4.0, which is the pH in mayonnaise, the cation bridges between the before-mentioned egg yolk components are broken and iron becomes dissociated from LDL and lipovitellin. Thus, iron becomes more active as a catalyst of oxidation (Jacobsen et al., 2001a). Jacobsen et al. (2000a) also observed that the droplet size of fish oil-enriched mayonnaises influenced the oxidation rate. Thus, mayonnaise with small droplet sizes oxidised faster in the initial part of the storage period than in mayonnaise with larger droplets, whereas no effect of droplet size on oxidative flavour deterioration was observed in the later part of the storage period. The following mechanism to explain these findings was suggested: in the initial oxidation phase, a small droplet size, i.e. a large interfacial area, would increase the contact area between iron located in the aqueous phase and lipid hydroperoxides located at the interface and this would increase oxidation. In the later stage, oxidation proceeds inside the oil droplet and therefore the droplet size is less important. The ability of a range of different antioxidants to prevent lipid oxidation in this type of fish oil enriched mayonnaise has also been evaluated. Both propyl gallate and gallic acid acted as prooxidants (Jacobsen et al., 1999a; 2001b). The prooxidative effects of propyl gallate and gallic acid were suggested to be due to their ability to reduce metal ions to their more active form, e.g. Fe3+ to Fe2+. Likewise, ascorbic acid and ascorbyl palmitate were also shown to act as prooxidants, and the proxidative effect of ascorbic acid increased with increasing concentrations (Jacobsen et al. 1999b). Additional experiments on the oxidative stability of fish oil enriched mayonnaise with ascorbic acid added indicated that ascorbic acid induced iron release from the oil±water interface into the aqueous phase and this effect of ascorbic acid was strongest at low pH (3.8±4.2). It was proposed by the authors that iron release from the interface was a result of broken ion bridges between iron and egg yolk proteins, whereby iron ions become accessible as initiators for the lipid oxidation. Moreover, in the presence of ascorbic acid or ascorbyl palmitate lipid oxidation was further increased due to its ability to reduce Fe3+ to Fe2+ that rapidly catalyse lipid oxidation (Jacobsen et al. 1999b; 2001a). Furthermore, a combination of ascorbic acid, lecithin and tocopherol (A/L/T) as antioxidants in the mayonnaise did not protect the fish oil against oxidation, but instead promoted oxidation. This finding was probably due to the properties described above for ascorbic acid alone in fish oil enriched mayonnaise (Jacobsen et al., 2000b). Mixtures of tocopherols were found to have a concentration dependent effect in fish oil enriched mayonnaise. Moreover, their effect also depended on


163

whether a water or oil soluble tocopherol mixture was used (Jacobsen et al., 2001c). With an oil soluble tocopherol mixture, sensory analysis and determination of volatile oxidation products showed weak antioxidative effects at lower tocopherol concentrations ( 32 mg/kg) with the highest protection at 16 mg/kg. In contrast, prooxidative effects were observed at higher concentrations. Addition of a tocopherol mixture as a water soluble preparation in mayonnaise generally exerted prooxidative effects on fishy flavour. These observations suggest that tocopherol does not have an unequivocal effect on fishy odour and flavour in mayonnaise. The poor effect of tocopherol observed in mayonnaise may be a result of the high levels of tocopherols already present in the oils used in the mayonnaise (oils: rapeseed oil 64% and fish oil 16%). Since tocopherol has only been evaluated as mixtures in mayonnaise, it cannot be ruled out that better effects may be exerted by -tocopherol alone as this antioxidant was observed to have antioxidative effects in salad dressing as will be described below. However, rapeseed oil has a very high level of -tocopherol, so the question is whether additional -tocopherol will have any effect in mayonnaise. Moreover, Jacobsen et al. (2001a) suggested that the crucial step in the formation of fishy odour and flavour in mayonnaise is the metal catalysed break down of peroxides from omega-3 PUFA located in the aqueous phase or at the o/w interface. If this is the case, tocopherol can only to a limited extent reduce off-flavour formation by inhibiting deterioration of omega-3 PUFA inside the oil droplets because the reactions between the omega-3 PUFA and the radicals formed from the decomposed peroxides will take place at the o/w interface. As described above, metal-catalysed oxidation is an important initiation mechanism for lipid oxidation in fish oil enriched mayonnaise and it can therefore be expected that metal chelators would be able to prevent oxidation. However, among the metal chelators evaluated (lactoferrin, phytic acid and EDTA) only EDTA efficiently prevented lipid oxidation and thereby off-flavour formation in this food system (Nielsen et al., 2004; Jacobsen et al., 2001b) (Fig. 5.2). The antioxidative effect of lactoferrin seemed to be concentration dependent, since it had a slight antioxidative activity at low concentrations and showed prooxidant activity at high concentrations (Nielsen et al., 2004). The different antioxidative efficacies of EDTA, lactoferrin and phytic acid were suggested to be due to the different binding constants of the metal chelators to Fe2+ or that EDTA might be less sensitive to pH values around 4 than the other metal chelators (Nielsen et al., 2004; Jacobsen et al., 2008). 5.3.3 Mayonnaise-based salads Recently, the oxidative stability of fish oil enriched mayonnaise-based shrimp and tuna salads were evaluated. Moreover, the influence of different vegetables in shrimp and tuna salads was assessed (Sùrensen et al., 2010). Interestingly, a sensory panel could not significantly distinguish the intensity of rancid offflavour in salads without fish oil from that in salads with fish oil throughout the

164


Fig. 5.2 Development of 2-E-pentenal in mayonnaise during storage at 20ëC for up to four weeks. L Lactoferrin, P Phytic acid, E EDTA. Number after antioxidant name indicates concentration in M. Adapted after Nielsen, N.S., Petersen, A., Meyer, A.S., Timm-Heinrich, M., Jacobsen, C. (2004) The effects of lactoferrin, phytic acid and EDTA on oxidation in two food emulsions enriched with long chain polyunsaturated fatty acids. J. Agric. Food Chem. 52, 7690±7699 with permission from ACS Publications.

storage period (57 days) for both salad types, except for tuna salads for which the rancid intensity was higher in the fish oil enriched sample at the very end of the storage period (day 57) only. These results thus indicated that it was possible to add fish oil to these two salad types without compromising the sensory properties if the labelled shelf life was kept below 57 days. Further, it was found that for the shrimp salads, addition of shrimp had a prooxidative effect, whereas asparagus had an antioxidative effect, which was efficient enough to prevent the proxidative effect of the shrimps in this type of salad. For the tuna salad the influence of ingredients herein seemed more complex and it was not possible to draw clear conclusions on the effect of the ingredients. This was suggested to be due to the fact that an already high concentration of volatiles in the ingredients might have masked any inhibiting effect on the formation of volatiles, which was used as an important parameter for evaluating oxidation (Sùrensen et al., 2010). In this study, the effect of adding 1% oregano, rosemary or thyme to fish oil enriched tuna salad was also assessed. The results showed that the addition of spices increased the oxidative stability of tuna salad and that oregano was the most efficient antioxidant followed by rosemary and thyme. 5.3.4 Dressing A few studies on fish oil enriched dressing have been reported in the literature (Let et al., 2007a; 2007b). In both studies, the salad dressing was prepared with 25% fat of which 40% was fish oil. Whey protein was used as emulsifier and a mixture of guar gum, xanthan gum and acetylated distarch adipate were added as stabilisers. In the first study, the antioxidative effect of -tocopherol, ascorbyl palmitate and EDTA were tested either alone or in combination. The lipophilic


165

-tocopherol was found to exert an intermediate antioxidative effect on peroxide formation irrespective of the addition level (Let et al., 2007a). However, for the volatiles a concentration dependent effect was observed. The highest protection was obtained with the lowest concentration (22 mg/kg product). A concentration-dependent effect was also observed for ascorbyl palmitate. At low concentrations (5 mg/kg) ascorbyl palmitate slightly reduced oxidation, whereas it acted as a prooxidant in high concentrations (30 mg/kg). In contrast, EDTA was a very efficient antioxidant, which inhibited oxidation by approximately 80% at both concentrations evaluated (10 and 50 mg/kg). Moreover, the efficacy of EDTA could be further improved when used in combination with ascorbyl palmitate and tocopherol (Let et al., 2007a). The strong effects of the metal chelator EDTA and the poor effects of tocopherol and ascorbyl palmitate, which work by other antioxidant mechanisms suggest that metal catalysed oxidation is also very important in salad dressing. The metal content in ingredients used for the salad dressing was not analysed, but on the basis of information available in the literature the iron content was suggested to be relatively low. It may therefore seem surprising that metal-catalysed oxidation is so prominent in a whey protein emulsified salad dressing. Jacobsen et al. (2008) suggested that a low pH in combination with even small levels of protein bound metal ions can intensify metal-catalysed oxidation in food emulsions and that this could explain the important role of metal ions in this food system, in which pH is around 4. In a second study, the effect on lipid oxidation of the delivery system for omega-3 PUFA was evaluated. Omega-3 PUFA were thus added either as neat oil or as an oil-in-water emulsion (50% oil) prepared with whey protein as an emulsifier (Let et al., 2007b). Volatiles and sensory data indicated a better oxidative stability of dressing with neat fish oil compared to the dressing with the fish oil-in-water emulsion (Fig. 5.3). So, in this food system preemulsification of the fish oil did not lead to increased oxidative stability. The authors suggested that this finding could be due to increased oxidation in the fish oil-in-water emulsion itself, which was caused by the initial temperature increase (65 ëC, 3 min) during homogenisation of this emulsion. They also concluded that addition of antioxidants before homogenisation of the preemulsion may be necessary to improve its oxidative stability. 5.3.5 Margarine Traditional margarine has a high fat content (~82%) and is a w/o emulsion. Margarine is a solid-liquid emulsion and therefore the diffusion rate of different components, e.g. antioxidants and prooxidants, in this system may be lower compared to a liquid-liquid emulsion such as milk. Young et al. (1990) produced fish oil enriched margarine, in which 20% of the soybean oil was substituted with fish oil. Two different antioxidant mixtures: 150 mg/kg Grindox 117 (ascorbyl palmitate, propyl gallate, and citric acid) and 200 mg/kg Grindox 109 (BHA, BHT, propyl gallate, and citric acid) were evaluated in margarine with and without fish oil enrichment. No significant

166


Fig. 5.3 Summarised intensity of fishy odour and flavour of milk, yoghurt and dressing enriched with either neat fish oil or fish oil-in-water emulsion. Average standard deviations were 1.9, 1.3, and 1.4 for milk, yoghurt, and dressing, respectively. From Let, M.B., Jacobsen, C., Meyer, A.S. (2007b) Lipid oxidation in milk, yoghurt and salad dressing enriched with neat fish oil or pre-emulsified fish oil. J. Agric. Food Chem. 55, 7802±7809 with permission from ACS Publications.

difference between the two antioxidant mixtures was found. However, preliminary sensory tests indicated a better flavour stability when Grindox 109 (BHA, BHT) was added to margarine, whereas another oxidative stability test indicated that Grindox 177 (ascorbyl palmitate) had stronger antioxidative effect (Young et al., 1990). The oxidative stability was further optimised by adding EDTA (150 mg/kg) to the margarine. In another study, it was concluded that low calorie spreadable fats (soft margarine and mix of butter and vegetable oil) could be enriched with up to 1% EPA and DHA without significantly affecting the sensory quality (by Kolanowski et al., 2001). The margarine spread may be stored up to 6 weeks and the spread based on butter and vegetable up to 3 weeks without significant decrease of quality. These spreads contained 55% fat and no antioxidants were added. 5.3.6 Milk In a study by Kolanowski et al. (1999), it was not possible to incorporate even low levels of EPA and DHA (0.15% fish oil which equals 0.05% EPA and DHA) into milk without significantly reducing the palatability of the milk and this demonstrated that omega-3 PUFA enriched milk seems to be particular susceptible to oxidation. Several studies on enrichment of milk with fish oil have been reported by our laboratory to further study and solve this problem. In these studies milk contained 1.5% fat of which either 0.5% (absolute value) or all the oil was fish oil. From these studies it is evident that fish oil enriched milk will oxidise


167

Fig. 5.4 Peroxide values in fish oil enriched milk emulsions homogenised at different pressures and temperatures. Emulsions were stored at 2ëC. From Sùrensen, A.D.M., Baron, C.P., Let, M.B., BruÈggemann, D., Pedersen, L.R.L., Jacobsen, C. (2007) Homogenization conditions affects the oxidative stability of fish oil enriched milk emulsions: Oxidation linked to changes in the protein composition at the oil-water interface. J. Agric. Food Chem. 55, 1781±1789 with permission from ACS Publications.

rapidly if precautions to avoid oxidation are not taken. It was demonstrated that an important precaution is to use fish oil of very high quality, i.e. with a low level of lipid hydroperoxides and secondary oxidation products (Let et al., 2003; 2005a). Let et al. (2005a) found that a sensory panel was clearly able to distinguish between milk emulsions produced with fish oil and rapeseed oil mixture with a PV of 0.1 meq O2/kg and those produced with oils of PV 0.5, 1.0, or 2.0 meq O2/kg. Throughout storage, the milk emulsion with oil of PV 0.1 meq O2/kg was perceived as being less fishy and rancid and could not be discriminated from milk without fish oil. The homogenisation conditions were found to be another important parameter influencing lipid oxidation in this food system (Let et al., 2007c; Sùrensen et al., 2007) (Fig. 5.4). Surprisingly, the highest oxidative stability was obtained at high homogenisation pressure (22.5 MPa) and temperature (72 ëC), even though the droplet size was smallest under these conditions (Let et al., 2007c). As previously mentioned for mayonnaise a small droplet size and thereby a large interfacial area may in some cases lead to increased oxidation, but this was not the case for omega-3 PUFA enriched milk emulsions. It was shown by SDSPAGE and confocal laser scanning microscopy that a temperature increase from 50 ëC to 72 ëC led to an increase in the amount of -lactoglobulin adsorbed at the oil-water interface and that even more -lactoglobulin was adsorbed when the pressure was increased from 5 MPa to 22.5 MPa (Sùrensen et al., 2007) (Table 5.1). In addition, the level of free thiol groups was increased at the high temperature and pressure (72 ëC and 22.5 MPa), whereas less casein seemed to be present at the oil-water interface with increasing pressure (Table 5.1). Let et al. (2004; 2005b) also demonstrated that oxidative flavour deterioration in omega-3 PUFA enriched milk could be prevented by using a mixture of fish oil and rapeseed oil (1:1). The antioxidative effect of rapeseed oil was proposed to be

168


Table 5.1 Relative quantities of -lactoglobulin, -casein, -casein, s1-casein and s2casein isolated from the MFGM in milk emulsions produced at different homogenisation conditions and reference milk (without oil added and no further homogenisation). The amount is calculated from the protein separation using MOPS running buffer MFGM sample -lactoglobulin

-casein

-casein

s1-casein

s2-casein

50 72 50 72 50 72

8.01 10.17 9.36 14.56 9.45 13.72

16.10 15.94 14.97 14.17 14.93 15.86

5.07 3.67 4.34 3.65 5.18 4.78

5.94 4.28 5.21 4.55 4.56 3.68

5.14 4.09 5.08 4.59 4.23 3.74

No treatment

4.92

17.95

5.74

5.18

4.19

Pressure Temperature (MPa) (ëC) 5 15 22.5 Reference

From: Sùrensen, A.D.M., Baron, C.P., Let, M.B., BruÈggemann, D., Pedersen, L.R.L., Jacobsen, C. (2007) Homogenisation conditions affects the oxidative stability of fish oil enriched milk emulsions: Oxidation linked to changes in the protein composition at the oil-water interface J. Agric. Food Chem. 55, 1781±1789.

due to its high content of -tocopherol. In contrast to the findings for salad dressing, Let et al. (2007b) observed that the use of the same oil-in-water emulsion as that used for the salad dressing reduced lipid oxidation in milk as compared to addition of omega-3 PUFA in the form of neat fish oil (Fig. 5.3). The ability of a range of different antioxidants to prevent lipid oxidation in fish oil enriched milk has also been investigated. When a low fish oil concentration (0.5% fish oil) or when a very high quality fish oil (PV < 0.2 meq/ kg) was used for supplementation with 1.5% fish oil, EDTA only slightly reduced oxidation. In contrast, EDTA seemed to be more efficient when a high concentration of fish oil of a less good quality (PV 1.5 meq/kg) was used (Let et al., 2005b). The reason for the better effects of EDTA in milk emulsions containing fish oil of a lower quality was most likely that oxidation was much more pronounced in this emulsion and therefore the effect of EDTA was easier to detect. This finding was supported by another study on milk drink containing 5% fat of which 0.5% (absolute value) was enzyme modified fish oil in which EDTA effectively reduced off-flavour formation (Timm-Heinrich et al., 2004). Similar to the findings reported for mayonnaise, lactoferrin also exhibited a concentration-dependent effect in milk drink prepared with enzyme modified fish oil or sunflower oil (Nielsen et al., 2004). However, even at its optimum addition levels (1000 mg/kg) lactoferrin only slightly reduced oxidation. At other concentrations it even exerted slightly prooxidative effects. Addition of a combination of - and -tocopherol to omega-3 enriched milk was found to have prooxidative effects (Let et al., 2005b). In contrast, pure tocopherol in a concentration of 1.1 mg/kg or -tocopherol in concentrations of


169

0.8 or 3.3 mg/kg had weak antioxidative effects. Moreover, a much better effect was obtained with -tocopherol alone in an intermediate concentration of 1.7 mg/kg. Prooxidative effects of the combination of -and -tocopherol have been suggested to be due to too high a concentration of -tocopherol in the fish oil enriched milk, resulting from the fact that the fish oil used for the milk systems contained high concentrations of -tocopherol. Other studies have also shown that -tocopherol can have prooxidative effects in high concentrations (Huang et al., 1994). In contrast to the findings described above in mayonaise, ascorbyl palmitate was found to exert a strong antioxidative effect at an addition level of only 1.5 mg/kg in milk with 1.5% fat (Let et al., 2005b). Interestingly, in strawberry flavoured milk drink, which contained 5% fat, ambiguous results were obtained. Thus, ascorbyl palmitate was found to be able to reduce the formation of lipid hydroperoxides and certain volatiles such as heptadienal when added in high concentrations (15 and 30 mg/kg). In contrast, ascorbyl palmitate promoted the formation of hexenal and nonadienal as well as fishy off-flavours when added in concentrations of 7.5 mg/kg and above, but reduced the formation of these two volatiles when added at a lower concentration of 3.75 mg/kg (Jacobsen et al., 2008). The much stronger antioxidative effects of ascorbyl palmitate in milk with 1.5% fat compared to its effect in the milk drink with 5% fat has been suggested to be due to the different ascorbyl palmitate concentrations applied and it was speculated that it may be possible that ascorbyl palmitate has a stronger antioxidative effect in milk drink if lower concentrations than 3.75 mg/kg are applied and this needs further investigation (Jacobsen et al., 2008). It was also speculated that the different compositions of the two milk systems might have influenced the efficacy of ascorbyl palmitate. Milk with 1.5% fat did not contain any additives, whereas the milk drink contained mono- and diglycerides, carageenan and guar gum, which may interact at the O/W interface. Such interactions may reduce the ability of ascorbyl palmitate to regenerate tocopherol (Jacobsen et al., 2008). 5.3.7 Yoghurt and drinking yoghurt Kolanowski et al. (1999) found that enrichment of flavoured yoghurt with up to 0.3% fish oil (i.e., 0.15% EPA and DHA) resulted in a product with acceptable sensory characteristics and this may suggest that yoghurt could be easier to enrich with omega-3 PUFA than milk. Jacobsen et al. (2006) evaluated the oxidative stability of high fat yoghurt (2.47% fat) of which 1% was pre-emulsified fish oil. Fish oil was preemulsified using either citric acid ester or milk protein as emulsifier before addition to the yoghurt. Both ingredients have been shown to have antioxidant effects in other studies. However, both types of yoghurt were found to have a high oxidative stability and it was therefore not possible to evaluate if citric acid ester (4000 mg/kg) or milk protein exerted any antioxidative effect. Subsequently, the oxidative stability of omega-3 enriched yoghurt and milk was compared and it

170


was concluded that yoghurt was much less susceptible to oxidation (Let et al. 2007b) confirming the conclusions that could be made from the studies by Kolanowski et al. (1999; 2001). In the same study, the effect of adding omega-3 PUFA either in the form of neat fish oil or as a pre-emulsified oil was compared (Fig. 5.3). Similar to the findings for salad dressing it was concluded that addition of pre-emulsified fish oil did not reduce lipid oxidation. The good sensory stability of omega-3 enriched yoghurt was also confirmed by Chee et al. (2005). In this study, a yoghurt mix (2 g fat/100 g) was supplemented with an algae oil emulsion to provide 500 mg omega-3 PUFA per 272 g serving of yoghurt white mass. The emulsion was added to the yoghurt mix either before or after the homogenisation step and prior to pasteurisation. It was then flavoured with a strawberry fruit base and fermented and stored for up to three weeks. A trained sensory panel could distinguish a stronger fishy flavour in both of the supplemented yoghurts after 22 days storage, but a consumer panel rated both control and supplemented samples similarly, as `moderately liked'. Recently, it was found that drinking yoghurt, produced from commercial yoghurts (0.5% fat, w/w) mixed with fish oil (1%, w/w), flavour, sugar and stabiliser (pectin) also had a very high oxidative stability (Nielsen et al., 2007). Thus, the yoghurts were found to be stable for at least four weeks when stored at 2 ëC. It was investigated whether one or more of the ingredients were responsible for the high oxidative stability of this product. However, due to a high stability even of plain yoghurt with fish oil added it was not possible to conclude on possible antioxidative effects of the added ingredients (Nielsen et al., 2009). Likewise, addition of citric acid ester (50, 100 and 200 mg/kg) to the drinking yoghurt did not have any effect (Nielsen et al., 2007). Addition of EDTA (50 mg/kg) seemed to have a slight antioxidative effect in drinking yoghurt after addition of metal ions (50 mg/kg iron), even though the presence of this prooxidant did not result in significantly more oxidation (Nielsen et al., 2007). In order to investigate the mechanisms behind the high oxidative stability, peptides formed during fermentation of yoghurt were recently isolated and fractionated (Farvin et al., 2010a). Subsequently, the antioxidant activity of the peptides were analysed by different in vitro assays, including the DPPH radical scavenging activity, Fe2+ chelating activity, reducing power and inhibition of oxidation in liposome model system. Overall, the assays showed that the peptides of lower molecular weight had good metal chelating and iron reducing properties, whereas the higher molecular weight peptides were more efficient radical scavengers and exerted a better effect in the liposome model (Farvin et al., 2010a). Further, the low molecular weight peptides were evaluated in fish oil enriched milk and they were shown to exert almost the same antioxidative effect as caseinophosphopetides. It was also observed that the yoghurt contained a considerable amount of free amino acids such as His, Tyr, Thr and Lys, which has been reported to have antioxidant properties (Farvin et al., 2010b). The identified peptides comprised a few N-terminal fragments of s1-CN, s2-CN, -CN and several fragments from -CN. Almost all the peptides identified contained at least one proline residue. Some of the identified peptides included


171

the hydrophobic amino acid residues Val or Leu at the N-terminous of the peptides and Pro, His or Tyr in the sequence which are the characteristic of antioxidant peptides (Farvin et al., 2010b). It was also speculated whether the bacteria used for fermenting yoghurt would lower the oxygen content and thereby decrease oxidation. Therefore, the oxygen content of the yoghurt was measured and it was found to be lower than that of milk (Farvin et al., 2010a). It was therefore concluded that the higher oxidative stability of yoghurt might be due to the presence of antioxidant peptides and free amino acids formed during fermentation of the yoghurt and that the lower oxygen content of yoghurt, which subsequently reduces the oxidative stress of fish oil incorporated in the yoghurt may also have contributed to the enhanced oxidative stability of fish oil enriched yoghurt compared to fish oil enriched milk. From these studies it can thus be concluded that fish oil enriched yoghurt is a very suitable product for omega-3 PUFA enrichment from an oxidation point of view, and that no antioxidants are required to protect it from oxidation. 5.3.8 Fitness bars and bread Oxidation studies on fish oil enriched solid matrices such as breads or bread like products are very scarce, but a few studies have been carried out on lipid oxidation in fish oil enriched energy bars. (Nielsen and Jacobsen, 2009; Horn et al., 2009). In the first study on fish oil enriched fitness bar, the effect of the delivery system (neat fish oil vs. emulsified fish oil vs. microencapsulated fish oil) on lipid oxidation was investigated. Fitness bars enriched with neat fish oil were found to be highly susceptible to lipid oxidation (Nielsen and Jacobsen, 2009). Addition of fish oil as micro-encapsulated powder offered the best protection towards oxidation but pre-emulsification of the fish oil with sodiumcaseinate in water or packaging the energy bars in modified atmosphere also improved the oxidative stability. Surprisingly, addition of the metal chelator EDTA (100±2000 mg/kg) to emulsified fish oil decreased the oxidative stability compared to energy bars without EDTA. The authors hypothesised that the EDTA to iron ratio was too low to obtain an antioxidative effect in this system. The concentration of EDTA must be sufficient to chelate all the iron, otherwise preferential chelation of Fe3+ over Fe2+ takes place, leaving the more active oxidation catalyst Fe2+ free to work. In a second study on fish oil enriched energy bars, another hydrophilic antioxidant, caffeic acid, was tested in concentrations from 3.75 to 15 mg/kg energy bar (Horn et al., 2009). Similar to EDTA, caffeic acid also decreased the oxidative stability. The authors ascribed the prooxidative effect of caffeic acid to its ability to reduce transition metal ions, which are more potent prooxidants than the unreduced form. The hydrophilic nature of caffeic acid was furthermore suggested to lead to a localisation of caffeic acid that would favour reduction of metal ions over radical scavenging. Two other antioxidants with different polarities/solubilities were tested in the same study, namely the amphiphilic ascorbyl palmitate and the lipophilic -

172


tocopherol. Ascorbyl palmitate was added in concentrations from 3.75 to 15 mg/ kg energy bar and showed less prooxidative activity than the two abovementioned hydrophilic antioxidants, but still decreased oxidative stability, especially in the highest concentrations (Horn et al., 2009). The authors suggested that the mechanism behind the prooxidative effect of ascorbyl palmitate was the same as that of caffeic acid, i.e. the ability of the àntioxidant' to reduce transition metals to a more prooxidative form. As mentioned above more or less similar results have been reported for fish oil enriched salad dressing. Thus, a high concentration of ascorbyl palmitate was found to be more prooxidative than a lower concentration in both systems (Let et al., 2007a; Horn et al., 2009). The concentration dependence of ascorbyl palmitate was suggested to exist because the antioxidative mechanism of ascorbyl palmitate is overridden by its ability to reduce transition metal ions when present in a high concentration (Horn et al., 2009). In contrast to the hydrophilic and amphiphilic antioxidants tested in energy bars, the lipophilic -tocopherol (5.5±55 mg/kg energy bar) was shown to exhibit an antioxidative effect when added in concentrations above 22 mg/kg energy bar (Horn et al., 2009). In energy bars, the lipophilic nature of tocopherol was proposed to favour an optimal localisation of the antioxidant in order to carry out its antioxidative effect. In low concentrations, a prooxidative effect of -tocopherol was though observed, which is contradictory to other studies on the effects of tocopherols, in which prooxidative effects were found for high concentrations of tocopherols (Huang et al., 1994; Jung and Min, 1992). Taken together, the prooxidative effects exerted by caffeic acid and ascorbyl palmitate may indicate that metal catalysis of oxidation to some extent is an important factor in energy bars. However, since EDTA was also found to be prooxidative this may suggest that the metal-catalysing mechanism may be different from that observed in systems such as mayonnaise and dressing (Jacobsen et al., 2001a; Let et al., 2007a). The observed strong antioxidative effect of -tocopherol suggests that free radical scavengers can reduce lipid oxidation in energy bars. This could indicate that initiation of lipid oxidation by already existing free radicals present in the ingredients used for energy bars may be an important factor. It could therefore be hypothesised that the control of lipid oxidation may be further improved by adding a combination of antioxidants with both free radical scavenging and metal-chelating properties. This deserves further investigation. Becker and Kyle (1998) evaluated the sensory stability of bread baked with either a regular pharmaceutical grade fish oil made from sand eel, a specialty tuna oil or an algal oil. The taste panel indicated that sensory off-flavours were less likely to be detected in the DHA bread made with algal oils compared to those made with fish oils. Based on these data they suggested that the algal source had a better stability than the fish oils. This proposition was later invalidated by Frankel et al. (2002). They showed that the high oxidative stability of the commercial DHA-rich algal oil was lost when the triglycerides was purified to remove tocopherols and other antioxidants. Moreover, an oil-in-


173

water emulsion with the same algal oil had a lower oxidative stability than corresponding fish oils. 5.3.9 Fish and meat products Similar to baked products only few studies have been reported on omega-3 PUFA enriched fish and meat products. Olsen et al. (2006) evaluated the antioxidative effect of addition of citric acid (3300 mg/kg) or EDTA (75 mg/kg) to salmon pateÂ containing 14% cod liver oil. The fish oil producer had added tocopherol (1075 mg/kg), lecithin (1050 mg/kg) and ascorbyl palmitate (375 mg/ kg) to the cod liver oil, which was used in this experiment. Analysis of volatiles by GC-MS as well as sensory analysis suggested that neither citric acid nor EDTA were efficient antioxidants in this food system. In fact, citric acid and EDTA even slightly promoted formation of volatile oxidation products. EDTA had a small positive impact on the sensory perception of the samples, whereas citric acid seemed to slightly increase scores for rancidity. The authors suggested that the poor effect of citric acid was partly to be due to the fact that addition of citric acid reduced pH, which in some cases has been shown to increase oxidation. Likewise, it was suggested that the increased formation of volatiles in samples with EDTA was due to a too low EDTA concentration. In another study, the antioxidative effect of EDTA was evaluated in cod surimi enriched with 1.5% algal oil (Park et al., 2004). The algal oil was added either as neat oil or as an oil-in-water emulsion. Two different algal oils were evaluated; one without antioxidants added and one with lipid soluble antioxidants (1000 mg/kg tocopherol mixture plus 1000 mg/kg rosemary extract plus 500 mg/kg ascorbyl palmitate). EDTA did not have any effect in cod surimi with neat oil containing lipid soluble antioxidants when evaluated by determination of PV and TBARS. In contrast, an antioxidative effect of EDTA was observed when the algal oil was added to the cod surimi as an emulsion with lipid soluble antioxidants. PeÂrez-Mateos et al. (2006) also studied the oxidative stability of fish oil enriched surimi in the presence of different antioxidant. In this study, surimi was made from pollock muscle to which menhaden oil or a fish oil concentrate was added, each in two concentrations (7.0 or 11.6% for menhaden oil and 1.7 or 2.8% for the fish oil concentrate). Menhaden oil contained a mixture of tocopherol plus TBHQ added by the fish oil manufacturer, whereas the fish oil concentrate only contained a mixture of tocopherols. Surimi enriched with menhaden oil received better sensory scores than surimi enriched with fish oil concentrate, mainly due to the fact that the latter had a fishy taste. Rosemary (750 mg/kg) or tea extracts (650 mg/kg) were able to partially mask this fishy taste. But both extracts seemed to have weak prooxidative effects in surimi with menhaden oil (PeÂrez-Mateos et al., 2006). Lee et al. (2005) evaluated the effect of antioxidant combinations in ground beef patties enriched with 500 mg omega-3 PUFA/110 g meat. The effect of BHA (0.1 mg/kg), a tocopherol mixture (0.3 mg/kg) or rosemary (2 mg/kg) as

174


well as two antioxidant cocktails (1 mg/kg erythorbate + 5 mg/kg citrate + 0.3 mg/kg toco-mix or 1 mg/kg erythorbate + 5 mg/kg citrate + 2 mg/kg rosemary) were evaluated. TBARS decreased in beef patties containing the rosemary extract or BHA, but increased upon addition of the tocopherol mixture. When the antioxidant cocktails were used a decrease in both TBARS and discoloration was observed. Interestingly, control sample without omega-3 PUFA oxidized more than omega-3 PUFA fortified ground beef patties without antioxidants. This finding was suggested to be due to the antioxidative effect of the tocopherols present in the fish oil itself. Lee et al. (2006a; 2006b) investigated the effect of an antioxidant cocktail in ground turkey enriched with an algal oil emulsion prepared from: 25% algal oil + 2.5% whey protein isolate + 10mM sodium citrate + 0.2% potassium sorbate + 500 mg/kg 70% toco-mix + 100 M EDTA. Ground turkey contained 500 mg omega-3 PUFA/110 g meat. The antioxidant cocktail consisted of 1000 mg/kg sodium erythorbate + 5 mg/kg sodium citrate + 2 mg/kg rosemary extract. Addition of the antioxidant cocktail to the algal oil fortified product lowered TBARS. In fact, no increase in TBARS was seen over time in the product with antioxidants. Further, there was no difference in sensory scores for overall liking between the control samples without omega-3 PUFA and the ground turkey with omega-3 PUFA and antioxidants. Despite this it was found that the antioxidant cocktail did not prevent a loss of omega-3 PUFA after frozen storage and cooking of the ground turkey. The omega-3 PUFA level was thus reduced to approximately 65% of the original level present in fresh ground turkey. The effect of the same antioxidant cocktail was also investigated in restructured hams and pork sausages enriched with the same algal oil emulsion and in the same concentration as above (Lee et al., 2006a; 2006b). The antioxidant cocktail appeared to be able to control the level of lipid hydroperoxides in the restructured ham. Moreover, nitrite curing of this product delayed lipid oxidation to such an extent that it was no longer possible to determine any effect of the antioxidant treatment when evaluated by TBARS. However, sensory scores for overall liking were lower for the omega-3 enriched product. For pork sausages, the results were quite similar to those of ground turkey. Thus, addition of the antioxidant cocktail resulted in lower and stable TBARS that did not increase over time and there was no difference in the sensory scores for overall liking between the control samples without omega-3 PUFA and the sausages with omega-3 PUFA and antioxidants. Valencia et al. (2008) investigated antioxidant effects of green tea catechins (200 mg/kg) and green coffee antioxidants (200 mg/kg) in omega-3 enriched pork sausages. In this study, 4.9% fish oil was added in the form of an oil-inwater emulsion prepared with soy protein as emulsifier. Green tea catechins significantly reduced lipid oxidation as evaluated from TBARS, whereas green coffee antioxidants did not have any effect. The authors did not suggest any explanation to the different effects obtained by the green tea catechins and the green coffee antioxidants.


5.4

175

Conclusions

As illustrated in this chapter it is possible to develop well tasting omega-3 PUFA enriched products with acceptable shelf life provided that proper precautions to avoid lipid oxidation are taken. Some food products are easier to enrich with omega-3 PUFA than others. Particularly, yoghurt-based products seem to be highly suitable for omega-3 PUFA enrichment due to their content of antioxidative peptides. In contrast, milk and mayonnaise are more difficult to enrich with omega-3 PUFA. It is also clear that in several cases antioxidants such as propyl gallate, tocopherol and ascorbyl palmitate, which traditionally have been used by the food industry, are not very efficient in omega-3 PUFA containing foods. Moreover, the same antioxidant exerts completely different effects in different food systems. Therefore, a better quantitative understanding of the effects of antioxidants in real food systems is necessary.

5.5

Future trends

According to several market analyses, it is expected that the growth in the number of new omega-3 PUFA enriched products will continue in the coming years in different food categories. This chapter has mainly dealt with EPA and DHA from marine sources. However, with the increased focus on the beneficial effects of omega-3 PUFA in general, products enriched with LNA will most likely also receive more attention from the industry, particularly if the authorities do not allow food producers to discriminate between EPA/DHA on one side and LNA on the other side, as may be the case with the new EU regulation, which will be adopted in 2010. In the near future the total demand for fish oils for aquaculture and human nutrition is expected to exceed production. This is one of the reasons behind the current efforts to develop plants with a high level of EPA and DHA by genetic engineering. Such genetically modified plant oils are expected to be on the market within the coming 5 to 10 years. Genetically modified plant oils with stearidonic acid (18:4 n-3) are also under development and may be yet another alternative to fish and algae oils. Moreover, there is also an increasing interest in the use of marine phospholipids from krill and other aquatic resources for human nutrition, but more research is needed to elucidate the potential application of these lipids in food products. Traditionally, the industry has mainly used free radical chain-breaking synthetic antioxidants for the prevention of oxidation in foods. As mentioned above this strategy seems to be less efficient in preventing lipid oxidation in many food systems enriched with omega-3 PUFA. With our increased understanding of the important role of trace metals, emulsifiers and processing conditions in lipid oxidation processes, more efforts will be dedicated to use this knowledge to develop alternative strategies to retard lipid oxidation in real foods

176


with omega-3 PUFA oils. One such strategy may be an increased use of both natural metal chelators including plant extracts with both radical scavenging and metal chelating properties. Another strategy may be to design oxidatively stable oil-in-water emulsion delivery systems for each particular food system.

5.6


The Omega-3 Information Network at: PO Box 24, Tiverton, Devon EX16 4QQ, UK. Tel: +44 (0) 1884-257547, Fax: +44 (0) 1884-242757 E-mail: [email protected] International Fishmeal & Fish Oil Organisation 2 College Yard, Lower Dagnall Street, St Albans, Hertfordshire AL3 4P4, UK E-mail: [email protected] Oils and Fats International DMG World Media (UK) Ltd Queensway House, 2 Queensway, Redhill Surrey RH1 1QS, UK Tel: +44 (0) 1737 855068, Fax: +44 (0) 1737 855470 Email: [email protected] The Fish Foundation: http://www.fish-foundation.org.uk/references.htm Hamilton R J and Rice R D (eds) (1995) Fish Oil. Technology, Nutrition and Marketing. P J Barnes & Associates, Bridgwater. GOED (Association of the processors, refiners, manufacturers, distributors, marketers, retailers and supporters of products containing Eicosapentaenoic Acid (EPA) and Docosahexaenoic Acid (DHA) ± Omega-3 Long Chain Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids (LCPUFAs)). http://goedomega3.com.s12.dotnetpanel.net/

5.7

References

and KYLE D J (1998), `Developing functional foods containing algal docohexanoic acid', Food Technol, 52(7), 68±71. BELLUZZI A, BRIGNOLA C, CAMPIERI M, PERA A, BOSCHI S and MIGLIOLI M (1996), Èffect of an enteric-coated fish-oil preparation on relapses in Crohn's disease', New England J Med, 334(24), 1557±1560. BREIVIK H (ed.) (2007), Long-Chain Omega-3 Specialty Oils, Dundee, The Oily Press. CHEATHAM C L, COLOMBO J and CARLSON S E (2006), `n-3 fatty acids and cognitive and visual acuity development: methodologic and conceptual considerations', Am J Clin Nutr, 83(6), 1458±1466. BECKER C C


177

CHEE C P, GALLAHER J J, DJORDJEVIC D, FARAJI H, MCCLEMENTS D J, DECKER E A, HOLLENDER

and COUPLAND J N (2005), `Chemical and sensory analysis of strawberry flavoured yogurt supplemented with an algae oil emulsion', J Dairy Res, 72(3), 311±316. DJORDJEVIC D, KIM H J, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2004a), `Physical stability of whey protein stabilized oil-in-water emulsions at pH 3: potential omega-3 fatty acid delivery systems (Part A)', J Food Sci, 69(5), C351±C355. DJORDJEVIC D, KIM H J, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2004b), Òxidative stability of whey protein stabilized oil-in-water emulsions at pH 3: potential omega-3 fatty acid delivery systems (Part B)', J Food Sci, 69(5), C356±C362. FARVIN K H S, BARON C P, NIELSEN N S and JACOBSEN C (2010a), Àntioxidant activity of yoghurt peptides: Part 1 ± in vitro assays and evaluation in !-3 enriched milk'. Food Chem doi: 10.1016/j.foodchem.2010.05.067. FARVIN, K H S, BARON C P, NIELSEN N S, OTTE J and JACOBSEN C (2010b), Àntioxidant activity of yoghurt peptides: Part 2 ± characterisation of peptide fractions'. Food Chem doi: 10.1016/j.foodchem.2010.05.029. FRANKEL E N (2005), Lipid Oxidation, Dundee, The Oily Press. FRANKEL E N, SATUE-GRACIA T, MEYER A S and GERMAN J B (2002), Òxidative stability of fish and algae oils containing long-chain polyunsaturated fatty acids in bulk and in oil-in-water emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 50(7), 2094±2099. HARTVIGSEN K, LUND P, HANSEN L F and HéLMER G (2000), `Dynamic headspace gas chromatography/mass spectrometry characterization of volatiles produced in fish oil enriched mayonnaise during storage', J Agric Food Chem, 48(10), 4858±4867. HORN A F, NIELSEN N S and JACOBSEN C (2009), Àddition of caffeic acid, ascorbyl palmitate or -tocopherol to fish oil enriched energy bars affects lipid oxidation differently', Food Chem, 112, 412±420. HORROCKS L A and YEO Y K (1999), `Health benefits of docosahexaenoic acid (DHA)', Pharmacol Res, 40(3), 211±225. HSIEH Y-T L and REGENSTEIN J M (1991), `Factors affecting quality of fish oil mayonnaise', J Food Sci, 56(5), 1298±1301. HUANG S-W, FRANKEL E N and GERMAN J B (1994), Àntioxidant activity of - and tocopherols in bulk oils and in oil-in-water emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 42, 2108±2114. HUBER G M, RUPASINGHE H P V and SHAHIDI F (2009), Ìnhibition of oxidation of omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids and fish oil by quercetin glycosides', Food Chem, 117(2), 290±295. JACOBSEN C, HARTVIGSEN K, LUND P, MEYER A S, ADLER-NISSEN J, HOLSTBORG J and HéLMER G (1999a), Òxidation in fish oil enriched mayonnaise: 1. Assessment of propyl gallate as antioxidant by discriminant partial least squares regression analysis', Z Lebensm Unters Forsch, 210, 13±30. JACOBSEN C, ADLER-NISSEN J and MEYER A S (1999b), `The effect of ascorbic acid on iron release from the emulsifier interface and on the oxidative flavor deterioration in fish oil enriched mayonnaise', J Agric Food Chem, 47, 4917±4926. R, PETERSON D G, ROBERTS, R F

JACOBSEN C, HARTVIGSEN K, LUND P, THOMSEN M K, SKIBSTED L, ADLER-NISSEN J, HéLMER G

and MEYER A S (2000a), Òxidation in fish oil enriched mayonnaise: 3. Assessment of the influence of the emulsion structure on oxidation by discriminant partial least squares regression analysis', Eur Food Res Technol, 211, 86±98. JACOBSEN C, HARTVIGSEN K, LUND P, ADLER-NISSEN J, HéLMER G and MEYER A S (2000b), Òxidation in fish oil enriched mayonnaise: 2. Assessment of the efficacy of

178


different tocopherol antioxidant systems by discriminant partial least squares regression analysis', Eur Food Res Technol, 210, 242±257. JACOBSEN C, TIMM M and MEYER A S (2001a), Òxidation in fish oil enriched mayonnaise: Ascorbic acid and low pH increase oxidative deterioration', J Agric Food Chem, 49, 3947±3956. JACOBSEN C, HARTVIGSEN K, THOMSEN M K, HANSEN L F, LUND P, SKIBSTED L H, HéLMER G,

and MEYER A S (2001b), `Lipid oxidation in fish oil enriched mayonnaise: Calcium disodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate, but not gallic acid, strongly inhibited oxidative deterioration', J Agric Food Chem, 49, 1009±1019.

ADLER-NISSEN J

JACOBSEN C, HARTVIGSEN K, LUND P, THOMSEN M K, SKIBSTED L H, HùLMER G, ADLER-NISSEN J

and MEYER A S (2001c), Òxidation in fish oil enriched mayonnaise: 4. Effect of tocopherol concentration on oxidative deterioration', Eur Food Res Technol, 212, 308±318. JACOBSEN C, LET M B, ANDERSEN G and MEYER A S (2006), Òxidative stability of fish oil enriched yoghurts', in Luten J, Jacobsen C, Bakaert K, Sñbù A and OehlenschlaÈger J (eds), Seafood Research from Fish to Dish: Quality, Safety and Processing of Wild and Farmed Fish, Wageningen, The Netherlands, Wageningen Academic Publishers, 71±86. JACOBSEN C, LET M B, NIELSEN N S and MEYER A S (2008), Àntioxidant strategies for preventing oxidative flavour deterioration of foods enriched with n-3 polyunsaturated lipids: a comparative evaluation', Trends Food Sci Technol, 19(2), 76±93. JAFAR S S, HULTIN H O, BIMBO A P, CROWTHER J B and BARLOW S M. (1994), `Stabilization by antioxidants of mayonnaise made from fish oil', J Food Lipids, 1, 295±311. JENSEN C L, VOIGT R G, PRAGER T C, ZOU Y L L, FRALEY J K, ROZELLE J C, TURCICH M R,

LLORENTE A M, ANDERSON R E and HEIRD W C (2005), Èffects of maternal docosahexaenoic acid intake on visual function and neurodevelopment in breastfed term infants', Am J Clin Nutr, 82(1), 125±132. JUNG M Y and MIN D B (1992), Èffects of oxidized -, -, and -tocopherols on the oxidative stability of purified soybean oil', Food Chem, 45, 183±187. KARAHADIAN C and LINDSAY R C (1989), Èvaluation of compounds contributing characterizing fishy flavours in fish oils', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 66(7), 953±960. KOLANOWSKI W, SWIDERSKI F and BERGER S (1999), `Possibilities of fish oil application for food products enrichment with omega-3 PUFA', Int J Food Sci Nutr, 50(1), 39±49. KOLANOWSKI W, SWIDERSKI F, LIS E and BERGER S (2001), Ènrichment of spreadable fats with polyunsaturated fatty acids omega-3 using fish oil', Int J Food Sci Nutr, 52, 469±476. KREMER J M (2000), `n-3 Fatty acid supplements in rheumatoid arthritis', Am J Clin Nutr, 71(1), 349±351. KULAÊS E (2003), Òxidation of fish lipids and its inhibition with tocopherols', in KamalEldin A (ed.), Lipid Oxidation Pathways, Champaign, IL, AOCS Press, 37±69. KULAÊS E and ACKMAN R G (2001), `Properties of alpha-, gamma-, and delta-tocopherol in purified fish oil triacylglycerols', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 78(4), 361±367. KULAÊS E, OLSEN E and ACKMAN R G (2002), Èffect of alpha-, gamma-, delta-tocopherol on the distribution of volatile secondary oxidation products in fish oil', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 104(8), 520±529. LAURITZEN L, JORGENSEN M H, OLSEN S F, STRAARUP E M and MICHAELSEN K F (2005), `Maternal fish oil supplementation in lactation: effect on developmental outcome in breast-fed infants', Reproduc Nutr Devel, 45(5), 535±547.


179

and MANCINI R A (2005), `The effects of antioxidant combinations on color and lipid oxidation in n-3 oil fortified ground beef patties', Meat Sci, 70(4), 683±689. LEE S, FAUSTMAN C, DJORDJEVIC D, FARAJI H, HOLLENDER R and DECKER E A (2006a), Èffect of antioxidants on stabilization of meat products fortified with n-3 fatty acids', Meat Sci, 72(1), 18±24. LEE S, HERNANDEZ P, DJORDJEVIC D, FARAJI H, HOLLENDER R, FAUSTMAN C and DECKER E A (2006b), Èffect of antioxidants and cooking on stability of n-3 fatty acids in fortified meat products', J Food Sci, 71, 233±238. LET M B, JACOBSEN C, FRANKEL E N and MEYER A S (2003), Òxidative flavour deterioration of fish oil enriched milk: effects of oil type and ethylenediaminetetraacetate (EDTA)', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 105, 518±528. LET M B, JACOBSEN C and MEYER A S (2004), Èffects of fish oil type, lipid antioxidants and presence of rapeseed oil on oxidative flavour deterioration of fish oil enriched milk', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 106, 170±182. LET M B, JACOBSEN C and MEYER A S (2005a), `Sensory stability and oxidation of fish oil enriched milk is affected by milk storage temperatures and oil quality', Int Dairy J, 15, 173±182. LET M B, JACOBSEN C, PHAM K A and MEYER A S (2005b), `Protection against oxidation of fish oil enriched milk emulsions through addition of rapeseed oil or antioxidants', J Agric Food Chem, 53, 5429±5437. LET M B, JACOBSEN C and MEYER A S (2007a), Àscorbyl palmitate, gamma-tocopherol, and EDTA affect lipid oxidation in fish oil enriched salad dressing differently', J Agric Food Chem, 55, 2369±2375. LET M B, JACOBSEN C and MEYER A S (2007b), `Lipid oxidation in milk, yoghurt and salad dressing enriched with neat fish oil or pre-emulsified fish oil', J Agric Food Chem, 55, 7802±7809. LET M B, JACOBSEN C, SéRENSEN A D M and MEYER A S (2007c), `Homogenization conditions affects the oxidative stability of fish oil enriched milk emulsions: lipid oxidation', J Agric Food Chem, 55, 1773±1780. NIELSEN N S and JACOBSEN C (2009), `Methods for reducing lipid oxidation in fish-oilenriched energy bars', Int J Food Sci Technol, 44, 1536±1546. NIELSEN N S, PETERSEN A, MEYER A S, TIMM-HEINRICH M and JACOBSEN C (2004), `The effects of lactoferrin, phytic acid and EDTA on oxidation in two food emulsions enriched with long chain polyunsaturated fatty acids', J Agric Food Chem, 52, 7690±7699. NIELSEN N S, DEBNATH D and JACOBSEN C (2007), Òxidative stability of fish oil enriched drinking yoghurt', Int Dairy J, 17, 1478±1485. NIELSEN N S, KLEIN A and JACOBSEN C (2009), Èffect of ingredients on oxidative stability of fish oil enriched drinking yoghurt', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 111, 337±345. OLSEN E, VEBERG A, VOGT G, TOMIC O, KIRKHUS B, EKEBERG D and NILSSON A (2006), Ànalysis of early lipid oxidation in salmon paÃteÂ with cod liver oil and antioxidants', J Food Sci, 71, 284±292. PARK Y, KELLEHER S D, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2004), Ìncorporation and stabilization of omega-3 fatty acids in surimi made from cod, Gadus morhua', J Agric Food Chem, 52, 597±601. PEÂREZ-MATEOS M, LANIER T C and BOYD L C (2006), Èffects of rosemary and green tea extracts on frozen surimi gels fortified with omega-3 fatty acids', J Sci Food Agric, 86, 558±567. LEE S, DECKER E A, FAUSTMAN C

180


and SCHWARZ K (2009), `Chemical stabilisation of oils rich in longchain polyunsaturated fatty acids during homogenisation, microencapsulation and storage', Food Chem, 113(4), 1106±1112. È GGEMANN D, PEDERSEN L R L and JACOBSEN C SéRENSEN A D M, BARON C P, LET M B, BRU (2007), `Homogenization conditions affects the oxidative stability of fish oil enriched milk emulsions: Oxidation linked to changes in the protein composition at the oil-water interface', J Agric Food Chem, 55, 1781±1789. SéRENSEN A D M, NIELSEN N S and JACOBSEN C (2010), Òxidative stability of fish oil enriched mayonnaise based salads', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 12, 476±487. TIMM-HEINRICH M, XU X, NIELSEN N S and JACOBSEN C (2004), Òxidative stability of mayonnaise and milk drink produced with structured lipids based on fish oil and caprylic acid', Eur Food Res Technol, 219, 32±41. TRAUTWEIN E A (2001), `N-3 Fatty acids ± physiological and technical aspects for their use in food', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 103(1), 45±55. VALENCIA I, O'GRADY M N, ANSORENA D, ASTIASARAÂN I and KERRY J P (2008), Ènhancement of the nutritional status and quality of fresh pork sausages following the addition of linseed oil, fish oil and natural antioxidants', Meat Sci, 80, 1046±1054. VENKATESHWARLU G, LET M B, MEYER A S and JACOBSEN C (2004), `Chemical and olfactometric characterization of volatile flavor compounds in a fish oil enriched milk emulsion', J Agric Food Chem, 52, 311±317. WANG C C, HARRIS W S, CHUNG M, LICHTENSTEIN A H, BALK E M, KUPELNICK B, JORDAN H S and LAU J (2006), `n-3 Fatty acids from fish or fish-oil supplements, but not alphalinolenic acid, benefit cardiovascular disease outcomes in primary- and secondaryprevention studies: a systematic review', Am J Clin Nutr, 84(1), 5±17. WIGMORE S J, ROSS J A, FALCONER, J S, PLESTER C E, TISDALE M J, CARTER D C and FEARON K C H (1996), `The effect of polyunsaturated fatty acids on the progress of cachexia in patients with pancreatic cancer', Nutrition, 12(1), 27±30. YAQOOB P (2004), `Fatty acids and the immune system: from basic science to clinical applications', Proc Nutr Soc, 63(1), 89±104. YOUNG F V K, FROM V, BARLOW S M and MADSEN J (1990), Ùsing unhydrogenated fish oil in margarine', Inform, 1, 731±741. SERFERT Y, DRUSCH S

Part II Oxidation in plant-based foods and beverages

6 Oxidation of edible oils B. MatthaÈus, Max Rubner-Institute, Federal Research Institute for Nutrition and Food, Germany

Abstract: The main reason for the deterioration of fats and oils is the oxidation process. This produces short-chain aroma-active compounds, which are responsible for the development of unpleasant taste and smell, but also for changes in colour, viscosity, density and solubility. This chapter discusses different pathways for the formation of primary and secondary oxidation products and describes some methods which can be used to investigate the oxidative state of fats and oils, including the sensory evaluation. Other topics include the effect of oxidation processes on sensory and nutritional quality, and the influence of oil processing on the oxidative stability of edible oils. Key words: analysis, autoxidation, free radical chain mechanism, lipid oxidation, processing, refined oils, sensory evaluation, virgin oils.

6.1

Introduction

Edible oils consist of about 96% triacylglycerides, composed of different fatty acids. Some other compounds or groups of compounds, such as free fatty acids, phospholipids, phytosterols, tocopherols, other antioxidants or waxes, can also be found. Fatty acids, free or bound to glycerol are susceptible to oxidative processes resulting in a wide range of volatile and non-volatile degradation products. Therefore one of the major challenges for the oil processing industry is to maintain the high quality of the product after processing until use by the consumer. However, the oxidative stability of edible oils not only depends on conditions during storage, but also the history of the raw material and the processing steps involved.

184


Oxidation processes play an important role in the deterioration of fats and oils with rancidity as the main effect. The most characteristic changes which become more and more obvious during the oxidation process are the development of an unpleasant taste and smell, but also changes in colour, viscosity, density and solubility take place. Further consequences include the loss of essential fatty acids, the degradation of vitamins and pro-vitamins, and the formation of odourintensive compounds. These changes strongly influence the nutritional value and sensory quality of edible oils. The primary stage of the oxidation process produces hydroperoxides. As these hydroperoxides degrade, compounds are formed which are considered to have a certain toxicological potential in higher concentrations. The products of the oxidation process can react with other ingredients in complex composed foods, such as amino acids or proteins, resulting in changes of texture or colour. Therefore oxidation is very important in terms of the palatability, toxicity and nutritional value of edible oils.

6.2

Lipid oxidation

The oxidation process depends on a number of factors and one important task in the production and commercialization of edible oils is to control these factors to a point where no unfavourable changes can be expected over a certain time. The susceptibility of edible oils to oxidation reactions depends on the unsaturation grade of fatty acids, the content and type of antioxidants, temperature, the availability of oxygen, and the presence of light and trace metals. Oxidation of edible oils begins with the double bonds of fatty acids in the triacylglycerol molecule. The first products of lipid oxidation are hydroperoxides, which are tasteless and odourless and therefore do not significantly impair the sensory quality of the oil (Reindl and Stan, 1982). The problem is that these compounds are generally unstable, resulting in the formation of secondary oxidation products like ketones, aldehydes, alcohols, lactones, hydrocarbons, esters, or others. Since some of these compounds have a very low threshold value for smell or taste, the degradation of the product becomes obvious very quickly (Frankel, 1984; Ladikos and Lougovois, 1990). The main pathway for the formation of hydroperoxides is autoxidation, but three others are also possible ± photo-oxidation, enzymatic oxidation and irradiation. The pathways differ in their formation of radicals, but follow the same subsequent mechanism (see Fig. 6.1). 6.2.1 Autoxidation The main partners in each reaction are unsaturated fatty acids, either free or bound in the triacylglycerol molecules, and oxygen. Normally, atmospheric oxygen is present as so-called triplet oxygen, 3O2, which contains two unpaired electrons in the ground state. A direct reaction of the triplet oxygen with the fatty acid molecule is not possible in this state because of a spin-forbidden

Oxidation of edible oils 185

Fig. 6.1

Reactions resulting in oxidative deterioration of edible oils.

reaction, but triplet oxygen can react with fatty acid radicals. The resulting reaction is called autoxidation, a free radical chain reaction first explained by Farmer et al. (1942) and Bolland (1949). Figure 6.2 shows the stages of this reaction, which can be divided into an initial phase, propagation, chain branching, and termination. The elimination of a hydrogen atom from the intact fatty acid molecule is necessary to begin the chain reaction. This forms a radical, which is able to react with triplet oxygen. According to Farmer, the methylene groups of the molecule are activated first, then a hydrogen atom is eliminated to

Fig. 6.2

Free radical chain mechanism according to Farmer et al. (1942) and Bolland (1949).

186


form the free radical. This fatty acid radical is not very stable and reacts with triplet oxygen within a very short time because no activation energy is necessary for this reaction step. A peroxy radical is formed. The reaction between the fatty acid radical and oxygen strongly depends on the solubility of oxygen in the lipid and the resulting availability of oxygen for the reaction. The solubility of oxygen in the lipid decreases with increasing temperature, resulting in the retardation or cessation of the formation of peroxy radicals. If no oxygen is available, other reactions, such as polymerization, take place. The peroxy radical is also reactive. It abstracts a hydrogen atom from another intact unsaturated fatty acid, resulting in the formation of a hydroperoxide, the primary product of the degradation process of edible oils. After this initial step, the chain reaction continues as the new formed radical combines with triplet oxygen and abstracts hydrogen from another unsaturated fatty acid, forming another hydroperoxide. From this it becomes clear that the autoxidation process accelerates in an exponential function, as each formed radical forms a new radical and one hydroperoxide. However, it takes some time before hydroperoxide formation increases to a level which is detectable. This initial slow phase of hydroperoxide formation, which later accelerates, is called the induction period (see Fig. 6.2). It is not yet fully understood what causes the initial step of the chain reaction, but it seems that heat, metal catalysts or visible and ultravisible irradiation are responsible. In the presence of heavy metal ions (like Fe2+ or Cu2+) an accelerated breakdown of the hydroperoxides takes place, freeing radicals and resulting in an accelerated oxidation process, according to the radical chain mechanism presented in Fig. 6.2. The susceptibility of fatty acids to hydrogen abstraction strongly depends on the degree of unsaturation and can be explained by the bond strength of the hydrogen of the -methylene group in the fatty acid molecule. The abstraction of hydrogen from the fatty acid molecule by the peroxy radical is relatively slow, and the peroxy radical always abstracts the most weakly bound hydrogen in the fatty acid molecule. While the bond strength of hydrogen in saturated fatty acids is about 99 kcal/mol, only about 80 kcal/mol are necessary to abstract a hydrogen atom from a methylene group in oleic acid and the abstraction of hydrogen from the doubly allylic methylene group of linoleic acid only requires 69 kcal/mol. A further reduction of the bond strength of hydrogen can be found for linolenic acid, which has two doubly allylic methylene groups in the molecule (40 kcal/mol). Different fatty acid molecules contain different bond strengths of hydrogen, and therefore exhibit significant differences in the relative rate of lipid oxidation. This is given as 1 : 100 : 1200 : 2500 for stearic acid : oleic acid : linoleic acid : linolenic acid on the basis of peroxide formation and 1:40±50:100 on the basis of oxygen uptake (Hsieh and Kinsella, 1989). Thus edible oils with high amounts of polyunsaturated fatty acids are subjected to a fast autoxidation during storage. In contrast, oils that consist mainly of saturated or monounsaturated fatty acids are much more stable against oxidative deterioration (see Fig. 6.3).


Fig. 6.3 Correlation between fatty acid composition and development of the peroxide value during storage of rapeseed (n), sunflower (u) and hemp seed oil (s). (SFA = saturated fatty acids; OA = oleic acid; LA = linoleic acid; LiA = linolenic acid; data expressed as g/100 g).

Following the abstraction of hydrogen, the -electrons in the pentadienylic radical of the polyunsaturated fatty acid molecule become delocalized, leading to different possibilities for the triplet oxygen to react with the formed radical. In linoleic acid, two different hydroperoxides are formed in positions 8 and 10, but hydroperoxides can also be found in positions 9 and 11. The result is a shift in the position of the double bonds due to resonance stabilization and the formation of conjugated double bounds in oxidized polyunsaturated fatty acids. The formation of conjugated dienes and trienes from linoleic and linolenic acid during oxidation can be followed by measuring the absorption bands at about 232 nm and 268 nm, respectively. In short-wave UV fresh oils possess a very strongly pronounced absorption band due to the isolated double bonds, with a maximum below 200 nm. 6.2.2 Photo-oxidation Photo-oxidation is another possible means of activating the fatty acid molecule to continue the free radical chain reaction. In general, two different reactions can take place: with and without sensitizer. Without sensitizer, fatty acids are activated directly by short-wave UV light, which results in the formation of free radicals able to react with triplet oxygen. If a sensitizer is present in the system, it is necessary to distinguish between two types of photo-oxidation (Foote, 1968) (see Fig. 6.4):

188


Fig. 6.4 Two different types of photo-oxidation.

· Type I: light activates the sensitizer, which transfers energy to the fatty acid, resulting in the formation of a radical which can react with triplet oxygen (e.g., riboflavin). · Type II: After activation by light, the sensitizer reacts with triplet oxygen to form reactive singlet oxygen, and which then reacts with the fatty acid molecule (e.g., chlorophyll, pheophytine). Fatty acids react about 1500 times faster with singlet oxygen than they do with triplet oxygen, and singlet oxygen can react directly with the double bond without further activation of the fatty acid molecule. Thus, the deterioration of edible oils in the presence of light occurs very quickly, without an induction period. Since no radicals are formed in type II reactions, it is not possible to influence the progress of the oxidation process by the use of antioxidants. However, it is possible to inhibit the reaction by quenchers, which are able to accept the activation energy of the light without forming reactive species. 6.2.3 Enzymatic oxidation The third way for the direct formation of hydroperoxides is enzymatic oxidation by the enzyme lipoxygenase, which belongs to the oxido-reductases group. Lipoxygenases exist in almost all living cells and are able to catalyse the reaction between oxygen and cis,cis-unsaturated fatty acids to form hydroperoxides. The main substrates of lipoxygenases are free fatty acids. Some of them also use triacylglyerides as substrate, but with a lower specificity. Most lipoxygenases are highly specific for the cis,cis-9,12-diene system of fatty acids and, depending on the product specificity of the enzyme, linoleic acid is oxidized either in position 9 (as in lipoxygenase from potatoes) or in position 13 (as in lipoxygenase from soybeans). 6.2.4 Irradiation The treatment of lipids with ionizing radiation results in the formation of hydroperoxides in two different ways (MoÈrsel et al., 1991) (see Fig. 6.5):


Fig. 6.5 Formation of radicals and hydroperoxides by ionic radiation (RH unsaturated fatty acid).

1. direct formation of radicals from lipids by abstraction of hydrogen from the allylic methylene group of an unsaturated fatty acid, since the energy of ionizing radiation is about 105 times higher than necessary for the abstraction; 2. formation of other radicals (e.g., hydroxyl radicals from the radiolysis of water) which abstract hydrogen from the allylic methylene group. The formed radical of the fatty acid then reacts accordingly to the free radical chain mechanism of a hydroperoxide. 6.2.5 Formation of secondary reaction products Changes in the quality of edible oils by the formation of hydroperoxides are not directly detectable by the consumer because they are odourless and tasteless. Changes in quality only become obvious after the formation of secondary reaction products with a huge number of aroma-active compounds. Many of these aroma compounds are perceptible in very low concentrations. The type and the amount of aroma-active compounds depend on the fatty acid composition. While hexanal is the main product of the decomposition of linoleic acid, large amounts of trans,trans-2,4-heptadienal are formed from linolenic acid (see Table 6.1). Aroma compounds formed from linolenic acid also have a very low threshold value. Therefore, the fast deterioration of edible oils with higher amounts of linolenic acid is not only based on the high susceptibility of this fatty acid to oxidation, but also on the formation of degradation products with very low threshold values. The literature describes many different means of hydroperoxide decomposition (Grosch, 1976; Schieberle et al., 1979; Frankel, 1982; Grosch, 1988; Frankel, 2005a). The main pathway to short-chain volatile compounds is the homolytic -scission of a carbon-carbon bond to produce oxo-compounds and an alkyl or alkenyl radical. This decomposition results in aroma-active com-

190


Table 6.1 al., 2004)

Formation of volatile compounds from different fatty acids (g/g) (Belitz et

Oleic acid heptanal octanal nonanal decanal (E)-2-decenal (E)-2-undecenal

50 320 370 80 70 85

Linoleic acid

Linolenic acid

pentane * pentanal 55 hexanal 5100 heptanal 50 (E)-2-heptenal 450 octanal 45 1-octen-3-on 2 1-octen-3-hydroperoxide * (Z)-2-octenal 990 (E)-2-octenal 420 (Z)-3-nonenal 30 (E)-3-nonenal 30 (Z)-2-nonenal * (E)-2-nonenal 30 (Z)-2-decenal 20 (E,E)-2,4-nonadienal 30 (E,Z)-2,4-decadienal 250 (E,E)-2,4-decadienal 150 trans-4,5-epoxy(E)-2* decenal

propanal+ 1-penten-3-one 30 (E)-2-butenal 10 (E)-2-pentenal 35 (Z)-2-pentenal 45 (E)-2-henenal 10 (E)-3-hexenal 15 (E)-3-hexenal 90 (E)-2-heptenal 5 (E,E)-2,4-heptadienal 320 (E,E)-2,4-heptadienal 70 (Z,Z)-2,5-octadienal 20 3,5-octadien-2-one 30 (Z)-1,5-octadiene-3-one (Z)-1,5-octadiene-3hydroperoxide (E,Z)-2,6-nonadienal 10 2,4,7-decatrienal 85

* detected but not quantified + one of the main compounds

pounds, which deeply impair the sensory quality of edible oils. The breakdown of hydroperoxides can take place spontaneously or in the presence of metal traces (Frankel, 1982). Two different possibilities of scissions are conceivable, depending on which side of the oxygen-containing carbon atom the cleavage takes place (see Fig. 6.6). Pathway B is energetically favourable, because a resonance stabilized enon or eienon is formed. The accretion of hydrogen or a hydroxyl radical at the radical rest results in the formation of an alkane or a primary alcohol in the further progress of the reaction. Pathway A leads to the formation of an aldehyde and an alkenyl radical, which reacts to form an alkene or saturated aldehyde after the addition of hydrogen or a hydroxyl radical (Grosch, 1987). As a result of this pathway, pentan and hexanal are formed from the 13-hydroperoxide of linoleic acid and 2,4-decadienal from the 9hydroperoxide. Unsaturated carbonyl compounds can be further oxidized, resulting in high concentrations of hexanal during the oxidation of linoleic acid (Schieberle and Grosch, 1981). Although the proportion of volatile degradation products is relatively low, the influence of these compounds on the flavour of edible oils is remarkably high due to low threshold values (Frankel, 1982; Grosch, 1988). To evaluate the contribution of volatile degradation products to the total flavour of edible oils, Ullrich and Grosch (1988) developed the determination of flavour units by


Fig. 6.6

Formation of volatile compounds resulting from the fragmentation of hydroperoxides.

estimating a relative value, such as the flavour dilution factor, which reveals the flavour compounds with the highest contribution to the total flavour (ratio of the concentration to the odor threshold).

6.3 Importance of oxidative processes on the quality of edible oils Discussing the quality of edible oils means that characteristic features of the oil have to fit with previously defined values for the critical parameters describing the state of the product. This is important for the acceptance of edible oils by consumers, and in the market consumers normally dictate how quality has to be defined for a certain product by their buying behaviour. The quality of edible oils strongly depends on the oxidative state of the product, because several compounds formed during oxidation are associated with the development of unpleasant taste and smell, which make the product unfit for human consumption. The concentration of volatile and non-volatile aroma-active compounds is directly related to the acceptability of the edible oils. The assessment of acceptability can be different for the same type of oil, because of differences in the oxidative state of edible oils at the beginning of the storage period. Looking at the life of edible oils from the plant to the consumer, there are several points where oxidation could take place. The oxidative stability and the quality of edible oils in the bottle is determined by the history of the

192


product and the resulting oxidative state at the point when the product comes to the consumer, or to the user in industry. The lifespan of edible oil begins when it is still growing in the field, where the oil would normally be protected against oxidative deterioration by the seed hull in the case of rapeseed or sunflower, or by the fruit skin in the case of olives or palm fruits. The use of sound material is absolutely essential for the production of high quality oil. If the protection hull is damaged, enzymatic or autoxidation can take place; but under normal conditions, seeds or fruits are protected against oxidative processes in the field. Factors which can affect oil quality include frost, moisture, dryness, and high temperature. In these conditions, the cells of the material can become damaged, resulting in the activation of different enzymes, such as lipoxygenases and lipases. Frost results in the harvest of green seeds and higher amounts of chlorophyll in the resulting oil. This requires more extensive bleaching because as a virgin oil the product is strongly susceptible to photo-oxidation. During harvest it is necessary to treat seeds and fruits very carefully, because damage to the protective hull allows for oxidative processes which lower the quality of the edible oil. It is necessary to distinguish between seeds and fruits, because fruits such as olives or palm fruits are much more vulnerable to knocks and pressure than seeds. While intact seeds can be stored over a longer period of time without any loss in quality, the fast processing of fruits is absolutely essential to obtain a high quality product. For seeds, only appropriate storage conditions with a temperature of between 10 and 15 ëC and a moisture content of between 6 and 8% are necessary to maintain the seed quality (MatthaÈus and BruÈhl, 2008). In the case of fruits, the degradation of constituents like proteins, carbohydrates or lipids take place directly after harvesting because of enzymatic and microbiological processes. These processes are to a certain extent desirable for the production of olive oil, because its specific aroma is formed. The lipoxygenase pathway, with the resulting oxidative degradation products hexanal, E-3-hexenal, Z-3-hexenal, E-2-hexenal, hexyl acetate, Z-3-hexenyl acetate, hexan-1-ol, E-3-hexen-1-ol, Z-3-hexen-1-ol and E-2-hexen-1-ol, is particularly responsible for the formation of aroma-active volatile compounds during the malaxing step in the production of olive oil (Aparicio et al., 2000). For processing of palm fruits after harvest, it is necessary to avoid such oxidative processes. The enzyme lipase becomes active in palm fruits, resulting in higher amounts of free fatty acids and diacylglycerides. Since free fatty acids are more susceptible to oxidation than fatty acids bound to glycerol, a fast oxidative deterioration takes place. The production of corn oil or wheat germ oil is a special case, as the germ buds are separated from the endosperm to prevent the flour becoming rancid due to the oxidation of oil in the germ buds. The quality of the resulting oil strongly depends on the corn steeping, germ separation, washing, drying and cooling procedures (Strecker et al., 1990). During storage, the germ buds are subjected to a fast enzymatic degradation of the triacylglycerides, and a subsequent oxidation. Therefore, it is important to produce the oil from the germ buds shortly after separation from the corn, and to store it at a low temperature. A

Oxidation of edible oils 193 lengthy period of transportation and higher temperatures affect the oil quality in terms of the formation of oxidation products and the loss of tocopherols. During oil processing, oilseeds are either pre-pressed by a screw press with subsequent solvent extraction and refining to remove undesired compounds formed during the processing, or they are de-oiled by a screw press and purified by sedimentation, filtration or centrifugation in order to produce only so-called cold pressed oils. To avoid oxidative reactions during both types of processing, it is necessary to control access of light, temperature and air as far as possible. This is hugely important for the production of virgin edible oils, because the producer has no chance of refining or steam-washing the oil to remove formed and undesired aroma-active, volatile compounds, and thereby improve the oil quality, after extraction of the oilseed. In addition to changes of flavour or odour, which become obvious very fast, physical and chemical changes also take place, which can seriously damage the product quality (see Fig. 6.7). Such changes alter the composition, the colour, the viscosity and the nutritional value. Since the human nose is very susceptible to changes of flavour or odour, the oil will normally be rejected long before physical or chemical changes become apparent. Figure 6.8 shows changes in the peroxide value and tocopherol content of rapeseed oil stored in open bottles over a period of 20 weeks. While the peroxide value increases up to 110 meq O2/kg oil within the storage time, the content of tocopherols is reduced by about one third. Another example of changes in composition during storage is shown in Fig. 6.9, where linoleic acid in a model mixture was stored at 50 ëC. Over a period of 360 hours, the content of linoleic acid decreases by about 95%.

Fig. 6.7

Changes of different parameters during storage of edible oils.

194


Fig. 6.8

Changes of peroxide value and tocopherol content of rapeseed oil during storage in open vessels at room temperature.

Fig. 6.9 Decrease of the linoleic acid concentration in a model system during storage at 50ëC.

Oxidation of edible oils 195 Owing to its high content of linolenic acid, linseed oil is very susceptible to oxidation and oxidative deterioration is detectable shortly after production. In addition to the oxidation of lipids, another oxidation reaction takes place. Linseed contains several cyclic octapeptides (Morita et al., 1999), which to some extent enter the oil during pressing. If no refining follows the extraction, these cyclic octapeptides remain in the oil and the methionine group of cyclolinopeptide E can be oxidized to form a methionine sulfoxide group, resulting in the development of the bitter taste that is typical of virgin linseed oil after short-time storage (BruÈhl et al., 2007). Since the exclusion of oxygen from fresh pressed virgin linseed oil by purging with argon prior to storage does not inhibit the development of this bitter taste, a co-oxidation of cyclolinopeptide E by present hydroperoxides is conceivable. Some derivatives of hydroperoxides, such as hydroxylated fatty acids like 13hydroxy-cis-9-trans-11-octa-decadienoic acid, are also described as having a bitter taste, while the corresponding 13-hydroperoxy linoleic acid is not bitter (Biermann and Grosch, 1979). These compounds can be found in legumes and cereals, e.g. oats.

6.4

Evaluation of the oxidative state of edible oils

One major problem for food scientists in official or industrial laboratories is the comprehensible and objective assessment of the oxidative state and the oxidative stability of edible oils within the physical or chemical parameters available today. Another difficulty is the correlation of these parameters with the actual perceived quality of the product, which do not always coincide. The sensory evaluation of edible oils plays an especially important role in the assessment of the quality, because international standards like the Codex Alimentarius Standard for Named Vegetable Oils, Codex-Stan 210 (Codex Alimentarius, 2001), but also national standards like the German Guideline for Edible Fats and Oils (Anon., 1997) judge the sensory evaluation as the major parameter for assessing the quality of edible oils. In some cases, physical and chemical parameters give clear indications for an advanced oxidative process, but these results cannot always be confirmed by the sensory evaluation and vice versa. Therefore, the search for key components to describe the oxidative quality of edible oils is an important challenge for research today, and the aim is to find key parameters with a good correlation to the sensory evaluation. The pathway of the oxidative degradation of edible fats and oils results in many physical changes in the product, such as increased viscosity, changes in composition, and the formation of degradation products. To measure and assess these changes, a wide range of methods is available for describing the oxidative state of edible oils. Additionally, some methods can be applied to find the oxidative stability of the product. These two points, oxidative state and oxidative stability should be clearly distinguished: the first describes the product at the present time, and the latter

196


Table 6.2

Usefulness of different methods for the assessment of lipid oxidation

Method Sensory evaluation Volatile compounds (GC) UV absorption Rancimat test Peroxide value Anisidine value Totox value Oxygen uptake

Sensitivity

Validity

high high high low low medium medium medium

high medium medium medium low low medium low

tries to give information about the possible behaviour of the product during further storage. In this context, it must be taken into consideration that the measurement of a parameter is one thing, whilst the interpretation and usefulness of that parameter to describe the real situation is quite another task. The assessment of the actual storage behaviour from the obtained results is especially difficult, and misinterpretation can occur. As well as measuring a specific parameter with a resulting value, it is also important in practice to know how to interpret this value in terms of its consequences for the product. It is necessary to have a limit that can be used for the assessment, but this limit must describe the quality of the product exactly. Unfortunately, only a few limits exist, whilst the interpretation of most other parameters is based on experiences from practice. Some of the most popular methods for the assessment of the quality of edible oils are described in the next section. In addition to wet-chemical methods, which can be used in most cases as sum parameters, different methods are now available which use HPLC or GLC to determine individual primary and secondary oxidation products. Many different methods exist, but only some of them have importance for practice (see Table 6.2). 6.4.1 Chemical parameters describing the oxidative state of oils For the food industry, but also for official laboratories, knowledge of the state and the stability of edible oils is important for assessing the quality of products. It is also necessary to know the state of a product in order to minimize the negative effects of lipid oxidation during processing and storage. Chemical parameters describing the oxidative state of oils can roughly be divided into two groups. The first and smaller group includes methods of measuring primary oxidation products like hydroperoxides or radicals; the second and larger group registers secondary oxidation products. In the case of the second group, methods can gather secondary oxidation products as sum parameter, such as anisidine value or thiobarbituric acid test (TBA) for aldehydes and ketones; or they measure individual compounds responsible for the deterioration of the product, such as hexanal or decadienal by GLC. The aim of all these methods is to describe the quality of the product as realistically as

Oxidation of edible oils 197 possible. However, in most cases a combination of different methods are required to get sufficient and reliable information for the assessment of the quality in terms of the extent of oxidation or the oxidative history of the product. The ultimate criterion for the suitability of any test is its agreement with sensory perception of rancid flavours and odours (Gray, 1978). Peroxide value The determination of the peroxide value is the traditional and most used parameter for measuring the primary products of oxidative degradation. From this value, the propagation step of the free radical chain mechanism and the accumulation of hydroperoxides can be followed. However, it is not possible to use the peroxide value alone to judge the quality of edible oils, because hydroperoxides decompose during storage. This decomposition can take place faster than the formation of new hydroperoxides, depending on certain storage conditions such as temperature, light or metal traces. Although the oil has already been damaged by oxidation, and higher levels of degradation products have already formed, the speed of hydroperoxide decomposition can result in falsely low levels of these compounds. In this instance, the peroxide value tells us nothing about the real quality of the product. In order to avoid misinterpreting peroxide values, it is necessary to know the history of the sample. However, the peroxide value is a suitable parameter for measuring the deterioration of quality over time. After the induction period, during which the peroxide value increases slowly, a steep increase indicates that the the oil has gone bad. In general, the aim of oil production should be to produce oils with peroxide values as low as possible, without the formation of secondary reaction products. A higher peroxide value at the beginning of the storage period has a negative effect on the storage stability of the oil. For refined oils, producers should aim for a peroxide value below 1, better 0.5 meq O2/kg oil, while the peroxide value for virgin oils can be higher, up to 3 meq O2/kg oil. In most cases, the methods for determining peroxide concentration in fats and oils use the reactivity of the bound oxygen with other compounds, like potassium iodide or Fe2+, and the resulting reduction of the hydroperoxides. These methods are known as static methods, because they describe the state of the oil at the present time. The standard method for determining the peroxide value is based on the method originally described by Lea (1931) and Wheeler (1932) which uses the iodometric titration of delivered iodine by standard sodium thiosulfate solution to a starch endpoint after the reaction of potassium iodide with bound oxygen from hydroperoxides. The amount of delivered iodine is proportional to the concentration of peroxides in the oil (see Fig. 6.10). Different scientific organizations such as the German Society for Fat Science (DGF method C-VI 6a) (DGF, 2008) or American Oil Chemists' Society (AOCS method Cd 8-53) (AOCS, 1992) standardized this method. The method is empirical and strongly depends upon the design of the experiment and the behaviour of the technician because the oils are susceptible

198


Fig. 6.10

Reaction between iodine and lipid peroxides.

to oxygen from the air, light or absorption of iodine by unsaturated fatty acids (Robards et al., 1988). Therefore, to obtain comparable and reliable results it is strongly recommended that the conditions of the method are very precisely maintained. To improve the sensitivity of the method, it is possible to identify the starch-endpoint colorimetrically, or to determine the liberated iodine electrochemical. According to this method, the peroxide value gives the concentration of peroxides in mmol/kg oil, or it measures the amount of oxygen bound in the unsaturated fatty acid molecules in meq O2/kg oil. A correlation between the peroxide value and sensory evaluation is not given (Acker et al., 1969), which makes it difficult to assess a product as unfit for human consumption from the peroxide value alone. In some countries, limits for the peroxide value are defined, e.g. Germany with 10 meq O2/kg oil for virgin oils and 5 meq O2/kg for refined fats and oils. A limit for virgin olive oil is also defined in the regulation (EWG) 2568/91 (Anon., 1991) as 20 meq O2/kg oil. There are other means of measuring the content of hydroperoxides, besides the standard iodometric method. One very sensitive method is the ferric thiocyanate method, which colorimetrically determines hydroperoxides as ferric thiocyanate after the oxidation of Fe2+ to Fe3+ (Lips et al., 1943; Stine et al., 1954; Pardun, 1976). As the method is much more sensitive than the standard iodometric method, it is possible to measure very low amounts (< 10±2 mmol). The peroxide values are 1.5 to 2 times higher than results obtained by the standard method because, accordingly to Grosch and Barthel (1972), one mol of peroxides oxidizes four mol of Fe2+, in contrast to two mol of iodine in the case of the iodometric method. Another method for the determination of hydroperoxides is based on chemiluminescence. This is where hydroperoxides react with luminol in the presence of cytochrome C, resulting in the formation of light (MatthaÈus et al., 1994), measured by a photomultiplier. The method is very fast and easy to handle, and after calibration the integral of the chemiluminescence light curve correlates well with the standard iodometric method. A direct measurement of hydroperoxides is possible by polarogaphic analysis (Lewis and Quackenbush, 1949; Willits et al., 1953). This method uses the reduction of the hydroperoxides at a mercury electrode. Two electrons are transferred, resulting in the cleavage of the O-O-bond and the formation of a hydroxyl group (Swern and Silbert, 1963). The obtained current-potential curves correlate with the peroxide value. It is also possible to differentiate between different peroxide compounds due to their different half-wave potentials, since the binding energy of the peroxides is different (Willets et al., 1952; Kuta and


Fig. 6.11

Comparison of different methods for the determination oxygen uptake and peroxide formation of oil during storage.

Quackenbush, 1960). The method described by Lewis and Quackenbusch (1949) uses a mixture of benzene/methanol (1:1), with 0.3 M lithium chloride as conduction salt and a dropping mercury electrode as working electrode. Under this condition, the half-wave potential of lipid hydroperoxides is ÿ775 mV. The most specific method for the determination of hydroperoxides is the measurement by HPLC. Lipid hydroperoxides have a remarkable UV absorption at 234 nm due to the conjugated diene system, and this fact can be used for their detection. However, it is also possible to detect lipid hydroperoxides using an electrochemical detector (Yamada et al., 1987; Song et al., 1992) or by postcolumn chemiluminescence (Kondo et al., 1993). Hydroperoxides are often registered as sum parameter without separating the different positions or cis/trans-isomers, but Tokita and Morita (1985), Kruse (1992) and Koskas et al. (1983) described methods for the determination of individual hydroperoxides. Figure 6.11 show the results of different possible methods of following the formation of peroxides in edible oils during oxidation. Anisidine value Hydroperoxides can easily be removed from oil by the use of heat, light or metal trace in the absence of oxygen, resulting in the formation of secondary degradation products. Therefore the determination of the peroxide value alone gives only limited information about the history of the oil. One example is the deodorization step during the refining process, which causes the decomposition

200


of hydroperoxides in bad-quality oils and produces the very low peroxide values associated with refined products. Such oils will be accepted by consumers concerned with their taste and smell, but will have a shortened shelf-life because of the oxidative damage that occurred before refining. In order to follow the termination step of the free radical chain mechanism, or to detect such `refreshed' oils, it is possible to measure some of the secondary degradation products by the ultraviolet absorption of dinitrophenylhydrazones (DNPH-reaction), by reaction with malonaldehyde (TBA number), or by the use of anisidine (anisidine value). The determination of the anisidine value is the most popular method and is based on a method developed in 1957 by Holm et al. (1957) applying benzidine acetate. Benzidine acetate was criticized as a reactive agent due to its carcinogenic properties, and was replaced by anisidine some years later. Aldehydes, mainly 2-alkenals, 2,4-dienals and, to a limited degree, saturated aldehydes, react with anisidine and form a coloured component which can be measured at 350 nm. Nowadays, the method for determining the anisidine value has been standardized and has been accepted into different method collections. The reaction and the reliability of the results strongly depend on the strict observance of method requirements like reaction time, weighing of the samples, or mixing of the solutions. According to the definition, the anisidine value is 100 times the absorbance of a solution resulting from the reaction of 1 g oil in 100 mL of a mixture of isooctane and p-anisidine in glacial acetic acid, measured at 350 nm in a 10 mm cell under the conditions described in the method. The sensitivity of the method is not the same for all types of aldehydes because their response to ultraviolet absorption is different. Reaction products of anisidine with 2-alkenals and 2,4-dienals demonstrate a higher absorption than comparable compounds with saturated aldehydes. The molar absorbance increases by a factor of 4 to 5 if a double bond in the carbon chain is conjugated with the carbonyl double bond (Holm and Ekbom-Olsson, 1972). A good correlation between increasing anisidine values of salad oils processed from sound soybean oil and decreasing flavour scores was shown by List et al. (1974), with a correlation of 0.81 between peroxide value, anisidine value and flavour scores. Owing to its toxicological properties, the search for a replacement for anisidine in the method or the development of new methods is ongoing. Dubois et al. (1996) described a Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy method for the determination of the anisidine value in thermally stressed oils. They calibrated the method with the standard compounds hexanal, trans-2-hexenal and trans,trans-2,4-decadienal in canola oil, which were considered to be the most representative of the aldehydes. In combination with partial least squares (PLS) calibration technique, it was possible to measure the anisidine value in good agreement with the wet-chemical method. The method was suitable for monitoring the amount of three different classes of aldehydes and AV using the calibration developed, and obtained very good results (Dubois, 1995).

Oxidation of edible oils 201 Quick-tests like the CDR FoodLab method for the determination of anisidine values in oils and fats promise to measure the anisidine value within 2 minutes, but individual standard curves have to be prepared for different types of oil on the basis of the standard method (BruÈhl, 2008). In practice, the anisidine value is a valuable parameter for the assessment of the quality and history of edible oils, as secondary oxidative products covered by the anisidine value are not readily removable by standard oil processing steps (Strecker et al., 1990). As Pardun (1974) showed, the anisidine value is suitable for detecting the influence of the age and quality of the raw material on the quality of the resulting oil. While products from fresh and intact seeds showed low peroxide and anisidine (benzidine) values, the resulting values were remarkably higher for oils from bad quality raw material. Totox value A valuable parameter to assess the quality of edible oils is the Totox value, which combines the peroxide value and the anisidine value: Totox value 2 peroxide value anisidine value. The Totox value takes into consideration the actual state of the product (using the peroxide value) as well as the history of the oil (using the anisidine value). Therefore, the significance of the Totox value is much stronger than for the individual values. Although the method for the anisidine value and the calculation of the Totox value have been known for a long time, at the moment no official standard defines a limit for these values to ensure the quality of edible oils. As a rule of thumb, a limit of 10 is used in industry for the anisidine value for good refined oils (Rossell, 1989). Rossell (1989) suggested that since there are only few cases where primary and secondary reaction products are high at the same time, the Totox value should also be below 10 for good quality edible oils. Frankel (2005b) reasoned that good quality oil should have a Totox value of less than 4. A position paper of the German Society for Fat Sciences recommended a Totox value of less than 20 for refined and virgin vegetable oils (DGF, 2006). For most types of virgin oils on the market, it should be no problem to fulfil a limit of 20 for the Totox value over a shelf-life period of approximately one year. Generally, the peroxide value of fresh virgin oils is a little higher than that of refined oils, but the anisidine value remains low and has no remarkable contribution to the Totox value over the storage period. Higher anisidine values, together with low peroxide values, indicate an unfavourable heat-treatment of edible oils during transportation or storage. Some authors do not agree with the strong favouring of the primary reaction products in the Totox formula, because there has been no reliable correlation developed between the reduction of the peroxide value and the simultaneous increase of the anisidine value (Strecker et al., 1990). One argument is that this over-assessment of the peroxide value results in the conclusion that the oxidative state of oil can be improved merely through exposure to high temperature, which

202


leads to a reduction of the peroxide value and Totox value. For corn oil, the authors observed that the conversion of the peroxide value to the anisidine value during typical oil processing is about 3:1 (each 3 units of the peroxide value to one unit the anisidine value). From this, they propose the so-called oxidation index (Ox-Ind) as peroxide value/3 + anisidine value as a measure for the overall oxidation level. HPLC method for the determination of secondary oxidation products One of the most popular methods for the determination of individual secondary oxidation products in edible oils is the reaction of 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine (2,4-DNPH) with lipophilic aldehydes, followed by the determination of the coloured 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazones by HPLC and detection with a UV detector (Seppanen and Csallany, 2001). The determination of some of these compounds such as , -unsaturated aldehydes like 4-hydroxy-2-trans-nonenal (4-HNE) has a certain toxicological importance as they are highly reactive with thiol and amino groups from biomolecules, such as proteins or enzymes, and inhibit the synthesis of DNA, RNA and proteins (Schaur, 2003). An advantage of this method is that the formed hydrazones are stable and non-volatile, making the further handling of the compounds easy. However, the method itself is tricky to handle, and the evaluation of the chromatogram can be sophisticated owing to the huge number of different compounds detected. Nevertheless, the method gives reliable and meaningful results for the assessment of edible oils with regard to the formation of the toxicologically important group of , -unsaturated aldehydes. GLC methods for the determination of secondary oxidation products GLC analysis for the determination of secondary oxidation products gives information about the composition of volatile compounds released from the oil under specified conditions. Thus, either the total content of volatile compounds can be determined, or individual compounds responsible for oxidative deterioration can be used as marker substances to describe the quality of the product. The identification of such compounds, and the correlation with sensory evaluation or other chemical parameters for the assessment of the quality of edible oils, is one of the main aims of research on the analysis of volatile compounds. Typical key compounds for the assessment of oxidative degradation include hexanal, which is used when the oils under investigation are rich in !-6-fatty acids, and propanal, which can serve as a reliable indicator when oils high in !-3 fatty acids are being considered (Shahidi and Wanasundara, 2008). Other compounds that are typical reaction products of oxidative processes in edible oils include other aldehydes like pentenal, 2,4-heptadienal or 2,4-decadienal. There are other possible methods for determining volatile compounds by GLC, of which Dynamic Head Analysis (also called `purge and trap') is the most popular. A sample is placed in a heated and sealed vail. This is purged with an inert gas to strip out components that are volatile at the chosen temperature.

Oxidation of edible oils 203 The volatiles are concentrated on an adsorbent trap, such as tenax or charcoal, which is then rapidly heated to desorb the analytes onto a GLC column for analysis. Since volatile compounds are concentrated on the trap and the equilibrium between volatiles in the sample and volatiles in the headspace is continuously shifted into the direction of the headspace, the technique of purge and trap extraction allows greater sensitivity over a static equilibrium process. Using higher temperatures to heat the vessel, the reaction of peroxides and other degradation products can change the initial composition of the analyte. Therefore the formation of new compounds has to be taken into consideration. There is also a Static Headspace Method in use, where compounds of interest are allowed to become enriched in the headspace of a sealed vail until equilibrium is reached between the sample and the headspace at a defined temperature. Then, an aliquot of the gas phase is injected by a gas-tight syringe into the GLC system. In the early 1990s, a special type of Static Headspace Analysis, known as the Solid Phase Micro Extraction (SPME), was developed by Pawliszyn (1997). In case of SPME, analytes from the headspace (and also from the oil) are adsorbed by a fibre coated with an extracting phase which has been specified for different kinds of analytes prior to thermal desorption in the injection port of a gas-chromatograph. Another alternative for determining volatile compounds is the direct injection of the sample, either through an injection insert packed with glass wool, or by a temperature controlled external unit. The vaporization of the volatile compounds takes place at an elevated temperature in the injection port, and the compounds are trapped at the beginning of the GLC column. The method is fast and inexpensive, but not as sensitive as the dynamic headspace analysis. Nevertheless, the method can be used for routine analysis in quality control of products. 6.4.2 Measurement and assessment of oil stability Oil stability is a popular parameter used in industry to obtain some information about the shelf-life that can be expected of edible oils under practically relevant conditions. But the parameter is also useful for comparing the susceptibility of different products to oxidation. The general principle of this parameter is the storage of the oil under certain conditions over a period of time, and the measurement of one or more specific parameters characterizing the oxidative state of the oil until a defined endpoint. In the initial stage of oxidation, only a very slow increase of the specific parameter takes place. This phase is called the induction period. After this period, when the oil is damaged, a sharp increase can be observed. In general, low-quality oils have a shorter induction period than high-quality ones (Sheabar and Neeman, 1988). Since storage under real-time conditions would be too time-consuming, in most cases storage takes place at an elevated temperature in order to shorten the storage time to a practical length. For the assessment of such results it is important to consider that the transfer of the results to real conditions is

204


problematical, as the measurement is performed under accelerated conditions. Therefore, temperatures higher than 60 ëC are questionable if it is necessary to draw conclusions about the real shelf-life of the oil, because above this temperature the mechanism of degradation becomes different from when the oil is stored at room temperature. On one side, oxidation becomes more strongly influenced by oxygen availability, but the solubility of oxygen in the oil decreases. Thus, reactions like polymerization and cyclization come to the fore, which are not comparable to the reactions under normal conditions. It is also possible to compare the products or effects of antioxidants when using higher temperatures. To get reliable information about the shelf-life of edible oils, it is useful to measure oxidative stability at different temperatures, using different parameters for the assessment of the oxidative state (Frankel, 2005c). Two widely used methods to measure oxidative stability are the Schaal Oven Test and the Active Oxygen Method (AOM), which is the basis for some automated methods like Oil Stability Index or Rancimat method. The Schaal Oven Test, originally developed by the biscuit and cracker industry for the assessment of their products, involves storing the oil in open jars at 63 0:5 ëC or 70 ëC, until rancidity is detected by sensory evaluation or measuring the peroxide value. The time from the beginning of the experiment until a significant increase of the appropriate parameter is defined as the induction period of the oil. A disadvantage of this method is that it takes 4 to 8 days, which is a long time for the industry. While the Schaal Oven Test uses relatively low temperatures, the conditions for the Active Oxygen Method are more drastic because, in this method, air is bubbled through the oil at 98 ëC and the peroxide value is measured. The number of hours until the oil sample reaches a peroxide value of 100 meq peroxides/kg of oil is defined as the AOM hours for the oil. This popular method has been standardized in the official AOCS method Cd 12-57 (AOCS, 1992). Automatic versions of the AOM are available, such as Rancimat test (Metrohm, Herisau, Switzerland) or Oxidative Stability Instrument (Omnion, Inc., Rockland, MA, USA). In contrast to the other methods, both methods measure volatile compounds, secondary reaction products of the oxidation process. These are mainly short-chain organic acids, like formic and acetic acid, which are collected in distilled water, resulting in a rapid change of solution's conductivity when the oil is damaged. Since secondary reaction products are more stable than peroxides measured in the AOM or Schaal Oven Test, the automated methods are more precise and reproducible. Furthermore, the continuous measurement of data points results in a more exact determination of the end point and the resulting induction period. Prediction of the shelf-life of edible oils from the measurement of the oxidative stability by these various tests is difficult and contains errors. In general, extrapolating from higher temperatures to normal storage conditions is possible, because the shelf-life decreases logarithmically with increasing temperature, and every 10 ëC increase in storage temperature results in a halving of


Fig. 6.12 Arrhenius plot for the calculation of the rough shelf-life of virgin rapeseed oil at 20ëC. (Measurement of the induction periods by Rancimat test.)

the shelf-life. Since the reaction conditions under the accelerated storage of Rancimat test or AOM are not directly comparable to normal conditions, this prediction has some errors. Nevertheless, a rough statement about shelf-life at ambient temperature is possible when the measurement of the induction period has been carried out at different temperatures, and the results of the measured induction periods are presented in an Arrhenius plot logarithmically versus the temperature (see Fig. 6.12). The figure shows the results of the measurement of the induction periods of virgin rapeseed oil, measured by the Rancimat test at five different temperatures. Extrapolation of the expected shelf-life of the oil at 20 ëC revealed that the oil would be usable over a period of about 4800 hours or 200 days before oxidative deterioration would become obvious. The correlation coefficient between temperature and induction period was quite good. 6.4.3 Sensory evaluation of edible oils The most important parameter for the assessment of edible oils is sensory evaluation, because the product has to fit consumer likes, otherwise it has no chance on the market. The sensory assessment can be completed by a consumer panel with a huge number of untrained consumers who assess the product regarding likes and dislikes. The result says nothing about sensory defects of the oil resulting from deterioration, but reflects the consumers' acceptance of and preferences for the product. On the other hand, the sensory evaluation of edible oils can be carried out by a trained group of tasters, who are familiar with the product and possible perceptions resulting from sound or defective products. In the case of this

206


analytical sensory evaluation, the available methods range from simple triangle testing, recognizing differences between two samples, to the more complex descriptive analyses of edible oils. The tasters of such a panel should use a standardized vocabulary for the description of the perceptions, ensuring that the same term is used for similar sensations. The use of a standardized vocabulary improves the reproducibility and precision of the sensory analysis. In addition to the description of the sample, this type of sensory evaluation includes a rating system by which the tasters specify the intensity of their perceived sensations. For edible oils, there are two systems available for describing the intensity of the sensations: a scale with distinct values, like school marks; and the use of a continuous scale, i.e. a line of 10 cm length, where the taster puts his tick mark intuitively on the line. The first one is in use for the AOCS Flavour Quality Scale (Waltking, 1982) with a scale from 1 (repulsive) to 10 (excellent) or for the evaluation of virgin oils according to the DGF standard method C-II 1 (07) (DGF, 2008) with a scale from 0 (not perceivable) to 5 (very strong perceivable). The latter system is used for the sensory evaluation of virgin olive oil according to the regulation (EWG) 2568/91 (Anon., 1991). During the decomposition of the primary products in the oxidation process, a huge number of volatile and non-volatile compounds develop, which have a strong influence on the flavour and the taste of edible oils. Refined oils represent the main product on the oil market. Normally this type of oil is taste- and odourless, which makes the detection of any changes resulting from the formation of aroma-active degradation products by sensory evaluation easy. In this case, sensory analysis gives a good indication for oxidative deterioration. Often, a well-trained panel is more susceptible to rancid sensations than analytical chemistry. Therefore, sensory analysis is very helpful for deciding whether the oil is suitable for human consumption or not. Much more difficult is the sensory evaluation of a product with a certain taste of its own. In the case of cacao butter, or even virgin oils like olive oil or rapeseed oil, which have a strong characteristic smell and taste, the perception of sensory defects resulting from ongoing oxidation processes is complicated. There are a huge number of compounds with a certain importance to the odour, which can have a potential masking effect on the responsible aroma-active compounds. The contribution of different volatile compounds to a rancid perception, the threshold of these compounds, and their sensory character, can be very different. Therefore, the importance of different compounds for a rancid perception depends not only on the concentration of the compound in the oil, but also on the threshold of perception of these compounds (Pokorny, 1990). For example, the threshold of perception for trans-2-octenal is about 7.0 mg/kg, while for trans-6octenal it is 0.015 mg/kg (Meijboom and Jonenotter, 1981). The threshold of perception increases with increasing unsaturation, and is also influenced by the number and type of functional groups in the molecule. Alcohols smell less than the corresponding aldehydes. Additionally, saturated aldehydes give a feeling of power, warmth, resonance, depth, roundness and freshness to products, while


Fig. 6.13 Correlation between sensory analysis and hexanal concentration of rapeseed oil stored over 27 weeks at room temperature.

unsaturated aldehydes, such as 2-enals and 2,4-dienals are characterized by a sweet, fruity, oily and fatty note, and alcohols by a solvent, grassy, green and fatty flavour (Hamilton, 1989). Figure 6.13 shows the correlation between the development of sensory evaluation and the formation of hexanal in virgin rapeseed oil stored over a period of 27 months. While the hexanal concentration remained below 0.3 mg/kg for over a year and a half, no sensory defect was detected by the trained panel. Not until after 18 months did the content of hexanal increase remarkably, and then the panel detected a clear rancid perception. The aim of analysts is to replace sensory evaluation with more reliable and reproducible methods, whilst providing the same information about the defects and typical attributes of edible oils. Such a tool could be very helpful, especially for process control during production, because sensory evaluation is timeconsuming and therefore costly. One attempt to create such an analytical instrument was made by the so-called èlectronic nose' (Lerma-Garcia et al., 2009; Cruz et al., 1998; Bazzo et al., 1998), which consists of several arrays of non-specific sensors that react with volatile compounds from the sample, resulting in a change to the electrical properties of the sensor. These changes are different for different sensors, and the recorded data are used to calculate a result on the basis of a statistical model. By training the instrument with known samples, it is possible to correlate the results of the electronic nose with results obtained from other techniques, e.g. sensory evaluation. It is possible to teach the electronic nose the differentiation between rancid and not rancid refined oils, as shown in Fig. 6.14. However, if the matrix is more

208


Fig. 6.14

Differentiation of rancid from non-rancid oils by use of an electronic nose.

complex, with more volatile compounds present than in refined oils, the results of the electronic nose become worse because the sensors are not able to recognize specific volatile compounds. Instruments like the electronic nose are not able to take into consideration all perceptions from the sample, unlike the human nose in cooperation with the brain. Therefore, the operating area of such instruments remains limited and they are not able to replace the sensory analysis. It is only a tool to support the sensory analysis in certain questions.

6.5 Effects of oxidation on sensory and nutritional quality of edible oils 6.5.1 Decrease of sensory quality during storage The main effect that becomes obvious as a result of the oxidation of edible oils is a decrease in sensory quality. In general this negative characteristic of the product is described by the term `rancid', derived from the Latin word for `stinky', `nasty' or ùnfavourable'. Depending on the fatty acid composition of the edible oil and the resulting degradation products, characteristics and perceptions of the rancid sensation can be very different. In general, hydrocarbons have a significantly higher threshold value than aliphatic carbonyl compounds, which results in these compounds making a smaller contribution to the off-flavour of oxidized edible oils. According to Frankel (1985), the aliphatic carbonyl compounds show the following decreasing order of importance and threshold value: trans,cis-2,4-decadienal, trans,trans2,4-decadienal, trans,cis-2,4-heptadienal, 1-octen-3-ol, n-butanal, n-hexanal.

Oxidation of edible oils 209 Table 6.3 Flavour quality and odour threshold of some compounds resulting from lipid oxidation Compound

Flavour quality

ethanal propanal pentanal hexanal heptanal octanal nonenal decanal (Z)-3-hexanal (E)-2-heptanal (E,Z)-2,4-heptadienal (E,Z)-2,6-nondienal (E,Z)-2,4-decadienal trans-4,5-epoxy-(E)-2-decenal 1-penten-3-one 1-octen-3-one (Z)-1,5-octadien-3-one

fruity, pungent fruity, pungent pungent, bitter almond tallowy, green leafs oily, fatty oily, fatty tallowy orange peel green leafs oily, fatty, bitter almond oily, fatty frying odour cucumber frying odour metallic hot, fishy mushrooms, fishy geraniums, metallic

Odour threshold in oil (nasal) (g/kg) 0.22 9.4 240 320 3200 55 13 500 300 1.7 14 000 4000 4 10 1.3 0.73 10 0.45

Modified according to Grosch (1987) and Belitz et al. (2004)

While hexanal and 2,4-decadienal are primary products of the oxidation of linoleic acid, the main degradation products of linolenic acid are 2,4-hetadienal, 3-hexenal and 2,4,7-decatrienal. The contribution of each of the different compounds to the overall sensory evaluation is different. Table 6.3 shows some of the formed degradation products, together with a flavour description. 2,4decadienal is one of the most important flavour contributors of deep-fat fried products, and is already perceivable in very low concentrations of 1:5 10ÿ9 g/ L of air. It is also well known as an aroma-compound formed in stored soybean oil. The appearance of 2,4-decadienal in the odour of fried food is one reason for the enormous popularity of such products, because consumers link the enjoyment of eating high-quality and tasty fried food with this typical aroma. For this reason, consumers often do not associate the perception of this odour with oxidized edible oils and, rather than rejecting the product, actually a have a rather positive impression of it. Only when the concentration becomes higher does the positive impression switch to rejection. Edible oils with higher levels of linolenic acid, such as rapeseed or soybean oil, often produce a fishy off-flavour during storage or heating as a result of the formation of 2,4,7-decatrienal. This fishy smell is the reason that the use of rapeseed oil for frying or deep-fat frying is often declined by the consumer or by industry, although the oil would be suitable from a technical point of view. Why some rapeseed oils form this fishy off-flavour during storage and heating while other rapeseed oils do not show this defect is an open question.

210


A typical example of the formation of an off-flavour shortly after production is the so-called `revision taste' or `flavour revision' of soybean oil, which results in the typical green, beany and grassy perception of soybean oil at an early stage of storage. Later, these impressions change into fishy or painty. Crude soybean oil already has this green-beany flavour, but it is removed during refining, resulting in a taste- and odourless product. This flavour returns at a very early stage during storage, at which the degree of oxidation by chemical or physical methods is not yet detectable (Smouse, 1973). Flavour revision takes place at peroxide values below 10. Frankel (1980) mentioned four major causes for this effect, of which he concluded that the oxidation of linolenic acid was the most important precursor. Antioxidants are not effective in inhibiting the revision of soybean oil (Frankel et al., 1959; Mounts et al., 1978). Several other oils also develop specific off-flavour during storage, like ànimal flavour' for lard and tallow, `fishy' for rapeseed, `grassy/painty' for rapeseed and linseed, and `painty/rancid' for palm oil. 6.5.2 Nutritional quality affected by oxidative processes In the last few decades, a shift took place in the consumption of fats and oils, from animal fats with high amounts of saturated and monounsaturated fatty acids, to vegetable oils consisting of more healthy mono- and polyunsaturated fatty acids. One drawback of this change is that polyunsaturated fatty acids are more susceptible to oxidative deterioration. Not only does this result in rancid off-flavours, but it also impairs the nutritional quality and safety of edible oils. Scientists suspect the formation of oxidation products to be linked with the development of certain diseases, such as carcinogenesis or arthrosclerosis (Staprans et al., 1996; Kanazawa et al., 2002). Such compounds are primary oxidation products like hydroperoxides, which degrade to peroxy, alkoxyl and hydroxyl radicals, or secondary products of lipid oxidation like alkanals (hexanal), alkenals (2-nonenal), , -unsaturated aldehydes (acrolein), 4hydroxy-2-alkenals (4-hydroxy-2-nonenal) or malondialdehyde. Therefore the question of whether or not oxidized edible oils are harmful to health is justified. A lot of research has been conducted into the investigation of the biological and toxicological effects of oxidized edible oils (Kaunitz and Johnson, 1973; Miller and Landes, 1975; Gabriel et al., 1977; Billek, 1992). In most cases, highly abused frying fats or fractions of enriched oxidized compounds were used in animal trials to assess their effect. The transfer of such results to oxidized edible oils seems to be questionable, because the daily intake of oxidized oils has to be high (10±15%, w/w, of diet) to cause an effect on animals (Kaunitz and Johnson, 1973), which is not realistic in human nutrition. Cortesi and Privett (1972) described how hydroperoxides present a remarkable toxicity if injected intravenously; but Bergan and Draper (1970) showed that the hydroperoxy group does not survive uptake through the intestine, although damage to the intestinal is possible. There are also indications that dietary lipid peroxidation products could play a role in the pathogenesis of

Oxidation of edible oils 211 atherosclerosis, where they promote endothelial injury, accumulation of plaque and thrombosis (Addis, 1990; Yagi, 1986; 1988). The presence of free radicals, such as hydroxyl and superoxide radicals, hydrogen peroxide or organic peroxides, either from normal essential metabolic processes in the human body, or from external sources, has been associated with the appearance of different processes, such as aging, oxidation of lipoproteins and carcinogenesis. In vivo peroxyl radicals can change DNA by causing DNA strand breaks, crosslinks between DNA and proteins, and oxidative reactions of the bases of DNA. The oxidation of lipoproteins is known to be responsible for the development of atherogenesis, which is caused by the formation of lipid-laden foam cells and their accumulation in arteries. Also some secondary oxidation products, such as malondialdehyd or 4-hydroxyl-2trans-nonenal (4-HNE), are highly reactive in vivo with other compounds like proteins or DNA. In total, the spectrum of effects on feeding oxidized oils from autoxidation or thermal treatment ranged from diarrhoea, loss of appetite, growth retardation, cardiomyopathy, hepatomegaly, haemolytic anaemia, accumulation of peroxides in the adipose tissue up to deficiency of tocopherols and selen (Sanders, 1989). In the early 1960s Poling et al. (1962) showed that cottonseed oil heated at 60 ëC over a longer period of time resulted in the oil having a lower nutritional value. The animals that were fed with this oil developed a pathologically enlarged liver. The experiment showed that the major enlargement of the liver and the major decrease of the nutritional value occurred within the period of the largest increase of the peroxide value. The uptake of larger amounts of highly oxidized edible oils seems to be unlikely, because the human nose is a very sensitive detector, capable of recognizing the oxidative deterioration of edible oils long before significant amounts of relevant toxicological compounds are formed. Such products would usually be rejected by the consumer. Another issue is that edible oils are an important source for essential fatty acids such as linoleic and linolenic acid, and vitamin-E-active compounds like tocopherols or tocotrienols. During autoxidation, these compounds are degraded, which would result in a deficiency of essential fatty acids and tocopherols if oxidized oils were the only source of dietary lipids and vitamin E (Chow, 2000). An increased uptake of oxidized oils also results in an accelerated rate of turnover of vitamin-E-active compounds in order to maintain the immune system of the body. The consequence of this is that there is a greater need for vitamin-E-active compounds, otherwise the balance between attacks of oxidized species from oxidized oil and the antioxidant defence system becomes disturbed (Chow, 1979). Moreover, when using oxidized edible oils for the preparation of protein-rich foods, the availability of amino acids from that food can be reduced by the reaction of lipid degradation products. Despite these findings, which indicate that the uptake of oxidized material can carry a human health risk if consumed in large quantities, it is not clear yet whether lipid autoxidation products that are received through nutrition in

212


realistic amounts really pose a significant risk to human safety. The concentration of the compounds seems to be too low, and the life span of hydroperoxides is very short. Another aspect is that the level at which oxidized edible oils become harmful is not known. Therefore, several authors have concluded that fats used under practical conditions have no toxicological relevance (Chalmers, 1954; Poling et al., 1960; Warner et al., 1962). The general guideline should be to take up as few oxidized oils as possible.

6.6

Effect of processing on the oxidative stability of edible oils

Processing has an important impact on the composition of edible oils in terms of the components which can affect their oxidative stability and shelf-life. In general, there are two different possible methods for the extraction of edible oils from the oil-bearing material. The first is the extraction of the raw material, with or without previous de-oiling, by a screw press to oil content between 15 and 20%, and subsequent solvent extraction, most often by hexane. With an oil yield between 98 and 99%, this process is very economical, and therefore most vegetable oils are produced by this method. The drawback of the method is that, as a result of the extensive extraction conditions, not only are desirable components extracted from the raw material, but also components which deeply impair the quality of the resulting oil in terms of sensory evaluation, colour and storage stability. Therefore, after the extraction of the oil from the raw material, a refining process is necessary to remove undesirable components from the oil in order to make it consumable and storable. In recent years, an increasing number of small- and medium-sized facilities have been producing not just virgin olive oil, but also other virgin, cold pressed oils using only the process of screw pressing and purifying the oil by filtration or sedimentation. This procedure is not new, indeed the extraction of oilseeds by small presses goes back several hundred years. It was rediscovered by farmers as one possible means of producing high-quality products with an added value, instead of delivering seeds to the large oil mills after the harvest. Pressing by a screw press only is remarkably less efficient than extraction by solvent because, depending on the settings of the screw press, 10±15% of the oil remains in the press cake. On the other hand, fewer undesirable components from the raw material pass over into the oil during pressing and impair the quality of the product. Furthermore, the consumer associates virgin oils with healthy nutrition, and attributes them with a lot of advantages over refined vegetable oils, such as minimal processing, their deep colour and their typical taste and smell. The oxidative stability and shelf-life of refined and virgin edible oils are rooted in the development and interaction of pro- and antioxidant compounds. The extraction process and the further treatment of the oil strongly influence the content and composition of minor components in the oil. While extensive extraction conditions, together with heat-treatment, result in higher extractability of phenolic and other antioxidative active compounds, such a treatment is also

Oxidation of edible oils 213 conducive to higher concentrations of oxidation products, which could possibly affect the quality of the product. Refining reduces both types of components. Extraction by a screw-press only is much milder with regard to the formation of oxidation products, but on the other hand, more antioxidant active compounds remain in the press-cake. Thus, the processing of edible oils is a balancing act between avoiding oxidation and the removal of antioxidant active compounds from the raw material. The better the producer achieves this, the higher the oxidative stability and the shelf life of the oil will be. Some differences in oxidative stability can arise from differences in the processing of refined and virgin edible oils, but some general aspects have to be taken into consideration during processing to avoid reduced shelf-life and bad quality. The influence of processing on product quality and shelf-life begins immediately with harvesting, and each step from harvesting to selling may have a certain impact on the quality of the oil. Gupta (2000) summarized the requirements for the formation of free radicals in oilseeds and fruits, which can start the oxidative deterioration of the oils during storage, as: · · · · · · · · ·

poor quality oilseeds improper handling and storage of oilseeds improper conditions during crushing poor handling and storage of the crude oil overheating the oil during processing undue exposure of the oil to oxygen during processing atmospheric bleaching deodorization under poor vacuum storage and handling of the finished oils without oxygen.

6.6.1 Refined oils After solvent extraction, crude oil consists of 95±98% triacylglycerides. In addition, it contains phospholipids, free fatty acids, coloured pigments, phytosterols, waxes, oxidation products, metal ions, moisture, and aroma components, as well as plant parts and dirt in varying amounts, depending on the conditions of the extraction process. The more extensive the extraction conditions, the higher the proportion of minor compounds, which strongly impair the quality and the shelf-life of the oil. For this reason, it is necessary to purify the crude oil after the extraction process. This process is known as refining. Otherwise, the oil is not acceptable to the consumer. The aim of the refining process after solvent extraction is comprehensive purification of the crude oil, to remove compounds which negatively influence the quality and the shelf-life. In general, refining is a multistage process, which involves the steps degumming, neutralization, bleaching and deodorization in different variations and performances. It is carried out either as physical or chemical refining. Chemical refining uses alkaline solutions to neutralize free fatty acids during the neutralization step, while physical refining waives neutralization and uses hot water steam during deodorization to remove free fatty acids from the oil.

214


Each of the different refining steps removes specific minor components from the oil. Degumming removes phospholipids, proteins and also mucilaginous gums. Alkali refining takes off free fatty acids, phospholipids, metal ions, and chlorophyll, while bleaching reduces the amount of coloured compounds like chlorophyll and carotinoids, metal ions and oxidation products. In the final deodorization step, volatile aroma compounds and free fatty acids, as well as tocopherols, phytosterols, phenolic compounds and carotinoids are removed from the oil. Additionally, the high temperature used for deodorization causes hydroperoxides to partially decompose into short-chain degradation products, which are removed during steam treatment. However, secondary oxidation products which can propagate autoxidation remain in the oil and can result in the fast deterioration of the product during storage. Thus, although the peroxide value is reduced to zero during deodorization, the anisidine value in the oils increases, showing that a low peroxide value of refined oil is not necessarily an indication of high quality. A crude soybean oil, heavily oxidized before deodorization, may have a good flavour, but during storage it develops an oxidized flavour and becomes rancid very rapidly (Gupta, 1994). At the end of the refining process, the content of minor compounds in the oil has been reduced. While phospholipids, iron, chlorophyll and free fatty acids are almost completely removed from the oil, the amount of tocopherols is reduced between 10 and 60%, and phytosterols between 20 and 50%, depending on the type of oil and the refining conditions (Jung et al., 1989; Ferrari et al., 1996; Ramamurthi, et al., 1998; Shahidi et al., 2005). Several papers have been published on the comparison of the oxidative stability of vegetable oils from different stages of the refining process (Going, 1968; Kwon and Brown, 1984; Jung et al., 1989; Gordon and Rahman, 1991; Pekkarinen et al., 1998). Owing to the removal of the minor compounds, which can act as pro-oxidants or antioxidants, the refining process has a remarkable effect on the oxidative stability and the shelf life of the oil. In general the refining process causes a decrease in the stability of the refined oil, compared with the crude oil. Rutkowski (1961) described this decrease in the cases of desolventizing, neutralization and bleaching as 18.6%, 34.6% and 52.7%, respectively. Going (1968) showed that clean-dry crude soybean oil was less susceptible to oxidation than refined and bleached oil, and stated that oil should be stored as crude oil to minimize the deterioration of the oil by oxidation. Furthermore, Going concluded that relatively low levels of oxidation are necessary prior to deodorization to impair the oxidative stability of the finished oil. Similar results were found by Kwon and Brown (1984) who compared the oxidative stability of soybean oil at seven different stages of commercial refining by measuring the weight increase during storage. In this experiment, the oxidative stability of the processed oils decreased in the order crude > degummed > bleached > deodorized. The lowest oxidative stability was found for soybean oil triacylglycerides, purified from minor compounds by column treatment. The authors concluded that the most likely reason for this finding was the loss of

Oxidation of edible oils 215 antioxidant active components, such as phospholipids and tocopherols, during column treatment and refining. Additionally, Kwon and Brown (1984) showed that phospholipids work in synergy with tocopherols to produce an antioxidant effect. Individually, tocopherols and phospholipids improved the oxidative stability of soybean oil triacylglycerides to a certain extent, but had only a small effect. However, the combination of tocopherols and phospholipids in the same concentration strongly improved the oxidative stability of the oil. The higher the concentration of phospholipids, the better the oxidative stability of the oil. The importance of phospholipids for the oxidative stability of vegetable oils has also been described by Linow and Mieth (1976) who found that the addition of selected phospholipid fractions improved the effect of tocopherol on the oxygen absorption of methlylinolate. Nitrogen-containing phospholipids, like phosphatidylcholine, were especially able to synergize with tocopherols. They also found that the positive effect of phospholipids was not based on the regeneration of tocopherols in the redox-system tocopherol/tocopherylcholine, but rather that phospholipids inhibited the degradation of tocopherols. For concentrations between 0 and 1%, Bratkoska and Niewiadomski (1975) described how phospholipids isolated from rapeseed oil had a prolonging effect on the induction period of refined rapeseed oil. Hildebrand et al. (1984) found that the addition of tocopherol and phospholipids (except phosphatidic acid), alone or in combination, increased the stability of soybean oil. They explained this effect in terms of the synergism of phospholipids with tocopherols, rather than by the special ability of phospholipids to bind traces of metal ions. Phospholipids isolated from coconut oil by column chromatography and added to degummed, bleached and deodorized coconut oil, increased the induction period of the oil in the Rancimat test at 120 ëC from 5.1 to 32.3 hr, a value close to the induction period of crude coconut oil (Gordon and Rahman, 1989). On the other hand, phospholipids can also act as natural surfactants, similar to mono- and diacylglycerides, which reduces the interfacial tension between the contrary materials water and oil, but also air and oil. Thus, higher amounts of phospholipids in the oil during storage in the presence of water can result in hydrolysis of triacylglycerides and the formation of free fatty acids. Gupta (2000) described how a phosphorus content in vegetable oils 3 ppm results in the formation of free fatty acids during storage. Furthermore, the solubility of oxygen in the oil is improved by the presence of greater amounts of phospholipids. Jung et al. (1989) found that crude soybean oil contains a peroxide value of 2.4 meq/kg, which increased to 10.5 meq/kg during degumming, and 16.5 meq/ kg after bleaching. As a result of the high temperature during deodorization, the hydroperoxides were completely decomposed and the peroxide value fell to 0 meq/kg. The increase in the peroxide value after degumming was explained by the moisture content (1±3%) and temperature (70±80 ëC) during processing. The formation of hydroperoxides during bleaching strongly depends on the type and amount of clay used (King and Wharton, 1949). The use of lower concentrations of clay resulted in higher peroxide values. Morrison (1975) mentioned that

216


bleaching with 1% activated clay decreased the storage stability, while 3% clay had no effect on the storage stability of sunflower oil. The effect of the processing steps on the oxidative stability of soybean oil was found in the order crude > deodorized > degummed > refined > bleached (Jung et al., 1989), which was explained by the presence and absence of pro- and antioxidants. While crude oil is relatively low in pro-oxidants like hydroperoxides, the oil contains high values of antioxidants like tocopherols and phospholipids. On the other hand, bleached oil has a high peroxide value and only low amounts of antioxidants. Farhoosh et al. (2009) investigated the development of the peroxide value and carbonyl value of soybean and canola oil during the different refining steps. While PV decreased from 1.89 meq O2/kg (crude) to 0.64 meq O2/kg (deodorized) for soybean oil and from 1.94 meq O2/kg (crude) to 1.78 meq O2/kg (deodorized) for canola oil, the carbonyl value increased from 2.77 mol/ g to 6.36 mol/g for soybean oil and 19.9 mol/g to 26.9 mol/g for canola oil. The main increase was observed during the bleaching step, probably due to the decomposition of hydroperoxides and the formation of secondary oxidation products. Today, physical refining, which combines the neutralization and deodorization steps of chemical refining, is internationally more popular because the process is easier to handle and more economic. One drawback is the need for a higher temperature to ensure that sufficient free fatty acids are removed. A high temperature during deodorization leads to the degradation of tocopherols, which are important for the shelf-life of edible oils (Jawad et al., 1983). During the refining of soybean oil, the length of the induction period at 100 ëC decreased significantly with increasing temperature during deodorization (240±300 ëC). The authors assumed that this effect was probably due to the reduction of tocopherols. Rice bran oil (RBO) is a very rich source of bioactive phyto-chemicals, which include tocopherols and -oryzanol (an ester of trans-ferulic acid with sterols and triterpenic alcohols, with high antioxidant and radical scavenging properties). During chemical refining -oryzanol is removed from the oil to 1.1%, 5.9% and 93.0±94.6%, respectively, with a resulting content of 1.1± 1.74%, while physical refined RBO contains 1.63±2.72% -oryzanol (Krishna et al., 2001). As a result of alkali-refining, the content of tocopherols and oryzanol is reduced to 34% and 51%, respectively and the order of oxidation stability is: crude >> degummed > bleached = deodorized > alkali-refined (Yoon and Kim, 1994). Furthermore, Mezouari and Eichner (2007) found that crude RBO had better storage stability than full refined oil. The authors explained the good OSI value after 240 days of storage by the large quantity of sterols, oryzanol and tocopherols that remained in the crude oil. They recommended that the conditions of the refining process should be improved to retain a maximum of desirable compounds. Owing to the high temperature during deodorization, but also during bleaching, refined vegetable oils contain considerable amounts of oligomer

Oxidation of edible oils 217 triacylglycerides (Gomes and Catalano, 1988; Dobarganes et al., 1989; De Greyt et al., 1999; Gomes et al., 2003). Oxidized triacylglycerides can also be found in refined oils. De Greyt et al. (1999) found 0.32±2.01% (mean = 1.07%) oligomer triacylglycerides in 19 samples of refined corn, sunflower, soybean, peanut, rapeseed, palm and olive oil and 1.53±4.83% (mean = 3.11%) oxidized triacylglycerides. Similar contents of oligomer triacylglycerides were found by Gomes (1988). De Greyt et al. (1999) described the major increase of oligomer triacylglycerides during neutralization and deodorization, while oxidized triacylglycerides increased mainly during bleaching. Gomes et al. (2003) described an increase of oligomer triacylglycerides, accompanied by a decrease of oxidized triacylglycerides to 42.2% on average in different industrial refined seed oils. The authors suggested that the decrease of oxidized triacylglycerides was due in part to the occurrence of polymerization reactions. Both parameters could be used for the assessment of the oxidative quality of refined oils, since the level of oxidative degradation in the crude oil corresponds to the percentage of oligomer triacylglycerides found in the refined oil. In the Rancimat test at 120 ëC, the induction period of canola oil decreased during refining from 6.86 h (crude) to 4.33 h (deodorized), whilst that of soybean oil decreased from 5.02 h (crude) to 3.63 h (deodorized) (Farhoosh et al., 2009). The main decrease was found after neutralization and showed no considerable changes during the further refining steps. Similar results were found by Zacchi and Eggers (2008), who showed that the induction period of rapeseed oil decreased remarkably after the degumming and neutralisation steps; only a little decrease was found for the other refining steps. One explanation was that during neutralization antioxidant active phenolic compounds were almost completely removed. 6.6.2 Virgin oils In contrast to refined oils, the processing of virgin oils is reduced to two steps: the extraction of the oil from the raw material by pressing with a screw press, and the purification of the resulting oil by filtration, sedimentation or centrifugation. The producer has no opportunity to remove unpleasant aroma compounds, oxidation products or other factors that enhance oxidative reactions. The composition and the quality of the virgin oil corresponds to the composition of the raw material. Thus, the compounds responsible for oxidation processes during storage, which are normally removed during the refining process, are present in virgin oils to a greater extent, which generally results in a lower oxidative stability for virgin oils. On the other hand, the fact that no tocopherols or other antioxidant active compounds are removed improves the oxidative stability of virgin oils. Therefore, two reversed aspects have to be taken into consideration when discussing the oxidative stability of virgin oils in contrast to refined oils. The oxidative stability of high-quality virgin oils, produced from sound raw material with the utmost care under optimal conditions, should be higher or comparable to refined oils because, as a result of the careful

218


processing, the amount of oxidation-promoting compounds is low, but the concentration of antioxidants like tocopherols is higher. Only when failures were made during production is the oxidative stability of virgin oils remarkably lower. An important factor, which strongly influences the storage stability and shelflife of virgin vegetable oils, is the initial content of hydroperoxides after processing. Depending on the processing conditions and the quality of the raw material, oxidation processes as well as the formation of hydroperoxides as primary oxidation products can begin to take place even in the raw material. This results in higher initial peroxide values in the virgin oil. Therefore, in contrast to the processing of refined oils, the producer has no opportunity to reduce the content of hydroperoxides after oil extraction. Satue et al. (1995) showed that the oxidative stability of virgin olive oil was significantly lower in comparison to refined, bleached and deodorized olive oil, although virgin olive oils contained higher levels of phenolic compounds. They assumed that the higher initial peroxide value of the virgin oils could be the reason for this finding. Pekkarinen et al. (1998) also assumed that the high initial level of hydroperoxides in virgin rapeseed oil was responsible for their low oxidative stability, in comparison with crude or processed oils. The oils reached a peroxide value of 10 meq/kg during storage in the dark, in the order virgin > superdegummed > steam stripped crude > refined. During storage under light conditions, the formation of hydroperoxides in virgin oil was much slower over a storage period of 13 days, due to the lower content of chlorophyll in this type of oil, which acts as photo-sensitizer and enhances photo-oxidation. As important as the initial content of hydroperoxides is the content of antioxidant active compounds, which should be higher in virgin oils than in the corresponding refined ones, since these compounds are to some extent removed during refining. On the other hand, the extensive extraction by heat-treatment and the use of a screw press and solvent results in a better extraction and higher amounts of minor compounds with some antioxidant activity, such as phenolic compounds in solvent extracted crude oils. In a market survey with 21 samples of virgin olive oils, Gutfinger (1981) showed that solvent-extracted olive oils were richer in polyphenols than the virgin oils. He also found a linear relationship between the content of polyphenols and the oxidative stability of the oils during storage at 60 ëC. After the removal of polyphenols, the oxidative stability of the oils decreased remarkably. A similar phenomenon was observed in coconut oil, where temperature had a strong influence on the content of phenolic compounds in the resulting oil. The extraction of coconut oil from coconut milk under hot conditions results in higher contents of phenolic compounds than extraction under cold conditions. This is because hot extraction improves the extractability of the compounds from the raw material (Seneviratne et al., 2009). Temperatures above 100 ëC result in a better transfer of the phenolic compounds from the water phase of the coconut milk emulsion into the oil. The phenolic extracts of hot extracted

Oxidation of edible oils 219 coconut oil showed a remarkably higher DPPH radical scavenging activity and inhibition of deoxyribose degradation, as compared with the phenolic extracts of cold extracted coconut oil. The authors did not investigate the influence of the extraction procedure on the initial content of hydroperoxides or free radicals in the resulting oils. In a storage experiment with olive oils obtained with different extraction technologies (pressure extraction (traditional system), centrifugation without mill waste water recycling (continuous system) and centrifugation with mill waste water recycling), Cercaci et al. (2007) found no significant effect of the total sterols obtained from extra virgin olive oil on the oxidative stability of a vegetable model system. Arranz et al. (2008) found a good correlation between the antioxidant activity measured by the DPPH-method and the oxidative stability determined by the Ranicmat method in different nut oils. They ascribed this finding to the tocopherols in the oils, but found that phospholipids also made a contribution. The ranking of antioxidant capacity of nut oils, by both methods, was: pistachio > hazelnut > walnut > almond > peanut. In order to evaluate the antioxidant activity and to assess the oxidative stability of edible oils, it is important to consider that different parameters respond differently to oxidation, resulting in different results for the trend of oxidation during storage. One example was given by Satue et al. (1995) who, when following the oxidation by the peroxide value, showed that -tocopherol behaved as a pro-oxidant at concentrations > 250 ppm in refined olive oil, but was most effective in inhibiting the formation of hexanal. With the peroxide value as the parameter, phenolic extracts from olive oil showed the best effect at 50 ppm, but at 100 and 200 ppm the inhibition of hexanal formation was predominant. It has also been noted that it is more difficult to detect the oxidative deterioration of virgin oils than that of refined oils because virgin oils have a very strong and dominant odour of their own, which covers rancid sensations. This explains the phenomenon where producers sometimes indicate very long dates of expiry, yet consumers use the oils from a bottle for a long time without noticing the oxidative deterioration. 6.6.3 Oils from heat-treated raw materials A special phenomenon can be observed in cold-pressed edible oils from roasted seeds, such as nut oils or pumpkin seed oil, which show a higher oxidative stability than corresponding virgin oils from unroasted seeds (Wijesundera et al., 2008). Prior et al. (1991) also found a higher oxidative stability of canola press oil after heat treatment of the seeds, which decreased with subsequent refining. They explained this by the appearance of non-triacylglyceride material in crude oil, and stated that the greater the initial quality of the oils (i.e., the lower the content of non-triacylglyceride material) the lower their oxidative stability. A good correlation with the phosphorus content was found in the range between

220


Fig. 6.15

Effect of canolol on the oxidative stability of rapeseed oil (Rancimat test at 120ëC).

0.025 and 0.22% phospholipids. Higher amounts of phospholipids did not further improve the oil stability. During the roasting process, the intact or crushed seed material is treated by heat between 140 and 160 ëC, resulting in a better availability and extractability of bioactive compounds, as well as the formation of new antioxidants which improve the stability of the resulting oil. Such antioxidants include Maillard reaction products, canolol from the decarboxylation of sinapic acid in rapeseed (Wijesundera et al., 2008) or the generation of sesamol from the degradation of sesamolin during the roasting of sesame seeds (Lee et al., 2009). For example, the heat-treatment of rapeseed leads to a better oxidative stability of the oil in the Rancimat test, which is likely to result from the better extractability of antioxidant active substances during the pressing, and the formation of canolol during roasting (see Fig. 6.15).

6.7

Protection of edible oils against oxidation

During storage of edible oils, the storage stability and the quality of edible oils is strongly influenced not only by factors from outside the oil, but also from factors resulting from the composition of the oil (see Fig. 6.16). The fatty acid composition, as well as the content and the composition of tocopherols, are two major factors that are determined by the type of oil and cannot be controlled by the producer. Factors such as the content and composition of phenolic or minor compounds elude control. The only compounds that can, to a certain extent, be controlled from the outside are catalytic effective compounds like metal traces, as producers can limit the amount of metal that enters the oil during processing


Fig. 6.16

Factors influencing the storage stability and the quality of edible oils.

and from the storage facilities. The only way of maintaining the quality and storage stability of edible oils is to control factors that affect the oil from the outside. Bearing in mind the most important factors influencing autoxidation, producers should aim to control all factors that could potentially enhance the oxidation reaction during processing and storage. These include temperature, light, oxygen availability, time and water. Another possible method of improving the oxidative stability of edible oils is the addition of antioxidants, which are able to break the free radical chain mechanism of oxidation. Recently, interest has been focused on a new possible means of improving the oxidative stability of edible oils. Through genetic modification, or conventional breeding, it is possible to change the fatty acid composition of edible oils such as rapeseed, soybean or safflower oil and thereby produce so-called high-oleic oils with a remarkably higher oxidative stability. Such oils are used as edible oils, but more commonly for frying. It is important to remember that any oxidation during processing has an adverse effect on the quality and, to a greater extent, the storage stability of edible oils. Changes in the initial quality of the oil as a result of improper processing are often not immediately apparent, but the effect on storage stability becomes obvious very fast. Therefore, during processing it is necessary to avoid everything that impairs the oxidative state of the oil, either by the formation of oxidation products, or by removal of antioxidant compounds. Moreover, it is important to remember that the quality of edible oils will decline even if the oil is handled and stored under proper conditions. It is possible to delay oxidative deterioration by appropriate measures, but not to avoid it. Protecting edible oils against oxidation means the extension of the shelf-life, which is an important reason for the industry to undertake enormous efforts to achieve this aim. Various possibilities are conceivable.

222


6.7.1 Temperature The most important factor in terms of accelerating the oxidative degradation of edible oils is the increased temperature. As previously mentioned, for every temperature increase of 10 ëC, the number of oxidative reactions doubles and the storage stability of the oil is halved. Therefore it is recommended that the oil is exposed to a temperature as low as possible. During the production of virgin oils, the flow temperature of the oil during processing is between 30 and 50 ëC, depending on the raw material. Remarkably higher temperatures are used during the production of refined oils, depending on the refining step. If it is necessary to use higher temperatures during processing, it is important to control the exposure oxygen very strictly. Figure 6.17 shows the influence of temperature and oxygen availability on the development of the peroxide value of virgin rapeseed oil. While storage at 6 ëC results in no change of the peroxide value, the degradation was only small when the oil was stored in a sealed bottle at room temperature. A fast increase in the peroxide value can be observed if the oil is stored at room temperature and exposed to the air. 6.7.2 Light Light is a particular form of energy which is able to accelerate lipid oxidation, even if there are compounds present that can transfer light energy to the substrate directly (riboflavin; photo-oxidation type I) or via formed singlet

Fig. 6.17 Influence of the storage conditions on the peroxide value of rapeseed oil (RT room temperature).


Fig. 6.18 Influence of chlorophyll on the oxidation of distilled soybean esters at 35ëC (modified according to Frankel et al., 1979).

oxygen (chlorophyll, photo-oxidation type II). In both cases, the best protection against oxidation is the exclusion of light from the storage facility by use of an optically opaque container. In the case of processing, light should not be a problem, but it becomes a significant issue when clear glass bottles are used for retail packaging. For the purpose of effective advertising, edible oils (and especially virgin edible oils) are often presented in clear glass bottles in order to attract the consumer's attention to the typical colour of the oil. The presence of chlorophyll or other sensitizers causes the oil to degrade very quickly (see Fig. 6.18). Therefore, it is highly recommended that coloured glass or plastic bottles are used even for virgin oils in order to protect the oil against UV irradiation. In addition to sensitizers like chlorophyll, virgin oils also contain certain amounts of natural quenchers, such as carotinoids, which are can inhibit the susceptibility of fatty acids to photo-oxidation by deactivating the singlet oxygen or sensitizer. 6.7.3 Oxygen Oxidation reactions can only take place if oxygen is present. Therefore, it is important to avoid or to limit the contact of the oil with oxygen, not only during storage, but also during processing, as it is here that the basis for the storage stability of the product is determined. The most crucial steps during processing are when the oil comes into contact with oxygen at an elevated temperature, e.g. deodorization. Here, it is recommended to deaerate the oil at low temperature after deodorization to reduce the

224


solubility of oxygen within it. Cooling the oil under nitrogen is also recommended. In addition to the processing, the transportation and storage of the bulk oil can be a crucial time for the incorporation of air into the oil if improper apparatus is used or poor handling occurs. One important aspect, which should be taken into consideration, is the possible input of air by working pumps during the transportation of oil through pipelines. Another aspect is that storage tanks should always be filled from the bottom to avoid pouring oil through air, which would provide a further opportunity for incorporation to occur. The surface-tovolume ratio of the storage container is also important because peroxide development is correlated directly with this ratio. As the size of the container increases, so too does the peroxide value as the surface-to-volume ratio in bigger containers becomes less favourable (Going, 1968). It is generally accepted that the headspace of the bottles, tanks or vessels used for the storage of oil should be as small as possible so as to limit the contact of the oil with oxygen. Nevertheless, a certain amount of oxygen is dissolved into the oil. This becomes obvious when a sealed PE bottle of edible oil is stored by a window over a longer period of time as the bottle contracts due to the consumption of the oxygen within it. Another indication of a progressing oxidation in a sealed glass bottle is when on opening the bottle there is a noticeable fizzling of in-streaming air. Despite knowing the negative effect of oxygen on the quality of edible oils, it is neither economical nor practical to remove air from the product before storage. Oxygen shows a remarkably high solubility in oils (i.e., 3.2 mL/100 mL and 2.9 mL/100 ml in raw soybean oil and sunflower oil, respectively or 1.3 mL/ 100 mL and 1.9 mL/100 ml in refined soybean oil and sunflower oil, respectively (Aho and Wahlroos, 1967)), which makes its removal from the oil very timeconsuming. It takes several hours to remove the oxygen from one litre of oil by purging it with an inert gas. However the stated amount of oxygen in soybean oil is sufficient to raise the peroxide value up to 18, if it completely reacts (Cowan, 1965). Therefore, air is often replaced only from the headspace of the storage facility. Different investigations have shown that nitrogen packaging is very effective at protecting susceptible edible oils against autoxidation and oxidative deterioration (Evans et al., 1973). In all cases, it is important to use containers which are impermeable to air in order to prevent the access of oxygen to the oil from outside. 6.7.4 Metal traces Metal traces are known to be effective catalysts for the degradation of primary oxidation products and concentrations as low as 0.1 ppm iron and 0.01 ppm copper can accelerate the reaction in soybean oil (TaÈufel and Linow, 1962). Thus, the presence of metal traces like copper or iron should be minimized. Iron and copper enter the oil naturally during its extraction from the raw material in amounts between 1 and 10 ppm and 0.1 and 0.2 ppm, respectively. Most of this


Fig. 6.19 Effect of copper ions on the oxidation of linoleic acid in an emulsion (modified accordingly to Farag et al., 1978).

can be removed during alkali refining. Only in virgin oils does no removal of metal traces take place. Figure 6.19 shows the effect of different amounts of copper on the oxidation of linoleic acid in an emulsion, with oxygen uptake as the parameter for the progressive oxidation process. The experiment clearly reveals the remarkable effect of copper on the oxidation of linoleic acid (Farag et al., 1978). It is recommended that stainless steel vessels are used for the transportation and storage of edible oils to avoid the transition of metal ions from the vessel into the oil and enhancing oxidative deterioration. The problem is that this material is very expensive. If large capacities are needed, it is also possible to use low value materials like mild steel, which is coated with an inert material like epoxy or polyurethane resin. To avoid contamination by metals, it is also important that pipelines are made of stainless steel or other inert materials. The amount of metal traces in the oil can be reduced either by washing or, much more effectively, by using chelating compounds such as citric acid, ophosphoric acid, ascorbic acid or ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA). These compounds act either by coordinating the metals, or by blocking their complex formation with hydroperoxides. It is important to consider that some of the potential inhibitors can also act as pro-oxidants, depending on their concentration, e.g. ascorbic acid becomes a potent pro-oxidant after reducing copper or iron. Citric acid is sometimes in use as a chelating agent during processing of edible oils, but since its effectiveness decreases at elevated temperatures, the chelating agent is added during the cooling phase of the deodorization process,

226


when temperature is below 100 ëC. In some countries citric acid is accepted as a processing aid and therefore does not need to be declared. 6.7.5 Use of antioxidants A commonly used, easy-to-handle and effective means of delaying autoxidation is the use of antioxidants. The effect of most used antioxidants is based on the ability of such compounds to break the free radical chain mechanism by reacting with the radicals and forming more stable compounds. There are some other types of antioxidants which delay autoxidation by mechanisms other than breaking the free radical chain, such as metal inactivation, deactivation of UV light, destruction of hydroperoxides, synergism, scavenging of oxygen, regeneration of chain breaking antioxidants or quenching of singlet oxygen. The main prerequisites for the use of a compound or a mixture of compounds as antioxidant are that it is toxicologically harmless, effective even in low concentrations, smell- and tasteless with no influence on the food, soluble in oil with an homogenous distribution, and stable during processing. The chain breaking mechanism of antioxidants is based on the ability of each molecule to rapidly donate a hydrogen atom to a lipid radical and form a stable product. This results in the formation of an antioxidant free radical (see Fig. 6.20), which should be stable enough not to intervene in the chain mechanism by abstracting a hydrogen atom from an unsaturated fatty acid. The antioxidant activity of molecules with phenolic hydroxyl groups is based on steric hindrance by methyl-, t-butyl or hydroxyl groups in ortho-position to the antioxidative effective hydroxyl group, and on the stabilization resulting from resonance mesomerism in the aromatic ring system. Important for the antioxidant activity of a compound is the velocity with which the reaction between antioxidant and lipid molecule can take place. When using antioxidants, it is important to consider the use of concentrations above a critical value can result in an inversion of the effect (Elmadfa and Thiele, 1982). Many countries have strict regulations about the application of synthetic or natural antioxidants with regard to the compound and the concentration, and regulatory approvals for most compounds are not available. For this reason, only a small number of antioxidants are usable in practice. Some synthetic antioxidants, such as propyl gallate (PG), butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluol (BHT) or tert-butylhydroquinone (TBHQ), are permitted in some

Fig. 6.20

Effect of antioxidants to inhibit free radical chain mechanism.

Oxidation of edible oils 227 types of food. However, because synthetic antioxidants are suspected of being toxicologically unsafe, the focus is turning more and more towards natural antioxidants. The most important natural antioxidants are tocopherols and tocotrienols, which occur naturally in four forms, each, -, -, - and -tocopherol or -tocotrienol, depending on the number and the position of methyl groups in the chromane ring system. The antioxidant activity of tocopherols and tocotrienols is based on their ability to form a tocopherol-tocopherylquinone redox system that is stable enough not to become involved in the further radical mechanism (Trappel, 1972). Since tocopherols react much faster with lipid peroxy radicals (104 to 109 Mÿ1 sÿ1) than lipid peroxy radicals react with with other lipids (10 to 60 Mÿ1 sÿ1) the efficiency of these compounds in terms of protecting edible oils is very good. The optimal concentration of tocopherols for the protection of edible oils against oxidative deterioration depends on the type of tocopherol, their oxidative stability and the temperature. A rule of thumb is that the lower the oxidative stability, the lower the optimal concentration. While the optimal concentration for -tocopherol is 100 mg/kg, - and -tocopherol show optimal antioxidant activity at 250 and 500 mg/kg, respectively (Jung and Min, 1990). Tocopherols and tocotrienols are natural constituents of edible oils, which give them a natural stability against autoxidation. Relatively high amounts of tocopherols can be found in rapeseed, soybean, sunflower and corn oil, while palm oil contains remarkable amounts of tocotrienols. The content of tocopherols in olive oil is low, but this oil contains higher amounts of phenolic compounds, which are described as having a high antioxidant activity. The content of natural antioxidants in edible oils depends on cultivar, conditions during cultivation, storage conditions and processing. Other natural antioxidants can be found in sesame oil, which contains a number of lignan compounds such as sesamin, sesamol, sesamolin, sesaminol and sesamolinol, with sesamin as the main compound found in oil from unroasted seeds. These phenolic compounds result in a remarkably high oxidative stability, although the oil contains a high amount of linoleic acid. Oil from roasted sesame seeds is more stable at 60 ëC than corn oil, safflower oil or a mixture of rapeseed and soybean oil (Fukuda and Namiki, 1988). Although the content of tocopherols is low in virgin olive oil in comparison to other vegetable oils, the oil is relatively stable against oxidation due to the high content of various phenolic compounds. The main antioxidant compounds in olive oil include tyrosol, hydroxytyrosol, oleuropein, caffeic acid and derivatives of tyrosol and hydroxytyrosol (Brenes et al., 1999; Owen et al., 2000; Servili et al., 2004). These phenolic compounds act by scavenging free radicals or chelating metals, mainly in the initial stage of the oxidation (Chimi et al., 1991). For virgin olive oil, Aparicio et al. (1999) described a significant correlation of phenols, oleic/linoleic ratio and tocopherols, with oil stability measured by Rancimat. Also the total content of phenolic compounds, linked to a high antioxidant activity, is directly correlated to the oxidative stability when measured by Rancimat (Gutfinger, 1981).

228


6.7.6 Vegetable oils with changed fatty acid composition One critical point for the oxidative stability of edible oils is the fatty acid composition. Oils with higher amounts of polyunsaturated fatty acids are much more susceptible to oxidation than fats and oils consisting of more saturated fatty acids. Kochhar and Henry (2009) showed a linear relationship of high-level monounsaturated fatty acids between 100 times the reciprocal of the induction period (Rancimat test) and the total unsaturated fatty acids obtained as %C18:2 + 0.08 x %C18:1 + 2.08 x %C18:3, while polyunsaturated fatty acid oils exhibited an exponential relationship. From this, they found the order of oxidative stability, determined as induction period by the Rancimat test at four temperatures (90 ëC, 100 ëC, 110 ëC, and 120 ëC), as macadamia oil > rice bran oil toasted sesame oil > avocado oil > almond oil > hazelnut oil > grape seed oil > walnut oil. On the other hand, vegetable oils are favoured in nutrition, because of the positive health effects of unsaturated fatty acids. To break this cycle, for some years new plant varieties with significantly higher amounts of oleic acid than the traditional varieties have been available on the market. These new varieties were originally developed for technical applications, but today they are also of interest for human nutrition and the preparation of food, especially if high oxidative stability is desired. These so-called `high-oleic' oils have the advantage of combining consumer demand for natural vegetable oils and the requirement of the industry for high-stability oils (Kochhar, 2001). Most of the well-known conventional vegetable oils were subject to different breeding programmes, either by conventional methods, or by genetic techniques. The use of genetic engineering for the breeding of new varieties is problematical in Europe, because the products obtained from these seeds are often not welcomed. Another problem is that it is difficult to produce these varieties with sufficiently good agricultural properties, and with an economically interesting seed yield or oil yield. Therefore, at the moment there are only a few varieties from plants with a high content of oleic acid available on the commercial market. In addition to high-oleic soybean oil, which has different applications in human nutrition, high-oleic sunflower oil also has a certain importance in the oil market. This oil is available with different amounts of oleic acid, from 75% to more than 90%. Meanwhile some high-oleic rapeseed varieties are also available with more than 70% oleic acid and noticeably reduced amounts of linolenic acid. In particular, this reduction of the high amount of linolenic acid seems to have significantly improved the stability of this type of rapeseed oil in comparison with oil from conventional varieties. CarreÂ et al. (2003) showed that a content of more than 1.1% linolenic acid already resulted in significantly higher intensities of fishy and paint-like odours. 6.7.7 What are the legislative regulations? There are only a few regulations available for the assessment of edible oils that describe the requirements of oils in terms of the oxidative state or the content of

Oxidation of edible oils 229 antioxidants. Most regulations or standards state that edible oils have to be free from rancid odour or taste, e.g. Codex Alimentatrius (2001), German Guideline for Edible Fats and Oils (Anon., 1997), Regulation (EEC) No 2568/91 for olive oil (Anon., 1991). This means that sensory evaluation is the most important parameter for the assessment of edible oils. Even if the chemical parameters do not show any failure, if the oil has a rancid odour or taste it is possible to reject the oil for human consumption. Chemical parameters are only supposed to support or confirm the result of the sensory evaluation, if necessary. The only chemical parameter in different regulations or standards used for the assessment of the oxidative state of edible oils is the peroxide value. Accordingly to the Codex Alimentarius (2001) the peroxide value of edible oils is limited to 10 meq O2/kg oil for refined oils, and 15 meq O2/kg oil for cold pressed or virgin oils. The limitation according to the German Guideline for Edible Fats and Oils (Anon., 1997) is stricter, allowing a maximum peroxide value of just 10 meq O2/kg oil for virgin oils and 5 meq O2/kg oil for refined oils. For virgin olive oil, the regulation defines the limit as 20 meq O2/kg oil in the regulation (EWG) 2568/91 (Anon., 1991). Owing to the weak points of the peroxide value, the recommendations of the German Society of Fats Sciences (DGF, 2006) suggested replacing the peroxide value with the Totox value, taking into account the formation of secondary degradation products. Some official laboratories already use a Totox value of 10 for refined oils, and 20 for virgin edible oils, in the assessment of samples. The Totox value is also often used in industry as a parameter for the assessment of edible oils, since its significance regarding the oxidative state of the oil is remarkably better than that of the peroxide value. The use of antioxidants for improving the oxidative stability of edible oils is strictly limited to some compounds and concentrations. In most countries BHA, BHT and gallates are allowed in fats and oils in concentrations between 100 and 400 (BHA), 100 and 400 (BHT) and 50 and 400 gallates, respectively. Only in Germany is the use of synthetic antioxidants for stabilizing edible oils forbidden. Generally, it is not permitted for antioxidants or any other compounds to be added to virgin or cold pressed oils. For refined oils, most countries permit the addition of tocopherols in usual concentrations, ascorbyl palmitate or -carotene, while the list of permitted antioxidants given in the Codex Alimentatrius (2001) also comprises ascorbyl stearate, propyl gallate (100 mg/kg), TBHQ (120 mg/kg) and dilauryl thiodipropionate (200 mg/kg). Thus, the assessment of the oxidative quality of edible oils is mainly based on sensory evaluation. The formation of secondary degradation products and detection by sensory evaluation are the most important criteria in the assessment of edible oils. This makes sense since, on the one hand, the human senses are very sensitive to the degradation products of oxidation and, on the other hand, the product has to fit the demands of the consumer, regardless of the chemical parameters. Therefore, the high importance of sensory evaluation for the assessment of edible oils is justified.

230


6.8

Conclusion

Oxidative deterioration during storage is one of the major reasons why edible oils become unusable for human consumption. Although any real health hazard seems to be very small, the use of oxidized oils is not recommended and should be avoided. In particular, it is the volatile degradation products, formed in the second step of the oxidation process, that are responsible for the adverse effects on edible oils. These are partly detectable even in very low concentrations, making the oil unusable from a sensory point of view. Today, many steps of the oxidation process have been clarified, yet some questions remain open, e.g. the formation of the initial radical, which causes the free radical chain mechanism. A lot of possibilities are known to slow down the speed of oxidation and to improve the storage stability of edible oils, resulting in a longer shelf-life, which is important for the industry and the consumer. However, it should be clear that it is not yet possible to stop the oxidation process. Once it has started, only the speed of oxidation can be influenced by means of antioxidants, or the prevention of contact with light, temperature, oxygen or metal traces. The application of such avoidance strategies is strictly limited for technological and practical reasons. Recent trends, which try to improve the storage stability of edible oils by changing the fatty acid composition from polyunsaturated towards higher amounts of monounsaturated fatty acids, come with certain disadvantages from a nutritional perspective. There are a lot of different physical and chemical methods for the assessment of the oxidative state and stability of edible oils available, but at the moment no single method is suitable for making a comprehensive and satisfactory judgement of edible oils. Normally, it is necessary to combine different methods. Therefore the search for one method that is suitable for a comprehensive assessment of the quality of edible oils is an ongoing story. The analysis of the volatile compounds and the search for key compounds are good tools, but still not perfect. The processing of edible oils has a strong effect on oxidative stability and shelf-life, because it determines the content and the composition of antioxidant and pro-oxidant compounds. While during solvent extraction with heattreatment, high amounts of antioxidant phenolic compounds pass over into the oil, this content is considerably reduced during the refining process. This results in refined oils having a lower oxidative stability than corresponding crude oils. On the other hand, crude oils are not consumable, which makes the refining process inevitable. The extraction of oil-bearing material by a screw-press only is gentler, resulting in the formation of fewer oxidation products on the one hand, and smaller amounts of antioxidative compounds on the other.

6.9

Sources of further information and advice and HAMILTON R J (1989), Rancidity in Foods, London and New York, Elsevier Applied Science.

ALLEN J C

Oxidation of edible oils 231 (1992), Lipid Oxidation in Food, Washington, DC, American Chemical Society. FRANKEL E N (2005), Lipid Oxidation, Dundee, The Oily Press. KAMAL-ELDIN A (2003) Lipid Oxidation Pathways, Champaign, IL, AOCS Press. KAMAL-ELDIN A and POKORNY J (2005), Analysis of Lipid Oxidation, Champaign, IL, AOCS Press. POKORNY J, YANISHLIEVA N and GORDON M (2001), Antioxidants in Food, Boca Raton, FL, Woodhead Publishing Limited. ANGELO A J ST

6.10

References

No 2568/91 of 11 July 1991 on the characteristics of olive oil and olive-residue oil and on the relevant methods of analysis, Corrigendum OJ L 347, 28.11.1992, p. 69±73. ANON., DEUTSCHES LEBENSMITTELBUCH: LeitsaÈtze fu È r Speisefette und -oÈle. vom 17. 4. 1997 (BAnz. Nr. 239a vom 20. 12. 1997, GMBl. Nr. 45 S. 864 vom 19. 12. 1997), geaÈndert am 2. 10. 2001 (BAnz. Nr. 199 vom 24. 10. 2001, GMBl Nr. 38; 754 ff vom 30. 10.2001), 1997, GMBl Nr 45 S 864 vom 19 12 1997), geaÈndert am 2 10 2001 (BAnz Nr 199 vom 24 10 2001, GMBl Nr 38 S 754 ff vom 30 10.2001). È LLER J and SOUCI S ACKER L, BERGNER K-H, DIEMAIR W, HEIMANN W, KIERMEIER F, SCHORMU W (1969) Handbuch der Lebensmittelchemie ± Nachweis und Bestimmung des Fettverderbs, Berlin, Springer Verlag. ADDIS P B (1990), Coronary heart disease: an update with emphasis on dietary lipid oxidation products, Food Nutr News, 62, 7±10. È (1967), Comparison between determinations of the solubility of AHO L and WAHLROOS O oxygen in oils by exponential dilution and chemical methods, J Amer Oil Chem Soc, 44, 65±66. AOCS (1992), Official Methods and Recommended Practices of the American Oil Chemists' Society, 5th edn, Champaign, IL, AOCS. APARICIO R, RODA L, ALBI M A and GUTIERREZ F (1999), Effect of various compounds on virgin olive oil stability measured by Rancimat, J Agric Food Chem, 47, 4150± 4155. APARICIO R, MORALES M T, GUADALUPE L and APARICIO-RUIZ R (2000), Biochemistry and chemistry of volatile compounds affecting consumers' attitudes towards virgin olive oil, in Lanzotti V and Taglialatela-Scafati O (eds), Flavour and Fragrance Chemistry, Dordrecht, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 3±14. ARRANZ S, CERT R, PEÂREZ-JIMEÂNEZ J, CERT A and SAURA-CALIXTO F (2008), Comparison between free radical scavenging capacity and oxidative stability of nut oils, Food Chem, 110, 985±990. BAZZO S, LOUBET F, TSUNG T, HEWITT-JONES J D, ENGELEN-CORNAX C E M and QUADT J F A (1998), Quality control of edible oil using an electronic nose, Seminars in Food Analysis, 3, 15±25. BELITZ H-D, GROSCH W and SCHIEBERLE P (2004) Food Chemistry, Berlin, Springer-Verlag. BERGAN J G and DRAPER H H (1970), Absorption and metabolism of 1-14C-methyl linoleate hydroperoxide, Lipids, 5, 976±982. BIERMANN U and GROSCH W (1979) Bitter-tasting monoglycerides from stored oat flour, Z Lebensm Unters Forsch, 169, 22±26. ANON., COMMISSION REGULATION (EEC)

232


(1992), Die VeraÈnderungen von Nahrungsfetten bei hoÈheren Temperaturen, Fat Sci Technol, 94, 161±172. BOLLAND J L (1949), Kinetics of olefin oxidation, Quart Rev, 3, 1±21. BRATKOWSKA I and NIEWIADOMSKI H (1975), Influence of phospholipids on the rapeseed oil autoxidation process, Acta Aliment Pol, 1, 339. BRENES M, GARCIA A, GARCIA P, RIOS J J and GARRIDO A (1999), Phenolic compounds in Spanish olive oils, J Agric Food Chem, 47, 3535±3540. È HL L (2008) Analyse der flu BRU È chtigen Verbindungen zur Absicherung der sensorischen È len, DGF-Workshop `Schein und Sein eines Bewertung von nativen O Premiumproduktes ± natives OlivenoÈl und RapsoÈl', September 14, 2008, Dresden. BILLEK G

È US B, FEHLING E, WIEGE B, LEHMANN B, LUFTMANN H, BERGANDER K, È HL L, MATTHA BRU QUIROGA K, SCHEIPERS A, FRANK O and HOFMANN T (2007), Identification of bitter off-taste compounds in the stored cold pessed linseed oil, J Agric Food Chem, 55, 7864±7868. CARREÂ P, DARTENUC C, EVRARD J, JUDDE A, LABALETTE F, RAOUX R and RENARD M (2003), Frying stability of rapeseed oils with modified fatty acid compositions, in Sorensen H, Sorensen J C, Sorensen S, Muguerza N B and Bjergegaard C (eds), Proceedings of the 11th International Rapeseed Congress, Gylling, Narayana Press, 540±543. CERCACI L, PASSALACQUA G, POERIO A, RODRIGUEZ-ESTRADA M T and LERCKER G (2007), Composition of total sterols (4-desmethyl-sterols) in extravirgin olive oils obtained with different extraction technologies and their influence on the oil oxidative stability, Food Chem, 102, 55±76. CHALMERS J G (1954), Heat transformation products of cottonseed oil, Biochem J, 56, 487±492. CHIMI H, CILLARD J, CILLARD P and RAHMANI M (1991), Peroxyl and hydroxyl radical scavenging activity of some natural phenolic antioxidants, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 68, 63±69. CHOW C K (1979), Nutritional influence of cellular antioxidant defense systems, Am J Clin Nutr, 32, 1066±1081. CHOW C K (2000), Biological effects of oxidized fatty acids, in Chow C K, Fatty Acids in Foods and their Health Implication, Basel, Marcel Dekker, 687±710. CODEX ALIMENTARIUS (2001), Codex Standard for Named Vegetable Oils, CODEX STAN 210 (amended 2003, 2005). CORTESI R and PRIVETT O S (1972), Toxicity of fatty ozonides and peroxides, Lipids, 7, 715±720. COWAN J C (1965), Advances in research on the flavor stability of edible soybean oil, Food Technol, 19, 107±146. CRUZ A B N, COSTA FREITAS A M and BAPTISTA GOUVEIA J M (1998), Electronic nose in sensory analysis of virgin oils, Revista de Ciencias Agrarias, 21, 295±301. DE GREYT W F, KELLENS M J and HUYGHEBAERT A D (1999), Polymeric and oxidized triglyceride content of crude and refined vegetable oils ± an overview, Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 99, 287±290. DGF (2006), QualitaÈtskriterien fu È r kaltgepresste SpeiseoÈle (nicht guÈltig fuÈr native OlivenoÈle) Positionspapier der DGF-Fachgruppe Analytik und QualitaÈtssicherung in Zusammenarbeit mit UFOP, CMA, VDOe und BDOel. Available from: http:// www.dgfettde/fginfo/qualitaetskriterien_november2006pdf [accessed September 15, 2009]. DGF (2008), Deutsche Einheitsmethoden zur Untersuchung von Fetten, Fettprodukten, Tensiden und verwandten Stoffen, Stuttgart Wissenschaftliche, Verlagsgesellschaft.

Oxidation of edible oils 233 and MARQUEZ-RUIZ G (1989), Application of minor glyceridic component determination to the evaluation of olive oils. In Actes du CongreÁs International `Chevreul' pour l'eÂtude des Corps Gras; Premier CongreÁs Eurolipid, Angers, June 6±9, 1989; ETIG: Paris, France, 1989; pp. 578±584. DUBOIS J (1995), Determination of peroxide value and anisidine value using Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy, Thesis of the degree of Masters in Food Science, McGill University, Quebec, Canada, 1±102. DUBOIS J, VAN DE VOORT F R, SEDMANN J, ISMAIL A A and RAMASWAMY H R (1996), Quantitative Fourier Transform Infrared Analysis for anisidine value and aldehydes in thermally stressed oils, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 73, 787±794. ELMADFA I and THIELE B (1982), Antioxidantien ihre chemische und physiologische Wirkungsweise als Zusatzstoffe, Hamburg, B. Behr's Verlag, 9±42. EVANS C D, LIST G R, MOSER H A and COWAN J C (1973), Long-term storage of soybean and cottonseed salad oils, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 50, 218±222. FARAG R S, OSMAN S A, HALLABO S A S and NASR A A (1978), Linoleic acid oxidation catalyzed by various amino acids and cupric ions in aqueous media, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 55, 703±707. FARHOOSH R, EINAFSHAR S and SHARAYEI P (2009), The effect of commercial refining steps on the rancidity measures of soybean and canola oil, Food Chem, 115, 933±938. FARMER E H, BLOOMFIELD G F, SUNDRALINGAM A and SUTTON D A (1942), alpha-Methylenic reactivity in olefinic and polyolefinic systems, Trans Faraday Soc, 38, 340±348. È HL L and MUKHERJEE K D (1996) Minor FERRARI R A, SCHULTE E, ESTEVES W, BRU constituents of vegetable oils during industrial processing , J Am Oil Chem Soc, 73, 587±592. FOOTE C S (1968), Mechanisms of photosensitized oxidation, Science, 162, 963±970. FRANKEL E N (1980), Soybean oil flavour stability, in Erickson D R, Pryde E H, Brekke O L, Mounts T L and Falb R A (eds), Handbook of Soy Oil Processing and Utilization, Champaign, IL, American Oil Chemists' Society, 229±244. FRANKEL E N (1982), Volatile lipid oxidation products, Prog Lipid Res, 22, 1±33. FRANKEL E N (1984), Recent advances in the chemistry of the rancidity of fats, in Bailey A J, Recent Advances in the Chemistry of Meat, London, The Royal Society of Chemistry, 87±118. FRANKEL E N (1985), Chemistry of autoxidation: mechanism, products and flavor significance, in Min D B and Smouse T H (eds), Flavor Chemistry of Fats and Oils, Champaign, IL, American Oil Chemists' Society, 1±37. FRANKEL E N (2005a), Hydroperoxide decomposition, in Frankel E N, Lipid Oxidation, Dundee, The Oily Press, 67±98. FRANKEL E N (2005b), Methods to determine extent of oxidation, in Frankel E N, Lipid Oxidation, Dundee, The Oily Press, 99±128. FRANKEL E N (2005c), Stability methods, in Frankel E, Lipid Oxidation, Dundee, The Oily Press, 165±186. FRANKEL E N, GOONEY P M, MOSER H A, COWAN J G and EVANS G D (1959), Effect of antioxidants and metal inactivator in tocopherol-free soybean oil, Fette Seifen Anstrichmittel, 61, 1036±1039. FRANKEL E N, NEFF W E and BESSLER T R (1979), Analysis of autoxidized fats by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry: V. Photosensitized oxidation, Lipids, 14, 961±967. FUKUDA Y and NAMIKI M (1988), Recent studies on sesame seed and oil, Nippon Shokuhin Kogyo Gakkaishio, 35, 552±560. DOBARGANES M C, PEREZ-CAMINO M C

234


and VALLI V E (1977), Biochemical and histological effects of feeding thermally oxidized rapeseed oil and lard to rats, Can J Comp Med, 41, 98± 106. GOING L H (1968), Oxidative deterioration of partially processed soybean oil, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 45, 632±634. GOMES T (1988), Oligopolimeri in oli vegetali sottoposti a trattamentitermici, Riv. Ital. Sostanze Grasse, 65, 433±438. GOMES T and CATALANO M (1988), Quality characters of edible oils. Dimeric triglycerides. Riv. Ital. Sostanze Grasse, 65, 125±127. GOMES T, CAPONIO F and DELCURATOLO D (2003), Fate of oxidized triglycerides during refining of seed oils, J Agric Food Chem, 51, 4647±4651. GORDON M H and RAHMAN I A (1991), Effect of processing on the composition and oxidative stability of coconut oil, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 68, 574±576. GRAY J I (1978), Measurement of lipid oxidation: a review, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 55, 539± 547. GROSCH W (1976), Abbau von LinolsaÈ urehydroperoxyden zu flu È chtigen Monocarbonylverbindungen, Z Lebensm Unters Forsch, 160, 371±376. GROSCH W (1987), Reactions of hydroperoxides ± products of low molecular weight, in Chan H W (ed.), Autoxidation of Unsaturated Lipids, London, Academic Press, 95±139. GROSCH W (1988), Neuere Untersuchungen zur Lipidoxidation, Lebensmittel-Technologie, 21, 261±268. GROSCH W and BARTHEL G (1972), Abbau von LinolsaÈurehydroperoxiden bei der POZBestimmung ± Vergleich einiger Methoden, Z Lebensm Unters Forsch, 148, 353. GUPTA M K (1994), Improvement of Soybean Flavor Through Processing, Presented at the 84th Annual Meeting of the American Oil Chemists' Society, Atlanta, GA. GUPTA M K (2000), Oil quality improvement through processing, in O'Brien R D, Farr W E and Wan P J (eds), Introduction to Fats and Oils Technology, 2nd edn, Champaign, IL, American Oil Chemists' Society, 371±382. GUTFINGER T (1981), Polyphenols in olive virgin oils, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 58, 966±968. HAMILTON R J (1989), The chemistry of rancidity in foods, in Allen R C and Hamilton R J (eds), Rancidity in Foods, London, Elsevier Applied Science, 123±145. HILDEBRAND D H, TERAO J and KITO M (1984), Phospholipids plus tocopherols increase soybean oil stability, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 61, 552±555. HOLM U and EKBOM K (1972), p-Anisidine as a Reagent of Secondary Oxidation Products, 11th Congress of the Int Soc for Fat Research, Goteborg, p. 100. HOLM U, EKBOM K and WODE G (1957), Determination of the extent of oxidation of fats, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 34, 606±609. HSIEH R J and KINSELLA J E (1989), Oxidation of polyunsaturated fatty acids: mechanisms, products, and inhibition with emphasis on fish, Adv Fd Nutr Res, 33, 233±341. JAWAD I M, KOCHHAR S P and HUDSON B J F (1983), Quality characteristics of physically refined soyabean oil: effects of pre-treatment and processing time and temperature, J Fd Technol, 18, 4353±4360. JUNG M Y and MIN D B (1990), Effects of -, - and -tocopherols on the oxidative stability of soybean oil, J Food Sci, 55, 1464±1465. JUNG M Y, YOON S H and MIN D B (1989), Effects of processing steps on the contents of minor compounds and oxidation of soybean oil, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 66, 118±120. KANAZAWA A, SAWA T, AKAIKE T and MAEDA H (2002), Dietary lipid peroxidation products and DNA damage in colon carcinogenesis, Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 104, 439±447. GABRIEL H G, ALEXANDER J C

Oxidation of edible oils 235 and JOHNSON R E (1973), Exacerbation of heart and liver lesions in rats by feeding of various mildly oxidized fats, Lipids, 8, 329±336. KING R R and WHARTON F W (1949), Oxidation effects in adsorption bleaching of vegetable oils, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 26, 201±207. KOCHHAR S P (2001), The composition of frying oils, in Rossell J B (ed.), Frying, Cambridge, Woodhead Publishing, 87±114. KOCHHAR S P and HENRY C J (2009), Oxidative stability and shelf-life evaluation of selected culinary oils, Int J Food Sci Nutr, 60, 289±296. KONDO Y, KAWAI Y, MIYAZAWA T and MIZUTANI J (1993), Chemiluminescence-HPLC analysis of fatty acid hydroperoxide isomers, Biosci, Biotechnol, Biochem, 57, 1575±1576. KOSKAS J P, CILLARD J and CILLARD P (1983), Direct high-performance liquid chromatographic separation of hydroperoxide isomers of linoleic acid, J Chromatogr, 258, 280±283. KRISHNA A G G, KHATOON S, SHIELA P M, SARMANDAL C V, INDIRA T N and MISHRA A (2001), Effect of refining of crude RBO on the retention of oryzanol in the refined oil, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 78, 127±131. KRUSE R (1992), Vergleichende Unterschungen u È ber die Wirkung von Antioxidantien, AminosaÈuren und Casein auf die Autoxidation ungesaÈttigter FettsaÈuren, PhD Thesis, University MuÈnster. KUTA E J and QUACKENBUSH F W (1960), Anal Chem, 32, 1069±1072. KWON T W and BROWN H G (1984), Oxidative stability of soybean oil at different stages of refining, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 61, 1843±1846. LADIKOS D and LOUGOVOIS V (1990), Lipid oxidation in muscle foods: a review, Food Chem, 35, 295±314. LEA C H (1931), The effect of light on the oxidation of fats, Proc Roy Soc, 108, 175±189. LEE S W, JEUNG M K, PARK M H, LEE S Y and LEE J (2009), Effects of roasting conditions of sesame seeds on the oxidative stability of pressed oil during thermal oxidation, Food Chem, 118, 681±685. LERMA-GARCIÂA M J, SIMOÂ-ALFONSO E F, BENDINI A and CERRETANI L (2009), Metal oxide semiconductor sensors for monitoring of oxidative status evolution and sensory analysis of virgin olive oils with different phenolic content, Food Chem, 117, 608±614. LEWIS W R and QUACKENBUSH F W (1949), The use of the polarograph to distinguish between the peroxide structures in oxidized fats, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 26, 53±57. LINOW F and MIETH G (1976), The fat-stabilizing properties of phosphatides. III: The synergistic action of selected phosphatides, Nahrung, 20, 19±24. LIPS A, CHAPMAN R A and MCFARLANE W D (1943), Application of the ferric thiocyanate method to the determination of incipient rancidity, Oil Soap, 20, 240±243. LIST G R, EVANS C D, KWOLEK W F, WARNER K, BOUNDY B K and COWAN J C (1974), Oxidation and quality of soybean oil: a preliminary study of the anisidine test, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 51, 17±21. È US B and BRU È HL L (2008), Why is it so difficult to produce high-quality virgin MATTHA rapeseed oil for human consumption? Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 110, 611±617. È US B, WIEZOREK C and EICHNER K (1994), Fast chemiluminescence method for MATTHA detection of oxidized lipids, Fat Sci Technol, 96, 95±99. MEIJBOOM P W and JONGENOTTER G A (1981), Flavor perceptibility of straight chain, unsaturated aldehydes as a function of double-bond position and geometry, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 58, 680±682. MEZOUARI S and EICHNER K (2007), Comparative study on the stability of crude and KAUNITZ H

236


refined rice bran oil during long-term storage at room temperature, Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 190, 198±205. MILLER J and LANDES D R (1975), Effects of feeding oxidized or heated soybean oil on tissue composition and hematological status of rats, J Food Sci, 40, 545±548. MORITA H, SHISHIDO A, MATSUMOTO T, ITOKAWA H and TAKEYA K (1999), Cyclolinopeptides B-E, new cyclic peptides from Linum usitatissimum, Tetrahedron, 55, 967±976. MORRISON W H (1975), Effects of refining and bleaching on oxidative stability of sunflowerseed oil, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 52, 552±525. È RSEL J-TH, KOSWIG S and SPRINZ H (1991), VeraÈnderungen der Lipide von strahlenMO behandelten Broilern, in BoÈgl KW, DoÈllstaÈdt R, HuÈbner G and MoÈrsel J-Th, SozEp-Hefte: Strahleninduzierte FettveraÈnderungen unter besonderer BeruÈcksichtigung von GefluÈgel Grundlagen, Anwendung, Kontrolle, Berlin, Dietrich Reimer Verlag. MOUNTS T L, WARNER K A, LIST G R, FRIEDRICH J P and KORITALA S (1978), Flavor and oxidative stability of hydrogenated and unhydrogenated soybean oils: effects of antioxidants, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 55, 345±349. OWEN R W, MIER W, GIACOSA A, HULL W E, SPIEGELHALDER B and BARTSCH H (2000), Phenolic compounds and squalene in olive oils: the concentration and antioxidant potential of total phenols, simple phenols, secoiridoids, lignans and squalene, Food Chem Tox, 38, 647±659. PARDUN H (1974), Beurteilung des Proxydationsgrades bzw. der Oxydationsstabilitat pflanzlicher Ole aufgrund ihrer Benzidin- oder Anisidinzah, Fette Seifen Anstrichmittel, 76, 512±528. PARDUN H (1976), Analyse der Nahrungsfette, Berlin, P. Parey Verlag, 260±273. PAWLISZYN J (1997), Solid Phase Microextraction Theory and Practice, Weinheim, Wiley-VCH. PEKKARINEN S, HOPIA A and HEINONEN M (1998) Effect of processing on the oxidative stability of low erucic acid turnip rapeseed (Brassica rapa) oil, Fett/Lipid, 100, 69±74. POKORNY J (1990), Einfluû der LipidveraÈnderung auf den Geschmack und das Aroma von Lebensmitteln, Die Nahrung, 34, 887±897. POLING C E, WARNER W D, MONE P E and RICE E E (1960), The nutritional value of fats after use in commercial deep-fat frying, J Nutr, 72, 109±120. POLING C E, WARNER W D, MONE P E and RICE E E (1962), The influence of temperature, heating time, and aeration upon the nutritive value of fats, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 39, 315±320. PRIOR E M, VADKE V S and SOSULSKI F W (1991), Effect of heat treatments on canola press oils. II. Oxidative stability, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 68, 407±411. RAMAMURTHI S, MCCURDY A R and TYLER R T (1998), Deodorizer distillate: a valuable byproduct, in Koseoglu S S, Rhee K C and Wilson R F (eds), Proc. World Conf Oilseed Edible Oils Process, Champaign, IL, AOCS Press, 130±134. REINDL B and STAN H-J (1982), Determination of volatile aldehydes in meat as 2,3dinitrophenylhydrazones using reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography, J Agric Food Chem, 30, 849±854. ROBARDS K, KERR A F and PATSALIDES E (1988), Rancidity and its measurement in edible oils and snack foods, Analyst, 113, 213±224. ROSSELL J B (1989), Measurement of rancidity, in Allen J C and Hamilton R J (eds), Rancidity in Foods, London, Elsevier Applied Science, 23±52. RUTKOWSKI A (1961), The effect of pressing, extraction, neutralization and bleaching on the stability of rapeseed oil, Roczn Techn Chem Zywn, 7, 19.

Oxidation of edible oils 237 (1989), Nutritional aspects of rancidity, in Allen J C and Hamilton R J (eds), Rancidity in Foods, London, Elsevier Applied Science, 125±139. SATUE M T, HUANG S-W and FRANKEL E N (1995), Effect of natural antioxidants in virgin olive oil on oxidative stability of refined, bleached and deodorized olive oil, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 72, 1131±1137. SCHAUR R J (2003), Basic aspects of the biochemical reactivity of 4-hydroxynonenal, Molecular Aspects of Medicine, 24, 149±159. SCHIEBERLE P and GROSCH W (1981), Model experiments about the formation of volatile carbonyl compounds, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 602±607. SCHIEBERLE P, TSOUKALAS B and GROSCH W (1979), Decomposition of linoleic acid hydroperoxides by radicals, Z Lebensm Unters Forsch, 168, 448±456. SENEVIRATNE K N, HAPUARACHCHL C D and EKANAYAKE S (2009), Comparison of the phenolic-dependent antioxidant properties of coconut oil extracted under cold and hot conditions, Food Chem, 114, 1444±1449. SEPPANEN C M and CSALLANY A S (2001), Simultaneous determination of lipophilic aldehydes by high-performance liquid chromatography in vegetable oil, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 78, 1253±1260. SERVILI M, SELVAGGINI R, ESPOSTO S, TATICCHI A, MONTEDORO G and MOROZZI G (2004), Health and sensory properties of virgin olive oil hydrophilic phenols: agronomic and technological aspects of production that affect their occurrence in the oil, J Chromatogr A, 1054, 113±127. SHAHIDI W and WANASUNDARA U N (2008), Methods for measuring oxidative rancidity in fats and oils, in Akoh C C and Min D B (eds), Food Lipids ± Chemistry, Nutrition, and Biotechnology, Boca Raton, FL, CRC Press, 387±408. SHAHIDI F, HAMAM F and KHAN A (2005), Importance of non-triacylglycerols to flavour quality of edible oils, in Weenen H and Shahidi F (eds), Chemistry, Flavor and Texture of Lipid-Containing Foods, ACS Symposium Series No. 920, Washington, DC, 3±16. SHEABAR F Z and NEEMAN I (1988), Separation and concentration of natural antioxidants from the rape of olives, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 65, 990±993. SMOUSE T H (1973), A review of soybean oil reversion flavor, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 56, 747A±751A. SONG J H, CHANG C O and PARK D K (1992), Specific determination of lipid hydroperoxide in vegetable oils by a HPLC-EC assay, Korean Biochem J, 25, 337±341. STAPRANS I, RAPP J H, PAN X M and FEINGOLD K R (1996), Oxidized lipids in the diet are incorporated by the liver into very low density lipoprotein in rats, J Lipid Res, 37, 420±430. STINE C M, HARLAND H A, COULTER S T and JENNESS R (1954), A modified peroxide test for detection of lipid oxidation in dairy products, J Dairy Sci, 37, 202±208. STRECKER L, MAZA A and WINNIE G (1990), Corn oil ± composition, processing and utilization, in Erickson D R (ed.), World Conference Proceedings: Edible fats and oils processing: basic principles and modern practices, Champaign, IL, AOCS, 309±323. SWERN D and SILBERT L S (1963), Studies in the structure of organic peroxides, Anal Chem, 35, 880±885. È UFEL K and LINOW F (1962), Ber Dtsch Akad Wiss Berlin, 4, 2. TA TOKITA M and MORITA M (1985), Different rates of geometric isomers of linoleate hydroperoxide in acid-catalyzed decomposition, J Agric Biol Chem, 49, 3545± 3550. SANDERS T A B

238


(1972), Vitamin E and free radical peroxidation of lipids, Ann NY Acad Sci, 203, 12±28. ULLRICH F and GROSCH W (1988), Identification of the most intense odor compounds formed during autoxidation of methyl linolenate at room temperature, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 65, 1212±1317. WALTKING A E (1982), Progress report of the AOCS flavor nomenclature and standards committee, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 59, A116±A120. WARNER W D, ABELL P N, MONE P E, POLING C E and RICE E E (1962), Nutritional value of fats in cooked meats, J Am Diet Assoc, 40, 422±426. WHEELER D H (1932), Peroxide formation as a measure of autoxidative deterioration, Oil & Soap, 9, 89±97. WIJESUNDERA C, CECCATO C, FAGAN P and SHEN Z (2008), Seed roasting improves the oxidative stability of canola (B. napus) and mustard (B. juncea) seed oils, Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 110, 360±367. WILLITS C O, RICCIUTI C, KNIGHT, H B and SWERN D (1952), Polarographic studies of oxygen-containing organic compounds, Anal Chem, 24, 785±790. WILLITS C O, RICCIUTI C, OGG C L, MORRIS S G and RIEMENSCHNEIDER R W (1953), Formation of peroxides in fatty esters. I. Methyl oleate. Application of the polarographic and direct oxygen methods, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 30, 420±423. YAGI K (1986), A biochemical approach to atherogenesis, Trends Biochem Sci, 11, 18±19. YAGI K (1988), Lipid peroxides in atherosclerosis, in Ando W and Morooka Y (eds), The Role of Oxygen in Chemistry and Biology, Amsterdam, Elsevier, 383±390. YAMADA K, TERAO J and MATSUSHITA S (1987), Electrochemical detection of phospholipid hydroperoxides in reverse-phase high performance liquid chromatography, Lipids, 22, 125±128. YOON S H and KIM S K (1994), Oxidative stability of high-fatty acid rice bran oil at different stages of refining, J Am Oil Chem Soc, 71, 227±229. ZACCHI P and EGGERS R (2008), High-temperature pre-conditioning of rapeseed: a polyphenol-enriched oil and the effect of refining, Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 110, 111±119. TRAPPEL A L

7 Preventing oxidation during frying of foods G. MaÂrquez-RuõÂz, Instituto del FrõÂo (CSIC), Spain and M. V. Ruiz-MeÂndez, J. Velasco and C. Dobarganes, Instituto de la Grasa (CSIC), Spain

Abstract: Deep frying, one of the most common processes used for food preparation, is widely used by consumers and the food industry. Owing to the presence of oxygen, high temperature and water the frying process involves numerous reactions among which oxidation and polymerization stand out. This chapter is mainly focused on possibilities for preventing oxidation during the frying process with special attention to the influence of oil composition, i.e. degree of unsaturation, natural antioxidative compounds and additives, and frying conditions. Specific aspects of oxidation at high temperatures and low oxygen availability during the frying process, which contribute to modifying physicochemical, sensory and nutritional properties of oils, are reviewed. Also, the most important methods used for the evaluation of changes in oil quality are presented. Keywords: frying oil, frying variables, thermoxidation, antioxidants, dimethylpolysiloxane, additives.

7.1

Introduction

Deep frying is one of the most common processes of food preparation and it is widely used by consumers and the food industry. In spite of its apparent simplicity, it is a tremendously complex process that involves numerous reactions due to the action of oxygen, high temperature and the water released by the food during heating. The general reactions of the main oil constituents, i.e. triacylglycerols (TG), such as oxidation, hydrolysis, polymerization, cyclization

240


and isomerization are well known, although it is not easy to predict the rate of oil degradation due to the high number of variables involved in the process. These variables can be grouped into three categories: 1. those linked to the process itself, such as temperature, length of heating, continuous or discontinuous heating, turnover period, etc.; 2. those associated with the fat or oil used, e.g. degree of unsaturation, initial quality, minor compounds and additives; and 3. those inherent to the food (Jorge et al., 1996a; Dobarganes, 1998; Choe and Min, 2007). An important aim in frying is the selection of adequate operating conditions to produce high quality foods and, consequently, to maintain a low degradation level in the frying oil. This chapter is mainly focused on possibilities for preventing oxidation during the frying process with special attention to the influence of the oil composition, i.e. degree of unsaturation, natural antioxidative compounds and additives, and the frying conditions. Specific aspects of oxidation at high temperature and low oxygen availability during the frying process, which contribute to modifying physicochemical, sensory and nutritional properties, are reviewed. Also, the most important methods used for the evaluation of changes in oil quality are presented.

7.2

Oxidation during the frying process

Lipid oxidation generally proceeds through chain reactions of free radicals that produce hydroperoxides (ROOH) as primary oxidation compounds and a myriad of secondary products formed from hydroperoxide decomposition. Figure 7.1 illustrates the well-known scheme of the oxidation mechanism, where RH represents the TG molecule undergoing oxidation in one of its unsaturated fatty acyl groups. At room or moderate temperatures, formation of oxidation compounds is relatively slow; the hydroperoxides (ROOH) are the major products formed and their concentration increases until advanced stages of oxidation. Polymerization compounds only become significant in the accelerated stage of oxidation, i.e. after the end of the so-called induction period (MaÂrquez-Ruiz et al., 1996; MaÂrquez-Ruiz and Dobarganes, 2005). However, minor volatile compounds formed during the induction period, in particular carbonyl compounds, are of enormous sensory significance and may contribute to modifying negatively the oil flavor (Frankel, 2005). The chemistry of lipid oxidation at the high temperatures of food processes like frying is, however, far more complex because both oxidative and thermal reactions are simultaneously involved. At high temperatures, formation of new compounds is very rapid, the oxygen pressure is reduced and, consequently, the initiation reaction becomes important and gives rise to an increase in the concentration of alkyl radicals (R·) with respect to alkylperoxyl radicals

Preventing oxidation during frying of foods

241

Fig. 7.1 General scheme of autoxidation reactions.

(ROO·). Besides, ROOH decompose rapidly and are practically absent above 150 ëC, indicating that decomposition of hydroperoxides becomes faster than formation (Dobarganes, 1998). As a result, polymeric compounds form from the very early stages of heating through termination reactions that mainly involve alkyl (R·) and alkoxyl (RO·) radicals (Scott, 1965). In addition, due to the low oxygen concentration, significant amounts of non-polar TG dimers (R-R) are also produced (Dobarganes and MaÂrquez-Ruiz, 2007). Formation of oxidation compounds is delayed by chain-breaking antioxidants which mainly act as hydrogen donors reacting with the alkyl (R·) and alkylperoxyl (ROO·) radicals. While at room temperature the reaction of antioxidants with ROO· is the most important one due to the rapid reaction of R· with oxygen, at low oxygen pressure the reactions with both R· and ROO· become significant. A high variety of products of different polarity, stability and molecular weight are generated during the complex process of frying. Three main groups of compounds can be distinguished by molecular weight: 1. TG dimers and oligomers; 2. oxidized TG monomers, and 3. volatile compounds.

242


7.2.1 TG dimers and oligomers The polymerization compounds, dimers and oligomers of TG, are the most specific and abundant compounds in used frying fats (MaÂrquez-Ruiz et al., 1995). Their molecular weights are obviously higher than those of their parent non-altered TG. The main compounds are those containing carbon-carbon links or ether bonding, i.e. carbon-oxygen-carbon links (Dobarganes and MaÂrquezRuiz, 2007). 7.2.2 Oxidized TG monomers Oxidized TG monomers are TG with at least one of their fatty acyl groups oxidized or containing additional oxygen. This group of compounds includes TG containing different oxygenated functions such as hydroxy, keto, epoxy and others, as well as TG with short-chain fatty acyl groups (Velasco et al., 2004a). Quantitative analysis of mono-functional compounds containing hydroxy, keto and epoxy functions has been reported in a recent publication. Results showed that these three families of compounds constitute major groups within the fraction of oxidized TG monomers (Marmesat et al., 2008a). TG with short-chain fatty acyl groups mainly form through homolytic scission of alkoxyl radicals. Saturated fatty acyl chains of 7 and 8 carbon atoms, n-oxo saturated chains of 8 and 9 carbon atoms, known as core aldehydes, and the same aldehydes oxidized to carboxylic acids are the most abundant structures (Velasco et al., 2004a; 2005). 7.2.3 Volatile compounds Simultaneously to the formation of short-chain fatty-acid containing TG by scission of alkoxyl radicals, volatile compounds are also produced. Thus, the cleavage of a fatty acyl chain generates, on the one hand, a glyceridic product and, on the other, compounds of low molecular weight. As opposed to the glyceridic oxidation products, the volatiles are removed to a large extent from the oil because of the effect of heating. As previously stated, the oxidation reactions take place in the unsaturated fatty acyl groups attached to the glyceridic backbone and, therefore, the stable final products are TG monomers, dimers and oligomers containing modified and non-modified acyl groups. Finally, due to the moisture released from the food during heating, hydrolytic reactions give rise to the formation of diacylglycerols and free fatty acids during frying. Free fatty acids accelerate the oxidative degradation and also contribute to a decrease of the smoke point due to their partial volatilization (Kochhar, 2001). The hydrolytic products, diacylglycerols and free fatty acids, are intermediate compounds in the metabolism of fats prior to the intestinal absorption. Therefore, although these compounds influence the quality of the frying oil, they do not modify its nutritional value. However, oxidative and thermal degradation


243

give rise to changes in the fatty acyl chains of TG and so lead to changes in the nutritional value of the oil.

7.3

Assessing frying oil quality

The chemical reactions involved in the frying process generate numerous physical and chemical changes in the oil, a few of which are easily observable. Examples of such changes are an increase in viscosity due to the formation of polymers, foaming also attributed to polymers and to other amphiphilic substances, darkening due to formation of colored reaction products, a decrease in the smoke point due to the release of volatiles and free fatty acids, an increase in acidity as a consequence of hydrolytic reactions, and changes in the organoleptic characteristics due to the development of typical odor and flavor. Therefore, there are many methods based on the measurement of these changes to evaluate the quality of used frying oils. The methods can be classified into two categories: those based on the application of classical analytical indices to evaluate the most remarkable changes, and more complex analytical methods based on the quantitative determination of the total pool or part of the new compounds formed. The analytical indices more commonly applied include the acidity index, measure of color or UV absorption, smoke point, foam height, viscosity and dielectric constant. Generally, they are of utility in the evaluation of quality of used frying oils, but find a few limitations. In order to evaluate changes, for most of the indices it is necessary to know the value of the initial oil as a reference. Some examples are viscosity, dielectric constant and UV absorption, which can be very variable and only changes with respect to the initial oil are related to degradation. Another limitation is that some indices also respond to components of the food that are released into the oil, such as the determination of color and foaming. Besides, a common aspect for every analytical index is the fact that only partial aspects of such a complex degradation process are evaluated. Because of rapidity, simplicity, reproducibility and low costs, the analytical indices are, however, very often used when the value of the initial oil is known or when the relation between the measured parameter and the quality of the fried food has been established. As an example, the acidity index, which provides information on the degree of hydrolysis, is one of the most frequently applied indices to control continuous frying processes carried out in the food industry. Owing to the constant characteristics of the continuous frying, the simple application of this index allows one to predict the oil degradation and the quality of the fried food. The analytical methods based on the quantitative analysis of degradation products do not present the drawbacks associated with the analytical indices and also allow the evaluation of any sample of unknown origin. The two most commonly used methods are the determination of polar compounds and the determination of polymers (IUPAC, 1987; 1992), which provide the total content of the new compounds formed and of polymers, respectively.

244


The determination of polar compounds is included in most regulations and recommendations adopted in different countries to evaluate the quality of used frying oils (Firestone, 2007). It consists of the separation of the total pool of degradation products by adsorption chromatography in a packed column using silica gel. The degradation products, including oxidative, thermal and hydrolytic degradation compounds, are separated as a fraction of higher polarity than that of the non-altered TG and are determined by gravimetry. The determination is accurate, reproducible and it does not need complex or sophisticated analytical instrumentation. Its main limitation is that it is a time-consuming determination. The determination of polymers is another official method included in regulations and recommendations in certain countries. It consists of the direct analysis of the oil by high-performance size-exclusion chromatography with refraction-index detection. The separation of polymers is based on their higher molecular size with respect to the non-altered TG. As outlined above, TG polymers are the most characteristic degradation products formed in frying (Dobarganes, 1998). Also, both methods can be combined by applying exclusion chromatography to the polar compound fraction obtained by silica column. This possibility is of interest as it allows independent determination of thermal, oxidative and hydrolytic degradations (Dobarganes et al., 2000a). One important question to be answered is when a used frying oil or fat has to be discarded. In fact, there is no simple answer considering both the complexity of the new compounds formed and the fact that rejection of frying oils is usually based on visual inspection (mainly foaming, smoking, color and odor) or length of use. However, a percentage of total polar compounds around 25% has been established as the upper limit of oil degradation for human consumption by most of the countries that have adopted regulations or recommendations on frying fats and oils (Dobarganes and MaÂrquez-Ruiz, 1998; Firestone, 2007). This level is relatively high as compared to oxidative degradation of oils or food lipids at room temperature, whose levels are expected to increase not more than 5 wt% to be acceptable by consumers. This increase corresponds to a peroxide value of around 100 meq/kg fat, when rancidity is clearly detectable. Still, the limit of degradation established for used frying oils and fats (25% oil) is often surpassed in a significant number of oils and fats in fast food outlets (Dobarganes and MaÂrquez-Ruiz, 1998; Saguy and Dana, 2003). This fact clearly reflects that a better control of frying oil quality is required. Even though there are adequate analytical methods available to assess frying oil quality, knowing the exact moment when the frying oil has to be discarded according to the present regulations remains as the main problem for the fryer operator when there are no laboratory facilities. Paradoxically, the need of control increases as the laboratory facilities decrease. In this respect, rapid tests to be applied in situ have been developed and proved to be useful (Stier, 2004; Marmesat et al., 2007). A few tests are based on chemical reactions between the oil and reactants through consumable kits of easy utilization such as Fritest, and Oxyfritest commercialized by Merck, or Oleotest commercialized by Biomedal,

Preventing oxidation during frying of foods Table 7.1

245

Main analysis for assessing quality of used frying oils

Analysis

Technique/ measurement

Polar compounds Adsorption chromatography Polymers Exclusion chromatography Polar compound Adsorption/exclusion distribution chromatography

Main compounds related

Application

Total new compounds Official laboratories Polymers

Official laboratories Official laboratories

Free fatty acids

Acid-base titration

Polymers, oxidized monomers and diacylglycerols Free fatty acids

Color

Visible absorption

Polymers

Fritest

Visual color

Carbonyl compounds

Oxyfritest Oleo test Fry-Check Viscofrit Testo 265 FOM

Visual color

Oxidation compounds

Viscosity

Polymers

Dielectric constant

Total polar compounds

Continuous frying industries Continuous frying industries Restaurants and fast food outlets Restaurants and fast food outlets Restaurants and fast food outlets Restaurants and fast food outlets

and others on changes in physical properties of the oil such as viscosity ± FriChek (Gertz, 2000) and Viscofrit (CastelloÂn-Arnau, 1999) ± or dielectric constant ± Testo 265 and FOM 200. Validation data for rapid tests have been recently reported (Marmesat et al., 2007). Two chemical tests based on carbonyl and non-specified oxidation compounds and two physical tests based on viscosity and dielectric constant were evaluated in a set of 105 used frying oils. The utility of the rapid tests was established by comparing their results with those obtained for the total content of polar compounds and the content of polymers, as they are the most accepted determinations for the evaluation of the quality of frying oils, as outlined above. The main conclusion was that, although these tests still are not widely extended, the application of any of those studied would contribute significantly to improving the quality of used frying fats and oils. Table 7.1 summarizes the most appropriate methods for assessing frying oil quality in the different sectors.

7.4

Effects of frying on sensory and nutritional quality

Frying is one of the culinary processes that most drastically modifies the sensory and nutritional properties of food. Changes in appearance, texture, color and flavor take place, although an agreeable flavor seems to be the main reason for the

246


popularity of fried foods. Volatiles are of paramount importance in relation to the sensory properties of fried foods and arise from several sources. Major compounds come from oxidative reactions which involve the breakdown of frying oil hydroperoxides, as commented above. In addition to the frying oil, other important sources of volatiles include oxidative and thermal decomposition of food lipids, breakdown products of other main constituents of the food, and compounds produced by interaction of food components and/or interaction between food and frying oil. From these different sources, hundreds of volatiles including hydrocarbons, alcohols, ketones, aldehydes, acids, esters, phenols, pirazynes, furans, thiazoles, oxazoles, pyrroles, pyridines, etc., have been identified in different fried products although it is difficult for most of them to know their pathways of formation (Takeoka et al., 1996; Gillat, 2001). Only nitrogenand sulfur-containing compounds, coming from amino acids and proteins, are clearly related to the food and so justify specific flavors for different fried foods, while the frying oil would add some common organoleptic characteristics to them. Volatile decomposition products from the frying oil include aldehydes, ketones, alcohols, hydrocarbons, lactones, furans, etc. Among them, 2,4 decadienals seem to be the major contributors to the deep-fried flavor. However, the role of specific compounds in relation to specific flavors is far from being known for several reasons. On the one hand, qualitative composition of volatiles is similar independently of the oil used for frying, as volatiles derived from the unsaturated fatty acids are always present. Even more, the same volatiles contributing to the rancid off-flavor are involved in the positive organoleptic characteristics of fried foods. On the other hand, most of the volatiles are removed during frying due to both the high temperature of the process and the release of steam water from the food during the frying operation. Under these circumstances, no correlation between the amount of volatiles and the level of degradation is expected (Nawar, 1998). Thus, differences in flavor are due to quantitative differences in volatile composition, which in turn depend on the fatty acids undergoing degradation. From oils rich in linoleic acid, hexanal and 2,4-decadienals, obtained from 13 and 9 hydroperoxides, are the major compounds while in high oleic oils high contents of octanal, nonanal, 2-decenal and 2-undecenal coming from 11, 10, 9, and 8 oleic acid hydroperoxide breakdown, respectively, are found (Dobarganes et al., 1986; Nawar, 1998). Volatiles also depend on the quality of used frying oil because, as the degradation progresses, they are also formed from oxidized polyunsaturated and monounsaturated fatty acids. An interesting series of studies have been carried out by Warner and coworkers on a significant number of soybean, canola, corn and sunflower oils. Conventional oils, partially hydrogenated oils and oils from modified seeds with fatty acid composition differing from the conventional oils were used to prepare French fries and tortilla chips (Warner and Mounts, 1993; Warner et al., 1994; 1997; 2001; Mounts et al., 1994: Warner and Knowlton, 1997; Warner and Gupta, 2003; Warner and Fehr, 2008; Warner, 2009). The aim was to study the relationships between oil composition and sensory quality defined by a trained panel test. Many interesting ideas may be found in these studies, which are


247

useful both in the selection of a frying oil for a certain application and in the development of new frying oils as alternatives to hydrogenated oils. They can be summarized as follows: · Oils containing linolenic acid in significant amounts develop fishy flavor. The content of linolenic acids should be lower than 3% for limiting the development of off-flavors (Mounts et al., 1994; Warner et al., 1994; Warner, 2009). · A minimum content of linoleic acid, even being more oxidizable than oleic acid, seems to be necessary to obtain the most pleasant flavor due to the formation of 2,4-decadienals in appropriate levels. Linoleic acid should be in the range from 20 to 30% (Warner et al., 1997). · Oils containing a high percentage of monounsaturated fatty acids show high oxidative stability and good frying performance. However, the quality of deep-fried flavor decreases. This seems to be due to the aldehydes derived from decomposition of oleic acid hydroperoxides, such as 2-decenals and 2undecenals, that possess negative olfactive notes (Warner et al., 1994; 2001). To sum up, sensory quality during frying of non-lipidic foods is related to the relative content of the main unsaturated fatty acids of the oil and cannot be deduced from the oil oxidative stability or the levels of polar compounds formed. As for nutritional changes, they can be defined from two points of view. On the one hand, it is of interest to know how the frying process modifies the food nutritional value and, on the other, how the decrease in frying oil quality may affect the food nutritional properties or biological implications. Concerning the first point, great changes are expected due to the two main physical changes occurring, i.e. water evaporation and oil absorption, both contributing to modifying the initial food composition by significantly increasing the food energy (Pokorny, 1999; Dobarganes et al., 2000b). As an example, Table 7.2 shows increases in caloric energy after frying of potatoes depending on their gross composition. As can be observed, the energy may increase in the order of 7±8 times for 100 g of food from the raw product to the crisps (chips) and around 300 g of raw potatoes are necessary to produce 100 g of crisps (chips). On the other hand, frying has little impact on the protein or Table 7.2 Changes in the nutritional value of potatoes depending on their proximate composition Sample Raw potatoes Prefried French fries French fries Crisps

Lipids (%)

Moisture (%)

Defatted dry matter (%)

Energy (kcal/100 g)

< 0.1 5 20 40

80 65 40 1

20 30 40 60

80 165 320 600

248


mineral content of fried food, whereas the dietary fibre content of potatoes is increased after frying due to the formation of resistant starch. Also, the high temperature and short time of the frying process cause less losses of heat labile vitamins than other types of cooking. For example, the content of vitamin C in French fries is as high as in raw potatoes; thiamine is well retained in fried potato products; and vitamin E is incorporated from the oil (Fillon and Henry, 1998). Even more, in all the foods covered by a thick layer of batter or bread as is the case of prefried vegetables, meat or fish, the major changes attributed to oxygen and temperature take place mainly in the surface of the product (crust) as the oil does not penetrate the food and the temperature inside (core) remains below 100 ëC (Saguy and Dana, 2003). Food nutritional quality and safety depends largely on the quality of used frying oils. From the nutritional point of view, the non-volatile degradation products of used frying fats and oils are the most relevant since they remain in the oil, are retained in the food, and subsequently ingested. In this respect, oxidized fatty acids are the compounds more suspected of impairing the nutritional and biological properties of fried foods. Most of the oxidized fats in foods are expected to come from fats and oils heated at high temperature and, more specifically, from used frying fats. However, the intake of oxidized fats is unknown and the oxidation status of the oils used in nutritional studies has not been analyzed so far due to the lack of accurate analytical techniques (Dobarganes and MaÂrquez-Ruiz, 2003). Highly oxidized dietary fats have been associated with a number of degenerative diseases, particularly with the development of atherosclerosis (Staprans et al., 1996; Chisolm and Steinberg, 2000; Cohn, 2002) and cancer (Kanazawa et al., 2002). In animal feeding studies, ingestion of oils heated under extreme conditions, far from those used in culinary practices, has often shown detrimental effects such as hepatic oxidative stress and alterations in lipid metabolism, while, in contrast, used frying oils and fats have not shown clear evidence of biological implications but only slight or null effects (MaÂrquez-Ruiz and Dobarganes, 2007). In general, one of the main problems in most animal feeding studies is that amounts of heated oils in the animal diets and/or conditions for oil preparation are not realistic and, furthermore, may give rise to considerable amounts of compounds practically absent in a normal diet. For example, forced aeration at moderate temperatures generates abundant hydroperoxides, contrary to what is found in used frying oils (SuÈlzle et al., 2004); or highly unsaturated oils heated over 200 ëC favor formation of cyclic monomers (SeÂbeÂdio et al., 2007). Also, some deleterious effects of heated oils have been associated with the presence of volatile compounds found in negligible amounts which are more likely to be formed by lipid oxidation in vivo, e.g. highly reactive aldehydes such as 4hydroxy-2-trans-nonenal (Seppanen and Csallany, 2002). Another problem, as already mentioned, is that the oxidation status of the oils used in nutritional studies is so far scarcely known, since it is normally based on


249

indirect, non-specific tests that do not allow knowing the content of degradation products, such as peroxide value, conjugated dienes or TBA tests. Identification of the structures and quantification of the oxidized compounds of used frying oils added to diets has been improved in the last years but still remains as a great analytical challenge. Such analytical advances are essential to have evidence of whether normal intakes of oxidized compounds through dietary fried products are sufficient to produce the deleterious effects claimed. Among the aspects of special concern in the last years, the potential impact of heated fats at the molecular level, particularly on activation of the hepatic peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors (PPAR) implicated in the regulation of lipid and lipoprotein metabolism, stands out (Ringseis et al., 2007; Luci et al., 2007). Also, interesting aspects have been explored taking advantage of recent advances in modern instrumental techniques, such as the bioavailability of triacylglycerols containing epoxy and hydroxy groups (Wilson et al. 2002a; 2002b), which are major oxidation compounds in used frying oils (Velasco et al. 2004b; Marmesat el al. 2008a); and the analysis of oxidized triacylglycerols in tissues and lipoproteins (Suomela et al., 2004; 2005). Overall, it is reasonable to conclude that a moderate consumption of oxidized fats under normal culinary practices is safe, but it is also evident that some lipid oxidation compounds are unavoidably ingested and might be harmful in the long term. Therefore, of primary importance is the improvement of the quality control of used frying fats and fried products, particularly in the case of fried foods prepared through discontinuous frying in which the used frying oil can reach a considerable degradation level.

7.5

Preventing oxidation during frying

The main factors influencing oil oxidation during frying can be divided into intrinsic factors, namely, the oil composition, which includes the degree of unsaturation, content of free fatty acids and antioxidants, etc.; and external factors related to the process conditions and to the food being fried. Once the food to be fried has been decided, becoming a parameter in the process, the variables that can be selected for obtaining the highest fried food quality depend on the frying medium and frying conditions. 7.5.1 Oil composition Frying fats and oils range from hydrogenated oils designed for specific applications to non-hydrogenated refined oils. Although price, availability and functionality are important variables in the selection of the frying oil or fat, from the technical point of view the suitability of a fat or oil for frying is related to its stability against oxidation. However, due to the negative nutritional implications of partially hydrogenated oils and saturated fats, the situation has changed drastically. The development of genetically modified seeds containing oils with

250


fatty acid composition different from that of conventional oils is a promising route to obtain high stability oils with nutritional properties compatible with consumer demands. A huge number of papers on comparative performance of different oils and fats in the frying process are published every year. However, the results obtained are highly variable and of low utility because of the impossibility of replication for several reasons. Among them, the following stand out: 1. One oil sample is not representative of all the oils of a similar type, as differences in the initial quality and in the contents of minor compounds are important enough to modify significantly the frying performance. 2. Important variables in the frying process, i.e. additives or surface to oil volume ratio, are omitted in the studies. In most of the reports only temperature, length of heating time/frying time, and oil volume are included. 3. No duplicates are carried out of frying experiments and repeatability may be very low in small fryers mainly due to the high number of uncontrolled variables introduced by the food (Rodrigues Machado et al., 2007). To solve these problems, a standard test to know oil thermostability should be carried out before the application of the oil/fat in frying. Two simple procedures have been proposed to evaluate the performance of fats and oils at frying temperatures in the absence of food. Both procedures allow a strict control of the three most important variables in discontinuous frying, i.e. temperature, length of time, and surface-to-volume ratio. In the first procedure, the oil sample is heated at 180 ëC in the heating block of a Rancimat device for ten hours and the content of polar compounds and polymers are determined. The procedure takes some of the advantages provided by the Rancimat test such as standard vessels, temperature correction and temperature homogeneity in all vessels. Repeatability was very good as evaluation of samples in triplicate gave coefficients of variation < 5% for polymers and < 6% for polar compounds (Barrera-Arellano et al., 1997). In the second procedure, 20 g of sample supplemented with 1 g of silica gel containing 10% water is heated in a standard vessel (4 cm i.d.) at 170 ëC for two hours. Quantification of polymers is performed and results are expressed as 100/polymer (%). Thus, the higher the value obtained, the more stable the oil will be (Gertz et al., 2000). Application of either of these two standardized methods would undoubtedly be useful to compare results from different studies, to justify differences in stability between oils and between batches of a same type of oil in discontinuous frying and to check the efficacy of minor compounds influencing stability at high temperature. Also, the method based on heating in a Rancimat device takes advantage of instruments applying standardized heating conditions, such as the Rancimat or Oil Stability Instrument, and so it would contribute to improving reproducibility and to obtaining comparative results of similar utility to those obtained for the prediction of oil stability during storage. In addition, such a test applies the same main conditions of discontinuous frying in small fryers and so it is not an accelerated test.


251

Degree of oil unsaturation Formation of polymers and polar compounds is accelerated by an increase in the degree of unsaturation, although the differences found are much lower or even opposite to those expected (Sebedio et al., 1990; Dobarganes et al., 1993; Warner and Gupta, 2003; Normand et al., 2001; 2006; Barrera-Arellano et al., 2002). This is probably due to the influence of the quality of the unused oil and to the different contents of antioxidants and prooxidants in oils. These small differences are diminished in studies using blends of two oils to modify the degree of unsaturation since the influence of other oil variables is thus partially eliminated (Shu and White, 2004; Steel et al., 2005; 2006; Farhoosh et al., 2009). Also, studies of interest are focused on the performance of new oils with modified fatty acid composition with respect to conventional oils but maintaining similar unsaponifiable fractions (Dobarganes et al., 1993; Warner and Mounts,1993; Warner and Knowlton, 1997; Xu et al., 1999; Normand et al., 2001; 2006; Guinda et al., 2003; Warner and Gupta, 2003; Shu and White 2004: Matthaus, 2006; Gerde et al., 2007; Marmesat et al., 2008b; Warner and Fehr, 2008). Generally, results demonstrate better performance of oil as the degree of unsaturation decreases, as well as a higher polymers-to-polar compounds ratio, i.e., a higher tendency to polymerization (Marmesat et al., 2008b), when the degree of unsaturation increases. However, unexpected results were also found in this regard (Normand et al., 2001; 2006). Of special interest are the results obtained on model systems (BarreraArellano et al., 1999; Verleyen et al., 2001; 2002) or purified triacylglycerols after passing the oil through an activated alumina column (Lampi and KamalEldin, 1998; MaÂrquez-Ruiz et al., 1999a; Barrera-Arellano et al., 2002; Steel et al., 2005; 2006). After removal of tocopherols and a significant part of other minor compounds, the importance of the fatty acid composition becomes evident. Table 7.3 shows the levels of polar compounds for six oils of different degree of unsaturation heated at 180 ëC for 10 hours in the absence of food, before and after removal of tocopherols (Barrera-Arellano et al., 2002). As can be observed, after the oil purification the percentage of polar compounds in the initial oils decreased. After heating, the degradation was lower for the natural oils, demonstrating the positive influence of the antioxidants to delay the oil degradation, although low differences were found between mono and polyunsaturated oils. Finally, after purifying the oils, clear differences between mono and polyunsaturated oils were obtained while low differences were found among the oils of the same group, i.e. mono or polyunsaturated oils. Similarly, Fig. 7.2 shows the effect of alumina purification in six samples of different conventional sunflower oils with similar levels of natural tocopherols. The samples were heated at 180 ëC in the absence of food for different periods of time and the content of polar compounds was determined. Results are expressed as mean values of the six samples. As can be observed, the removal of the antioxidants increased the oils degradation as expected although, even for the same type of oil, the reproducibility increases enormously after alumina purification probably due to lower differences in initial quality.

252


Table 7.3 Polar compounds (wt%) in natural and tocopherol-stripped oils, initially and after heating for 10 hours at 180ëC Sample

Palm olein Olive oil High-oleic sunflower oil Rapeseed oil High linoleic sunflower oil Soybean oil

Natural oils

Antioxidant-stripped oils

Initial

10 hours

Initial

10 hours

9.2 5.3 2.8 4.1 3.1 3.8

18.4 12.7 15.9 21.3 21.7 18.6

1.3 0.6 0.5 1.3 0.8 1.1

16.7 17.0 18.9 23.4 25.8 26.5

In summary, the selection of an oil of low degree of unsaturation is important to control the degradation in frying and to reduce the relative level of polymeric compounds, although the action of minor compounds should not be underestimated. Natural minor compounds Tocopherols and tocotrienols The relative stability of -, -, - and -tocopherol at high temperature has been studied in detail and there is in practice agreement that -tocopherol is less stable than -tocopherol, while - and -tocopherols degrade at an intermediate rate (Yoshida et al., 1991a; 1991b; 1992; 1993; Gordon and KourimskaÂ, 1995a; Lampi and Kamal-Eldin, 1998).

Fig. 7.2 Formation of polar compounds in natural sunflower oil (n) and tocopherolstripped sunflower oil (l) heated at 180ëC. Error bars express SE (n 6).


253

Relative to oil degradation, the loss of tocopherol at frying conditions is, in general, more rapid as the degree of oil unsaturation decreases (Yuki and Ishikawa, 1976; Yoshida et al., 1990; Simonne and Eitenmiller, 1998; Jorge et al., 1996a; 1996b; Wagner et al., 2001). However, the opposite is found at low temperature and around 100 ëC under the conditions used for oxidative accelerated tests (Yuki and Ishikawa, 1976; Martin-Polvillo et al., 2004; MaÂrquez-Ruiz et al., 2008). Thus, a mechanism dependent on temperature seems to be involved in their action (Marinova and Yanishlieva, 1992). In a study on the influence of the degree of unsaturation on oil degradation during frying, evolution of tocopherols was also analyzed and it was found in all the experiments that not only was the loss of tocopherols more rapid in the least unsaturated oil, but also that tocopherols were exhausted at a lower oil degradation (Jorge et al., 1996a; 1996b). Owing to the difficulties in drawing general conclusions beyond those for the oils used, a series of experiments was designed to determine the influence of tocopherols on the alteration of the lipid substrate avoiding the influence of minor uncontrolled compounds normally present in the oils, which might have an antioxidant or prooxidant effect. Studies were carried out in model systems of standard triacylglycerols (Barrera-Arellano et al., 1999), and in oils of different degree of unsaturation, i.e. soybean, rapeseed, olive, high linoleic sunflower and high oleic sunflower oils, and palm olein (BarreraArellano et al., 2002). It was concluded from experiments with natural oils and with tocopherol-stripped oils containing different amounts and types of added tocopherols that, at the point of tocopherol exhaustion, the amounts of polymers and polar compounds were significantly lower in monounsaturated oils as compared to those present in polyunsaturated oils. These results have been reported in different studies either in model systems (Verleyen et al., 2001) or oils (Normand et al., 2001; Verleyen et al., 2002). As an example, Fig. 7.3 shows the loss of tocopherols and the formation of polymers in monounsaturated and polyunsaturated oils. After ten-hour heating tocopherols were exhausted in the monounsaturated oils although the amount of polymers was lower than in polyunsaturated oils, still maintaining a fraction of their initial tocopherols. Also, the good performance of the soybean oil as compared to the conventional sunflower oil stands out, probably due to the higher efficacy of its pool of natural antioxidants containing - and -tocopherols. Finally, a low difference was found between the degradation of palm olein and soybean oil under the conditions applied in spite of the enormous differences in their degree of unsaturation. All these facts are of interest to insist on the complexity of the changes undergone by oils at frying temperatures and on the importance of the conditions established for replication of studies to obtain consistent general results of wide application. From these results it is deduced that special attention should be placed to frying operations using monounsaturated oils, as they become unprotected at levels of polar compounds much lower than the limit established in official regulations for discarding fats for human consumption (25 wt%). If the fried food has to be stored, the oxidation at low temperature would be very rapid in the absence of antioxidants (MaÂrquez-Ruiz et al., 1999b).

254


Fig. 7.3 Formation of polymers and loss of natural tocopherols in oils differing in the degree of unsaturation (l sunflower oil; u, soybean oil; s, palm olein; n, virgin olive oil; solid symbols, polymers; hollow symbols, tocopherols).

Of special interest are new sunflower lines that contain -tocopherol as the major natural antioxidant instead of the -tocopherol characteristic of conventional sunflower oil (Demurin et al., 1996; Velasco et al., 2004c). This has opened up the possibility of developing modified sunflower oils with novel combinations of fatty acid and tocopherol profiles in search of further improvement of sunflower oil thermal thermostability. In particular, a sunflower line with seed oil characterised by increased levels of both palmitic acid and oleic acid as well as a modified tocopherol profile made up of -tocopherol (>95% of the total tocopherols) was found highly stable (Marmesat et al., 2008b). The higher protection given by -tocopherol as compared to -tocopherol independently of the oil used (Lampi and Kamal-Eldin, 1998; Barrera-Arellano et al., 2002) and the present possibilities of new oils of low degree of unsaturation allows foreseeing a future when processor needs and consumer demands will meet. The effect of tocotrienols has been less studied. In general, the stability of tocotrienol was found to be similar to that of -tocopherol both in palm olein and in purified oils containing both antioxidants added (Simonne and Eitenmiller, 1998; Wagner et al., 2001; Romero et al., 2004; 2007b; Schroeder et al., 2006; Rossi et al., 2007). Paradoxically, the order of stability of the different tocotrienol homologues was different to that found for their tocopherol counterparts, -tocotrienol being the least stable (Simonne and Eitenmiller, 1998; Rossi et al., 2007). Other minor natural compounds The pool of polyphenols in virgin olive oils, mainly composed by hydroxytyrosol, tyrosol and their derivatives, and lignans (Bendini et al., 2007); of -


255

oryzanol, i.e. sterol esters of ferulic acid, in rice bran oil (Lerma-Garcia et al., 2009); and of lignans, namely sesamol, sesaminol, sesamolin, etc., in sesame oil (Moazzami et al., 2007; Namiki, 2007) are the three groups of natural antioxidants whose beneficial action in frying has been consistently reported. The good performance of virgin olive oil in frying as compared to the refined oil is mainly attributed to the presence of polyphenols which are eliminated during the frying process. Interestingly, studies analyzing the evolution of tocopherols and polyphenols during frying report a high rate of degradation for hydroxytyrosol and its derivatives, a similar or lower rate for -tocopherol and a low degradation rate for tyrosol, its derivatives and lignans (Andrikopoulos et al., 2002; Brenes et al., 2002; GoÂmez-Alonso et al., 2003; Nissiotis and Tasioula-Margari, 2003; Daskalaki et al., 2009). It is of interest to comment that -tocopherol is considered the less active antioxidant in frying among its homologues due to its more rapid degradation. However, hydroxytyrosol and its derivatives, considered the most potent group of antioxidants in olive oil contributing to increase enormously the oil oxidative stability, are lost even more rapidly than -tocopherol. Hydroxytyrosol rapid loss suggests its substrateindependent degradation as a more important reaction than its antioxidant effect. Hence, the effective protection found is probably more related to the group of less active antioxidants present, i.e. lignans and tyrosol and its derivatives, which remain longer at frying temperatures. There has been a limited number of reports on the good frying performance of sesame and rice bran oil in spite of their wide consumption in populous Asian countries (Valsalan et al., 2004; Krishna et al., 2005). Most of the studies, however, report a significant increase in the oil thermostability, as well as a higher retention of natural tocopherols, in blends of different oils with either sesame or rice bran oil (Chung et al., 2004; 2006; Leonardi, 2005; Sharma et al., 2006; Shing et al., 2007; Khan et al., 2008; Farhoosh and Kenary, 2009). Lignans compounds and -oryzanol were highly thermostable. Lignans were more stable than tocopherols although they protected them from degradation (Chung et al., 2006), while the content of oryzanol did not change in practice under usual home frying conditions, irrespective of the initial content in the oil (Krishna et al., 2005). Because of the positive effect of these groups of phenolic compounds on oil performance, addition of extracts obtained from oils or their by-products to oils of different degree of unsaturation has been proposed and some ingredients and special oils have been commercialized (Kochhar, 2000; 2001; Gertz, 2004). The addition of these natural products to oils continues to be the subject of many studies not only focused on the increase of oil thermostability but also on the retention of compounds of proven health benefits whose intake would increase by means of fried food consumption (Nasirullah and Rangaswamy, 2005; Farag et al., 2007; Hemalatha and Ghafoorunissa, 2007; Lee et al., 2008; Chiou et al., 2009). Specific phytosterols containing an ethylidene side chain like 5avenasterol, 7-avenasterol, fucosterol, vernosterol and citrostadienol constitute

256


another group of minor natural compounds whose contribution to delay oil degradation at frying temperature has been reported (Sims et al., 1972; Boskou and Morton, 1976; Gordon and Magos, 1983; Warner et al., 2004). They are normally referred to as antipolymerization agents or polymerization inhibitors although considering the hypothesis for the mechanism of their action they would act as antioxidants, i.e. formation of allyl radicals in a primary carbon atom followed by isomerization to a relatively stable tertiary radical (Gordon and Magos, 1983). Results from more recent studies using purified triacylglycerols and evaluating the formation of polymerization compounds were not so clear. Thus, addition of 0.1% of fucosterol did not affect the rate of polymerization of purified high-oleic sunflower oil triacylglycerols (Lampi et al., 1999). Similar results were obtained when the relationship between the number of double bonds in the sterol molecule (from 0 to 3) and the inhibition of polymerization was studied. Fucosterol, one of the compounds selected, did not protect the oil at a concentration of 0.05% although a slight protective effect was obtained for all the sterols with 2 and 3 double bonds regardless of the presence of the ethylidene group (Winkler and Warner, 2008a). It is also interesting to comment the results concerning sterol retention. Sterols seem to be stable molecules as they are retained in relatively high percentages. However, when the same sterol pool was added to oils of different degree of unsaturation, i.e. purified soybean and high-oleic sunflower oils, the loss of sterols was higher for the less unsaturated oil even if its degradation was significantly lower (Winkler and Warner, 2008b). Thus, the loss of phytosterols seems to follow the same pattern as that commented for tocopherol loss. It would be of interest to go deeper into the minor compounds showing the same pattern, as it could be related to a common mechanism of degradation. Additives The addition of minor compounds to increase stability of fats and oils is a common practice in food industry. Among them, citric acid and synthetic antioxidants are used to complex metals and to increase oil oxidative stability, respectively, irrespective of the oil application, while dimethylpolysiloxane and ascorbyl palmitate are added to increase oil thermostability. In this section, the effects of additives other than those present naturally in oils and specifically applied to frying oils are considered. Dimethylpolysiloxane Dimethylpolysiloxane (DMPS) is the most important additive in frying, normally added at very low concentrations (1±2 mg/kg). The most interesting information on the action of DMPS is found in the summary of a congress presentation (Rock et al., 1967) and in a brief article (Freeman et al., 1973), whose reading is strongly recommended. The former reported that, at a level of 2 mg/kg, DMPS acted as an antioxidant when samples were thermostatically heated in a fryer, as they deteriorated slower than the controls without the additive. The reverse was found when the oils were heated at the same


257

temperature in an oven. The only difference is that in the oven, the temperature is the same in the bulk oil while in the fryer the temperature at the oil-air interface is much lower (Rock and Roth, 1964). In the study of Freeman et al., all the experiments were carried out by heating the samples on a hot plate or in a fryer, and a tremendous enhancement of oil thermostability was obtained after addition of DMPS. The minimum amount which exerted a protective action corresponded to that forming a monolayer on the oil surface, as stated by decreasing the amount of DMPS until its action disappeared. This concentration obviously depends on the surface-to-oil volume ratio and ranges between 0.05 and 0.06 g/cm2. Below this amount, the effect of DMPS dropped off drastically. From these results the authors concluded that the protection is due to the formation of a monolayer of DMPS at the oil surface and hypothesized different possibilities for the precise mechanisms of action of this monolayer. The monolayer may form a barrier preventing the entrance of air or, more probably, the oxidation takes place at the oil±air interface and DMPS presents a relatively inert surface to the atmospheric air. Alternatively, it is proposed that DMPS may inhibit the convention currents in the surface thus impeding the entrance of oxygen (Freeman et al., 1973). Whatever the exact mechanism of action of DMPS may be, the effect is real and it is important to define the most appropriate frying conditions to obtain the maximum protection when adding DMPS. With this goal, a study was focused on the influence of the main variables in frying, i.e. temperature, length of time, surface-to-oil volume ratio, addition of DMPS and type of heating. The statistical analysis indicated that the main source of error, i.e. the highest percentage of the total variance, was due to the strong interaction between the presence of DMPS and the type of heating. Also, the influence of the surface-to-volume ratio stood out (Jorge et al., 1996a). Later experiments were carried out on discontinuous and continuous laboratory frying as a complementary aid to confirm the results under practical conditions and to define more clearly the circumstances under which DMPS would have a positive action (Jorge et al., 1996b). Table 7.4 illustrates the great differences found in DMPS effectiveness between simulated continuous and discontinuous frying in two sunflower oils of different degree of unsaturation, i.e. high-oleic and high-linoleic sunflower oils. Results obtained for polar compounds in simulated continuous frying indicated that DMPS exerted no appreciable protective action. Quite in contrast, DMPS was highly effective in discontinuous frying, supporting that oil degradation occurred mainly when the food was not present and the surface was unprotected from the penetration of oxygen. The loss of tocopherols depended on the level of polar compounds although was more pronounced, as commented above, in the oil of lower degree of unsaturation. It can be also observed that the shift to a less unsaturated oil in discontinuous frying was less beneficial to decrease alteration than adding DMPS at low concentration, contrary to what happens in continuous frying. From these results it was finally concluded that addition of DMPS would not be necessary in continuous (industrial) frying, since the oil surface is disturbed

258


Table 7.4 Effect of dimethylpolysiloxane addition on polar compounds and tocopherols in discontinuous and continuous frying Analysis

Frying system

Without DMPS

With DMPS (2 mg/kg)

HOSO

HLSO

HOSO

HLSO

Polar compounds (wt%)

Discontinuous Continuous

15.4 6.8

18.7 9.5

4.9 5.3

6.4 8.1

Tocopherols (mg/kg)

Discontinuous Continuous

tr. 185

155 345

569 417

584 414

Abbreviations: DMPS, dimethylpolysiloxane; HOSO, High oleic sunflower oil; HLSO, High linoleic sunflower oil. Initial content of tocopherols: HOSO, 650 mg/kg; HLSO, 603 mg/kg.

but well protected by steam water from the fried food. On the contrary, addition of DMPS at very low concentrations has a high positive effect in discontinuous frying and thus, is specifically active during the period in which the oil is not protected by steam water from the fried food. In conclusion, addition of DMPS would be of particular interest in oils used in fried food establishments where the fryers usually remain without food during significant periods of times, i.e. catering services, fast-food outlets, restaurants, etc. (MaÂrquez-Ruiz et al., 2004). Plant extracts In the last decade a significant number of studies focused on the positive effects of the addition of plant extracts, mainly herbs and spices, to frying oils have been published following the studies on their antioxidative properties at room temperature (Yanishlieva and Marinova, 2001; Yanishlieva et al., 2006). The addition of plant extracts seems to have a double objective. On the one hand, plant extracts are used to increase the consumption of natural, healthy compounds in response to consumer demand and, on the other, to delay the oil deterioration by protecting the natural antioxidants, i.e. tocopherols. Extracts of rosemary (Gordon and Kourimska, 1995a; 1995b; Jaswir and Man, 1999; Man and Tan, 1999; Lalas and Dourtoglou, 2003; Kalantzakis and Blekas, 2006), tea (Naz et al., 2004), sage (Jaswir and Man, 1999; Man and Tan, 1999), oregano (Houhoula et al., 2003; 2004), lavender and thyme (Bensmira et al., 2007), summer savory (Kalantzakis and Blekas, 2006), carob fruit (Bodega et al., 2009), Curcuma (Nor et al., 2008a) and others (Shyamala et al., 2005; Nor et al., 2008b) are some examples of the high number of reports on the subject. In general, the action found is positive because the extracts contain potent antioxidants, which are detailed in an excellent review on the most important herbs and spices (Yanishlieva et al., 2006). However, the protective effect during frying is highly variable even for the same extract because of the inherent characteristics of natural products, joined to the complexity of the frying process. On the one hand, the composition of an extract, normally poorly


259

defined, may be quite different depending on the plant variety, extraction method, solvent used for extraction, concentration added, etc. On the other, the antioxidative effect depends on the frying conditions, on the degree of unsaturation of the oil and on the content and chemical structure of other oil minor compounds present exerting a prooxidant or antioxidative action. Other minor compounds The effect of a wide variety of specific compounds, either synthetic or purified from natural sources, has been studied. Among them ascorbyl palmitate and synthetic antioxidants, particularly butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), butylated hydroxyanisol (BHA) and tertiary butyl hydroquinone (TBHQ), stand out. The advantage of these studies as compared to those undergone on plant extracts is that the experiments are carried out with individual compounds or combination of them and the action obtained is directly related to the compound studied. Ascorbyl palmitate (AP) has been the subject of detailed investigations. In some studies, no significant effect was found with respect to the oil without additive at frying temperature (Augustin et al., 1987; Ibrahim et al., 1991). In other reports, the addition of AP retarded the formation of degradation compounds (AndreÂs, 1984; Gwo et al., 1985; Gordon and Kourimska, 1995b; Satyanarayana et al., 2000; Onal and Ergin, 2002), and increased the stability of tocopherols (Gordon and Kourimska, 1995a), although it was ineffective to protect fried foods during storage (Masson et al., 2002). Synthetic antioxidants are added to fats and oils to extend effectively their shelf life. However, when their effectiveness was studied at frying temperature, BHA and BHT had a low effectiveness due to their rapid volatilization and decomposition. TBHQ has been reported to be more effective than BHA and BHT (Gordon and Kourimska, 1995b; Allam and Mohamed, 2002). In the last years new compounds exerting positive action in frying have been the subject of investigations. The addition of individual flavonoids, i.e. pelargoniding, cyaniding, quercetin and myrecetin, was very effective in increasing oil thermostability (Naz et al., 2008). Also, linalyl oleate, containing the ethylidene group of the active sterols, inhibited oil polymerization although similar results were obtained with other terpenyl oleates of different structures (Onal-Olusoy et al., 2005; 2006; 2007). Finally, novel antioxidants derived from TBHQ but with higher solubility, i.e. lauryl TBHQ and lauryl TBQ, have been found to exert stronger antioxidant activity than TBHQ at temperatures higher than 140 ëC (Zhang et al., 2004). 7.5.2 Frying conditions Apart from an adequate oil, establishing the best operating conditions is necessary to produce high quality foods and, consequently, to maintain a low degradation level in the frying oil. Nevertheless, due to the high number of variables and parameters involved in the process, it is difficult to foresee their effects, as they can be drastically modified by two-way interactions (Jorge et al., 1996a).

260


The action of the main variables ± length of heating, temperature and surfaceto-oil volume ratio ± has been deduced from laboratory studies carried out under well-controlled conditions as well as from industrial frying experiments. With respect to polymer and polar compound formation, the results indicate that the effect of the variables clearly depends on the type of frying, i.e. continuous or discontinuous, and demonstrate the primary importance of the presence of the food in the fryer and of the unused fat added to compensate for that removed as part of the fried food (Sebedio et al., 1991; 1996; Cuesta et al., 1993; Jorge et al., 1996b; Romero et al., 1999; 2007a; Banks, 2007). Such differences are important enough to make proper distinctions between both types of frying processes. Discontinuous frying Discontinuous frying is characterized by heating-cooling cycles, and variability of the time period that the oil remains at high temperature without being protected by the food. Under these conditions, oxidative alteration becomes priority and the effect of the variables can be summarized as follows: Length of heating The longer the period of heating, the higher the amount of polymers and polar compounds. Also, a higher polymers-to-polar compounds ratio has been reported as the total alteration increases (Dobarganes et al., 1993; MaÂrquezRuiz et al., 1995; Marmesat et al., 2007). Temperature The action of temperature is drastic beyond 200 ëC. An increase in temperature affects specifically polymer formation. However, the higher the temperature, the lower the solubility of oxygen and, consequently, thermal reactions giving rise to non-polar dimeric linkages are preferentially expected (Dobarganes and MaÂrquez-Ruiz, 2007). Surface-to-oil volume ratio (S/V) An increase in S/V favours the entrance of oxygen and thus oxidative reactions and formation of oxidative dimeric linkages at frying temperatures (Jorge et al., 1996a; Fujimoto, 2003). Continuous frying In continuous frying, the food is always present in the fryer and the rate of replenishment with unused fat, due to the absorption of the product being fried, becomes the most important variable in the control of the oil quality. The turnover period defined as the time required for oil usage to equal the total oil volume in the fryer is calculated as follows: Oil in the fryer (L) Turnover period Oil added per hour (L/h)


261

it is normally found that low turnover periods (TP) (< 10±12 h) allow one to maintain a high quality oil in the long term. In continuous frying, protection of the surface against development of oxidative reactions and the effect of dilution due to the addition of fresh fat modify the action of the variables according to the following pattern. Length of heating It has no influence in practice, as the levels of polar compounds and polymers reach a constant value for periods of heating higher than 4 TP (PeÂrez-Camino et al., 1988; Sebedio et al., 1996). Temperature A rise in temperature should increase the amount of polar compounds and polymers but, at the same time, higher temperatures would increase the rate of food production, thus decreasing the turnover period. Surface-to-oil volume ratio S/V has apparently a contrary effect to that found in discontinuous fryers, as the oil surface is protected from the entrance of oxygen by the food steam released. Thus, the higher the S/V, the lower the level of polar compounds and polymers formed due to the lower turnover period. These general considerations give an idea on the complexity of the frying process and on the importance of a careful selection of the equipment and conditions depending on the type of frying and on the products to be fried. To conclude, it is important to comment that from the high number of studies on the performance of oils in frying and on the action of minor compounds to decrease the oil degradation, more interesting and general information should have been obtained. The main problem is that, with the exception of the collaborative studies for the widely accepted determination of polar compounds and polymers, there is no general reference methodology allowing comparing the results from different research groups. The explanation of the contradictory and unexpected results, as well as the possibility of replicating different experiments, would be easier if researchers in the area agreed initially on the following needs: 1. Application of standard conditions for the experiments in the absence of foods to make comparable the results on oil performance, before carrying out frying experiments. This mainly involves definition of temperature, length of time and surface-to-volume ratio. 2. Selection of common analytical methods to evaluate the oil deterioration. In this respect, standard methods for polar compounds and polymer determination should be applied in all the studies. 3. Selection of conditions to evaluate the action of minor compounds. In this regard, it would be important to agree at least on the substrates used, probably two substrates of different degree of unsaturation would be a good option, and on the concentrations added.

262


It has finally to be considered that the advantages of using common tests could be enormous, as real conditions would be applied, and so their results would be more directly related to those obtained in practical frying than when tests using accelerated conditions have to be applied as occurs in oil storage.

7.6


More information on the different aspects commented in this chapter may be found in specific chapters of books on frying published in the last decade. They are highly valuable for those directly related to the frying process, i.e. researchers, technologists, processors, etc. The following remarks refer to aspects directly related to this chapter or else to information of general interest: · Frying of Food. Eds: D. Boskou and I. Elmadfa. Technomic Publishing Co., Lancaster, PA, 1999. A second edition is in preparation. Of particular interest is the chapter `Changes of nutrients at frying temperatures' by J. Pokorny. · Frying. Improving Quality. Ed: J.B. Rossell. Woodhead Publishing Ltd., Cambridge, 2001. The chapters `The composition of frying oil' by S.P. Kochhar and `Flavour and aroma development in frying and fried food' by P. Gillat are recommended. The former contains interesting information on detrimental compounds formed in frying, whose action has been omitted in this review. · Deep-Fat Frying. Fundamentals and Applications. Eds: R.G. Moreiras, M.E. Castell-PeÂrez and M.A. Barrufet. Aspen Publishers, Gaithersburg, MD, 1999. It is recommended for those interested in understanding the theoretical principles of the frying process and physical aspects. · Deep Frying: Chemistry Nutrition and Practical Applications, 2nd edn. Ed: M.D. Erickson. American Oil Chemists' Society, Champaign, IL, 2007. Although the book covers interesting chapters on applications, the chapters about the chemistry and nutritional aspects of the new compounds formed are recommended as the only ones dealing with these aspects in detail. · Frying Technologies and Practices. Ed: M.K. Gupta, K. Warner and P.J. White. American Oil Chemists' Society, Champaign, IL, 2004. The book is recommended as it provides very useful information on solutions to the problems found in frying. The chapter `Role of antioxidants and polymerization inhibitors in protecting frying oils' by K. Warner et al., directly related to this review, is recommended. · Advances in Deep Fat Frying of Foods (Contemporary Food Engineering Series). Ed: S. Sahin and G. Sumnu. Taylor and Francis, Boca Raton, FL, 2009. The chapter `Flavor changes during frying' by K. Warner is recommended. Also, the new web page http://www.lipidlibrary.aocs.org/frying/frying.html is recommended. Although it is a work in progress, it is the only scientific web page on frying covering the chemical, analytical and nutritional aspects in detail.


263

Other web pages of interest to know the present systems to control the quality of used frying fats in situ are the following: · Testo 265 (http://www.testo.es/online/abaxx-?$part=PORTAL.ESP. SectorDesk&$event=show-from-menu&categoryid=5570594); · FOM 200 (http://www.ebro.de/deutsch/produkte/handmessgeraete/ fom200.htm); · Fri-check (http://www.fri-check.de); · Viscofrit (http://www.viscofrit.com); · Fritest and oxyfritest (http://photometry.merck.de/servlet/PB/menu/ 1168870/1168870.html) · Oleotest (http://www.biomedal.com/bd/es/oleotest.html).

7.7

Future trends

The present objectives in frying are mainly directed to the preparation of healthier fried foods to satisfy consumer demands. In this respect, stable oils of good nutritional properties, reduction of food oil and minimal used frying oil degradation seem to be the most important consumer interests. Thus, in the near future the following targets are expected to be top priority in this field: 1. The development of high stability oils either by breeding selection or by genetic engineering in seeds is expected to continue. Sunflower, rapeseed and soybean oils with lower content of polyunsaturated fatty acids and richer in oleic acid are the main candidates for the substitution of partially hydrogenated oils in frying. Additionally, new seeds with modified tocopherol composition are expected to be developed as a complementary means of increasing oil oxidative stability based on changes in the pool of natural protective compounds. 2. Reduction of oil absorption in fried foods will continue to be a highly active field of research. Application of a special coating, either thin and invisible or thick like a batter, is the most used way for food surface modification. Research is mainly focused on hydrophilic biopolymers, generally polysaccharides, able to reduce the moisture evaporation and/or control the pore characteristics by cross-linking or thermogelling. Given that there is a wide range of possibilities to be applied for fat reduction, which is parallel to the developments of new ingredients to achieve crisper textures, the increase in the consumer acceptance of low-fat fried foods without the use fat replacers could be a reality in the coming years. 3. Development of novel technologies for a better quality of fried foods is also expected. At present, special attention is being paid to the design of food fryers to minimize the turnover period and of vacuum fryers to preserve the food nutrients and to decrease the oil degradation by reducing the oxygen concentration during frying. 4. Finally, the high number of studies and patents reported in recent years on

264


new natural additives based on plant extracts with the aim of delaying oxidation in discontinuous frying operations will probably keep on growing. However, the future application of these concentrates to the frying process is not so clear.

7.8

Acknowledgments

This work was funded in part by MICINN (projects AGL 2007-62922 and AGL 2007-63647).

7.9

References

and MOHAMED H M A (2002) `Thermal stability of some commercial natural and synthetic antioxidants and their mixtures', J Food Lipids, 9, 277±293. ANDRES C (1984) Àscorbic acid ester significantly increases life of frying oil', FoodProcessing, 45 (8), 22±23. ANDRIKOPOULOS N K, DEDOUSSIS G V Z, FALIREA A, KALOGEROPOULOS N and HATZINIKOLA H S (2002) `Deterioration of natural antioxidant species of vegetable edible oils during the domestic deep-frying and pan-frying of potatoes', Int J Food Sci Nutr, 53, 351± 363. AUGUSTIN M A, CHUA C J and HENG L K (1987) Èffects of silicone and ascorbyl palmitate on the quality of palm olein used for frying of prawn crackers', J Sci Food Agr, 40, 87±93. BANKS D (2007) `Foodservice frying', in Erickson M D, Deep Frying: Chemistry Nutrition and Practical Applications, 2nd edn, Champaign, IL, AOCS, 277±289. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G and DOBARGANES M C (1997) À simple proBARRERA-ARELLANO D, MA cedure to evaluate the performance of fats and oils at frying temperatures', Grasas Aceites, 48, 231±235. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G and DOBARGANES M C (1999) BARRERA-ARELLANO D, RUIZ-MEÂNDEZ M V, MA `Loss of tocopherols and formation of degradation compounds in triacylglycerol model systems heated at high temperature', J Sci Food Agric, 79, 1923±1928. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G and DOBARGANES M C BARRERA-ARELLANO D, RUIZ-MEÂNDEZ M V, VELASCO J, MA (2002) `Loss of tocopherols and formation of degradation compounds at frying temperatures in oils differing in unsaturation degree and natural antioxidant content', J Sci Food Agric, 82, 1696±1702. ALLAM S S M

BENDINI A, CERRETANI L, CARRASCO-PANCORBO A, GOMEZ-CARAVACA A, SEGURA-

and LERCKER G (2007) `Phenolic molecules in virgin olive oils: a survey of their sensory properties, health effects, antioxidant activity and analytical methods. An overview of the last decade', Molecules, 12, 1679±1719. BENSMIRA M, JIANG B, NSABIMANA C and JIAN T (2007) Èffect of lavender and thyme incorporation in sunflower seed oil on its resistance to frying temperatures', Food Res Int, 40, 341±346. Â NCHEZ-MUNIZ F J BODEGA D Z, BASTIDA S, MARMESAT S, PEÂREZ-OLLERO L, RUIÂZ-ROSO B and SA (2009) `Carob fruit poliphenols reduce tocopherol loss, triacylglycerol polymerization and oxidation in heated sunflower oil', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 86, 419±425. CARRETERO A, FERNANDEZ-GUTIERREZ A


265

and MORTON I D (1976) Èffect of plant sterols on the rate of deterioration of heated fats', J Sci Foo Agr, 27, 928±932. BRENES M, GARCIÂA A, DOBARGANES M C, VELASCO J and ROMERO C (2002) Ìnfluence of thermal treatments simulating cooking processes on the polyphenol content of virgin olive oil', J Agric Food Chem, 50, 5962±5967. Â N-ARNAU A (1999) `Dispositivo medidor de la alteracio CASTELLO Â n de aceites comestibles recalentados', Patent ES 1 043 160U. CHIOU A, KALOGEROPOULOS N, SALTA F N, EFSTATHIOU P and ANDRIKOPOULOS N K (2009) `Pan-frying of French fries in three different edible oils enriched with olive leaf extract: Oxidative stability and fate of microconstituents', LWT-Food Sci Technol, 42, 1090±1097. CHISOLM G M and STEINBERG D (2000) `The oxidative modification hypothesis of atherogenesis: an overview', Free Rad Biol Med, 28, 1815±1826. CHOE E and MIN D B (2007) `Chemistry of deep-fat frying oils', J Food Sci, 72, R77±R86. CHUNG J, LEE Y and CHOE E (2004) Èffects of sesame oil addition to soybean oil during frying on the lipid oxidative stability and antioxidants contents of the fried products during storage in the dark', J Food Sci, 769, C574±C578. CHUNG J, LEE Y and CHOE E (2006) Òxidative stability of soybean and sesame oil mixtures during frying of flour dough', J Food Sci, 71, C222±C226. COHN J (2002) Òxidized fat in the diet, postprandial lipaemia and cardiovascular disease', Curr Opin Lipidol, 13, 19±24. CUESTA C, SANCHEZ-MUNIZ F J, GARRIDO-POLONIO C, LOPEZ-VARELA S and ARROYO R (1993) `Thermoxidative and hydrolytic changes in sunflower oil used in fryings with a fast turnover of fresh oil', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 70, 1069±1073. DASKALAKI D, KEFI G, KOTSIOU K and TASIOULA-MARGARI M (2009) Èvaluation of phenolic compound degradation in virgin olive oil during storage and heating', J Food Nutr Res, 48, 31±41. DEMURIN Y, SÏKORICÂ D and KARLOVIC D (1996) `Genetic variability of tocopherol composition in sunflower seeds as a basis of breeding for improved oil quality', Plant Breed, 115, 33±36. DOBARGANES M C (1998) `Formation and analysis of high molecular-weight compounds in frying fats and oil', OCL, 5, 41±47. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G (1998) `Regulation of used frying fats and validity DOBARGANES M C and MA of quick tests for discarding the fats', Grasas Aceites, 49, 331±335. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G (2003) Òxidised fats in foods', Curr Opin Clin DOBARGANES M C and MA Nutr Metab Care, 6, 157±163. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G (2007) `Formation and analysis of oxidized DOBARGANES M C and MA monomeric, dimeric and higher oligomeric triglycerides', in Erickson M D, Deep Frying: Chemistry Nutrition and Practical Applications, 2nd edn, Champaign, IL, AOCS, 87±110. DOBARGANES M C, RIÂOS J J and PEÂREZ-CAMINO M C (1986) `Relaciones entre la composicio Ân de aceites vegetales y los componentes volaÂtiles producidos durante su termoxidacioÂn', Grasas Aceites, 37, 61±67. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G and PEÂREZ-CAMINO M C (1993) `Thermal stability and DOBARGANES M C, MA frying performance of genetically modified sunflower seed (Helianthus annuus L.) oils', J Agric Food Chem, 41, 678±681. DOBARGANES M C, VELASCO J and DIEFFENBACHER A (2000a) `Determination of polar compounds, polymerized and oxidized triacylglycerols, and diacylglycerols in oils and fats', Pure App Chem, 72, 1563±1575. BOSKOU D

266


and VELASCO J (2000b) Ìnteractions between fat and food during deep frying', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 102, 521±528. FARAG R S, MAHMOUD E A and BASUNI A M (2007) Ùse crude olive leaf juice as a natural antioxidant for the stability of sunflower oil during heating', Int J Food Sci Technol, 42, 107±115. FARHOOSH R and KENARY R E (2009) Ànti-rancidity effects of sesame and rice bran oils on canola oil during deep frying', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 86, 539±544. FARHOOSH R, KENARY R E and POORAZRANG H (2009) `Frying stability of canola oil blended with palm olein, olive and corn oils', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 86, 71±76. FILLON L and HENRY C J K (1998) `Nutrient losses and gain during frying', Int J Food Sci Nutr, 49, 157±168. FIRESTONE D (2007) `Regulation of frying fats and oils', in Erickson M D, Deep Frying: Chemistry Nutrition and Practical Applications, 2nd edn, Champaign, IL, AOCS, 373±385. FRANKEL E N (2005) Lipid Oxidation, Bridgwater, England, The Oily Press. FREEMAN I P, PADLEY F B and SHEPPARD W L (1973) Ùse of silicones in frying oils', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 50, 101±103. FUJIMOTO K (2003) `The effect of oxygen concentration on oxidative deterioration in frying oil', Food Sci Biotechnol, 12, 694±699. GERDE J, HARDY C, FEHR W and WHITE P J (2007) `Frying performance of no-trans, lowlinolenic acid soybean oils', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 84, 557±563. GERTZ C (2000) `Chemical and physical parameters as quality indicators of used frying fats', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 102, 566±572. GERTZ C (2004) Òptimising the baking and frying process using oil-improving agents', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 106, 736±745. GERTZ C, KLOSTERMANN S and PARKASH-KOCHHAR S (2000) `Testing and comparing oxidative stability of vegetable oils and fats at frying temperature', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 102, 543±551. GILLAT P (2001) `Flavour and aroma development in frying and fried foods', in Rossell J B, Frying. Improving Quality, Cambridge, Woodhead, 266±336. GOMEZ-ALONSO S, FREGAPANE G, SALVADOR M D and GORDON M H (2003) `Changes in phenolic composition and antioxidant activity of virgin olive oil during frying', J Agr Food Chem, 51, 667±672. GORDON M H and MAGOS P (1983) `The effects of sterols on the oxidation of edible oils', Food Chem, 10, 141±147. GORDON M H and KOURIMSKA L (1995a) Èffect of antioxidants on losses of tocopherols during deep-fat frying', Food Chem, 52, 175±177. GORDON M H and KOURIMSKA L (1995b) `The effects of antioxidants on changes in oils during heating and deep frying', J Sci Food Agric, 68, 347±353. GUINDA A, DOBARGANES M C, RUIZ M V and MANCHA M (2003) `Chemical and physical properties of a sunflower oil with high levels of oleic and palmitic acids', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 105, 130±137. GWO Y Y, FLICK G J, DUPUY H, ORY R L and BARAN W L (1985) Èffect of ascorbyl palmitate on the quality of frying fats for deep frying operations', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 62, 1666±1671. HEMALATHA S and GHAFOORUNISSA (2007) `Sesame lignans enhance the thermal stability of edible vegetable oils', Food Chem, 105, 1076±1085. HOUHOULA D P, OREOPOULOU V and TZIA C (2003) Àntioxidant efficiency of oregano during frying and storage of potato chips', J Sci Food Agr, 83, 1499±1503. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G DOBARGANES M C, MA


267

and TZIA C (2004) Àntioxidant efficiency of oregano in frying and storage of fried products', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 106, 746±751. IBRAHIM K, AUGUSTIN M A and ONG A S H (1991) Èffects of ascorbyl palmitate and silicone on frying performance of palm olein', Pertanika, 14, 53±57. IUPAC (1987) `Standard method 2.507: Determination of polar compounds in frying fats', in International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry, Standard Methods for the Analysis of Oils, Fats and Derivatives, 7th edn, Oxford, Blackwell. IUPAC (1992) `Standard method 2.508: Determination of polymerized triglycerides in oils and fats by high performance liquid chromatography', in International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry, Standard Methods for the Analysis of Oils, Fats and Derivatives, 1st Supplement to the 7th edn, Oxford, Blackwell. JASWIR I and MAN Y B C (1999) Ùse optimization of natural antioxidants in refined, bleached, and deodorized palm olein during repeated deep-fat frying using response surface methodology', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 76, 341±348. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G, MARTIÂN-POLVILLO M, RUIZ-MEÂNDEZ M V and DOBARGANES M C JORGE N, MA (1996a) Ìnfluence of dimethylpolysiloxane addtion to edible oils: dependence on the main variables of the frying process', Grasas Aceites, 47, 14±19. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G, MARTIÂN-POLVILLO M, RUIZ-MEÂNDEZ M V and DOBARGANES M C JORGE N, MA (1996b) Ìnfluence dimethylpolyxilosane addition to frying oils: Performance of sunflower oils in discontinuous and continuous laboratory frying', Grasas Aceites, 47, 20±25. KALANTZAKIS G and BLEKAS G (2006) Èffects of Greek sage and summer savory extracts on vegetable oil thermal stability', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 108, 842±847. KANAZAWA A, SAWA T, AKAIKE T and MAEDA H (2002) `Dietary lipid peroxidation products and DNA damage in colon carcinogenesis', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 104, 439±447. KHAN M I, ASHA M R, BHAT K K and KHATOO S (2008) `Studies on quality of coconut oils blends after frying potato chips', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 85, 1165±1172. KOCHHAR S P (2000) `Stabilization of frying oils with natural antioxidative components', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 102, 552±559. KOCHHAR S P (2001) `The composition of frying oils', in Rossell J B, Frying. Improving Quality, Cambridge, Woodhead, 87±114. KRISHNA A G G, KHATOON S and BABYLATHA R (2005) `Frying performance of processed rice bran oils', J Food Lipids, 12, 1±11. LALAS S and DOURTOGLOU V (2003) Ùse of rosemary extract in preventing oxidation during deep-fat frying of potato chips', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 80, 579±583. LAMPI A and KAMAL-ELDIN A (1998) Èffect of - and -tocopherols on thermal polymerization of purified high-oleic sunflower triacylglycerols', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 75, 1699±1703. LAMPI A M, DIMBERG L H and KAMAL-ELDIN A (1999) À study on the influence of fucosterol on thermal polymerisation of purified high oleic sunflower triacylglycerols', J Sci Food Agr, 79, 573±579. LEE J, LEE Y and CHOE E (2008) Èffect of sesamol, sesamin and sesamolin extracted from roasted sesame oil on the thermal oxidation of methyl linoleate', LWT-Food Sci Technol, 41, 1871±1875. LEONARDI M (2005) `New blends of frying vegetable oils', Riv Ital Sost Grasse, 82, 71± 81. LERMA-GARCIA M J, HERRERO-MARTINEZ J M, SIMO-ALFONSO E F, MENDONCA C R B and RAMIS-RAMOS G (2009) `Composition, industrial processing and applications of rice bran gamma-oryzanol', Food Chem, 115, 389±404. HOUHOULA D P, OREOPOULOU V

268


and EDER K (2007) `Feeding of a deep-fried fat causes PPAR activation in the liver of pigs as a nonproliferating species', Br J Nutr, 97, 872±882. MAN Y B C and TAN C P (1999) Èffect of natural and synthetic antioxidants in refined, bleached, and deodorized palm olein during repeated deep-fat frying of potato chips', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 76, 331±339. MARINOVA E M and YANISHLIEVA N V (1992) Èffect of temperature on the antioxidative action of inhibitors in lipid autoxidation', J Sci Food Agric, 60, 313±318. MARMESAT S, RODRIGUES E, VELASCO J and DOBARGANES (2007) Ùsed frying fats and oils: comparison of rapid tests based on chemical and physical oil properties', Int J Food Sci Technol, 42, 601±608. MARMESAT S, VELASCO J and DOBARGANES M C (2008a) `Quantitative determination of epoxy acids, keto acids and hydroxy acids formed in fats and oils at frying temperatures' J Chromatogr A, 1211, 129±134. Â NDEZ-MARTIÂNEZ J M and DOBARGANES M C MARMESAT S, VELASCO L, RUIZ-MEÂNDEZ M V, FERNA (2008b) `Thermostability of genetically modified sunflower oils differing in fatty acid and tocopherol compositions', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 110, 776±782. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G and DOBARGANES M C (2005) Ànalysis of non-volatile lipid oxidation MA compounds by high-performance size-exclusion chromatography', in Kamal-EldõÂn A and Pokorny J, Analysis of Lipid Oxidation, Champaign, IL, AOCS, 40±69. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G and DOBARGANES M C (2007) `Nutritional and physiological effects of MA used frying oils and fats', in Erickson M D, Deep Frying: Chemistry Nutrition and Practical Applications, 2nd edn, Champaign, IL, AOCS, 173±203. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G, TASIOULA-MARGARI M and DOBARGANES M C (1995) `Quantitation and MA distribution of altered fatty acids in frying fats', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 72, 1171± 1176. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G, MARTIÂN-POLVILLO M and DOBARGANES M C (1996) `Quantitation of MA oxidized triglyceride monomers and dimers as an useful measurement for early and advanced stages of oxidation', Grasas y Aceites, 47, 48±53. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G, GARCEÂS R, LEO Â N-CAMACHO M and MANCHA M (1999a) `Thermoxidative MA stability of triacylglycerols from mutant sunflower seeds', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 76, 1169±1174. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G, MARTIÂN-POLVILLO M, JORGE N, RUIZ-MEÂNDEZ M V and DOBARGANES M C MA (1999b) Ìnfluence of used frying oil quality and natural tocopherol content on oxidative stability of fried potatoes', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 76, 421±425. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G, VELASCO J and DOBARGANES M C (2004) Èffectiveness of dimethylMA polysiloxane during deep frying', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 106, 752±758. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G, MARTIÂN-POLVILLO M, VELASCO J and DOBARGANES M C (2008) `Formation MA of oxidation compounds in olive and sunflower oils under oxidative stability index (OSI) conditions', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 110, 465±471. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G and DOBARGANES M C (2004) Òxidative stability of MARTIÂN POLVILLO M, MA sunflower oils differing in unsaturation degree during long-term storage at room temperature', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 81, 577±583. È NIG B, GIEMSA B, HUBER S, HAUSE G, KLUGE H, STANGL G I LUCI S, KO

MASSON L, ROBERT P, DOBARGANES M C, URRA C, ROMERO N, ORTIZ J, GOICOECHEA E, PEÂREZ P, SALAMEÂ M and TORRES R (2002) `Stability of potato chips fried in vegetable oils

with different degree of unsaturation. Effect of ascorbyl palmitate during storage', Grasas Aceites, 53, 190±198. MATTHAUS B (2006) Ùtilization of high-oleic rapeseed oil for deep-fat frying compared to other commonly used edible oils', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 108, 200±211.


269

and KAMAL-ELDIN A (2007) `Lignan contents in sesame seeds and products', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 109, 1022±1027. MOUNTS T L, WARNER K, LIST G R, NEFF W E and WILSON R F (1994) `Low-linolenic acid soybean oils ± alternatives to frying oils', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 71, 495±499. NAMIKI M (2007) `Nutraceutical functions of sesame. A review', Crit Rev Food Sci Technol, 47, 651±673. NASIRULLAH and RANGASWAMY B L (2005) Òxidative stability of healthful frying oil medium and uptake of inherent nutraceuticals during deep frying', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 82, 753±757. NAWAR W W (1998) `Volatile components of the frying process', Grasas Aceites, 49, 271±274. NAZ S, SHEIKH H, SIDDIQI R and SAYEED S A (2004) Òxidative stability of olive, corn and soybean oil under different conditions', Food Chem, 88, 253±259. NAZ S, SIDDIQI R and SAYEED S A (2008) Èffect of flavonoids on the oxidative stability of corn oil during deep frying', Int J Food Sci Nutr, 43, 1850±1854. NISSIOTIS M and TASIOULA-MARGARI M (2003) `Changes in antioxidant concentration of virgin olive oil during thermal oxidation', Food Chem, 77, 371±376. NOR F M, MOHAMED S, IDRIS N A and ISMAIL R (2008a) Àntioxidative properties of Curcuma Longa leaf extracts in accelerated oxidation and deep frying studies', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 86, 141±147. NOR F M, MOHAMED S, IDRIS N A and ISMAIL R (2008b) Àntioxidative properties of Pandanus amaryllifolius leaf extracts in accelerated oxidation and deep frying studies', Food Chem, 110, 319±327. NORMAND L, ESKIN N A M and PRZYBYSLKI R (2001) `Comparison of the stability of regular and high-oleic sunflower oils', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 84, 331±334. NORMAND L, ESKIN N A M and PRZYBYSLKI R (2006) Èffects of tocopherols on the frying stability of regular and modified canola oils', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 78, 369±373. ONAL B and ERGIN G (2002) Àntioxidative effects of alpha-tocopherol and ascorbyl palmitate on thermal oxidation of canola oil', Nahrung, 46, 420±426. ONAL-OLUSOY B, HAMMOND E and WHITE P J (2005) `Linalyl oleate as a frying oil autoxidation inhibitor', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 82, 433±438. ONAL-OLUSOY B, HAMMOND E and WHITE P J (2006) Èffect of some terpenyl oleates on soybean oil oxidation at 180 ëC', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 83, 1027±1032. ONAL-OLUSOY B, WHITE P J and HAMMOND E (2007) Èffect of linalyl oleate on soybean flavour and quality in a frying application', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 84, 157±163. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G and DOBARGANES M C (1988) Àlteracio PEÂREZ-CAMINO M C, GUINDA A, MA Ân de grasas usadas en fritura. II. Variables que influyen en el proceso en continuo y anaÂlisis real en freidoras industriales', Grasas Aceites, 39, 39±43. POKORNY J (1999) `Changes of nutrients at frying temperatures', in Boskou D and Elmadfa I, Frying of Food, Lancaster, PA, Technomic, 69±103. RINGSEIS R, PIWEK N and EDER K (2007) Òxidized fat induces oxidative stress but has no effect on NF-B-mediated proinflammatory gene transcription in porcine intestinal epithelial cells', Inflamm Res, 56, 118±125. ROCK S and ROTH H (1964) `Factors affecting the rate of deterioration in the frying quality of fats. II. Type of heater and method of heating', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 41, 531±533. ROCK S, FISHER L and ROTH H (1967) `Silicones in frying fats ± antioxidants or prooxidants?', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 44, 102A. RODRIGUES MACHADO E, MARMESAT S, ABRANTES S and DOBARGANES M C (2007) Ùncontrolled variables in frying studies: differences in repeatability between thermoxidation and frying experiments', Grasas Aceites, 58, 283±288. MOAZZAMI A A, HAESE S L

270


and CUESTA, C (1999) `Does frequent replenishment with fresh oil permit the frying of potatoes indefinitely?', J Agric Food Chem, 47, 1168±1163. ROMERO N, ROBERT P, MASSON L, ORTIZ J, PAVEZ J, GARRIDO C, FOSTER M and DOBARGANES M C (2004) Èffect of -tocopherol and -tocotrienol on the performance of Chilean hazelnut oil (Gevuina avellana mol) at high temperature', J Sci Food Agric, 84, 943± 948. ROMERO A, BASTIDA S and SANCHEZ-MUNIZ F J (2007a) `Cyclic fatty acids in sunflower oils during frying of frozen foods with oil replenishment', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 109, 165±173. Â LEZ K, TAPIA K and DOBARGANES M C ROMERO N, ROBERT P, MASSON L, ORTIZ J, GONZA (2007b) Èffect of -tocopherol, -tocotrienol and Rosa mosqueta shell extract on the performance of antioxidant-stripped canola oil (brassica sp) at high temperature', Food Chem, 104, 383±389. ROSSI M, ALAMPRESE C and RATTI S (2007) `Tocopherols and tocotrienols as free radicalscavengers in refined vegetable oils and their stability during deep-fat frying', Food Chem, 102, 812±817. SAGUY S and DANA D (2003) Ìntegrated approach to deep fat frying: engineering, nutrition, health and consumer aspects', J Food Eng, 56, 143±152. SATYANARAYANA A, GIRIDHAR N, JOSHI G J and RAO D G (2000) Àscorbyl palmitate as an antioxidant for deep fat frying of potato chips in peanut oil', J Food Lipids, 7, 1±10. SCHROEDER M T, BECKER E M and SKIBSTED M H (2006) `Molecular mechanism of antioxidant synergism of tocotrienols and carotenoids in palm oil', J Agr Food Chem, 54, 3445±3453. SCOTT G (1965) Atmospheric Oxidation and Antioxidants, Amsterdam, Elsevier. SEBEDIO J L, BONPUNT A, GRANDGIRARD A and PREVOST J (1990) `Deep fat frying of frozen prefried french fries: influence of the amount of linolenic acid in the frying medium', J Agric Food Chem, 38, 1862±1867. SEBEDIO J L, KAITARANTA J, GRANDGIRARD A and MALKKI Y (1991) `Quality assessment of industrial prefried french fries', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 68, 299±302. Â NCHEZ-MUNIZ F J ROMERO A, SA

Â RQUEZ G, WESTER I, CHRISTIE W W, DOBSON G, ZWOBADA F, SEBEDIO J L, DOBARGANES M C, MA

and LAHTINEN R (1996) Ìndustrial production of crisps and prefried french fries using sunflower oils', Grasas Aceites, 47, 5±13. SEÂBEÂDIO J L, CHARDIGNY J-M and MALPUECH-BRUGEÁRE C (2007) `Physiological effects of trans and cyclic fatty acids', in Erickson M D, Deep Frying: Chemistry Nutrition and Practical Applications, 2nd edition, Champaign, IL, AOCS, 205±228. SEPPANEN C M and CSALLANY A S (2002) `Formation of 4-hydroxynonenal, a toxic aldehyde, in soybean at frying temperature', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 79, 1033±1038. SHARMA H K, KAUR B, SARKAR B C and SINGH C (2006) `Thermal behaviour of pure rice bran oil, sunflower oil and their model blends during deep fat frying', Grasas Aceites, 57, 376±381. SHING A, SHARMA H K, SARKAR B C, SINGH C and SHITANDI A A (2007) `Thermal behaviour of pure rice bran oil, safflower oil and their model blends during deep fat frying', J Food Sci Technol, 44, 52±55. SHU C P and WHITE P (2004) `Flavor stability and quality of high oleate and regular soybean oil blends during frying', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 81, 853±859. SHYAMALA B N, GUPTA S, LAKSHMI A J and PRAKASH J (2005) `Leafy vegetable extracts. Antioxidant activity and effect on storage stability of heated oils', Inn Food Sci Emerg Technol, 6, 239±245. CHARDIGNY J M, MAIROT T


271

and EITENMILLER R R (1998) `Retention of vitamin E and added retinyl palmitate in selected vegetable oils during deep-fat frying and in fried breaded products', J Agr Food Chem, 46, 5273±5277. SIMS R J, FIORITI J A and KANUK M J (1972) `Sterol additives as polymerization inhibitors for frying oils', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 49, 298±301. STAPRANS I, RAPP J H, PAN X M, HARDMAN D A and FEINGOLD H R (1996) Òxidized lipids in the diet accelerate the development of fatty streaks in cholesterol-fed rabbits', Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol, 16, 533±538. STEEL C J, DOBARGANES M C and BARRERA-ARELLANO D (2005) `The influence of natural tocopherols during thermal oxidation of refined and partially hydrogenated soybean oils', Grasas Aceites, 56, 46±52. STEEL C J, DOBARGANES M C and BARRERA-ARELLANO D (2006) `Formation of polymerization compounds during thermal oxidation of cottonseed oil, partially hydrogenated cottonseed oil and their blends', Grasas Aceites, 57, 284±291. STIER R F (2004) `Tests to monitor quality of deep-frying fats and oils', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 106, 766±771. È LZLE A, HIRCHE F and EDER K (2004) `Thermally oxidized dietary fat upregulates the SU expression of target genes of PPAR alpha in rat liver', J Nutr, 134, 1375±1383. SUOMELA J P, AHOTUPA M, SJOVALL O, KURVINEN J P and KALLIO H (2004) `Diet and lipoprotein oxidation: Analysis of oxidized triacylglycerols in pig lipoproteins', Lipids, 39, 639±647. SUOMELA J P, AHOTUPA M and KALLIO H (2005) `Triacylglycerol hydroperoxides not detected in pig small intestinal epithelial cells alter a diet rich in oxidized triacylglycerols', Lipids, 40, 349±353. TAKEOKA G, PERRINO C and BUTTERY R (1996) `Volatile constituents of used frying oils', J Agric Food Chem, 44, 654±660. VALSALAN A, SIDDHU A and SUNDARARAJ P (2004) Àssessment of rice bran oil as a cooking medium', J Food Sci Technol, 41, 248±255. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G and DOBARGANES M C (2004a) VELASCO J, MARMESAT S, BORDEAUX O, MA `Formation and evolution of monoepoxy fatty acids in thermoxidized olive and sunflower oils and quantitation in used frying oils from restaurants and fried-food outlets', J Agric Food Chem, 52, 4438±4443. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G and DOBARGANES M C (2004b) `Formation of VELASCO J, MARMESAT S, MA short-chain glycerol-bound oxidation products and oxidized monomeric triacylglycerols during deep-frying and occurrence in used frying fats', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 106, 728±735. Â NDEZ-MARTIÂNEZ J M (2004c) `Registration of T589 and VELASCO L, DOMIÂNGUEZ J and FERNA T2100 sunflower germplasms with modified tocopherol profiles', Crop Sci, 44, 361±362. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G and DOBARGANES M C (2005) VELASCO J, MARMESAT S, BERDEAUX O, MA `Quantitation of short-chain glycerol-bound compounds in thermoxidized and used frying oils. A monitoring study during thermoxidation of olive and sunflower oils', J Agric Food Chem, 53, 4006±4011. VERLEYEN T, KAMAL-ELDIN A, DOBARGANES M C, VERHE R, DEWETTINCK K and HUYGHEBAERT A (2001) `Modeling of -tocopherol loss and oxidation products formed during thermoxidation in triolein and tripalmitin mixtures', Lipids, 36, 719±726. SIMONNE A H

VERLEYEN T, KAMAL-ELDIN A, MOZURAITYTE R, VERHEÂ R, DEWETTINCK K, HUYGHEBAERT A

and DE GREYT W (2002) Òxidation at elevated temperatures: competition between

272


-tocopherol and unsaturated triacylglycerols', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 104, 228± 233. WAGNER K H, WOTRUBA F and ELMADFA I (2001) Àntioxidative potential of tocotrienols and tocopherols in coconut fat at different oxidation temperatures', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 103, 746±751. WARNER K (2009) `Flavor changes during frying', in Sahin S and Summu S G, Advances in Deep-Fat Frying of Foods, Boca Raton, FL, CRC Press, 201±213. WARNER K and MOUNTS T L (1993) `Frying stability of soybean and canola oils with modified fatty-acid compositions', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 70, 983±988. WARNER K and KNOWLTON S (1997) `Frying quality and oxidative stability of high-oleic corn', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 74, 1317±1322. WARNER K and GUPTA M (2003) `Frying quality and stability of low- and ultra-lowlinolenic acid soybean oils', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 80, 275±280. WARNER K and FEHR W (2008) `Mid-oleic/ultra low linolenic acid soybean oil: a healthful new alternative to hydrogenated oil for frying', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 85, 945±951. WARNER K, ORR P, PARROTT L and GLYNN M (1994) Èffects of frying oil composition on potato-chip stability', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 71, 1117±1121. WARNER K, ORR P and GLYNN M (1997) Èffect of fatty acid composition of oils on flavor and stability of fried foods', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 74, 347±356. WARNER K, NEFF W E, BYRDWELL W C and GARDNER H W (2001) Èffect of oleic and linoleic acids on the production of deep-fried odor in heated triolein and trilinolein', J Agr Food Chem, 49, 899±905. WARNER K, SHU C and WHITE P (2004) `Role of antioxidants and polymerization inhibitors in protecting frying oil', in Gupta M K, Warner K and White P J, Frying: Technologies and Practices, Champaign, IL, AOCS, 37±49. WILSON R, FERNIE C E, SCRIMGEOUR C M, LYALL K, SMYTH L and RIEMERSMA M A (2002a) `Dietary epoxy fatty acids are absorbed in healthy women', Eur J Clin Invest, 32, 79±83. WILSON R, LYALL K, SMYTH L, FERNIE C E and RIEMERSMA M A (2002b) `Dietary hydroxy fatty acids are absorbed in humans: implications for the measurement of `òxidative stress'' in vivo', Free Rad Biol Med, 32, 162±168. WINKLER J K and WARNER K (2008a) `The effect of phytosterol structure on thermal polymerization of heated soybean oil', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 110, 1068±1077. WINKLER J K and WARNER K (2008b) `The effect of phytosterol concentration on oxidative stability and thermal polymerization of heated oils', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 110, 455±464. XU X Q, TRAN V H, PALMER M, WHITE P J and SALISBURY P (1999) `Chemical and Physical analysis and sensory evaluation of six deep-frying oils', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 76, 1091±1099. YANISHLIEVA N V and MARINOVA E (2001) `Stabilization of edible oils with natural antioxidants', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 103, 752±767. YANISHLIEVA N V, MARINOVA E and POKORNY J (2006). `Natural antioxidants from herbs and spices', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 108, 776±793. YOSHIDA H, HIROOKA N and KAJIMOTO G (1990) `Microwave energy effects on quality of some seed oils', J Food Sci, 55, 1412±1416. YOSHIDA H, TATSUMI M and KAJIMOTO G (1991a) `Relationship between oxidative stability of vitamin E and production of fatty acids in oils during microwave heating', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 68, 566±570. YOSHIDA H, HIROOKA N and KAJIMOTO G (1991b) `Microwave heating effects on relative


273

stabilities of tocopherols in oils', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 56, 1042±1046. and KAJIMOTO G (1992) Ìnfluence of fatty acids on the tocopherol stability in vegetable oils during microwave heating', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 69, 119± 125. YOSHIDA H, KAJIMOTO G and EMURA S (1993) Àntioxidant effects of -tocopherols at different concentrations in oils during microwave heating', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 70, 989±995. YUKI E and ISHIKAWA Y (1976) `Tocopherol contents of nine vegetable frying oils, and their changes under simulated deep-fat frying conditions', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 53, 673±676. ZHANG C X, WU H and WENG X C (2004) `Two novel synthetic antioxidants for deep frying oils', Food Chem, 84, 219±222. YOSHIDA H, TATSUMI M

8 Oxidation and protection of nuts and nut oils F. Shahidi and J. A. John, Memorial University of Newfoundland, Canada

Abstract: Nuts and nut oils are important sources of health promoting bioactive constituents. The quality of nuts and nut oils may, however, deteriorate upon oxidation and hence proper processing, storage and packaging of products is necessary for extending their shelf-life and to minimize loss of their endogenous antioxidants. This chapter provides an account of methods by which oxidative processes could be controlled in nuts and nut oils in order to extend their shelf-life and prime quality during storage. Key words: nuts, nut oils, oxidation, shelf-life, antioxidants, oxidative stability, processing, packaging, storage.

8.1 Introduction Nuts may be classified as tree nuts (almonds, walnuts, pecans, pistachios, cashews, hazelnuts, macadamia nuts and Brazil nuts) or ground nuts (peanuts); belonging to the legume family (Coates and Howe, 2007). Nearly 80% of the caloric value of nuts is derived from their lipids, ranging from approximately 568 to 674 kcal/100 g. They are low in saturated (SFA) and high in unsaturated fatty acids, especially monounsaturated fatty acids (MUFA) and to a lesser extent polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA) ranging from 31.6% in cashew nuts to 62.4% in pecan, as shown in Fig. 8.1 (USDA national nutrient database for standard reference, 2009; Miraliakbari and Shahidi, 2008b; Ryan et al., 2006). MUFA contribute, on average, approximately 62% to the energy derived from lipids present (Kris-Etherton, 1999). Among nuts, walnuts are a particularly rich

Oxidation and protection of nuts and nut oils 275

Fig. 8.1 Percentage saturated fatty acids (SFA), monosaturated fatty acids (MUFA), and polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA) of selected edible nuts. Adapted from USDA national nutrient database for standard reference, http://www.nal.usda.gov/fnic/cgi-bin/ nut_search.pl (accessed on 20 December 2009).

source of the omega-3 fatty acid (!-3 FA), -linolenic acid (ALA) (Nash and Nash, 2008). Numerous studies have documented the beneficial effects of various nuts on serum lipids and lipoproteins and there is increasing evidence that diets that include nuts may be beneficial in decreasing the risk of coronary heart disease (CHD) (Shahidi and Miraliakbari, 2004; Alberta et al., 2002; Ellsworth et al., 2001; Kris-Etherton et al., 1999; 2008; Hu et al., 1998). This is believed to result from the particularly high oleic acid content of nuts (Kaijser et al., 2000). However, there is emerging evidence that the decreased risk is not solely related to the fatty acid profile, but may also be due to the presence of other bioactive components present in nuts such as vitamin E, fibre, magnesium, potassium and antioxidant phenolic compounds (Acar et al., 2009; Maguire et al., 2004). The latest investigations on different aspects of tree nut compositions, phytochemicals and health effects have been reported by Alasalvar and Shahidi (2009). Several nut varieties serve as valuable oil crops due to their high oil yield (50±75% w/w), unique flavours and healthful fatty acid composition (Miraliakbari and Shahidi, 2008a). In many parts of the world, such as the Middle East and Asia, tree nuts are cultivated for their use as oil crops and are important sources of energy, essential dietary nutrients, phytochemicals (Bonvehi et al., 2000), as well as components of some skin moisturizers and cosmetic products (Madhaven, 2001). Recent investigations have shown that dietary consumption of nut oils may exert even more beneficial effects than consumption of whole nuts, possibly due to the replacement of dietary

276


carbohydrates with unsaturated lipids and/or other components present in the extracted oil (Hu and Stampfer, 1999). Shahidi and Miraliakbari (2005) have summarized the characteristics and potential health effects of several tree nut oils and their byproducts, including oils of almond, hazelnut, pecan, walnut, pistachio, Brazil nut, pine nut and macadamia nut, among others. The development of an unacceptable taste or rancidity is a feature of badly stored nuts or those stored for too long (Kaijser et al., 2000). Nuts and nut oils are susceptible to autoxidation due to their high content of unsaturated fatty acids. The Swiss chemist Nicholas-TheÂodore de Saussure (1746±1845) was the first to observe and report that a layer of walnut oil exposed to air was able to absorb 150 times its own volume of oxygen in one year. He also noted that the oil became more viscous and developed an off-odour (Braconnot, 1815). The lipids involved in the oxidation process contain unsaturated fatty acids such as oleic, linoleic, linolenic and long chain PUFAs; however, other unsaturated lipids present in fats and oils such as cholesterol and other sterols do become oxidized during this process (Uri, 1961). Free radicals are important chaincarrying intermediates in lipid autoxidation, which lead to the formation of hydroperoxides that further degrade to secondary oxidation products such as ketones and aldehydes, among others. The appearance of secondary oxidation products is associated with changes in the odour and flavour of the products, resulting in rancidity. Lipid oxidation negatively affects the flavour, odour, colour, and nutritional value of foods during storage, and this may also limit the utilization of nut oils in processed and fortified foods as well as nutritional supplements (Alasalvar et al., 2003a). The oxidative stability of various nuts and nut oils under different conditions has been studied by various researchers (Miraliakbari and Shahidi, 2008a; Alasalvar et al., 2003a; Cavaletto et al., 1966). Hexanal and other volatile compounds, using headspace gas chromatography (GC), have been used to monitor the oxidative deterioration of fats and oils as well as other lipid-containing foods (Miraliakbari and Shahidi, 2008a; Reed et al., 2002; Jensen et al., 2001; Lennersten and Lingnert, 1998; Molteberg et al., 1995; 1996; Erickson, 1993). In addition, the evaluation of oxidative status is occasionally combined with sensory evaluation, as for roasted peanuts, for which the formation of secondary oxidation products (including pentanal, hexanal and octanal) resulted in loss of peanutty flavour and development of a painty flavour instead (Reed et al., 2002). Fourie and Basson (1989) showed that changes in peroxide levels could be used to predict rancidity in nuts instead of using a trained sensory panel. The oxidation of edible fats and oils can be controlled by application of antioxidants, using processing techniques that minimize the loss of tocopherols and other natural antioxidants, inactivation of prooxidant metals and enzymes, minimizing exposure to oxygen, heat and light, hydrogenation of PUFA and the use of an inert gas or vacuum packaging to expel oxygen before long-term storage (Miraliakbari and Shahidi, 2008a). Beneficial health effects of nuts and nut oils have been well reviewed in the existing literature (Nash and Nash, 2008; Blomhoff et al., 2006; Griel and Kris-

Oxidation and protection of nuts and nut oils 277 Etherton, 2006; Kris-Etherton et al., 2001; Kris-Etherton, 1999); however, information regarding their oxidative stabilities and the various methods to protect them against oxidation during storage is lacking. This chapter provides detailed information on the oxidation of nuts and nut oils. The effects of oxidation on the sensory, nutritional quality and shelflife of nuts and nut oils and the different methods of protecting them against oxidation will also be discussed.

8.2

Oxidation of nuts and nut oils

Lipid oxidation can be defined as the oxygen-dependent deterioration of lipids containing any number of carbon-carbon double bonds. Systematic studies of lipid oxidation have been carried out since the 1940s when it was established that hydroperoxides were the primary products of oxidation (or peroxidation) of unsaturated lipids (Uri, 1961). Lipid hydroperoxides are themselves non-radical compounds, but readily decompose into unwanted secondary products which adversely affect flavour. Lipid oxidation is initiated by heat, light and metal ions, among others; the rate at which fatty acids are oxidized increases with the degree of unsaturation. Lipid oxidation can take place via autoxidation, photosensitized oxidation (photooxidation), thermal oxidation, hydrolytic oxidation and enzymatic oxidation. 8.2.1 Measurement of lipid oxidation in nuts and nut oils Lipid oxidation can be measured by objective or sensory methods. Sensory methods of assessing lipid oxidation in nuts are widely used, but this is time consuming and taste panels are difficult to maintain. Several objective methods have successfully been employed for evaluating lipid oxidation in nuts and nut oils (Miraliakbari and Shahidi, 2008a) and these include measurement of conjugated dienes, peroxide value, thiobarbituric acid reactive substances, paraanisidine value, volatile carbonyl compounds and several spectroscopic methods, including nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) (Shahidi and Wanasundara, 1998) and Fourier transform infrared (FT-IR) (Shahidi and Wanasundara, 1996) spectroscopies. The conjugated dienes of a sample are quantified by diluting a weighed amount of oil in isooctane and the absorbance is read spectrophotometrically at 234 nm (IUPAC, 1987). The peroxide value (PV) is a measure of the hydroperoxide content of a fat or oil, and is thus a test for primary lipid oxidation products. PV is most commonly quantitated using iodometric titration and is expressed as milliequivalents of active oxygen (peroxide) per kg of lipid (meq/ kg) (Shahidi and Wanasundara, 1998). The Australian Macadamia Society indicates a maximum PV of 5.0 meq/kg for oil from raw and roasted kernels while The Southern African Macadamia Grower's Association recommends a maximum PV value of 3.0 meq/kg (Mason et al., 2004). The 2-thiobarbituric acid (TBA) test is another convenient method for the measurement of secondary oxidation products (Del Rio et al., 2005). Meanwhile, the p-anisidine value is

278


empirically defined as 100 times the absorbance of a solution resulting from the reaction of 1 g of oil or fat and p-anisidine in 100 mL of isooctane, measured at 350 nm in a 1 cm cell (Shahidi and Wanasundara, 1998; AOCS, 1990). Various types of headspace gas chromatographic techniques have been developed to assess the composition of volatiles in oxidized fats and oils (Miraliakbari and Shahidi, 2008a; Guillen et al., 2005; Sanches-Silva et al., 2004). The active oxygen method (AOM), or Swift test, is a common accelerated method for assessing oxidative stability of fats and oils. The method is based on the principle that formation of lipid hydroperoxides is accelerated when lipids are subjected to high temperatures while aerated (Matthaus and Bruhl, 2003). Automated versions of the active oxygen method have been developed, such as the Oxidative Stability Instrument (OSI), Rancimat and Oxidograph. The OSI and Rancimat tests measure changes in conductivity caused by volatile ionic organic acids, automatically and continuously (Liu et al., 2005). The oxidograph test involves heating of an oil sample exposed to air or oxygen, which results in a pressure decrease inside the reaction vessel. The change in pressure is measured electronically by means of pressure transducers and the endpoint of the test is reached when pressure inside the vessel exhibits a marked decrease. Due to the complexity of the chemical processes involved, it is recommended that the progress of oxidation of fats and oils be monitored by more than one method, including at least one test for each of the primary and secondary lipid oxidation products. 8.2.2 Factors affecting oxidation of nuts and nut oils Nuts are marketed in different commercial forms and as unshelled nuts, shelled kernels and peeled seeds, both raw and roasted. Antioxidants present in the intact pellicle protect the nut kernels against oxidation (Jurd, 1956); however, removal of the shell may damage the kernels and thereby expose the kernels to light and oxygen (Tappel et al., 1957). Most of the studies found in the literature investigate the influence of different factors such as packaging material, temperature, time, roasting, light or irradiation, trace metals and antioxidants on several physical, sensory and chemical parameters of the seeds (Gou et al., 2000; Zacheo et al., 2000; Sattar et al., 1990a; 1990b). Relative humidity, temperature, light and packaging The effect of relative humidity (RH) on the quality changes in nuts has been well documented (Irtwange and Oshodi, 2009; Ruiz-Bevila et al., 1999; MateÂ et al., 1996). Erickson et al. (1994) found no consistent difference in oxidative changes for pecans stored at 55 and 65% RH, but MateÂ et al. (1996) found a significant increase in lipid oxidation for walnut kernels stored at 53% RH when compared to those stored at 21% RH. Relative humidity is a more important factor than temperature for storage of hazelnuts (Ayfer, 1973). Quality of raw shelled peanuts can be maintained for at least 1 year at 1 to 5 ëC with moisture contents < 7%, or for 2 to 10 years at ÿ18 ëC and < 6% moisture. Maintaining RH

Oxidation and protection of nuts and nut oils 279 between 55 and 70% at 1 to 5 ëC will maintain peanut moisture content at 7 to 7.5% (Maness, 2004). LoÂpez et al. (1995) did not observe any effect of storage temperature on walnut quality when comparing unshelled walnuts stored in the range of 3± 10 ëC. The classical way of storing almonds is to keep them in the shell after natural drying until their consumption or use by the industry (Ruiz-Bevila et al., 1999). In-shell almonds can be stored for up to 20 months at 0 ëC, 16 months at 10 ëC and 8 months at 20 ëC. Shelled nuts can be stored for about half as long as nuts in the shell (about 6 months), and pieces for even less (Labavitch, 2004). Inshell pecans can be stored for 6 months at 22 ëC, 12 months at 0 ëC or 24 months at ÿ18 ëC; whereas shelled pecans can only be stored for 3 months at 22 ëC, 9 months at 0 ëC or 18 months at ÿ18 ëC (Maness, 2004). Mehran and Filsoof (1974) did not detect any flavour difference in almonds after 12 months of storage at room temperature, while macadamia nuts tended to develop offflavour more rapidly during storage at room temperature. Young and Cunningham (1991) demonstrated that almonds, macadamia nuts and pistachios were acceptable after 6 to 9 months storage at 38 ëC, while cashews, hazelnuts, peanuts, pecans and walnuts were acceptable for only 2 to 5 months when stored at 38 ëC as judged by sensory panels. Fourie and Basson (1989) reported few flavour differences in almonds after 12 months of storage at room temperature. Macadamia nuts tend to develop oxidative rancidity rapidly during storage at room temperature, but can be stored for up to a year at 2 ëC and for 18 months at ÿ18 ëC without becoming rancid. The oxidative stability of nut kernels decreases with an increase in storage temperature. Senesi et al. (1991) found that almonds could be stored for up to 9 months at 4 or 20 ëC without any significant quality loss; the packaging material (low or high oxygen permeability) did not cause any quality changes. Beyond this storage period, however, quality was maintained only by using a low oxygen permeability packaging material and storage at 4 ëC. The oxidation process is likely to be accelerated during retail storage as the kernels are often held at ambient temperature and relative humidity and are also exposed to light that catalyses oxidation (Sattar et al., 1989). Light, depending on its intensity, wavelength, duration of exposure, absorption by the product, presence of sensitizers, temperature and amount of available oxygen may induce oxidation È zdemir and Devres, 1999b). Jensen et al. (2001) demonin nuts and nut oils (O strated that storage under light causes pronounced oxidative changes, especially in walnuts stored at 21 ëC, whereas in the dark and storage at 5 ëC no rancid taste was noted during 25 weeks of storage under accelerated storage conditions (50% oxygen). Moisture content affects the stability of both nuts-in-shells (NIS) and kernels. Mason et al. (1998) reported that NIS should be dried to 10% moisture content on-farm and then transported to the processor where they should be further dried to a moisture content of 3.5%. The final moisture content of the kernel should be 1.5% or lower (Cavaletto, 1981). Dela Cruz et al. (1966) reported good stability of roasted kernels at 1.1% moisture content compared to those at higher moisture levels (1.7 and 1.5%). Mason et al. (2004) assessed the

280


quality of macadamia kernels (raw and roasted, salted) that were stored for 36 days under conditions similar to those found in the supermarket in bulk retail dispensers (21.7 ëC and 55.5% relative humidity). They recommended that both raw and roasted, salted macadamia kernels should not be stored for more than eight days in supermarket bulk retail dispensers. Processing, storage and roasting of nuts and nut oils Several studies have unambiguously demonstrated that storage at high oxygen concentrations results in more pronounced lipid oxidation than storage under low oxygen concentrations (MateÂ et al., 1996; Ribeiro et al., 1993; Senesi et al., 1991). Postharvest damages to kernels are also a major defect of nuts. The shelling operation results in hidden damage (from the explosion of the oil inside the cotyledons of the cells), broken and damaged nuts. After roasting, damaged and broken nuts may increase to about 10 and 15%, respectively, during transÈ zdemir portation of nuts to the factory unless preventive measures are taken (O and Devres, 1999b). Peroxidase activity in the damaged surfaces brings about off flavours. Pressure in the course of storage and/or transportation should be below 0.9 bars. Excessive pressure damages the cell structure and the enzymes, which increases substrate interaction (Keme et al., 1983). For proper storage of hazelnuts, they should contain 5% moisture after drying and the storage medium should be cool and dry (5±10 ëC and 50±60% relative humidity) (Hadorn et al., 1977). Economical storage is a function of the relative cost of dehumidification, refrigeration, and insulation taken together with the risk of spoilage at high relative humidities and temperatures (Ayfer, 1973). Nuts are frequently submitted to thermal processing, mainly roasting, to obtain characteristic sensory or texture features (Amaral et al., 2006). Besides extending the range of aromas, textures, and taste of hazelnuts, roasting is also performed to remove the pellicles (seed coats) of the kernels, inactivate enzymes, È zdemir et al., 2001; destroy microorganisms, and reduce water activity (O Fellows, 2000). Roasting changes physicochemical properties that might in turn alter the rate of oil oxidation. Without the shell, the kernel experiences faster deteriorative changes that shorten its shelflife. The oxidation of lipids and the rate of rancidity development are highly dependent on the temperature and increases rapidly at higher temperatures (Nogala-Kalucka and Gogolewski, 2000; Senesi et al., 1996; 1991; Sattar et al., 1990b; Harris et al., 1972). The thermal treatment of nuts during roasting inevitably leads to chemical changes mainly determined by the nut composition (moisture, fat, proteins, and carbohydrates) and by the temperature and extent of heating (Fellows, 2000). Optimization of roasting conditions by evaluating the kinetics of the process, moisture and drying characteristics, colour, oxidative stability, sensory characteristics, and microstructural changes, has been extensively described in the literature (Demir et al., 2003; È zdemir and Devres, Fallico et al., 2003; Saklar et al., 2003; Demir et al., 2002; O 1999a; 2000a; 2000b). Langourieux et al. (2000) reported the influence of roasting parameters on hazelnut aroma compounds, and the volatile compositions of raw and roasted hazelnuts were compared by Alasalvar et al. (2003b). Elevated

Oxidation and protection of nuts and nut oils 281 drying temperature leads to the formation of carbonyl compounds derived from autoxidation of unsaturated fatty acids (Chiou et al., 1991). Roasting timetemperature combination, temperature of nuts at the exit of the roaster, and exposure time to air prior to packaging and storage significantly influence the shelflife of nuts. Roasting temperature should not exceed 150 ëC. Temperature of hazelnut at the exit of the roaster should be around 20 ëC (Koksal and Okay, 1996; È zdemir and Devres, 1999a). In-shell and unroasted hazelnut kernels can be O stored for 24 months with minimal loss of quality at temperatures up to 10 ëC; whereas roasted kernels may only be held for 6 months prior to the development of detectable rancidity when stored at 0, 5 or 10 ëC (Maness, 2004). Kaijser et al. (2000) attempted to identify the parameters that might influence the stability and storage characteristics of selected cultivars of macadamia nuts grown in New Zealand. The stability of the oil measured by the Rancimat test at 110 ëC ranged from 3.6 to 19.8 h. The cultivar that was found to be most unstable also had the highest level of peroxides and linoleic acid. In contrast to macadamia nut oils, other common nut oils heated to 110 ëC had Rancimat induction periods ranging from 3.9 to 7.8 h for walnut oils (Savage et al., 1999) and 15.6 to 25.3 h for hazelnut oils (Savage et al., 1997). Overall, peroxide formation is generally low in whole macadamia nuts as the kernel is protected by a thick pericarp. -Tocopherol (0:8 1:1 mg/g lipids) and -tocopherol (3:5 4:8 mg/g lipids) were the only two tocopherols identified in the extracted macadamia oil. In other nut species, e.g. hazelnuts (Savage et al., 1997) and walnuts (Savage et al., 1999), tocopherols contributed to kernel stability. The major sterols identified in macadamia nuts were sitosterol, 5-avenasterol, campesterol, stigmasterol and desmethylsterols (Kaijser et al., 2000). 5Avenasterol has an additional double bond in its side-chain, which gives it an antioxidative property in frying oil (Gordon and Magos, 1983). The study undertaken by Kaijser et al. (2000) showed no clear relationship between the stability of the oil and the content of polyunsaturated fatty acids. The authors concluded that it was more likely that the stability of the oil is influenced by factors such as the positions of the individual fatty acids within the triacylglycerol molecules and the presence of tocopherols, caroteneoids, free fatty acids and sterols as suggested by Neff et al. (1994). Oil extraction by supercritical carbon dioxide (SC-CO2) has been associated with greater thermal oxidative instability of the oils than by solvent or extruder extraction methods (Calvo et al., 1994; List and Friedrich, 1985; 1989). Crowe and White (2003) also observed that SC-CO2 extracted walnut oils were less stable than pressed walnut oils during accelerated storage in the dark, as determined by PV, headspace analysis by solid-phase microextraction, and sensory methods. However, the SC-CO2-extracted oils exhibited greater photooxidative stability than their pressed counterparts, possibly due to the presence of chlorophylls in the pressed oil. Speciality oils, such as walnut oil, are generally stored in clear glass bottles on store shelves, making them susceptible to photooxidation. The increased stability of SC-CO2-extracted oils to lightinduced oxidation is therefore important. Oxidative stability indices and

282


tocopherol contents were, however, significantly (p < 0:05) lower in the SCCO2-extracted oils than in pressed walnut oils (Crowe and White, 2003). Nejad et al. (2002) studied the effect of various drying methods (sun drying, bin dryer, vertical continuous dryer, vertical cylindrical dryer and funnel vertical dryer) on the quality of pistachio nuts. Different drying methods used did not have any significant (p > 0:05) influence on the free fatty acid (FFA), PV and TBA values of lipids in pistachio nuts. Sun drying of hazelnuts is considered best as artificial heat can cause rancidity (Rosa, 1979). Drying temperature affects the sensory attributes of pistachio nuts and its roasted flavour note increased during high-temperature drying (116±138 ëC) (Kader et al., 1979). Drying to an appropriate moisture content (4±6% wet basis (wb)) is an important factor ensuring good quality products. Nuts dried to 4% (wb) moisture were rated higher in crispness and sweetness, and lower in bitterness and rancidity than those dried to 6 or 11% (wb) moisture. Nuts at 6% (wb) moisture content also scored higher in sweetness and lower in bitterness and rancidity than those at 11% (wb) (Kader et al., 1979). Drying affects the constituents of pistachio but its influence is less than blanching and roasting. It is not advisable to dry hazelnuts at higher than 50 ëC because the rate of rancidity development increases with temperature, resulting in degradation of hazelnut quality. The optimal drying air temperature for hazelnuts is in the range of 40±50 ëC as lower temperatures require a longer processing time and temperatures higher than 50 ëC favour lipid oxidation, especially in shelled hazelnuts (LoÂpez et al., 1997a). The drying of hazelnut at temperatures between 30 and 70 ëC reduces the initial activity of the endogenous lipase, peroxidase and polyphenol oxidase. Higher enzymatic activity is observed in shelled hazelnuts than in their unshelled counterparts, possibly due to a higher water activity of the former than the latter at the same moisture content (LoÂpez et al., 1997b). Bostan (2000) reported that the best method is drying in concrete containers, as nuts in this treatment dry in a short period and hence exhibit high pellicle removal and have good shell and kernel colour. Short time heat treatments (STHT) based on radiofrequency can be used to control insect pests of concern to international trade of tree nuts (Tang et al., 2000). Buransompob et al. (2003) investigated the lipid stability of shelled walnuts and almonds as affected by STHT and accelerated storage temperatures; the treatment did not promote rancidity in these nuts. Untreated control and heattreated shelled walnuts and almond kernels were acceptable after 60 days of storage at 25 ëC or after 20 days of storage at 35 ëC, which is equivalent to storing walnuts and almond kernels at 4 ëC for 2 years. STHT at 55 ëC for 2 minutes or greater retarded the development of oxidative rancidity in shelled walnuts and almonds during distribution and storage. 8.2.3 Oxidative stability of tree nut oils Miraliakbari and Shahidi (2008a,c) analyzed the lipid composition and minor components of tree nut oils and their antioxidant activity, along with examining the oxidative stability of a number of tree nut oils (oils of almond, Brazil nut,

Oxidation and protection of nuts and nut oils 283 hazelnut, pecan, pine nut, pistachio and walnut). Two solvent extraction systems, namely, hexane and chloroform/methanol were compared for yield and other chemical characteristics. Minor components in the nut oils can act as antioxidants and thus in this study the minor components were extracted (stripped nut oil) as described by Abuzaytoun and Shahidi (2006) and Khan and Shahidi (2001; 2002). The oxidative stability of stripped and nonstripped nut oils was studied using accelerated oxidation conditions, under Schaal oven conditions for autoxidation (heated to 60 ëC in a forced air oven for different time periods) and under fluorescent light (photooxidation in a photooxidation chamber with white fluorescent light for different periods). The formation of conjugated dienes in tree nut oils during a 12-day autoxidation test conducted by Miraliakbari and Shahidi (2008a) is summarized in Table 8.1. In all oils examined, chloroform/methanol-extracted oils and their stripped counterparts were more resistant to the formation of conjugated dienes than their corresponding nonstripped hexane-extracted oils. Chloroform/ methanol-extracted pecan oil possessed the lowest level of conjugated dienes among samples examined after 12 days of oxidation (1.2). The stripped oils of walnuts possessed the highest conjugated diene levels among all samples examined; this observation can easily be attributed to the high degree of unsaturation of these oils, in combination with their lack of antioxidative minor components. The peroxide values of tree nut oils subjected to autoxidation are also shown in Table 8.2. The order of oxidative stability, derived using maximum peroxide value levels, was identical to the order obtained using maximum conjugated diene values (pecan oil > pistachio oil > hazelnut oil > almond oil > Brazil nut oil > pine nut oil > walnut oil; chloroform/methanolextracted oils > hexane-extracted oils; nonstripped oils > stripped oils). Chloroform/methanol-extracted oils containing higher amounts of minor components were more resistant to the formation of secondary oxidation products as reflected in their p-anisidine values, when compared to their hexane-extracted counterparts (Table 8.1). Among the samples studied, chloroform/methanolextracted pistachio oil exhibited the lowest p-anisidine value after 12 days of storage under accelerated Schaal oven conditions. Figure 8.2 shows the headspace aldehyde (hexanal) compositions of nonstripped hexane or chloform/ methanol extracted tree nut oils during autoxidation. Hexanal and nonanal were the most widely detected headspace volatiles observed in tree nut oils subjected to accelerated oxidation; propanal was present only in walnut oil, which is the only nut oil containing -linolenic acid, which belongs to the omega-3 family. Hexanal is an oxidation product of linoleic acid, an omega-6 fatty acid (Shahidi and Pegg, 1994). In addition, nonanal is an oxidation product of oleic acid, an omega-9 fatty acid (Ramirez et al., 2004). No headspace aldehydes were detected in oil samples prior to the commencement of the stability studies. Chloroform/methanol extracted oils contained lower amounts of headspace aldehydes compared to their hexane-extracted counterparts at each sampling point of the accelerated autoxidation studies. Stripped oils contained 2±4 times the amount of headspace aldehydes compared to their nonstripped counterparts.

284


Table 8.1 Conjugated dienes, peroxide value (meq oxygen/kg oil) and p-anisidine value in tree nut oils during autoxidation under Schaal oven conditions at 60ëC Oil

Conjugated dienes Peroxide value p-anisidine value Storage period (days) 0

12

0

12

0

12

Almond oil Hexane extracted Chloroform/methanol extracted Stripped hexane extracted Stripped chloroform/methanol extracted

0.956 1.744 2.636 2.270

6.451 6.757 15.914 15.331

0.040 0.030 0.023 0.015

0.335 0.164 0.531 0.458

0.120 0.561 0.267 0.465

3.923 3.061 29.058 24.389

Brazil nut oil Hexane extracted Chloroform/methanol extracted Stripped hexane extracted Stripped chloroform/methanol extracted

1.768 0.692 1.301 1.423

15.767 3.686 15.341 14.430

0.047 0.030 0.015 0.023

0.661 0.197 1.992 1.415

0.189 0.821 0.264 0.371

8.576 3.327 19.746 16.048

Hazelnut oil Hexane extracted Chloroform/methanol extracted Stripped hexane extracted Stripped chloroform/methanol extracted

1.096 1.492 1.704 1.467

7.199 6.131 12.033 11.092

0.031 0.059 0.015 0.015

0.307 0.200 0.519 0.467

0.592 0.288 0.255 0.343

8.262 6.555 16.428 15.386

Pecan oil Hexane extracted Chloroform/methanol extracted Stripped hexane extracted Stripped chloroform/methanol extracted

0.502 0.267 0.945 0.897

2.821 1.245 6.719 6.036

0.030 0.023 0.023 0.015

0.158 0.045 0.346 0.309

0.433 0.294 0.344 0.257

7.172 3.243 11.876 12.686

Pine nut oil Hexane extracted Chloroform/methanol extracted Stripped hexane extracted Stripped chloroform/methanol extracted

1.216 1.067 1.509 1.524

24.745 7.920 5.493 5.825

0.030 0.016 0.023 0.015

1.317 0.291 2.305 2.259

0.267 0.493 0.281 0.552

17.567 14.029 29.711 28.549

Pistachio oil Hexane extracted Chloroform/methanol extracted Stripped hexane extracted Stripped chloroform/methanol extracted

0.481 0.992 1.145 0.936

3.898 1.689 6.945 6.673

0.023 0.015 0.015 0.015

0.116 0.037 0.438 0.428

0.545 0.635 0.518 0.493

1.910 1.731 10.473 9.361

Walnut oil Hexane extracted Chloroform/methanol extracted Stripped hexane extracted Stripped chloroform/methanol extracted

0.554 0.535 0.684 0.693

29.998 17.507 5.965 7.452

0.030 0.015 0.015 0.015

2.142 0.334 4.736 4.629

0.230 0.462 0.193 0.237

29.591 24.880 52.562 48.836

Adapted from Miraliakbari and Shahidi (2008a)

Oxidation and protection of nuts and nut oils 285 Table 8.2 Formation of conjugated dienes in tree nut oils during photooxidation. Abbreviations used are the same as those in Fig. 8.2 Oil

Storage period (days) 0

2

3

0

Nonstripped oils A-H A-BD BN-H BN-BD HN-H HN-BD P-H P-BD PN-H PN-BD PO-H PO-BD W-H W-BD

0.956 1.744 1.768 0.692 1.096 1.492 0.502 0.267 1.216 1.067 0.481 0.992 0.554 0.535

10.967 11.487 26.804 6.266 12.238 10.423 4.796 2.117 42.067 13.464 6.627 3.971 50.997 29.762

2

3

Stripped oils 14.257 14.933 34.845 8.146 15.910 13.550 6.234 2.751 54.686 17.503 8.615 4.733 66.296 38.690

2.636 2.270 1.301 1.423 1.704 1.467 0.945 0.897 1.509 1.524 1.145 0.936 0.684 0.693

27.054 26.063 26.080 24.531 20.456 18.857 11.422 10.261 0.838 9.903 11.807 11.344 10.141 12.668

35.170 33.882 33.904 31.890 26.593 24.514 14.849 13.340 1.090 12.873 15.348 14.747 13.183 16.469

a Abbreviations used are the same as those in Fig. 8.2. Adapted from Miraliakbari and Shahidi (2008a)

The photooxidative stability of stripped and nonstripped tree nut oils over 3 days was also examined. Chloroform/methanol-extracted oils were more resistant to conjugated diene formation than hexane-extracted oils under photooxidation. Stripped oils were less resistant to conjugated diene formation than their nonstripped counterparts (Table 8.3). Among nonstripped samples, chloroform/methanol-extracted pecan oil had the lowest levels and hexane extracted walnut oil had the highest level of conjugated dienes after 3 days of photooxidation. Headspace analyses of photooxidized tree nut oils showed that hexanal and nonanal were the most prevalent aldehydes present, while propanal was present only in walnut oil, the latter being the only one containing linolenic acid. Figure 8.3 shows the headspace aldehyde (hexanal) compositions of nonstripped hexane or chloroform/methanol extracted tree nut oils during photooxidation. Chloroform/methanol-extracted pecan oil contained the lowest level of total headspace aldehydes among all samples after 3 days of photooxidation. Higher amounts of total headspace aldehydes were detected in autoxidized oils than in photooxidized oils; thus, the oils examined enjoyed reasonable photooxidative stability under the conditions employed. Miraliakbari and Shahidi (2008a) thus concluded that the antioxidative minor components of tree nut oils impart both photooxidative and autoxidative stability to them. PokornyÂ et al. (2003) compared the oxidative stabilities of a traditional peanut oil (cultiva Virginia, 30.5% linoleic acid) with a modified high oleic

286


Fig. 8.2 Headspace aldehyde (hexanal) compositions of nonstripped hexane or chloroform/methanol extracted tree nut oils during autoxidation under Schaal oven conditions at 60ëC. Adapted from Miraliakbari and Shahidi (2008a). Abbreviations used: A-H, almond oil, hexane extracted; A-CM, almond oil, chloroform/ methanol extracted; BN-H, Brazil nut oil, hexane extracted; BN-CM, Brazil nut oil, chloroform/methanol extracted; HN-H, hazelnut oil, hexane extracted; HN-CM, hazelnut oil, chloroform/methanol extracted; P-H, pecan oil, hexane extracted; P-CM, pecan oil, chloroform/methanol extracted; PN-H, pine nut oil, hexane extracted; PN-CM, pine nut oil, chloroform/methanol extracted; PO-H, pistachio oil, hexane extracted; PO-CM, pistachio oil, chloroform/methanol extracted; W-H, walnut oil, hexane extracted; W-CM, walnut oil, chloroform/methanol extracted.

peanut oil (cultivar SunOleic, 2.7% linoleic acid). Their stabilities were tested under the conditions of Schaal oven test at 40 and 60 ëC, using AOM, Rancimat and Oxipres (oxygen pressure 0.5 MPa) at 100 ëC. The high oleic peanut oil, SunOleic was about 4±8 times more stable than the traditional peanut oil at both 40 and 60 ëC under the conditions of Schaal oven test. The SunOleic peanut oil was also substantially more stable at higher temperatures used in AOM, Rancimat and Oxipres apparatus, which simulate frying conditions (Table 8.3). The difference in stabilities was due to the existing differences in their content Table 8.3

Oxidative stability of peanut oils. (Adapted from PokornyÂ et al., 2003)

Method Schaal test at 40ëC (days) Schaal test at 60ëC (days) Oxipres (h) Rancimat (min) AOM (h)

Virginia peanut oil 120 30 11.9 465 3.74

SunOleic peanut oil > 850 220 79.8 618 > 48

Oxidation and protection of nuts and nut oils 287

Fig. 8.3 Headspace aldehyde (hexanal) compositions of nonstripped hexane or chloroform/methanol extracted tree nut oils during photooxidation. Abbreviations used are the same as those in Fig. 8.2. Adapted from Miraliakbari and Shahidi (2008a).

of polyunsaturated fatty acids or their respective triacylglycerols. Triacylglycerols containing linoleic acid were oxidized several times faster than triacylglycerols containing only oleic and saturated fatty acids.

8.3 Effect of oxidation on sensory, nutritional quality and shelf-life of nuts and nut oils Lipid oxidation is a major cause of quality deterioration in nuts and nut oils and affects their sensory attributes, nutritional quality and shelf-life. Consequently, delaying the onset of oxidation could extend the market potential of products of È zdemir et al. (2001) reported the effects of roasting of hazelnuts on interest. O the amino acid composition, peroxide value, and the contents of thiamine, riboflavin, and free fatty acids. The results showed that roasting significantly affected peroxide value, free fatty acids, thiamine, riboflavine and total amino acid composition of AkcËakoca and Giresun hazelnuts. Riboflavin level decreased by almost 30% in AkcËakoca hazelnuts and 18% in Giresun hazelnuts. At above 120 ëC, more than 50% of thiamine was lost and the total amino acid levels in the hazelnuts generally decreased as roasting temperature increased. Loss of lysine in the samples of Giresun hazelnuts roasted in two stages (158 ëC for 12 min, 148 ëC for 12 min) was less than 6%, while in AkcËakoca hazelnuts, a loss of 31% was noticed when roasted at 126 ëC for 45 min. Amaral et al. (2006) investigated the effect of roasting on some nutritional characteristics of lipid fraction of hazelnuts. Hazelnuts were subjected to different time (5, 15, and 30 min) and temperature (125±200 ëC) treatments and analyzed for their moisture

288


and crude fat content, as well as determining their phytosterol and fatty acid composition (including trans isomers) by GC-FID, triacylglycerols by HPLCELSD, and tocopherols and tocotrienols by HPLC-DAD/fluorescence spectroscopy. Minor changes occurred in the fatty acid and triacylglycerol compositions. As the temperature and roasting period increased, a generally modest relative increase of oleic and saturated fatty acids and a decrease of linoleic acid occurred. Similarly, an increase of triacylglycerols containing oleic acid and a decrease of those containing linoleic acid were found in the roasted samples. Roasting caused a modest decrease of the beneficial phytosterols (maximum 14.4%) and vitamin E homologues (maximum 10.0%) and a negligible increase of the trans fatty acids. Zacheo et al. (2000) studied the changes associated with postharvest ageing in Italian unshelled almonds stored in the dark at 20 ëC and 40% relative humidity for 3 years. They investigated changes in total lipid and protein contents, fatty acid profiles, lipoxygenase activity, hydroperoxide level and tocopherol content. The study confirmed previous reports that unshelled almonds maintained their quality at ambient temperature and did not show any significant chemical and biochemical changes for one year (Senesi et al., 1996). On the other hand, roasting carried out in two different ways, either by frying in oil or by a dry process (Young and Cunningham, 1991; Gou et al., 2000), promoted changes in the kernels, such as production of volatile compounds (Young and Cunningham, 1991; Gou et al., 2000). Harris et al. (1972) studied rancidity development in diced unroasted and roasted almonds for up to 6 months at 18 and 38 ëC. Results obtained from a sensory panel demonstrated that diced unroasted and roasted almonds became unacceptable after 6 and 3 months, respectively. Gou et al. (2000) studied the influence of oven roasting (two temperatures and six sampling times) on some physicochemical and sensory properties of Desmayo Largueta variety of almond. Rancidity increased with the treatment time up to a maximum value and overroasting produced antioxidant products due to Maillard reaction, the products of which were absorbed into the oil. Over-roasting also decreased sweetness and increased bitterness and grittiness. The variety of almond can play an important role in the shelf-life of the product. The content of tocopherol, lipids and peroxide values depended on the variety as well as the soil and climate conditions where the nuts are grown. The influence of temperature must be taken into account when shelf-life studies are undertaken. However, accelerated hightemperature treatments result in a different type of change in quality of nuts stored than those at lower temperatures. Consequently, nuts stored under accelerated ageing conditions should be maintained below 43 ëC (Harris et al., 1972). Maskan and Karatas (1998) investigated the changes in fatty acid composition of pistachio nuts stored at 10±30 ëC in the air or under 98% CO2 and different water activities (0.26±0.33). The fatty acids of pistachios stored in the presence of CO2 were relatively more stable than those stored under air. The loss of linoleic and linolenic acids depended on both the temperature and water

Oxidation and protection of nuts and nut oils 289 Table 8.4 Relative reduction of linoleic and linolenic acids in various conditions. Adapted from Maskan and Karatas (1998) Fatty acid

Fatty acid loss (%) 10ëC

Linoleic Linolenic

20ëC

30ëC

Air

CO2

Air

CO2

Air

CO2

3.98 18.24

2.15 10.39

4.66 32.79

3.02 21.02

7.50 44.34

9.17 50.11

activity in each case; obviously, linolenic acid was more susceptible to oxidation than linoleic acid and hence its relative content decreased more (Table 8.4). Consequently an apparent increase in the relative content of saturated fatty acids, namely myristic, palmitic and stearic and the unsaturated oleic acid was noted. The effect of CO2 on the stability was more pronounced as the temperature decreased. This may be attributed to the high solubility of CO2 in the liquid and lipid portion of pistachio nuts (Zhao and Wells, 1995; Calvo et al., 1994) and acting as a barrier at the oil/air interface, and thus reducing the rate of oxygen uptake by the sample (Maskan and Karatas, 1998).

8.4

Protecting nuts and nut oils against oxidation

Extension of the storage period of nuts and their by-products with retention of quality is one of the major needs of the food industry, mainly due to their seasonal availability (Fourie and Basson, 1989). Successful storage will ensure the availability of good quality nuts throughout the year. In order to prevent offflavour development in nuts, processing techniques should minimize loss of tocopherols and other naturally occurring antioxidants. Thus, different packaging materials, modified atmospheres or refrigeration and application of antioxidants to minimize the oxidation process during storage must be considered. 8.4.1 Using processing techniques that minimize the loss of tocopherols and other natural antioxidants Oxidative stability of seed oils is greatly affected by their fatty acid composition and minor components such as tocopherols and tocotrienols as well as storage conditions. Both tocopherols and tocotrienols are important antioxidants in stabilizing unsaturated fatty acids in foods and provide an effective protection against oxidative stress together with other antioxidants, such as phenolics, in the human body (Bozan and Temelli, 2008; Lampi et al., 1999). Unrefined oils contain a number of minor components that are partially removed during the refining, bleaching and deodorization that most commercial vegetable oils undergo (Tasioula-Margari and Okogeri, 2001). Some minor constituents can act

290


as pro-oxidants such as free fatty acids and hydroperoxides, or as antioxidants including tocopherols, phenols, and possibly phospholipids together with other components (Lee et al., 2002). Nutritionally important antioxidants such as tocopherols and carotenoids generally improve oil stability (Warner and Frankel, 1987). Phytosterols and phytostanols present in vegetable oils have hypocholesterolemic effects and may also exhibit antioxidant activity (Wang et al., 2002). Non-tocopherol phenolics influence the sensory and nutritional characteristics of the oil and possibly improve its stability (Alasalvar et al., 2003a). Miraliakbari and Shahidi (2008a) analyzed the tocopherol content of some tree nut oils and found that hazelnut oil contained the highest tocopherol content (462±508 mg/kg oil), followed by pecan oil (454±490 mg/kg) and then pine nut oil (399±458 mg/kg). -Tocopherol was the predominant tocol in almond oil (390±439 mg/kg) and hazelnut oil (382±472 mg/kg). Consumption of foods rich in natural antioxidants is protective against certain types of cancer and may also reduce the risk of cardiovascular and cerebrovascular events. These actions of antioxidants have been attributed to their ability to scavenge free radicals, thereby reducing oxidative damage to cellular biomolecules such as lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids (Shahidi et al., 2007; Alasalvar et al., 2006; Wijeratne et al., 2006; Aruoma, 1998). Tocopherol concentrations have been determined in oils from hazelnut, È zdemir et al., 2001), walnut, Juglans regia L. (KamalCorylus avellana L. (O Eldin and Andersson, 1997), and these correlated with their antioxidant activities. In almond, tocopherol concentration plays an important role in protecting lipids against oxidation and thus extending their shelflife (GarcõÂaPascual et al., 2003; Zacheo et al., 2000; Senesi et al., 1996). Furthermore, Fourie and Basson (1989) studied variations in tocopherol concentrations in several nuts, and found that almond kernels, with a higher tocopherol concentration than other nuts, had a better storage stability. Rizzolo et al. (1994) concluded that almond storage for 1 year, without quality loss, could only be attained with cultivars that possessed high concentrations of natural antioxidants such as -tocopherol, suggesting that this homologue is the main component protecting kernel quality (Kamal-Eldin and Appelqvist, 1996) and prolonging storage (Senesi et al., 1996). Fatty acid oxidation becomes only significant after a latent period, during which kernel antioxidants are depleted, as the total concentration of tocopherols decreases during storage (Zacheo et al., 2000). A high concentration of tocopherol has also been shown to be very important in the human diet, due to its vitamin E activity (Kamal-Eldin and Appelqvist, 1996). Consequently, kernel quality may be improved by higher levels of -tocopherol, due to its lipid stabilizing function and nutritive value as vitamin E, taking into account present consumer trends for foods without synthetic additives (Krings and Berger, 2001). Lavedrine et al. (1997) identified -, -, and -tocopherols in fresh and stored nuts and noted a significant loss after 3 months of storage at 4 ëC. Savage et al. (1999) investigated the fatty acid compositions, tocopherols, and stability of 13 of the potentially most useful cultivars of walnuts from

Oxidation and protection of nuts and nut oils 291 Europe and the United States that can be grown in the Canterbury region of New Zealand. The Rancimat stability of the oil at 110 ëC and 15 L/min air flow ranged from 3.9 to 7.8 h. Reduced stability of the oil as measured by this method appears to be correlated with higher levels of linoleic acid in the extracted oil. The levels of total tocopherols and the unsaturation in the oil, in a multiple regression analysis, had some relationship (R2 45:2%, P < 0:001) with the peroxide value. Owing to the high commercial value of whole walnuts and coldpressed walnut oil, extreme care needs to be exercised in order to prevent their oxidation. It is important to maintain freshness of products and to use processing techniques that minimize loss of tocopherols and other natural antioxidants. 8.4.2 Using natural or synthetic antioxidants Control of oxygen availability is a critical factor in minimizing lipid oxidation. The oxygen level can be reduced by vacuum or using modified atmosphere packaging and by using oxygen scavengers such as glucose oxidase (Shahidi and Wanasundara, 1996). These precautions reduce lipid oxidation, especially when combined with the use of antioxidants and low temperature storage in the dark. Both natural and synthetic antioxidants are commonly added to foods to control lipid oxidation. Synthetic antioxidants approved for food use include phenolic compounds such as butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) and tertiary-butylhydroquinone (TBHQ) and non-phenolics such as ascorbic acid, ascorbyl palmitate and erythorbic acid (Lee et al., 1997). Natural antioxidants include carotenoids, ascorbic acid, amino acids and dipeptides, protein hydrolysates, phospholipids, tocols and other naturally occurring phenolic compounds (Kontogiorgis et al., 2005). The effectiveness of natural antioxidants from fruits, vegetables, spices, grains and herbs to combat lipid oxidation has been investigated (Shahidi, 1997; 2000a). Rosemary and green tea extracts have been shown to have antioxidant activity in lipids and lipidcontaining foods (Shahidi, 2000b; He and Shahidi, 1997; Wanasundara and Shahidi, 1996). Antioxidants such as BHA, BHT and TBHQ are effective in preventing the oxidation of nuts and nut products such as peanut butter spread, almond spread, or nut oils by delaying the onset of rancidity and increasing shelf-life. Various techniques are employed to add antioxidants to nuts and nut products and these may include: 1. Spraying a dilute antioxidant solution on nut surfaces, which is probably the easiest and most efficient way to deliver antioxidants to nuts. An antioxidant solution is typically diluted with vegetable oil, such as peanut oil, used in the roasting step. The antioxidant solution can be sprayed after the roasting step on nuts on a conveyor belt or in a spray tumbler. Spray tumbling will ensure the most complete coverage of antioxidant on the nut surface. 2. Addition to roasting oil. Antioxidants may be lost or destroyed during this step, as roasting temperatures will be relatively high. 3. Use of antioxidant treated salt or other condiments.

292


Fig. 8.4 Effect of BHA/BHT treatments on the stability as reflected in the extension of storage time of nut kernels stored at 62ëC. Adapted from Eastman Chemical Company.

4. Addition to coating or glaze. Use of an edible protective coating containing antioxidant, such as a confectioner's glaze used to coat almonds or peanuts. 5. Use of antioxidant treated packaging materials. 6. Addition to nut oils. The required amount of antioxidant is dissolved in a small amount of nut oil and the concentrated antioxidant portion is mixed throughout the entire bulk (Eastman Chemical Company, 2004). FDA permits the addition of 200 mg/kg (ppm) total antioxidants (based on lipid content) while USDA allows combinations of antioxidants up to the same level on a fat weight basis but limits the use of a single antioxidant to 100 mg/kg of fat weight. However, this level of antioxidants on the surface may result in off-flavour development associated with antioxidants. Therefore, a level of 50± 100 mg/kg is recommended. Shelf-life studies of nuts should be conducted to determine the amount of antioxidant required to achieve the desired shelf-life and whether any off-flavours would result from the level of incorporated antioxidants. Figure 8.4 demonstrates the effectiveness of BHA/BHT in improving the shelf-life of various nut products as compared to the control without antioxidants (Eastman Chemical Company, 2004). Thus, use of natural or synthetic antioxidants can minimize oxidation in nuts and nut oils. 8.4.3 Packaging Appropriate packaging materials and methods are needed to ensure optimum shelf-life of nuts. Physical properties of packaging materials determine interior environmental conditions, in terms of gas composition and relative humidity, which are important for the stability of the products. Control of oxygen levels in

Oxidation and protection of nuts and nut oils 293 the packages is critical since many changes are dependent on the redox potential and available oxygen inside the package. Therefore, low water vapour and gas permeable packaging material and vacuum sealing to reduce available oxygen should be employed to prevent rancidity and extend the shelf-life of È zdemir and Devres, 1999b). Moisture and water vapour exchange nuts (O between the nuts and their environment can cause physical changes, alter flavour or texture, or promote microbial growth, especially when there is È zdemir temperature abuse during transportation, storage, and retail display (O and Devres, 1999b). Senesi et al. (1991) studied the effect of different packaging conditions, transparent and metallized films under vacuum or nitrogen at two storage temperatures (4 and 20 ëC) on the quality and stability of Italian peeled almonds (cv. Ferraduel). They found that peeled kernels could be stored up to 9 months without a serious loss in quality when packaged in high barrier packaging, regardless of the storage temperature (48 ëC or ambient). However, in order to maintain the general quality over a longer period (more than 9 months), they proposed the use of metallised film under nitrogen and refrigeration (48 ëC). In another work, Senesi et al. (1996) studied the influence of low barrier packaging material combined with refrigeration (2 ëC) on the storage and quality of Italian peeled almond (cv. Supernova). They found that it was possible to maintain the quality of peeled almonds up to 12 months in a low barrier material by storing them at refrigeration temperature of 8 ëC. Borompichaichartkul et al. (2009) recommended suitable storage conditions (packaging materials and humidity) at ambient temperatures to maintain superior quality of nuts. The research was conducted at 27±30 ëC, 11±92% RH with two types of packaging material, namely laminated aluminium foil oriented polypropylene/aluminium/polyethylene/linear low-density polyethylene (OPP/ AL/PE/LLDPE) and linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE) under atmospheric pressure. The results showed that the quality of dried macadamia nut in both packaging materials depended on humidity. At relative humidity below 40%, the quality of dried nuts had changed only slightly. In contrast, at above 40% RH, the quality of the dried nuts in LLDPE bag was changed significantly in terms of equilibrium moisture content, water activity, colour and peroxide value when compared to dried macadamia nuts in OPP/AL/PE/LLDPE bags. Jensen et al. (2005) stored peanuts and other products in two experiments, where external factors (light, oxygen concentrations, product-headspace ratios) were varied, and packaging materials with different properties (light transmission and oxygen permeability) used. The oxidative changes in the products were followed by the formation of hexanal as detected by headspace gas chromatography (headspace-GC), free radicals as nominated by electron spin resonance (ESR) spectroscopy, and sensory evaluation. Generally, increased oxygen availability and exposure to light resulted in increased lipid oxidation. Storage in the conventional material (PET with 0±60% transmission of visible light) resulted in a better quality than storage in the more transparent PET, demonstrating that exclusion of light with certain wavelengths was

294


sufficient to reduce oxidation. Storage in light also accelerated the rate of oxidation. Improvement of the light barrier of the packaging material could, accordingly, protect the product against light and thereby delay lipid oxidation. However, the effect of the light barrier depended on the colour of the pigment added to the packaging material (Jensen et al., 2005). Incorporation of UV absorbers is also a possibility, but those in common use normally absorb below 400 nm and allow visible light to be transmitted. As visible light also has an effect on the lipid oxidation in the actual products, the packaging materials would have to exclude both ultraviolet radiation and visible light (Lennersten and Lingnert, 1998). Incorporation of pigments as light barrier was found to extend the shelf-life of potato chips from 1 to 10 weeks (Kubiak et al., 1982), a result which supports the finding of Lennersten and Lingnert (1998). Packaging material with a high light barrier (e.g., metallized foil) was thus found to extend the shelf-life of potato chips from 7 days to 5 months compared to a low light barrier (Lennersten and Lingnert, 1998). Light exposure of various nuts (almonds, peanuts, pine nuts and walnuts) stored in amber-coloured glass bottles did not affect the storage stability and has been found comparable to dark storage, in contrast to storage in clear polyethylene (PE), which did not protect the nuts from light-induced lipid oxidation as measured by peroxide value (Sattar et al., 1990a). Walnuts were similarly found to be light sensitive, as exposure to light increased the degree of oxidation, thereby resulting in a significantly reduced sensory quality (Jensen et al., 2001). Comparison of packaging materials with different light transmissions (3, 47, and 87% transmittance) showed, for pecan nuts, a dose-response relationship, where a higher transmission results in larger colour changes (Heaton and Shewfelt, 1976). Polyvinyl chloride is a preferred packaging material because of its high impermeability to oxygen. Coloured or opaque containers are also preferred as they retard photooxidation (Faria and Mukai, 1983). 8.4.4 Application of modified/ controlled atmospheric storage The modified atmosphere (MA) or controlled atmosphere (CA) has been applied to existing processing methods and storage systems in order to avoid drastic changes in food quality (Johnson et al., 2009). The methods used to generate treatment atmospheres include gas from cylinders, exothermically generated low oxygen atmospheres (GLOA) using combustion to reduce oxygen levels (Storey, 1975), and gas separation systems (Johnson et al., 1998; 2002). Another form of modified atmosphere treatment is the use of low pressure to reduce oxygen tension (Navarro et al., 2003). Although most of the uses of controlled atmospheres on bulk-stored dried fruits and nuts are for short-term insect disinfestation, MA or CA are often suggested as means to improve shelflife in these products, particularly for tree nuts (Johnson et al., 2009). A common method for controlling the oxidation reaction is to reduce oxygen concentration in the storage atmosphere over the food by vacuum or nitrogen filling for dry or intermediate moisture foods

Oxidation and protection of nuts and nut oils 295 (Kacyn et al., 1983) or CO2 filling, as a biostat, to prevent anaerobic microbial growth and lipid oxidation (Hotchkiss, 1988, Lioutas, 1988). Vacuum packaging or nitrogen-flushed packaging is often suggested to improve the shelf-life of tree nuts. Brecht (1980) proposed 0% oxygen and 100% CO2 for tree nuts. Low oxygen (> 1 kPa oxygen, 9±9.5 kPa CO2, 86±89 kPa nitrogen and 1 kPa argon) was as effective as low temperature (18 ëC) in maintaining stability during storage, and caused less off-flavour development than normal atmosphere for both meats and in-shell almonds (Guadagni et al., 1978). The storage behaviour of four varieties of almond (`Marcona', `Planeta', `Desmayo', and `Nonpareil') was investigated at two temperatures (8 and 36 ëC), two packaging atmospheres (air and nitrogen) and two treatments (raw and roasted) for up to 9 months (GarcõÂa-Pascual et al., 2003). Nitrogen packaging resulted in reduced oxygen levels of < 0.25 kPa. No significant differences were observed between air and N2 packaging for moisture, fat content, peroxide value, -tocopherol content, and level of aflatoxins. Rouves and Prunet (2002) examined various storage techniques for chestnuts, including low temperature CA (2 kPa oxygen and 5 kPa CO2 at ÿ1 or 1 ëC). For the varieties `Marigoule' and `Bouche de Betizac' water loss was prevented, mold reduced, and taste maintained. The varieties `Comballe' and `Marron de Goujonac' did not benefit from CA storage. Ebraheim et al. (1994) reported that reduced temperature might be effective in combination with other protective measures such as vacuum packaging in extending roasted kernel shelf-life to one year or more. Keme et al. (1983) reported that it was possible to store `Piernonteses', `Roman', and Àkcakoca' hazelnuts at ambient temperature under nitrogen ( 99.5 kPa) for prolonged periods of time with a loss of quality comparable to that resulting from storage conditions at low temperatures and controlled RH (3±6 ëC, 50±60% RH). Hazelnut (`Negret') quality was also studied after storage in selected CA conditions (San Martin et al., 2001). The shelled and unshelled hazelnuts were stored under different oxygen levels (1, 5, 10, and 20 kPa) at two different temperatures (7 and 25 ëC); the quality of hazelnuts during storage was monitored by determining the peroxide value, acid value, percentage of unsaturated fatty acids and sensory analysis. After one year of storage, none of the storage conditions tested caused significant rancidity. Storage in atmospheres with oxygen levels lower than 10 kPa significantly reduced autoxidation and the low temperature delayed lipid oxidation. In the case of macadamia nuts also, prolonged exposure to oxygen resulted in rancidity, and vacuum packaging or nitrogen flush offered protection from oxygen (Cavaletto, 2004). Shelflife of pecans may be increased by storage in 2±3% oxygen in nitrogen, and less frequently using CO2 as the balance gas (Maness, 2004). Oxygen transmission rates for packaging materials should be > 0.08 mL/100 cm per 24 h (Dull and Kays, 1988). Vacuum packaging can offer a further benefit of protection from breakage. Pine nuts (pinones), Araucaria araucana, stored under different MA (polyethylene bags lined with volcanic dust) and CA (10:5 kPa CO2:oxygen, and 20:5 kPa CO2:oxygen) conditions maintained their moisture and starch content, and 20:5 kPa CO2:oxygen was the optimum CA condition (Estevez and Galletti, 1997). Although pistachios are

296


fairly stable when stored in normal air at 20 ëC, storage under reduced oxygen ( pI) than when they were cationic (pH < pI) (Donnelly et al., 1998; Mei et al., 1998a; 1998b; Mancuso et al., 1999; 2000; Hu et al., 2002; 2003; 2004b; Trunova et al., 2007; Djordjevic et al., 2008). Hu and coworkers (2002) found that the oxidation of cationic emulsion droplets produced by emulsifying oil with proteins at pH 3.0 varied as a function of protein type. In this experiment, oxidative stability was in the order sodium caseinate > whey protein isolate > soy protein isolate. The density of the cationic charge of the emulsion droplets did not correlate with oxidative stability suggesting that other factors such as droplet interfacial thickness and/or the antioxidant properties of the protein were also involved in the ability of the interfacial proteins to inhibit oxidation at pH 3.0. The impact of negative surface charge on the rate of lipid oxidation in protein-stabilized emulsions was reported by Villiere and coworkers (2005). This study compared stripped sunflower oilin-water emulsions (30 vol%) stabilized by sodium caseinate (NaCas) or bovine serum albumin (BSA) at pH 6.5. The droplets in the NaCas-stabilized emulsions had a substantially higher negative charge than those in the BSA-stabilized emulsions. Presumably the transition metals ions were more strongly attracted to the surfaces of the lipid droplets in the NaCas-stabilized emulsions. In the presence of EDTA, the oxidation rate was actually lower in the emulsions stabilized by NaCas which was attributed to its higher ability to scavenge free radicals. Droplet charge also affects the location and activity of antioxidants via attractive/repulsive electrostatic interactions. The activity of charged antioxidants is often improved when they are located at the surface of charged lipid particles because of electrostatic attraction. An anionic antioxidant (ascorbic acid) was more effective at retarding lipid oxidation in the presence of positively charged lipid micelles (Pryor et al., 1993). A negatively charged antioxidant (Trolox C) had higher antioxidant activity in the presence of positively charged phospholipids (Barclay and Vinquist, 1993), while a positively charged antioxidant (spermine) had higher antioxidant activity in the presence of negatively charged phospholipids (Kogure et al., 1993). Mei et al. (1999) found that emulsion droplets coated with an anionic surfactant (SDS) were less oxidatively stable than those coated by a non-ionic surfactant (Brij) in the presence of an anionic gallic acid. This phenomenon may be attributed to electrostatic repulsion of the anionic antioxidants away from the anionic droplets thereby making the antioxidants ineffective. Controlling the electrical charge on emulsion droplets is therefore one of the most important potential means of impacting lipid oxidation in oil-in-water emulsions. If the droplets in an emulsion can be made to be neutral or positive,

Lipid oxidation in emulsified food products

315

Fig. 9.2 Inhibition of iron-promoted lipid oxidation by a cationic emulsion droplet interface created by using proteins as an emulsifier at pH values below the pI of the protein.

then they are less likely to attract the cationic transition metal ions that frequently catalyze lipid oxidation in emulsions (Fig. 9.2). 9.4.3 Emulsion droplet interfacial thickness Interfacial thickness can be manipulated by selecting emulsifiers with different molecular dimensions (e.g., molecular weights, conformations, head group sizes, or tail group sizes), or by using the LbL deposition method to deposit one or more biopolymer layers around droplets (Shaw et al., 2007; Klinkesorn et al., 2005a; 2005b; Djordjevic et al., 2007). Multilayer emulsions are discussed in more detail later in this review. Emulsifiers with large molecular dimensions can be used to form thick interfacial coatings around droplets that may protect against lipid oxidation. For example, the coating could form a barrier that decreases interactions between lipids and hydroperoxides or between lipids and aqueous phase prooxidants, e.g. transition metals (Silvestre et al., 2000; Chaiyasit et al., 2000). The influence of surfactant head-group size on lipid oxidation in salmon oil-in-water emulsions was studied using Brij 76 and Brij 700 as surfactants (Silvestre et al., 2000). The results showed that Fe2+-promoted decomposition of cumene hydroperoxide was lower in emulsions made with Brij 700 (10 times more polyoxyethylene groups than Brij 76), which was attributed to a thicker interfacial layer on the emulsion droplets. The effect of surfactant tail group size has also been studied using Brijlauryl (12 carbon tail group) and Brij-stearyl (18 carbon tail group) (Chaiyasit et al., 2000). This study suggested that surfactant tail group size played a minor role in lipid oxidation in oil-in-water emulsions, with increasing tail group size slightly increasing oxidative stability.

316


9.4.4 Emulsion droplet interface permeability Different surfactants have different packing properties at the oil-water interface depending on their molecular dimensions, which may impact the diffusion of oxygen, free radicals, and prooxidants through them (Villiere et al., 2005). One might expect that an interfacial layer where the emulsifier molecules were closely packed or cross-linked would provide more resistance to molecular diffusion into or out of the droplets. Kellerby and coworkers (2006a) cross-linked casein on the interface of menhaden oil-in-water emulsions with transglutaminase which resulted in a cohesive interfacial protein layer that could not be removed from the emulsion droplet by Tween 20. Although the interfacial casein was cross-linked, these emulsions did not show increased oxidative stability when compared to untreated emulsions. In another study, O/W emulsions stabilized with -lactoglobulin were heated to induce disulfide cross-links that produce a cohesive protein interfacial layer. In this case, cross-linking the protein had no impact on the ability of iron to decompose lipid hydroperoxides (Kellerby et al., 2006b). These studies suggest that cohesive protein layers at the emulsion droplet surface do not increase oxidative stability which could be due to the protein interface still being highly porous thus allowing iron to diffuse through the anionic emulsion droplet interface where it can react with lipid hydroperoxides. The impact of the density and packing behavior of small molecular surfactants in O/W emulsions is unknown. 9.4.5 Emulsion droplet interfacial chemical composition The chemical composition of the interfacial layer surrounding lipid droplets may influence the oxidative stability of food emulsions because of its ability to participate or alter lipid oxidation reactions, e.g., by scavenging free radicals, chelating transition metals, or interfering with hydroperoxide±transition metal interactions (Villiere et al., 2005; Haahr and Jacobsen, 2008). It is therefore possible to control lipid oxidation by controlling the chemical composition of the interfacial layer surrounding the droplets, e.g., by selecting appropriate emulsifiers and/or by adsorbing other materials onto the droplet surfaces. Very little research has been done in this area with the exception of surface active antioxidant compounds which are discussed in more detail below. Rampon and coworkers (2001) reported that adducts between proteins and lipid oxidation products can occur at the emulsion droplet interface during oxidation. Headspace propanal concentrations have also been reported to decrease in protein-stabilized O/W emulsions, again suggesting interactions between lipid oxidation products in proteins at the emulsion droplet interface (Shen et al., 2007). Finally, Leaver and coworkers (1999) found that casein isolated from the interface of an oxidized soybean oil-in-water emulsion exhibited an increased molecular weight which was suggested to be due to casein±lipid oxidation adducts. Since formation of lipid-protein adducts will decrease the volatility of oxidation products (Zhou and Decker, 1999), this could decrease the sensory perception of rancidity but may not actually be decreasing the rates of unsaturated fatty acid deterioration.


9.5

317

Influence of antioxidants on lipid oxidation in emulsions

Antioxidants have been defined as àny substance that, when present at low concentrations compared to those of an oxidisable substrate, significantly delays or prevents oxidation of that substrate' (Halliwell and Gutteridge, 1990). In food, the definition of antioxidants was defined by Chipault (1962) as `substances that in small quantities are able to prevent or greatly retard the oxidation of easily oxidizable materials such as fats'. Addition of antioxidants maintains the nutritional quality and prolongs the shelf life of lipid-containing foods (Halliwell et al., 1995) with compounds that scavenge free radicals and/or chelate prooxidative metals being the most common food antioxidants (Frankel, 1998; Decker and McClements, 2008). The effectiveness of antioxidants in heterogeneous food systems such as emulsions depends on both chemical and physical factors such as overall antioxidant concentration; distribution of antioxidants in the oil, water and interfacial phases; interactions with other food components; and, environmental conditions such as pH, ionic strength and temperature (Frankel et al., 1994; Mei et al., 1998a; Frankel and Meyer, 2000; Xie et al., 2007; Medina et al., 2009). Antioxidants generally work by inhibiting the formation of new radicals and/or reducing the rate at which free radicals are formed. The two most common antioxidants in emulsions are free radical scavengers also known as chain breaking antioxidants and metal chelators. 9.5.1 Free radical scavenging antioxidants in oil-in-water emulsions The effectiveness of a free radical scavenging antioxidant depends on its chemical reactivity and physical location within an emulsion, e.g. oil, water and interfacial regions (Porter et al., 1989; Porter, 1993; Yi et al., 1991; Koga and Terao, 1994; 1995). This is because an antioxidant should be present at the site of the lipid oxidation reactions to be effective. The effectiveness of antioxidants as a function of their physical location has been described by the antioxidant `polar paradox' (Porter et al., 1989; Porter, 1993; Frankel, 1998). In this hypothesis, polar antioxidants are more effective in bulk oils and non-polar antioxidants are more effective in oil-in-water emulsions. In bulk oils, polar antioxidants were thought to be more effective since they would accumulate at the oil±air interface. However, recent investigations have shown that due to the low polarity of air, polar antioxidants do not tend to accumulate at oil±air interfaces (Chaiyasit et al., 2007). Therefore, an alternative hypothesis has been proposed to suggest that the increased effectiveness of polar antioxidants is due to their ability to accumulate at the interface of association colloid structures in bulk oils such as reverse micelles and lamellar structures. These association colloids can be formed by minor lipid components such as phospholipids and free fatty acids in the presence of the small amounts of water naturally found in bulk oils (Koga and Terao, 1994; 1995; Chaiyasit et al., 2008). The antioxidant `polar paradox' also states that nonpolar antioxidants are more effective oil-in-water emulsions since they are more highly retained in the oil droplet where oxidation is most prevalent. This observation has been

318


supported by studies showing that predominantly non-polar antioxidants (tocophorol, ascorbyl palmitate, carnosol) are more effective antioxidants than their polar counterparts (Trolox, ascorbic acid, carnosic acid and rosmarinic acid) in oil-in-water emulsions (Frankel et al., 1994; 1996a; 1996b; Hopia et al., 1996; Huang et al., 1996a; 1996b). Many researchers proposed that the ability of nonpolar antioxidants to be more effective in O/W emulsions was not only due to their ability to be retained within emulsion droplets but also their ability to accumulate at the oil±water interface where oxidation is most prevalent. Most effective antioxidant compounds have structures that allow them to act as surface active agents. In fact, antioxidants such as -tocopherol, -tocopherol, TBHQ and propyl gallate have been found to accumulate at oil-water interfaces as measured by their ability to decrease interfacial tension (Chaiyasit et al., 2007). The association of antioxidants with surfactants such as SDS and Brij has also been observed by NMR and EPR (Heins et al., 2007a; 2007b). Gunaseelan et al. (2006) reported that 73% of -tocopherol is located in the interfacial region of a Brij 30stabilized octane-in-water emulsion. Several recent studies have shown that not all antioxidants behave according to the polar paradox hypothesis, indicating that antioxidant activity in complex systems is more complicated than previously assumed (Laguerre et al., 2009). This can be seen from a series of studies on the effectiveness of surface active antioxidant in O/W emulsions. The idea that the effectiveness of antioxidants could be improved by increasing their concentration at the oil±water interface prompted several researchers to synthesize surface active antioxidants by covalently attaching a lipophilic hydrocarbon chain onto antioxidants. Hunneche and coworkers (2008) found that the antioxidant activity of ferulic acid could be improved in O/W emulsions oxidized by metmyoglobin when the ferulic acid was attached to C11 or C12 hydrocarbons through a serine linkage. Medina and coworkers (2009) also reported an increase in the antioxidant activity of hydroxyltyrosol in O/W emulsions when it was esterified to hydrocarbon chains. However, when p-hydroxyphenylacetic acid (HPA) was conjugated with either a butyl or dodecyl group, both its retention in the oil droplet and it surface activity increased but its antioxidant effectiveness was less than free HPA in O/W emulsions (Yuji et al., 2007). One potential reason for this could be due to the process of covalently attaching a hydrocarbon chain onto the antioxidant which could decrease its ability to scavenge free radicals. Therefore a subsequent study added C4, C8, or C12 esters of chlorogenic acid (CGA) to O/W emulsions at equal free radical scavenging activity (Sasaki et al., 2010). Even under conditions of equal free radical scavenging activity, the antioxidant esters were not more effective than the free CGA even though they had higher surface activity and retention in the oil droplets. In another study, antioxidant activity in O/W emulsion did not increase when hydrocarbons from C1 to C8 were esterified to CGA. However, C12 CGA ester showed enhanced activity but further increasing the hydrocarbon chain length resulted in a decrease in the ability of the antioxidant to inhibit lipid oxidation even though


319

more of these antioxidant oxidant esters where retained in the emulsion droplets (Laguerre et al., 2009). The overall results of these studies indicate that while the antioxidants polar paradox hypothesis has been a useful way to help understand antioxidant behavior in emulsions, polarity cannot be used to consistently predict the ability of an antioxidant to inhibit lipid oxidation in oil-in-water emulsions. This is likely because most antioxidants do not act alone and many antioxidants often have chemical properties that can promote as well as inhibit lipid oxidation (Alamed et al., 2009). For example, some phenolic antioxidants are able to chelate iron while others like ferulic acid which do not have a galloyl moiety do not bind iron (Alamed et al., 2009). This chelating activity could help explain why water-soluble polyphenols like those found in grape seed extract can strongly inhibit lipid oxidation in O/W emulsions (Hu et al., 2004a). Another possible reason why polarity might not predict antioxidant activity in O/W emulsions is that many antioxidant compounds can participate in redox reactions with iron resulting in the formation of ferrous ions which are stronger prooxidants than their oxidized counterpart, ferric ions (Decker and McClements, 2001; Decker and Hultin, 1992; Mei et al., 1999). Such prooxidant activity has been reported for ascorbic acid (Mahoney and Graf, 1986; Decker and Hultin, 1992) gallic acid (Mei et al., 1999), caffeic acid (Sorenson et al., 2008) and lycopene (Boon et al., 2009). Difficulty in predicting antioxidant activity as a function of polarity could also be due to interactions between antioxidants. One example of this type of relationship is ability of ascorbic acid to regenerate oxidized -tocopherol to reactivate -tocopherol in biological membranes (Porter, 1993; Buettner, 1993). This could explain why the polar antioxidant propyl gallate was not effective in emulsion containing stripped corn oil (Schwarz et al., 2000) but was effective in oil-in-water emulsions made with commercial corn oil (Alamed et al., 2009). This difference could be due to the ability of propyl gallate to interact with antioxidants naturally found in the commercial corn oil. The polar paradox is also complicated by the fact that the physical location of antioxidants can also depend on their electrical charge characteristics. Charged antioxidants are more water-soluble than their uncharged counter-parts, and therefore they may be located in the aqueous phase away from the site of action. In contrast, uncharged antioxidants often have low water-solubility, and are therefore located in the oil phase or at the oil-water interface which increases their antioxidant activities (Schwarz et al., 1996; Huang et al., 1999; Mei et al., 1999; McClements and Decker, 2000). The electrical charge, physical location and therefore activity of an antioxidant that is a weak acid or base depends on solution pH (Mei et al., 1999). When the pH is near the pKa, the charge status and partitioning behavior of antioxidants alters (Wedzicha, 1988). Because of the myriad of physical and chemical properties of antioxidants, it is not surprising that a single hypothesis such as the polar paradox cannot singly predict the ability of a compound to inhibit lipid oxidation in emulsions.

320


9.5.2 Transition metal chelators in oil-in-water emulsions As discussed above, transition metals are strong prooxidants in food emulsions. Their prooxidative activity is related to their ability to react directly with triplet oxygen to form superoxide radical anion (a potential source of free radicals at low pH; Kanner and Rosenthal, 1992), decompose lipid hydroperoxides into free radicals via several redox cycling pathways (Halliwell and Gutteridge, 1990) and produce alkyl radicals by abstracting hydrogen from unsaturated fatty acids (Frankel, 1998). The latter pathway is believed to occur very slowly and thus may not be important in promoting lipid oxidation in foods (Reische et al., 1998). Metal chelators are the main strategy by which the food industry inhibits lipid oxidation due to transition metals. The antioxidant mechanisms of chelating agents include sterically preventing the metal from interacting with the oxidizable lipids and hydroperoxides, preventing metal redox cycling, preferentially binding the oxidized, less reactive state of the metal and decreasing metal solubility (Kanner et al., 1987; Dunford, 1987; Graf and Eaton, 1990; Decker and McClements, 2001). In addition, chelators can inhibit lipid oxidation by changing the physical location of metals so they are not associated with lipids. For example, a study by Cho et al. (2003) showed that chelating agents can increase the transfer of iron from inside lipid droplets into the surrounding aqueous phase, thereby reducing the prooxidant activity of iron. EDTA was also able to remove iron from the surface of Tween 20 stabilized emulsion droplets (Mancuso et al., 1999). Since transition metals are toxic to most living systems, their reactivity is tightly controlled in biological tissues. Control of iron reactivity is primarily accomplished by proteins with highly specialized iron binding sites such as lactoferrin, transferrin, phosvitin and ferritin. Unfortunately, during the processing of foods many of the metal control mechanisms in biological tissues are destroyed and iron is released and iron can originate into the food from avenues such as water or processing equipment. A good example of this is phosvitin. Phosvitin is the major iron storage protein in egg yolk. Iron bound to phosvitin is largely inactive thus protecting the lipid in the egg. However, when egg yolks are used to produce mayonnaise, the low pH environment causes phosvitin to release its iron and promote lipid oxidation (Jacobsen et al., 2001). Therefore, additional iron control is often needed which is accomplished by the addition of food additives such as polyphosphates, flavonoids, organic acids (e.g. citric acid) and ethylenediaminetetracetic acid (EDTA). These chelators can be effective on their own as well as in combinations with free radical scavengers since reduction in metal reactivity will decrease free radical generation and thus spare free radical scavengers from decomposition (Decker and McClements, 2001). The most common metal chelators in foods contain multiple carboxylic acids such as EDTA, polysaccharides (e.g., pectin and alginate) and citric acid, or contain phosphate groups such as polyphosphates, phosphorylated proteins (e.g., casein and phosvitin) and phytate (Decker, 1998). The effectiveness of chelating


321

agents can decrease with decreasing pH as their chelating groups become protonated and lose their metal binding activity. In addition, while many of these compounds have the potential to inhibit metal promoted lipid oxidation, not all are suitable as food additives since some could reduce the bioavailability of essential minerals (e.g., phytate). 9.5.3 Ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid EDTA is a synthetic antioxidant that contains four carboxylate groups and two amine groups that can form strong complexes with metal ions. EDTA is an extremely potent antioxidant when present at concentration greater than the prooxidant metal concentrations (Mahoney and Graf, 1986; Mei et al., 1998b; Mancuso et al., 1999; Frankel et al., 2002; Alamed et al., 2006). However, when EDTA concentrations are less than prooxidant metals, it can accelerate lipid oxidation presumably by increasing the solubility of the metal without reducing its chemical reactivity (Mahoney and Graf, 1986; Decker, 1998; Jacobsen et al., 2001; Frankel et al., 2002). 9.5.4 Phosphates Polyphosphates are also widely used as chelating agents in the food industry; however, they do have some limitations in emulsions such as poor chelating efficiency (Hu et al., 2004b), poor stability (Li et al., 1993), and a possibility of adversely affecting protein functionality (Sofos, 1986). In general, the chelating efficiency of phosphates increases with an increasing number of phosphate groups (Sofos, 1986). However, neither sodium tripolyphosphate nor hexametaphosphate were able to inhibit lipid oxidation in fish oil-in-water emulsions at pH 3 or 7. Phosphorylated proteins and peptides originating casein are natural polyphosphates that can be effective antioxidants when used in foods. They have polar domains that contain phosphorylated serine residues such as -SerP-SerPSerP-Glu-Glu that can form complexes with calcium, iron and zinc (Baumy and Brule, 1988; Bennett et al., 2000). Peptides from hydrolyzed casein are effective at retarding lipid oxidation in oil-in-water emulsions; however, this activity is likely to be due to both metal chelation and free radical scavenging by amino acids in the peptides (Diaz et al., 2003).

9.6

Influence of other emulsion components on lipid oxidation

9.6.1 Influence of minor oil components on lipid oxidation in emulsions Commercial, refined oils typically containing 0.05±0.70% free fatty acids (Chaiyasit et al., 2007; Jung et al., 1989; Pryor, 1976). Free fatty acids are well known prooxidants in bulk oils (Frankel, 1998) but until recently their impact on oxidation in O/W emulsions was unknown (Waraho et al., 2009). Addition of oleic acid (0±5.0% of oil) to O/W emulsions increases both the negative charge

322


Fig. 9.3

The proposed mechanism for free fatty acid promoted oxidation on emulsified oil droplets. Mn+ transition metal.

of the emulsion droplets and the formation of lipid hydroperoxides and headspace hexanal. Methyl oleate did not increase oxidation rates and droplet charge and EDTA strongly inhibited lipid oxidation. These data suggest that free fatty acids are able to migrate to the emulsion droplet surface where they make the droplet anionic allowing attraction of transition metals that promote oxidation (Fig. 9.3). Phospholipids are widely reported to inhibit lipid oxidation in bulk oils. Their antioxidant activity has been attributed to their ability to chelate metals, increase the partitioning of other antioxidants at the oil±water interface and form complexes with lipid oxidation products that reduce the volatility of the compounds that cause rancidity. When phospholipids are at the interface of the emulsion droplet they generally accelerate lipid oxidation by producing an anionic interface (Shaw et al., 2007; Klinkesorn et al., 2005a; 2005b). The impact of phospholipids in the oil droplet has recently been evaluated in our lab in a Tween-20 stabilized stripped soybean oil emulsion. In this emulsion system, the addition of dioleoyl phophatidylcholine (0.3 mol/kg oil) to the emulsion did not change the droplet zeta potential suggesting that the higher surface activity of the Tween 20 prevented the anionic phospholipid from accumulating at the droplet surface. However, the dioleoyl phosphatidylcholine did inhibit lipid oxidation as determined by headspace hexanal (Fig. 9.4). The mechanism of this inhibition is currently under investigation. Phytosterols are also an important minor component of commercial, refined oils. No studies have been conducted to determine if varying phytosterols impact lipid oxidation rates in O/W emulsions. However, Cercaci and coworkers (2007) found that phytosterols oxidize faster in emulsions than bulk oils. This was


323

Fig. 9.4 Ability of phosphatidylcholine (0.3 to 300 mol/kg oil) to inhibit lipid oxidation in stripped soybean oil-in-water emulsions as determined by headspace hexanal concentrations after 8 days of storage at 6ëC in the dark.

postulated to be due to the surface activity of phytosterols which allowed them to concentrate at the oil±water interface where they were more susceptible to oxidation. 9.6.2 Influence of continuous phase proteins on lipid oxidation in emulsions There is growing interest within the food industry in replacing synthetic food additives with more natural alternatives, which is mainly driven by consumer concerns. Proteins are considered to be natural food additives that are generally recognized as safe (GRAS), which are commonly added to stabilize food because of their ability to adsorb to oil droplet surfaces and prevent droplet aggregation (McClements, 2005). As discussed earlier, these adsorbed proteins form a thin coating around the lipid droplets that can help inhibit lipid oxidation when they are positively charged (pH < protein pI) and can repel cationic transition metals when they form thick interfacial layers that inhibit transition metal±lipid interactions. When proteins are used to make emulsions, they absorb to the surface of the lipid droplet until the droplet surface is saturated with excess protein partitioning into the continuous phase (Faraji et al., 2004). A number of studies have shown that these continuous proteins (e.g., whey protein isolate, sweet whey, casein, lactoglobulin, lactoferrin, and soy protein isolate) are capable of inhibiting lipid oxidation in O/W emulsions (Taylor and Richardson, 1980; Tong et al., 2000; Hu et al., 2003; Faraji et al., 2004; Elias et al., 2005; 2006; 2007). Faraji et al. (2004) found that continuous phase proteins had good antioxidant activity at

324


pH 7 but not at pH 3. This was found to be due to greater binding of cationic transition metals to anionic proteins at neutral pH. This binding activity can inhibit lipid oxidation by limiting the access of metal to the lipid or decreasing metal reactivity. This study highlighted the importance of solution pH in determining the antioxidant capacity of proteins since metal chelation would only occur when the proteins are anionic. In addition to metal chelating, proteins contain appreciable amounts of amino acids that act as free radical scavengers, e.g. tyrosine, cysteine, and tryptophan (Taylor and Richardson, 1980; Ostdal et al., 1996). The influence of free radical scavenging by -lactoglobulin in surfactant-stabilized oil-in-water emulsions was studied by Elias et al. (2005). Surface exposed antioxidant amino acids (cysteine and tryptophan) were found to be preferentially oxidized prior to the emulsified lipids, suggesting that they were protecting the lipid from oxidation. The antioxidant activity of globular proteins is often increased by changing their conformation by thermal processing or enzymatic hydrolysis since this exposes antioxidant amino acid residues that are usually buried in the protein interior (Taylor and Richardson, 1980; Tong et al., 2000; Elias et al., 2005; 2006; 2007; Pena-Ramos et al., 2004; Peng et al., 2009). Taylor and Richardson (1980) found an increase in the antioxidant activity of various milk fractions containing whey proteins after heating. The antioxidant activity of the whey proteins decreased after a sulfhydryl blocker (iodoacetic acid) was added to the emulsions, which suggested that the sulfhydryl groups from whey protein played an important role in the antioxidant mechanism. A later study by Tong et al. (2000) on the impact of non-adsorbed whey protein fractions (WPF) on lipid oxidation in salmon oil-in-water emulsions attempted to identify the physicochemical origin of the protein's antioxidant activity. These workers found that whey proteins could act as free radical scavengers and chelating agents, and that cysteine and tyrosine were particularly important for this function. Elias and coworkers (2006) found that when whey proteins were subjected to limited enzymatic hydrolysis the antioxidant activity in emulsions increased dramatically. This increase was attributed to the exposure of antioxidant amino acid residues which increased both free radical scavenging and metal chelating activity. These studies suggest that proteins and especially hydrolyzed proteins have excellent potential as food antioxidants. However, many peptide fragments produce strong bitter tastes that could limit their utilization in foods. 9.6.3 Influence of polysaccharides on lipid oxidation in emulsions Polysaccharides are widely used as functional ingredients in food emulsions because of their ability to thicken, gel, or stabilize them (Matsumura et al., 2003; Kishk and Al-Sayed, 2007). Many polysaccharides have also been found to have antioxidant activity in oil-in-water emulsions, which has been attributed to mechanisms such as free radical scavenging, transition metal binding, and viscosity enhancement (Shimada et al., 1992; 1994; 1996; Matsumura et al., 2003; Paraskevopoulou et al., 2007; Chen et al., 2010). On the other hand, some


325

polysaccharide ingredients may increase the rate of lipid oxidation because they contain high levels of transition metal impurities, such as iron (Katsuda et al., 2008). Xanthan gum was found to act as an antioxidant in soybean oil-in-water emulsions, which was attributed to its ability to bind Fe2+ ions at anionic pyruvate sites along the polysaccharide chain (Shimada et al., 1992). Another study by Shimada et al. (1996) suggested that the ability of certain polysaccharides to inhibit lipid oxidation in oil-in-water emulsions may be due to an increase in continuous phase viscosity, thus lowering the diffusion rate of oxygen and oil droplet collision probability. Nevertheless, it is important to distinguish between the macroscopic and microscopic viscosities of biopolymer solutions. A biopolymer solution may have an extremely high macroscopic viscosity, but the molecular diffusion of small molecules (like oxygen, free radicals or transition metals) is not restricted because of the large space between the polysaccharides chains in solution. In other words, the microscopic viscosity of the aqueous phase is not greatly increased by the presence of the polysaccharide. Indeed, studies have shown that pullulan and maltodextrin can greatly increase the viscosity of O/W emulsions but do not greatly retard lipid oxidation rate, while the glycoproteins, gum arabic and soluble soybean polysaccharides (SSPS) do not greatly increase the viscosity but have good antioxidant activity (Matsumura et al., 2000; 2003). SSPS was found to suppress the initiation stage and the breakdown of lipid hydroperoxides more efficiently than gum arabic, which was attributed to the presence of more antioxidant amino acids on its protein component. The same group found that pectin had a stronger free radical scavenging activity than SSPS, but that its overall antioxidant activity was less (Matsumura et al., 2003). Tragacanth gum has been shown to have the ability to act as a radical chain-breaker due to its ability to donate hydrogen atoms (Shimada et al., 1992). While polysaccharides can increase the physical stability of O/W emulsions by increasing viscosity they can also cause emulsion destabilization by causing depletion flocculation. Therefore, if polysaccharides are going to be used to inhibit oxidation, this must be accomplished at concentrations that do not negatively impact the physical stability of emulsions. Using emulsion physical stability as a selection criterion for the upper allowable concentration of polysaccharides (0.1 wt%), Chen and coworkers (2010) investigated the ability of continuous phase low methoxyl pectin, high methoxyl pectin, -carrageenan and sodium alginate to inhibit lipid oxidation in polyoxyethylene (23) lauryl ether (Brij 35) stabilized O/W emulsions at neutral pH. All polysaccharides were able to inhibit lipid oxidation but low methoxyl pectin was the most effective. This was thought to be due to the higher ferrous binding capacity of low methoxyl pectin since none of the polysaccharides tested were effective free radical scavengers. Some polysaccharides are surface active, and may therefore be located at the oil-water interface, rather than in the continuous aqueous phase. For example, gum arabic, modified starch and propylene glycol alginate are widely used by

326


the food and beverage industries as functional ingredients to emulsify oils (Chanamai and McClements, 2002; Minemoto et al., 2002; Djordjevic et al., 2007; Paraskevopoulou et al., 2007). These polysaccharide emulsifiers generally produce anionic emulsion droplets and therefore can increase oxidation rates. However, the high local concentration of these polysaccharides at the site of the lipid oxidation reaction may enable them to impact lipid oxidation reactions if they contain components that can act as antioxidants. However, not all carbohydrates act as antioxidants. Some studies from Mabrouk and Dugan (1961), Mabrouk (1964), and Yamaguchi and Yamada (1981) showed that sugars such as pentose, hexose, and reducing disaccharides could act as strong prooxidants in methyl linoleate and linoleic acid in O/W emulsions. Another study from Yamauchi et al. (1984) showed that reducing sugars have the ability to reduce transition metal ions from Fe3+ to Fe2+, which is a stronger prooxidant, thus accelerating lipid oxidation. On the other hand, the sugar alcohols have been shown to exhibit antioxidant activity in safflower oil emulsions (Sims et al., 1979; Yamauchi et al., 1982). 9.6.4 Influence of surfactant micelles on lipid oxidation in emulsions Like proteins, when small molecule surfactants are used to stabilize emulsions, they absorb onto the emulsion droplet surface until the interface is saturated with the remaining surfactant partitioning into the continuous phase. Surfactant micelles form in the continuous phase of the emulsions when the concentration of surfactants exceeds the critical micelle concentration or CMC. While continuous phase surfactant micelles are too small to solubilize triacylglycerols they can solubilize smaller lipophilic or amphiphilic components, such as antioxidants and prooxidants, which alters their distribution between the oil, water and interfacial regions (Nuchi et al., 2002, Cho et al., 2002; Richards et al., 2002). Overall, the presence of surfactant micelles in oil-in-water emulsions inhibits lipid oxidation (Richards et al., 2002). Nuchi and coworkers (2002) found that surfactant micelles are able to solubilize lipid hydroperoxides and promote their movement from lipid droplets into the surrounding aqueous phase. The presence of surfactant micelles therefore could inhibit lipid oxidation in the emulsions by preventing the free radicals formed by decomposing hydroperoxides from attacking unsaturated lipids in the droplet core. A study from Cho et al. (2002) suggested that surfactant micelles could promote movement of lipid-phase iron out of oil droplets which could inhibit lipid oxidation. In contrast, a study from Richards et al. (2002) showed that Brij micelles could solubilize antioxidant out of the emulsion droplet into the continuous phase. Polar antioxidants such as propyl gallate and TBHQ were susceptible to micelle solubilization while the concentration of the non-polar antioxidant BHT in the emulsion droplet was not influenced by surfactant micelles. This study suggested that surfactant micelles could increase the oxidative stability of emulsions by removing antioxidants from the site of oxidation.


9.7

327

Controlling lipid oxidation using structured emulsions

A number of researchers have examined the use of structured emulsions to overcome some of the limitations of using conventional emulsions to inhibit lipid oxidation. Some of the potential benefits of these systems are discussed below and their structures are shown in Fig. 9.5. 9.7.1 Multilayer emulsions Multilayer emulsions are similar to conventional emulsions, but the interfacial layer surrounding the lipid droplets is engineered using a layer-by-layer deposition method. Multilayer oil-in-water (OM/W) emulsions are composed of oil droplets dispersed in an aqueous medium, with each oil droplet being surrounded by a multilayer interfacial coating. This coating usually consists of emulsifier and biopolymer molecules. A major advantage of using multilayer emulsions is the ability to manipulate the properties of the interfacial layer surrounding the oil droplets, e.g. its chemical composition, charge, thickness, internal structure, permeability, rheology and environmental responsiveness (McClements et al., 2007). A multiple step process is usually used to prepare multilayer emulsions. A `primary' oil-in-water emulsion is first prepared by homogenizing an oil and aqueous phase together in the presence of a charged water-soluble emulsifier. The primary emulsion contains small charged oil droplets dispersed in an aqueous continuous phase. A `secondary' emulsion is created by adding an

Fig. 9.5

Examples of different kinds of structured emulsion systems that can be utilized in foods.

328


oppositely charged polyelectrolyte that adsorbs to the droplet surfaces, thereby producing a two-layer emulsifier±polyelectrolyte coating. The oil droplets can be coated by nano-laminated interfaces containing three or more layers by successive deposition of oppositely charged polyelectrolytes. Each polyelectrolyte layer can be deposited onto the droplet surfaces using either a one- or two-step mixing procedure as described below (McClements et al., 2007): · One-step mixing. An oil-in-water emulsion containing electrically charged droplets is mixed with an aqueous solution of oppositely charged polyelectrolyte molecules, leading to direct absorption of the polyelectrolyte onto the droplet surfaces through electrostatic attraction. · Two-step mixing. An oil-in-water emulsion is mixed with a polyelectrolyte solution at a pH where the polyelectrolyte molecules do not absorb onto the droplet surfaces (e.g., where the droplets and polyelectrolyte are both negative). Then the pH of the solution is adjusted to change the electrical charge on the droplets and/or polyelectrolyte to allow the polyelectrolyte to adsorb onto the droplet surfaces via electrostatic attraction. Any excess non-adsorbed polyelectrolyte molecules remaining in the continuous phase can be removed by a washing step done between each electrostatic deposition step, e.g. by centrifugation or filtration. Emulsions stabilized by multiple layers of emulsifiers have the potential to increase the oxidative stability of lipids. As mentioned previously, emulsion droplets with thick interfacial membranes exhibit increased oxidative stability (Silvestre et al., 2000), as do emulsion droplets with a cationic surface (Donnelly et al., 1998; McClements and Decker, 2000). Stabilizing emulsion droplets with multiple layers of emulsifiers have the potential to inhibit lipid oxidation by forming both thick and cationic emulsion droplet interfacial membranes by using two or more emulsifier layers to increase thickness and by using a cationic biopolymer for the outermost layer to produce a positive charge. A number of studies have shown that lipid oxidation can be retarded in multilayer emulsions by making the net charge on the droplets positive (Shaw et al., 2007; Klinkesorn et al., 2005a; 2005b; Djordjevic et al., 2007). In studies on the oxidative stability of tuna oil-in-water emulsions stabilized by a multilayer system consisting of lecithin and chitosan it was found that emulsion droplets coated with only lecithin oxidized quicker than the combination of lecithin±chitosan as determined by measuring both lipid hydroperoxide and thiobarbituric acid reactive substances (Klinkesorn et al., 2005a). The improved stability of the lecithin±chitosan emulsion compared with the lecithin emulsion is possibly due to cationic repulsion of iron and other prooxidative metals by the positively charged lecithin±chitosan emulsion droplet interfacial membrane. This trend was also seen in an emulsion stabilized by SDS and chitosan where the formation of thiobarbituric acid reactive substance (TBARS) was faster in the anionic SDS-stabilized emulsion compared to a cationic SDS± chitosan multilayer emulsion. Cationic SDS±chitosan layers are also able to inhibit the degradation of flavor oil components such as limonene (Djordjevic et


329

al., 2007). Addition of pectin to add a third layer on to the emulsion droplets resulted in the formation of an outer anionic interfacial membrane. The oxidative stability of this tertiary emulsion was similar to the secondary, cationic, SDS-chitosan emulsion (Shaw et al., 2008). Katsuda et al. (2008) found that anionic emulsions with -lactoblobulin±citrus pectin multilayer had similar oxidative stability as the cationic emulsions stabilized with -lactoblobulin alone. These data suggest that by increasing the thickness of the interfacial membrane of the emulsion droplet, it can be possible to overcome the prooxidative effects of an anionic emulsion droplet interface. 9.7.2 Filled hydrogel particles Filled hydrogel particles consist of oil droplets contained within hydrogel particles that are dispersed within an aqueous continuous phase, and can therefore be referred to as oil-in-water-in-water (O/W1/W2) emulsions. The concentration, particle size distribution and spatial location of the oil droplets within the hydrogel particles can be varied. Also the properties of the hydrogel particles themselves can be varied, such as their composition, charge, digestibility, stability, permeability, and environmental responsiveness (McClements et al., 2007). In general, a variety of different methods can be used to form filled hydrogel particles (Pich and Adler, 2007; Chen et al., 2006; Norton and Frith, 2001; Zhang et al., 2007). These include methods based on phase separation of biopolymer solutions, injection of biopolymer solutions into gelling solutions, fragmentation of macroscopic biopolymer gels, and formation of biopolymer gels within double emulsions (McClements et al., 2007). Typically, these methods include mixing a pre-formed oil-in-water emulsion with an aqueous solution containing one or more biopolymers, and then causing the biopolymers to phase separate and/or gel by altering the environmental conditions. Filled hydrogel particles have been studied as a means of improving the physical and chemical stability of emulsified lipids. For example, Lamprecht et al. (2001) created filled hydrogel particles using an aggregative phase separation technique to encapsulate and protect !-3 fatty acids. They found that the filled hydrogel particles hardened by ethanol were the most stable to lipid oxidation because the biopolymer shell could be formed to help prevent lipid oxidation as well as improve the physical stability of the emulsion. Wu et al. (2005) also used filled hydrogel particles to encapsulate fish oils while Weinbreck et al. (2004) used them to stabilize flavor oils. Filled hydrogel particles may be designed to retard lipid oxidation by concentrating antioxidant hydrogel molecules (such as proteins or polysaccharides) in close proximity to the encapsulated lipid droplets. 9.7.3 Microemulsions In some respects microemulsions are similar to nanoemulsions, but in other respects they are quite different (McClements, 2005). Like nanoemulsions,

330


microemulsions are comprised of oil, water and emulsifier molecules organized into small lipid particles dispersed within an aqueous continuous phase. In both cases, the lipid particles consist of a hydrophobic core (oil and non-polar parts of emulsifiers) surrounded by a hydrophilic shell (polar parts of emulsifiers and water). In addition, in both nanoemulsions and microemulsions the lipid particles are so small relative to the wavelength of light that they do not scatter light strongly, so that the overall system appears either transparent or only slightly cloudy. Nevertheless, microemulsions can be distinguished from nanoemulsions because the former are thermodynamically stable, whereas the latter are only kinetically stable. In addition, the emulsifier used in microemulsions is nearly always a surfactant (sometimes in combination with a co-surfactant), whereas the emulsifiers used in nanoemulsions may be surfactants, phospholipids or amphiphilic polymers (such as proteins). In microemulsions, the lipid particles consist of a shell of surfactant molecules whose non-polar tails tend to associate with each other within the inner hydrophobic core, while the polar heads are located at the exterior so that they are in contact with water. The major driving force for the formation of this structure is the hydrophobic effect, i.e., the tendency for the system to minimize the contact between oil and water. Oil or other lipophilic molecules present within a microemulsion may form a core at the center of the particle or they may be incorporated between surfactant tail groups. In bulk lipids the rate of oxidation of fatty acids increases as their degree of unsaturation increases (Decker and McClements, 2008; Frankel, 1998). However, in microemulsions prepared with Tween 20 and free fatty acids, lipid oxidation rates show the opposite trend with oxidative stability increasing as their degree of unsaturation increases (Miyashita et al., 1993; 1994). At present the reason for this observation is unknown, although it has been suggested that it be due to differences in the molecular arrangements of the fatty acids within the micelles. It is possible that the more unsaturated fatty acids are more deeply buried within the hydrophobic interior of the micelles and are therefore less susceptible to attack by aqueous phase prooxidants. 9.7.4 Nanoemulsions Nanoemulsions are conventional emulsions that contain very small droplets, with the appropriate size range being defined differently by different authors, e.g. 1±100 nm (Mason et al., 2006), 100±600 nm (Bouchemal et al., 2004) or 400±800 nm (Sarker, 2005). In this chapter, we prefer to use a definition where nanoemulsions exhibit distinctly different bulk physicochemical characteristics to conventional emulsions, i.e. when the particle size becomes so small that they do not scatter light strongly and they appear clear, which generally occurs when the diameter is less 50 nm. Nanoemulsions are metastable systems that can be designed to persist for many months or years if they are stabilized appropriately, e.g. by reducing droplet aggregation and Ostwald ripening. Nanoemulsions can be formed using high or low intensity methods. High intensity methods involve the application of intense mechanical energy to a


331

system to break up the disperse phase liquid into smaller portions. The mechanical energy needed to break large droplets into small droplets increases as their initial radius decreases because of the Laplace pressure (P 2 =r) that tends to oppose particle deformation and rupture. Hence, only mechanical devices that are capable of generating extremely high intensity disruptive forces can be used to form nanoemulsions, such as sonicators and high-pressure homogenizers (especially microfluidizers). Sonicators use high-intensity ultrasonic waves to generate intense disruptive stresses (particularly cavitational, shear and turbulent forces) that break up the droplets (Landfester et al., 2000). In microfluidizers, a premixed emulsion is divided into two streams that are forced through separate microchannels and then made to impinge on each other at high velocity, which generates intense disruptive forces (particularly strong extensional flow) that break up the droplets (Meleson et al., 2004). Low intensity methods rely on the spontaneous phase separation of two immiscible liquids under certain conditions, leading to the formation of a dispersion of one liquid in the other liquid. These methods include the phase inversion temperature, emulsion inversion, and solvent displacement methods. The advantage of low intensity methods is that they require much less mechanical energy to form emulsions; however, they often require the use of organic solvents, synthetic surfactants or co-surfactants. To the authors' knowledge, no papers have been published on the oxidative stability of nanoemulsions. This would be an important research area since it is possible that the extremely high surface area of nanoemulsions could cause rapid oxidation, which would severely limit the application of this technology in foods. 9.7.5 Solid lipid particles Solid lipid particle (SLP) emulsions are similar to conventional emulsions because they consist of emulsifier-coated lipid droplets dispersed in an aqueous continuous phase. However, the lipid phase in SLP is either fully or partially solidified. The morphology and packing of the crystals within the lipid phase can often be controlled to obtain particular functional attributes (Saupe et al., 2005; Souto et al., 2004; Uner et al., 2004; Wissing et al., 2004; Wissing and Muller, 2002). As with conventional emulsions, the size and concentration of the lipid droplets can be controlled, as can the nature of the interfacial coating surrounding the lipid phase. SLP emulsions can be formed using the same methods as for conventional emulsions or nanoemulsions depending on the particle size required, e.g., high or low intensity methods. The main difference is that the lipid phase (or at least a part of it) will be solid rather than liquid at the application temperature. To prepare an emulsion it is therefore necessary to heat the lipid and aqueous phases above the melting point of any crystalline material in the lipid phase prior to homogenization (Saupe et al., 2005; Souto et al., 2004; Uner et al., 2004; Wissing et al., 2004; Wissing and Muller, 2002; Schubert and Muller-Goymann,

332


2005). It is then important to always maintain the temperature of the emulsion above the crystallization temperature of the highest melting lipid to prevent any fat solidification within the homogenizer. After formation, the emulsion can then be cooled in a controlled manner to promote crystallization of some or all of the lipids within the droplets. Solid lipid particles may be able to improve the stability of chemically labile lipophilic components by trapping them inside structured solid matrices so the oxidatively sensitive lipids are protected from aqueous phase prooxidants and oxygen (McClements et al., 2007). However, a study on the influence of carrier lipid physical state on the oxidative stability of octadecane oil-in-water emulsions found that methyl linolenate oxidized more quickly in emulsions containing solid droplets than those containing liquid droplets (Okuda et al., 2005). It was postulated that crystallization of the octadecane caused methyl linolenate molecules to migrate from the interior of the lipid droplets where they were partly protected against oxidation, to the exterior of the lipid droplets where they were more exposed to water-soluble transition metals. If this approach is going to work, then it is important that the polyunsaturated oils are trapped within the interior of crystalline lipids, which may be achieved by controlling carrier oil composition, surfactant type and cooling conditions. 9.7.6 Multiple emulsions The most commonly used water-dispersible multiple emulsions are water-in-oilin-water (W/O/W) emulsions, which consist of small water droplets contained within larger oil droplets that are dispersed within an aqueous continuous phase (Garti, 1997a; 1997b; Garti and Benichou, 2004; McClements et al., 2007) (Fig. 9.2). More accurately this type of emulsion should be referred to as a W1/O/W2 emulsion, where W1 is the inner water phase and W2 is the outer water phase, since the composition of the two water phases is usually different. There are also two different interfacial layers in this type of emulsion: the W1-O layer surrounding the inner water droplets, and the O-W2 layer surrounding the oil droplets. Therefore, two different types of emulsifier are normally used to stabilize W/O/W emulsions: an oil-soluble emulsifier is used for the inner water droplets and a water-soluble emulsifier is used for the oil droplets. Usually, W/O/W emulsions are created using a two-step procedure. The first step is to create a W1/O emulsion by homogenizing water, oil and an oil-soluble emulsifier, and then a W1/O/W2 emulsion is created by homogenizing the W1/O emulsion with an aqueous solution containing a water-soluble emulsifier. Similar techniques to homogenize O/W emulsions can be used to produce W1/O/ W2 emulsions such as high shear mixers, high pressure homogenizers, colloid mills, ultrasonic homogenizers and membrane homogenizers (McClements, 2005). However, the homogenization conditions used in the first stage are usually more intense than those used in the second stage, in order to avoid disruption or expulsion of the W1 droplets formed within the oil phase. The size of the water droplets in the W1/O emulsion and of the final W1/O/W2 emulsion


333

can be controlled by varying emulsifier type, emulsifier concentration and homogenization conditions. Multiple emulsions have not been widely used in food products because they are highly susceptible to breakdown during processing, e.g., mechanical forces, thermal processing, chilling, freezing and dehydration, or during storage (McClements et al., 2007). Nevertheless, recent advances in understanding the physicochemical basis of the stability of these systems are leading to more applications in foods being implemented. As with nanoemulsions, very little work has been done on the oxidative stability of multiple emulsions. This could again be an interesting research area since multiple emulsions present an opportunity to incorporate water-soluble antioxidants into the interior of the emulsion droplet.

9.8

Conclusions

Lipid oxidation is a major problem leading to deterioration of polyunsaturated lipids, which needs to be prevented because it would cause undesirable changes in flavor, texture, appearance, and nutritional quality of food products. Since many lipid containing foods are in emulsified form, a thorough understanding of lipid oxidation mechanisms in emulsions should be developed in order to

Fig. 9.6

Locations where the chemical and physical properties of oil-in-water emulsions can be altered to impact lipid oxidation reactions.

334


develop innovative technologies to solve this problem. Numerous techniques can be applied to inhibit lipid oxidation in oil-in-water emulsions including interfacial engineering to control the composition, thickness or charge of the interfacial layer that separates the encapsulated lipids from the surrounding aqueous phase. The selection of antioxidants is also important to ensure that they are located at the major site of the lipid oxidation reaction. Due to the high susceptibility of emulsified lipids to oxidation, it might be necessary to use combinations of the techniques mentioned in this chapter to effectively retard lipid oxidation and improve the shelf-life, utilization and quality of food emulsion systems. For example, use of a combination of cationic interfacial membrane, emulsion droplet antioxidant (tocopherols) and metal chelators (EDTA) can be an extremely effective way to protect omega-3 fatty acids in emulsions (Djordjevic et al., 2004). A summary of the strategies that can be used to impact lipid oxidation rates in oil-in-water emulsions is shown in Fig. 9.6. Structured emulsions, such as filled hydrogel particles, multilayer emulsions or solid lipid particles, may also be useful in protecting lipids against chemical degradation but further work is needed in this area to evaluate their effectiveness.

9.9

References

and DECKER E A (2006), Ìnfluence of heat processing and calcium ions on the ability of EDTA to inhibit lipid oxidation in oil-in-water emulsions containing omega-3 fatty acids', Food Chem, 95, 585±590. ALAMED J, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2009), `Relationships between free radical scavenging and antioxidant activity in foods', J Agric Food Chem, 57, 2969±2976. BARCLAY L R C and VINQUIST M R (1993), `Membrane peroxidation: inhibiting effects of water-soluble antioxidants on phospholipids of different charge types', Free Radical Biol Med, 15, 779±788. BAUMY J J and BRULE G (1988), Èffect of pH and ionic-strength on the binding of bivalent-cations to -casein', Lait, 68, 409±417. BENNETT T, DESMOND A, HARRINGTON M, MCDONAGH D, FITZGERALD R, FLYNN A and CASHMAN K D (2000), `The effect of high intakes of casein and casein phosphopeptide on calcium absorption in the rat', Br J Nutr, 83, 673±680. BOON C S, XU Z, YUE X, MCCLEMENTS D J, WEISS J and DECKER E A (2008), `Factors affecting lycopene oxidation in oil-in-water emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 56, 1408±1414. BOON C S, MCCLEMENTS D J, WEISS J and DECKER E A (2009), `Role of iron and hydroperoxides in the degradation of lycopene in oil-in-water emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 57, 2993±2998. BOUCHEMAL K, BRIANCON S, PERRIER E and FESSI H (2004), `Nano-emulsion formulation using spontaneous emulsification: solvent, oil and surfactant optimization', Int J Pharm, 280 (1±2), 241±251. BUETTNER G R (1993), `The pecking order of free radicals and antioxidants: Lipid peroxidation, -tocopherol, and ascorbate', Arch Biochem Biophys, 300, 535±543. CERCACI L, RODRIGUEZ-ESTRADA M T, LERCKER G and DECKER E A (2007), `Phytosterol oxidation in oil-in-water emulsions and bulk oil', Food Chem, 102, 161±167. ALAMED J, MCCLEMENTS D J


335

and DECKER E A (2000), Àbility of surfactant tail group size to alter lipid oxidation in oil-in-water emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 48, 3077±3080. CHAIYASIT W, ELIAS R, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2007), `Role of physical structures in bulk oils on lipid oxidation', Crit Rev Food Sci Nutr, 47, 299±317. CHAIYASIT W, MCCLEMENTS D J, WEISS J and DECKER E A (2008), Ìmpact of surface active compounds on physicochemical and oxidative properties of edible oil', J Agric Food Chem, 56, 550±556. CHANAMAI R and MCCLEMENTS D J (2002), `Comparison of gum arabic, modified starch, and whey protein isolate as emulsifiers: influence of pH, CaCl2 and temperature', J Food Sci, 67, 120±125. CHEN B, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2010), `Role of continuous phase anionic polysaccharides on the oxidative stability of Menhaden oil-in-water emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 58, 3779±3784. CHEN L Y, REMONDETTO G E and SUBIRADE M (2006), `Food protein-based materials as nutraceutical delivery systems', Trends Food Sci Tech, 17(5), 272±283. CHIPAULT J R (1962), Àntioxidants for use in foods', in Lundberg W O, Autooxidation and Antioxidants, New York, Interscience, 477±542. CHO Y-J, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2002), Àbility of surfactant micelles to alter the physical location and reactivity of iron in oil-in-water emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 50, 5704±5710. CHO Y-J, ALAMED J, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2003), Àbility of chelators to alter the physical location and prooxidant activity of iron in oil-in-water emulsions', J Food Sci, 68 (6), 1952±1957. COUPLAND J N, ZHU Z, WAN H, MCCLEMENTS D J, NAWAR W W and CHINACHOTI P (1996), `Droplet composition affects the rate of oxidation of emulsified ethyl linoleate', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 73, 795±801. DECKER E A (1998), `Strategies for manipulating the prooxidative/antioxidative balance of foods to maximize oxidative stability', Trends Food Sci Tech, 9(6), 241±248. DECKER E A and HULTIN H O (1992), `Lipid oxidation in muscle foods via redox iron', in St. Angelo A J, Lipid Oxidation in Foods, Washington, DC, American Chemical Society, 33±54. DECKER E A and MCCLEMENTS D J (2001), `Transition metal and hydroperoxide interactions: an important determinant in the oxidative stability of lipid dispersions', Inform, 12, 251±255. DECKER E A and MCCLEMENTS D J (2008), `Lipids', in Damodaran S, Parkin K and Fennema O, Fennema's Food Chemistry, Boca Raton, FL, CRC Press, 155±216. DECKER E A, WARNER K, RICHARDS M P and SHAHIDI F (2005), `Measuring antioxidant effectiveness in food', J Agric Food Chem, 53, 4303±4310. DIAZ M, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2003), Ùse of casein phosphopeptides as natural metal chelators to inhibit oxidative reactions in oil-in-water emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 51, 2365±2370. DICKINSON E (1992), An Introduction to Food Colloids, Oxford, Oxford University Press. DICKINSON E (2003), `Hydrocolloids at interfaces and the influence on the properties of dispersed systems', Food Hydrocolloids, 17 (1), 25±39. DICKINSON E and MCCLEMENTS D J (1995), Advances in Food Colloids, Glasgow, Blackie Academic and Professional. DICKINSON E and STAINSBY G (1982), Colloids in Foods, London, Applied Science Publishers. CHAIYASIT W, SILVESTRE M P, MCCLEMENTS D J

336


and OREOPOULOU V (2007), Èffect of processing and storage parameters on the oxidative deterioration of oil-in-water emulsions', Food Biophysics, 2, 38±45. DJORDJEVIC D, KIM H-J, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2004), Oxidative stability of whey protein-stabilized oil-in-water emulsions at pH 3: potential !-3 fatty acid delivery systems (part B), J Food Sci, 69, C356±362. DJORDJEVIC D, CERCACI L, ALAMED J, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2007), `Chemical and physical stability of citral and limonene in sodium dodecyl sulfate chitosan and gum Arabic-stabilized oil-in-water emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 55, 3585± 3591. DJORDJEVIC D, CERCACI L, ALAMED J, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2008), `Stability of citral in protein- and gum Arabic-stabilized oil-in-water emulsions', Food Chem, 106, 698±705. DONNELLY J L, DECKER E A and MCCLEMENTS D J (1998), Àbility of emulsifiers to influence iron-catalyzed oxidation of emulsified menhaden oil', J Food Sci, 63, 997± 1000. DUNFORD H B (1987), `Free radicals in ion-containing systems', Free Radical Biol Med, 3, 405±421. ELIAS R J, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2005), Àntioxidant activity of cysteine, tryptophan, and methionine residues in continuous phase beta-lactoglobulin in oilin-water emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 53 (26), 10248±10253. ELIAS R J, BRIDGEWATER J, VACHET R W, WARAHO T, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2006), Àntioxidant mechanisms of enzymatic hydrolysates of -lactoglobulin in food lipid dispersions', J Agric Food Chem, 54, 9565±9572. ELIAS R J, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2007), Ìmpact of thermal processing on the antioxidant mechanisms of continuous phase -lactoglobulin in oil-in-water emulsions', Food Chem, 1402±1409. FARAJI H, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2004), `Role of continuous phase protein on the oxidative stability of fish oil-in-water emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 52, 4588±4564. FRANKEL E N (1998), `Free radical oxidation', in Lipid Oxidation, Dundee, The Oil Press, 13±22. FRANKEL E N and MEYER A S (2000), `Review the problems of using one-dimensional methods to evaluate multifunctional food and biological antioxidants', J Sci Food Agri, 80, 1925±1941. FRANKEL E N, HUANG S W, KANNER J and GERMAN J B (1994), Ìnterfacial phenomena in the evaluation of antioxidants: bulk oils vs. emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 42, 1054± 1059. FRANKEL E N, HUANG S W, AESCHBACH R and PRIOR E (1996a), Àntioxidant activity of a rosemary extract and its constituents, carnosic acid, carnosol and rosmarinic acid, in bulk oil and oil-in-water emulsion', J Agri Food Chem, 44, 131±135. FRANKEL E N, HUANG S W, PRIOR E and AESCHBACH R (1996b), Èvaluation of antioxidant activity of rosemary extracts, carnosol and carnosic acid in bulk vegetable oils and fish oil and their emulsions', J Sci Food Agri, 72, 201±208. FRANKEL E N, SATUE-GRACIA T, MEYER A S and GERMAN J B (2002), Òxidative stability of fish and algae oils containing long-chain polyunsaturated fatty acids in bulk and in oil-in-water emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 50, 2094±2099. FRIBERG S, LARSSON K and SJOBLOM J (2004), Food Emulsions, New York, Marcel Dekker. FRITSCH C W (1994), `Lipid oxidation ± the other dimensions', Inform, 5, 423±436. DIMAKOU C P, KIOKIAS S N, TSAPROUNI I V


337

(1997a), `Double emulsions ± scope, limitations and new achievements', Colloid Surface, A, 123, 233±246. GARTI N (1997b), `Progress in stabilization and transport phenomena of double emulsions in food applications', LWT ± Food Sci and Technol, 30 (3), 222±235. GARTI N and BENICHOU A (2004),`Recent developments in double emulsions for food applications', in Friberg S E, Larsson K and Sjoblom J, Food Emulsions, New York, Marcel Dekker. GENOVESE D B, LOZANO J E and RAO M A (2007), `The rheology of colloidal and noncolloidal food dispersions', J Food Sci, 72 (2), R11±R20. GOHTANI S, SIRENDI M, YAMAMOTO N, KAJIKAWA K and YAMAMO Y (1999), Èffect of droplet size on oxidation of docosahexaenoic acid in emulsion system', J Dispersion Sci Technol, 20, 1319±1325. GRAF E and EATON J W (1990), Àntioxidant functions of phytic acid', Free Rad Biol Med, 8, 61±69. GUNASEELAN K, ROMSTED L S, GALLEGO M J P, GONZALEZ-ROMERO E and BRAVO-DIÂAZ C (2006), Determining alpha-tocopherol distributions between the oil, water, and interfacial regions of macroemulsions: Novel applications of electroanalytical chemistry and the pseudophase kinetic model, Adv Colloid Interface Sci, 123, 303± 311. HAAHR A M and JACOBSEN C (2008), Èmulsifier type, metal chelation and pH affect oxidative stability of n-3-enriched emulsions', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 110 (10), 949±961. HALLIWELL B and GUTTERIDGE J M (1990), `Role of free radicals and catalytic metal ions in human disease: an overview', Methods Enzymol, 186, 1±85. HALLIWELL B, AESCHBACH R, LOLIGER J and ARUOMA O I (1995), `The characterization of antioxidants', Food and Chemical Toxicology, 33 (7), 601±617. HEGENAUER J, SALTMAN P, LUDWIG D, RIPLEY L and BAJO P (1979), Èffect of supplemental iron and lipid oxidation in milk. 1. Comparison of metal complexes in emulsified and homogenized milk', J Agric Food Chem, 27, 860±867. HEINS A, SOKOLOWSKI T, STOCKMANN H and SCHWARZ K (2007a), Ìnvestigating the location of propyl gallate at surfaces and its chemical microenvironment by H-1 NMR', Lipids, 42 (6), 561±572. HEINS A, MCPHAIL D B, SOKOLOWSKI T, STOCKMANN H and SCHWARZ K (2007b), `The location of phenolic antioxidants and radicals at interfaces determines their activity', Lipids, 42 (6), 573±582. HIEMENZ P C and RAJAGOPALAN R (1997), Principle of Colloid and Surface Chemistry, 3rd edn, New York, Marcel Dekker. HOPIA A I, HUANG S W, SCHWARZ K, GERMAN J B and FRANKEL E N (1996), Èffect of different lipid systems on antioxidant activity of rosemary constituents carnosol and carnosic acid with and without alpha-tocopherol', J Agri Food Chem, 44, 2030±2036. HU M, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2002), `Lipid oxidation in corn oil-in-water emulsions stabilized by casein, whey protein isolate, and soy protein isolate', J Agric Food Chem, 51, 1696±1700. HU M, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2003), Ìmpact of whey protein emulsifiers on the oxidative stability of salmon oil-in-water emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 51, 1435±1439. HU M, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2004a), Àntioxidant activity of a procyanidinrich extract from grape seed in whey protein isolate-stabilized algae oil-in-water emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 52, 5272±5276. GARTI N

338


and DECKER E A (2004b), Ìmpact of chelators on the oxidative stability of whey protein isolate-stabilized oil-in-water emulsions containing !-3 fatty acid', Food Chem, 88 (1), 57±62. HUANG S W, FRANKEL E N, SCHWARZ K and GERMAN J B (1996a), Èffect of pH on antioxidant activity of -tocopherol and Trolox in oil-in-water emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 44, 2496±2502. HUANG S W, HOPIA A, SCHWARZ K, FRANKEL E N and GERMAN J B (1996b), Àntioxidant activity of -tocopherol and Trolox in different lipid substrates: bulk oils vs. oil-inwater emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 44, 444±452. HUANG S W, SATUE-GRACIA M T, FRANKEL E N and GERMAN J B (1999), Èffect of lactoferrin on oxidative stability of corn oil emulsions and liposomes', J Agric Food Chem, 47 (4), 1356±1361. HUNNECHE C S, LUND M N, SKIBSTED L H and NIELSEN J (2008), Àntioxidant activity of a combinatorial library of emulsifier-antioxidant bioconjugates', J Agric Food Chem, 56, 9258±9268. HUNTER R J (1986), Foundations of Colloid Science, Oxford, Oxford University Press. IMAI H, MAEDA T, SHIMA M and ADACHI S (2008), Òxidation of methyl linoleate in oil-inwater micro- and nanoemulsion systems', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 85 (9), 809±815. HU M, MCCLEMENTS D J

JACOBSEN C, HARTVIGSEN K, THOMSEN M K, HANSEN L F, LUND P, SKIBSTED L H, HOLMER G,

and MEYER A S (2001), `Lipid oxidation in fish oil enriched mayonnaise: calcium disodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate, but not gallic acid, strongly inhibited oxidative deterioration', J Agric Food Chem, 49 (2), 1009±1019. JUNG M Y, YOON S H and MIN D B (1989), Èffects of processing steps on the contents of minor compounds and oxidation of soybean oil', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 66 (1), 118± 120. KANNER J and ROSENTHAL I (1992), Àn assessment of lipid oxidation in foods', Pure Appl Chem, 64 (12), 1959±1964. KANNER J, GERMAN J B and KINSELLA J E (1987), Ìnitiation of lipid peroxidation in biological systems', Crit Rev Food Sci Nutr, 25, 317±364. KATSUDA M S, MCCLEMENTS D J, MIGLIORANZA L and DECKER E A (2008), `Physical and oxidative stability of fish oil-in-water emulsions stabilized with -lactoglobulin and pectin', J Agric Food Chem, 56, 5926±5931. KELLERBY S S, GU Y S, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2006a), `Lipid oxidation in a menhaden oil-in-water emulsion stabilized by sodium caseinate cross-linked with transglutaminase', J Agric Food Chem, 54, 10222±10227. KELLERBY S S, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2006b), `Role of proteins in oil-in-water emulsions on the stability of lipid hydroperoxides', J Agric Food Chem, 54, 7879± 7884. KIOKIAS S, DIMAKOU C and OREOPOULOU V (2007), Èffect of heat treatment and droplet size on the oxidative stability of whey protein emulsions', Food Chem, 105 (1), 94±100. KISHK Y and AL-SAYED H (2007), `Free radical scavenging and antioxidative activities of some polysaccharides in emulsions', LWT ± Food Sci and Technol, 40 (2), 270± 277. KLINKESORN U, SOPHANODORA P, CHINACHOTI P, DECKER E A and MCCLEMENTS D J (2005a), Èncapsulation of emulsified tuna oil in two-layered interfacial membranes prepared using electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition', Food Hydrocolloids, 19 (6), 1044±1053. KLINKESORN U, SOPHANODORA P, CHINACHOTI P, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2005b), ADLER-NISSEN J


339

Ìncreasing the oxidative stability of liquid and dried tuna oil-in-water emulsions with electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition technology', J Agric Food Chem, 53 (11), 4561±4566. KOGA T and TERAO J (1994), Àntioxidant activity of a novel phosphatidyl derivative of vitamin E in lard and its model system', J Agric Food Chem, 42, 1291±1294. KOGA T and TERAO J (1995), `Phospholipids increase radical-scavenging activity of vitamin E in a bulk oil model system', J Agric Food Chem, 43, 1450±1454. KOGURE K, FUKUZAWA K, KAWANO H and TERADA H (1993), `Spermine accelerates ironinduced lipid peroxidation in mitochondria by modification of membrane surface charge', Free Radical Biol Med, 14, 501±507. LAGUERRE M, LOPEZ GIRALDO L J, LECOMTE J, FIGUEROA-ESPINOZA M R, BAREA B, WEISS J,

and VILLENEUVE P (2009), `Chain length affects antioxidant properties of chlorogenate esters in emulsion: The cutoff theory behind the polar paradox', J Agric Food Chem, 57, 11335±11342. LAMPRECHT A, SCHAFER U and LEHR C M (2001), Ìnfluences of process parameters on preparation of microparticle used as a carrier system for omega-3 unsaturated fatty acid ethyl esters used in supplementary nutrition', J Microencapsulation, 18 (3), 347±357. LANDFESTER K, TIARKS F, HENTZE H and ANTONIETTI M (2000), `Polyaddition in miniemulsions: a new route to polymer dispersions', Macromol Chem Phys, 201, 1±5. LEAVER J, LAW A J R and BRECHANY E Y (1999), Covalent modification of emulsified betacasein resulting from lipid peroxidation, J Colloid Interface Sci, 210 (1), 207±214. LETHUAUT L, METRO F and GENOT C (2002), Èffect of droplet size on lipid oxidation rates of oil-in-water emulsions stabilized by protein', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 79 (5), 425± 430. LI W, BOWERS J A, CRAIG J A and PERNG S K (1993), `Sodium tripolyphosphate stability and effect in ground turkey meat', J Food Sci, 58, 501±504. MABROUK A F (1964), `The kinetics of methyl linoleate emulsion autoxidation in the presence of polyhydroxy compounds', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 41, 331±334. MABROUK A F and DUGAN L R (1961), `Kinetic investigation into glucose-, fructose-, and sucrose-activated autoxidation of methyl linoleate emulsion', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 40 (6), 945±948. MAHONEY J R and GRAF E (1986), `Role of alpha-tocopherol, ascorbic acid, citric acid and EDTA as antioxidants in a model system', J Food Sci, 51, 1293±1296. MANCUSO J R, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (1999), `The effects of surfactant type, pH, and chelators on the oxidant of salmon oil-in-water emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 47, 4112±4116. MANCUSO J R, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2000), Ìron accelerated cumene hydroperoxide decomposition in hexadecane and trilaurin emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 48, 213±219. MASON T G, WILKING J N, MELESON K, CHANG C B and GRAVES S M (2006), `Nanoemulsions: formation, structure, and physical properties', J Phys Condens Matter, 18, R635± R666. MATSUMURA Y, SATAKE C, EGAMI M and MORI T (2000), Ìnteraction of gum arabic, maltodextrin and pullulan with lipids in emulsions', Biosci Biotechnol Biochem, 64 (9), 1827±1835. MATSUMURA Y, EGAMI M, SATAKE C, MAEDA Y, TAKAHASHI T, NAKAMURA A and MORI T (2003), Ìnhibitory effects of peptide-bound polysaccharide on lipid oxidation in DECKER E A

340


emulsions', Food Chem, 83, 107±119. (2002a), `Colloidal basis of emulsion color', Curr Opin Colloid, 7 (5±6), 451±455. MCCLEMENTS D J (2002b), `Theoretical prediction of emulsion color', Adv Colloid Interface, 97 (1±3), 63±89. MCCLEMENTS D J (2005), Food Emulsions: Principles, Practice, and Techniques, 2nd edn, Boca Raton, FL, CRC Press. MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2000), `Lipid oxidation in oil-in-water emulsions: impact of molecular environment on chemical reactions in heterogeneous food systems', J Food Sci, 65 (8), 1270±1282. MCCLEMENTS D J, DECKER E A and WEISS J (2007), Èmulsion-based delivery systems for lipophilic bioactive components', J Food Sci, 72 (8), R109±R124. MEDINA I, LOIS S, ALCANTARA D, LUCA R and MORALES J C (2009), Èffect of lipophilization of hydroxytyrosol on its antioxidant activity in fish oils and fish oil-in-water emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 57 (20), 9773±9779. MEI L, MCCLEMENTS D J, WU J and DECKER E A (1998a), Ìron-catalyzed lipid oxidation in emulsions as affected by surfactant, pH and NaCl', Food Chem, 61, 307±312. MEI L, DECKER E A and MCCLEMENTS D J (1998b), Èvidence of iron association with emulsion droplets and its impact on lipid oxidation', J Agric Food Chem, 46, 5072±5077. MEI L, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (1999), `Lipid oxidation in emulsions as affected by charge status of antioxidants and emulsion droplets', J Agric Food Chem, 47, 2267±2273. MELESON K, GRAVES S and MASON T G (2004), `Formation of concentrated nanoemulsions by extreme shear', Soft Mater, 2, 109±123. MINEMOTO Y, HAKAMATA K, ADACHI S and MATSUNO R (2002), Òxidation of linoleic acid encapsulated with gum arabic or maltodextrin by spray-drying', J Microencapsulation, 19 (2), 181±189. MIYASHITA K, NARA E and OTA T (1993), Òxidative stability of free fatty acids mixtures from soybean, linseed and sardine oils in aqueous solution', Biosci Biotech Biochem, 60, 315±318. MIYASHITA K, TATEDA T and OTA T (1994), Òxidative stability of polyunsaturated fatty acids in aqueous solution', Biosci Biotech Biochem, 57, 1638±1640. MULLER R H and KECK C M (2004), `Challenges and solutions for the delivery of biotech drugs ± a review of drug nanocrystal technology and lipid nanoparticles', J Biotechnol, 113 (1±3), 151±170. MULLER R H, MADER K and GOHLA S (2000), `Solid lipid nanoparticles (SLN) for controlled drug delivery ± a review of the state of the art', Eur J Pharm Biopharm, 50 (1), 161±177. NAKAYA K, USHIO H, MATSUKAWA S, SHIMIZU M and OHSHIMA T (2005), Èffects of droplet size on the oxidative stability of oil-in-water emulsions', Lipids, 40 (5), 501±507. NORTON I T and FRITH W J (2001), `Microstructure design in mixed biopolymer composites', Food Hydrocolloids, 15 (4±6), 543±553. NUCHI C D, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2001), Ìmpact of Tween 20 hydroperoxides and iron on the oxidation of methyl linoleate and salmon oil dispersions', J Agric Food Chem, 49, 4912±4916. NUCHI C D, HERNANDEZ D J, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2002), Àbility of lipid hydroperoxides to partition into surfactant micelles and alter lipid oxidation rates in emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 51, 5522±5527. MCCLEMENTS D J


341

and DECKER E A (2005), Ìmpact of lipid physical state on the oxidation of methyl linoleate in oil-in-water emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 53, 9624±9628. OSBORN H T and AKOH C C (2004), Èffect of emulsifier type, droplet size, and oil concentration on lipid oxidation in structured lipid-based oil-in-water emulsions', Food Chem, 84, 451±456. OSTDAL H, DANESHVAR B and SKIBSTED L H (1996), `Reduction of ferrylmyoglobin by lactoglobulin', Free Radical Res, 24, 429±438. PARASKEVOPOULOU D, BOSKOU D and PARASKEVOPOULOU A (2007), Òxidative stability of olive-lemon juice salad dressings stabilized with polysaccharides', Food Chem, 101, 1197±1204. PENA-RAMOS E A, XIONG Y and ARTEAGA G E (2004), `Fractionation and characterization for antioxidant activity of hydrolysed whey protein', J Sci Food Agric, 84, 1908±1918. PENG X, XIONG Y L and KONG B (2009), Àntioxidant activity of peptide fractions from whey protein hydrolysates as measured by electron spin resonance', Food Chem, 113 (1), 196±201. PICH A Z and ADLER H J P (2007), `Composite aqueous microgels: an overview of recent advances in synthesis, characterization and application', Polym Int, 56 (3), 291±307. PORTER W L (1993), `Paradoxical behavior of antioxidants in food and biological systems', Toxicol Ind Health, 9, 93±122. PORTER W L, BLACK E D and DROLET A M (1989), Ùse of polyamide oxidative fluorescence test on lipid emulsion: contrast in relative effectiveness of antioxidants in bulk versus dispersed systems', J Agri Food Chem, 37, 615±624. PRYOR W A (1976), `The role of free radical reactions in biological systems', in Pryor W A, Free Radicals in Biology, New York, Academic Press Inc, 1±50. PRYOR W A, CORNICELLI J A, DEVALL L J, TAIT B, TRIVEDI B K, WITIAK D T and WU M (1993), À rapid screening test to determine the antioxidant potencies of natural and synthetic antioxidants', J Org Chem, 58, 3521±3532. RAMPON V, LETHUAUT L, MOUHOUS-RIOU N and GENOT C (2001), Interface characterization and aging of bovine serum albumin stabilized oil-in-water emulsions as revealed by front-surface fluorescence, J Agric Food Chem, 49 (8), 4046±4051. REISCHE D W, LILLARD D A and EINTENMILLER R R (1998), Àntioxidants', in Akoh C C and Min D B, Food Lipids: Chemistry, Nutrition and Biotechnology, New York, Marcel Dekker, 423±448. RICHARDS M P, CHAIYASIT W, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E D (2002), Àbility of surfactant micelles to alter the partitioning of phenolic antioxidants in oil-in-water emulsions', J Agri Food Chem, 50, 1254±1259. SARKER D K (2005), Èngineering of nanoemulsions for drug delivery', Current Drug Delivery, 2, 297±310. OKUDA S, MCCLEMENTS D J

SASAKI K, ALAMED J, WEISS J, VILLENEUVE P, LOPEZ GIRALDO L J, LECOMTE J, FIGUEROA-

and DECKER E A (2010), `Relationship between the physical properties of chlorogenic acid esters and their ability to inhibit lipid oxidation in oil-in-water emulsions', Food Chem, 118 (3), 830±835. SAUPE A, WISSING S A, LENK A, SCHMIDT C and MULLER R H (2005), `Solid lipid nanoparticles (SLN) and nanostructured lipid carriers (NLC) ± structural investigations on two different carrier systems', Bio-Med Mater Eng, 15 (5), 393±402. SCHUBERT M A and MULLER-GOYMANN C C (2005), `Characterisation of surface-modified solid lipid nanoparticles (SLN): Influence of lecithin and nonionic emulsifier', Eur J Pharm Biopharm, 61 (1±2), 77±86. ESPINOZA M C

342


and GERMAN J B (1996), `Partition behavior of antioxidant phenolic compounds in heterophasic systems', Fett/Lipid, 98, 115±121. SCHWARZ K, HUANG S W, GERMAN J B, TIERSCH B, HARTMANN J and FRANKEL E N (2000), Activities of antioxidants are affected by colloidal properties of oil-in-water and water-in-oil emulsions and bulk oils, J Agri Food Chem, 48 (10), 4874±4882. SHAW L A, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2007), `Spray-dried multilayered emulsions as a delivery method for !-3 fatty acids into food systems', J Agric Food Chem, 55, 3112±3119. SHAW L A, FARAJI H, AOKI T, DJORDJEVIC D, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2008), Èmulsion droplet interfacial engineering to deliver bioactive lipids into functional foods', in Garti N, Delivery and Controlled Release of Bioactives in Foods and Nutraceuticals, Cambridge, Woodhouse Publishing. SHEN Z P, RUSLI J K, SANGUANSRI L and AUGUSTIN M (2007), `Retention of propanal in protein-stabilised tuna oil-in-water emulsions', Food Chem, 101 (2), 746±752. SHIMADA K, FUJIKAWA K, YAHARA K and NAKAMURA T (1992), Àntioxidative properties of xanthan on the autoxidation of soybean oil in cyclodextrin emulsion', J Agric Food Chem, 40, 945±948. SHIMADA K, MUTA H, NAKAMURA Y, OKADA H, MATSUO K and YOSHIOKA S (1994), Ìronbinding property and antioxidative activity of xanthan on the autoxidation of soybean oil in emulsion', J Agric Food Chem, 42 (8), 1607±1611. SHIMADA H, OKADA K, MATSUO K and YOSHIOKA S (1996), Ìnvolvement of chelating action and viscosity in the antioxidative effect of xanthan in an oil/water emulsion', Biosci Biotechnol Biochem, 60 (1), 125±127. SILVESTRE M P, CHAIYASIT W, BRANNAN R G, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2000), Àbility of surfactant head group size to alter lipid and antioxidant oxidation in oilin-water emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 48, 2057±2061. SIMS R J, FIORITI J A and TRUMBETAS J (1979), Èffect of sugars and sugar alcohols on autoxidation of safflower oil in emulsions', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 56, 742±745. SOFOS J N (1986), Ùse of phosphates in low-sodium meat-products', Food Technol, 40, 52. SORENSEN A-D M, HAAHR A M, BECKER E M, SKIBSTED L H, BERGENSTAHL B, NILSSON L and JACOBSEN C (2008), Ìnteractions between iron, phenolic compounds, emulsifiers, and pH in omega-3-enriched oil-in-water emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 56 (5), 1740±1750. SOUTO E B, WISSING S A, BARBOSA C M and MULLER R H (2004), `Development of a controlled release formulation based on SLN and NLC for topical clotrimazole delivery', Int J Pharm, 278 (1), 71±77. SUN C and GUNASEKARAN S (2009), Èffect of protein concentration and oil-phase volume fraction on the stability and rheology of menhaden oil-in-water emulsions stabilized by whey protein isolate with xanthan gum', Food Hydrocolloids, 23 (1), 165±174. TAYLOR M J and RICHARDSON T (1980), Àntioxidant activity of skim milk: effect of heat and resultant sulfhydryl groups', J Dairy Sci, 63, 1783±1795. TONG L M, SASAKI S, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2000), `Mechanisms of the antioxidant activity of a high molecular weight fraction of whey', J Agric Food Chem, 48, 1473±1478. TRUNOVA N A, KARTASHEVA Z S, MAKSIMOVA T V, BOGDANOVA Y G and KASAIKINA O T (2007), `Decomposition of cumene hydroperoxide in the systems of normal and reverse micelles formed by cationic surfactants', Colloid J, 69 (5), 655±659. SCHWARZ K, FRANKEL E N


343

and MULLER R H (2004), Ìnfluence of surfactants on the physical stability of Solid Lipid Nanoparticle (SLN) formulations', Pharmazie, 59 (4), 331±332. VILLIERE A, VIAU M, BRONNEC I, MOREAU N and GENOT C (2005), Òxidative stability of bovine serum albumin- and sodium caseinate-stabilized emulsions depends on metal availability', J Agric Food Chem, 53, 1514±1520. WALSTRA P (1993), `Principles of emulsion formation', Chem Eng Sci, 48, 333. WALSTRA P (2003), Physical Chemistry of Foods, New York, Marcel Decker. WANG G and WANG T (2008), Òxidative stability of egg and soy lecithin as affected by transition metal ions and pH in emulsion', J Agric Food Chem, 56, 11424±11431. WARAHO T, CARDENIA V, RODRIGUEZ-ESTRADA M, MCCLEMENTS D J and DECKER E A (2009), `Prooxidant mechanisms of free fatty acids in stripped soybean oil-in-water emulsions', J Agric Food Chem, 57, 7112±7117. WEDZICHA B L (1988), `Distribution of low molecular weight food additives in food systems', in Dickinson E and Stainsby G, Advances in Food Emulsions, London, Elsevier, Chap. 10. WEINBRECK F, MINOR M and DE KRUIF C G (2004), `Microencapsulation of oils using whey protein/gum arabic coacervates', J Microencapsul, 21 (6), 667±679. WISSING S A and MULLER R G (2002), `The influence of the crystallinity of lipid nanoparticles on their occlusive properties', Int J Pharm, 242 (1±2), 377±379. WISSING S A, KAYSER O and MULLER R H (2004), `Solid lipid nanoparticles for parenteral drug delivery', Adv Drug Deliver Rev, 56 (9), 1257±1272. WU K G, CHAI X H and CHEN Y (2005), `Microencapsulation of fish oil by simple coacervation of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose', Chinese J Chem, 23 (11), 1569±1572. XIE W, JI J and WANG H (2007), Ìmpact of surfactant type, pH and antioxidants on the oxidation of methyl linoleate in micellar solutions', Food Res Int, 40, 1270±1275. YAMAGUCHI N and YAMADA A (1981), `Studies on antioxidative activity of brown sugar', Nippon Shokuhin Kogyo Gakkaishi, 28, 303±308. YAMAUCHI R, AOKI Y, SUGIURA T, KATO K and UENO Y (1982), Èffect of sugars and sugar analogs on autoxidation of methyl linoleate and safflower oil', Agric Biol Chem, 46, 2997±3002. YAMAUCHI R, GOTO Y, KATO K and UENO Y (1984), `Prooxidant effect of dihydroxyacetone and reducing sugars on the autoxidation of methyl linoleate in emulsions', Agric Biol Chem, 48, 843±848. YI O S, HAN D and SHIN H K (1991), `Synergistic antioxidative effects of tocopherol and ascorbic acid in fish oil/lecithin/water system', J Am Oil Chem Soc, 68, 881±883. YOSHIDA Y and NIKI E (1992), Òxidation of methyl linoleate in aqueous dispersions induced by copper and iron', Arch Biochem Biophys, 295, 107±114. YUJI H, WEISS J, VILLENEUVE P, LOPEZ GIRALDO L J, FIGUEROA-ESPINOZA M C and DECKER E A (2007), Àbility of surface-active antioxidants to inhibit lipid oxidation in oil-inwater emulsion', J Agric Food Chem, 55, 11052±11056. ZHANG H, TUMARKIN E, SULLAN R M A, WALKER G C and KUMACHEVA E (2007), Èxploring microfluidic routes to microgels of biological polymers', Macromol Rapid Commun, 28 (5), 527±538. ZHOU S and DECKER E A (1999), Àbility of amino acids, dipeptides, polyamines and sulfhydryls to quench hexanal, a saturated aldehydic lipid oxidation product', J Agric Food Chem, 47, 1932±1935. UNER M, WISSING S A, YENER G

10 Oxidation of confectionery products and biscuits G. Talbot, The Fat Consultant, UK

Abstract: Both confectionery and biscuit products have, in general, long shelf-lives, often up to one year at ambient. Because of this the fats contained within the products need to have a high oxidative stability. The oxidative stabilities of the types of fats used in confectionery coatings (chocolate and compound coatings) and fillings as well as in nuts and nut pastes and biscuit doughs and creams are discussed along with the effects that changing the fat phase can have on oxidative stability. As well as oxidation, the problem of hydrolytic (or lipolytic) rancidity is discussed. The non-fat components in these products can also have positive and negative effects on their stability, as can the packaging of the product. Ways of improving the oxidative stability of confectionery and biscuit products by means of optimal ingredients, optimal processing and packaging are defined. Key words: oxidative stability of chocolate, oxidative stability of compound coatings, oxidative stability of nuts, oxidative stability of biscuits, hydrolytic rancidity, lipolytic rancidity, milk crumb, active packaging.

10.1

Introduction

In the context of rancidity and oxidation, both confectionery products and biscuits provide interesting challenges to the food industry, not least because of the long shelf-lives generally associated with these products. An added complication is that they are often composed of a number of different fats and different fat-containing phases each with differing oxidative stabilities. We can divide this sector into a number of parts:

Oxidation of confectionery products and biscuits 345 · · · · · ·

chocolate compound coatings confectionery fillings, including caramels and toffees nuts and nut pastes biscuits biscuit creams.

10.1.1 Chocolate Chocolate has a closely defined legal composition in many countries. In the EU, for example, it is defined by Directive 2000/36/EC (European Union, 2000). As far as the fat phase is concerned it is composed of cocoa butter, milk fat and, in countries where these are permitted, added non-cocoa vegetable fat. While each of these fats exhibits different oxidative stabilities, other components such as the non-fat cocoa solids in chocolate also have an effect on its oxidative stability. This means that white chocolate, for example, which does not contain these nonfat cocoa solids, can be problematic in terms of its stability. 10.1.2 Compound coatings Compound coatings are similar to chocolate in many respects apart from the composition of the fat phase (Talbot, 2006, 2009a). In these cocoa butter is replaced to varying extents by other fats which mimic the melting profile of cocoa butter but which are cheaper. Such fats range from cocoa butter equivalents (CBEs), which are very similar to cocoa butter, both chemically and physically, through non-lauric cocoa butter replacers (CBRs) to lauric cocoa butter substitutes (CBSs). The latter two types are distinguished by the presence in lauric CBSs of either palm kernel oil or coconut oil, both of which are rich in lauric acid (C12:0) whereas the non-lauric CBRs are produced from oils and fats rich in C16 and C18 fatty acids (palm oil, rapeseed oil, cottonseed oil, soyabean oil and so on). 10.1.3 Confectionery fillings Confectionery fillings range from fat-continuous systems based on vegetable fat-based filling fats or nut pastes (e.g., hazelnut paste, peanut butter) or both, through fat-containing, though not necessarily fat-continuous systems such as caramels and toffees to essentially fat-free fillings like fondants and jellies. In the context of oxidative rancidity the fat-free systems will not be considered further. 10.1.4 Nuts and nut pastes Nut pastes have already been mentioned in the context of fat-continuous fillings but both whole and chopped nuts (hazelnuts, peanuts, almonds, brazil nuts as

346


well as more exotic nuts such as macadamia) are widely used both within chocolate products and as decorations. 10.1.5 Biscuits Biscuits are also often composed of a number of different phases each with a different fat system. At the very basic level a plain biscuit contains a dough fat. Rather than being fat-continuous, the structure of a biscuit is such that these fats are dispersed throughout the product. They have the effect of interrupting the formation of gluten networks that would make the biscuit hard and `flinty' and also maintain a semblance of an aerated structure in the biscuit by stabilising any air bubbles that are incorporated into the product during mixing. Both of these effects enhance what is termed a `short' texture within the product. The greater the level of dough fat in a biscuit the `shorter' is the texture, with products such as shortbread containing high levels of fat (usually greater than 23% and sometimes up to 30%). Most biscuit dough fats are based on vegetable oils (palm oil being the most common) although a `premium' sector of the market uses butter or butterfat as a dough fat. 10.1.6 Biscuit creams Biscuit creams are the (usually) fat-continuous filling between two biscuits or between three or four wafers. Although it is possible to use the same fat as in the dough for this application biscuit creams are often based on fats with sharper melting profiles and lower solid fat contents at mouth temperature. Traditionally biscuit creams have been based on palm kernel oil and its derivatives. Biscuits are, of course, often coated in chocolate or a compound coating and so any comments made later in this chapter relating to these two materials in relation to confectionery also relate to their use on biscuits and wafers.

10.2 Oxidation and hydrolysis of confectionery products and biscuits Although this book is primarily concerned with oxidation and oxidative rancidity, a second form of rancidity resulting from the hydrolytic breakdown of triglycerides is a significant problem in some confectionery and biscuit products, specifically those containing palm kernel oil or coconut oil. Because of this, hydrolytic rancidity (or lipolytic rancidity as it is sometimes known) will be described and considered in this chapter (see pages 352±3). 10.2.1 Confectionery coatings and fillings In considering rancidity in confectionery coatings and fillings it is useful firstly to consider the composition of these. As mentioned in the introduction to this

Oxidation of confectionery products and biscuits 347 Table 10.1

Typical chocolate recipes (adapted from Yates, 2009)

Cocoa mass Cocoa butter Full cream milk powder Sugar Lecithin Natural vanilla Total fat content

Dark

Milk

White

32.50 15.50

12.00 21.40 20.00 45.99 0.60 0.01 33.5

27.20 23.00 49.19 0.60 0.01 33.5

51.38 0.60 0.02 33.4

chapter we can divide coatings into chocolate (which conforms to the required legislation) and compound coatings. Each of these can be further sub-divided into dark chocolate or coatings (containing no or very little milk fat), milk chocolate or coatings (containing higher levels of milk fat) and white chocolate or coatings (containing no non-fat cocoa solids, i.e. no cocoa powder). In terms of chocolate that generally is the main sub-division. Typical recipes for dark, milk and white chocolate are shown in Table 10.1. In compound coatings, however, we can further sub-divide depending on the type of fat used in the coating. These are intended to mimic the physical properties, notably the melting profile, of cocoa butter. Some also mimic the chemical composition of cocoa butter, while others have a considerably different chemical composition. To understand the differences it is necessary to first define the composition of cocoa butter. Cocoa butter is rich in three specific and very similar triglycerides ± POP, POSt, StOSt.1 Not only are these three triglycerides similar in their stereospecific chemical structure having two saturated fatty acid groups on the 1- and 3-positions but they are also similar in terms of their melting points. This gives cocoa butter its sharp melting characteristics. Compound coatings can be based on CBEs, non-lauric CBRs or lauric CBSs. CBEs are also rich in POP, POSt and StOSt (like cocoa butter) but are produced from a range of vegetable fats (palm oil, shea butter, illipe butter, sal fat, kokum gurgi and mango kernel oil). Non-lauric CBRs have traditionally been produced from partially hydrogenated and fractionated oils such as palm oil, soyabean oil, rapeseed oil, etc. In recent years the move away from hydrogenation of oils because of nutritional concerns regarding trans fatty acids (Katan et al., 1994) has meant that a new generation of non-hydrogenated non-lauric CBRs has been produced, often based on combinations of fractions of palm oil. Non-lauric CBRs have some similarity to cocoa butter in terms of their fatty acid contents (containing palmitic, stearic and oleic acids, as well as the trans elaidic acid in the hydrogenated types) but differ completely in the distribution of these acids on the triglyceride molecule giving them only a limited compatibility with cocoa 1. POP is 1,3-dipalmitoyl-2-oleoylglycerol; POSt is 1-palmitoyl-2-oleoyl-3-stearoylglycerol; StOSt is 1,3-distearoyl-2-oleoylglycerol.

348


Table 10.2

Typical compound coating recipes (adapted from Talbot, 2006) CBE-based

Cocoa mass Cocoa butter Cocoa powder (10/12% fat) Full cream milk powder Skimmed milk powder Sugar CBE CBR CBS Lecithin

Dark

Milk

32.5

20.0

Non-lauric CBR-based

White

Dark

Milk

10.0

10.0

White

15.0 20.0

23.0

51.6 15.5

42.6 17.0

49.6 27.0

0.4

0.4

0.4

Lauric CBS-based Dark

Milk

14.0

5.0

White

6.0

20.0

10.0

12.0

5.0

7.0

10.0

20.0

46.6

43.6

44.6

47.6

45.6

47.6

28.0

28.0

30.0

0.4

0.4

0.4

31.0 0.4

29.0 0.4

32.0 0.4

butter. Lauric CBSs are usually based on palm kernel oil after fractionation, hydrogenation or a combination of the two processes. Palm kernel oil contains about 50% lauric acid (Hargreaves, 1988) ± hence the description of these fats as lauric CBSs. The fatty acid composition of these products is totally different from that of cocoa butter which means that they are effectively incompatible with cocoa butter. This is because cocoa butter, being a highly polymorphic fat, crystallises in a stable beta crystal form whereas lauric CBSs have a simpler crystal structure and crystallise in a beta-prime crystal form. When the CBSs are mixed with cocoa butter there is `conflict' between the two types of fat crystal and only at the extremes of composition (i.e., where one or other component is present at greater than about 95%) is there sufficient of one crystal type present to ensure stability. Between these two extremes eutectics are formed resulting in softer products and a greater risk of fat bloom formation. Similar effects are observed when non-lauric CBRs are blended with cocoa butter, albeit to a slightly lesser extent. More detailed information on polymorphism of these fats and their (in)compatibilities is given by Talbot (2006, 2009a, 2009b). Some typical compound coating compositions are shown in Table 10.2. Unlike chocolate, fat-continuous fillings are not covered by any compositional legislation and so can have a wide range of compositions. Three typical compositions, one with a fat phase of cocoa butter, milk fat and a vegetable fat, the other two also containing a nut paste (with and without added chopped nuts) are shown in Table 10.3. Caramels and toffees are effectively boiled emulsions and typically have an ingredient composition such as that shown in Table 10.4. Effect of fat phase on oxidative rancidity The major fat in chocolate is cocoa butter and cocoa butter generally shows a high oxidative stability. This is a result of both its fatty acid composition, i.e.

Oxidation of confectionery products and biscuits 349 Table 10.3

Typical fat-continuous filling recipes Chocolate-based filling

Dark chocolate Milk chocolate Vegetable fata Hazelnut paste Full cream milk powder Sugar Chopped hazelnuts a

Hazelnut-based filling

25 25 50

Hazelnut-based filling with added nuts

15

15

22.5 15 10 37.5

22.5 15 10 32.5 5

The vegetable fat used may differ from recipe to recipe

Table 10.4

Typical caramel formulation (adapted from Edwards, 2009)

Ingredient Confectioner's glucose (42DE) Full cream sweetened condensed milk Brown sugar Toffee fat Butter oil Salt Vanilla flavouring

% 33.74 27.78 22.82 8.93 5.95 0.60 0.18

high in saturates (about 65%) and low in polyunsaturates (about 3%) as well as the presence of natural tocopherols, typically about 11 ppm -tocopherol, 170 ppm -tocopherol and 2ppm -tocotrienol (Hamilton, 2005) which act as natural antioxidants. The degree of flavour stability in cocoa butter is often a function of the quality of the cocoa beans from which it was pressed. If these are damaged or of poor quality then the level of free fatty acid and peroxide value can be high and the processor then has little option but to, at least, deodorise the fat and, in some cases, fully refine it. This obviously then removes much of the desirable cocoa flavour along with the undesirable oxidation products. A second point to bear in mind is that chocolate containing cocoa butter is usually conched. This involves stirring the chocolate while it is heated to temperatures up to 70 ëC, sometimes for several days for plain chocolate. The fact that it withstands this treatment without producing significant levels of rancid off-flavour is testimony to the stability of the basic fat. Although plain chocolate containing cocoa butter is an important product, many consumers, particularly in the UK and USA prefer milk chocolate, which then brings a second fat, milk fat or butterfat, into the discussion. Butterfat differs considerably from cocoa butter in its fatty acid composition, although not particularly in the degree of unsaturation. Cocoa butter typically

350


contains 35±40% unsaturates depending on origin. Butterfat has a wider range containing, typically, 30±45% unsaturates, again depending on origin, season, animal feed, etc. The main difference is not then in the degree of unsaturation but in the types of saturated fatty acids present in butterfat compared with cocoa butter. There are much shorter chain length fatty acids in butterfat (from as low as C4) than are found in cocoa butter (mainly C16 and C18) and these contribute to a lower stability than is found in cocoa butter. In addition, on its own, butterfat is quite deficient in natural antioxidants ± only about 17 ppm of tocopherol (Hamilton, 2005) ± and care needs to be taken therefore to avoid contact with pro-oxidants such as heavy metals during its use. Fortunately, in chocolate, the relative instability of butterfat is more than counterbalanced by the natural antioxidants which are found in cocoa butter. Milk fat can be introduced into chocolate in a number of ways ± as a direct addition of the fat itself, indirectly from the addition of, for example, full-cream milk powders, or as a result of its incorporation in milk crumb (see page 354). One of the most common methods in the oils and fats industry to define the oxidative stability of fats is the Rancimat Induction Period. Timms and Stewart (1999) define a good quality deodorised cocoa butter as having a Rancimat Induction Period at 120 ëC (RIP120) of at least 32 hours. Longer induction periods than this would normally be expected. Indeed Talbot (1996) found RIP120 times of 38 hours with an undeodorised poor quality cocoa butter and of almost 50 hours with a deodorised good quality cocoa butter. Addition of milk fat to these cocoa butters initially gave a slight increase in RIP120 with 10% addition but then a decrease as the level of milk fat increased to 20% of the fat phase. The deleterious effect was greater with the poor quality undeodorised cocoa butter (Fig. 10.1). As well as building up the fat phase of a chocolate from dark to milk as described above, Talbot (1996) also studied the RIP120 of the fat phase of nonlauric compound coatings. Non-lauric CBRs, as already mentioned, have a

Fig. 10.1

Effect of milk fat on the RIP120 of cocoa butter.

Oxidation of confectionery products and biscuits 351

Fig. 10.2 Effect of cocoa butter on the RIP120 of a non-lauric CBR.

limited compatibility with cocoa butter which means that up to 20% cocoa butter can be incorporated into the fat phase of such coatings. Indeed the recipe shown in Table 10.2 for a dark coating based on a non-lauric CBR has a fat phase consisting of 80% CBR and 20% cocoa butter. The type of non-lauric CBR fat that was studied had been partially hydrogenated and fractionated and was therefore very rich (of the order of 50%) in trans fatty acids. It is known that trans fatty acids have a higher oxidative stability than the corresponding cis acids and so one of the benefits of coating fats such as these is their high oxidative stability. When even the poor quality undeodorised cocoa butter was added to one of these fats the oxidative stability was further enhanced (Fig. 10.2) because of the natural antioxidants that were still present in the cocoa butter. The other type of compound coating fat is based on palm kernel oil. Palm kernel oil itself, even though it is rich in saturates (83%, Hargreaves, 1988), has a relatively short Rancimat induction period ± 12.8 hours at 100 ëC has been reported (Rossell, 1994). When used as a compound coating fat, however, the oil is usually fractionated, increasing the total saturates to 91%, or fractionated and then fully hydrogenated, increasing the total saturates to 99% (Hargreaves, 1988) or, more importantly, reducing the unsaturates from 17% down to 9% and 1% respectively. When Talbot (1996) attempted to evaluate the effect on RIP120 of adding cocoa butter to a hydrogenated palm kernel stearine he found it impossible to make a measurement, not because the fat was highly oxidatively unstable, but because under the conditions of the test the shorter chain length fatty acids and triglycerides in the lauric fat atomised and blocked the equipment. Because of their low level of unsaturates, oxidative rancidity of lauric fats is not a common problem but it should be remembered that these fats have very low levels of natural tocopherols. Coconut oil, for example, typically contains only 25 ppm tocopherols (Gunstone et al., 1986). These low levels will be

352


further reduced in the stearine fractions after fractionation so it may be prudent to protect such fats with extra additions of tocopherols. The main issue associated with these fats is that of hydrolytic rancidity (see below). Effect of fat phase on hydrolytic rancidity Hydrolytic (or lipolytic) rancidity could be considered something of a side issue in a book about oxidation because it is not oxidative rancidity as such but it is included in this chapter because of its importance in the stability of fats rich in lauric acid (palm kernel oil and coconut oil). Hydrolysis of fats occurs when fat, water and an active lipase are present and will occur with any fat, not just with lauric fats. It is with lauric fats, however, that the main flavour issues arise. The hydrolysis reaction breaks down the triglycerides in the fat firstly to diglycerides, then to monoglycerides and finally to glycerol. At each stage a molecule of free fatty acid is released (Fig. 10.3). Depending on the chain length of the free fatty acids produced they have different flavour thresholds above which they are apparent as off-flavours (Table 10.5). Also depending on the chain length of the free fatty acids produced the nature of the off-flavour differs. Both palm kernel oil and coconut oil contain about 50% lauric acid so it is this fatty acid that is the main problem. It has a very objectionable soapy off-taste which is apparent at levels as low as 0.07%. Since it is only formed when both water and active lipase are present with the fat then clearly excluding one or other of these components will prevent its formation. Ishido et al. (2002) have

Fig. 10.3

Hydrolysis pathway.

Table 10.5 Flavour thresholds of free fatty acids liberated by hydrolysis (from Loders Croklaan, undated) Free fatty acid

Flavour threshold (%)

Butyric (C4:0) Caproic (C6:0) Caprylic (C8:0) Capric (C10:0) Lauric (C12:0)

0.00006 0.00025 0.035 0.02 0.07

Oxidation of confectionery products and biscuits 353 shown that the presence of free fatty acids increases the rate of oxidation of fatty acid esters (in their case they studied linoleic acid with ethyl arachidonate) and so it could be expected that the free acids released by hydrolysis could also promote oxidation in these lauric fats. Strategies for avoiding this are outlined in Sections 10.4.1 and 10.4.2. Effect of non-fat components The main non-fat components in chocolate are the non-fat solids from cocoa (i.e., cocoa powder), the non-fat solids from milk (i.e., milk powders) and sugar. High cocoa solids2 dark chocolate (i.e., chocolate containing greater than 70% cocoa solids) is increasingly being seen as nutritionally beneficial because of the polyphenols, particularly epicatechin, that are found in the non-fat solids of cocoa. These have in vivo antioxidant properties such that it has been speculated (Vinson et al., 2006) that two 40 g bars per day of dark chocolate would significantly inhibit atherosclerosis, lower cholesterol levels and, in particular, lower levels of low-density lipoproteins (LDL) and triglycerides in the blood. Vinson et al. (2006) also estimate that the average level of consumption of polyphenols from chocolate in the United States is about 100±107 mg/day compared to a total consumption from fruits and vegetables of 588 mg/day. UK consumers eat almost twice as much chocolate as do US consumers and so the average intake of polyphenols will also be higher. Other research has shown that these phenolic components in cocoa inhibit oxidation of low-density lipoproteins by scavenging free radicals or sequestering metal ions. A diet containing 22 g cocoa powder and 16 g dark chocolate resulted in a LDL oxidation lag time about 8% more than with the àverage American diet' (Wan et al., 2001). Although something that acts as an antioxidant in vivo is not necessarily going to have the same antioxidative properties in a food product itself, it is likely that the high oxidative stability of chocolate comes not only from the stability of cocoa butter but is also enhanced by the presence of these components in the non-fat part of cocoa. This then raises the question as to whether there is any difference in the stability of white chocolate, which contains none of these components, and dark and milk chocolate, which contain them to varying amounts. White chocolate has a particular light-sensitivity in terms of oxidation, especially if stored in a transparent packaging. Under such conditions rancid offflavours are produced and this is also often accompanied by a colour change. It has been observed that replacing cocoa butter by CBE reduces the likelihood of this photo-oxidation occurring because CBEs contain much less of the photosensitiser, chlorophyll than does cocoa butter (Krug and Ziegleder, 1998a, 2. Cocoa solids are a combination of both cocoa butter and cocoa powder. These two ingredients can be included as separate components in chocolate or, more commonly they are sourced together from cocoa mass or cocoa liquor, the ground material from the nibs of roasted cocoa beans.

354


1998b). In addition to this, the absence of antioxidant-rich cocoa powder in white chocolate also contributes to a lower oxidative stability. Chlorophyllcatalysed photo-oxidation and absence of cocoa powder would account for the formation of rancid off-flavours but what about the colour changes that can take place on storage of white chocolate? Vercet (2003) is of the opinion that this is due to non-enzymatic browning, which is also a common problem found in the storage of milk powders. Milk powders are often used in milk chocolate and can be almost fat-free (as in skimmed milk powder) or can be carriers of milk fat (as in full cream milk powder). Milk powder can easily develop cardboard-like off-flavours. How these flavours arise is the subject of some debate and, although a Maillard-type reaction between the sugars and proteins in the milk powder has been suggested, it is more likely to be the result of fat autoxidation. The fact that adding antioxidants or storing milk powder under nitrogen delays the formation of these off-flavours (Hall and Lingnert, 1984) would support the latter hypothesis. Because of the problems associated with, initially, storing fresh milk and, later, storing milk powders, milk crumb (or chocolate crumb) was developed. Crumb is produced by heating together milk, sugar and cocoa mass and then drying it to give a powder. Crumb was originally developed by Daniel Peters in Switzerland as a means of storing milk from times when it was plentiful to times of shortage. The first UK chocolate product to be made from crumb was Cadbury Dairy Milk in 1905. In the same year Hershey in the United States also produced his first milk chocolate bar based on crumb. These three countries (Switzerland, UK, USA) are still the largest users of crumb in milk chocolate, although other countries have since followed suit. Milk crumb has a typical shelf-life of about 24 months (Haylock and Dodds, 2009). Although originally developed as a means of stabilising and storing milk, the production and use of milk or chocolate crumb brings other attributes to the chocolate. These are mainly flavour attributes. The process of heating milk, sugar and cocoa mass together imparts caramel-like flavours to the chocolate which account for the distinctive flavours of crumb-based compared with milk powder-based chocolates. The stability of crumb is generally attributed to the presence of antioxidants found in the cocoa mass, although the structure of the product is such that the fat droplets are trapped in an amorphous sugar matrix (Wells, 2009) and may therefore be protected from oxidative attack. As well as milk powders it is possible, within the legislation of some countries, to add other powdered materials to chocolate such as whey powder or soya protein isolates. (It is important to check the relevant national regulations before producing chocolate with these components as they are not permitted in every country.) Selamat et al. (1998) evaluated the effect of soya protein isolates on the oxidative stability of milk chocolate by using increasing levels of soya protein isolates (up to 10% inclusion), to replace mainly full cream milk powder. Chocolate bars were evaluated weekly for up to 10 weeks storage at 21 ëC by peroxide value (PV). The changes seen in the PV are shown in Fig. 10.4. Although the authors claim that replacing full cream milk powder with 10%


Fig. 10.4 Effect of soya protein isolate on the peroxide value of milk chocolate stored at 21ëC (adapted from Selamat et al., 1998).

soya protein isolate improves the oxidative stability of milk chocolate it is difficult to see this from these results. We see the typical changes in PV of an initial increase as peroxides are formed followed by a decrease as they break down further into aldehydes and ketones. The peak PV (after 3 weeks) is certainly much lower with the addition of both 7.5% and 10% soya protein isolate than in the control or with 5% soya protein isolate but with increasing levels of soya protein isolate a second peak in PV is observed after 5 weeks. Also measured were anisidine values (AV) and Totox values.3 These were no more convincing, with the peak AV values being higher for chocolates containing soya protein isolates compared with the control. What can be said, though, is that the use of soya protein isolates as partial replacers of full cream milk powder will not adversely affect the oxidative stability of chocolate. 10.2.2 Nuts and nut pastes Microbial attack and autoxidation are the two main causes of rancidity in nuts, and the storage and handling of nuts is of great importance in ensuring that they retain their delicate and distinctive flavours. Microbial attack can be minimised by storing nuts at a water activity of less than 0.6. Autoxidation of nuts is generally catalysed either by lipoxygenase, particularly in peanuts, or by metals with many nuts containing significant (around 10 ppm) levels of copper and iron. Roasting nuts reduces their oxidative stability, particularly if the nuts have been chopped prior to roasting. Kinderlerer and Johnson (1991) suggest that hazelnut kernels become rancid on storage 3. Totox values are an arithmetical combination of PV and AV: Totox 2PV AV.

356


because of the formation of volatile aliphatic aldehydes, in particular hexanal and octanal both of which increased by a factor of ten on storage. Because of its relatively high oxidative stability it might be expected that coating nuts in chocolate would help to protect them. Reed et al. (2000) suggest that this might not actually be the case. They coated two varieties of peanut (one with oleic acid content of 55±65%; the other with oleic acid content of up to 80%) in milk chocolate and white chocolate and stored these under uncontrolled room conditions. They compared them with uncoated peanuts stored at aw of 0.19 and aw of 0.60. After 30 weeks, the peroxide value (PV) of the oil extracted from the nuts with the lower level of oleic acid had risen to about 46 meq.O2/kg oil in uncoated nuts stored at aw of 0.19 but only to about 15 meq.O2/kg oil in uncoated nuts stored at aw of 0.60, suggesting that higher moisture levels helped to protect the nuts against oxidation. The nuts coated in both milk and white chocolate had oil with PV levels of about 30 meq.O2/kg oil after 30 weeks storage ± lower than uncoated nuts stored at aw of 0.19 but higher than uncoated nuts stored at aw of 0.60. The suggestion is that rather than protecting the nuts against oxidation, the chocolate coating is protecting them against moisture ingress and that the lack of moisture is accelerating the increase in PV. Much the same effects are seen with the nuts containing higher levels of oleic acid except that the increases in PV are much less (ranging from about 9 meq.O2/kg oil in uncoated nuts stored at aw of 0.19 through 3±5 meq.O2/kg oil in nuts coated in milk or white chocolate down to about 2 meq.O2/kg oil in uncoated nuts stored at aw of 0.60). Many reported studies on the stability of nuts have centred around their stability on storage but prior to use in the end-product. Although many confectionery products do contain either whole or chopped nuts many confectionery fillings contain nut pastes with peanut butter fillings being popular in the USA and hazelnut pastes being popular in Europe. One of the main issues with using these kinds of nut paste in filled confectionery is that the nut oils can migrate from the filling into the chocolate coating resulting in a softening of the coating but also, potentially, in a reduction in the oxidative stability of the coating as the level of unsaturates increases. To give a greater degree of structure to the filling to help minimise this oil migration harder confectionery fats such as cocoa butter are often added to the nut paste. While this is done for structural stability rather than oxidative stability reasons there is an added bonus that using cocoa butter in these centres also improves their oxidative stability. Figure 10.5 shows the effects on RIP120 of adding up to 50% cocoa butter to peanut oil and hazelnut oil (Talbot, 1996). Although the absolute values differ with each oil, the trends are identical ± adding cocoa butter enhances the oxidative stability. Unfortunately, the effects are not additive ± if they were then a 50/50 peanut oil/cocoa butter blend would have an RIP120 of 20.5 hours instead of the measured 6.8 hours. In many nut centres a non-lauric CBR is used in place of cocoa butter, partly because of cost and partly because, in some systems, its functionality can be better and processing of the filling made easier. The effect on RIP120 of peanut


Fig. 10.5

Effect of cocoa butter on the RIP120 of peanut and hazelnut oils.

oil of adding a non-lauric CBR is shown in Fig. 10.6. The effects, both absolute and relative, are very similar to those found when cocoa butter was used to `structure' the peanut filling. However, even with the addition of 50% cocoa butter or non-lauric CBR, it is still not possible to achieve long Rancimat induction periods ± certainly not as long as those found with the fat phase of the chocolate. Admittedly, such centres are often protected from oxidative attack by the totally enclosing chocolate coating. But what can a manufacturer do to further enhance the oxidative stability of these systems? One thing he can do is to further increase the level of hard fat. This has the disadvantage that the product loses much of its textural

Fig. 10.6 Effect of non-lauric CBRs and high-stability oils on the RIP120 of peanut oil.

358


contrast with the outer chocolate and also reduces the degree of nut flavour in the centre. If, however, the peanut filling is extended using a high stability vegetable oil, then the oxidative stability of the centre can be considerably enhanced while retaining the soft texture and, to a large extent, the intensity of nut flavours. Figure 10.6 also shows the effect of doing this. The dashed line relates to a basic filling oil in which 20% of the original peanut oil has been replaced with DurkexTM 500, a high stability oil produced by Loders Croklaan, Wormerveer, The Netherlands. A direct comparison can be made between systems containing 60% peanut oil. Without the high stability oil the RIP120 is 5.6 hours; with 20% DurkexTM 500 present the RIP120 doubles to 11.2 hours. 10.2.3 Biscuits Frampton (1994) quotes from a letter sent in 1931 to the UK Biscuit and Cracker Manufacturers' Association commenting that soapy rancidity (resulting from the hydrolysis of coconut oil in both biscuits and biscuit creams) was a common problem in the industry. He goes on to say `fifty years on, rancidity is not a problem in the UK confectionery and biscuit industry'. Clearly, if that were completely true there would be no call for a chapter such as this. What is true, though, is that great changes have taken place in the biscuit industry to reduce the incidences of oxidative and hydrolytic rancidity in these products. Much of this improvement had been achieved by a better selection of ingredients as well as by taking the approach of Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP). In terms of oils and fats, Frampton highlights three improvements that had taken place in the fifty years following the 1931 letter. It is interesting to contrast these to the situation as it currently is in both the oils and fats and biscuit industries. The first improvement that Frampton refers to is in hydrogenation, particularly in catalysts that assist in selectively hydrogenating highly unsaturated fatty acids such as linolenic acid (C18:3) to reduce these to levels below 1% and thereby improve oxidative stability. As well as improving oxidative stability of dough fats by removing these highly unsaturated acids, the oxidative stability was further improved by introducing trans fatty acids into the fat by hydrogenation. It is now known that trans fatty acids contribute to a higher risk of cardiovascular disease (Katan et al., 1994) and, to a large extent, partially hydrogenated fats have been removed from biscuit and confectionery products. Frampton (1994) also goes on to mention the use of hydrogenated marine oils as biscuit dough fats. These again have largely been replaced (as have animal fats such as beef tallow) in biscuits by vegetable oils. Changes in biscuit dough fats have, to some extent, been taken in a stepwise approach. Firstly, the hydrogenated marine oils referred to by Frampton were replaced by hydrogenated vegetable oils (often blends of unhydrogenated palm oil with up to 20% partially hydrogenated palm oil, rapeseed oil or soyabean oil). In more recent years, these dough fats have been replaced by non-hydrogenated systems,

Oxidation of confectionery products and biscuits 359 usually based on palm oil. In some instances palm oil itself is now used as a biscuit dough fat; in others, blends of palm fractions are used. The elimination of trans fatty acids, however, could have implications for the oxidative stability of the dough fat. According to Rossell (1994) palm oil has a Rancimat induction period at 100 ëC (RIP100) of 23.2 hours compared with a hydrogenated rapeseed oil with a slip melting point of 36/38 ëC of 207 hours. Although no information is available on the blend of the two fats, the addition of, say, 15% of the hydrogenated rapeseed oil to palm oil would almost certainly have given a significant improvement in RIP100. Even so, palm oil still has a greater oxidative stability than some of the more traditional biscuit fats such as coconut oil (RIP100 of 16.4 hours) and beef tallow (RIP100 of 9.5 hours). In his conclusion, Frampton (1994) mentions a new area of risk ± not the elimination of hydrogenated fats or trans fatty acids but the reduction in saturates. This is now happening with many governmental and international bodies saying that we are consuming too great a level of saturated fat (Food Standards Agency, 2007). One result of this, in the UK, is that the leading supplier of branded biscuit products, McVities, has launched new varieties of some of its plain biscuits containing 50% less saturated fat than before. The saturated fat that has been removed has been replaced by unsaturated fat. This, too, could have implications for oxidative stability. This, though, considers only one of the improvements that Frampton (1994) refers to. The second one is the use of sequestrants and the reduction of heavy metals in refined oils and fats. It became commonplace for oils and fats processors to add small amounts (usually about 50 ppm) of citric acid to their refined products. This acts as a sequestrant for any heavy metal ions (iron, copper, nickel) that may be remaining in the oil. Sequestrants such as citric acid are still added to refined oils and fats and have, undoubtedly, helped in the stabilisation of lower-trans and lower-saturates dough fats. Thirdly, Frampton (1994) mentions improvements in the refining and storage of oils and fats in terms of the use of activated bleaching earths, changing from mild steel to stainless steel tanks and nitrogen sparging of oils both in land storage tanks and in road delivery tankers. These improvements have continued in the intervening years and have also contributed to good oxidative stability in today's biscuit dough fats.

10.3

Effects of rancidity on sensory quality and shelf-life

As far as sensory characteristics are concerned the main effect of rancidity is on flavour. Chocolates have different flavour profiles, often dependent on the level of non-fat cocoa solids they contain. A high cocoa solids dark chocolate will often have a strong, rich, bitter taste which contrasts markedly with the creamy, milky taste of a fine milk chocolate or with the more caramel flavours in a crumb-based milk chocolate. White chocolate, on the other hand has hardly any cocoa flavour notes, the only cocoa flavour coming from unrefined cocoa butter,

360


but it does have strong milky notes. A white compound coating which contains little, if any, cocoa butter will only have milky notes unless extra flavourings are added. Products of this type are often used as the basis of pastel-coloured, fruitflavoured coatings and bars that particularly appeal to children. Oxidative rancidity of the fats in chocolate will change these flavour profiles producing unpleasant off-flavours. Subramaniam (2009) monitored the changes in flavour that take place in milk chocolate stored for 75 weeks under different conditions. One of the changes observed was a loss in milk chocolate flavour (on a scale from 0 (no flavour) to 100 (high milk chocolate flavour)). Samples started with a score of 70 but fell to less than half of that if stored at high temperatures or high relative humidities for 13 weeks (see Fig. 10.7). `Stale' flavours were found to increase (Fig. 10.8) over the same timescale from an original level of 20 (on the same kind of scale) to over 70 after 13 weeks. Not all of these changes will be as a result of oxidative rancidity. Subramaniam suggests that a change in the microstructure of the chocolate from fat-continuous to sugar-protein continuous may also be responsible for the loss of chocolate flavour. Lipases and lipoxidases are thought to be responsible for the production of 3,5-octadien-2-ones in stale milk chocolate (Ziegleder and Stojacic, 1988). The other area of flavour degradation occurs as a result of hydrolytic rancidity in lauric fats. This, as has already been described, results in objectionable soapy off-flavours which effectively render the product inedible. Steps that can be taken to avoid this are described in Sections 10.4.1 and 10.4.2. Finally, oxidative and non-enzymic browning are responsible for both flavour and colour changes in white chocolate which can also restrict the shelf-life. Restriction of shelf-life because of flavour changes is obvious; restriction because of colour changes is less so. If a consumer buys a bar of white chocolate

Fig. 10.7 Loss of milk chocolate flavour in a milk chocolate stored under different conditions (from Subramaniam, 2009, with permission from Leatherhead Food Research).


Fig. 10.8 Development of stale flavour in milk chocolates stored under different conditions (from Subramaniam, 2009, with permission from Leatherhead Food Research).

it would need to have undergone a significant degree of browning before they would find it unacceptable. If, however, it was presented alongside a fresher, whiter product on a store's shelf then the difference would be more obvious. The use of opaque packaging (see Section 10.4.3) would avoid both light degradation of the chocolate and also the ability to compare two products side-by-side on the shelf.

10.4 Protecting confectionery products and biscuits against oxidation The problems of oxidative and hydrolytic rancidity in confectionery and biscuit products have been discussed but what can be done to protect these products against such attack? The easiest answer to that is to avoid the ingredients and situations that will promote rancidity ± but that is not necessarily a particularly helpful response. The main areas where steps can be taken to protect products are in: · ingredient selection · process changes · packaging. 10.4.1 Selection of ingredients One of the most important aspects of ingredient selection lies in using oils and fats that have been well-refined and which contain low levels of heavy metal pro-oxidants, particularly iron and copper. Frampton (1994) proposes limits of maximum 0.05 ppm copper and maximum 1.0 ppm iron. Hamilton (2005)

362


proposes even lower limits than these with a maximum copper content of 0.1 ppm and a maximum iron content of 0.1 ppm. Most oils and fats processors fall between the two recommendations and deliver oils with a maximum copper level of 0.05 ppm and a maximum iron content of 0.50 ppm. All suppliers should deliver oils and fats to a peroxide value specification of maximum 1.0 meq.O2/kg of oil. Different maximum free fatty acid levels are acceptable depending on the type of fat and its application. Generally speaking a maximum of 0.1% free fatty acid as oleic is acceptable for confectionery fats, dough fats and cream fats. However, because of the low threshold for detection of soapy off-flavours in lauric fats a maximum of 0.05% free fatty acid is more indicative of good quality. A similar free fatty acid specification would be desirable in the case of spray oils because of the greater risk of oxidative attack in such an application. It is known that lecithin has some water-binding properties and, for that reason, it is often added at low levels to lauric fats that are packed in boxes for longer-term storage. This is to remove any water that may go on to hydrolyse the fat phase so reducing the risk of soapy rancidity occurring in the boxed fat. In terms of the non-fat ingredients in these products it is important, when using lauric fats whether this is in creams, fillings, caramels or biscuits to ensure that other ingredients in the mix are free of active lipase. Lipases are present in raw milk and although they are inactivated by the pasteurisation process it is important to specify that any milk components (powders, etc.) are free from active lipase. This is not to say that lipase-catalysed hydrolysis of fats is always to be avoided. The lipases present in raw milk catalyse hydrolysis and release of the short chain butyric, caproic and capric acids that give a creamy flavour to milk chocolate. Indeed a controlled lipase-catalysed hydrolysis of milk is used to give the flavours associated with some US milk chocolates. In the area of ingredients it is perhaps relevant to mention the use of antioxidants. Many of the oils and fats used in confectionery contain quite high levels of naturally occurring tocopherols and tocotrienols. The most highly `protected' of these is probably palm oil which typically contains about 560 ppm of tocopherols and about 420 ppm of tocotrienols (Hammond, 2005). However, it is also possible to add up to 500 ppm of additional tocopherols in the EU and US to further enhance stability. In terms of biscuit products, particularly savoury biscuits, herb and spice extracts can be used to both give flavour to the product and to impart extra antioxidative effects. Rosemary, sage and oregano are particularly effective when used in this way. Hammond (2005) added various antioxidants to a standard biscuit dough fat blend that had an RIP100 of 54 hours. The addition of 300 ppm of various tocopherols and tocotrienols from soyabean, palm and rice increased the RIP100 to 62±69 hours, but the use of 200 ppm of oregano extract almost doubled the RIP100 to 102 hours. These effects also carried through to biscuits made from the fats. Biscuits made with a standard dough fat lasted for 40 weeks at ambient and 14 weeks at 30 ëC before unacceptable flavours were detected by an expert taste panel. Biscuits made with the standard dough fat

Oxidation of confectionery products and biscuits 363 containing oregano extract lasted for at least 45 weeks at ambient and 21 weeks at 30 ëC before being deemed unacceptable. The problems of photo-oxidation in white chocolate have been mentioned earlier. Dulebohn and Carlotti (2004) have developed a process in which this is reduced by dispersing a mixture of 1.49 parts of lysine, 1 part of calcium oxide, 2.16 parts of malic acid and 0.72 parts of citric acid. This is added to white chocolate at a level of between 0.1% and 0.5% of the product. It is also claimed (Sisterna, 2009) that certain sucrose esters normally used as emulsifiers can reduce the degree of oxidation observed in fudges. Fudges made using 0.2% lecithin and 0.4% SucrosilkÕ were compared. After 2 months' storage the samples were evaluated by GCMS to determine the levels of hexanal produced as a result of oxidation. The GCMS peaks corresponding to hexanal were much higher in the samples made with lecithin than with the samples made with SucrosilkÕ. 10.4.2 Effect of processing One of the main areas where paying attention to processing conditions can pay dividends in reducing rancidity is in excluding unwanted moisture from lauricbased systems. The use of ingredients without any active lipase has been described in the previous section as a strategy to avoid soapy rancidity in lauric based components. Ensuring the absence of free moisture is another strategy. Moisture can arise in a number of ways, often as condensation. One of the main areas to watch out for is when products using lauric CBS coatings exit the cooling tunnel. Lauric CBS coatings can be cooled very quickly at quite low temperatures (often as low as 5±8 ëC). It is important, though, to ensure that the temperature at which they leave the cooling tunnel is above the dew point in that particular environment, otherwise moisture will condense on the surface of the coating and can cause hydrolysis particularly if it is then trapped within the packaging of the product by packing soon after leaving the cooling tunnel. Another area where moisture can get trapped in close proximity to a lauric component is in enrobed sandwich biscuits. If the biscuit cream is lauric based and is again cooled quickly, moisture can also condense on the surface. If the product is then enrobed soon afterwards, this moisture can get trapped within the product and cause hydrolysis. Finally, it may seem obvious, but products should not be handled directly because even moisture from the fingers can be enough to result in hydrolysis. Always use gloves when handling these products. Although the use of stainless steel is more common today there are still storage tanks used which are constructed of mild steel. The iron in these can act as a pro-oxidant. Of greater concern is the use of copper materials, particularly in the confectionery industry. It has been traditional to boil caramels in copper vessels and to `pan' or coat small pieces in rotating copper pans. Padley (1994) mentions the presence of a fishy taint in caramels that contained 6 ppm of copper but that this only developed if a high level (1000 ppm) of tocopherol was also present. While it is well known that copper acts as a pro-oxidant, Padley goes on

364


to question why it is that copper vessels have been used traditionally for boiling confectionery products without any obvious adverse effect and suggests that high levels of copper have an antioxidant effect by autoxidation chain termination. Various methods have been developed for the protection of nuts, particularly before they are actually used in confectionery or biscuit products. One of these (Patterson et al., 1996) is based on using new varieties of peanut that have higher oleic acid contents and lower linoleic acid levels thus making them more oxidatively stable. Lee and Krochta (2003) have proposed coating peanuts in whey protein isolates to form oxygen barriers and thus reduce oxidation in the nut. 10.4.3 Effect of packaging However much care is taken with the selection of the correct ingredients or the correct processing, once it leaves the factory the product is very much at the mercy of the conditions under which it is kept. This makes the packaging of the product of vital importance. Packaging of confectionery products can be the subject of a chapter in its own right (if not a book in its own right!) so it is only possible to give an overview here. For more details the reader is referred to Jones (2009). The main requirements of the packaging material as far as minimising oxidative or hydrolytic rancidity is concerned is for it to be impermeable to both oxygen and moisture. Polyester terephthalate (PET) has a low permeability to both of these, particularly when it is metallised. When combined with low density polyethylene (LDPE) the protection against moisture and oxygen is enhanced (Table 10.6). Traditionally, aluminium foil with a paper wrap was used for confectionery packaging. This has now largely been superseded by flow-wrapping using flexible films. One of the earliest of these was regenerated cellulose film (RCF), often with an additional coating of, for example, polyvinylidene chloride (PVdC). This was an excellent material for automatic packaging but deteriorated faster than the plastic films that have now largely replaced it.

Table 10.6 Moisture and oxygen permeabilities of polyester terephthalate (PET)-based packaging films (from Anon, 2009) Water vapour transmission rate g/m2, 24 hr, 38ëC, 90% RH

Met PET (12) Met PET/LDPEa (50) a

Oxygen transmission rate ml/m2, 24 hr, atm at 25ëC

Flat

Folded

Crumpled

Flat

Folded

Crumpled

0.9 0.5

1.7 0.6

3.4 0.7

12 months). A means of accurately predicting the optimum length of bottle aging for a particular style of wine would be a major discovery for an oenologist as, currently, winemakers generally recommend the optimum time for a wine to spend in bottle based on experience. Unfortunately, the bottle aging of wine is a complex process impacted by grape/wine chemical composition, oxygen ingress during winemaking and bottling, bottle headspace, closure-type and integrity,

Wine oxidation

465

concentrations of sulfur dioxide/ascorbic acid, storage conditions (e.g., temperature, humidity, light exposure), and oxygen ingress through the bottle closure during storage (Lopes et al., 2006; Skouroumounis et al., 2005a, 2005b; Kwiatkowski et al., 2007; Mas et al., 2002; Brajkovich et al., 2005). Most of these bottle-aging factors either involve oxygen directly (i.e., oxygen ingress) or indirectly, such as the influence of storage temperature on the rate of oxidation reactions. It must be noted that some bottle aging processes do not require oxygen, such as acid catalyzed hydrolyzation or esterification reactions (Clarke and Bakker, 2004). The majority of trials performed on bottle aging have been conducted on white wines, as they are more prone to exhibiting aroma losses or colour changes due to oxidation (Kontoudakis et al., 2008; Escudero et al., 2002; Ferreira et al., 2002; Singleton and Kramlinga, 1976). Studies in which white wines were bottled and stored under identical conditions, but with different closures, have demonstrated that the closure has a critical impact on the aging. Intriguingly, the oxygen ingress into bottles through cork and synthetic stoppers has a high initial rate in the first 2 days (i.e., 25±45 L/day and 30±45 L/day respectively) followed by a lower rate after this time (i.e., 0.1±2.3 L/day and 6.2±14.7 L/day respectively between 2 or 12 to 36 months storage) (Lopes et al., 2006). The initial high rate was linked to oxygen diffusion out of the internal structure of the closure whilst the subsequent lower rate was due to diffusion of oxygen through the closure from atmospheric oxygen (Lopes et al., 2007). In comparison, wines sealed with crown seals (otherwise known as ROTE) and technical stoppers had minimal air ingress (1 L/day), although some significant ingress during bottling/application of the crown seal was also observed. Recent studies on wine bottle aging have allowed the calculation of oxygen consumed by wine (Dieval et al., 2009). This parameter requires the measurement of the initial dissolved oxygen in the wine, oxygen in the bottle head-space and oxygen ingress through the closure over time. The consumed oxygen displays a similar concentration profile over time to the oxygen ingress into the wine, that is, a high initial rate followed by a slower subsequent rate. In this case, a significant contribution to the high initial rate of oxygen consumption was due to the oxygen in the headspace of the bottle dissolving in the wine and then undergoing reaction. Consistent with these oxygen ingress rates, white wine bottle trials have shown that after three years, wines sealed with crown seals have been observed to maintain a high intensity of fruit characters, but also generate reduced (e.g., flint-like) characters. Those bottles stoppered with synthetic closures were more oxidized and had less fruit characters, whilst cork closures had higher variability but generally had high fruit intensity (Skouroumounis et al., 2005a, 2005b; Godden et al., 2001). Similar results were observed if other markers of white wine oxidation, such as wine browning and sulfur dioxide consumption, were monitored. Generally, the orientation of the bottle during storage (i.e., vertical vs. horizontal) was not critical. However, one study (Mas et al., 2002) has shown contrasting results to that described above suggesting that the bottling technique

466


adopted, wine variety under study and the measurement of dissolved and consumed oxygen are critical in understanding the bottle aging of wine. The important role of the bottle closure in the aging of wine is a likely contributor to the phenomenon of `random oxidation' of white wine, whereby seemly random selection of wine bottles from a bulk collection may have undergone oxidative spoilage.

14.6

Future trends

Considering that oxygen is ever-present during winemaking and aging, and bearing in mind that, depending on the circumstances, oxidation reactions can have a positive or negative impact on the quality of the wine, winemakers and wine researchers should extend their efforts to understand, measure and gain control on the processes of oxygen consumption and oxidation reactions. In the near future, we expect to witness more, and better, means of monitoring the amounts of dissolved oxygen and the extent of oxidation in wines, wherein online monitoring alternatives for dissolved oxygen, redox state, and wine composition by in-situ probes fixed at each wine tank (e.g., UV-Vis, NIR, cyclic voltammetry, etc.) could become standard. Also, in view of the awareness and increasing demand for healthy foods, particularly with respect to their antioxidant properties, the use of more natural substances, such as phenolic compounds, as alternatives to the use of synthetic food additives is anticipated. Along those lines, environmental concerns regarding the use of natural materials in the manufacture of oak barrels and corks, as well as their significant cost of production and associate risks of developing microbial taints, could result in a contraction of those markets, offering space for an even larger share to alternative storing and closing systems. Thus, alternative sealing systems that could potentially allow a control oxygen transfer rate will be developed and used accordingly, depending on the oxygen requirements of a given wine type.

14.7


Books · Concepts in Wine Chemistry by Y. Margalit, 2004 · Handbook of Enology, The Chemistry of Wine: Stabilization and Treatments by P. RibeÂreau-Gayon et al., 2006 · Principles and Practices of Winemaking by R.B. Boulton et al., 1996. Professional bodies and journals · American Chemical Society (Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry) · American Society for Enology and Viticulture (American Journal of Enology and Viticulture)

Wine oxidation

467

· Australian Society of Viticulture and Oenology (Australian Journal of Grape and Wine Research). Research and interest groups · Groupe PolypheÂnols (www.groupepolyphenols.com) · O2 in wines (www.o2inwines.org).

14.8

Acknowledgements

The authors wish to thank the following funding sources: FONDECYT Grant 11075084 (V.F. Laurie), Australian Grape and Wine Research and Development Corporation and Australian Federal Government (A.C. Clark).

14.9

References

and TODOROVSKY D (2008) Photoluminiscence response of Ru(II) complex immobilized in SiO2-based matrix to dissolved oxygen in beer. Journal of Biochemical and Biophysical Methods, 70, 1292±1296. ATANASOVA V, FULCRAND H, CHEYNIER W and MOUTOUNET M (2002) Effect of oxygenation on polyphenol changes occurring in the course of wine-making. Analytica Chimica Acta, 458, 15±27. BAKKER J and TIMBERLAKE C F (1997) Isolation, identification, and characterization of new color-stable anthocyanins occurring in some red wines. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 45, 35±43. BANDY B and DAVISON A J (1987) Interactions between metals, ligands, and oxygen in the autoxidation of 6-hydroxydopamine ± mechanisms by which metal chelation enhances inhibition by superoxide-dismutase. Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics, 259, 305±315. BARBE J C, DE REVEL G, JOYEUX A, LONVAUD-FUNEL A and BERTRAND A (2000) Role of carbonyl compounds in SO2 binding phenomena in musts and wines from botrytized grapes. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 48, 3413±3419. BARTOWSKY E J and HENSCHKE P A (2008) Acetic acid bacteria spoilage of bottled red wine ± a review. International Journal of Food Microbiology, 125, 60±70. BERG H W and AKIYOSHI M (1956) The effect of contact time of juice with pomace on the color and tannin content of red wines. American Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 7, 84±90. BLANCHARD L, DARRIET P and DUBOURDIEU D (2004) Reactivity of 3-mercaptohexanol in red wine: Impact of oxygen, phenolic fractions, and sulfur dioxide. American Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 55, 115±120. BOULET J C and MOUTOUNET M (2000) Micro-oxigenacio Â n de los vinos. In Flanzy, C. (ed.) EnologõÂa: Fundamentos cientõÂficos y teÂcnoloÂgicos. Madrid, AMV & Mundi-prensa. BOULTON R B, SINGLETON V L, BISSON L F and KUNKEE R E (1996) Principles and Practices of Winemaking, New York, Chapman & Hall. BRADSHAW M P, PRENZLER P D, SCOLLARY G R and CHEYNIER V (2003) Defining the ascorbic acid crossover from anti-oxidant to pro-oxidant in a model wine matrix containing (+)-catechin. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 51, 4126±4132. ANASTASOVA S, MILANOVA M

468


and NICOLAU L (2005) Effect of screwcap and cork closure on SO2 levels and aromas in a Sauvignon Blanc wine. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 53, 10006± 10011. BURROUGHS J F and SPARKS A H (1964) The determination of the free sulfur dioxide content of ciders. Analyst (London), 89, 55±60. BRAJKOVICH M, TIBBETS N, PERON G, LUND C M, DYKES S I, KILMARTIN P A

CANO-LOPEZ M, PARDO-MINGUEZ F, SCHMAUCH G, SAUCIER C, TEISSEDRE P L, LOPEZ-ROCA J M

and GOMEZ-PLAZA E (2008) Effect of micro-oxygenation on color and anthocyaninrelated compounds of wines with different phenolic contents. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 56, 5932±5941. CASTELLARI M, ARFELLI G, RIPONI C and AMATI A (1998a) Evolution of phenolic compounds in red winemaking as affected by must oxygenation. American Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 49, 91±94. CASTELLARI M, SPINABELLI U, RIPONI C and AMATI A (1998b) Influence of some technological practices on the quantity of resveratrol in wine. Zeitschrift fuÈr LebensmittelUntersuchung und -Forschung A ± Food Research and Technology, 206, 151±155. CASTELLARI M, SIMONATO B, TORNIELLI G B, SPINELLI P and FERRARINI R (2004) Effects of different enological treatments on dissolved oxygen in wines. Italian Journal of Food Science, 16, 387±396. CHANG R (2000) Physical Chemistry for the Chemical and Biological Sciences, South Orange, NJ, University Science Books. CHEYNIER V (2006). Flavonoids in wine. In Andersen O M and Markham K R (eds) Flavonoids: Chemistry, Biochemistry and Applications, Boca Raton, FL, CRC Taylor & Francis, pp. 263±318. CHEYNIER V, TROUSDALE E K, SINGLETON V L, SALGUES M J and WYLDE R (1986) Characterization of 2-glutathionylcaftaric acid and its hydrolysis in relation to grape wines. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 34, 217±221. CHEYNIER V, RIGAUD J, SOUQUET J-M, DUPRAT F and MOUTOUNET M (1990) Must browning in relation to the behavior of phenolic compounds during oxidation. American Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 41, 346±349. CHEYNIER V, ATANASOVA V, FULCRAND H, MAZAURIC J P and MOUTOUNET M (2002) Oxygen in wine and its role in phenolic reactions during aging. In Allen M E A (ed.) Use of Gases in Winemaking. Adelaide, ASVO Seminar proceedings. CLARK A C and SCOLLARY G R (2006) Medium exchange stripping potentiometry for the measurement of labile copper in white wine. Electroanalysis, 18, 1793±1799. CLARK A C, PRENZLER P D and SCOLLARY G R (2007) Impact of the condition of storage of tartaric acid solutions on the production and stability of glyoxylic acid. Food Chemistry, 102, 905±916. CLARKE R J and BAKKER J (2004) Wine Flavour Chemistry. Blackwell Publishing, Oxford, pp. 179±181. CULLEREÂ L, CACHO J and FERREIRA V (2007) An assessment of the role played by some oxidation-related aldehydes in wine aroma. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 55, 876±881. DANILEWICZ J C (2003) Review of reaction mechanisms of oxygen and proposed intermediate reduction products in wine: central role of iron and copper. American Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 54, 73±85. DANILEWICZ J C (2007) Interaction of sulfur dioxide, polyphenols, and oxygen in a winemodel system: central role of iron and copper. American Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 58, 53±60.

Wine oxidation

469

and WHELAN J (2008) Mechanism of interaction of polyphenols, oxygen, and sulfur dioxide in model wine and wine. American Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 59, 128±136. DE BEER D, HARBERTSON J F, KILMARTIN P A, ROGINSKY V, BARSUKOVA T, ADAMS D O and WATERHOUSE A L (2004) Phenolics: a comparison of diverse analytical methods. American Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 55, 389±400. DE BEER D, JOUBERT E, GELDERBLOM W C A and MANLEY M (2005) Changes in phenolic composition and antioxidant activity of Pintoage, Cabernet Sauvignon, Chardonnay and Chenin blanc wines during bottle ageing. South African Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 26, 6±15. DE REVEL G, MARTIN N, PRIPIS-NICOLAU L, LONVAUD-FUNEL A and BERTRAND A (1999) Contribution to the knowledge of malolactic fermentation influence on wine aroma. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 47, 4003±4008. DIEVAL J-B, VEYRET M, VIDAL J-C, AAGAARD O and VIDAL S (2009) Non-invasive measurement of total package oxygen: validation and application. 6th Symposium: In Vino Analytica Scientia, Angers (France). DOZON N M and NOBLE A C (1989) Sensory study of the effect of fluorescent light on a sparkling wine and its base wine. American Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 40, 265±271. DU TOIT W J, LISJAK K, STANDER M and PREVOO D (2007) Using LC-MSMS to assess glutathione levels in South African white grape juices and wines made with different levels of oxygen. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 55, 2765± 2769. EBELER S E and SPAULDING R S (1997) Characterization and measurement of aldehydes in wine. In Waterhouse A L and Ebeler S E (eds) Chemistry of Wine Flavor. San Francisco, ACS. ELIAS R J, LAURIE V F, EBELER S E, WONG J W and WATERHOUSE A L (2008) Analysis of selected carbonyl oxidation products in wine by liquid chromatography with diode array detection. Analytica Chimica Acta, 626, 104±110. ELIAS R J, ANDERSEN M L, SKIBSTED L H and WATERHOUSE A L (2009) Identification of free radical intermediates in oxidized wine using electron paramagnetic resonance spin trapping. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 57, 4359±4365. ES-SAFI N, FULCRAND H, CHEYNIER V and MOUTOUNET M (1999a) Competition between (+)catechin and (ÿ)-epicatechin in acetaldehyde-induced polymerization of flavanols. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 47, 2088±2095. ES-SAFI N E, FULCRAND H, CHEYNIER V and MOUTOUNET M (1999b) Studies on the acetaldehyde-induced condensation of (ÿ)-epicatechin and malvidin 3-Oglucoside in a model solution system. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 47, 2096±2102. ES-SAFI N E, LE GUERNEVE C, CHEYNIER V and MOUTOUNET M (2000) New phenolic compounds formed by evolution of (+)-catechin and glyoxylic acid in hydroalcoholic solution and their implication in color changes of grape-derived foods. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 48, 4233±4240. ESCUDERO A, HERNAÂNDEZ-ORTE P, CACHO J and FERREIRA V (2000) Clues about the role of methional as character impact odorant of some oxidised wines. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 48, 4268±4272. ESCUDERO A, ASENSIO E, CACHO J and FERREIRA V (2002) Sensory and chemical changes of young white wines stored under oxygen. An assessment of the role played by aldehydes and some other important odorants. Food Chemistry, 77, 325±331. DANILEWICZ J C, SECCOMBE J T

470


and HOGG T (2002) Kinetics of oxidative degradation of white wines and how they are affected by selected technological parameters. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 50, 5919±5924. FERREIRA A C S, HOGG T and DE PINHO P G (2003) Identification of key odorants related to the typical aroma of oxidation-spoiled white wines. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 51, 1377±1381. FERREIRA S L C, FERREIRA H S, DE JESUS R M, SANTOS J V S, BRANDAO G C and SOUZA A S (2007) Development of method for the speciation of inorganic iron in wine samples. Analytica Chimica Acta, 602, 89±93. FLAMINI R, DE LUCA G and DI STEFANO R (2002) Changes in carbonyl compounds in Chardonnay and Cabernet Sauvignon wines as a consequence of malolactic fermentation. Vitis, 41, 107±112. FLEET G H (2003) Yeast interactions and wine flavour. International Journal of Food Microbiology, 86, 11±22. FORNAIRON-BONNEFOND C and SALMON J M (2003) Impact of oxygen consumption by yeast lees on the autolysis phenomenon during simulation of wine aging on lees. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 51, 2584±2590. FORNAIRON-BONNEFOND C, AGUERA E, DEYTIEUX C, SABLAYROLLES J M and SALMON J M (2003) Impact of oxygen addition during enological fermentation on sterol contents in yeast lees and their reactivity towards oxygen. Journal of Bioscience and Bioengineering, 95, 496±503. FULCRAND H, DOCO T, ES-SAFI N, CHEYNIER V and MOUTOUNET M (1996) Study of the acetaldehyde induced polymerisation of flavan-3-ol by liquid chromatography-ion spray mass spectrometry. Journal of Chromatography A, 752, 85±91. FULCRAND H, CHEYNIER V, OSZMIANSKI J and MOUTOUNET M (1997) An oxidized tartaric acid residue as a new bridge potentially competing with acetaldehyde in flavan-3ol condensation. Phytochemistry (Oxford), 46, 223±227. FULCRAND H, BENABDELJALIL C, RIGAUD J, CHEYNIER V and MOUTOUNET M (1998) A new class of wine pigments generated by reaction between pyruvic acid and grape anthocyanins. Phytochemistry (Oxford), 47, 1401±1407. GARDE-CERDAN T and ANCIN-AZPILICUETA C (2007) Effect of SO2 on the formation and evolution of volatile compounds in wines. Food Control, 18, 1501±1506. GEE P and DAVISON A J (1984) 6-hydroxydopamine does not reduce molecular oxygen directly, but requires a coreductant. Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics, 231, 164±168. GEORGE N, CLARK A C, PRENZLER P D and SCOLLARY G R (2006) Factors influencing the production and stability of xanthylium cation pigments in a model white wine system. Australian Journal of Grape and Wine Research, 12, 57±68. GODDEN P, FRANCIS L, FIELD J, GISHEN M, COULTER A, VALENTE P, HéJ P B and ROBINSON E (2001) Wine bottle closures: physical characterisatics and effect on composition and sensory properties of a Semillon wine ± 1. Performance up to 20 months postbottling. Australian Journal of Grape and Wine Research, 7, 62±105. GREEN A M, CLARK A C and SCOLLARY G R (1997) Determination of free and total copper and lead in wine by stripping potentiometry. Fresenious Journal of Analytical Chemistry, 358, 711±717. GUYOT S, VERCAUTEREN J and CHEYNIER V (1996) Structural determination of colourless and yellow dimers resulting from (+)-catechin coupling catalysed by grape polyphenoloxidase. Phytochemistry, 42, 1279±1288. HANSEN E H, NISSEN P, SOMMER P, NIELSEN J C and ARNEBORG N (2001) The effect of oxygen FERREIRA A C S, DE PINHO P G, RODRIGUES P

Wine oxidation

471

on the survival of non-Saccharomyces yeasts during mixed culture fermentations of grape juice with Saccharomyces cerevisiae. Journal of Applied Microbiology, 91, 541±547. HASLAM E (1998) Practical Polyphenolics: From Structure to Molecular Recognition and Physiological Action, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. HELLIWELL B (1996) Vitamin C: antioxidant or pro-oxidant in vivo? Free Radical Research, 25, 439±454. HERNANDEZ-ORTE P, LAPENA A C, ESCUDERO A, ASTRAIN J, BARON C, PARDO I, POLO L, FERRER S, CACHO J and FERREIRA V (2009) Effect of micro-oxygenation on the evolution of aromatic compounds in wines: malolactic fermentation and ageing in wood. LWTFood Science and Technology, 42, 391±401. ILAND P, BRUER N, EDWARDS G, WEEKS S and WILKES E (2004) Chemical Analysis of Grapes and Wine: Techniques and Concepts, Adelaide, Winetitles. INGLEDEW W M and KUNKEE R E (1985) Factors influencing sluggish fermentations of grape juice. American Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 36, 65±76. INSEL P, TURNER R E and ROSS D (2001), Nutrition, London, Jones and Bartlett Publishers. INUI T, NAKAHARA K, UCHIDA M, MIKI W, UNOURA K, KOKEGUCHI Y and HOSOKAWA T (2004) Oxidation of ethanol induced by simple polyphenols: prooxidant property of polyphenols. Bulletin of the Chemical Society of Japan, 77, 1201±1207. JEANDET P, BESSIS R, SBAGHI M, MEUNIER P and TROLLAT P (1995) Resveratrol content of wines of different ages ± relationship with fungal pressure in the vineyard. American Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 46, 1±4. KALLITHRAKA S, SALACHA M I and TZOUROU I (2009) Changes in phenolic composition and antioxidant activity of white wine during bottle storage: accelerated browning test versus bottle storage. Food Chemistry, 113, 500±505. KELLY M and WOLLAN D (2003) Micro-oxygenation of wine in barrels. The Australian and New Zealand Grapegrower and Winemaker: Annual Technical Issue, 473a, 29±32. KONTOUDAKIS N, BIOSCA P, CANALS R, FORT F, CANALS J M and ZAMORA F (2008) Impact of stopper type on oxygen ingress during wine bottling when using an inert gas cover. Australian Journal of Grape and Wine Research, 14, 116±122. KWIATKOWSKI M J, SKOUROUMOUNIS G K, LATTEY K A and WATERS E J (2007) The impact of closures, including screw cap with three different headspace volumes, on the composition, colour and sensory properties of a Cabernet Sauvignon wine during two years storage. Australian Journal of Grape and Wine Research, 13, 81±94. LABROUCHE F, CLARK A C, PRENZLER P D and SCOLLARY G R (2005) Isomeric influence on the oxidative coloration of phenolic compounds in a model white wine: comparison of ()-catechin and (ÿ)-epicatechin. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 53, 9993±9999. LAFON-LAFOURCADE S, LARUE F and RIBEÂREAU-GAYON P (1979) Evidence for the existence of `survival factors' as an explanation for some peculiarities of yeast growth, especially in grape must of high sugar concentration. Applied and Environmental Microbioogy, 38, 1069±1073. LAMBROPOULOS I and ROUSSIS I G (2007) Inhibition of the decrease of volatile esters and terpenes during storage of wines and a model wine medium by wine phenolic extracts. Food Technology and Biotechnology, 45, 147±155. LANDRAULT N, POUCHERET P, RAVEL P, GASC F, CROS G and TEISSEDRE P-L (2001) Antioxidant capacities and phenolics levels of French wines from different varieties and vintages. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 49, 3341±3348. LAROFF G P, FESSENDEN R W and SCHULER R H (1972) The electron spin resonance of

472


radical intermediates in the oxidation of ascorbic acid and related substances. Journal of the American Chemical Society, 94, 9062±9073. Â NCHEZ-MORENO C, RUPEÂREZ P and SAURA-CALIXTO F (1999) Free radical LARRAURI J A, SA scavenging capacity in the aging of selected red Spanish wines. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 47, 1603±1606. LASZLO J, VAN ROOYEN T J and KIRSCHBAUM A F (1978) The combination of molecular oxygen in grape must and young wine and its consequences. South African Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 74, 95±98. LAURIE V F and WATERHOUSE A L (2006a) Glyceraldehyde bridging between flavanols and malvidin-3-glucoside in model solutions. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 54, 9105±9111. LAURIE V F and WATERHOUSE A L (2006b) Oxidation of glycerol in the presence of hydrogen peroxide and iron in model solutions and wine: potential effects on wine color. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 54, 4668±4673. LAURIE V F, LAW R, JOSLIN W S and WATERHOUSE A L (2008) In situ measurements of dissolved oxygen during low-level oxygenation in red wines. American Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 59, 215±219. LLAUDY M D, CANALS R, GONZALEZ-MANZANO S, CANALS J M, SANTOS-BUELGA C and ZAMORA F (2006) Influence of micro-oxygenation treatment before oak aging on phenolic compounds composition, astringency, and color of red wine. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 54, 4246±4252. LOGAN B, HAMMOND M and STORMO B (2008) Laboratory excercises: the French Paradox. Determining the superoxide-scavenging capacity of red wine and other beverages. Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Education, 36, 39±42. LOPES P, SAUCIER C, TEISSEDRE P L and GLORIES Y (2006) Impact of storage position on oxygen ingress through different closures into wine bottles. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 54, 6741±6746. LOPES L, SAUCIER C, TEISSEDRE P-L and GLORIES Y (2007) Main routes of oxygen ingress through different closures into wine bottles. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 55, 5167±5170. MARGALIT Y (1997) Concepts in Wine Chemistry, San Francisco, CA, The Wine Appreciation Guild. MAS A, PUIG J, LLADO N and ZAMORA F (2002) Sealing and storage position effects on wine evolution. Journal of Food Science, 67, 1374±1378. MAZAURIC J P and SALMON J M (2005) Interactions between yeast lees and wine polyphenols during simulation of wine aging: I. Analysis of remnant polyphenolic compounds in the resulting wines. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 53, 5647±5653. MIURA Y H, TOMITA I, WATANABE T, HIRAYAMA T and FUKUI S (1998) Active oxygens generation by flavonoids. Biological & Pharmaceutical Bulletin, 21, 93±96. MOUTOUNET M and MAZAURIC J P (2001) L'oxygeÁne dissous dans les vins. Rev. Fr. Oenol., 186, 12±15. Â LAMO M (2008) Measurement of dissolved oxygen during red wines NEVARES I and DEL A tank aging with chips and micro-oxygenation. Analytica Chimica Acta, 621, 68± 78. NEVARES I, DEL ALAMO M, CARCEL L M, CRESPO R, MARTIN C and GALLEGO L (2009) Measure the dissolved oxygen consumed by red wines in aging tanks. Food and Bioprocess Technology, 2, 328±336. OSZMIANSKI J, CHEYNIER V and MOUTOUNET M (1996) Iron-catalyzed oxidation of (+)-

Wine oxidation

473

catechin in model systems. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 44, 1712± 1715. OUGH C S and AMERINE M A (1988) Methods for Analysis of Musts and Wines, New York, Wiley-Interscience. PELLEGRINI N, SIMONETTI P, GARDANA C, BRENNA O, BRIGHENTI F and PIETTA P (2000) Polyphenol content and total antioxidant activity of Vini Novelli (young red wines). Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 48, 732±735. PEREZ-MAGARINO S, SANCHEZ-IGLESIAS M, ORTEGA-HERAS M, GONZALEZ-HUERTA C and GONZALEZ-SANJOSE M L (2007) Colour stabilization of red wines by microoxygenation treatment before malolactic fermentation. Food Chemistry, 101, 881± 893. PEREZ-MAGARINO S, ORTEGA-HERAS M, CANO-MOZO E and GONZALEZ-SANJOSE M L (2009) The influence of oak wood chips, micro-oxygenation treatment, and grape variety on colour, and anthocyanin and phenolic composition of red wines. Journal of Food Composition and Analysis, 22, 204±211. PRENESTI E, TOSO S and BERTO S (2005) Redox chemistry of red wine. Quantification by an oscillating reaction of the overall antioxidant power as a function of the temperature. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 53, 4220±4227. PYRZYNSKA K (2004) Analytical methods for the determination of trace metals in wine. Critical Reviews in Analytical Chemistry, 34, 69±83. RIBEÂREAU-GAYON J (1933) Oxidizable substances of wine. [Contribution to the study of oxidations and reductions in wines; application to the study of aging and of cases.] Translation at Fresno State University for the Roma Wine Company and M. Turner. Corrections and emendations made by M.A. Amerine, Bordeaux, Delmas. RIBEÂREAU-GAYON P, DUBOURDIEU D, DONEÁCHE B and LONVAUD A (2000) Handbook of Enology: The Microbiology of Wine and Vinifications, Brisbane, John Wiley and Sons. RIBEÂREAU-GAYON P, GLORIES Y, MAUJEAN A and DUBOURDIEU D (2006) Handbook of Enology, The Chemistry of Wine: Stabilization and Treatments, Brisbane, John Wiley and Sons. ROGINSKY V and LISSI E A (2005) Review of methods to determine chain-breaking antioxidant activity in food. Food Chemistry, 92, 235±254. ROGINSKY V, DE BEER D, HARBERTSON J F, KILMARTIN P A, BARSUKOVAL T and ADAMS D O (2006) The antioxidant activity of Californian red wines does not correlate with wine age. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture, 86, 834±840. ROSENFELD E, BEAUVOIT B, BLONDIN B and SALMON J M (2003) Oxygen consumption by anaerobic Saccharomyces cerevisiae under enological conditions: effect on fermentation kinetics. Applied and Environmental Microbiology, 69, 113±121. ROSSI J A J and SINGLETON V L (1966) Contributions of grape phenols to oxygen absorption and browning of wines. American Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 17, 231±239. ROUSSIS I G, SOULTI K and TZIMAS P (2005a) Inhibition of the decrease of linalool in muscat wine by phenolic acids. Food Technology and Biotechnology, 43, 389±392. ROUSSIS I G, LAMBROPOULOS L and PAPADOPOULOU D (2005b) Inhibition of the decline of volatile esters and terpenols during oxidative storage of Muscat-white and Xinomavro-red wine by caffeic acid and N-acetyl-cysteine. Food Chemistry, 93, 485±492. ROUSSIS I G, LAMBROPOULOS I and TZIMAS P (2007) Protection of volatiles in a wine with low sulfur dioxide by caffeic acid or glutathione. American Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 58, 274±278.

474


and RICEEVANS C (1995) Polyphenolic flavanols as scavengers of aqueous-phase radicals and as chainbreaking antioxidants. Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics, 322, 339±346. SAUCIER C, GUERRA C, PIANET I, LAGUERRE M and GLORIES Y (1997) (+)-Catechinacetaldehyde condensation products in relation to wine aging. Phytochemistry, 46, 229±234. SCALBERT A and WILLIAMSON G (2000) Dietary intake and bioavailability of polyphenols. Journal of Nutrition, 130, 2073S±2085S. SCHMIDTKE L M, CLARK A C and SCOLLARY G R (2010) Microoxygenation of wine: technique, application and outcomes. Critical Reviews in Food Science and Nutrition, in press. SCHNEIDER V (1998) Must hyperoxidation: a review. American Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 49, 65±73. SERGIANITIS S and ROUSSIS I G (2008) Protection of volatile esters and terpenes during storage of a white wine and a model wine medium by a mixture of N-acetylcysteine and caffeic acid. European Food Research and Technology, 227, 643± 647. SHAHIDI F and NACZK M (2003) Phenolics in Foods and Nutraceuticals, Boca Raton, FL, CRC Press. SHCHUKAREV S A and TOLMACHEVA T A (1968) Solubility of oxygen in ethano-water mixtures. Journal of Structural Chemistry, 9, 16±21. SILVA A and LAMBRI M (2006) Oxygen measures and consumption in must and wine. Analytica Chimica Acta, 563, 391±395. SIMPSON R F (1982) Factors affecting oxidative browning of white wine. Vitis, 21, 233± 239. SINGLETON V L (1987) Oxygen with phenols and related reactions in musts, wines, and model systems: observations and practical implications. American Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 38, 69±77. SINGLETON V L and KRAMLINGA T E (1976) Browning of white wines and an accelerated test for browning capacity. American Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 27, 157± 160. SIOUMIS M, KALLITHRAKA S, MAKRIS D P and KEFALAS P (2006) Kinetics of browning onset in white wines: influence of principal redox-active polyphenols and impact on the reducing capacity. Food Chemistry, 94, 98±104. SALAH N, MILLER N J, PAGANGA G, TIJBURG L, BOLWELL G P

SKOUROUMOUNIS G K, KWIATKOWSKI M J, FRANCIS I L, OAKEY H, CAPONE D L, DUNCAN B,

and WATERS E J (2005a) The impact of closure type and storage conditions on the composition, colour and flavour properties of a Riesling and a wooded Chardonnay wine during five years' storage. Australian Journal of Grape and Wine Research, 11, 369±384.

SEFTON M A

SKOUROUMOUNIS G K, KWIATKOWSKI M J, FRANCIS I L, OAKEY H, CAPONE D L, PENG Z, DUNCAN

and WATERS E J (2005b) Influence of ascorbic acid on the composition, colour and flavour properties of a Riesling and a wooded Chardonnay wine over five years' storage. Australian Journal of Grape and Wine Research, 11, 355±368. SLINKARD K and SINGLETON V L (1977) Total phenol analysis: automation and comparison with manual methods. American Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 28, 49±55. SOLEAS G J, DIAMANDIS E P and GOLDBERG D M (1997) Wine as a biological fluid: History, production, and role in disease prevention. Journal of Clinical Laboratory Analysis, 11, 287±313. B, SEFTON M A

Wine oxidation

475

(1998) The Wine Spectrum, Adelaide, Winetitles, p. 97. and HéJ P B (2005) Better wine for better health: fact or fiction? Australian Journal of Grape and Wine Research, 11, 127±138. TIMBERLAKE C and BIRDIE P (1977) Anthocyanins: color augmentation with catechin and acetaldehyde. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture, 28, 539±544. TIMBERLAKE C F and BRIDLE P (1976) Interactions between anthocyanins, phenolic compounds, and acetaldehyde and their significance in red wines. American Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 27, 97±105. VANDERHAEGEN B, NEVEN H, VERACHTERT H and DERDELINCKX G (2006) The chemistry of beer aging ± a critical review. Food Chemistry, 95, 357±381. VIDAL J C, DUFOURCQ T, BOULET J C and MOUTOUNET M (2001) Les apports d'oxygeÁne au cours des tratements des vins. Bilan des observations sur site, 1eÁre partie. Rev. Fr. Oenol., 190, 24±30. VIVAS N and GLORIES Y (1996) Role of oak wood ellagitannins in the oxidation process of red wines during aging. American Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 47, 103± 107. WATERHOUSE A L and LAURIE V F (2006) Oxidation of wine phenolics: a critical evaluation and hypotheses. American Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 57, 306±313. WEISS R F (1970) The solubility of nitrogen, oxygen and argon on water and seawater. Deep-Sea Res., 17, 721±735. WIESE C and SCHWEDT G (1997) Strategy for copper speciation in white wine by differential pulse anodic stripping voltammetry, potentiometry with an ionselective electrode and kinetic photometric determination. Fresenious Journal of Analytical Chemistry, 358, 718±722. WILDENRADT H L and SINGLETON V L (1974) The production of aldehydes as a result of oxidation of polyphenolic compounds and its relation to wine aging. American Journal of Enology and Viticulture, 25, 119±126. WILDMAN R E C and MEDEIROS D M (2000) Advanced Human Nutrition. London, CRC Press, p. 37. YASUI Y, YUNOKI K, NAITO A, KAWAGUCHI M and OHNISHI M (2002). Effects of weather conditions and aging on resveratrol concentration in red wines. Journal of the Japanese Society for Food Science and Technology, 49, 220±227. YOO Y, SALIBA A and PRENZLER P D (2008). Does wine have real opportunities in the functional food market? The Australian and New Zealand Grapegrower & Winemaker, 539, 80±85. ZAFRILLA P, MORILLAS J, MULERO J, CAYUELA J M, MARTIÂNEZ-CACHA A, PARDO F and NICOLAÂS J M L (2003) Changes during storage in conventional and ecological wine: phenolic content antioxidant activity. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 51, 4694±4700. ZOECKLEIN B W, FUGELSANG K C, GUMP B H and NURY F S (1999) Wine Analysis and Production, New York, Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers, pp. 19±20. SOMERS C

STOCKLEY C S

Part III Antioxidant delivery in foods and beverages

15 Use of encapsulation to inhibit oxidation of lipid ingredients in foods M. A. Augustin and L. Sanguansri, CSIRO, Australia

Abstract: Encapsulation is an effective method to protect unsaturated lipids against oxidation. This chapter discusses the principles of lipid encapsulation. It covers the design of encapsulant systems to improve the oxidative stability of encapsulated lipids during storage and applications of encapsulated lipids in manufactured food products. Key words: unsaturated lipids, emulsion, encapsulation, oxidation, food products.

15.1

Introduction

Encapsulation involves the isolation of a compound (e.g., drug, bioactive, food ingredient) from its external environment by surrounding it within a secondary material and forming a small capsule. The capsules are typically in the nanometer to micrometer range. The secondary material (i.e., matrix, shell or encapsulant) protects the encapsulated compound (i.e., core or payload) by limiting its access to components, such as oxygen, moisture, acids, and enzymes, which can cause or catalyze its deterioration or degradation. Encapsulation technologies have been traditionally used in the pharmaceutical industry to protect sensitive bioactives and drugs and to target the site of their delivery. In the food industry, encapsulation is used primarily to protect sensitive food ingredients (e.g., flavors, vitamins, omega-3 oils, probiotics) and to enable release of the ingredient at the desired time and site. Recent reviews provide additional information about the underpinning science of and the various

480


technologies used to encapsulate traditional food ingredients and bioactives (Augustin and Hemar, 2009; Augustin and Sanguansri, 2008; Gouin, 2004; Madene et al., 2006). Unsaturated lipids (e.g., omega-3 oils) are prone to oxidation, which results in a decrease in their health benefits (e.g., nutritional value, bioactivity) and the development of off-flavors and/or tastes. Encapsulation protects unsaturated lipids against oxidation. The current chapter covers the principles of lipid encapsulation and the design and processing of encapsulated lipid systems to improve the oxidative stability of unsaturated lipids. It discusses the impact of the formulation and processing of encapsulated lipids on core stability, the methods used to assess the quality of ingredients that contain encapsulated lipids and applications of these ingredients in manufactured food products.

15.2

Principles of lipid encapsulation

Encapsulation technology plays an important role to protect and stabilize oxidizable substrates such as fats and oils, and to convert liquid ingredients into convenient powder formats. In the food industry, the use of ingredients that contain micro- and nano-encapsulated oils are an attractive alternative to the direct incorporation of sensitive oils and fats into manufactured food products. For example, one of the interests in the food industry is the use of encapsulation to stabilize sensitive oils such as omega-3 oils which have important health benefits for the consumer but are very prone to oxidation. This is an example of where encapsulation has enabled the development of ingredients to meet the demand of consumers for food products with enhanced nutritional value and quality without compromising the taste of the food products (Drusch and Mannino, 2009). Encapsulation of lipids and lipid components can be achieved using a number of physical or chemical technologies or processes. These include emulsion and emulsion-based systems, liposome encapsulation, molecular encapsulation using cyclodextrins, coacervation, co-extrusion, and centrifugal extrusion techniques (Gouin, 2004). These primary encapsulation processes have been further improved by using combinations of the principles employed.

15.3

Design of encapsulation systems

Encapsulation is a multi-component technology and a multi-disciplinary approach is required to design any encapsulation system. Consideration of the properties of the core and the encapsulant, and the formulation, encapsulation process and processing conditions is essential to confer the optimum outcome for a desired purpose. The focus in designing systems for the encapsulation of lipids is on the influence of formulation and processing on the oxidative stability of the encapsulated lipids.

Use of encapsulation to inhibit oxidation of lipid ingredients in foods

481

15.3.1 Encapsulation of lipids Encapsulation of lipids usually involves emulsification of the lipid with an aqueous dispersion of the encapsulant material containing an emulsifier. The formation of a stable oil-in-water emulsion is essential for effective encapsulation of lipids. The emulsion formulation requires subsequent heat treatment or the addition of preservatives to extend its shelf stability. The emulsions can be dried (e.g., spray drying, fluid bed drying, vacuum drying or freeze drying) to convert the micro- and nano-capsules into a free-flowing powder. Spray drying is the most common drying technology employed by the food industry as it has high throughput, is inexpensive, uses equipment that is readily available in the food industry, and produces particles of relatively good quality (ReÂ, 1998). Further improvements to the properties of the powder capsules can be made by washing the powders with solvents to remove the surface fat or by application of a secondary coating to the powder particles. A high encapsulation efficiency of the core lipid is important to obtain a powder with good flow characteristics and to minimize oxidation of the core lipid. 15.3.2 Encapsulation efficiency The efficiency of encapsulation is commonly based on the amount of solventextractable fat. The ability of the solvent to gain access to and extract the fat depends on many factors, including the location of the oil in the powdered particle (Buma, 1971; Vignolles et al., 2007). The estimation of solventextractable fat is an empirical method which also depends on the type of solvent used, the contact time and the ratio of solvent : powder. ESCA (electron spectroscopy for chemical analyses) is a direct measure of the surface fat content of powders. ESCA measures surface fat coverage to a depth of about 10 nm (FaÈldt et al., 1993). Using confocal laser scanning electron microscopy Drusch and Berg (2008) concluded that solvent-extractable oil in spray-dried microcapsules is located on or near the surface of the powder particles.

15.4

Processing of dried encapsulated oils

A generalized process for the preparation of dried oil-in-water emulsions is given in Fig. 15.1. As mentioned above, the formation of a stable emulsion is a pre-requisite for effective encapsulation of lipids. Both the lipid component (core) and the type and composition of the encapsulant materials will influence the degree of protection afforded by the matrix to the encapsulated lipid. Any lipid or lipid component can be encapsulated in an emulsifying food-grade matrix material to enable its use in food products. The matrix material (i.e., encapsulant) can be selected from a wide variety of natural or synthetic polymers depending on the micro- and or nano-capsule specification and final application. In addition, the drying conditions can also affect the powder properties and consequently the encapsulation efficiency.

482


Fig. 15.1

Generalized process for production of dried oil-in-water emulsions.

15.4.1 Effect of encapsulant material properties Formulations used to encapsulate lipids are initially optimized to obtain low levels of extractable fat in the dried powder (i.e., high encapsulation efficiency). The primary oil-in-water emulsion intended for drying is usually stabilized by emulsifiers (e.g., low molecular weight emulsifiers such as lecithins or monoglycerides; high molecular weight emulsifiers including proteins or emulsifying gums such as gum arabic), often in combination with a co-encapsulant or a carrier material (e.g., sugars, maltodextrins) (Danviriyakul et al., 2002; FaÈldt and BergenstaÊhl, 1995; Hogan et al., 2001a, 2001b; Rosenberg and Young, 1993). Sufficient emulsifier is required to form a stable oil-in-water emulsion. This is irrespective of the various types of emulsion-based systems such as conventional oil-in-water emulsions, micro- and nano-emulsions, solid lipid nanoparticles, and multi-layered emulsions (McClements et al., 2007) that may be formulated. A stable emulsion is desirable as an increase in the oil droplet size of the emulsion leads to increased levels of solvent-extractable fat, also referred to as `free' fat or unencapsulated fat (i.e., poorer encapsulation efficiency) and generally to powders of poorer quality (Danviriyakul et al., 2002). An encapsulant that has often been chosen for lipids and lipid components is protein. This is due in part to the ability of proteins to stabilize the interface and also to enhance the emulsion stability through their viscosity-building properties. Random coil proteins (e.g., casein) and globular proteins (e.g., whey proteins) are both effective for the encapsulation of lipids (Hogan et al., 2001a, 2001c; Rosenberg and Young, 1993). The use of sugars as co-encapsulants with proteins increases the encapsulation efficiency. This has been ascribed in part to the increased hydrophilicity of the encapsulant which limits the accessibility of solvents to the fat (Young et al., 1993). Lower amounts of solvent-extractable fat in dried oil-in-water emulsions were also obtained with higher dextrose equivalent (DE) (i.e., lower molecular weight) of the carbohydrate used in combination with proteins (Danviriyakul et al., 2002; Hogan et al., 2001b). The individual properties of sugars used in combination with proteins can also influence the amount of `free' fat in the dried emulsions (Fig. 15.2). Lower


483

Fig. 15.2 Effect of various sugars used as co-encapsulants with sodium caseinate at 1:2 ratio (by weight) on `free' fat (solvent-extractable fat) content of dried microcapsules containing 40% fat (dry weight basis) (unpublished results).

molecular weight carbohydrates are able to stabilize proteins during heat treatment and form a denser wall matrix around emulsified fat droplets than carbohydrates with higher molecular weight (Danviriyakul et al., 2002). A range of other matrix materials which have been used for production of dried encapsulated oils include chitosan±maltodextrin mixtures (Klaypradit and Huang, 2008), emulsifying starch (n-octenylsuccinate-derivatized starch) in combination with maltodextrin, glucose syrup or trehalose (Drusch et al., 2006; Drusch and Berg, 2008; Jafari et al., 2008), acacia gum and maltodextrin (Turchiuli et al., 2005) and sugar-beet pectin (Drusch, 2007). The functional properties of encapsulants may be improved by a preprocessing treatment. For example, heating aqueous mixtures of proteins with reducing carbohydrates to produce Maillard reaction products has been shown to enhance the oxidative stability of microencapsulated oils compared to physical blends of the co-encapsulants (Augustin et al., 2006). Drusch et al. (2009) confirmed that encapsulants prepared by heating aqueous protein-reducing sugar mixtures improved the oxidative stability of microencapsulated fish oil but that heating protein-reducing sugar mixtures under restricted moisture conditions did not protect the encapsulated oils against oxidation. Processing of bran extracts prepared using compressed hot water up to 250 ëC has shown to produce material with enhanced emulsifying and antioxidative properties. The properties of the pre-processed bran materials vary depending on the treatment temperature (Wiboonsirikul et al., 2008). 15.4.2 Effect of lipid core properties The physical properties of lipids can affect the distribution of fat within the dried emulsions. Using ESCA, FaÈldt and BergenstaÊhl (1995) found that the surface fat coverage of spray-dried emulsions stabilized by caseinate-lactose blends was influenced by the melting point of the fat. Powders containing intermediate melting points (hardened coconut oil or butterfat) had higher surface fat than those

484


containing liquid oil (soybean oil). The use of high melting point hardened rapeseed oil resulted in powders with the lowest amount of surface fat (FaÈldt and BergenstaÊhl, 1995). Other authors found that the type of oil core (fish oil, hardened palm stearin or a mixture of these oils) did not have a marked effect on the solvent-extractable fat of the microencapsulated powders when heated solutions of dried glucose syrup with proteins (whey protein isolate or soy protein isolate) were used as encapsulants (Rusli et al., 2006). Given the different methods used to estimate unencapsulated fat and the different encapsulant matrices used, a comparison of encapsulation efficiency between these studies is not possible. With respect to the fat content of the formulation, it is evident that increasing the fat content beyond a critical level reduces encapsulation efficiency (Hogan et al., 2001c; Rusli et al., 2006). This critical level is dependent on the materials used to stabilize the liquid emulsion and is related to the properties of the emulsion prior to drying as well as the processes conditions used. Of particular importance is the ratio of the oil:emulsifier in the formulation and the efficiency of the emulsifier used. 15.4.3 Effect of processing conditions The processing conditions used to manufacture powdered capsules can affect the physical characteristics of the capsules and oxidation of the encapsulated lipid during processing and storage. For example, the use of electrostatic layer-bylayer deposition of emulsifiers around the oil droplets in the emulsion prior to drying may be used to enhance capsule integrity (Klinkesorn et al., 2005). The drying conditions can also impact on the properties of the dried capsules. The powders produced may be agglomerated to improve their wettability (Turchiuli et al., 2005). In terms of spray drying, a high inlet air temperature can cause particle ballooning (Finney et al., 2002; Walton and Mumford, 1999) and casehardening, particularly when the wall material has strong film-forming properties. The consequent rupture of atomized droplets is undesirable as it promotes autoxidation of the core material during the drying process (Drusch and Schwarz, 2006). Fang et al. (2005) have shown that the rotational speed of the atomizer during spray drying affects the size of the microcapsules. The microcapsules that were prepared at low rotational speed were larger in size than those prepared with the atomizer operating at high rotational speed. Oxidation of the encapsulated lipid in the larger-sized microcapsules proceeded more slowly when both (small- and large-sized) samples were stored at the same relative humidity. However oxidation of the large-sized microcapsules progressed more quickly than the small-sized microcapsules at high relative humidity.

15.5

Lipid oxidation in encapsulated systems

As with bulk oils, lipid oxidation in encapsulated systems is promoted by oxygen, light and the presence of metal catalysts. However, unlike bulk oil


485

systems which comprise only the lipid components, the dried emulsion is made up of the matrix components and a heterogeneous distribution of lipids at various locations. The mechanisms which influence fat oxidation in multi-phase systems will therefore be different from those for bulk fats (Frankel, 2005). The complex interplay of factors affecting oxidation and the heterogeneity of the lipid distribution and location results in different states of oxidation in an encapsulated lipid system (MaÂrquez-Ruiz et al., 2003; Velasco et al., 2006). 15.5.1 Measurement of oxidation in encapsulated lipid systems Lipid oxidation in dried encapsulated oils leads to the formation of a range of oxidation products which results in off-flavors and odors. Irrespective of whether overall oxidation status is measured on the total oil extracted or the whole intact encapsulated system, the result obtained is a composite of the oxidation state of oil droplets with varying states of oxidation. The traditional method to assess fat oxidation involves the extraction of the total lipid from the dried emulsions and subsequent determination of the levels of primary or secondary products of lipid oxidation. The peroxide value, anisidine value, level of conjugated dienes, estimates of remaining unsaturated fatty acids, and secondary volatile oxidation products such as aldehydes and ketones present in the extracted oil may be measured (Heinzelmann et al., 2000). Direct methods using headspace analysis has been used to assess oxidative stability of microencapsulated powders. For example headspace hexanal was used to follow oxidation of microencapsulated milkfat (Hardas et al., 2000) while headspace propanal was used for microencapsulated fish oil powders (Rusli et al., 2006). Another direct and fast method to monitor lipid oxidation progress based on high-performance size-exclusion chromatography (HPSEC) has been suggested to quantify primary and secondary oxidation compounds (MaÂrquez-Ruiz et al., 2007). Other methods that have been suggested include the estimation of non-volatile lipid oxidation products including oxidized triglyceride monomers, dimers and oligomers (Velasco et al., 2006). Bohnert et al. (1997) proposed a simplified analytical procedure to analyze long-chain polyunsaturated fatty acids without the need for lipid extraction by direct esterification of lipids from infant formula. The method gives comparable results to standard methods that use lipid extraction, but with less effort. The one-step extraction and methylation method has also been shown to be valid for microencapsulated omega-3 oils in dry powdered foods (Curtis et al., 2008). The extent of oxidation is measured by the depletion of highly unsaturated fatty acids in the sample. Rapid methods that measure the induction period for oxidation under accelerated conditions have also been employed to assess the oxidative stability of dried oil capsules. One such method is the OxipresÕ which measures the oxidation of lipid in heterogeneous products containing oils and fat without the need for extraction of oil from the capsule. The rate of oxygen uptake under conditions of high oxygen pressure at a selected temperature is measured. The

486


use of the OxipresÕ allows a comparison of the susceptibility of encapsulated lipid systems to oxidation. Experiments carried out on oil±albumin and oil± cellulose mixtures showed the repeatability of the analysis for estimating the induction period of these dry mixtures using the OxipresÕ (TrojaÂkovaÂ et al., 2000). The authors concluded that the OxipresÕ could be used to determine the oxidative stability of dried foods. Another rapid method that has been examined to assess the oxidation of dried encapsulated lipids is the Rancimat test. In this method the sample is heated under atmospheric pressure at a selected temperature and increased air flow. The induction period for oxidation is sensed by a rapid increase in conductivity due to the capture of the volatile oxidation products in water. This method was originally developed to assess the oxidative stability of bulk oils but it has now been applied to measure the susceptibility of oxidation of dried oil capsules (Velasco et al., 2009). Most of the objective tests used to measure oil oxidation need to be validated against sensory data. It is possible that similar values for extent of oxidation obtained from objective measurement of oil extracted from the capsule do not necessarily relate to similar taste and flavor profiles of encapsulated lipid system. This is because different encapsulant matrices may bind the products of oxidation to different extents and mask undesirable odors and flavors. Sensory evaluations for odor, flavor and overall acceptability are the ultimate tests of whether the product is acceptable to a consumer. 15.5.2 Factors affecting oxidation of encapsulated lipids Many factors affect the lipid oxidation rate including the nature of the interface of the encapsulated fat, the concentration of the encapsulants in the aqueous phase, the method of encapsulation, and storage conditions of the capsule (Drusch et al., 2007; Matsuno and Adachi, 1993). In emulsion-based systems, the droplet and interfacial characteristics can affect oxidation of the lipid (McClements and Decker, 2000). It is expected that the interface of the oil droplets within the dried powders and the surface of the powders are also significant factors which determine the rate of oxidation of the oil. This is because the interface of the oil droplet along with the surface of the capsule are the entry points that control access of the encapsulated lipid to oxygen and prooxidants, as well as antioxidants. Other factors affecting oxidation include the porosity of the encapsulating matrix, the water activity, the storage temperature and exposure to light during storage, availability of oxygen, and the barrier properties of the matrix (Orlein et al., 2006). `Free' fat The oil that is unencapsulated (i.e., not wholly protected) will be more accessible to oxygen. Therefore in systems where access to oxygen is the rate determining factor, the unencapsulated oil will be expected to oxidize at a faster rate than the encapsulated oil.


487

Velasco et al. (2006) demonstrated that oxidation that occurs in the `free' oil fraction of dried capsules is characterized by a slow induction period followed by a rapid acceleration of oxidation. In contrast, there is a gradual build-up of oxidation products for the oil that is encapsulated within the dried capsule. Many authors have found that the level of unencapsulated fat (`free' fat) must be kept low in order to achieve a high level of oxidative stability of the fat. This appears to be the case when the system does not contain antioxidants. For example, in the absence of antioxidants, surface fat is more susceptible to oxidation than encapsulated fat (Baik et al., 2004). The rate of oxidation of the `free' fat may be reduced by the addition of antioxidants. This can influence the relative rate of oxidation of the `free' fat and the encapsulated lipid. In fact, oxidation was found to be faster in the encapsulated oil fraction in dried emulsions than in the fraction of oil that was unencapsulated except when the oil that was used for encapsulation was stripped of antioxidants (Velasco et al., 2006). The overall oxidation status of encapsulated oil is not always related to the amount of unencapsulated fat (`free' fat) because of the heterogeneity of the fat in emulsion-based systems. Hence, solvent-extractable fat (`free' fat) is not a reliable measure of oxidative stability of dried encapsulated lipids (Drusch and Berg, 2008). State of components in the encapsulated system The physical state of the components (matrix and core) that make up the encapsulant systems can influence oxidation. Efficient encapsulation of lipid components for oxidative stability requires not only low levels of unencapsulated oil but also depends to a large extent on the ability of the matrix to protect the core from its external environment, which, in turn, is related to the chemical properties of the matrix components. Materials which have good oxygen barrier properties protect the lipid core from oxidation (Orlein et al., 2006). A matrix that exists in the glassy state is desirable for long-term stability of the encapsulated lipid. The glassy state is often formed when encapsulant systems containing high concentrations of proteins or carbohydrates are dried. The dried encapsulated oil droplets are therefore entrapped within amorphous glassy matrices due to the rapid removal of water. In the glassy state, the diffusion of components is arrested due to the extremely high viscosity of the matrix. The maintenance of the glassy state during storage has been associated with improved stability of encapsulated components (Shimada et al., 1991). Storage of encapsulated powders at high temperature or high humidity results in structural collapse of the matrix or conversion of the glassy state into a crystalline state. When this happens, lipid oxidation is increased (Labrousse et al., 1992). This is possibly due to increased porosity of the matrix or expulsion of the encapsulated oil which increases oxygen accessibility to the oil (Grattard et al., 2002). Oxygen permeation through a glassy matrix has been found to be the rate-determining step for oxidation of lipids within a glassy matrix (Andersen et al., 2000).

488


However, it may not be the mobility of the matrix per se that arrests the oxidation of encapsulated lipids, as it has been shown that there is no apparent relationship between oxidation rate and the molecular mobility of the matrix, as measured by nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (NMR) (Grattard et al., 2002). It has been found that whey protein concentrate (WPC) provides good protection to encapsulated conjugated linoleic acid (CLA) even at high water activities of 0.74±0.90, showing that the WPC-based microcapsule maintained its stability under these conditions (Jimenez et al., 2006). Park et al. (2005) found that freeze-dried powders with eicosapentaenoic acid ethyl ester (EPE) encapsulated in a blend of maltodextrin (DE2-5) and protein or peptide was more stable to oxidation than EPE entrapped in maltodextrin alone. This observation could not be related to the mobility of the matrix as the addition of protein or peptide did not change the mobility. The increased protection against EPE oxidation with the inclusion of protein or peptide was ascribed to their radical scavenging properties (Park et al., 2005). The physical state of the lipid can also influence oxidation rates. McLean and Hagaman (1992) reported that the oxidation of liposome encapsulated lipids is greater at temperatures below the solid-liquid phase transition temperature of the host lipid. It is well known that the ratio of solid to liquid fat in a bulk lipid is dependent on the fatty acid composition, temperature and also the tempering history of the fat. However, it should be noted that the solid to liquid fat ratio of the oil droplet cannot be predicted from that of the bulk lipid as this may be altered by the addition of emulsifiers (Arima et al., 2007). In addition, depending on the type of fat encapsulated, fat crystallized within dry emulsion droplets can undergo polymorphic transformations (Millqvist-Fureby, 2003). Hence encapsulation, through its influence on crystallization behavior of the encapsulated fat, can also influence oxidation of the oil. Microstructure of encapsulated system The microstructure of dried emulsions influences the oxidative stability of the oil. This is in part governed by the formulation and the drying conditions. Figure 15.3 shows the structure of powders containing microencapsulated oil at different length scales. Keogh et al. (2001) found that the stability of spray-dried encapsulated fish oil was improved by substituting sodium caseinate with micellar casein or calcium caseinate (i.e., aggregated forms of casein). An increase in the aggregation state of casein resulted in increased vacuole volume. Hence it was not possible to identify whether the reduced oxidative stability was due to the effects of the aggregation of the protein or the increased vacuole volume (Keogh et al., 2001). Addition of antioxidants to the formulation Oil oxidation may be retarded by adding antioxidants. Many combinations of antioxidants have been examined. It is not only the presence of antioxidants but their partitioning behavior in the encapsulated system that can influence the


489

Fig. 15.3 Structure of powder containing microencapsulated oil (omega-3).

oxidation of oils within various parts of the capsule. The partitioning of antioxidants within the encapsulated lipid system will in itself be affected by the nature of the antioxidant used (e.g., their lipophilicity). For example, the lipophilic antioxidant (-tocopherol) afforded more protection to both surface and encapsulated fats in a dried oil-in-water emulsion than ascorbyl palmitate, which is an amphiphilic antioxidant (Baik et al., 2004). Owing to the heterogeneous distribution of oil within encapsulated systems, a combination of antioxidants is required for effective stabilization of the encapsulated lipid during production as well as during storage of the final encapsulated oil powders (Serfert et al., 2009). Among the antioxidants found to minimize oxidation of microencapsulated fish oils are tocopherols, citric acid esters of monoglycerides, lecithin, ascorbic acid/ascorbyl palmitate and rosemary extract (Serfert et al., 2009). Different antioxidants exert different protective effects to oils within the encapsulated system.

15.6

Applications of lipid encapsulated systems in food

Lipid encapsulation has found increasing commercial applications in the food industry. The food industry believes that lipid encapsulation can be used to achieve much-needed product differentiation in the marketplace, since it enables the addition of ingredients that cannot normally be added without encapsulation. In addition, encapsulation has the potential to enhance product value. Encapsulation of lipid components has evolved significantly over the last decade and research has facilitated the enhancement of capsule performance in a number of food systems. Encapsulation has been used to protect lipids and lipid components from oxidation, to act as carriers of lipids and lipid-soluble bioactives, to mask undesirable odors and flavors (e.g., fish oil) and to offer convenience to food manufacturers by supplying powder ingredients that are easier to use and incorporate into food products than their liquid oil versions. The encapsulant materials are usually chosen from ingredients that are already used or present in the final food application, to avoid labelling issues. 15.6.1 Incorporation methods Lipids and lipid-soluble ingredients can often be incorporated into food or beverages with appropriate formulation and processing. However, options are

490


often narrowed down based on stability and taste of the ingredient (e.g., omega3 oils) in the final food or beverage product. In many cases the type of food or beverage application determines whether an ingredient can be directly added or whether encapsulation is needed for successful incorporation. 15.6.2 Consideration of food manufacturing process Lipid encapsulation for food applications involves a number of considerations. Candidate technologies are initially identified and the most suitable ones tailored to meet specific encapsulation requirements in foods while keeping an eye on the economics of the technology used to produce the ingredient. For food applications, economics and cost-effectiveness are of the highest importance due to the low margins that consumers are willing to pay for food products containing encapsulated systems. Ingredients that are considered natural or GRAS (generally regarded as safe) are highly favored by the food industry. Further, product safety and bioavailability (optimal absorption) of the encapsulated core within the food product are two important aspects which companies often ask about before they decide on the encapsulation techniques to be used. Therefore a fundamental understanding on tailoring the performance of the capsules to obtain the desired release profiles in the food product as well as deliver a cost-effective formulation for the food product application is essential. 15.6.3 Quality of products containing encapsulated lipids The development of new food products and beverages containing encapsulated lipids is challenging. Besides the potential technological obstacles encountered during product development, consumer demands need to be considered. Product shelf stability and sensory acceptance have been recognized as key factors to successfully capture market opportunities for functional foods (SiroÂ et al., 2008). Encapsulated lipids are intended to have a shelf life that at least matches, if not exceeds the shelf life of the final food application. Owing to the susceptibility of lipids to oxidation, achieving long shelf life beyond 12 months at ambient temperatures is a challenge for highly unsaturated oils such as omega-3 oils. Hence most of the food product launches containing omega-3 oils are those with shorter shelf life, and often require refrigeration. The ability of the encapsulant to mask undesirable flavors and odors is another important criterion in order to be able to add the required amount or dose per serving without affecting the sensory acceptance of the final food product. When microencapsulated oils were added to selected dairy products (Table 15.1), they were found to be of equal or superior quality to those fortified with equivalent levels of the oil added as a bulk ingredient (Sharma et al., 2003). Ye et al. (2009) showed that the sensory acceptability of a cheese product fortified with encapsulated fish oil was better than those containing bulk fish oil.


491

Table 15.1 Sensory acceptability of dairy products containing microencapsulated omega-3 (data from Sharma et al., 2003) Product

Level of omega-3 added

Plain yoghurt Drinking yoghurt Processed cheese Cheese dip

60 mg omega-3 FA/ 110 g serve 60 mg omega-3 FA/ 110 g serve 60 mg omega-3 FA/ 21 g serve 60 mg omega-3 FA/ 20 g serve

Control Fish oil

Encapsulated fish oil powder

Storage time prior to tasting

5.6b

6.6ab

8.0a

6 weeks

7.3ab

5.5b

8.1a

8 days

5.9ab

4.3b

6.2ab

24 days

9.4a

6.2b

8.3ab

12 days

FA: Fatty acid Scale: 1 (dislike extremely) ± 15 (like extremely) Numbers within a row having different superscripts are significantly different

15.7

Future trends

By choosing appropriate matrices, and processing and storage conditions, the lipid or lipid components can be protected from deterioration caused by adverse reactions and/or environmental stresses encountered during the formulation, manufacture and storage of both the encapsulated lipid system, and the final food product into which it is incorporated. Most of the research to date has been directed at understanding the physical and chemical aspects of lipid encapsulation, the factors that affect oxidative stability of encapsulated lipids and the integrity of the encapsulated systems during storage. As encapsulation has the potential to target the delivery of the encapsulated core to a desired site in the body, the future is in using encapsulated lipid systems to deliver lipids or lipid-soluble bioactives to various sites in the body. Demonstration of the bio-equivalence of encapsulated lipid preparations will be essential if the encapsulated lipid has an intended health benefit. This is now an active field of research.

15.8

References

and SKIBSTED LH (2000), Òxygen permeation through an oil-encapsulating glassy food matrix studied by ESR line broadening using a nitroxyl spin probe', Food Chem, 70, 499±508. ARIMA S, UEJI T, UENOA S, OGAWA A and SATO Y (2007), `Retardation of crystallizationinduced destabilization of PMF-in-water emulsion with emulsifier additives', Colloids Surf B: Biointerfaces, 55, 98±106. AUGUSTIN MA and HEMAR Y (2009), `Nano- and micro-structured assemblies for encapsulation of food ingredients', Royal Soc Chem, 38, 902±912. ANDERSEN AB, RIBSO J, ANDERSEN ML

492


and SANGUANSRI L (2008), Èncapsulation of bioactives', in Aguilera JM and Lillford PJ, Food Materials Science ± Principles and Practice, New York, Springer, 577±601. AUGUSTIN MA, SANGUANSRI L and BODE O (2006), `Maillard reaction products as encapsulants for fish oil powders', J Food Sci, 71 (2), E25±32. BAIK M-Y, SUHENDRO EL, NAWAR WW, MCCLEMENTS DJ, DECKER EA and CHINACHOTI P (2004), Èffects of antioxidants and humidity on the oxidative stability of microencapsulated fish oil', J Amer Oil Chem Soc, 81, 355±360. BOHNERT B, BRAUN M, WINTER H and FLUCK B (1997), `Direct esterification method for analysis of long-chain polyunsaturated fatty acids (LC-PUFAs) in infant formulae', Z Lebensm Unters Forsch A, 204, 27±31. BUMA, TJ (1971), `Free-fat in spray-dried whole milk. 1. General introduction and brief review of the literature', Neth Milk Dairy J, 25, 53±72. CURTIS JM, BERRIGAN N and DAUPHINEE P (2008), `The determination of n-3 fatty acid levels in food products containing microencapsulated fish oil using the one-step extraction method. Part 1: measurements in the raw ingredient and dry powdered foods', J Amer Oil Chem Soc, 85, 297±305. DANVIRIYAKUL S, MCCLEMENTS DJ, DECKER E, NAWAR WW and CHINACHOTI P (2002), `Physical stability of spray-dried milkfat emulsion as affected by emulsifiers and processing conditions', J Food Sci, 67, 2183±2189. DRUSCH B (2007), `Sugar beet pectin: a novel emulsifying wall component for microencapsulation of lipophilic food ingredients by spray-drying', Food Hydrocolloids, 21, 1223±1228. DRUSCH S and BERG S (2008), Èxtractable oil in microcapsules prepared by spray-drying: localisation, determination and impact on oxidative stability', Food Chem, 109, 17±24. DRUSCH S and MANNINO S (2009), `Patent-based review on industrial approaches for the microencapsulation of oils rich in polyunsaturated fatty acids', Trends Food Sci Technol, 20, 237±244. DOI:10.1016/j.tifs.2009.03.007 DRUSCH S and SCHWARZ K (2006), `Microencapsulation properties of two different types of n-octenylsuccinate-derivatised starch', Eur Food Res Technol, 222, 155±164. DRUSCH S, SERFERT Y, VAN DEN HEUVEL A and SCHWARZ K (2006), `Physicochemical characterization and oxidative stability of fish oil encapsulated in an amorphous matrix containing trehalose', Food Res Int, 39, 807±815. DRUSCH S, SERFERT Y, SCAMPICCHIO M, SCHMIDT-HANSBERG B and SCHWARZ K (2007), Ìmpact of physicochemical characteristics on the oxidative stability of fish oil microencapsulated by spray-drying', J Agric Food Chem, 55, 11044±11051. DRUSCH S, BERG S, SCAMPICCHIO M, SERFERT Y, SOMOZA V, MANNINO S and SCHWARZ K (2009), `Role of glycated caseinate in stabilisation of microencapsulated lipophilic functional ingredients', Food Hydrocolloids, 23, 942±948. Ê HL B (1995), `Fat encapsulation in spray-dried food powders', J È LDT P and BERGENSTA FA Amer Oil Chem Soc, 72, 171±176. Ê HL B and CARLSSON G (1993), `The surface coverage of fat on food È LDT P, BERGENSTA FA powders analyzed by ESCA (electron spectroscopy for chemical analysis)', Food Struct, 12, 225±234. FANG X, SHIMA M and ADACHI S (2005), Èffects of drying conditions on the oxidation of linoleic acid encapsulated with gum arabic by spray-drying', Food Sci Technol Res, 11, 380±384. AUGUSTIN MA


493

and REINECCIUS GA (2002), Èffects of type of atomization and processing temperature on the physical properties and stability of spray-dried flavours', J Food Sci, 67, 1108±1114. FRANKEL EN (2005), Òxidation in multiphase systems', in Lipid Oxidation, 2nd edn, Dundee, Oily Press, 259±297. GOUIN S (2004), `Microencapsulation: industrial appraisal of existing technologies and trends', Trends Food Sci Technol, 15 (7±8), 330±347. È N F, CHAMPION D, ROUDAUT G and LE MESTE M (2002), Ìnfluence of GRATTARD N, SALAU physical state and molecular mobility of freeze-dried maltodextrin matrices on the oxidation rate of encapsulated lipids', J Food Sci, 67, 3002±3010. HARDAS N, DANVIRIYAKUL S, FOLEY JL, NAWAR NN and CHINACHOTI P (2000), Àccelerated stability studies on microencapsulated anhydrous milk fat', Lebensm Wiss uTechnol, 33, 506±513. HEINZELMANN K, FRANKE K, JENSEN B and HAAHR AM (2000), `Protection of fish oil from oxidation by microencapsulation using freeze-drying techniques', Eur J Lipid Sci Technol, 102, 114±121. HOGAN SA, MCNAMEE BF, O'RIORDAN ED and O'SULLIVAN M (2001a), `Microencapsulating properties of sodium caseinate', J Agric Food Chem, 49, 1934±1938. HOGAN SA, MCNAMEE BF, O'RIORDAN ED and O'SULLIVAN M (2001b), Èmulsification and microencapsulation properties of sodium caseinate/carbohydrate blends', Int Dairy J, 11, 137±144. HOGAN SA, MCNAMEE BF, O'RIORDAN ED and O'SULLIVAN M (2001c), `Microencapsulating properties of whey protein concentrate 75', J Food Sci, 66, 675±680. JAFARI SM, ASSADPOOR E, BHANDARI B and HE Y (2008), `Nano-particle encapsulation of fish oil by spray drying', Food Res Int, 41, 172±183. JIMENEZ M, GARCIA HS and BERISTAIN CI (2006), `Spray-dried encapsulation of conjugated linoleic acid (CLA) with polymeric matrices', J Sci Food Agric, 86, 2431±2437. KEOGH MK, O'KENNEDY BT, KELLY J, AUTY MA, FUREBY A and HAAHR A-M (2001), `Stability to oxidation of spray-dried fish oil powder microencapsulated using milk ingredients', J Food Sci, 66, 217±224. KLAYPRADIT W and HUANG Y-W (2008), `Fish oil encapsulation with chitosan using ultrasonic atomizer', LWT ± Food Sci Tech, 41, 1133±1139. KLINKESORN U, SOPHANODORA P, CHINACHOTI P, MCCLEMENTS D and DECKER E (2005), Ìncreasing the oxidative stability of liquid and dried tuna oil-in-water emulsions with electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition technology', J Agric Food Chem, 53, 4561±4566. LABROUSSE S, ROOS Y and KAREL M (1992), `Collapse and crystallization in amorphous matrices with encapsulated compounds, Sciences des Aliments, 12, 757±769. MADENE A, JACQUOT M, SCHER J and DESOBRY S (2006), `Flavour encapsulation and controlled release ± a review' Int J Food Sci Technol, 41 (s1), 1±21. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G, VELASCO J and DOBARGANES C (2003), Òxidation in dried microMA encapsulated oils', in Kamal-Eldin A, Lipid Oxidaion Pathways, Champaign, IL, AOCS Press, 245±264. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G, HOLGADO F, GARCIÁA-MARTINEZ MC and DOBARGANES MC (2007), À MA direct and fast method to monitor lipid oxidation progress in model fatty acid methyl esters by high-performance size-exclusion chromatography', J Chromatogr A, 1165, 122±127. MATSUNO R and ADACHI S (1993), `Lipid encapsulation technology: techniques and applications to food', Trends Food Sci Technol, 4, 256±261. FINNEY J, BUFFO R

494


and DECKER EA (2000), `Lipid oxidation in oil-in-water emulsions: impact of molecular environment on chemical reactions in heterogeneous food systems', J Food Sci, 65, 1270±1282. MCCLEMENTS DJ, DECKER EA and WEISS J (2007), Èmulsion-based delivery systems for lipophilic bioactive components', J Food Sci, 72 (8), R109±R124. MCLEAN LR and HAGAMAN KA (1992), Èffect of lipid physical state on the rate of peroxidation of liposomes', Free Rad Biol Med, 12, 113±119. MILLQVIST-FUREBY A (2003), `Characterisation of spray-dried emulsions with mixed fat phases', Colloids Surf B: Biointerfaces, 31, 65±79. ORLEIN V, RISBO J, RANTANEN H and SKIBSTED LH (2006), `Temperature-dependence of rate of oxidation of rapeseed oil encapsulated in a glassy food matrix', Food Chem, 94, 37±46. PARK EY, MURAKAMI H, MORI T and MATSUMURA Y (2005), Èffects of protein and peptide addition on lipid oxidation in a powder model system', J Agric Food Chem, 53, 137±144. REÂ MI (1998), `Microencapsulation by spray-drying', Drying Technology, 16, 1195±1236. ROSENBERG M and YOUNG SL (1993), `Whey proteins as microencapsulating agents. Microencapsulation of anhydrous milkfat ± structure evaluation', Food Struct, 12, 31±41. RUSLI JK, SANGUANSRI L and AUGUSTIN MA (2006), `Stabilisation of oils by microencapsulation with heated protein-glucose syrup mixtures', J Amer Oil Chem Soc, 83, 965±972. SERFERT Y, DRUSCH S and SCHWARZ K (2009), `Chemical stabilisation of oils rich in longchain polyunsaturated fatty acids during homogenisation, microencapsulation and storage', Food Chem, 113, 1106±1112. SHARMA R, SANGUANSRI P, MARSH R, SANGUANSRI L and AUGUSTIN MA (2003), Àpplications of microencapsulated omega-3 fatty acids in dairy products', Aust J Dairy Technol, 58(2), 211. SHIMADA Y, ROOS Y and KAREL M (1991), Òxidation of methyl linoleate encapsulated in amorphous lactose-based model', J Agric Food Chem, 39, 637±641. Â I, KA Â POLNA, E, KA Â POLNA B and LUGASI A (2008), `Functional food. Product developSIRO ment, marketing and consumer acceptance ± a review', Appetite, 51, 456±467. Â L, REÂBLOVA Â Z and POKORNY Â J (2000), `Determination of oxidative stability in TROJAÂKOVA mixtures of edible oil with nonlipidic substances', Czech J Food Sci, 19, 19±23. TURCHIULI C, FUCHS M, BOHIN M, CUVELIER ME, ORDONNAUD C, PEYRAT-MAILLARD MN and DUMOULIN E (2005), Òil encapsulation by spray drying and fluidised bed agglomeration', Innovative Food Science and Emerging Technologies, 6, 29±35. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G (2006), `Heterogeneous VELASCO J, MARMESAT S, DOBARGANES C and MA aspects of lipid oxidation in dried microencapsulated oils', J Agric Food Chem, 54, 1722±1729. Â RQUEZ-RUIZ G (2009), À follow-up oxidaVELASCO J, DOBARGANES C, HOLGADO F and MA tion study in dried microencapsulated oils under the accelerated conditions of the Rancimat test', Food Res Int, 42, 56±62. VIGNOLLES M-L, JEANTAT R, LOPEZ C and SCHUCK P (2007), `Free fat, surface fat and dairy powders: interactions between process and product', Lait, 87, 187±236. WALTON DE and MUMFORD CJ (1999), `The morphology of spray-dried particles. The effect of process variables upon the morphology of spray-dried particles', Trans I Chem E, 77A, 442±460. WIBOONSIRIKUL J, NAKAZAWA R, KOBAYASHI T, MORITA H, TSUNO T and ADACHI S (2008), `Suppression of the oxidation of methyl linoleate encapsulated with the extract MCCLEMENTS DJ


495

from defatted rice bran by a compressed hot water treatment', Eur Food Res Technol, 228, 109±114. YE A, CUI J, TANEJA A, ZHU X and SINGH H (2009), Èvaluation of processed cheese fortified with fish oil emulsion', Food Res Int, 42, 1093±1098. YOUNG SL, SARDA X and ROSENBERG M (1993), `Microencapsulating properties of whey proteins. 2. Combinations of whey proteins with carbohydrates, J Dairy Sci, 76 (10), 2878±2885.

16 Antioxidant active food packaging and antioxidant edible films C. NerõÂn, CPS-University of Zaragoza, Spain

Abstract: This chapter reviews antioxidant active packaging for food. It introduces, reviews and comments upon the state of the art, as well as discussing the principles of antioxidant packaging and antioxidant edible films, and the available systems for measuring the antioxidant capacity of these packaging materials. The chapter also includes an overview of several technologies used to produce new active antioxidant materials, emphasizing the advantages and drawbacks of each technology. Finally, it describes several applications that have recently been launched into the market with new antioxidant active packaging materials, and makes some comments about the future trends. Key words: active packaging, antioxidant packaging, active materials, food protection, food packaging.

16.1

Introduction

16.1.1 What is antioxidant active packaging? Oxidation is one of the main causes of food deterioration, therefore methods for its prevention are the subject of much research. Antioxidant packaging was the first type of active packaging available. It is still very much in demand, despite the increasing availability of alternative types of active packaging. Antioxidant active packaging prevents oxidation by either absorbing components contributing to oxidation, such as oxygen or radicals, or by releasing antioxidants inside the packaging.

Antioxidant active food packaging and antioxidant edible films 497 Confusion about the definition of antioxidant active packaging can arise, though, as most polymers (for example, polyolefins), and especially those used in food packaging materials, contain synthetic antioxidants. The main role of these antioxidants is to prevent the oxidation of the packaging material itself, increasing its stability over time, not to act on the food within the package. The migration of synthetic antioxidants, such as BHT (2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol), BHA (3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyanisole), Irganox (octadecyl 3-(3,5-ditert-butyl-4hydroxyphenyl)propanoate), and Irgafos (Di-n-octyl phosphite) from packaging to food is too low to prevent the oxidation of the product (Garde et al., 1998). Therefore the materials in which these synthetic antioxidants are found should not be considered active packaging materials. In fatty foods the level of migration is higher, yet even in this case the antioxidants transferred do not protect the food from oxidation. Furthermore, these synthetic antioxidants are not legally allowed to be added to food, which is why their concentration in the packaging material has such specific migration limits (Directive 2002/72/EC and its amendments; Directive 2004/1/EC; Directive 2004/19/EC; Directive 2007/19/EC; Directive 2008/39/EC). 16.1.2 Principles of oxidation To understand how antioxidant active packaging achieves its effect, it is essential to consider the oxidation process itself. Food degradation is a complex phenomenon involving a wide variety of reactions. It depends on the type of food and its constituents, such as carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, vitamins and water, and the concentration of these constituents. Many of the reactions involved in food degradation are still unknown. Of the reactions that are recognized, though, lipid oxidation is considered the most important, and for this reason has been the most thoroughly studied (Pokorny et al., 2001). Lipids are found in most foodstuffs, and they are usually related to the bad odor and bad taste associated with oxidation, as they are responsible for rancidity. The two main groups of lipids are triglycerides and phospholipids. The first group is found in the cells responsible for the storage of fat in animals and plants, while the second group forms part of the cellular membrane. In foodstuffs of animal or vegetal origin, the oxidation of phospholipids in cellular membranes begins the oxidative degradation process. Lipids spontaneously react with oxygen by means of auto-oxidation. This phenomenon was studied in depth by Ingold (1961) and Denisov and Khudyakov (1987) who analyzed the chemistry and kinetics of several hydrocarbons, and showed auto-oxidation to be a reaction in chain through the formation of free radicals. Such a reaction consists of three main steps: initiation, propagation and termination. This oxidation reaction is mainly catalyzed by transition metals and by the light. There are also several compounds commonly present in food, such as chlorophylls, porphirins, bilirrubin, riboflavin and pheophitines, which enhance photooxidation, and therefore help in the production of radicals. Several enzymes, such as lipoxygenasa, increase and accelerate the oxidation process.

498


Fig. 16.1

Scheme of oxidation process of an organic substrate.

To summarize: at least three factors are essential for oxidation to occur in an organic substrate: · the organic substrate (e.g., a foodstuff) · molecular oxygen · free radicals. Figure 16.1 shows a scheme of the reaction. If one of the factors is removed, the reaction does not take place.

16.2

Eliminating molecular oxygen from packages

16.2.1 Traditional approaches Surprisingly, most strategies to prevent oxidation in foods focus on eliminating molecular oxygen from the package. There are two common systems: · The first creates a vacuum and then uses a high barrier packaging material to try to prevent the entrance of new oxygen. If the pressure of oxygen is low enough, the limiting step is the diffusion of oxygen through the food layers. The speed of the reaction is then controlled by decreasing the temperature at which the food is stored. However, this method is not as efficient as expected, because frozen water, if present, causes tissues to dry and lipid fractions to separate in natural emulsions, exposing them directly to the air.

Antioxidant active food packaging and antioxidant edible films 499 · The second completely removes the oxygen and then employs modified atmosphere packaging (MAP), which also requires a high barrier material. Combining either of these systems with an oxygen absorber or an active antioxidant material will extend the shelf life of the product. Oxygen absorbers have limited capacity, though, and cannot be used in all applications. Often, oxygen must be present in a packaged food (e.g., fresh meat), while at the same time oxidation must be prevented. 16.2.2 Packaging containing oxygen absorbers Several formats of oxygen absorbers have been developed and commercialized. They consist of a substance, usually iron powder dispersed or embedded in an inert sorbent, contained in a sachet with a permeable membrane (LoÂpez-Cervantes et al., 2003). The oxygen permeates through this membrane and reaches the iron. In the presence of moisture the iron powder traps the oxygen and is chemically transformed into iron (III), and oxygen is removed during the chemical reaction. This system has several limitations. Only a small amount of oxygen can be efficiently removed from each piece of packaging. This means that the size of the sachet must be optimized for each pack, taking into account the expected shelf life, the free space inside the pack, and the amount of oxygen that must be removed. The chemical reaction also requires moisture to be effective, which means that the moisture must be supplied either by the food or by the internal atmosphere. This is an efficient type of active packaging, but it requires an independent sachet together with the food inside the pack, which is not well accepted by the consumer. Furthermore, this is not a true example of an active material, as the active or antioxidant solution is independent of the packaging material.

16.2.3 Other ways to remove oxgyen There are other ways to remove oxygen by chemical reaction inside packaging, but many of these are not legally permitted, and are not often considered to be true examples of active packaging. For example, CO was extensively used in fresh meat packaging, mixed with other gases in a modified atmosphere. This protected the fresh meat from oxidation, and maintained its red color. The carbon monoxide combines with myoglobin to form carboxymyoglobin, a bright cherry red pigment. Carboxymyoglobin is more stable than oxymyoglobin, the oxygenated form of myoglobin, which can become oxidized to form a brown pigment, metmyoglobin (Sorheim et al., 1999). Using CO, the stable red color can last much longer than in normally packaged meat. Although the use of CO was approved by FDA in 2004 as a safe practice (GRAS), it proved controversial because it can mask spoilage (American Meat Institute, 2008, http://www.meatami.com/ht/a/GetDocument Action/i/40141. Retrieved May 2009) and there are also concerns about the toxicity of CO. It is no longer permitted in Europe, Canada, Japan or Singapore. This is one reason why active packaging to extend the shelf life of fresh meat is in such high demand.

500

16.3


Antioxidant active packaging materials

For a variety of reasons (discussed below), it can be preferable to add antioxidants to the packaging material, rather than eliminate molecular oxygen from foods using barrier materials or oxygen scavengers. 16.3.1 Introduction to antioxidants Antioxidants can be classified into five different groups according to their mechanism of action: · Antioxidants which react with free radicals, acting as radical scavengers. They are usually called `breaking chain' antioxidants, as they break the chain reaction of radicals and avoid the propagation step (Masuda et al., 2002; Amakura et al., 2000). Among them, phenols usually present in essential oils are the most common. · Antioxidants which decompose peroxides, producing stable substances that are unable to produce radicals, such as tioethers, metionine, tiodipropionic acid, or even some enzymes such as glutation peroxidase. Glucose oxidase is usually added to food, combined with catalase to diminish the concentration of oxygen. However, they have not yet been used in packaging materials, as the price of the material and the stability requirements are too high. · Antioxidants which react with transition metals to form complexes, and thus avoid the catalytic effect of the metals in the oxidation process. Examples of these antioxidants are citric acid, ascorbic acid, tartaric acid, gluconic acid, oxalic acid, succinic acid and hydroxyglutaric acid as well as oxalate, phosphate and EDTA (ethylendiamintetracetic acid). These antioxidants can be seen as inhibitors of the oxidation process. · Antioxidants which inactivate the singlet form of oxygen as well as the sensibilizing molecules, dissipating the energy as heat. These are involved in the photooxidation process. Examples of this type are tocopherol and carotenoids. · Antioxidants which prevent the enzymatic activity required for autooxidation. Flavonoids, phenolic acids and galates, which deactivate the lipoxygenasa are examples. 16.3.2 Formation and removal of free radicals Free radicals are generated from oxygen either from natural sources or from artificial ones. Their production is increased by natural factors, including photochemistry (radiation, mainly in the UV range), endogenous and exogenous molecules, metallic ions or enzymes. Artificial enhancers of free radical production include irradiation, radiolysis pulses, transition metals (having two oxidation states such as iron or copper) and azoderivatives. Once the radicals have been generated, the presence of molecular oxygen produces the peroxide radicals ROO·. These react with polyunsaturated lipids, eliminating one hydrogen atom and simultaneously producing other radicals, which react again with oxygen to create other radicals. This way, the chain reaction continues.

Antioxidant active food packaging and antioxidant edible films 501 Deactivation of radicals is mainly achieved by the reaction of two lipidic radicals. Free radicals are few in number, their removal is easy, and the process can take place within the packaging material. However, it is difficult to find the right solution for radical removal, as radical scavengers are relatively unknown and very difficult to measure. That is why most researchers still focus on oxygen removal from packaging to prevent oxidation. If radicals disappear as soon as they are formed inside the packaging, the oxidation process cannot take place. This scavenging process is independent of the amount of oxygen present in the packaging, taking place despite the presence of molecular oxygen. This is useful for products that require oxygen to maintain their properties, such as fresh meat (NerõÂn et al., 2006). Among the most efficient radical scavengers, those present in some essential oils have demonstrated a high efficiency, and many well-known antioxidants also act via radical scavenging (Pezo et al., 2008; Prior et al., 2003). 16.3.3 Introduction to antioxidant active packaging There are several ways to create antioxidant active packaging materials: · To incorporate antioxidants into the melted polymer, and then extrude the material. Most of the antioxidants are lost or degraded, as the process requires an increase of temperature. · To produce the active material as a coating on other packaging materials. This is one of the most promising technologies, although some problems still exist. · To introduce the antioxidant as an internal layer in a multilayer structure. Usually, the antioxidant layer contains an oxygen absorber. This technology is commercially available, but expensive, as it requires a special activation when used in the food industry. · To apply the coating directly to the food; this requires the use of edible packaging materials. This is another approach in which the applications are more restricted, as not all the foodstuffs can be coated. One disadvantage is the likelihood of over-packaging, as the coated food will still require normal packaging material for health and safety reasons. All packaging materials may potentially be converted into active antioxidant materials, although the ones most commonly used include polyolefins, (such as PE and PP), PET and PS, either by themselves or combined with others in multilayer structures. Paper and board can also be converted into antioxidant materials to protect food. Even aluminum can be converted into an antioxidant active material through a coating process with an antioxidant layer. Although most of the antioxidants described above have been used either alone or in combination in foods, most of them cannot be used as antioxidants in active packaging. There are several reasons for this: · the likely degradation of the active compounds in the production of the active packaging

502


· the necessity of direct contact between the compounds and the food requiring protection · the price of the compounds and their availability · incompatibility with most of the technologies and materials currently developed for active packaging. Despite these problems, the first advantage of antioxidant active packaging is that antioxidants added directly to packaging materials will not be eaten. Fewer additives are therefore required for the food to maintain taste and appearance and human consumption of chemicals will decrease. The consumer perception of natural food is very positive, and therefore market and consumer satisfaction is improved. Moreover, when antioxidants are added to packaging materials, they can remain efficient for a longer time, as the material is not eaten and most of the antioxidants remain in the packaging. Consequently, the shelf life of the packaged product is extended. This means that the packaged food can be marketed in a wider area.

16.4

The production of active packaging

16.4.1 Extrusion and multi-layer materials Several technologies can be used to produce active packaging. The first is extrusion, where the active compounds are added to the melted mass of the polymer and then extruded. The final pellets produced are then used to form the container or the packaging material. The main advantage of this technology is that the antioxidants are contained in the material from the very beginning. Therefore they are not perceived by the consumer and will not need to be handled or modified. The food company will use this active material as usual, without modifying its packaging machinery or the conditions in which the food is packaged. Although this is the most attractive solution, the real issue is that most antioxidants cannot withstand this process, as they decompose during manufacturing. The most significant disadvantage is that the material requires additional protection to avoid losing its antioxidant properties, from the moment in which it is produced in the petrochemical company to the moment in which it is used in the food industry. One solution is to block the antioxidant in the material when it is produced, and to reactivate it when it is required. Several commercially available materials which contain oxygen absorbers apply this blocking and reactivating system, but it is an inconvenience. The antioxidants are reactivated using UV irradiation, which requires a complementary device in the packaging machinery and obviously involves an additional cost. The final result is a multilayer material in which the antioxidant is protected by two layers at both sides of the antioxidant active layer. Several options have been investigated, such as the introduction of alpha-tocopherol or hydroxi-tirosol antioxidants to polyethylene (PE) (Peltzer, 2009) but the protection is not enough. Most of these options have not been commercialized.

Antioxidant active food packaging and antioxidant edible films 503 16.4.2 Essential oils in extruded packaging materials Without any doubt, the most promising antioxidants for active packaging are essential oils. It has been proven repeatedly that essential oils extracted from plants such as rosemary, oregano, dill, basil, ginseng, and green tea, contain a lot of antioxidant compounds, mainly phenols, hydroxyphenols, flavonoids and organic acids such as rosmarinic and carnosic acids (Su et al., 2007; Aruoma et al., 1992; Barclay and Vinqvist, 2003; Bozin et al., 2006; Del Bano et al., 2003; Miura et al., 2002; Nanjo et al., 1999). However, there are still some problems to solve. Firstly, the essential oils contain a lot of volatile compounds, which provide a specific aroma to both the packaging material and to the food. Although the volatile compounds are not responsible for the antioxidant properties (NerõÂn et al., 2008; Bentayeb et al., 2007a, 2007b), the real issue is that the volatile compounds represent a limitation to their use in food packaging (Gutierrez et al., 2009). The second aspect to consider with essential oils is their degradation with temperature. When increasing the temperature, as it is required in the extrusion process, up to 90% of the initial amount added to the polymer is lost, making the industrial process financially unworkable. A third aspect to consider is the composition of the selected essential oil. The composition depends upon the plant, the climate in which the plant has grown, the technology used to dry the plant and the extraction technology used to obtain the essential oil. It is common to have big differences in the composition of the same essential oil from different suppliers. It is therefore important to ensure good quality control before using it as an active agent. For this reason, the availability of a reliable procedure to measure the antioxidant properties is very important. If other natural antioxidants are selected, such as organic acids, like citric or ascorbic acids, they require direct contact with the food as they do not act as radical scavengers. These acids are also decomposed with high temperatures, and are generally not compatible with synthetic polymers. Furthermore, depending upon their concentration in the system they can also act as prooxidants, accelerating the oxidation process (Otero et al., 1997), which is why they are not used as active compounds in extrusion technology. Polyolefins such as PE or polypropylene (PP), polyesters such as polyethylenterephthalate (PET), and polyamides (PA) can be obtained by extrusion. None of them are commercially available right now with natural antioxidants. However, polylactic acid (PLA) is increasing in both industrial production and interest because it is a biodegradable polymer. Several attempts have been made with PLA and natural antioxidants, but none of them are commercially available yet due to the same problems found with synthetic polymers. 16.4.3 Coating The second technology to be mentioned is the coating process. This consists of applying a liquid dispersion, usually resin and solvent base, on a packaging

504


material in its final format. It means that the coating operation is applied at room temperature and only requires a flash of hot air, most of the time no more than 40 ëC, to eliminate the solvent. The coating formulation is therefore anchored onto the material, and cannot be removed. This is a very common process in packaging materials, as varnishes and inks are usually applied to the materials to provide them with thermosealability, color, or other properties. If the coating contains antioxidants as active agents to protect the food, it is a means to incorporate the antioxidants into the packaging material without having the problems previously mentioned. Using this technology and essential oils as natural antioxidants, several antioxidant active food packaging materials have been proposed, patented and industrially obtained (GarceÂs et al., 2004; LoÂpez et al., 2007; NerõÂn et al., 2006, 2008; Bentayeb et al., 2007a). These materials are now available on the market. The whole material is then considered to be a single layer and it has proven to be a very efficient antioxidant material for different kinds of foodstuffs, including fresh meat, dried nuts, fat food and others (NerõÂn et al., 2006; Gutierrez et al., 2008). The coating process has the additional advantage of being practical for any kind of material, including paper and board, plastics and aluminium or their combinations; either as single materials or on multilayers; and on both flexible semi-rigid and rigid materials. It is also worth mentioning that the polyolefins require surface pretreatment. This can be done by corona treatment or even with atmospheric plasma treatment to condition the surface before applying the coating. 16.4.4 Surface functionalization The final technology to be mentioned is the functionalization of the surface to anchor the antioxidant, through a chemical or physicochemical interaction. Although this is theoretically possible, it is not available on the market. If the compounds are chemically bonded to the surface, they do not have the chemical groups available to trap the radicals, and the chemical reaction is delayed or impeded. 16.4.5 Antioxidant edible films There is also great interest in edible polymers as a means of preventing oxidation. In principle, this is an attractive idea, as the food pieces will be completely covered by an edible film which can be directly ingested as part of the food. In other words, it simulates the skin of a fruit which is not peeled. (For reasons of consumer protection, though, the edible coating should not be thought of as the final packaging material. Additional packaging material is required to protect the food from external contamination.) Several requirements must be met when using edible films. The texture of the food should not be changed. Taste and odor are also challenges and the organoleptic properties are easily affected if the edible film contains antioxidants. It is not possible to use essential oils in these cases. Despite these disadvantages there is a lot of research in this area, though

Antioxidant active food packaging and antioxidant edible films 505 commercial solutions are very rare. The edible polymers investigated in this context include gliadins, and zeins mainly extracted from cereals such as maize and starch base polymers (Herald et al., 2006; Wang et al., 2003; GarcõÂa et al., 1998, Min and Krochta, 2007).

16.5

Measuring the antioxidant capacity of active packaging

16.5.1 Non destructive procedures Objective evaluation methods that can support in a quantitative manner manufacturers' data about new active materials are necessary when selecting a new material. They are also important for raw material quality control. Once an active material has been purchased, quantitative evaluation is also required to check if the material remains active after several months of storage. There are several methods for measuring the antioxidant capacity of food. All of them are complementary, as they provide different values following different mechanisms, and all of them provide a scale of antioxidant capacity as well as quantitative values of antioxidant properties. However measuring the antioxidant properties of a plastic or a material nondestructively is a difficult task. If the material has to be extracted or dissolved, then the integrity of the antioxidants will be modified and their properties cannot be guaranteed to correspond with those originally present in the material. Antioxidant properties should be measured directly in the antioxidant material, as any chemical reorganization or modification will affect the chemical behavior upon which the antioxidant properties are based. Pezo et al. (2006) developed an analytical procedure to demonstrate the radical scavenging properties of new active polymers. It is in fact an indirect procedure, but it has proven to be very efficient for the purpose. The procedure uses salicylic acid as the reagent to produce the final derivatives to be measured. It consists of generating an atmosphere enriched with radicals, which is then carried with a carrier gas through the plastic bag made of the antioxidant material to be measured. The gas current with the remaining radicals, if any, arrives at an impinger where there is an aqueous solution of salicylic acid, wherein the reaction shown in Fig. 16.2 takes place.

Fig. 16.2 Reaction used to measure the radical scavenger properties.

506


The atmosphere enriched in radicals is produced by using a nebulization of hydrogen peroxide and synthetic air as a carrier gas. When there is not a radical scavenger in the plastic bag, all radicals cross the plastic and are carried to the impinger where 2,3-dihydoxybenzene (2,3-DHB) and 2,5-dihydoxybenzene (2,5-DHB) are formed. Only traces of catechol appear. The two isomers are fluorescent and can be separated by HPLC and quantified with high sensitivity using a fluorescence detector. If there are radical scavengers in the material, which means that it behaves as an antioxidant, the radicals are trapped by the material and do not arrive at the impinger. In this case, fluorescent products are not formed. The concentration of the DHB isomers is proportional to the content of radical scavenger. Figure 16.3 shows the scheme of the apparatus used. Eight different samples or replicates can be measured simultaneously. To maintain the same shape and the same volume of air, several separators of wood were used as the carrier gas containing radicals passed through the plastic bags, as shown in Fig. 16.4. After the reaction, the final solution in each impinger is measured by HPLC with the fluorescence detector. An example of the chromatogram obtained is shown in Fig. 16.4. As we can see, when the plastic does not contain any antioxidant, the 2,5DHB peak is very high, as all radicals arrive at the impinger and produce the reaction. Applying this procedure, several antioxidant active packaging materials were measured, and the scale of antioxidant power was established as shown in Fig. 16.4. A detailed description of this procedure can be seen in the paper authored by Pezo et al. (2008). The mentioned procedure is in any case non destructive, which means that the material is measured as it is. For flexible polymers, plastic bags are prepared, thermosealing the edges of the plastic layers. Again the comparison can be done by comparison with a strong antioxidant such as Trolox, but in this case the antioxidant has to be incorporated in the material as well, preferentially using the same technology.

Fig. 16.3

Apparatus used to measure the antioxidant properties.

Antioxidant active food packaging and antioxidant edible films 507

Fig. 16.4 Separation of 2,5-DHB and salicylic acid by HPLC-fluorescence.

Other procedures try to measure the antioxidant capacity using model substances with easily oxidizable compounds. From these we can measure either the compounds produced by the oxidation reaction (Pastorelli et al., 2007), or the evolution of the compounds over time. In such cases, the quantitative scale is relative, and absolute values are not obtained. Comparisons are made with materials containing a strong and well-known antioxidant such as Trolox, which act as references. 16.5.2 Destructive procedures Destructive procedures which work with a solution, or extraction containing the antioxidants, are abundant. Because they have not been designed to work directly with the material, they require a previous step of sample treatment, and the final result can be different from that obtained with the active packaging. These differences occur because the behavior of the compounds in the plastic is different to that in the solution without the plastic matrix. This means that the interaction with the substrate is very important, as it changes the active points of the molecule, and affects its behavior. There are several examples of destructive methods that have been applied to a wide range of samples and matrices (Frankel, 1993), including plastic food packaging (Bentayeb et al., 2009). Among them, AAPH (2,20 -azobis(2amidinepropane)dihydrochloride), DPPH (DiPhenyl-1-PicrylHydrazyl radical) (LoÂpez Dicastillo et al., 2007; Goupy et al., 2003) and ORAC (Oxygen Radical Absorbance Capacity assay) procedures are the most common. DPPH produces radicals at constant speed and this reaction depends on both the concentration of the initiator and the temperature of the system, while ORAC has been used in liquid simulants to evaluate the antioxidant capacity of EVOH. DPPH· (,difenil-picrylhidracil radical) is able to trap an electron or a hydrogen radical to produce a stable molecule which can only be oxidized with great difficulty. This

508


Table 16.1

Indirect methods to measure the antioxidant capacity

Transfer of hydrogen atoms

ORAC (Oxygen Radical Absorbance Capacity) TRAP (Total Radical trapping Antioxidant Parameter) crocin bleaching assay

Transfer of electrons

Total concentration of phenols (Folin-Ciocalteu reagent) TEAC (Trolox Equivalent Antioxidant Capacity) FRAP (Ferric ion Reducing Antioxidant Parameter) DPPH (Diphenyl-1-picrylhydrazyl)

radical is violet in methanol solution, but the final molecule produced by the reaction is colorless. It is the change in colour that is measured. ORAC, on the other hand, is based on the capacity of an antioxidant to inhibit the disappearance of fluorescein by reaction with peroxyl radicals. Another common system is to measure the reaction of thiobarbituric acid (TBARS) with the malondialdehyde produced in lipid oxidation. The product of the reaction is red, and can be measured by visible spectrophotometry at 532 nm. This method is quantitative and provides a sound indication of the antioxidant performance, but measured in the oxidizable model or food rather than in the material. Other indirect methods used to measure antioxidant properties can be classified according to the mechanism of reaction, either based on transference of hydrogen atoms or on transference of electrons (Huang et al., 2005; Prior et al., 2005). Table 16.1 lists some of the main methods. However, as these methods are not specifically used for active packaging, they will not be discussed here.

16.6 Advantages and disadvantages of the different technologies of antioxidant active packaging As we have seen, several different types of antioxidant active packaging are available: · Oxygen absorbers, which are considered to be antioxidants when used in the packaging. · Antioxidant active packaging containing an antioxidant layer in a multilayer structure, such as commercially available trays. This material is obtained either by coextrusion or by lamination with adhesive. · Antioxidant active packaging obtained by coating. The coatings mainly contain radical scavengers as antioxidant agents, most commonly essential oils such as oregano, rosemary, and cinnamon. The use of sachets is not fully accepted around the world. The consumer can mistakenly perceive the independent sachet to be a gift or a condiment, rather than part of the packaging system with a technological function (this is particularly a problem in foods designed for children). Furthermore, the food

Antioxidant active food packaging and antioxidant edible films 509 industry has to add the sachet to the product in the packaging line, which adds complexity to the system as well as additional cost. Equally, this is not a universal solution, as the dimensions of the sachet need to be optimized for each package and food. For these reasons, the sachet is not the preferred active packaging option. If we consider antioxidant materials obtained by extrusion or coextrusion, a food company wishing to use these must evaluate the amount of active material that they will need for the next two or three months (the normal storage time in a company). Because active packaging is not a universal solution, every product would need a different amount of antioxidant or radical scavenger, and consequently it would prove very expensive to invest in sufficient stock of such a wide variety of active materials. Furthermore, we should highlight that the active polymer must be àctivated' and be well protected beforehand to avoid degradation during storage. Antioxidant active packaging obtained by the coating is the most versatile option. It can be applied directly in the packaging machine, can be designed and used specifically for each product, and even the concentration of the active agents can be optimized properly for each food. Without any doubt using packaging coated with radical scavengers is much more convenient than using oxygen absorber sachets, as they work in a normal atmosphere, i.e. in the presence of oxygen. They also do not require high barrier materials, special packaging machines, or a modified atmosphere, as these active materials trap the radicals as soon as they are formed in the packaging. Nonetheless, when using essential oils as radical scavengers, organoleptic changes can take place, which may limit their application. The organoleptic changes will depend on the product, the concentration of active compounds and the food, but can be negligible when the food complements the scents supplied by the packaging. This is another reason to study each case in depth. The stability or shelf-life of active antioxidant materials is another key concern. The food industry requires active materials to be stable during storage for at least two or three months. Some materials that are now available in the market are stable for at least one year. No other degradation compounds have been identified in these active materials containing radical scavengers, even though they contain complex mixtures of compounds found in essential oils.

16.7

Applications of antioxidant active packaging

16.7.1 Commercial availability of antioxidant active packaging materials Although antioxidant active packaging materials are interesting and attractive, very few are produced on an industrial scale and used in the market. Oxyguard is an example of an industrial material that acts as an oxygen absorber. Usually Oxyguard is used as part of a multilayer packaging material, covered on both sides by other inactive polymers, for its protection. Oxyguard requires activation once the multilayer packaging material has been produced. It

510


is activated using UV irradiation during the food packaging step, so a complementary device is required as part of the packaging machinery. With regard to radical scavengers, new active materials containing essential oils (Graces and NerõÂn, 2009) developed by two Spanish companies, Artibal (SabinÄanigo, Spain) and Repsol-Rylesa (Madrid, Spain), have proved to be very efficient in protecting food, and are now commercially available in the market. They do not require additional protection, as they are able to act as radical scavengers in the presence of molecular oxygen. Their stability over time is also very good, with the antioxidant properties of the active material maintained for up to one year. Several formulations of paraffin coating for paper and board containing essential oils as active agents have also been developed by the Research group GUIA at the University of Zaragoza together with the company Repsol-Rylesa (Spain). Although the coating's most important effect is its antimicrobial property (RodrõÂguez et al., 2007, 2008), it is worth emphasizing the antioxidant properties provided by this new active material. 16.7.2 Particular foods Fresh meat Some foods are more prone to rapid oxidation than others. Antioxidant active antioxidant packaging is particularly important for these foods and is better accepted. Fresh meat is always the first target for active packaging, as its red color disappears in a very short period. To maintain the `fresh' period the addition of any kind of additive is not permitted. Therefore, active antioxidant packaging is the only solution and among the different approaches explained above, that of radical scavengers (essential oils) introduced into the packaging through a coating process is the best one. The University of Zaragoza (Guia Group, C. NerõÂn) together with the Company Artibal (SabinÄanigo, Spain) developed an antioxidant packaging ready to use for fresh meat. They studied beef (NerõÂn et al., 2006), lamb (Camo et al., 2008) and pork, and their success allowed them to offer big meat companies the use of this active antioxidant polymer. This antioxidant polymer contains essential oils as radical scavengers, which are able to chemically trap the radicals produced in the atmosphere within the packaging. Such radicals are usually enhanced by the presence of oxygen and irradiation, such as UV light, both common in the cold display stands of the supermarket. The reaction between the scavengers and the radicals is very fast, so the radicals disappear as soon as they are produced and there is no time for them to initiate the oxidation process in the meat. Consequently, the characteristic red color of fresh meat is maintained even in the presence of molecular oxygen. As mentioned above, this antioxidant polymer is able to act in the presence of molecular oxygen, which is a very important advantage. Other foods can be wrapped with the active polymer without requiring high barrier materials, while still maintaining the antioxidant properties and extending the shelf life.

Antioxidant active food packaging and antioxidant edible films 511 Other products Antioxidant active packaging of fish has not yet been studied. With the exception of salmon and other blue fishes, though, oxidation is not the priority problem with regard to shelf-life extension. However, dried nuts, fatty food, and bakery products with a high fat or butter content are more prone to suffer from oxidation. Several bakery products have been launched into the market (Gutierrez et al., 2008) now using the new active antioxidant materials developed by Artibal (Patent number EP1657181-A1 and Patent number EP1477519) as well as those developed by Repsol in the paper and board sector (NerõÂn et al., 2007, Patent number WO2007144444-A1).

16.8

Future trends

Currently, there is a great interest in active packaging. Research projects focusing on food packaging are abundant in Europe and the USA, and new proposals often appear in the scientific journals. However, from the industrial point of view there are only a few antioxidant active materials commercially available and produced on an industrial scale. Commercial plastics companies are making moves, though, to improve the barrier properties of standard polymers. Nanotechnology, in particular the incorporation of nanoparticles into packaging, must be mentioned in this context, as it offers new possibilities to enhance the oxygen barrier properties of materials. Usually, nanoparticles do not directly affect the oxidation reaction or their participants, but they make the diffusion of oxygen through the packaging materials more difficult (Pereira et al., 2007; Krook et al., 2005). The most common compounds used are clays and zeolites at nanometric dimensions which have plates that are able to separate one other (Azeredo, 2009). This type of nanoparticle, when homogeneously distributed through a material such as a polymer, adds tortuosity to the permeation of oxygen, and makes oxygen diffusion much more difficult. Consequently, the material dramatically increases its defense against oxygen. In reality, this is based on a physical mechanism rather than on active packaging, although the final result is the extension of the food's shelf life. However, no matter how attractive such materials are, very few materials containing nanoparticles are currently commercially available. Compared to the traditional and well-known high barrier materials in which the diffusion of oxygen is very low, nanoparticles merely add a physical barrier to oxygen, while low diffusion in other materials is based on solubility and physicochemical interactions between oxygen and the chemical composition of the material. There will probably be more advances in nanotechnology in the near future, but antioxidant active packaging materials are likely to predominate because of their undoubted advantages.

512

16.9


References

and TONOGAI, Y. 2000. Influence of jam processing on the radical scavenging activity and phenolic content in berries. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 48 (12), 6292±6297. AMERICAN MEAT INSTITUTE. 2008. Carbon monoxide in meat packaging: Myths and Facts. (http://www.meatami.com/ht/a/GetDocumentAction/i/40141). Meatami.com. Web. Retrieved May, 2009. ARUOMA, O. I., HALLIWELL, B., AESCHBACH, R. and LOLIGERS, J. 1992. Antioxidant and prooxidant properties of active rosemary constituents ± carnosol and carnosic acid. Xenobiotica, 22 (2), 257±258. AZEREDO, H. M. C. D. 2009. Nanocomposites for food packaging applications. Food Research International, 42 (9), 1240±1253. BARCLAY, L. R. S. and VINQVIST, M. R. 2003. Phenols as antioxidants. In: The Chemistry of Phenols. New York: Wiley, 839±908. BENTAYEB, K., RUBIO, C., BATLLE, R. AND NERIÂN, C. 2007a. Direct determination of carnosic acid in a new active packaging based on natural extract of rosemary. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry, 389, 1989±1996. BENTAYEB, K., RUBIO, C., SANCHEZ, C., BATLLE, R. and NERIÂN, C. 2007b. Determination of the shelf life of a new antioxidant active packaging. Italian Journal of Food Science, Special Issue, 110±115. BENTAYEB, K., VERA, P., RUBIO, C. and NERIÂN, C. 2009. Orac as a useful procedure to evaluate the antioxidant capacity of new active films used as food packaging materials. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry, 394 (3), 903. BOZIN, B., MIMICA-DUKIC, N., SIMIN, N. and ANACKOV, G. 2006. Characterization of the volatile composition of essential oils of some lamiaceae spices and the antimicrobial and antioxidant activities of the entire oils. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 54, 1822±1828. CAMO, J., BELTRAN, J. A. and RONCALES, P. 2008. Extension of the display life of lamb with an antioxidant active packaging. Meat Science, 80 (4), 1086±1091. AMAKURA, Y., UMINO, Y., TSUJI, S.

DEL BANO, M. J., LORENTE, J., CASTILLO, J., BENAVENTE-GARCIA, O., DEL RIO, J. A., ORTUNO, A.,

QUIRIN, K. W. and GERARD, D. 2003. Phenolic diterpenes, flavones, and rosmarinic acid distribution during the development of leaves, flowers, stems, and roots of rosmarinus officinalis. Antioxidant activity. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 51 (15), 4247±4253. DENISOV, E. T. and KHUDYAKOV, I. V. 1987. Mechanisms of action and reactivities of the free-radicals of inhibitors. Chemical Reviews. 87 (6), 1313±1357. Directive 2002/72/EC Commission Directive of 6 August 2002 relating to plastic materials and articles intended to come into contact with foodstuffs. (Plastics: Unofficial consolidated version including 2002/72/EC, 2004/1/EC, 2004/19/EC, 2005/79/EC, 2007/19/EC, 2008/39/EC). Directive 2004/1/EC Commission Directive of 6 January 2004 amending Directive 2002/ 72/EC as regards the suspension of the use of azodicarbonamide as blowing agent. Directive 2004/19/EC Commission Directive of 1 March 2004 amending Directive 2002/ 72/EC relating to plastic materials and articles intended to come into contact with foodstuffs. Directive 2007/19/EC Commission Directive of 2 April 2007 amending Directive 2002/ 72/EC relating to plastic materials and articles intended to come into contact with food and Council Directive 85/572/EEC laying down the list of simulants to be

Antioxidant active food packaging and antioxidant edible films 513 used for testing migration of constituents of plastic materials and articles intended to come into contact with foodstuffs. Directive 2008/39/EC Commission Directive of 6 March 2008 amending Directive 2002/ 72/EC relating to plastic materials and articles intended to come into contact with food. FRANKEL, E. N. 1993. In search of better methods to evaluate natural antioxidants and oxidative stability in food lipids. Trends in Food Science & Technology, 4 (7), 220±225. GARCEÂS, O. and NERIÂN, C. 2009. Envase activo antimicrobiano. European Patent EP1657181-A1. Â N, J. A. and RONCALES, P. 2004. Antioxidant Active Varnish. GARCEÂS, O., NERIÂN, C., BELTRA European Patent EP1477519. GARCIÂA, M. A., MARTINO, M. N. and ZARITZKY, N. E. 1998. Starch-based coatings: effect on refrigerated strawberry (Fragaria ananassa) quality. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture, 76 (3), 411±420. GARDE, J. A., CATALA, R., AND GAVARA, R. 1998. Global and specific migration of antioxidants from polypropylene films into food simulants. Journal of Food Protection, 61 (8), 1000±1006. GOUPY, P., DUFOUR, C., LOONIS, M. and DANGLES, O. 2003. Quantitative kinetic analysis of hydrogen transfer reactions from dietary polyphenols to the DPPH radical. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 51 (3), 615±622. Â NCHEZ, C., BATLLE, R., LO Â PEZ, P. AND NERIÂN, C. 2008. New antimicrobial GUTIERREZ, L., SA active package for bakery products. Trends in Food Science and Technology. DOI: 10.1016/j.tifs.2008.11.003. GUTIERREZ, L., ESCUDERO, A., BATLLE, R. and NERIÂN, C. 2009. Effect of mixed antimicrobial agents and flavours in active packaging films. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, DOI: 10.1021/jf901459e. HERALD, T. J., HACHMEISTER, K. A., HUANG, S. and BOWERS, J. R. 2006. Corn zein packaging materials for cooked turkey. Journal of Food Science, 61 (2), 415±418. HUANG, D. J., OU, B. X. and PRIOR, R. L. 2005. The chemistry behind antioxidant capacity assays. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 53 (6), 1841±1856. INGOLD, K. U. 1961. Inhibition of the autoxidation of organic substances in the liquid phase. Chemical Reviews, 61 (6), 563±589. KROOK, M., MORGAN, G. and HEDENQVIST, M. S. 2005. Barrier and mechanical properties of injection molded montmorillonite/polyesteramide nanocomposites. Polymer Engineering and Science, 45 (1), 135±141. Â PEZ DICASTILLO, A. C., HERNANDEZ MUN Ä OZ, P., CATALA, R., GRACIANO-VERDUGO, A. Z., LO

and GAVARA, R. 2007. Improving food protection by the addition of natural antioxidant compounds into food contacting polymers. In: First International Conference Food Contact Polymers. Brussels. Â PEZ, P., SANCHEZ, C., BATLLE, R. and NERIÂN, C. 2007. Development of flexible LO antimicrobial films using essential oils as active agents. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 55 (21), 8814±8824. Â PEZ-CERVANTES J., SANCHEZ-MACHADO D. I., PASTORELLI, S., RIJK, R. and PASEIRO-LOSADA LO P. 2003. Evaluating the migration of ingredients from active packaging and development of dedicated methods: a study of two iron-based oxygen absorbers. Food Additives and Contaminants, 20 (3), 291±299. MASUDA, T., INABA, Y., MAEKAWA, T., TAKEDA, Y., TAMURA, H. and YAMAGUCHI, H. 2002. Recovery mechanism of the antioxidant activity from carnosic acid quinone, an SOTO, H.

514


oxidized sage and rosemary antioxidant. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 50 (21), 5863±5869. MIN, S. and KROCHTA, J. M. 2007. Ascorbic acid-containing whey protein film coatings for control of oxidation. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 55 (8), 2964± 2969. MIURA, K., KIKUZAKI, H. and NAKATANI, N. 2002. Antioxidant activity of chemical components from sage (Salvia Officinalis L.) and thyme (Thymus Vulgaris L.) measured by the oil stability index method. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 50 (7), 1845±1851. NANJO, F., MORI, M., GOTO, K. and HARA, Y. 1999. Radical scavenging activity of tea catechins and their related compounds. Bioscience Biotechnology and Biochemistry, 63 (9), 1621±1623. NERIÂN, C., TOVAR, L., DJENANE, D., CAMO, J., SALAFRANCA, J., BELTRAN, J. A. and RONCALES, P. 2006. Stabilization of beef meat by a new active packaging containing natural antioxidants. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 54 (20), 7840±7846. NERIÂN, C., ASTUDILLO, M., COVIAN, I. et al. 2007. Envase activo inhibidor de pato Â genos alimentarios. Patent Number(s): WO2007144444-A1. NERIÂN, C., TOVAR, L. and SALAFRANCA, J. 2008. Behaviour of a new antioxidant active film versus oxidizable model compounds. Journal of Food Engineering, 84 (2), 313±320. OTERO, P., VIANA, M., HERRERA, E. and BONET, B. 1997. Antioxidant and prooxidant effects of ascorbic acid, dehydroascorbic acid and flavonoids on LDL submitted to different degrees of oxidation. Free Radical Research, 27 (6), 619±626. PASTORELLI, S., TORRI, L., RODRIGUEZ, A., VALZACCHI, S., LIMBO, S. and SIMONEAU, C. 2007. Solid-phase micro-extraction (SPME-GC) and sensors as rapid methods for monitoring lipid oxidation in nuts. Food Additives and Contaminants, 24 (11), 1219±1225. PELTZER, M. PhD Thesis, University of Alicante, Spain, 2009. PEREIRA, D. A., PASEIRO, P., ANGULO, I. and CRUZ, J.M. 2007. Development of new polyolefin films with nanoclays for application in food packaging. European Polymer Journal, 43 (6), 2229±2243. PEZO, D., SALAFRANCA, J. and NERIÂN, C. 2006. Design of a method for generation of gasphase hydroxyl radicals, and use of HPLC with fluorescence detection to assess the antioxidant capacity of natural essential oils. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry, 385 (7), 1241±1246. PEZO, D., SALAFRANCA, J. and NERIÂN, C. 2008. Determination of the antioxidant capacity of active food packagings by in situ gas-phase hydroxyl radical generation and highperformance liquid chromatography-fluorescence detection. Journal of Chromatography A, 1178 (1±2), 126±133. POKORNY, J., YANISHLIEVA, N. V. and GORDON, M. H. 2001. Antioxidantes de los alimentos. Aplicaciones praÂcticas. Zaragoza (Spain): Acribia, S. A. PRIOR, R. L., HOANG, H., GU, L. W., WU, X. L., BACCHIOCCA, M., HOWARD, L., HAMPSCH-WOODILL, M., HUANG, D. J., OU, B. X. and JACOB, R. 2003. Assays for hydrophilic and lipophilic antioxidant capacity (Oxygen Radical Absorbance Capacity (ORAC(FL))) of plasma and other biological and food samples. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 51 (11), 3273±3279. PRIOR, R. L., WU, X. L. and SCHAICH, K. 2005. Standardized methods for the determination of antioxidant capacity and phenolics in foods and dietary supplements. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 53 (10), 4290±4302. RODRIÂGUEZ, A., BATLLE, R. and NERIÂN, C. 2007. The use of natural essential oils as

Antioxidant active food packaging and antioxidant edible films 515 antimicrobial solutions in paper packaging. Part II. Progress on Organic Coating, 60, 33±38. RODRIÂGUEZ, A., BATLLE, R. and NERIÂN, C. 2008. The use of cinnamon-based active paper packaging against Rhizopus stolonifer food spoilage. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 56, 6364±6369. SORHEIM, S., NISSENA, H. and NESBAKKEN, T. 1999. The storage life of beef and pork packaged in an atmosphere with low carbon monoxide and high carbon dioxide. Journal of Meat Science, 52 (2), 157±164. SU, L., YIN, J. J., CHARLES, D., ZHOU, K., MOORE, J. and YU, L. 2007. Total phenolic contents, chelating capacities, and radical-scavenging properties of black peppercorn, nutmeg, rosehip, cinnamon and oregano leaf. Food Chemistry, 100 (3), 990±997. WANG, Y., RAKOTONIRAINY, A. M. and PADUA, G. W. 2003. Thermal behavior of zein-based biodegradable films. Starch ± StaÈrke, 55 (1), 25±29.

Index

-tocopherols, 22, 25, 66, 72, 98, 100, 108, 255, 281, 350, 375, 393, 489 acidity index, 243 active antioxidant polymer, 510 active oxygen method, 204, 278 adappertisation, 60 aggrevative phase separation technique, 329 aldehydes, 5, 104 alginate, 411 coatings, 411±12 alkali refining, 214 almonds, 279, 290 alumina purification, 251 aluminium, 501 aluminium foil, 364 amino acids, 132 anisidine value, 199±201 annatto, 140 antemortem feeding, 9±11 anthocyanidins, 396 anthocyanins, 396 antioxidant active packaging advantages and disadvantages, 508±9 antioxidant capacity measurement, 505±8 2,5-DHB and salicylic acid separation, 507 apparatus used, 506 destructive procedures, 507±8 indirect methods, 508

non destructive procedures, 505±7 reaction to measure radical scavenger properties, 505 applications, 509±11 commercial availability, 509±10 particular foods, 510±11 description, 496±7 eliminating molecular oxygen from packages, 498±9 other ways for oxygen removal, 499 packaging containing oxygen absorbers, 499 traditional approaches, 498±9 food and edible films, 496±511 future trends, 511 materials, 500±2 antioxidants introduction, 500 free radicals formation and removal, 500±1 production methods, 501±2 oxidation principles, 497±8 organic substrate oxidation process, 498 production methods, 502±5 antioxidant edible films, 504±5 coating, 503±4 essential oils in extruded packaging materials, 503 extrusion and multilayer materials, 502 surface functionalisation, 504


Index antioxidant edible films, 504±5 antioxidants, 17, 226±7, 229, 256, 259, 365, 500 chemical structures, 97 defined, 317 dietary, 72±4 endogenous, 96±9 mediation of red meat oxidation, 22±30 endogenous antioxidants, 22±3 exogenous antioxidants and processing, 23±30 longgissimus -tocopherol content and surface metmyoglobin accumulation, 24 vitamin E supplementation postmortem treatment, 26 primary, 69±71 secondary, 71±2 antioxidants oxidative stability capacity, 397±402 fruits, 398±9 vegetables, 400±1 fruits and vegetables, 391±413 future trends, 412±13 oxidation processes affecting quality and shelf-life, 402±7 tomato products lycopene content, 405 vitamin C losses, 406 properties, 392±402 antioxidants vitamins, 392±3 carotenoids, 393±4 glucosinolates, 396±7 phenolic compounds, 394±6 protecting plant-based products against oxidation, 407±12 antioxidant treatments, 407±9 edible coatings, 410±12 fresh-cut pears enzymatic browning during storage, 412 modified atmosphere packaging, 409±10 tomatoes lycopene content, 411 antipolymerisation agents, 256 AOCS flavour quality scale, 206 AOCS method Cd 8-53, 197 AOCS method Cd 12-57, 204 ascorbate, 72, 107 ascorbate-free radical see radical monodehydroascorbate ascorbic acid, 26, 27, 71±2, 130, 314, 392, 402, 405±6, 503 ascorbyl palmitate, 169, 172, 256, 259, 489

517

aspiration/oxidation method, 462 atmospheric plasma treatment, 504 autoxidation, 57, 158, 184±7 avenanthramides, 378±9, 381 avenasterol, 281 2,2-azobis(2-amidinepropane)dichloride, 507 -carotene, 70 beer flavour changes affecting factors, 432±3 antioxidants, 433 oxygen, 432±3 temperature, 433 chemistry, 426±31 compounds formed during beer storage, 427 relevant compounds, 426±8 flavour instability assessment, 431±2 malting and brewing impact in final package downstream and packaging, 435 yeast and fermentation, 435 malting and brewing impact on final package, 434±5 brewhouse, 434±5 raw materials, 434 nature, 425±6 oxidation and other pathways, 424±36 practicality of achieving flavour stability, 436 relevant pathways, 428±31 acetal formation, 430 aldol condensation, 430 amino acids Strecker degradation, 430 ester formation, 431 glycosides breakdown, 430 higher alcohols oxidation, 430 hop bitter acids degradation, 430 Maillard reaction, 430±1 unsaturated fatty acids oxidation, 428±9 BHA see butylated hydroxyanisole BHT see butylated hydroxytoluene biscuits oxidation, 344±65 future trends, 365 hydrolytic rancidity, 358±9 rancidity effects on sensory quality and shelf-life, 359±61 ways to protect products against oxidation, 361±4 ingredient selection, 361±3


518

Index

packaging effect, 364±5 PET-based packaging films moisture and oxygen permeabilities, 364 processing effect, 363±4 board, 501 Brassica, 392, 396 bread, 171±3 breaking chain see radical scavengers Brij, 314 browning phenomena, 402 bulk oils, 484 butter, 133, 138±9 butterfat, 349±50 butylated hydroxyanisole, 23, 66 butylated hydroxytoluene, 23 Cadbury Dairy Milk, 354 caffeic acid, 109 canola oil, 220 carbonyls, 15, 55 carboxymethyl-cellulose, 410 carnosine, 71 carotenes, 73, 376, 402 carotenoids, 60, 73, 74, 105, 376±7, 393±4, 404 casein, 125 CBEs see cocoa butter equivalents CDR FoodLab method, 201 cereals general oxidation and shelf life, 371±4 barley products, 371 corn products, 372 oat products, 373 rice and wheat, 373±4 methods to protect from oxidation, 379±82 additives, 379±81 packaging, 381±2 nutrient and antioxidant components, 375±9 carotenoids, 376±7 other compounds, 377±9 tocopherols, 375±6 oxidation, 369±83 effects on sensory quality, 374±5 future trends, 382±3 markers, 370±1 charged antioxidants, 319 chelators, 71, 107 chemical refining, 213 chemiluminescence, 198 chestnuts, 295 chitosan, 28 chocolate, 345

cholesterol, 5, 64, 105 cholesterol oxidation, 7 cholesterol oxidation products, 7, 65 citric acid, 71, 225, 256, 359, 408, 503 clay, 511 co-oxidation, 404 coating process, 503, 509 cocoa butter, 345, 347, 348 cocoa butter equivalents, 345 coconut oil, 351 Codex Alimentarius, 229 coextrusion, 509 collagen, 14 commercial sterilisation, 60 confectionery products coatings and fillings oxidative stabilities biscuit creams, 346 biscuits, 346 chocolate, 345 compounds coatings, 345 confectionery fillings, 345 nuts and nuts paste, 345±6 fat phase effect on hydrolytic rancidity, 352±3 fatty acids flavour thresholds, 352 hydrolysis pathway, 352 fat phase effect on oxidative rancidity, 348±52 cocoa butter effect to a non-lauric CBR, 351 milk fat effect of cocoa butter, 350 future trends, 365 non-fat components effect, 353±5 soya protein effect on milk chocolate peroxide value, 355 nuts and nut paste, 355±8 cocoa butter effect on peanut and hazelnut oils, 357 non-lauric CBR effect on peanut oil, 357 oxidation, 344±65 oxidation and hydrolysis, 346±55 caramel formulation, 349 chocolate recipes, 347 coatings and fillings, 346±55 compound coating recipes, 348 confectionery coatings and fillings, 346±55 fat-continuous filling recipes, 349 rancidity effects on sensory quality and shelf-life, 359±61 stale flavour development under different conditions, 361


Index ways to protect products against oxidation, 361±4 ingredient selection, 361±3 packaging effect, 364±5 PET-based packaging films moisture and oxygen permeabilities, 364 processing effect, 363±4 conjugated linoleic acid, 488 controlled atmosphere storage, 294 corn oil, 192 corona treatment, 504 critical micelle concentration, 326 crown corks, 435 crown seals, 465 cryogenic chilling systems, 59 curing, 13 cysteine, 55 cytosol, 92 -tocopherol, 281 dairy products oxidation butter, 133, 138±9 cheese, 139±41 detection by sensory methods, 134±7 dried milk powder products, 139 ice cream, 141 oxidation and protection, 121±45 effect of product composition, packaging material and light exposure, 143±4 photooxidation, 128±33 and autoxidation effect on volatile chemistry and sensory perception, 131±3 effect of oxygen on vitamins in milk, 29±30 dark chocolate, 347 deep frying, 239 degumming, 214 dehydroascorbic acid, 392 DGF method C-VI 6a, 197 DGF standard method C-II 1(07), 206 DHA see docosahexanoic acid 3,4-dihydroxyphenylethylamine, 403 dimethylpolysiloxane, 256 2,2-diphenyl-1picrylhydrazyl, 397, 507 DMPS see dimethylpolysiloxane docosahexanoic acid, 156, 157, 175 dodecyl trimethyl ammonium bromide, 314 dressing, 164±5 dried spices, 70±1 drying, 282

519

dynamic head analysis, 202 edible coatings, 410±12 edible films, 78 edible oils importance of oxidative processes on quality, 191±5 linoleic acid concentration decrease, 194 parameter changes during storage, 193 peroxide value and tocopherol content changes, 194 lipid oxidation, 184±91 autoxidation, 184±7 enzymatic oxidation, 188 fatty acid composition and peroxide value development, 187 free radical chain mechanism, 185 irradiation, 188±9 photooxidation, 187±8 photooxidation types, 188 radicals and hydroperoxides formation, 189 reactions resulting in oxidative deterioration, 185 secondary reaction products formation, 189±91 volatile compounds formation from fatty acids, 190 volatile compounds formation from hydroperoxides, 191 oxidation, 183±230 oxidation effect on sensory and nutritional quality, 208±12 flavour quality and odour threshold, 209 nutritional quality affected by oxidative processes, 210±12 sensory quality change during storage, 208±10 oxidative state evaluation, 195±208 chemical parameters, 196±203 lipid oxidation assessment, 196 oil stability measurement and assessment, 203±5 oxygen uptake and peroxide formation, 199 rancid vs non-rancid oils, 208 rapeseed oil sensory analysis and hexanal concentrations, 207 reaction between iodine and lipid peroxides, 198 sensory evaluation, 205±8


520

Index

virgin rapeseed oil shelf-life calculation, 205 processing effect on oxidative stability, 212±20 canolol on rapeseed oil oxidative stability, 220 oils from heat-treated raw materials, 219±20 refined oils, 213±17 virgin oils, 217±19 protection against oxidation, 220±9 antioxidants, 226±7 chlorophyll on oxidation of soybean esters, 223 copper ions on linoleic acid oxidation, 225 effect of antioxidants to inhibit free radical chain mechanism, 226 factors influencing storage stability and quality, 221 legislative regulations, 228±9 light, 222±3 metal traces, 224±6 oxygen, 223±4 storage conditions on peroxide value, 222 temperature, 222 vegetable oils with changed fatty acid composition, 228 EDTA see ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid eggs see poultry products eisapentaenoic acid, 156, 157, 175 electronic nose, 207 ellagic acid, 396 emulsification, 62 emulsified food products, 306±33 emulsifiers, 308 emulsions antioxidants influence on lipid oxidation in oil-in-water, 317±21 ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 321 free radical scavenging, 317±19 phosphates, 321 transition metal chelator, 320±1 conventional, 308 droplets characteristics, 308±9 charge, 309 concentration, 309 interfacial characteristics, 309 particle size distribution, 309 physical state, 309 droplets characteristics that impact lipid oxidation, 311±16

droplet charge, 313±15 inhibition of iron-promoted lipid oxidation, 315 interface permeability, 316 interfacial area, 312±13 interfacial chemical composition, 316 interfacial thickness, 315 three regions of o/w emulsion, 312 influence of other components on lipid oxidation, 321±6 continuous phase proteins, 323±4 free fatty acid oxidation proposed mechanism, 322 minor oil components, 321±3 phosphatidylcholine ability to inhibit lipid oxidation, 323 polysaccharides, 324±6 surfactant micelles, 326 lipid oxidation in emulsified food products, 306±33 mechanisms, 310±11 physical and chemical properties of o/w emulsions, 334 physicochemical properties, 309±10 optical properties, 309±10 physical stability, 310 rheology, 310 preparation, properties and characterisation, 307±10 structured emulsions to control lipid oxidation, 327±33 different kinds of samples, 327 filled hydrogel particles, 329 microemulsions, 329±30 multilayer emulsions, 327±9 multiple emulsions, 332±3 nanoemulsions, 330±1 solid lipid particles, 331±2 encapsulation see lipid encapsulation enzymatic browning, 402 enzymatic oxidation, 188 EPA see eisapentaenoic acid epicatechin, 353 erythorbic acid, 27, 463 essential fatty acids, 211 essential oils, 74, 503 ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 71±2, 171, 173, 320, 321, 322, 500 exogenous antioxidants antioxidant mediation of red meat oxidation, 23±30 free radical quenchers, 23±6 metal chelators, 27±8


Index natural source antioxidants, 28±30 packaging, 30 reducing agents, 26±7 extrusion, 502, 503, 509 fatty acids, 183, 188 ferric ions, 311 ferric reducing antioxidant power method, 397 ferric thiocyanate method, 198 ferrous myoglobin, 18 fish extrinsic factors influencing oxidation, 99±101 degree of tissue integrity, 99±100 freezing, 101 washing, 100±1 oxidation, 92±101 -tocopherol consumption and lipid peroxides formation, 100 antioxidants chemical structures, 97 endogenous antioxidants, 96±9 endogenous antioxidants consumption kinetics, 98 free radicals, 97 general aspects, 92±3 principal pro-oxidants in fish muscle, 93±6 redox cycles, 99 oxidation and protection, 91±112 oxidation effects on sensory and nutritional quality and shelf-life, 101±5 lipid oxidation by-products interaction with vitamins, carotenoids and cholesterol, 105 negative outcomes, 102 oxidative degradation by lipid oxidation by-products, 103±5 protection against oxidation, 106±11 pine bark, grape pomace and witch hazel bark efficacy in chilled fish muscle, 109 pork and fish peroxide value changes, 110 fish oils oxidation, 156±76 future trends, 175±6 prevention of oxidation, 159±74 dressing, 164±5 fish and meat products, 173±4 fish oil and emulsified fish oil delivery systems, 159±61 fitness bars and bread, 171±3

521

margarine, 165±6 mayonnaise, 161±3 mayonnaise-based salads, 163±4 milk, 166±9 yoghurt and drinking yoghurt, 169±71 fish products, 173±4 fitness bars, 171±3 flavour revision, 210 fluorescence detector, 506 Folin-Ciocalteau method, 450 food encapsulation, 479±91 Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy, 200 free fat, 486±7 free radical quenchers, 23±6 free radicals, 97, 104, 140, 500 freezing, 59±60 fruits antioxidants oxidative stability, 391±413 antioxidant properties, 392±402 future trends, 412±13 oxidation processes affecting quality and shelf-life, 402±7 protecting plant-based products against oxidation, 407±12 frying assessing oil quality, 243±5 main analysis, 245 effects on sensory and nutritional quality, 245±9 changes in nutritional value of potatoes, 247 oxidation during the process, 240±3 autoxidation reactions, 241 oxidised TG monomers, 242 TG dimers and oligomers, 242 volatile compounds, 242±3 preventing oxidation in foods during frying, 239±64 DMPS addition on polar compounds and tocopherols, 258 frying conditions, 259±62 future trends, 263±4 oil composition, 249±59 polar compounds in natural and tocopherol-stripped oils, 252 polar compounds in natural sunflower oil, 252 polymer formation and loss of tocopherols, 254 frying conditions, 259±62 continuous frying, 260±2


522

Index

length of heating, 261 surface-to-oil volume ratio, 261±2 temperature, 261 discontinuous frying length of heating, 260 surface-to-oil volume ratio, 260 temperature, 260 fucosterol, 256 fudges, 363

-tocopherol, 172, 254 gallic acid equivalents, 394 gelation, 62 gellan edible coatings, 411 generated low oxygen atmospheres, 294 German Guideline for Edible Fats and Oils, 229 Giresun hazelnuts, 287 glucose oxidase, 500 glucosinolates, 396±7 Greek white wines, 458±9 Grindox 109, 165±6 Grindox 117, 165±6 haemoglobin, 8, 93 Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point, 358 hazelnuts, 282 heme proteins, 17±19, 93±5 hemin, 95 herbs, 74 Hershey, 354 4-hexylresorcinol, 408, 411 high cocoa solids dark chocolate, 353 high density polyethylene, 382 high-oleic oils, 228 homogenisers, 308 hydration, 62 hydroperoxides, 184, 188, 240 4-hydroxy-2-nonenal, 5, 21 hydroxycinnamoyl acids, 396 hydroxytyrosol, 255 hyperoxidation, 449 ice cream, 141 ice slurry, 106, 111 inert gas blanketing, 460 iodometric method, 198, 462 iron, 95, 311 see also low-molecular weight-iron iron biglycinate, 374 irradiation, 13±14, 16, 61±2, 68, 188±9 isoascorbic acid, 72

ketones, 5 kojic acid, 408, 409 LA see linoleic acid lactoferrin, 125, 126 lactoperoxidase, 124 Laplace pressure, 331 lauric cocoa butter substitutes, 345 lauric fats, 351 lecithin, 362 lemon extracts, 29 light-activated flavour, 132 light oxidation, 128 see also photooxidation linoleic acid, 370, 429 linolenic acid, 289 -linolenic acid, 156 linseed oil, 195 lipases, 362 lipid encapsulation, 479±91 applications, 489±90 dairy products sensory acceptability, 491 food manufacturing process considerations, 490 incorporation methods, 489±90 products quality, 490 dried encapsulated oils processing, 481±4 dried o/w emulsion production, 482 encapsulant material properties effect, 482±3 lipid core properties effect, 483±4 processing conditions effect, 484 sugars effect as co-encapsulants, 483 factors affecting oxidation, 486±9 antioxidants addition to formulation, 488±9 components state, 487±8 free fat, 486±7 microstructure, 488 powder structure containing microencapsulated oil, 489 future trends, 491 inhibit oxidation in foods ingredients, 479±91 oxidation in encapsulated system, 484±9 oxidation measurement, 485±6 principles, 480 system design, 480±1 encapsulation efficiency, 481 encapsulation of lipids, 481 lipid hydroperoxides, 277, 311


Index lipid oxidation, 52±4, 91, 277 antioxidants influence in emulsions, 317±21 ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 321 free radical scavenging in o/w emulsion, 317±19 phosphates, 321 transition metal chelator in o/w emulsion, 320±1 by-products interaction with vitamins, carotenoids and cholesterol, 105 defined, 277 edible oils, 184±91, 196 autoxidation, 184±7 enzymatic oxidation, 188 irradiation, 188±9 photooxidation, 187±8 secondary reaction products formation, 189±91 effect on myoglobin oxidation, 19±21 emulsified food products, 306±33 mechanisms in emulsions, 310±11 physical and chemical properties of o/w emulsions, 334 emulsions preparation, properties and characterisation, 307±10 conventional, 308 droplets characteristics, 308±9 physicochemical properties, 309±10 fish proteins oxidative degeneration, 103±5 impact of emulsion droplets characteristics, 311±16 droplet charge, 313±15 inhibition of iron-promoted lipid oxidation, 315 interface permeability, 316 interfacial area, 312±13 interfacial chemical composition, 316 interfacial thickness, 315 three regions of o/w emulsion, 312 influence of other emulsion components, 321±6 continuous phase proteins, 323±4 free fatty acid proposed mechanism, 322 minor oil components, 321±3 phosphatidylcholine ability to inhibit lipid oxidation, 323 polysaccharides, 324±6 surfactant micelles, 326 poultry meat and eggs, 52±4 red meat, 5±14

523

influence of antemortem feeding, 9±11 nutrient profile, 6 pro-oxidants, 8±9 role of oxygen, 7±8 substrates, 5±7 role of myoglobin oxidation, 21±2 secondary products effect on specific proteins, 20 structured emulsions to control lipid oxidation, 327±33 different kinds of samples, 327 filled hydrogel particles, 329 microemulsions, 329±30 multilayer emulsions, 327±9 multiple emulsions, 332±3 nanoemulsions, 330±1 solid lipid particles, 331±2 lipid radicals, 377 lipoperoxidation, 53 lipoxygenase-1, 371 lipoxygenases, 96, 374, 377, 429 low density polyethylene, 364 low-molecular weight-iron, 95 LOX see lipoxygenases LOX-1, 429 LOX-2, 429 lutein, 376 lycopene, 70, 74, 394 macadamia, 281 Maillard reaction products, 380 Maillard reactions, 30, 288, 354, 430±1, 434 malondialdehyde, 5, 64, 125 margarine, 165±6 masa, 372 mayonnaise, 161±3 mayonnaise-based salads, 163±4 meat particle binding, 62 meat products, 173±4 see also red meat melanoidins, 433 metal chelators, 27±8 metal ions, 452 methional, 132 methionine, 132 micro-oxygenation, 460, 464 microemulsions, 329±30 microfluidisers, 331 milk oxidation and protection, 121±45 future trends, 142, 145 packaging, 142


524

Index

processing and storage conditions leading to oxidation, 128 oxidation milk components, 122±7 milk protein oxidation, 125±6 milkfat globule membrane function, 124±5 range in fatty acid composition of milkfat, 123 riboflavin and other photosensitisers, 126±7 vitamin antioxidants, 127 photooxidation, 128±33 and autoxidation effect on volatile chemistry and sensory perception, 131±3 and oxygen effect on vitamins in milk, 129±30 milk chocolate, 347 milk fat, 350 milk powders, 354 milk protein oxidation, 125±6 milkfat globule membrane, 124 modified atmosphere packaging, 67, 77, 409±10, 498 modified atmosphere storage, 294 monounsaturated fatty acids, 10 multilayer oil-in-water emulsions, 327 multiple emulsions, 332±3 musts, 446±50 aeration, 448 oxygen consumption, 448±50 oxygen dissolution, 446±8 myofibrillar proteins, 103 myoglobin, 8, 17, 21±2, 63, 93 myosin, 63 nanoemulsions, 330±1 nanotechnology, 511 nitrates, 74±6 nitrites, 74±6 nitrogen-flushed packaging, 295 nitrogen packaging, 295 non-lauric CBRs see non-lauric cocoa butter replacers non-lauric cocoa butter replacers, 345 non-polar antioxidants, 317, 318 nut oils, 219 conjugated dienes formation, 284, 285 autoxidation, 284 photooxidation, 285 effects on sensory, nutritional quality and shelf-life, 287±9 linoleic and linoleneic acids reduction, 289

factors affecting oxidation, 278±82 processing, storage, and roasting, 280±2 relative humidity, temperature, light and packaging, 278±80 future trends, 296±7 hexanal compositions, 286, 287 autoxidation, 286 photooxidation, 287 methods used to protect against oxidation, 289±96 BHA/BHT treatments effect, 292 modified/controlled atmospheric storage application, 294±6 natural or synthetic antioxidants, 291±2 packaging, 292±4 processing techniques, 289±91 oxidation and protection, 274±97 lipid oxidation measurement, 277±8 peanut oils oxidative stability, 286 tree nut oils oxidative stability, 282±7 nuts effects on sensory, nutritional quality and shelf-life, 287±9 factors affecting oxidation, 278±82 processing, storage, and roasting, 280±2 relative humidity, temperature, light and packaging, 278±80 future trends, 296±7 methods used to protect against oxidation, 289±96 BHA/BHT treatments effect, 292 modified/controlled atmospheric storage application, 294±6 natural or synthetic antioxidants, 291±2 packaging, 292±4 processing techniques, 289±91 nut and nut paste, 355±8 cocoa butter effect on peanut and hazelnut oils, 357 non-lauric CBR effect on peanut oil, 357 oxidation and protection, 274±97 lipid oxidation measurement, 277±8 SFA, MUFA and PUFA percentage, 275 tree nut oils oxidative stability, 282±7 o-quinones, 402, 408 off-flavour, 132, 133 off-odour, 132, 133


Index oil composition, 249±59 additives, 256±9 dimethylpolysiloxane, 256±8 other minor compounds, 259 plant extracts, 258±9 degree of unsaturation, 251±2 natural minor compounds, 252±6 other minor natural compounds, 254±6 tocopherols and tocotrienols, 252±4 oil-in-water emulsion, 308 oil-in-water-in-water emulsions, 329 oil stability, 203±5 olive oil, 192, 219, 227 omega-3 oils, 490 omega-3 PUFA enriched foods oxidation, 156±76 future trends, 175±6 oxidative flavour deterioration, 158±9 autoxidation sites, 158 prevention of oxidation, 159±74 2-E-pentanal development in mayonnaise, 164 -lactoglobulin, -casein, -casein, s1-casein and s2 casein relative quantities, 168 dressing, 164±5 fish and meat products, 173±4 fish oil and emulsified fish oil delivery systems, 159±61 fitness bars and bread, 171±3 intensity of fishy odour and flavour, 166 margarine, 165±6 mayonnaise, 161±3 mayonnaise-based salads, 163±4 milk, 166±9 peroxide values in fish oil enriched milk emulsions, 167 yoghurt and drinking yoghurt, 169±71 opaque containers, 294 orange extracts, 29 OSI see oxidative stability instruments over-roasting, 288 oxalic acid, 408 oxidation, 52 cereals and snack products, 369±83 effects on sensory and nutritional quality, 374±9 future trends, 382±3 protection from oxidation, 379±82 confectionery products and biscuits, 344±65

525

effect of rancidity on sensory quality and shelf-life, 359±61 future trends, 365 oxidation and hydrolysis, 346±59 protection against oxidation, 361±5 edible oils, 183±230 effect of processing on oxidative stability, 212±20 effects on sensory and nutritional quality, 208±12 importance of oxidative processes on quality, 191±5 lipid oxidation, 184±91 oxidative state evaluation, 195±208 protection against oxidation, 220±9 encapsulation to inhibit lipid ingredients oxidation in foods, 479±91 fish, 91±112 effect on sensory and nutritional quality and shelf-life, 101±5 fish and fish products, 92±101 future trends, 111±12 protection against oxidation, 106±11 fish oils and foods enriched with omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids, 156±76 future trends, 175±6 oxidative flavour deterioration of omega-3 enriched foods, 158±9 prevention, 159±74 milk and dairy products, 121±45 contributing processing and storage conditions, 128 dairy products oxidation, 133±41 future trends, 142, 145 milk components, 122±7 packaging, 142 photooxidation, 128±33 nuts and nut oils, 274±97 affecting factors, 278±82 effect on sensory, nutritional quality and shelf-life, 287±9 future trends, 296±7 lipid oxidation measurement, 277±8 protection, 289±96 tree nut oils oxidative stability, 282±7 poultry meat and eggs, 50±79 effect on nutritional quality, 64±5 effect on sensory quality, 56±63 effect on shelf-life, 65±8 future trends, 78±9 lipid oxidation, 52±4


526

Index

protein oxidation, 54±6 strategies for protection against oxidation, 68±78 prevention during frying of foods, 239±64 assessing frying oil quality, 243±5 effects of frying on sensory and nutritional quality, 245±9 future trends, 263±4 oxidation during the frying process, 240±3 red meat, 3±31 antioxidant mediation, 22±30 compositional considerations, 3±5 future trends, 30±1 lipid oxidation, 5±14 meat protein oxidation, 14±22 oxidation buffering capacity, 449 oxidation index, 202 oxidative flavour deterioration, 158±9 oxidative stability, 212±20 oxidative stability instruments, 204, 278 oxidised flavour, 132 oxidograph test, 278 Oxipres, 286, 485±6 oxygen, 223±4 oxygen absorbers, 501, 508, 509 oxygen radical scavenging absorbance capacity, 397, 507 Oxyguard, 509 p-anisidine value, 277±8 p-coumaric acids, 396 packaging, 30, 66, 77±8, 142 palm kernel oil, 351 paper, 501 paraffin coating, 510 pasteurised milk, 122 pecan nuts, 294, 295 pectin, 411 peroxidases, 403 peroxide values, 167, 187, 194, 197±9, 222, 229, 277 peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors, 249 peroxyl radicals, 101, 186 PET see polyethylene terephthalate phenolic compounds, 394±6, 450 cathecol and pyrogallol groups, 451 oxidation, 452 protonated and deprotonated equilibrium, 451 phenolics, 108, 402 phosphates, 71, 321

phosphatidylethanolamine, 125 phospholipids, 5, 92, 124, 215, 322 phosvitin, 320 photooxidation, 128±33, 187±8 photosensitisers, 126±7, 140 phytochemicals, 458 phytosterols, 322 pistachio nuts, 282, 288 polar antioxidants, 317 polar paradox, 317 polyethylene terephthalate, 142, 364 polylactic acid, 503 polymerisation inhibitors, 256 polyolefins, 501, 503 polyphenol oxidases, 402, 408 polyphenols, 28, 433 polysaccharides, 324±6 polyunsaturated fatty acids, 9±11, 72, 78, 92 polyvinyl chloride, 294 polyvinylidene chloride, 364 postmortem processing, 11±14 poultry meat, 50±2 poultry products effect of oxidation on sensory quality, 56±63 colour, 60±2 flavour, 56±60 texture, 62±3 meat and eggs oxidation, 52±6 lipid oxidation, 52±4 protein oxidation, 54±6 oxidation and protection, 50±79 effect on nutritional quality, 64±5 effect on shelf-life, 65±8 future trends, 78±9 protection against oxidation dietary antioxidants, 72±4 meat choice, 69 nitrites and nitrates addition, 74±6 packaging, 77±8 primary antioxidants addition, 69±71 secondary antioxidants addition, 71±2 smoking, 76±7 strategies for protection against oxidation, 68±78 primary emulsion, 327 pro-oxidants, 8±9 in fish muscle, 93±6 heme proteins, 93±5 lipoxygenases, 96 transition metal ions, 95±6 procyanidins, 108


Index protein carbonyls, 55 protein oxidation, 14±22, 54±6, 125±6 pry-off crown corks, 435 PUFA see polyunsaturated fatty acids quercetin, 395 radical monodehydroascorbate, 405±6 radical scavengers, 500 rancidity, 66, 208 Rancimat Induction Period, 350, 351, 357 Rancimat tests, 204, 217, 250, 278, 281, 286, 486 random oxidation, 466 rapeseed oil, 205, 209, 220 reactive oxygen species, 394, 429, 432, 434 red meat antioxidant mediation, 22±30 endogenous antioxidants, 22±3 exogenous antioxidants and processing, 23±30 longgissimus -tocopherol content and surface metmyglobin accumulation, 24 vitamin E supplementation postmortem treatment, 26 compositional considerations, 3±5 defined, 3±5 influence of postmortem processing, 11±14 cooking and storage, 12±13 curing, 13 high pressure processing, 14 irradiation, 13±14 n-3 fatty acid addition, 12 particle size reduction and restructuring, 11±12 salt, 12 lipid oxidation, 5±14 influence of antemortem feeding, 9±11 nutrient profile, 6 pro-oxidants, 8±9 role of oxygen, 7±8 substrates, 5±7 meat protein oxidation, 14±22 amino acid chains oxidation, 15 influencing factors, 16±17 lipid oxidation effect on myoglobin oxidation, 19±21 myoglobin oxidation role in lipid oxidation, 21±2 oxidation in haem proteins, 17±19

527

secondary products effect on specific proteins, 20 oxidation and protection, 3±31 future trends, 30±1 red wine, 457 reducing agents, 26±7 refined oils, 206, 213±17 refining, 213±17 refrigeration, 59 regenerated cellulose film, 364 Regulation (EEC) No 2568/91, 229 revision taste, 210 riboflavin, 126±7, 129, 132 rice bran oil, 216 rosemary extracts, 29 ROTE see crown seals Saccharomyces cerevisiae, 448 salicylic acid, 505 scavenging process, 501 Schaal oven test, 204, 286 secondary emulsion, 327±8 semihydroascorbate see radical monodehydroascorbate sensory evaluation, 56 sesame oil, 227 shelf life, 65±8, 101±5, 509 short time heart treatments, 282 smoking, 76±7 snack products oxidation, 369±83 sodium caseinate, 314 sodium dodecyl sulphate, 313 solid phase microextraction, 203, 371 sonicators, 331 southern bluefin tuna see Thunnus maccoyi soybean oil, 209, 214, 215, 216 spermine, 314 spray drying, 481, 484 static headspace method, 203 sterols, 256 Strecker reactions, 434 Sucrosilk, 363 sulphur dioxide, 433, 460 bisulphite ion and acetaldehyde addition reaction, 461 bisulphite ion and malvidin-3-glucoside addition reaction, 462 ortho-quinone and hydrogen peroxide scavenging abilities, 461 pKa values and equilibria, 460 sunflower oil, 228 supercritical carbon dioxide, 281 surface-to-oil volume ratio, 260, 261


528

Index

surfactant micelles, 326 Swift test, 278 tea extracts, 173 texture modifiers, 308 thiobarbituric acid, 508 2-thiobarbituric acid test, 277 Thunnus maccoyi, 111 tocopherols, 127, 162±3, 194, 227, 252±4, 290, 380 tocotrienols, 227, 252±4 Totox value, 201±2, 229 tragacanth gum, 325 trans fatty acids, 351, 358 transition metal chelators, 320 transition metals, 95±6, 311 triacylglycerides, 183 triacylglycerols, 5, 92, 239 dimers and oligomers, 242 oxidised monomers, 242 triplet oxygen, 184 Trolox, 506 Trolox C, 314 turnover period, 260 Tween 20, 316, 320, 322 uncharged antioxidants, 319 UV irradiation, 502 vacuum packaging, 66, 77, 107, 295 vegetable oils, 216±17, 228 vegetables antioxidants oxidative stability, 391±413 antioxidant properties, 392±402 future trends, 412±13 oxidation processes affecting quality and shelf-life, 402±7 protecting plant-based products against oxidation, 407±12 virgin oils, 217±19 vitamin antioxidants, 127 vitamin C, 392 vitamin E, 22, 70, 73, 393 see also -tocopherols vitamins, 105 warmed-over flavour, 9, 57, 58, 75 water binding, 62 water-in-oil emulsion, 308 water-in-oil-in-water emulsions, 332 wheat germ oil, 192 whey protein concentrate, 488

white chocolate, 347, 353, 359 white wine, 456, 463 wine ageing, 463±4 wine grapes, 454 wine oxidation, 445±66 ascorbic acid role, 463 future trends, 466 impact on nutritional and therapeutic value, 457±9 resveratrol chemical structure, 459 impact on sensory features, 454±7 aroma, 454±6 colour, 456±7 compounds linked to spoilage aroma in oxidised wine, 455 mouth-feel, 457 pyrylium ion oxidative production, 457 management, 459±66 bottle ageing, 464±6 micro-oxygenation, 464 reaction between ascorbic acid and molecular oxygen, 463 role of sulphur dioxide and ascorbic acid, 460±3 wine ageing in wooden barrel vs stainless steel tanks, 463±4 mechanism, 452±4 Fenton reaction, 453 oxidation-generated carbonyl reactions, 454 oxidation-generated quinones reactions, 454 phenolic compounds oxidation, 452 secondary oxidation reactions, 453 oxygen in musts and wines, 446±50 consumption, 446±8 dissolution, 446±8 wine chemical components, 453 wine constituents oxidation, 450±4 metals, 452 phenolic compounds, 450±1 wine phenolics, 451 xanthan gum, 325 xanthine oxidase, 124 xanthophylls, 73 yoghurt, 169±71 zeaxanthin, 376 zeolites, 511


Oxidation in foods and beverages and antioxidant applications, Volume 2

Oxidation in foods and beverages and antioxidant applications, Volume 1

Fermented Foods and Beverages of the World

Beverages in Nutrition and Health

Free Radical and Antioxidant Protocols

Water activity in foods: fundamentals and applications

Rapid Microbiological Methods for Foods, Beverages and Pharmaceuticals

Antioxidants in Foods: Practical Applications

Antioxidants in Foods: Practical Applications

Nonlinear Modeling and Applications, Volume 2

Cancer Imaging, Volume 2: Instrumentation and Applications

Recipes - Hot and Cold Beverages

Zeolites and Catalysis: Synthesis, Reactions and Applications (2 Volume set)

Compendium of the Microbiological Spoilage of Foods and Beverages (Food Microbiology and Food Safety)

Water-Soluble Polymer Applications in Foods

Water-Soluble Polymer Applications in Foods

Oxidation and antioxidants in organic chemistry and biology

Advances in Cartography and GIScience. Volume 2

Oxidative Stress Biomarkers and Antioxidant Protocols

Oxidative Stress Biomarkers and Antioxidant Protocols

Texture in Food: Solid Foods v. 2

Oxidation and antioxidants in organic chemistry and biology

Texture in Food: Solid Foods v. 2

UML 2 Semantics and Applications

The antioxidant vitamins C and E

Antioxidant and Redox Regulation of Genes

Biomarkers for Antioxidant Defense and Oxidative Damage

Graph algorithms and applications 2

Oxidation and antioxidants in organic chemistry and biology

ADVANCES IN CATALYSIS VOLUME 2, Volume 2

UML 2 Semantics and Applications

Oxidation in foods and beverages and antioxidant applications, Volume 2

Oxidation in foods and beverages and antioxidant applications, Volume 1

Fermented Foods and Beverages of the World

Beverages in Nutrition and Health

Free Radical and Antioxidant Protocols

Water activity in foods: fundamentals and applications

Rapid Microbiological Methods for Foods, Beverages and Pharmaceuticals

Antioxidants in Foods: Practical Applications

Antioxidants in Foods: Practical Applications

Nonlinear Modeling and Applications, Volume 2

Cancer Imaging, Volume 2: Instrumentation and Applications

Recipes - Hot and Cold Beverages

Zeolites and Catalysis: Synthesis, Reactions and Applications (2 Volume set)

Compendium of the Microbiological Spoilage of Foods and Beverages (Food Microbiology and Food Safety)

Water-Soluble Polymer Applications in Foods

Water-Soluble Polymer Applications in Foods

Oxidation and antioxidants in organic chemistry and biology

Advances in Cartography and GIScience. Volume 2

Oxidative Stress Biomarkers and Antioxidant Protocols

Oxidative Stress Biomarkers and Antioxidant Protocols

Texture in Food: Solid Foods v. 2

Oxidation and antioxidants in organic chemistry and biology

Texture in Food: Solid Foods v. 2

UML 2 Semantics and Applications

The antioxidant vitamins C and E

Antioxidant and Redox Regulation of Genes

Biomarkers for Antioxidant Defense and Oxidative Damage

Graph algorithms and applications 2

Oxidation and antioxidants in organic chemistry and biology

ADVANCES IN CATALYSIS VOLUME 2, Volume 2

UML 2 Semantics and Applications

Recommend Documents